https://epg.modot.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&user=Smithk&feedformat=atomEngineering_Policy_Guide - User contributions [en]2024-03-28T22:29:00ZUser contributionsMediaWiki 1.33.1https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Recent_Policy_Changes_in_the_EPG&diff=51667Recent Policy Changes in the EPG2022-06-29T17:39:12Z<p>Smithk: EPG 620.6</p>
<hr />
<div><div style="padding-bottom: .3em; margin: 0 .5em .5em"></div><br />
{| cellspacing="3" <br />
|valign="top" cellspacinepgg="0" cellpadding="5" style="border: 1px solid #74BAAC; background:#DCEDEA"|<br />
'''[[620.6 Colored Pavements#620.6.1 School Logo Pavement Markings|EPG 620.6.1 School Logo Pavement Markings]]'''<br />
<br />
6/29/22: This new guidance clarifies that these markings are not permitted.<br />
<br />
'''File Naming Convention for all eProject Documents'''<br />
<br />
6/27/22: New guidelines are available in [[237.13 Contract Plan File Name Convention#237.13.1 Design Contract Plans|EPG 237.13.1 Design Contract Plans]] for a filing convention that is searchable without bringing undue pressure or constraint upon the districts.<br />
<br />
'''[[751.14 Steel Superstructure|EPG 751.14 Steel Superstructure]]'''<br />
<br />
6/24/22: Guidance for tension flanges with holes was clarified in [[751.14 Steel Superstructure#Tension Flanges with Holes|EPG 751.14.2.2 Analysis Methods]], [[751.14 Steel Superstructure#Holes in the tension flange1|EPG 751.14.5.1 Bearing Stiffeners]] and [[751.14 Steel Superstructure#Holes in the tension flange2|EPG 751.14.5.2 Int. Diaphragms and Cross Frames]].<br />
<br />
'''Pushbutton Locations'''<br />
<br />
6/21/22: In [[902.6 Pedestrian Control Features (MUTCD Chapter 4E)#902.6.8 Pedestrian Detectors (MUTCD Section 4E.08)|EPG 902.6.8 Pedestrian Detectors]] and in the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.pdf ADA Checklist], guidance has been updated to reflect the minimum distance of pushbuttons from the curb line has been returned to 30 inches.<br />
<br />
'''[[236.5 Property Management#236.5.25.5 Risk Assessment|EPG 236.5.25.5 Risk Assessment]]'''<br />
<br />
6/3/22: Sovereign immunity limits increased in January 2022 and MoDOT's per occurrence coverage increased from $3.0 M to $3.5 M.<br />
<br />
'''Concrete Diaphragms on Bridges'''<br />
<br />
6/1/22: In [[751.11 Bearings#751.11.3.6 Girder/Beam Chairs|EPG 751.11.3.6 Girder/Beam Chairs]], [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.3.5 Strands at Girder Ends|EPG 751.22.3.5 Strands at Girder Ends]] and [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.3.7 Closed Concrete Intermediate Diaphragms|EPG 751.22.3.7 Closed Concrete Intermediate Diaphragms through EPG 751.22.3.11 Steel Intermediate Diaphragms]], guidance was revised to decrease the footprint of girder/beam chairs, clarify and expand concrete diaphragm details to incorporate larger girders, and remove web coil ties in bulb-tees and NU girders to reflect the recent change to standard drawings.<br />
<br />
'''[[907.8 Speed Trailers Deployed by Others|EPG 907.8 Speed Trailers Deployed by Others]]'''<br />
<br />
5/20/22: This new article provides guidance for speed trailer deployment to aid local law enforcement in the proper use of these devices. <br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:941 Permits and Access Requests#941.10 Automated License Plate Readers and Pan-Tilt-Zoom Cameras|EPG 941.10 Automated License Plate Readers and Pan-Tilt-Zoom Cameras]]'''<br />
<br />
5/20/22: Guidance for the License Plate Reader (LPR) was clarified and expanded for proper LPR installations as identified through processing initial requests.<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:747 Bridge Reports and Layouts#747.2.2.4 HEC-RAS GEO Files for Stream Crossings|EPG 747.2.2.4 HEC-RAS GEO Files for Stream Crossings]]'''<br />
<br />
5/19/22: This subarticle was retitled and its guidance updated to reflect the current use of the "HEC-RAS Convertor for Open Roads Designer" spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
'''Contract Leveling Course and Seal Coat Guidelines and Book Job Guidelines'''<br />
<br />
5/16/22: The guidelines, book job guidelines, JSP packages, book job JSP packages and contractor pdf files were updated in [[:Category:402 Bituminous Surface Leveling|EPG 402 Bituminous Surface Leveling]] and [[:Category:409 Seal Coat|EPG 409 Seal Coat]].<br />
<br />
'''[[751.9 LFD Seismic#751.9.3.1.1 Anchor Bolts|EPG 751.9.3.1.1 Anchor Bolts through EPG 751.9.3.1.4 Concrete Shear Blocks]], [[751.11 Bearings#Anchor Bolts|EPG 751.11.2.1 Elastomeric Bearings]], [[751.11 Bearings#751.11.3.5 Anchor Bolts|EPG 751.11.3.5 Anchor Bolts]], [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.2.7 Dowel Bars|EPG 751.22.2.7 Dowel Bars]] and [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.3.14 Concrete Shear Blocks|EPG 751.22.3.14 Concrete Shear Blocks]]'''<br />
<br />
5/11/22: Guidance for the design of bearing anchor bolt, dowel bar and shear block has been expanded and clarified.<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:105 Control of Work#105.15 Project Acceptance|EPG 105.15 Project Acceptance]]'''<br />
<br />
4/29/22: Guidance for project acceptance has been clarified and updated to current practice in EPG 105.15, [[:Category:108 Prosecution and Progress#8. Date of Final Inspection|EPG 108.16.1 Informational Dates]] and [[:Category:109 Measurement and Payment#109.8 Final Acceptance and Payment (for Sec 109.8)|EPG 109.8 Final Acceptance and Payment]].<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:712 Structural Steel Construction#712.1.4.1.3 Shear Connector Welding|EPG 712.1.4 Welding]]'''<br />
<br />
4/21/22: Guidance for stud welding has been updated to align with Sec 712.6.3. Also, outdated references to field welder cards has been removed.<br />
<br />
'''Construction Inspection Guidance for Records to be Maintained'''<br />
<br />
4/20/22: [[:Category:137 Construction Inspection Guidance for Records to be Maintained#137.1 Location|EPG 137.1 Location]] and [[:Category:137 Construction Inspection Guidance for Records to be Maintained#137.6 Close Out Procedure for External CM SharePoint Quality Management Documents|EPG 137.6 Close Out Procedure for External CM SharePoint Quality Management Documents]] now present updated information about how CM Division stores electronic contract documents.<br />
<br />
'''[[903.3 Ground-Mounted Sign Supports#903.3.4.3 Perforated Square Steel Tube Posts (PSST)|EPG 903.3.4.3 Perforated Square Steel Tube Posts (PSST)]]'''<br />
<br />
4/20/22: Guidance for PSST anchor installations has been updated and clarified.<br />
<br />
'''Seeding, Mulching and Temporary Seeding'''<br />
<br />
4/20/22: Guidance in [[:Category:802 Mulching|EPG 802 Mulching]], [[:Category:805 Seeding|EPG 805 Seeding]], [[806.1 Erosion Control Measures|EPG 806.1 Erosion Control Measures]] and [[806.8 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)#806.8.6.3.7.1 Temporary Seeding and Mulching (MO Specifications Sec 802 and Sec 805)|EPG 806.8.6.3.7.1 Temporary Seeding and Mulching]] reflects the new standard seed mixes, fertilizer, and lime rates (as shown in the new [https://www.modot.org/media/37677 Standard Plan 805.00 Seeding]) to promote a more effective vegetative establishment, allowing for quicker project finalization. MoDOT is obligated to stabilize disturbed areas with permanent building materials or perennial vegetative cover to minimize erosion and sedimentation of disturbed areas. New guidance for cool season and warm season grasses is available. Mulching will not be required for final seeded areas where temporary seeding is planned for temporary stabilization of areas to receive warm season grasses. A new [[media:Table 805.2.4a.docx|Guide for Grass Species]] is available in [[:Category:805 Seeding#805.2.4 Acceptance (Sec 805.4)|EPG 805.2.4 Acceptance]] to assist with general inspection and acceptance of vegetative covers.<br />
<br />
'''Pre-MASH 2016 Temporary Traffic Control Device Sunset Dates'''<br />
<br />
4/20/22: Guidance in [[:Category:612 Impact Attenuators|EPG 612 Impact Attenuators]], [[616.6 Temporary Traffic Control Zone Devices (MUTCD 6F)#616.6.1 Types of Devices (MUTCD 6F.01)|EPG 616.6 Temporary Traffic Control Zone Devices]], [[616.18 Construction Inspection Guidelines for Sec 616#For Sec. 616.3.2|EPG 616.18 Construction Inspection Guidelines for Sec 616]], [[616.19 Quality Standards for Temporary Traffic Control Devices#https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.84_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Signals_.28MUTCD_6F.84.29|EPG 616.19 Quality Standards for Temporary Traffic Control Devices]], [[616.23 Traffic Control for Field Operations#616.23.2.5 Temporary Traffic Control Devices|EPG 616.23 Traffic Control for Field Operations]], [[617.1 Temporary Traffic Barriers|EPG 617.1 Temporary Traffic Barriers]], [[617.2 Construction Inspection Guidelines for Sec 617|EPG 617.2 Construction Inspection Guidelines for Sec 617]], [[:Category:1063 Temporary Traffic Control Devices#1063.2 Procedure|EPG 1063 Temporary Traffic Control Devices]] and [[:Category:1064 Temporary Concrete Traffic Barrier|EPG 1064 Temporary Concrete Traffic Barrier]] now reflects that all temporary traffic control devices on a project must be NCHRP 350 or MASH 2016 Test Level 3 compliant. The use of two-loop temporary Type F concrete traffic barrier shall not be allowed after January 1, 2023.<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:403 Asphaltic Concrete Pavement#Lots|EPG 403.1.19 Acceptance of Material]]<br />
<br />
4/20/22: The maximum number of contractor QC sublots that can be used for one lot of superpave asphalt pavement is 28. Regardless of lot size, QA testing will always be at a frequency of one per four sublots. Any remaining quantity less than 4000 tons, that cannot be treated as a separate lot, will be combined with the previous full lot and the pay factors will be determined on the combined lot.<br />
<br />
'''Guidance Documents Needed for Property Closings'''<br />
<br />
4/18/22: In [[236.7 Negotiation#236.7.1.13 Pre-Negotiation Preparation|EPG 236.7.1.13 Pre-Negotiation Preparation]] and [[236.7 Negotiation#236.7.4.1 Purpose|EPG 236.7.4.1 Purpose]], additional guidance is available for greater clarity about what is needed from property owners to close on the properties either with MoDOT or a title company.<br />
<br />
'''Prestressed Concrete I Girders'''<br />
<br />
4/11/22: In [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.2.5 Pretensioned Anchorage Zones|EPG 751.22.2.5 Pretensioned Anchorage Zones]], the bursting resistance guidance now allows a larger number of bonded strands for many of these girders, effectively increasing the span limits for the girders. Guidance was expanded in [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.3.2.1 Type 2 Girder|EPG 751.22.3.2.1 through 751.22.3.2.6]] to eliminate or reduce conflict between the lowest middle two strands and the B bars.<br />
<br />
'''[[127.2 Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources#127.2.5 Approximate Timelines for Section 106 Compliance|EPG 127.2.5 Approximate Timelines for Section 106 Compliance]]'''<br />
<br />
4/5/22: Guidance about the timelines for completing the Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act review process has been clarified.<br />
<br />
'''Coil Ties in Prestressed Girder Webs'''<br />
<br />
3/28/22: In several [[751.50 Standard Detailing Notes#(G1.9.1)|EPG 751.50 Standard Detailing Notes]], references to web coil ties in bulb-tee and NU girders have been removed since these are now no longer being used.<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:109 Measurement and Payment#109.11 Compensation for Project Delays (for Sec 109.11)|EPG 109.11 Compensation for Project Delays]]'''<br />
<br />
3/16/22: Guidance has been expanded to produce more uniform administration of delay claims.<br />
<br />
'''[[902.4 Signal Installations and Equipment#902.4.2.1 Controller and Cabinet Replacement Program|EPG 902.4.2.1 Controller and Cabinet Replacement Program]]'''<br />
<br />
2/16/22: The recommended replacement age for signal cabinets was updated to 25 years from 20 years. <br />
<br />
'''Right of Way Mediation'''<br />
<br />
2/15/22: In [[236.7 Negotiation#Prior to offering mediation|EPG 236.7.2.19 Acquisition by Mediation]] and [[236.11 Mediation#Prior to offering mediation|EPG 236.11.1.3 Purpose]], guidance has been updated to reflect current process and procedures, including the MoDOT Impasse Letter.</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=620.6_Colored_Pavements&diff=51666620.6 Colored Pavements2022-06-29T17:14:45Z<p>Smithk: Per TS, clarified guidance that school logo pavement markings are not permitted</p>
<hr />
<div>'''Support.''' Colored pavements consist of differently colored road paving materials, such as colored asphalt or concrete, paint or other marking materials applied to the surface of a road or island to simulate a colored pavement.<br />
<br />
If non-retroreflective colored pavement, including bricks and other types of patterned surfaces, is used as a purely aesthetic treatment and is not intended to communicate regulatory, warning, or guidance message to road users, the colored pavement is not considered to be a traffic control device, even if it is located between the lines of a crosswalk. <br />
<br />
'''Standard.''' If colored pavement is used within the traveled way, on flush or raised islands, or on shoulders to regulate, warn, or guide traffic or if retroreflective colored pavement is used, the colored pavement is considered to be a traffic control device and shall be limited to the following colors and applications: <br />
<br />
:A. Yellow pavement color shall be used only for flush or raised median islands separating traffic flows in opposite directions or for left-hand shoulders of roadways of divided highways or one-way streets or ramps. <br />
<br />
:B. White pavement color shall be used for flush or raised channelizing islands where traffic passes on both sides in the same general direction or for right-hand shoulders. <br />
<br />
Colored pavements shall not be used as a traffic control device, unless the device is applicable at all times.<br />
<br />
'''Guidance.''' Colored pavements used as traffic control devices should be used only where they contrast significantly with adjoining paved areas. <br />
<br />
Colored pavement located between crosswalk lines should not use colors or patterns that degrade the contrast of white crosswalk lines, or that might be mistaken by road users as a traffic control application.<br />
<br />
==620.6.1 School Logo Pavement Markings==<br />
<br />
'''Support.''' In years past, universities and colleges were permitted to paint their school logo on the exit ramps for the interchanges leading to their campus. Over the years most of these markings have faded away and are no longer present; however, there are a very limited number that remain. These markings are not compliant with the MUTCD and, therefore, are no longer permitted.<br />
<br />
'''Standard.''' School logos shall not be installed on state highways. Existing school logos may remain in place but shall be allowed to fade away over time without being refreshed or updated. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Category:620 Pavement Marking|620.06]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=751.5_Structural_Detailing_Guidelines&diff=51665751.5 Structural Detailing Guidelines2022-06-29T16:02:53Z<p>Smithk: /* 751.5.1.7 Contract Addendums and Construction Changes */ Per BR, updated link</p>
<hr />
<div>{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; margin-left:15px; text-align:left" align=right<br />
|+ <br />
!style="background:#BEBEBE" width="375"|'''Example Bridge Plans'''<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[[media:751.5.1.6 Typical Dec 2020.pdf|Typical Prestressed Concrete Tangent Bridge]]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[[media:751.5.1.6 Alternate.pdf|Alternate Sheets for Steel Bridges]]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[[media:751.5.1.6 Additional.pdf|Additional Sheets for Curved Bridges]]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
The scope of this article is to provide preferred detailing practices for in-house structural drawings for the purpose of decreasing detailing hours by reducing revisions based solely on personal preferences. The article is divided into the following three groups: one subarticle covering general detailing, seven subarticles covering specific structural plan sheets and one subarticle covering miscellaneous details. <br />
==751.5.1 General Detailing ==<br />
<br />
===751.5.1.1 Drafting Standards ===<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
!style="background:#BEBEBE" colspan ="4"|Drafting Standards Table of Contents<br />
|-<br />
|1. [[#751.5.1.1.1 CAD Levels|CAD Levels]]||2. [[#751.5.1.1.2 Line Conventions|Line Conventions]]||3. [[#751.5.1.1.3 Annotation|Annotation]]||4. [[#751.5.1.1.4 Reference Notes|Reference Notes]]<br />
|-<br />
|5. [[#751.5.1.1.5 Sections|Sections]]||6. [[#751.5.1.1.6 Hatching|Hatching]]||7. [[#751.5.1.1.7 Breaks|Breaks]]||8. [[#751.5.1.1.8 Surfaces|Surfaces]]<br />
|-<br />
|9. [[#751.5.1.1.9 Text Height|Text Height]]||10. [[#751.5.1.1.10 Number Format|Number Format]]||11. [[#751.5.1.1.11 Span Ranges|Span Ranges]]||<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
====751.5.1.1.1 CAD Levels ====<br />
All bridge plans shall be drawn in MicroStation and shall have the following levels, colors and line weights: <br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.1.1 CAD 2021.jpg|center|875px]]<br />
<br />
::::::Note: Colors represent line weights:<br />
:::::::Color 7 magenta = Weight 0 and 1<br />
:::::::Color 5 yellow = Weight 2<br />
:::::::Color 4 green = Weight 4<br />
:::::::Color 1 gray = Weight 5<br />
:::::::Color 2 red = Weight 7<br />
:::::::Color 8 brown = Weight 12 (borders)<br />
::::::'''*''' Level overrides are used to print a plan sheet in black and white with some text and/or geometry printing in color. Turn on Level Overrides in View Attributes, then print the sheet in color.<br />
<br />
====751.5.1.1.2 Line Conventions ====<br />
Reinforcing steel, except when sectioned, is shown by a single line. Centerlines are represented by a single dot between dashes. Hidden surfaces are represented by short dashed lines.<br />
[[image:751.5.1.1 joints.jpg|right|100px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Construction joints are drawn using concrete object lines as shown. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.1.1 water.jpg|right|140px]]<br />
Water surfaces will be shown by broken or dashed lines as shown. A Water Level Cell is available in MicroStation under Tasks: Front Sheets. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Patterns representing the type of ground shall be placed under ground lines. Patterns may be placed in MicroStation using a cell (under Tasks: Front Sheets), or as area fill (under Tasks: Area Patterns). When using area fill, turn off Associative Pattern to prevent it from placing a line around the perimeter of the pattern. The examples shown below were placed using area fill. <br />
[[image:751.5.1.1 ground line.jpg|center|800xp]]<br />
<br />
====751.5.1.1.3 Annotation ====<br />
Objects are annotated with dimensions and leader notes placed as close to the object as possible, cross a minimum number of lines, and be placed outside the object whenever possible. <br />
<br />
Dimensions of angles between two objects shall be an arc dimension drawn with the center at the point of intersection of the objects except when 90°, then right angle square may be used. <br />
<br />
Dimension lines shall be normal to extension lines whenever possible. <br />
<br />
If the desired text of dimension lines will not fit clearly above and below the dimension line between extension lines, the arrows shall be placed outside the extension lines with the desired text place on one side. If it is not possible to clearly place the desired text outside the extension lines, the text may be specified using a reference note or placed away from the dimension line using a leader note with its arrow attached to the center of the dimension line. <br />
<br />
Arrows placed inside the extension lines should have a minimum clearance of approximately one arrow length between each arrow. <br />
<br />
The leader line of leader notes should originate from the beginning or end of the text, and the text shall be left justified. <br />
<br />
Arrows of leader notes shall typically touch the edge of the objects they point to. When designating a structural steel member, the leg the arrow points to should be the first value mentioned in the note. <br />
<br />
Arrows of leader notes shall point to a tilde (~) placed inside the object when the note specifies work done to the surface of the object, specifies the end of the object in a sectional view, or specifies an object having edges concurrent with another object (e.g. the web of a plate girder).<br />
<br />
====751.5.1.1.4 Reference Notes ====<br />
Reference notes are used when there is insufficient space to clearly designate the required information in a dimension or leader note. <br />
<br />
A reference note consists of an indicator located in the details and, at some other location on the sheet, the note specifying the required information, preceded by the indicator. <br />
<br />
Indicators shall either be asterisks without parentheses or numbers with parentheses. Numbers should be considered when more than three reference notes are required on a single sheet. <br />
<br />
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"<br />
|-<br />
|*||width="50" align="center"| (1)|| Used for first required reference note<br />
|-<br />
|**||align="center"| (2)|| Used for second required reference note<br />
|-<br />
|***||align="center"| (3)|| Used for third required reference note<br />
|-<br />
|****||align="center"| (4)|| Used for fourth required reference note<br />
|}<br />
<br />
Indicators on the same sheet shall be of sequential order without any omission in the order. <br />
<br />
If a reference note indicator is only required in one detail, the reference note shall either be placed near the indicator in the detail or directly below the title of the detail. <br />
<br />
If a reference note indicator is used for several details that are grouped close together, the reference note shall preferably be placed near the center of the group of details. <br />
<br />
Multiple reference notes using asterisk indicators, when listed together, shall be in sequential order with the asterisks being right justified so the text of the notes starts at the same location. <br />
<br />
If a reference note indicator is used for several details that are not grouped close together, the reference note shall be placed at the bottom of the General Notes on that sheet. The [https://www.modot.org/approach-slabs-app Bridge Approach Slab Standard Drawings] are a good example of this case. Or if the General Notes are organized into subheadings, all of the reference notes shall be listed under a Reference Notes subheading. <br />
<br />
When several reference notes are required on a sheet but the notes vary by detail, the reference notes shall be located under a Reference Notes heading separate from the General Notes and grouped by detail using subheadings. The [https://www.modot.org/prestressed-panels-psp Precast Prestressed Panel Standard Drawings] are a good example of this case.<br />
<br />
====751.5.1.1.5 Sections, Elevations and Detail Circles====<br />
Sections and elevations perpendicular to the stationing are typically shown looking ahead stationing, with the exception of End Bent No.1, which is shown looking back stationing. <br />
<br />
Sections and elevations parallel to the stationing are typically shown looking back stationing to the left and ahead stationing to the right. <br />
<br />
The location of sections and elevations within other details shall be shown in those details by placing short thick lines just outside the limits of the object or at the limits of a part of the object. Where, for the sake of clarity, it is necessary to show the direction of the view taken, arrows may be used at the ends of these lines and at right angles thereto. A reference letter shall be placed at each of these lines or arrows with these same letters being used in the title of the section or elevation (SECTION A-A).<br />
<br />
Detail circles are used around a portion of a detailed object that needs to be shown enlarged for the sake of clarity. Detail circles shall be annotated using a leader note “Detail” followed by a reference letter with this same letter being used in the title of the enlarged detail (DETAIL A). <br />
<br />
Reference letters shall not be enclosed in quotation marks (Detail A, not Detail “A”). <br />
<br />
For all of the sheets pertaining to the same component of the structure (all of the End Bent No. 1 sheets), reference letters for sections and elevations shall be provided in alphabetical order as occurring on the plan sheets and reference letters for detail circles shall be provided in alphabetical order as occurring on the plan sheets.<br />
<br />
If possible place the section detail, elevation detail or enlarged detail on the sheet with the detail showing the location of such details. If this is not possible add appropriate notes to tie together these details and the detail showing the location of such details.<br />
<br />
====751.5.1.1.6 Hatching====<br />
Sectional views cutting through concrete shall be hatched with the conventional dot and triangle hatching. Care shall be taken to avoid dense or crowded hatching, particularly for sections showing reinforcing steel. <br />
<br />
Sectional views through reinforcing steel shall be shown solid. Bar size may need to be exaggerated for clarity. Sectional views through structural steel shall be shown as parallel sloping line hatching. In special cases, for the sake of clarity, the sections through structural steel may be left open or shown solid. <br />
<br />
Except for special cases, all miscellaneous materials such as joint filler, castings, lead plate, etc. shall have sectional views shown hatched with light parallel lines, evenly spaced and sloped 45 degrees to the horizontal. <br />
<br />
====751.5.1.1.7 Breaks====<br />
Breaks may be used in views for sake of clarity. All breaks should be drawn without excessive waving or zigzag movements. A loop may be used in showing breaks in round objects such as columns. <br />
<br />
====751.5.1.1.8 Surfaces====<br />
Sloped or curved surfaces shall not be shaded except for special cases. <br />
<br />
====751.5.1.1.9 Text Height ====<br />
Small text used for notes, dimensions, leader notes and tabulated data shall be 1/8 inch tall. Small bold text used for subtitles and subheadings and for bench marks shall also be 1/8 inch tall. Medium text used for titles of notes, tables and details shall be 3/16 inch tall. Large text used for sheet titles shall be 1/4 inch tall. Use of Tasks: General Annotation and Annotation Scale in MicroStation will give the correct text heights for the chosen scale.<br />
<br />
====751.5.1.1.10 Number Format====<br />
In notes, the numbers zero and one shall always be spelled out (one inch, zero degrees) while all numbers shall be spelled out if at the start of a sentence (Two feet is the minimum distance…).<br />
<br />
In notes, the numerals 2 through 10 shall be used for specific numbered items or if followed by a unit of measure otherwise spell out the number (Bent No. 4, 2 feet, 9 miles, six bolts, eight bars). In dimensions, tabulated data and leader notes; the numerals 2 through 10 shall be used even with quantity of items (6 bolts, 8 bars). <br />
<br />
Numerals shall be used for all numbers in excess of ten (11 feet, 14 books, 26 miles, 12 sections) except for numerals beginning a sentence of a note (Twelve posts shall…).<br />
<br />
Commas shall be used for numbers 10,000 and greater, for example 14,000 versus 9642.<br />
<br />
Periods shall be used for the decimal marker of decimal numbers and preceded by zero for numbers less than one (0.254).<br />
<br />
Fractions used in dimensions, tabulated data and single-lined leader notes shall be written with undersized text using a vinculum separating the numerator from the denominator and immediately follow whole numbers ( ), except for rare cases where lack of vertical space makes this impractical (also known as “stacked” fractions).<br />
<br />
Fractions used in notes and multiple-lined leader notes shall be written with regular text using a forward slash separating the numerator from the denominator and separated from whole numbers by a space (1 1/2). <br />
<br />
====751.5.1.1.11 Span Ranges ====<br />
Bridge spans are identified by their range using brackets and the adjacent hyphenated bent numbers. For example, Span (1-2) would define the span between the first and second bents. The order of the bent numbers correlates with the view (“Span (4-3)” if Bent 4 is on the left). Spans shall be labeled near the middle of the span directly under the overall bridge length dimension if shown, otherwise directly under the span dimension. <br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.1.1 span.jpg|center|975px]]<br />
<br />
In details, the text used for labeling spans shall be all capitalized Small Bold text. Regular text shall be used in notes, with only the first letter being capitalized.<br />
<br />
===751.5.1.2 Weights and Measures ===<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
!style="background:#BEBEBE" colspan ="4"|Weights and Measures Table of Contents<br />
|-<br />
|1. [[#751.5.1.2.1 General|General]]||2. [[#751.5.1.2.2 Lengths|Lengths]]||3. [[#751.5.1.2.3 Series|Series]]||4. [[#751.5.1.2.4 Stationing|Stationing]]<br />
|-<br />
|5. [[#751.5.1.2.5 Elevations|Elevations]]||6. [[#751.5.1.2.6 Batter|Batter]]||7. [[#751.5.1.2.7 Slopes|Slopes]]||8. [[#751.5.1.2.8 Temperatures|Temperatures]]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
====751.5.1.2.1 General====<br />
All weights and measures shall be in English units only. Dual units shall not be used. <br />
<br />
In notes, units shall be completely spelled out (1/2 pound, 3 inches) except in cases of very lengthy units (50 ksi, 10 cfs) and for lengths when feet and inches are both required (9’-3”). <br />
<br />
In dimensions, leader notes and tabulated data, unit symbols shall be used if available otherwise unit abbreviations shall be used.<br />
<br />
When used as an adjective, weights or measures shall be hyphenated with the singular form of the appropriate unit or unit abbreviations (30-pound roofing felt, 6-inch lifts). The hyphen is not required with unit symbols (6” lifts).<br />
<br />
====751.5.1.2.2 Lengths ====<br />
<br />
Lengths two feet or greater shall be specified in feet and inches, hyphenated when unit symbols are being used. Lengths less than two feet shall only be specified in inches. Inches shall be reported in fractions not decimals (3/4 inch, not 0.75 inch; 2 1/2 inches, not 2.5 inches) except in the bill of reinforcing steel. In notes, there is no need to report zero inches. A zero is required in front of fractions when both foot and inch unit symbols are being used. See the following for examples:<br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.1.2 lengths.jpg|center|700px]]<br />
<br />
In general, lengths shall be reported to the nearest 1/8 inch. Where close work is required, lengths for metals may be reported to the nearest 1/16, 1/32 or 1/64 inch. Substructure layout for horizontally curved bridges shall be reported to the nearest 1/16 inch if necessary. Haunch, deflection and camber shall be reported to the nearest 1/16 inch for steel structures, while haunch and camber shall be reported to the nearest 1/8 inch for concrete structures. Lengths for individual legs of shaped reinforcing bars shall be reported using ¼-inch increments. Lengths of straight reinforcing bars shall be reported using one-inch increments.<br />
<br />
In notes, an attribute such as thickness shall follow the unit of measure if required for clarification. Typically such attributes should not be required with dimensions and leader notes since clarity is obtained through the detail. See the following for examples: <br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.1.2 attribute.jpg|center|550px]]<br />
<br />
Lengths listed in a series shall be separated using lowercase “x” in lieu of “by”. In notes, the unit of measure shall be placed at the end of the series of the same units with plurality based on the last length. One exception is that units are always required preceding attributes. The length attribute when required shall be reported last. See the following for examples: <br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.1.2 series.jpg|center|550px]]<br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.1.2 multi line.jpg|center|500px]]<br />
<br />
====751.5.1.2.3 Series ====<br />
A dimension line shall be used to designate a series of items such as reinforcing bars or piles. The dimension line shall be placed between the outside limits of the series and the series designated as follows: <br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
! colspan ="3"|Designation of a Series of Items<br />
|-<br />
!Method!! When to Use!! Example<br />
|-<br />
|Quantity Only || align="left"|small quantity clearly shown and equally distributed across the entire width of the member ||4-#7-H10<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="3"|Quantity and Spacing Together||align="left"| exact spacing required ||5 Piles @ 5'-9" cts.<br />
|-<br />
|align="left"|start and end location fixed and the actual spacing of the required quantity is slightly less than a desired spacing || 8-#6-H19 @ abt. 8" cts.<br />
|-<br />
|align="left"|start and end location fixed and the actual spacing of the required quantity is not close to a desired spacing || | |__<u>12-#6-D20</u>__|<br/>(Equally spaced)<br />
|-<br />
|Quantity & Spacing Separate||align="left"| series has variable spacing||width="260" | |__<u>16-#5-K1 and K2</u>__|<br/>| (Spaced as shown) |<br/> |__<u>5 Spa. @ 6"|10 Spa. @ 8"</u>__|<br />
|-<br />
|Spaced with Other||align="left"| when items are to be placed at same location of another series of items that already have spacing designated|| | |__<u>11-#5-K4</u>__|<br/> (Spaced with K1 and K2)<br />
|-<br />
|Spaced Elsewhere||align="left"| when series has already been designated in another detail, useful when multiple bar marks are involved|| | |__<u>#6-U-Bars</u>__|<br/>(Spa. as shown in Elevation)<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
:1. A minimum of three items are required to be a series, otherwise designate using leader notes.<br />
:2. Always use the symbol @ and the abbreviated cts. and abt. All other words may be abbreviated if necessary for space in accordance with [[#751.5.1.3.1 Abbreviations|Abbreviations]].<br />
:3. Show all reinforcement in sectional views. Show only outside bars of the series in plan and elevation views. Show all of the items for all other series (piles in a beam cap).<br />
<br />
====751.5.1.2.4 Stationing ====<br />
Stations are points on the baseline at specified distances from the beginning point with 100 feet equaling one full station. All stationing should be carried to the nearest hundredth foot (1+50.14 identifies a location 150.14 feet from the beginning point). <br />
<br />
====751.5.1.2.5 Elevations ====<br />
Elevations shall be designated on the plans in feet, to the nearest hundredth, with the exception of hydraulic (water surface) elevations and foundation data elevations.<br />
<br />
Report to the nearest tenth foot for water surface elevations.<br />
<br />
Report to the nearest foot for minimum tip penetration, pile cleanout penetration, minimum galvanized penetration and estimated maximum scour depth. (Any additional accuracy is acceptable, but not warranted.)<br />
<br />
The foot unit is not required. (Elevation 1234.98) Elevations shall be shown as close to their actual location as possible. Break lines may be used where necessary due to space limitations.<br />
<br />
====751.5.1.2.6 Batter ====<br />
Batter is used to express the slight slope built into structural elements that are typically built vertical. Batter is reported by the horizontal component in inches per 12 inches vertically (Batter 2” per 12”).<br />
<br />
====751.5.1.2.7 Slopes ====<br />
Slopes are expressed in non-dimensional ratios. The horizontal component shall always be shown first followed by the vertical component, separated by a colon. The horizontal component is unitary for slopes greater than 45 degrees and the vertical component is unitary for slopes less than 45 degrees. The components in a slope ratio must be of identical units. Slopes shall be specified “(Normal)” if perpendicular to a skewed member. <br />
[[image:751.5.1.2 slopes.jpg|center|400px]] <br />
<br />
====751.5.1.2.8 Temperatures ====<br />
Temperatures are expressed using the Fahrenheit scale. Specific values of temperatures and ranges of temperatures shall be followed by the degree symbol and the Fahrenheit abbreviation. Temperature tolerances need only show the degree symbol (the temperature shall not be less than 40°F ±10°).<br />
<br />
===751.5.1.3 Grammar and Punctuation===<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
!style="background:#BEBEBE" colspan ="4"|Grammar and Punctuation Table of Contents<br />
|-<br />
|1. [[#751.5.1.3.1 Abbreviations|Abbreviations]]||2. [[#751.5.1.3.2 Symbols|Symbols]]||3. [[#751.5.1.3.3 Capitalization|Capitalization]]||4. [[#751.5.1.3.4 Plurality|Plurality]]<br />
|-<br />
|5. [[#751.5.1.3.5 Verb Tense|Verb Tense]]||6. [[#751.5.1.3.6 Punctuation|Punctuation]]||7. [[#751.5.1.3.7 Nomenclature|Nomenclature]]||<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
====751.5.1.3.1 Abbreviations ====<br />
Care shall be taken to avoid the extravagant use of abbreviations. <br />
<br />
Titles may use abbreviations only where required by lack of space.<br />
<br />
'''Pay Items:''' The following units shall be used for pay items in quantity tables: <br />
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"<br />
|-<br />
|width="120"| cu. foot||width="120"| each||width="120"| linear foot||width="120"| pound||width="120"| sq. yard<br />
|-<br />
|cu. yard|| gallon|| lump sum|| sq. foot|| ton<br />
|}<br />
<br />
'''Leader Notes, Dimensions and Tabulated Data:''' Approved abbreviations may be used for dimensions, leader notes and tabulated data, except the abbreviated “typ.”, “min.” and “max.” shall always be used. <br />
<br />
'''Notes:''' In general, abbreviations shall not be used in notes. Some exceptions include: <br />
<br />
* sections of the standard specifications (Sec) <br />
* acronyms (ASTM)<br />
* lengthy units (psi or ksi, lb/sf) <br />
* specific temperature (40°F) <br />
* specific size other than reinforcement (No. 4 sieve)<br />
* specific number (Intermediate Bent No. 2) <br />
* where space is very limited <br />
<br />
Abbreviations of units of measure are written without periods, with the exception of inches since it could be confused with the preposition. <br />
<br />
Units raised to a power should be reserved for tabulated data and leader notes. <br />
<br />
The following list of abbreviations and acronyms shall be observed where applicable. Abbreviations should be capitalized if shown that way below; otherwise capitalization shall be in accordance with [[#751.5.1.3.3 Capitalization|Capitalization]]. Unless otherwise shown below, abbreviations shall always use the singular form. <br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
|about|| abt.<br />
|-<br />
|abutment|| abut.<br />
|-<br />
|American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials|| AASHTO<br />
|-<br />
|angle|| ang.<br />
|-<br />
|approach|| appr.<br />
|-<br />
|approximately|| approx.<br />
|-<br />
|approved|| appv.<br />
|-<br />
|alternate or alternately|| alt.<br />
|-<br />
|area|| ar.<br />
|-<br />
|American Society for Testing and Materials|| ASTM<br />
|-<br />
|anchor bolt|| A.B.<br />
|-<br />
|April ||Apr.<br />
|-<br />
|asphalt|| asph.<br />
|-<br />
|August|| Aug.<br />
|-<br />
|avenue ||ave.<br />
|-<br />
|average|| avg.<br />
|-<br />
|height="10"| || <br />
|-<br />
|baluster|| bal.<br />
|-<br />
|backfill|| bkfl.<br />
|-<br />
|beam|| bm.<br />
|-<br />
|bearing|| brg.<br />
|-<br />
|beginning|| beg.<br />
|-<br />
|bench mark|| B.M.<br />
|-<br />
|bent|| bt.<br />
|-<br />
|between|| btwn.<br />
|-<br />
|bevel|| bev.<br />
|-<br />
|bituminous ||bit.<br />
|-<br />
|bottom ||bott.<br />
|-<br />
|bracket|| brkt.<br />
|-<br />
|bridge|| br.<br />
|-<br />
|building|| bldg.<br />
|-<br />
|height="10"| ||<br />
|-<br />
|cantilever|| cant.<br />
|-<br />
|cast-in-place|| CIP<br />
|-<br />
|cast iron|| c.i.<br />
|-<br />
|center|| ctr.<br />
|-<br />
|centers (spacing, e.g. #4 @ 6” cts.)|| cts.<br />
|-<br />
|channel (stream)|| chan.<br />
|-<br />
|clear or clearance|| cl.<br />
|-<br />
|collision (wall)|| coll.<br />
|-<br />
|column|| col.<br />
|-<br />
|concrete|| conc.<br />
|-<br />
|concrete minimum compressive strength|| f’c<br />
|-<br />
|concrete minimum compressive strength at initial loading|| f’ci<br />
|-<br />
|Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute|| CRSI<br />
|-<br />
|connection|| conn.<br />
|-<br />
|construction|| const.<br />
|-<br />
|continuous|| cont.<br />
|-<br />
|corrugated|| corr.<br />
|-<br />
|counterfort|| ctft.<br />
|-<br />
|countersunk|| ctsk.<br />
|-<br />
|county ||co.<br />
|-<br />
|creek ||cr.<br />
|-<br />
|creosoted|| creo.<br />
|-<br />
|cubic foot (unit of measure)|| cf or ft<sup>3</sup><br />
|-<br />
|cubic inch (unit of measure)|| cu. in. or in<sup>3</sup><br />
|-<br />
|cubic yard (unit of measure)|| cy or yd<sup>3</sup><br />
|-<br />
|cubic foot per second (unit of measure)|| cfs<br />
|-<br />
|culvert|| culv.<br />
|-<br />
| height="10"| ||<br />
|-<br />
|dead load (loading)|| DL<br />
|-<br />
|December|| Dec.<br />
|-<br />
|deck girder|| d.g.<br />
|-<br />
|degree (angular unit of measure)(temperature range unit of measure)|| deg<br />
|-<br />
|department|| dept.<br />
|-<br />
|design ||des.<br />
|-<br />
|design flood (elevation)|| D.F.<br />
|-<br />
|detail|| det.<br />
|-<br />
|diagram ||diag.<br />
|-<br />
|diameter ||dia.<br />
|-<br />
|diameter (shown as dimension)|| D.<br />
|-<br />
|ditto (steel details)|| do.<br />
|-<br />
|division ||div.<br />
|-<br />
|double ||dbl.<br />
|-<br />
|drawing ||dwg.<br />
|-<br />
| height="10"| || <br />
|-<br />
|each|| ea.<br />
|-<br />
|east ||E<br />
|-<br />
|eastbound ||EB<br />
|-<br />
|eastbound lane|| EBL<br />
|-<br />
|elevation ||elev.<br />
|-<br />
|embedment, or embedded ||embed.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|engineer ||engr.<br />
|-<br />
|equal or equally ||eq.<br />
|-<br />
|estimate or estimated|| est.<br />
|-<br />
|excavation|| exc.<br />
|-<br />
|existing|| exist.<br />
|-<br />
|expansion ||exp.<br />
|-<br />
|exterior|| ext.<br />
|-<br />
| height="10"| ||<br />
|-<br />
|fabricated|| fab.<br />
|-<br />
|Fahrenheit (temperature scale)|| F<br />
|-<br />
|far side (steel details)|| f.s.<br />
|-<br />
|February ||Feb.<br />
|-<br />
|federal ||fed.<br />
|-<br />
|fill face (culvert details)|| f.f.<br />
|-<br />
|fixed ||fix.<br />
|-<br />
|flange|| flg.<br />
|-<br />
|floor|| fl.<br />
|-<br />
|foot (unit of measure)|| ft<br />
|-<br />
|footing ||ftg.<br />
|-<br />
| height="10"| || <br />
|-<br />
|gallon (unit of measure)|| gal<br />
|-<br />
|galvanize|| galv.<br />
|-<br />
|gauge|| ga.<br />
|-<br />
|girder|| gdr.<br />
|-<br />
|grade|| gr.<br />
|-<br />
| height="10"| || <br />
|-<br />
|head|| hd.<br />
|-<br />
|hexagonal|| hex.<br />
|-<br />
|high strength (for bolts)|| H.S.<br />
|-<br />
|high water (elevation) ||H.W.<br />
|-<br />
|highway ||hwy.<br />
|-<br />
|horizontal|| horiz.<br />
|-<br />
|hour (time unit of measure)|| hr<br />
|-<br />
| height="10"| || <br />
|-<br />
|impact (loading)|| IM<br />
|-<br />
|inch (unit of measure) ||in.<br />
|-<br />
|include ||incl.<br />
|-<br />
|inner diameter (shown as a dimension) ||I.D.<br />
|-<br />
|interior or intermediate ||int.<br />
|-<br />
| height="10"| ||<br />
|-<br />
|January|| Jan.<br />
|-<br />
|joint|| jt.<br />
|-<br />
|July|| Jul.<br />
|-<br />
|June|| Jun.<br />
|-<br />
| height="10"| ||<br />
|-<br />
|killopound (unit of measure)|| kip<br />
|-<br />
|kilopound per cubic feet (unit of measure)|| kcf<br />
|-<br />
|kilopound per square feet (unit of measure)|| ksf<br />
|-<br />
|kilopound per square inch (unit of measure)|| ksi<br />
|-<br />
| height="10"| || <br />
|-<br />
|lateral (steel details)|| lat.<br />
|-<br />
|left ||lt. <br />
|-<br />
|length ||lgth.<br />
|-<br />
|linear or lineal (feet, inches)|| lin.<br />
|-<br />
|linear foot (unit of measure)|| lf<br />
|-<br />
|live load (loading)|| LL<br />
|-<br />
|longitudinal|| long.<br />
|-<br />
|low water (elevation)|| L.W.<br />
|-<br />
| height="10"| ||<br />
|-<br />
|March ||Mar.<br />
|-<br />
|maximum ||max.<br />
|-<br />
|mechanical bar splice ||MBS<br />
|-<br />
|median|| med.<br />
|-<br />
|memorandum|| memo.<br />
|-<br />
|mile (unit of measure)|| mi<br />
|-<br />
|miles per hour (unit of measure)|| mph<br />
|-<br />
|minimum ||min.<br />
|-<br />
|minute (angular unit of measure) (time unit of measure) ||min<br />
|-<br />
|miscellaneous ||misc.<br />
|-<br />
|Missouri Department of Transportation ||MoDOT<br />
|-<br />
| height="10"| ||<br />
|-<br />
|near side (steel details)|| n.s.<br />
|-<br />
|nominal ||nom.<br />
|-<br />
|north|| N<br />
|-<br />
|northbound|| NB<br />
|-<br />
|northbound lane|| NBL<br />
|-<br />
|northeast|| NE<br />
|-<br />
|northwest|| NW<br />
|-<br />
|not applicable or not available (table data) ||N/A<br />
|-<br />
|November|| Nov.<br />
|-<br />
|number ||no.<br />
|-<br />
|number (specific number, e.g. Sheet No. 3) ||No.<br />
|-<br />
| height="10"| || <br />
|-<br />
|octagonal|| oct.<br />
|-<br />
|October|| Oct.<br />
|-<br />
|optional|| opt.<br />
|-<br />
|ordinary high water (elevation) ||O.H.W.<br />
|-<br />
|ordinate ||ord.<br />
|-<br />
|outer diameter (shown as a dimension) ||O.D.<br />
|-<br />
|overflow ||o.f.<br />
|-<br />
|overhead ||o.h.<br />
|-<br />
| height="10"| || <br />
|-<br />
|pair (reinforcement call out, 6 Pr. #7-U21) ||pr.<br />
|-<br />
|paragraph ||par.<br />
|-<br />
|perpendicular ||perp.<br />
|-<br />
|piece (for partial structural shapes)||pc.<br />
|-<br />
|plate ||pl.<br />
|-<br />
|point ||pt.<br />
|-<br />
|polyvinyl chloride (for conduit and pipes) ||PVC<br />
|-<br />
|pound (unit of measure)(do not use #) ||lb<br />
|-<br />
|pound per cubic feet (unit of measure) ||pcf<br />
|-<br />
|pound per square inch (unit of measure) ||psi<br />
|-<br />
|prestressed ||P/S<br />
|-<br />
|profile ||pr.<br />
|-<br />
|project ||proj.<br />
|-<br />
|height="10"| ||<br />
|-<br />
|radius ||rad.<br />
|-<br />
|radius (shown as a dimension) ||R.<br />
|-<br />
|railroad ||R.R.<br />
|-<br />
|railway ||rlwy.<br />
|-<br />
|rehabilitate or rehabilitated ||rehab.<br />
|-<br />
|reinforcing or reinforcement ||reinf.<br />
|-<br />
|retaining (wall) ||ret.<br />
|-<br />
|right ||rt.<br />
|-<br />
|river ||r.<br />
|-<br />
|roadway ||rdwy.<br />
|-<br />
|route ||rte.<br />
|-<br />
|rubber compound ||rub. comp.<br />
|-<br />
| height="10"| || <br />
|-<br />
|second (unit of measure) ||s<br />
|-<br />
|section ||sec.<br />
|-<br />
|section of MO standard and supplemental specifications ||Sec<br />
|-<br />
|September ||Sep.<br />
|-<br />
|shear connector ||S.C.<br />
|-<br />
|sheet|| sh.<br />
|-<br />
|shoulder ||shldr.<br />
|-<br />
|south ||S<br />
|-<br />
|southbound ||SB<br />
|-<br />
|southbound lane ||SBL<br />
|-<br />
|southeast ||SE<br />
|-<br />
|southwest ||SW<br />
|-<br />
|space, spacing or spaced ||spa.<br />
|-<br />
|specification ||spec.<br />
|-<br />
|square ||sq.<br />
|-<br />
|square foot (unit of measure) ||sf or ft<sup>2</sup><br />
|-<br />
|square inch (unit of measure) ||sq in. or in<sup>2</sup><br />
|-<br />
|square mile (unit of measure) ||sq mi or mi<sup>2</sup><br />
|-<br />
|square yard (unit of measure) ||sy or yd<sup>2</sup><br />
|-<br />
|standard ||std.<br />
|-<br />
|station ||sta.<br />
|-<br />
|stay-in-place ||SIP<br />
|-<br />
|steel minimum yield strength ||fy<br />
|-<br />
|stream face (culvert details) ||s.f.<br />
|-<br />
|street ||st.<br />
|-<br />
|stringer ||str.<br />
|-<br />
|structural ||struc.<br />
|-<br />
|substructure ||substr.<br />
|-<br />
|superelevation ||s.e.<br />
|-<br />
|superstructure ||superstr.<br />
|-<br />
|symmetrical ||symm.<br />
|-<br />
| height="10"| ||<br />
|-<br />
|tangent ||tan.<br />
|-<br />
|thread ||thd.<br />
|-<br />
|transverse ||trans.<br />
|-<br />
|truss ||tr.<br />
|-<br />
|typical ||typ.<br />
|-<br />
|height="10"| ||<br />
|-<br />
|use in place ||U.I.P.<br />
|-<br />
| height="10"| ||<br />
|-<br />
|variable ||var.<br />
|-<br />
|vertical ||vert.<br />
|-<br />
|vertical curve (length in curve data) ||V.C.<br />
|-<br />
|vertical point of intersection (curve data) ||VPI<br />
|-<br />
| height="10"| ||<br />
|-<br />
|weight ||wt.<br />
|-<br />
|welded wire reinforcement ||WWR<br />
|-<br />
|west ||W<br />
|-<br />
|westbound ||WB<br />
|-<br />
|westbound lane ||WBL<br />
|-<br />
|widen or widening ||wid.<br />
|-<br />
|with ||w/<br />
|-<br />
|without ||w/o<br />
|-<br />
|wrought iron ||w.i.<br />
|-<br />
| height="10"| ||<br />
|-<br />
|yard (unit of measure) ||yd<br />
|-<br />
|year (unit of measure) ||yr<br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
<br />
====751.5.1.3.2 Symbols ====<br />
The use of symbols shall be avoided within notes, with an exception being the # symbol when calling out bar sizes (e.g. #4) and measurement with both feet and inches are present (e.g. 2’-0 ¾”).<br />
<br />
Symbols shall be used in dimensions, leader notes and tabulated data for noting reinforcing bars, structural steel shapes, bolts, welding, lengths, angles, etc. Unit symbols shall not be omitted where they apply, except in authorized designation of structural steel shapes, e.g. HP10x42.<br />
<br />
The following list of approved symbols shall be observed where applicable and are shown with the required spacing. Welding symbols are not shown below but shall be in accordance with American Welding Society (AWS) and with [[#751.5.9.3.1. Welding|EPG 751.5.9.3.1 Welding]].<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
!style="background:#BEBEBE" |Word!!style="background:#BEBEBE" |Symbol !!style="background:#BEBEBE" |No Space Before/After<br/>(Example) !!style="background:#BEBEBE" |Special Character<br/>Code<br />
|-<br />
|and||align="center"|&||align="center"|NA||align="center"|NA<br />
|-<br />
|angle (generic)||align="center"|∠||align="center"|NA (5/8''"'' ∠)||align="center"|\96<br />
|-<br />
|angle (structural designation)||align="center"|L||align="center"|after (L5x3½x¾) ||align="center"|NA<br />
|-<br />
|at (spacing)||align="center"|@||align="center"|NA||align="center"|NA<br />
|-<br />
|baseline||align="center"|[[image:751.5.1.3.2 baseline.jpg|16px]]||align="center"|NA||align="center"|\202<br />
|-<br />
|centerline||align="center"|[[image:751.5.1.3.2 centerline.jpg|15px]]||align="center"|NA||align="center"|\203<br />
|-<br />
|degree (angular unit of measure)||align="center"|°||align="center"|before (20°)||align="center"|\94<br />
|-<br />
|degree (temperature)||align="center"|°||align="center"|before & after (5°F)||align="center"|\94<br />
|-<br />
|diameter||align="center"|Ø||align="center"|before (¾''"''Ø)||align="center"|\211<br />
|-<br />
|equal||align="center"|=||align="center"|NA||align="center"|NA<br />
|-<br />
|inch||align="center"|''"''||align="center"|before (3''"'')||align="center"|NA<br />
|-<br />
|foot||align="center"|'' ' ''||align="center"|before (5''ʹ'')||align="center"|NA<br />
|-<br />
|minus (subtraction)||align="center"| - ||align="center"|NA||align="center"|NA<br />
|-<br />
|minus (negative)(tolerance)||align="center"| - ||align="center"|after (-15°)||align="center"|NA<br />
|-<br />
|minute (angular unit of measure)||align="center"|'' ʹ ''||align="center"|before (15''ʹ'')||align="center"|NA<br />
|-<br />
|number (size classification)||align="center"| #||align="center"|after (#4 bar)||align="center"|NA<br />
|-<br />
|plate||align="center"|[[image:751.5.1.3.2 plate.jpg|16px]]||align="center"|NA||align="center"|\204<br />
|-<br />
|plus (addition)||align="center"| + ||align="center"|NA||align="center"|NA<br />
|-<br />
|plus (tolerance)||align="center"| + ||align="center"|after (+10%)||align="center"|NA<br />
|-<br />
|plus or minus (approximation)||align="center"| ± ||align="center"|before (2''"''±)||align="center"|\200<br />
|-<br />
|plus or minus (tolerance)||align="center"| ± ||align="center"|after (±15°)||align="center"|\200<br />
|-<br />
|per (unit combinations)||align="center"| / ||align="center"|before & after (lb/ft)||align="center"|NA<br />
|-<br />
|percent||align="center"|%||align="center"|before (15%)||align="center"|NA<br />
|-<br />
|second (angular unit of measure)||align="center"|'' " ''||align="center"|before (30''"'')||align="center"|NA<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
====751.5.1.3.3 Capitalization ====<br />
The following capitalization rules shall be used except notes for design specifications, loadings and unit stresses shall match as shown in [[751.50 Standard Detailing Notes#A1. Design Specifications, Loadings & Unit Stresses and Standard Plans|EPG 751.50, A1. Design Specifications, Loadings & Unit Stresses and Standard Plans]]. <br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.1.3.3 capitalization 2017.jpg|center|750px]]<br />
<br />
Titles and subtitles of details and sheet titles shall be in all capitals, including bracketed information, except for units of measure, e.g. PART SECTION (TYPICAL). <br />
<br />
Titles, subtitles and headings of notes and tables and items in tables (except for quantity tables) shall have all nouns, pronouns, adjectives, verbs, adverbs and prepositions capitalized except for units of measure. The capitalization of the pay items in quantity tables shall be in accordance with [[751.6 General Quantities|EPG 751.6 General Quantities]].<br />
<br />
Units of measurement shall always be lowercase except for Fahrenheit (F).<br />
<br />
====751.5.1.3.4 Plurality ====<br />
The following words are typically used as noncount nouns in singular form. When these words describe a quantity of items then the item shall be made plural, e.g., two material samples shall be taken or three pipe units shall be tested.<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
!style="background:#BEBEBE" |Noncount Nouns<br />
|-<br />
|guardrail<br />
|-<br />
|material (Exception: Materials Division)<br />
|-<br />
|pile<br />
|-<br />
|pipe<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
For consistency, when referring to a group of items, the name is pluralized and not the indicator. See the examples below.<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
!style="background:#BEBEBE" |Correct !!style="background:#BEBEBE"|Incorrect <br />
|-<br />
|Sheets No. 1, 2 & 3|| Sheet Nos. 1, 2 & 3 <br />
|-<br />
|Walls No. 1, 2 & 3|| Wall Nos. 1, 2 & 3 <br />
|-<br />
|Bents No. 1, 2 & 3|| Bent Nos. 1, 2 & 3 <br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<div id="When dimensions and quantities"></div><br />
When dimensions and quantities of items are used as hyphenated adjectives (describing another object) the dimension unit or the item shall always be in singular form.<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
!style="background:#BEBEBE" |Examples<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|4-inch hole<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|Three-strand cable<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
====751.5.1.3.5 Verb Tense ====<br />
Past tense shall be used for required work on the plans as if already completed, e.g., STAGED CONSTRUCTION as a title, not STAGE CONSTRUCTION.<br />
<br />
Past tense shall also be used with verbs used as adjectives, including words describing the orientation of structures or structural components, e.g. prestressed girders or squared end precast panels.<br />
<br />
Present tense shall be used for all instructions, e.g., Remove timber header when concrete pavement is placed, see end bent sheets for details.<br />
<br />
====751.5.1.3.6 Punctuation ====<br />
'''General'''<br />
<br />
Notes shall be written using complete punctuated sentences. Sentence fragments of explanatory or qualifying remarks marked off by parentheses may be inserted into completed punctuated sentences.<br />
<br />
Leader notes and dimensions shall consist of sentence fragments. Sentence fragments are never punctuated. Use parentheses to divide separate multiple fragments, e.g., #4 Bars under bearing (6” Maximum spacing of stirrups).<br />
<br />
'''Quotation Marks'''<br />
<br />
Quotation marks shall only be used in instructions to quote the exact words that are to be written by the contractor, e.g. the word “RECOATED” shall be painted on the structure. Quotation marks shall not be used for emphasis and around specific items such as titles of tabulated data, pay items or section letters.<br />
<br />
'''Hyphens'''<br />
<br />
Hyphens, without spaces before or after the hyphen, shall be used to link two or more words or elements that act as a single idea. The following rules shall be followed. <br />
<br />
:<u>Compound Adjectives Before a Noun</u><br />
<br />
:::Examples: cast-in-place slab, 72-hour-old concrete. <br />
:::::* But not for: slab is cast in place, concrete is 72 hours old. <br />
:::Examples: I-girder bridge, H-pile footing, R-bar shape <br />
:::::* But not for: I girders shall be…, H pile are used…, R bar shall be…<br />
:::Examples: 1/4-inch joint, one-fourth-inch joint<br />
:::::* But not for: joint is 1/4 inch, joint is one-fourth inch.<br />
:::Examples: 3/4-inch joint, three-fourth-inch joint<br />
:::::* But not for: joint is 3/4 inch, joint is three-fourths inch.<br />
:::Examples: 1 1/2-inch pipe, one-and-one-half-inch pipe.<br />
:::::* But not for: pipe is 1 1/2 inches, pipe is one and one-half inches.<br />
:::Examples: one-strand cable, three-strand cable, lot-by-lot basis, chain-link fence, hot-mix asphalt.<br />
<br />
:<u>Compound Numbers 21-99</u><br />
:::Example: Twenty-two feet<br />
<br />
:<u>Verbs Using Compound Nouns</u><br />
:::Examples: water-proof surfaces, hydro-demolition deck<br />
<br />
:<u>Fractions (Spelled Out)</u><br />
:::Examples: One and five-eighths, One-third of slab<br />
<br />
:<u>Prefixes and Suffixes</u><br />
::''Before Proper Nouns or Adjectives ''<br />
:::Example: mid-July<br />
:::::* But not: midpoint<br />
<br />
::''Between Duplicated Vowels ''<br />
:::Examples: re-established, pre-existing, semi-invalid<br />
:::::* But not: subbase, prestressed<br />
<br />
::''Avoiding Confusion''<br />
:::De- (e.g., de-icing)<br />
:::::* But not: defrost<br />
:::Co- (e.g., co-pilot)<br />
<br />
::''Always With''<br />
:::Self- (e.g., self-propelled)<br />
:::-free (e.g., tack-free)<br />
:::-based (e.g., water-based)<br />
<br />
:<u>Reinforcement Callouts</u> <br />
::''In Bar Marks Between the Bar Size and Bar Designation''<br />
:::Example: #4-H100 <u>(dimensions, leader notes & notes)</u> <br />
::''Between Number Required and the Bar Mark ''<br />
:::Examples: 6-#4-H100 <u>(dimensions & leader notes)</u><br />
::::::Six #4-H100 bars (notes)<br />
::''Between Pairs Required (Pr.) and the Bar Mark ''<br />
:::Examples: Pr.-#4-H100 <u>(dimensions & leader notes)</u><br />
::::::Pair of #4-H100 bars (notes)<br />
::''Not Between Number Required and Pairs (Pr.)'' <br />
:::Examples: 4 Pr.-#4-H100 <u>(dimensions & leader notes)</u><br />
::::::Four pairs of #4-H100 bars (notes)<br />
<br />
====751.5.1.3.7 Nomenclature ====<br />
In addition to that found in Sec 100, the following engineering terminology, when required, shall be used on bridge plans. This list is not meant to be all inclusive, but primarily contains terminology unique to MoDOT.<br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:left"<br />
|+<br />
!Terminology!! Application<br />
|-<br />
|beam|| In general any horizontal supporting member however the term is specifically applied to the following superstructure members: steel wide flange members, and precast concrete box, precast voided slab and precast solid slab members.<br />
|-<br />
|blockout|| A one word noun used for voids formed into structural elements for a particular application (expansion device blockout, flange blockout) or used for a structural element placed in the void formed into another element (curb blockout).<br />
|-<br />
|block out|| A verb used for the process of forming a void into a structural element (The contractor shall block out the end of the top flange to accommodate the placement of diaphragm reinforcement.)<br />
|-<br />
|complete in place|| This phrase is used to cover all work and material required to complete a particular task or construct a particular item. Hyphens are not used and the phrase is usually set apart from the rest of the sentence with commas (Concrete masonry, complete in place, will be paid for…).<br />
|-<br />
|deck|| The portion of the superstructure that supports the live load<br />
|-<br />
|girder|| Large longitudinal superstructure members specifically applied to the following: steel plate girders, precast concrete I, precast bulb-tee, precast double-tee and precast NU members, and any cast-in-place concrete member.<br />
|-<br />
|guardrail|| Roadway traffic barrier consisting of heavy-gauge rolled steel beams mounted on strong posts. It is used to protect traffic from roadside obstacles or to prohibit traffic movements.<br />
|-<br />
|option ||A noun used for one of the choices which can be made. <br />
|-<br />
|optional|| An adjective used for not compulsory; left to personal choice; elective. <br />
|-<br />
|saw cut|| A noun or adjective used for joints cut into structural elements for a particular application (Silicone shall be placed in the saw cut) (The saw cut joint shall…).<br/>A verb used for the process of cutting a joint into a structural element (The contractor shall saw cut the barrier to the depth shown on plans.)<br />
|-<br />
|slab|| Flat structural member usually formed of a single piece and can transfer loads horizontally to supporting members (slab on beam) or vertically to a supporting base material (slab on grade).<br />
|}<br />
<br />
===751.5.1.4 Contract Plan File Name Convention===<br />
The file naming convention for all Bridge contract plans shall be: '''B_[bridge#]_[sheet#]_[job#]_[''optional'' description].dgn'''. (''Example:'' B_A8690_004_J3S2219_BENT1.dgn'')<br />
<br />
::'''B''' for Bridge.<br />
::'''[bridge number]''' (e.g. A8690).<br />
::'''[sheet#]''' is the number of a particular sheet unique to a bridge number (e.g. 004).<br />
::'''[job#]''' is the job number assigned to the project (e.g. J3S2219).<br />
::'''[''optional'' description]''' is an abbreviated description of the sheet information (e.g. BENT1, DRAINvert, BCelev, SLABplan ).<br />
<br />
NO spaces or special characters shall be used in the filename. Acceptable characters are letters, numbers, underscores or dashes.<br />
<br />
===751.5.1.5 Order of Plan Sheets ===<br />
<br />
The following table provides the preferred order of plan sheets for most new girder and beam bridges or the widening of girder and beam bridges. <br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:left"<br />
|+<br />
!Type of Sheet!! General Name of Sheet !!Comments<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="4" width="150"|Location and Layout|| width="400"|Plan and General Elevation (Front Sheet) ||rowspan="4" width="325" valign="bottom"|<sup>1</sup> Required with curved bridges.<br />
|-<br />
|Estimated Quantities and General Notes <br />
|-<br />
|Staged Construction <br />
|-<br />
|Substructure Layout <sup>1</sup><br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="6"| Substructure||CIP Piles|| rowspan="6"|<br />
|-<br />
|First End Bent <br />
|-<br />
|Vertical Drain at End Bents <br />
|-<br />
|Intermediate Bents <br />
|-<br />
|Last End Bent <br />
|-<br />
|Bearings and Girder/Beam Chairs <br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="6"|Superstructure:<br/>Concrete <br/>Girders and Beams||Girder Layout<sup>1 & 2</sup>||rowspan="6" valign="top"|<sup>2</sup>Steel intermediate diaphragm details may be added to this sheet if space allows.<br/><sup>3</sup> For NU Girders, WWR sheet comes before the Bars sheet.<br/><sup>4</sup> Required with an expansion device at the end bent. <br />
|-<br />
|Prestressed Girders or Beams<sup>3</sup><br />
|-<br />
|Steel Intermediate Diaphragms <br />
|-<br />
|End Diaphragm at First End Bent <sup>4</sup><br />
|-<br />
|Diaphragms at Intermediate Bents <br />
|-<br />
|End Diaphragm at Last Bent <sup>4</sup> <br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="6"|Superstructure:<br/>Steel Girders and Beams <sup>5</sup>|| Plan of Structural Steel||rowspan="6" |<sup>5</sup> For simpler bridges, the sheets shown may be details that are combined on sheets titled “Steel Plate Girders” or “Steel Wide Flange Beams”<br />
|-<br />
|Elevation of Girder/Beam <br />
|-<br />
|Girder/Beam Curve Offsets <sup>1</sup> <br />
|-<br />
|Camber and Dead Load Deflection <br />
|-<br />
|Splices <br />
|-<br />
|Diaphragms, Crossframes and Stiffeners <br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="8"|Superstructure:<br/>Bridge Decks|| Precast Prestressed Panels ||rowspan="8"|<sup>6</sup> Camber refers to the P/S camber diagram and is only required for concrete members.<br/>Haunching refers to the diagram for concrete members and to the detail for steel members.<br/>Slab Elevations refer to the theoretical bottom of slab elevation table.<br/>Often the haunching and slab elevations for steel members are shown on the same sheet with camber and dead deflection diagrams for simpler bridges.<br />
|-<br />
|Slab Drains <br />
|-<br />
|Expansion Devices <br />
|-<br />
|Camber, Haunching and Slab Elevations<sup>6</sup><br />
|-<br />
|Plan of Slab Showing Reinforcement <br />
|-<br />
|Section Thru Slab <br />
|-<br />
|Slab Pouring Sequence <br />
|-<br />
|Slab Curve Ordinates<sup>1</sup> <br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="3"|Superstructure:<br/>Barrier or Railing|| Elevation Sheet ||rowspan="3"| <br />
|-<br />
|Barrier or Railing Details at End Bents <br />
|-<br />
|Median Barrier Details <br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="5"|Miscellaneous Sheets|| Approach Slab ||rowspan="5"| <br />
|-<br />
|Bill of Reinforcing Steel <br />
|-<br />
|Sign Attachments <br />
|-<br />
|As-Built Pile and/or Drilled Shaft Data <br />
|-<br />
|Boring Data<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
For simpler bridges some of the above sheets may be combined, for example the section thru slab and slab pouring sequence are often on the same sheet. At the discretion of the Structural Project Manager identical end bents can both use the details of the first end bent with the number of the last end bent being added to the sheet title. Also at the discretion of the Structural Project Manager identical or similar intermediate bents can use the same details adding tables for variable dimensions.<br />
<br />
For large or complex structures with a large amount of details an Index Sheet is often added as the front sheet. The Location Sketch, Land Survey Block, and the Structural Title Block typically located on the Plan and General Elevation Sheet is located with the Index of Drawings on the Index Sheet.<br />
<br />
===751.5.1.6 Example Bridge Plan Sheets=== <br />
The following contains example bridge plan sheets with commentary:<br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:left" align=center<br />
|+ <br />
!style="background:#BEBEBE" width="350"|'''Example Bridge Plans'''<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[[media:751.5.1.6 Typical Dec 2020.pdf|Typical Prestressed Concrete Tangent Bridge]]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[[media:751.5.1.6 Alternate.pdf|Alternate Sheets for Steel Bridges]]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[[media:751.5.1.6 Additional.pdf|Additional Sheets for Curved Bridges]]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
===751.5.1.7 Contract Addendums and Construction Changes===<br />
<br />
'''Contract Addendums:''' <br />
:* All contract addendums are new documents/plan sheets<br />
:* Central Office Design Division controls contract addendum releases and sequential ordering.<br />
<br />
A bid revision (contract addendum) will be required if any of the contract documents require revisions after the project has been advertised but before the letting. The revisions shall be made in accordance with [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=103.1_Bid_Opening_and_Award_Process#103.1.6.6.1.1_Revisions_to_Plan_Sheets EPG 103.1.6.6.1.1.Revisions to Plans Sheets] while maintaining the existing information. The file names of the revised plan sheets shall be in accordance with [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=103.1_Bid_Opening_and_Award_Process#103.1.6.6.1.2_File_Naming_Convention_for_Plan_Sheet_Changes EPG 103.1.6.6.1.2 File Naming Convention for Plan Sheet Changes]. It is important that revision numbers used in the file names of the revised sheets saved to the appropriate contract plans folder in ProjectWise correspond to the number of the contract addendum in coordination with Central Office Design Division Bidding and Contract Services. The new files shall be processed in accordance with [[237.9 Submission of Plans and Supporting Documents#237.9.4 File Naming Convention for Addendums|EPG 237.9.4 File Naming Convention for Addendums]].<br />
<br />
'''Construction Changes:''' <br />
:* Construction changes may be new plan sheets or revised plan sheets.<br />
:* Bridge Division controls construction change releases and sequential ordering.<br />
:* Sequential ordering for multiple structures in a project is relative to each structure.<br />
<br />
A bridge change order (construction change) will be required if the final contract bridge plans require revisions after the project has been awarded. Similar to contract addendums, change order revisions shall be made while maintaining the existing information. <br />
<br />
Revisions shall be identified with leader notes with a “C” prior to a sequential bridge change order number (not project) circumscribed by a triangle. For example, all revisions for the first bridge change order shall be identified with a “1” in the triangle, all revisions for the second bridge change order with a “2” in the triangle, etc. Following the triangle should be one of the following: <br />
<br />
:* “Added” ← for identifying new details being added<br />
:* “Deleted” ← for identifying existing details being deleted<br />
:* New values replacing existing values <br />
<br />
The overall revision to the sheet shall also be noted near the lower right side of the sheet using the same “C” and triangle format as used with the individual revisions made on the sheet. Following the triangle should be one of the following:<br />
<br />
:* “Revised (Date)” ← for existing sheets with revisions being added<br />
:* “Sheet Added (Date)” ← for new sheets being added<br />
:* “Sheet Deleted (Date)” ← for existing sheets being deleted<br />
<br />
The file name for all revised sheets for the first bridge change order shall contain a _C001 at the end of the final contract plan file name; the second bridge change order shall contain a _C002; etc. The signed and sealed revised plan sheets shall be saved to the appropriate contract plans folder in ProjectWise. The following example shows the progression of file names for plan sheets during bidding and construction. <br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
!style="background:#BEBEBE" |[[media:751.5.1.4 file names.pdf|Progression of File Names During Bidding and Construction]]<br />
|}<br />
</center> <br />
The signed and sealed change order plan sheets shall be printed to pdf, combined into a single file and saved in the appropriate eProjects location. The Structural Project Manager shall send a link to this file via email to the Resident Engineer and copied to others for processing. A change order template for Outlook is available in [https://modotgov.sharepoint.com/:f:/r/sites/CO_BR/Shared%20Documents/General/Development/Development_Masters/Email_Templates?csf=1&web=1&e=rPxMZ1 Development_Forms]. <br />
<br />
<br />
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|Examples<br />
|-<br />
| width="175" align="center"|'''Revising Existing Sheets''' ||rowspan="2"| [[image:751.5.1.4 revising 2016.jpg|center|675px]]<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top"|When minor change order revisions can be made clearly to existing sheets, items revised, added or deleted are enclosed using the Detail Circle line type. The overall revision to the sheet is noted near the lower right side of the sheet.<br/>The date and description of the revision may also be added to the final plans title block (optional).<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|'''Deleting Existing Sheets'''||rowspan="2"|[[image:751.5.1.4 deleting 2016.jpg|center|675px]]<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top"|When details on a sheet are no longer applicable, or change order revisions are too complicated to be made clearly, the entire sheet is crossed out with a bold line (match border). The deletion is noted near the lower right side of the sheet<br/>The date and description of the revision may also be added to the final plans title block (optional).<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|'''Adding New Sheets''' ||rowspan="2"|[[image:751.5.1.4 adding 2016.jpg|center|675px]]<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top"|When a new sheet is needed to replace a deleted sheet or to add additional change order details, the addition is noted near the lower right side of the sheet.<br/>The date and description of the revision may also be added to the final plans title block (optional).<br />
|}<br />
<br />
==751.5.2 Location and Layout Sheets ==<br />
<br />
===751.5.2.1 Plan and General Elevation (Front Sheet) ===<br />
Typically, the first sheet of bridge plans for new structures and the widening or extension of existing structures shows a Plan Detail, a General Elevation Detail and several information blocks. For the rehabilitation of existing bridges a Typical Section Thru Deck Detail is shown instead of the Plan and General Elevation. There are also several supplementary details, dependent on the type of structure that may be required. This subarticle provides detailing guidelines for these items. <br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
!style="background:#BEBEBE" colspan ="5"|Front Sheet Table of Contents<br />
|-<br />
|1. [[#751.5.2.1.1 Plan Detail|Plan Detail]]||2. [[#751.5.2.1.2 General Elevation Detail|General Elevation Detail]]||3. [[#751.5.2.1.3 Information Blocks|Information Blocks]]||rowspan="2" width="150"|4. [[#751.5.2.1.4 Typical Section Thru Existing Deck Detail|Typical Section Thru Existing Deck Detail]]||5. [[#751.5.2.1.5 Supplementary Details|Supplementary Details]]<br />
|-<br />
|1.1 [[#751.5.2.1.1.1 Substructure Elements|Substructure Elements]]||2.1 [[#751.5.2.1.2.1 General Elevation View|General Elevation View]]||3.1 [[#751.5.2.1.3.1 Structure Description|Structure Description]] ||5.1 [[#751.5.2.1.5.1 Location Sketch|Location Sketch]]<br />
|-<br />
|1.2 [[#751.5.2.1.1.2 Skew Detail|Skew Detail]]||2.2 [[#751.5.2.1.2.2 Elevations|Elevations]]||3.2 [[#751.5.2.1.3.2 Land Survey|Land Survey]]|| ||5.2 [[#751.5.2.1.5.2 Foundation Data|Foundation Data]]<br />
|-<br />
|1.3 [[#751.5.2.1.1.3 Boring Locations|Boring Locations]]||2.3 [[#751.5.2.1.2.3 End of Slab|End of Slab]]||3.3 [[#751.5.2.1.3.3 Final Plans Title|Final Plans Title]]|| ||5.3 [[#751.5.2.1.5.3 Hydraulic Data|Hydraulic Data]]<br />
|-<br />
|1.4 [[#751.5.2.1.1.4 Bridge Roadway Width|Bridge Roadway Width]]||2.4 [[#751.5.2.1.2.4 Bent Number & Fixity|Bent Number & Fixity]]||3.4 [[#751.5.2.1.3.4 Standard Plans|Standard Plans]]|| ||<br />
|-<br />
|1.5 [[#751.5.2.1.1.5 Features Crossed|Features Crossed]]||2.5 [[#751.5.2.1.2.5 Vertical Alignment Data|Vertical Alignment Data]]||3.5 [[#751.5.2.1.3.5 Bench Mark|Bench Mark]]|| ||<br />
|-<br />
|1.6 [[#751.5.2.1.1.6 North Arrow & Curve Data|North Arrow & Curve Data]]||2.6 [[#751.5.2.1.2.6 Ground Lines|Ground Lines]]||3.6 [[#751.5.2.1.3.6 Structural Title|Structural Title]]|| ||<br />
|-<br />
|1.7 [[#751.5.2.1.1.7 Miscellaneous Notes|Miscellaneous Notes]]||2.7 [[#751.5.2.1.2.7 Features Crossed|Features Crossed]]|| || ||<br />
|-<br />
|1.8 [[#751.5.2.1.1.8 Miscellaneous Details|Miscellaneous Details]] ||2.8 [[#751.5.2.1.2.8 Slope Protection|Slope Protection]]|| || ||<br />
|-<br />
| ||2.9 [[#751.5.2.1.2.9 Miscellaneous Notes|Miscellaneous Notes]]|| || ||<br />
|-<br />
| ||2.10 [[#751.5.2.1.2.10 Miscellaneous Details|Miscellaneous Details]]|| || ||<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
====751.5.2.1.1 Plan Detail====<br />
The following items shall be included in or near the Plan Detail. <br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.1.1.1 Substructure Elements=====<br />
For new bridges or the widening of existing bridges the following substructure elements shall be drawn to scale and shown in the Plan Detail. <br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:left"<br />
|+<br />
|width="175"|Beam Caps<sup>1</sup> ||width="175"|Detached Wings||width="175"| Rock Sockets<br />
|-<br />
|Collision Walls|| Drilled Shafts|| Seal Courses<br />
|-<br />
|Columns|| Footings|| Tie Beams<br />
|-<br />
|Deadman Anchors|| Piles<sup>2</sup> ||Webs<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
:::<sup>1</sup> Incidental details, such as steps, keyways, and anchor bolts (at the top of beams) shall not be shown. <br />
<br />
:::<sup>2</sup> Sway bracing shall not be shown at intermediate pile cap bents. Battered piles need only be shown for a short distance past the edge of the bent ending with a long break line. <br />
<br />
The substructure shall be labeled and dimensioned as shown below. The first drawing specifies roadway elevations as profile grade elevations, since the profile grade is located at the centerline of roadway. On the second drawing, these elevations are specified as grade elevations. The second figure also shows the additional dimension required at the intermediate bents when the centerline of the roadway does not pass through the geometric center of the intermediate bents. This occurs with all unsymmetrical roadways and occasionally symmetrical roadways with horizontally curved continuous prestressed bridges. These drawings are applicable to both tangent and horizontally curved bridges.<br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.2.1 plan.jpg|center|950px]]<br />
[[image:751.5.2.1 plan notes.jpg|center|920px]]<br />
<br />
For dual roadways/divided highways, the centerline of median shall be shown and specified and the perpendicular or radial offset from centerline of roadway shall be dimensioned.<br />
<br />
For tangent, squared structures, the transverse centerline of the bents line up with the centerline of the structure, and therefore the centerline of bent can be added to the centerline of structure’s leader note.<br />
<br />
When the profile grade is not along the centerline of roadway, but is along either the centerline of structure or median, the profile grade shall be added to the appropriate leader note. When the profile grade is not along the centerline of roadway, structure or median, the location of profile grade shall be shown in the roadway width detail in accordance with [[#751.5.2.1.1.4 Bridge Roadway Width|Roadway Width]].<br />
<br />
The span lengths for steel and prestressed bridges given in the Bridge Memorandum or Design Layout are horizontal dimensions. For prestressed girder or beam sheets, the actual girder or beam length shall be adjusted accordingly for grade. <br />
<br />
The following additional dimensions shall also be shown in the plan detail:<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:left"<br />
|+<br />
|Length and width of footings and seal courses<br />
|-<br />
|Perpendicular distance from centerline of piles to the front face and to the fill face of end bents<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.1.1.2 Skew Detail=====<br />
The following skew detail shall be drawn off the centerline of roadway (right angle square can also be used instead of 90° angle dimension):<br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.2.1 tangent.jpg|center|950px]]<br />
<br />
For curved bridges where the referenced radial line occurs at a congested location, and it is not possible to show the skew detail clearly, state the skew requirements by providing the following note:<br />
<br />
:For Skewed Bents:<br />
::All bents are parallel to a line skewed __ <u>right</u> <u>left</u> advanced from a radial line at station __.<br />
<br />
:For Squared Bents:<br />
::All bents are parallel to a radial line at station __.<br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.1.1.3 Boring Locations=====<br />
All available boring data locations shall be shown with the boring symbol. Boring locations shall not be numbered, unless all boring locations are assigned boring log number, then boring locations may be labeled with the boring log number. This applies equally to coring locations. No distinction should be made between boring and coring locations.<br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.2.1.1.3.jpg|center|775px]]<br />
<br />
Add [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=751.50_Standard_Detailing_Notes#Boring_Data boring data disclaimer note] near the Plan Detail.<br />
<br />
If inadequate space is available for placement of the disclaimer note, it may be placed on the General Notes and Estimated Quantities Sheet. Add a note near the Plan Detail stating, “For Notice and Disclaimer Regarding Boring Log Data, see Sheet No. _.”<br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.1.1.4 Bridge Roadway Width=====<br />
A small portion of the outside edges of the bridge roadway shall be shown at the proper location within one of the spans if space allows, but may be placed adjacent to bridge if required for clarity. The dimension of the overall roadway width shall be provided, followed by “Roadway”. The dimensions from the centerline of roadway to each edge of the roadway shall be provided also. If the profile grade is not along the centerline of roadway, structure or median, a small portion of the profile grade shall also be shown, and the offset dimension from the centerline of roadway provided. The dimensions need not be specified as radial for curved structures.<br />
<br />
See the Bridge Memorandum for location of the profile grade. Generally, the profile grade will be shown in the cross section through the superstructure on the slab sheet and in the plan view on the front sheet of the design plans. Generally, the profile grade is at the centerline of roadway for two-way traffic bridges. For one-way traffic bridges used in standard divided highways, the profile grade is at some other location away from the centerline of roadway. When the profile grade is not located along the centerline of the roadway, the centerline of roadway elevations shall be specified as grade elevations.<br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.1.1.5 Features Crossed=====<br />
<br />
'''Centerlines of Features Crossed'''<br />
<br />
The centerline of existing, new and future roadways, railroads and trails (if known) shall be shown at their proper location, extended slightly past the boundary of the bridge. The intersection of a centerline with the bridge’s centerline shall be specified as follows. <br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.2.1 alignments crossed.jpg|center|950px]] <br />
<br />
The centerline of dual lane roadways shall also be shown and specified with the appropriate lane designation.<br />
<br />
'''Boundary and Clearances of Features Crossed'''<br />
<br />
Using boundary lines (style 2, weight 1) the edge of travel lanes, shoulders and barrier of roadways and the edges of trails shall be shown at their proper location, extended slightly past the boundary of the bridge. The travel lanes and shoulders shall be dimensioned and labeled as shown in the following detail. The barrier shall be labeled as well.<br />
<br />
The minimum horizontal clearance to the closest substructure element, wall element, rigid barrier, or to the toe of slope steeper than 3 to 1 (1V:3H) on each side of each roadway and railroad underneath a bridge shall be dimensioned at their proper location and labeled as shown in the following detail. Barrier or railing, beam caps, wall coping, and collision walls will control over columns and retaining walls. The horizontal clearance shall be measured from the edge of traveled way for roadways (clearance includes shoulders and auxiliary lanes) and from the centerline of tracks for railroads.<br />
<br />
Using detail circles (style 2, weight 1) the point of minimum vertical clearance for each existing, new and future roadway and railroad shall be shown at their proper location obtained from the design. Each point of minimum vertical clearance shall be dimensioned from the intersecting centerlines (unless on centerline) and also labeled as shown in the following detail.<br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.2.1.1.5 min vert clearance.jpg|center|900px]] <br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.1.1.6 North Arrow and Curve Data =====<br />
When the Location Sketch is eliminated, or placed on the General Notes and Estimated Quantities Sheet, the north arrow and all horizontal curve data of roadways going over, under, or within 150 feet of the structure shall be provided near the Plan Detail.<br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.1.1.7 Miscellaneous Notes for the Plan Detail =====<br />
Applicable notes of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=751.50_Standard_Detailing_Notes#E3._Miscellaneous EPG 751.50 E3. Miscellaneous] notes shall be placed near the Plan Detail.<br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.1.1.8 Miscellaneous Details for the Plan Detail=====<br />
* Bridge spans, identified in accordance with [[#751.5.1.1.11 Span Ranges|Span Ranges]]. <br />
* Outline of existing substructure components when they are in close proximity to new substructure. <br />
* Temporary shoring required for construction and specified as a roadway item, if applicable. <br />
* MSE walls built in conjunction with bridge shall be shown with the wall number specified. Walls need only be shown for a short distance past the boundary of the bridge ending with a long break line. <br />
* Alignment of new or existing underground utilities that may cause construction difficulties due to the close proximity to new substructure.<br />
<br />
====751.5.2.1.2 General Elevation Detail ====<br />
<br />
The following elements need to be included in or near the General Elevation Detail. <br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.1.2.1 General Elevation View=====<br />
The general elevation view of a structure is to show the structure in its entirety meaning that, for a bridge, this would include the superstructure, substructure and foundations. Because of limited space on a plan sheet and scalability conflicts, for example in the case of a bridge where a bridge is much longer than tall, controlling the amount of distortion becomes critical. Because of this, the information shown should be depicted as proportionally correct as is possible but in all cases the relational distinctions made should be rational such as correctly showing both the elevation and drawing of the bottom of a drilled shaft as it relates to other details.<br />
<br />
The elevation of the structure shall be drawn as a section through centerline of the structure but showing the side elevation of the end bent wing walls and barrier or railing. Only one column will be shown (no isometric views of the structure). The bents in the general elevation detail shall line up with the span length extension lines in the plan detail. The vertical placement of structural elements shall be shown as close to their actual location as possible. Long piles need only be shown for a short distance below footings ending with a long break line.<br />
<br />
These hidden items shall be shown: end of slab, fill face, approach notch, wing brace, collision walls, tie beams, web beams, pile webs and piles embedded in concrete or inside spacers. For clarity, girders embedded in diaphragms should not be shown.<br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.1.2.2 Elevations =====<br />
The elevations of the bottom of the following items shall be specified: rock sockets, web beams, sway bracing, spread footings and pile footings. Add “(Not above)” if indicated in the Bridge Memorandum or Design Layout. The elevation of the bottom of footing need not be specified when a seal course is present.<br />
<br />
The elevations of the top of the following items shall be specified: seal course, anticipated sound rock, drilled shafts, permanent casing, tie beams, collision walls and rails of railroads at location of minimum vertical clearance. Add “(Survey Date ___)” to the rail elevation, using the date reported in the bridge survey report.<br />
<br />
For water crossings, the design flood elevation and low water elevation (ordinary water elevation if low water not available) shall be specified by pointing to the top of a water line symbol placed at the proper vertical location, preferably within the main span of the bridge. A single line may be used to represent the low water elevation if there is not enough room to clearly show a water line symbol. The low water elevation shall not be shown or specified if the stream runs dry.<br />
<br />
The excavation datum elevation, if required shall be specified by pointing to a single line placed at the proper vertical location, preferably below the ground line, near an intermediate bent. The excavation datum shall not be specified when no excavation exists below that elevation, such as in the case of all intermediate bents being pile cap bents or drilled shafts.<br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.1.2.3 End of Slab =====<br />
The end of slab at both ends shall be called out with the following leader note:<br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.2.1 end of slab.jpg|center|850px]]<br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.2.1.4.jpg|right|450px]]<br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.1.2.4 Bent Number and Fixity =====<br />
The bent number and bent fixity shall be specified for all bents as shown to the right. The text for both shall be the regular small text used for all notes. “Fix.” shall be used for all integral bents and non-integral bents with fixed bearings. “Exp.” shall be used for all bents with expansion bearings. “F.” and “E.” may be used if required due to lack of space.<br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.1.2.5 Vertical Alignment Data =====<br />
The vertical alignment of bridges shall be placed directly above the bridge in the General Elevation Detail, with vertical curve data placed as near as possible to the vertical point of intersection. <br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.2.1 vertical.jpg|center|950px]]<br />
<br />
A crest vertical curve detail is shown. If the bridge is located on a sag vertical curve, the detail for a sag vertical curve is to be used. <br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.1.2.6 Ground Lines =====<br />
Existing, new and future ground lines at the centerline of the roadway of a bridge shall be shown slightly beyond the ends of the bridge. Existing and new ground lines shall be detailed using a solid line (style 0, weight 5) with the appropriate fill pattern except in locations of new slope protection. Future ground lines (such as a future railway track or roadway) shall be detailed using a dashed line (style 2, weight 2).<br />
<br />
Existing ground lines shall be specified as “Ground Line (Survey Date ___)”, using the date reported in the bridge survey report. <br />
<br />
New roadways underneath bridges shall be specified as “Roadway and Drainage Excavation Line” at one of the sides slopes or ditches. <br />
Future ground lines shall be specified as “Future Ground Line”.<br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.1.2.7 Features Crossed=====<br />
<br />
'''Outlines of Features Crossed'''<br />
<br />
Pavement and permanent barriers of existing, new and future roadways shall be shown at their proper location using the appropriate CAD levels.<br />
<br />
The rails of existing, new and future railroads shall be shown at their proper location using the appropriate CAD levels.<br />
<br />
'''Minimum Clearances to Features Crossed'''<br />
<br />
For existing and new roadways and trails, the minimum vertical clearance obtained from the design shall be dimensioned from the location obtained from the design and labeled as shown in the following detail.<br />
<br />
For existing and new railroads, the minimum vertical clearance shall be dimensioned from the location obtained from the design. The dimension callout shall be the asterisked final railroad clearance note of [[751.50 Standard Detailing Notes#E3. Miscellaneous|EPG 751.50 E3 Miscellaneous]] placed near the General Elevation as shown in the following detail. The value to use in the clearance note shall be obtained from the Design Layout (may be greater than minimum shown below).<br />
<br />
It is not required to show the minimum vertical clearance of future roadways, railroad and trails. <br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.2.1.2.7 min clearance.jpg|center|950px]]<br />
<br />
'''Clearances for Traffic during Construction '''<br />
<br />
For existing and new roadways and trails in operation during construction the note in [[751.50 Standard Detailing Notes#A3. All Structures|EPG 751.50 A3 All Structures]] specifying vertical clearance during construction shall be included in the General Notes.<br />
<br />
For existing and new railroads in operation during construction, the following railroad minimum construction clearance detail shall be provided near the General Elevation Detail.<br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.2.1.2.7 construction.jpg|center|700px]]<br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.1.2.8 Slope Protection =====<br />
When rock blanket is specified on the Bridge Memorandum or Design Layout, it is to be shown in the General Elevation Detail, typically in combination with the slope criteria. The following figure shows common rock blanket details. See [[751.1 Preliminary Design#751.1.2.15 Bridges Over Railroads|EPG 751.1.2.15 Bridges over Railroad]] for criteria specific to bridges over railroads. <br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.2.1 genrral.jpg|center|950px]]<br />
<br />
Note:<br />
:When permanent erosion control geotextile is specified on the Bridge Memorandum or Design Layout, it shall be specified with the rock blanket. Permanent erosion control geotextile material shall be used under slab drains in combination with rock blanket.<br />
<br />
:The 100-year flood elevation and flow depth (D) are shown for illustration and are not to be shown on the plans.<br />
:(a) Rock blanket on the spill fill slopes shall be shown to the elevation specified on the Bridge Memorandum or Design Layout in accordance with [[751.1 Preliminary Design#751.1.2.29 Protection of Spill Slopes and Side Slopes|EPG 751.1.2.29 Protection of Spill Slopes and Side Slopes]]. If the Bridge Memorandum or Design Layout specifies extending the rock blanket above this elevation to provide slope protection beneath slab drains (as shown on the right side of above drawing), the top of the rock blanket on the side slope may be shown with elevation specified. Otherwise the elevation and detail need not be shown.<br />
:(b) A rock blanket apron should extend from the toe of the spill slope into the bridge waterway a distance equal to twice the 100-year flood flow depth D in the overbank area near the embankment, but need not exceed 25 feet.<br />
:(c) See the Bridge Memorandum or Design Layout for specified slope of spill fill. Maximum allowable spill fill slope is determined by Construction and Materials Division as specified in the soils survey for each project.<br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.1.2.9 Miscellaneous Notes for the General Elevation Detail =====<br />
Applicable notes of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=751.50_Standard_Detailing_Notes#E1._Excavation_and_Fill EPG 751.50 E1. Excavation and Fill] and [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=751.50_Standard_Detailing_Notes#E3._Miscellaneous E3. Miscellaneous], shall be placed near the General Elevation Detail.<br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.1.2.10 Miscellaneous Details for the General Elevation Detail =====<br />
* If fencing is located on the structure, only a small portion of the fencing need be shown at each end of the structure and labeled at one of the locations as “Pedestrian Fence” for chain link fences and “Decorative Fence” for all other types of fences.<br />
<br />
* Outline of remaining portions of existing substructure components that are in close proximity to new substructure.<br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.2.1 earth plug.jpg|right|300px]]<br />
<br />
* Temporary shoring required for construction and specified as a roadway item, if applicable. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
* When earth plugs are required due to Class C roadway fill, the earth plug and bottom width and slope of plug shall be specified as shown. The Class C roadway fill need not be shown or specified. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.2.1 MSE.jpg|right|350px]] <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
* MSE walls shall be shown, including coping, leveling pad, pile spacers and, if required, gutter and over excavation of unsuitable foundation material. The wall number, spacers, depth of spacers below leveling pad and over excavation shall be specified as shown. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
* Outline of new or existing underground utilities that may cause construction difficulties due to the close proximity to new substructure. <br />
<br />
* Signs or lighting attached to the structure shall be shown and labeled if space allows, but may be omitted if required for clarity. <br />
<br />
* The location of overhead power lines that may cause construction difficulties shall be shown using an oval or circle Bridge-Miscellaneous object line labeled “Overhead Power Lines”.<br />
<br />
====751.5.2.1.3 Information Blocks ====<br />
EPG 751.5.2.1.3 Information Blocks provides instructions for filling out required information blocks. The following picture shows each of the required information blocks, and the sections that follow provide instruction for filling out each block. <br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.2.1.3.jpg|center|950px]] <br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.1.3.1 Structure Description =====<br />
A description of each of the superstructure types shall be provided at the top of the front sheet. <br />
<br />
For bridges, this description consists of the span configuration and the type of superstructure followed by “SPAN” or “SPANS” as required.<br />
<br />
The following elements are used to define the span configuration:<br />
:Parentheses indicate a break in continuity<br />
:Dashes and commas indicate level of continuity, see examples<br />
:Span lengths that are partial foot lengths shall be reported to the nearest tenth foot. <br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:center"<br />
|+<br />
!colspan="2"|Examples of Bridge Span Configurations<br />
|-<br />
!Configuration!! Explanation<br />
|-<br />
|(98’)||align="left"| Single span <br />
|-<br />
|(35’)(40’)(35’) ||align="left"|Multiple simple spans with deck joints at each intermediate bent<br />
|-<br />
|5@(40’) ||align="left"|Multiple simple spans of the same length with deck joints at each intermediate bent<br />
|-<br />
|(35’)5@(40’)(35’) ||align="left"|Multiple simple spans including a series of same length spans and with deck joints at each intermediate bent<br />
|-<br />
|(35’,40’,35’) ||align="left"|Multiple simple spans with a continuous deck<br />
|-<br />
|(5@45’) ||align="left"|Multiple simple spans of the same length with a continuous deck (type of superstructure would need to start with “SIMPLE”)<br />
|-<br />
|(35’,5@40’,35’) ||align="left"|Multiple simple spans with a continuous deck including a series of same length spans<br />
|-<br />
|(65’-85’-65.4’) ||align="left"|Unit of continuous spans <br />
|-<br />
|(5@45’) ||align="left"|Unit of continuous spans of the same length<br />
|-<br />
|(65’-3@85’-65’) ||align="left"|Unit of continuous spans including a series of same length spans<br />
|-<br />
|(100’-120’-110’)(120’-180’-120’) ||align="left"|Two units of continuous spans separated by a deck joint<br />
|-<br />
|2@(120’-180’-120’) ||align="left"|Two identical units continuous spans separated by a deck joint<br />
|-<br />
|(65’)(120’-180’)(65’) ||align="left"|Simple spans in combination with a unit of continuous spans separated by a deck joint<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="left"|Short hand notation if used defaults to the continuous configuration if it cannot be interpreted otherwise. For example (5@45’) means continuous spans however (40’,5@45’,45) means a continuous deck over simple spans. Short hand notation should not be used with decks that are continuous over both simple and continuous spans.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:center"<br />
|+<br />
!colspan="3"|Common Types of Bridge Superstructures<br />
|-<br />
!Precast Concrete!! Steel<sup>1</sup>!! Cast-In-Place Concrete<br />
|-<br />
|PRESTRESSED CONCRETE<br/>I-GIRDER|| COMPOSITE WIDE FLANGE BEAM|| CONTINUOUS CONCRETE SOLID SLAB'''<sup>3</sup>'''<br />
|-<br />
|PRESTRESSED CONCRETE<br/>BULB-TEE GIRDER|| COMPOSITE PLATE GIRDER|| CONTINUOUS CONCRETE VOIDED SLAB'''<sup>3</sup>'''<br />
|-<br />
|PRESTRESSED CONCRETE<br/>NU-GIRDER|| WIDE FLANGE BEAM'''<sup>2</sup>'''|| CONTINUOUS CONCRETE BOX GIRDER'''<sup>3</sup>'''<br />
|-<br />
|PRESTRESSED CONCRETE<br/>SPREAD BOX BEAM|| PLATE GIRDER'''<sup>2</sup>'''|| CONCRETE DECK GIRDER<br />
|-<br />
|PRESTRESSED CONCRETE<br/>ADJACENT BOX BEAM||colspan="2" rowspan="5"|<br />
|-<br />
|PRESTRESSED CONCRETE<br/>SPREAD VOIDED SLAB BEAM <br />
|-<br />
|PRESTRESSED CONCRETE<br/>ADJACENT VOIDED SLAB BEAM <br />
|-<br />
|PRESTRESSED CONCRETE<br/>SOLID SLAB BEAM <br />
|-<br />
|PRESTRESSED CONCRETE<br/>DOUBLE-TEE GIRDER<br />
|-<br />
|align="left" colspan="3"| '''<sup>1</sup>''' “CONTINUOUS” or “SIMPLE” shall be specified as required for multiple span structures.<br />
|-<br />
|align="left" colspan="3"| '''<sup>2</sup>''' Non-composite is not required to be specified for steel structures.<br />
|-<br />
|align="left" colspan="3"| '''<sup>3</sup>''' “CONTINUOUS” not required for single span structures.<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
For culverts, the structure description consists of the cell configuration and the type of culvert. The description ends with CULVERT and is followed with ON ROCK for box culverts without a bottom slab.<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:center"<br />
|+<br />
!Examples<br />
|-<br />
|3(8’x8’) CONCRETE BOX CULVERT<br />
|-<br />
|2(8’x9.5’) CONCRETE BOX CULVERT ON ROCK<br />
|-<br />
|5(6’) CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE CULVERT<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
For existing structures that are being modified and/or rehabilitated, the structure description shall start with “U.I.P.” followed by a list of all superstructure work followed by “EXISTING” followed by the span configuration and type of structure. Rehabilitate covers a range of work, including but not limited to slab repair, adding or replacing wearing surfaces, adding curb blockouts and replacing slab overhangs. When removing joints from an existing superstructure or relocating the joints to the intermediate bents, add “TO” after “EXISTING”.<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:center"<br />
|+<br />
|width="200"|'''Types of Typical Work and the<br/>Order Listed if the Work is Applicable'''||Redeck, Widen, Seismic Retrofit, Strengthen, Make Composite, <br/>Extend (culverts), Rehabilitate and Reconfigure<br />
|}<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:center"<br />
|+<br />
|width="200"|'''Various Examples'''<br/>(span/cell configuration and type of structure not shown)||width="530"|U.I.P. AND REHABILITATE EXISTING…<br/>U.I.P., REDECK AND REHABILITATE EXISTING…<br/>U.I.P., REDECK AND MAKE COMPOSITE EXISTING…<br/>U.I.P., STRENGTHEN AND REHABILITATE EXISTING…<br/>U.I.P., WIDEN AND REHABILITATE EXISTING…<br/>U.I.P. AND EXTEND EXISTING…<br/>U.I.P., EXTEND AND REHABILITATE EXISTING…<br/>U.I.P., REDECK AND RECONFIGURE EXISTING TO…<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
Replacing the entire superstructure is an exception to the above rules. For superstructure replacements, a list of all substructure work shall specified followed by “EXISTING SUBSTRUCTUE AND REPLACE SUPERSTRUCTURE WITH” followed by the new span configuration and type of structure. <br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:center"<br />
|+<br />
|'''Examples''' (span configuration and type of structure not shown)<br />
|-<br />
|U.I.P. EXISTING SUBSTRUCTURE AND REPLACE SUPERSTRUCTURE WITH…<br />
|-<br />
|U.I.P. AND REHABILATE EXISTING SUBSTRUCTURE AND REPLACE SUPERSTRUCTURE WITH…<br />
|-<br />
|U.I.P., WIDEN AND REHABILATE EXISTING SUBSTRUCTURE AND REPLACE SUPERSTRUCTURE WITH…<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.1.3.2 Land Survey =====<br />
The section or survey (SEC/SUR), township (TWP) and range (RGE) of the Public Land Survey System where the structure is located shall be indicated using small bold text in the land survey block in the upper right corner of the sheet. <br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.2.1 Land survey.jpg|center|520px]]<br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.2.1 title.jpg|right|155px]]<br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.1.3.3 Final Plans Title =====<br />
The final plans title block shall be provided on all sheets. The following job-specific information needs to be filled in: project route, sheet number, county, job number and bridge number. Date Prepared fills in automatically when the sheet is printed. Consultant-prepared plans shall also include the consultant’s logo, address and license number in the area provided directly below the Commission’s title.<br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.1.3.4 Bench Mark =====<br />
The elevation and location of a bench mark in the vicinity of the structure shall be provided just above the structure title block using small bold text. This information shall be typed exactly as shown on the plat sheet of the bridge survey (typically all uppercase but not always). <br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.2.1 bench mark.jpg|center|350px]]<br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.1.3.5 Structure Title =====<br />
Features spanned, structure location along the stationing route, and the reference station shall be included in the structure title block, located directly to the left of the standard plans block. <br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.2.1 structure title.jpg|center|900px]]<br />
<br />
::Note:<br />
:::Do not use “MO” or “US” in front of state route numbers or letters. <br />
:::Use specific names for rivers, streams, state routes, railroads, city streets and county roads. Specific names not required for private roads, pedestrian trails, state and county lines. <br />
:::<sup>1</sup> The stationing route is always the project route for bridges and culverts that carry or intersect the project route and for walls parallel the project route. For bridges, culverts and walls that do not directly involve the project route such as outer roads or secondary state routes, the stationing route is the state route carrying, intersecting or parallel to the structure. <br />
:::The project route is the route the entire project is associated with and is always listed in the final plans title block on the right hand side of the sheet. <br />
:::<sup>2</sup> Should not be confused with a “tie station” on a Bridge Memo used to locate a specific bent with respect to route for purposes of design only. For example, stream piers are sometimes “tied” so a designer knows not to locate it differently. However, plans need not show this station. <br />
<br />
<center><br />
'''Examples of Structure Title Block'''<br />
[[image:751.5.2.1 examples.jpg|center|720px]]<br />
</center><br />
<br />
====751.5.2.1.4 Section Thru Existing Deck Detail====<br />
For rehabilitation of existing bridges a Typical Section Thru Deck Detail is shown instead of the Plan and General Elevation Details. All deck repairs should be specified in this detail.<br />
<br />
<center> <br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
! style="background:#BEBEBE" width=360|Detailing Guidance<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.40 Widening and Repair (Non-LRFD)|EPG 751.40 Widening and Repair (Non-LRFD)]]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
| style="background:#BEBEBE" width="300" |'''[http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/bridgestandards.htm Bridge Standard Drawings]'''<br />
|- <br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/Rehab_surface_wide.htm Deck Rehabilitation]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/WFRedecking.htm Deck Replacement]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
</center><br />
<br />
====751.5.2.1.5 Supplementary Details ====<br />
This subarticle provides guidance on several supplementary details that may be required, dependent on the type of structure. These details, if required, shall be placed on the front sheet if space allows. Otherwise, they shall be placed on the General Notes and Estimated Quantities Sheet.<br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.1.5.1 Location Sketch =====<br />
A Location Sketch shall be provided for all structures, including culverts and retaining walls. The Location Sketch may be eliminated on grade separation structures, except where payment is made for removal of an existing structure, or a congested area is involved such as a series of ramps, extended slope protection, etc. When a Location Sketch is provided for a grade separation, the tie station of both alignments shall be shown. <br />
<br />
The Location Sketch for stream crossings shall show the outline of the stream channel at the bridge site. The name of the stream shall be given and the direction of flow indicated by an arrow labeled "Flow". Any required channel change shall be shown and labeled "Proposed Channel Change (See roadway plans)”. <br />
<br />
The centerline of the roadway shall be shown and noted. The beginning station and outline of the new bridge shall be shown, and the new bridge labeled "Proposed Structure". The existing bridge, if any, shall be shown and labeled "Existing Structure". If it is a state bridge that is to be removed, the bridge number shall be indicated. Place the north arrow near the Location Sketch. <br />
<br />
When the Location Sketch is placed on the front sheet, all horizontal curve data of roadways going over, under, or within 150 feet of the structure shall be provided nearby.<br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.1.5.2 Foundation Data =====<br />
See [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=751.50_Standard_Detailing_Notes#E2._Foundation_Data_Table EPG 751.50 E2. Foundation Data Table] for appropriate data to be included in the foundation data table and notes required below the table. <br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.1.5.3 Hydraulic Data =====<br />
<br />
======751.5.2.1.5.3.1 Data Tables======<br />
The following tables for hydrologic data are required on all bridge and box culvert stream crossings. The hydrologic data shall be provided on the Bridge Memorandum or the Design Layout. The appropriate table shall be placed near the Location Sketch. <br />
<br />
[[image:751.1.5.2.1 data tables.jpg|center|850px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
:(1) See [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=748.2_Roadway_Design_Criteria#748.2.1_Roadside_Ditch_and_Culvert_Frequency_Criteria EPG 748.2 Roadway Design Critera] <br />
<br />
:(2) See [[748.6 High Water Surface Elevation|EPG 748.6 High Water Surface Elevation ]]<br />
<br />
:(3) See [[748.4 Headwater and Backwater|EPG 748.4 Headwater and Backwater ]]<br />
<br />
:(4) See [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=748.3_Freeboard#748.3.5_Bridges_and_Culverts EPG 748.3.5 Bridges and Culverts]. Flooding source for freeboard should be recorded in the table when minimum freeboard is not from headwater flow. <br />
<br />
:(5) See [[750.3 Bridges#750.3.2.4.5 Overtopping Discharge and Frequency|EPG 750.3.2.4.5 Overtopping Discharge and Frequency]]<br />
::Provide discharge if frequency equals 500 years or less, otherwise record as “N/A”.<br />
<br />
:(6) See EPG 750.3.2.4.5 Overtopping Discharge and Frequency<br />
::Provide frequency if frequency equals 500 years or less, otherwise record as “> 500 years”.<br />
<br />
:(7) Insert “Overtopping” and provide [[:Category:749 Hydrologic Analysis#749.2.3 Overtopping Flood|the Overtopping Flood (EPG 749.2.3)]] elevation if frequency equals 500 years or less, otherwise insert “500-Year” and provide the 500-year flood elevation.<br />
<br />
:''*''' Omit rows in table if the Design Flood Frequency is for a 100-year flood event<br />
<br />
======751.5.2.1.5.3.2 Accuracy======<br />
Formulas upon which hydraulic calculations are based are approximations which have been developed from model studies, stream gaging and/or statistical analysis. The hydraulic design formulas therefore are considered to be approximations. Due to the diverse nature of individual drainage basins, considerable engineering judgment must be exercised in hydraulic design to obtain reasonable and practical results. Due to these factors, accuracy used in hydrologic calculations and reported in the hydrologic data tables is to the accuracy listed below.<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:center"<br />
|+<br />
!colspan="3"|Accuracy of Hydrologic Data<br />
|-<br />
!Hydrologic Data !!Data Limit !!Accuracy<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|Drainage Area|| Less than 10 mi<sup>2</sup> ||0.1 mi<sup>2</sup><br />
|-<br />
|Greater than 10 mi<sup>2</sup> ||1.0 mi<sup>2</sup><br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|Estimated Discharge ||Less than 2000 cfs ||10 cfs<br />
|-<br />
|Greater than 2000 cfs ||100 cfs<br />
|-<br />
|Velocities ||All ||0.1 ft/s<br />
|-<br />
|Water Surface Elevations ||All ||0.1 ft<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
===751.5.2.2 General Notes and Estimated Quantities ===<br />
<br />
Typically, the second sheet of bridge plans for new structures and the widening or extension of existing structures shows the general notes and estimated quantities applicable to the entire structure. For culverts, retaining walls and rehabilitation of existing bridges there is typically enough room on the front sheet for these items. This section provides detailing guidance for these items. <br />
<br />
====751.5.2.2.1 General Notes ====<br />
Applicable notes from [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=751.50_Standard_Detailing_Notes#A._General_Notes EPG 751.50 A. General Notes], shall be placed on this sheet in the order given, based on structure type and information provided in the Bridge Memorandum or Design Layout and design computations. The General Notes typically are shown on the same sheet as the Estimated Quantities. <br />
<br />
====751.5.2.2.2 Estimated Quantities ====<br />
Applicable quantity tables and the corresponding notes from [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=751.50_Standard_Detailing_Notes#B._Estimated_Quantities_Notes EPG 751.50 B. Estimated Quantities Notes] shall be placed on this sheet. Typically, the Estimated Quantities Table for the entire structure is placed on the same sheet as the General Notes, with supplementary quantity tables placed below, where space allows. The quantity tables shall be filled out based on the structure’s estimated quantities computations, in accordance with [[751.6 General Quantities|EPG 751.6 General Quantities]].<br />
<br />
===751.5.2.3 Staged Construction ===<br />
<br />
When the structure is to be built in stages to allow traffic during construction, the details shall be placed on the Staged Construction Sheet, in accordance with requirements specified in the Bridge Memorandum or Design Layout. In a set of bridge plans, this sheet, when required, shall follow the General Notes and Estimated Quantities Sheet. <br />
<br />
===751.5.2.4 Substructure Layout (Curved Bridges) ===<br />
<br />
For horizontally curved bridges, a substructure layout more detailed than that provided on the Plan and General Elevation sheet shall be added after the Staged Construction sheet, if applicable; otherwise it shall be placed after the General Notes and Estimated Quantities sheet. The following sketches show the form and content to be used in detailing the substructure layout for some of the most common horizontal curve situations. When situations arise where modification of these sketches becomes necessary, the sketches should be used as a guide with regard to the form and content of the modified layout. <br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
! style="background:#BEBEBE" | Substructure Layout Sheet Table of Contents<br />
|-<br />
|1. [[#751.5.2.4.1 Bents Located Using Span Chords|Bents Located Using Span Chords]]<br />
|-<br />
|2. [[#751.5.2.4.2 Bents Located Using Long Chord (Tangent girders and curved deck with varying overhangs)|Bents Located Using Long Chord (Tangent girders and curved deck with varying overhangs)]]<br />
|-<br />
|3. [[#751.5.2.4.3 Built Tangent along Long Chord (Deck slightly wider with roadway striped on a curve) |Built Tangent along Long Chord (Deck slightly wider with roadway striped on a curved)]]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
====751.5.2.4.1 Bents Located Using Span Chords ====<br />
Attention should be given to the fact that in all cases illustrated here, the centerline of the roadway passes through the geometric center of the intermediate bents. On occasion, particularly in the case of continuous prestressed concrete bridges, or with unsymmetrical roadways, this will not happen. In these and any other case which may cause a similar situation, Dimension D, from the intersection of the centerline of the roadway and the longitudinal centerline of the bent, to the geometric center of the bent, must be shown. The orientation of the bents shall be as noted in the Bridge Memorandum or Design Layout. Typically, all bents of concrete bridges will be parallel to a line at a particular station, while bents of steel structures will be aligned radially or have the same skew. <br />
<br />
The following key describes the dimensions marked on the following four figures: <br />
<br />
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"<br />
|-<br />
|width=300|(1) Dimension along tangent ||width=300|(7) Angle between fill face and chord<br />
|-<br />
|(2) Offset from the tangent ||(8) Angle between fill face and radial line<br />
|-<br />
|(3) Angle between chords of adjacent spans ||(9) Angle between tangent and chord<br />
|-<br />
|(4) Chord length ||(10) Skew angle<br />
|-<br />
|(5) Dimension along centerline median or roadway ||(11) Dimension from centerline median to centerline lane along centerline <br />
bent<br />
|-<br />
|(6) Angle between centerline bent and chord ||(12) Dimension from centerline median to centerline lane along fill face<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.4.1.1 Dual Lane Structures Tied at Fill Face of End Bent =====<br />
[[image:751.5.2.4 dual.jpg|center|900px]]<br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.4.1.2 Single Lane Structure Tied at Fill Face of End Bent =====<br />
[[image:751.5.2.4 single.jpg|center|900px]]<br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.4.1.3 Dual Lane Structure Tied at Intersection =====<br />
[[image:751.5.2.4 dual intersection.jpg|center|900px]]<br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.4.1.4 Single Lane Structure Tied at Intersection =====<br />
[[image:751.5.2.4 single intersection.jpg|center|900px]]<br />
<br />
====751.5.2.4.2 Bents Located Using Long Chord (Tangent girders and curved deck with varying overhangs) ====<br />
<br />
When noted on the Bridge Memorandum or Design Layout, short bridges on small horizontal curve alignments may be detailed on a line parallel to the long chord. The intent is to simplify the bridge geometry by placing the centerline of steel or P/S assembly on or parallel to the long chord to the centerline of roadway curve between fill faces of end bents. In order to avoid excessive slab overhangs, the line parallel to the long chord is usually placed at one-half the mid ordinate between curve and long chord. For this situation, the outside faces of the slab, barrier or railing, and wings shall be detailed concentrically with the roadway curvature, and curve ordinates shall be furnished on the plans.<br />
<br />
It is to be noted that even for symmetrical width bridges, the location of bearings will not be symmetrical about the centerline of bents. Also, the intermediate bent caps shall be built to sufficient length on each end to accommodate the bearing offsets toward each end.<br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.4.2.1 Squared and Symmetrical Roadway and Spans =====<br />
[[image:751.5.2.4 symmetrical.jpg|center|900px]]<br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.4.2.2 Squared and Unsymmetrical Roadway, Symmetrical Spans =====<br />
[[image:751.5.2.4 unsymmetrical.jpg|center|900px]]<br />
<br />
=====751.5.2.4.2.3 Skewed and Symmetrical Roadway and Spans =====<br />
[[image:751.5.2.4 skewed.jpg|center|900px]]<br />
<br />
====751.5.2.4.3 Built Tangent along Long Chord (Deck slightly wider with roadway striped on a curve) ====<br />
For wide roadways and very small degrees of curvature for which the mid ordinates are 3 inches or less, the Bridge Memorandum or Design Layout may occasionally direct that the entire bridge be detailed as a tangent bridge along the long chord. For this situation, no parts of the bridge are to be curved. Details for the plan view on the plan and general elevation sheet shall be in accordance with [[#751.5.2.1.1.1 Plan View |EPG 751.5.2.1.1.1 Plan View]], except that the centerline of structure will be on the long chord. A supplementary bridge substructure layout sheet shall not be required for this type of layout.<br />
<br />
==751.5.3 Bridge Substructure Sheets ==<br />
<br />
===751.5.3.1 End Bents===<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
! style="background:#BEBEBE" | Detailing Guidance<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.30 Open Concrete End Bents|EPG 751.30 Open Concrete End Bents]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.33 Concrete Semi Deep Abutments|EPG 751.33 Concrete Semi Deep Abutments]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.34 Concrete Pile Cap Non-Integral End Bents|EPG 751.34 Concrete Pile Cap Non-Integral End Bents]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.35 Concrete Pile Cap Integral End Bents|EPG 751.35 Concrete Pile Cap Integral End Bents]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.40 Widening and Repair (Non-LRFD)|EPG 751.40 Widening and Repair (Non-LRFD)]]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
| style="background:#BEBEBE" width="300" |'''[http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/bridgestandards.htm Bridge Standard Drawings]'''<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/pile_new_title_block.htm Cast-In-Place Pile]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/dead_man_new_title_block.htm Deadman Anchor Systems]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
</center><br />
<br />
===751.5.3.2 Vertical Drain at End Bents===<br />
<center><br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
| style="background:#BEBEBE" width="300" |'''[http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/bridgestandards.htm Bridge Standard Drawings]'''<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/drains_new_title_block.htm Vertical Drain at End Bents]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
</center><br />
<br />
===751.5.3.3 Intermediate Bents===<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
! style="background:#BEBEBE" | Detailing Guidance<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.31 Open Concrete Intermediate Bents|EPG 751.31 Open Concrete Intermediate Bents]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.32 Concrete Pile Cap Intermediate Bents|EPG 751.32 Concrete Pile Cap Intermediate Bents]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.37 Drilled Shafts#751.37.1.6 Drilled Shaft General Detail Considerations|EPG 751.37.1.6 Drilled Shaft General Detail Considerations]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.38 Spread Footings#751.38.8.3.1 Spread Footing Reinforcement|EPG 751.38.8.3.1 Spread Footing Reinforcement]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.40 Widening and Repair (Non-LRFD)|EPG 751.40 Widening and Repair (Non-LRFD)]]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
| style="background:#BEBEBE" width="300" |'''[http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/bridgestandards.htm Bridge Standard Drawings]'''<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/pile_new_title_block.htm Cast-In-Place Pile]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/drilled_shaft_new_title_block.htm As Built Drilled Shaft Data ]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
===751.5.3.4 Bearings===<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
! style="background:#BEBEBE" | Detailing Guidance<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.11 Bearings|EPG 751.11 Bearings]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.40 Widening and Repair (Non-LRFD)|EPG 751.40 Widening and Repair (Non-LRFD)]]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
| style="background:#BEBEBE" width="300" |'''[http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/bridgestandards.htm Bridge Standard Drawings]'''<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/bearings_new_title_block.htm Bearings]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
==751.5.4 Bridge Superstructure Sheets ==<br />
<br />
===751.5.4.1 Precast P/S Concrete Girders and Beams ===<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
! style="background:#BEBEBE" | Detailing Guidance<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.22 P/S Concrete I Girders|EPG 751.22 P/S Concrete I Girders]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.23 P/S Concrete Double Tee|EPG 751.23 P/S Concrete Double Tee]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.40 Widening and Repair (Non-LRFD)|EPG 751.40 Widening and Repair (Non-LRFD)]]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
| style="background:#BEBEBE" width="300" |'''[http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/bridgestandards.htm Bridge Standard Drawings]'''<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/psi_girders_new_title_block.htm Prestressed Concrete I-Girders]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/PrestressedBoxBeam.htm Prestressed Concrete Box Beams]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/diaphragms_new_title_block.htm Steel Intermediate Diaphragms]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
===751.5.4.2 C.I.P. Girders and Slabs ===<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
! style="background:#BEBEBE" | Detailing Guidance<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.17 Concrete Slab Bridges|EPG 751.17 Concrete Slab Bridges]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.18 Concrete Multicell Box Girder Bridges|EPG 751.18 Concrete Multicell Box Girder Bridges]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.40 Widening and Repair (Non-LRFD)|EPG 751.40 Widening and Repair (Non-LRFD)]]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
===751.5.4.3 Steel Plate Girders and Wide Flanges Beams ===<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
! style="background:#BEBEBE" | Detailing Guidance<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.14 Steel Superstructure|EPG 751.14 Steel Superstructure]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.40 Widening and Repair (Non-LRFD)|EPG 751.40 Widening and Repair (Non-LRFD)]]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
| style="background:#BEBEBE" width="400" |'''[http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/bridgestandards.htm Bridge Standard Drawings]'''<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/diaphragms_new_title_block.htm Cross Frames and Diaphragms]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/plate_girder_splice_new_title_block.htm Plate Girder Splices]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/DRIP.htm Drip Bars for Weathering Steel]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[https://www.modot.org/rehabilitation-surfacing-and-widening-rhb Strengthening with Deck Rehabilitation and Paint Overlap Detail]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/WFRedecking.htm Strengthening with Deck Replacement]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
===751.5.4.4 Expansion Devices ===<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
! style="background:#BEBEBE" | Detailing Guidance<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.13 Expansion Devices|EPG 751.13 Expansion Devices ]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.40 Widening and Repair (Non-LRFD)|EPG 751.40 Widening and Repair (Non-LRFD)]]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
| style="background:#BEBEBE" width="300" |'''[http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/bridgestandards.htm Bridge Standard Drawings]'''<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[https://www.modot.org/expansion-devices-fing-flat-pcom-strip Expansion Devices]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[https://www.modot.org/joint-seals-seal Joint Seals]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
===751.5.4.5 Bridge Decks ===<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
! style="background:#BEBEBE" | Detailing Guidance<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.10 General Superstructure|EPG 751.10 General Superstructure]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.40 Widening and Repair (Non-LRFD)|EPG 751.40 Widening and Repair (Non-LRFD)]]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
| style="background:#BEBEBE" width="300" |'''[http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/bridgestandards.htm Bridge Standard Drawings]'''<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/slab_sections_new_title_block.htm Slab Sections]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"| [http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/precast_panel_new_title_block.htm Precast Prestressed Deck Panels]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"| [http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/drains_new_title_block.htm Slab Drains]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"| [http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/Rehab_surface_wide.htm Deck Rehabilitation]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"| [http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/WFRedecking.htm Deck Replacement]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
===751.5.4.6 Barrier and Railing ===<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
! style="background:#BEBEBE" | Detailing Guidance<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.12 Barriers, Railings, Curbs and Fences|EPG 751.12 Barriers, Railings, Curbs and Fences]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.40 Widening and Repair (Non-LRFD)|EPG 751.40 Widening and Repair (Non-LRFD)]]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
| style="background:#BEBEBE" width="400" |'''[http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/bridgestandards.htm Bridge Standard Drawings]'''<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/Barrier_curbs_new_title_block.htm Concrete Barrier]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/thrie_beam_new_title_block.htm Thrie Beam Railing]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/TwoTubeRail.htm Two Tube Railing]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/curb_blockout_new_title_block.htm Curb Blockout and Barrier End Modification]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/box_culvert_new_title_block.htm Guardrail Attachment to Box Culverts]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
==751.5.5 Culvert Sheets ==<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
! style="background:#BEBEBE" | Detailing Guidance<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.8 LRFD Concrete Box Culverts|EPG 751.8 LRFD Concrete Box Culverts]]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
| style="background:#BEBEBE" width="400" |'''[http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/bridgestandards.htm Bridge Standard Drawings]'''<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/box_culvert_new_title_block.htm New Box Culverts and Extension Details]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
==751.5.6 Retaining Wall Sheets ==<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
! style="background:#BEBEBE" | Detailing Guidance<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.24 LFD Retaining Walls|EPG 751.24 LFD Retaining Walls]]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
| style="background:#BEBEBE" width="300" |'''[http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/bridgestandards.htm Bridge Standard Drawings]'''<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/mse_wall_new_title_block.htm MSE Wall]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
==751.5.7 Temporary Bridge Sheets ==<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
| style="background:#BEBEBE" width="300" |'''[http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/bridgestandards.htm Bridge Standard Drawings]'''<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/temp_bridge_new_title_block.htm Temporary Bridge]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
<br />
==751.5.8 Miscellaneous Sheets ==<br />
<br />
===751.5.8.1 Bridge Approach Slab===<br />
<br />
Place the bridge approach slab sheet(s) before the bill of reinforcing steel sheet(s).<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
! style="background:#BEBEBE" | Detailing Guidance<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.10 General Superstructure#751.10.5.1 Timber Header|EPG 751.10.5.1 Timber Header]]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
| style="background:#BEBEBE" width="300" |'''[http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/bridgestandards.htm Bridge Standard Drawings]'''<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/approachslab_new_title_block.htm Bridge Approach Slabs]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
===751.5.8.2 Bill of Reinforcing Steel===<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
| style="background:#BEBEBE" width="300" |'''[http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/bridgestandards.htm Bridge Standard Drawings]'''<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/barbill_new_title_block.htm Bill of Reinforcing Steel]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
===751.5.8.3 As-Built Pile and Drilled Shaft Data===<br />
<br />
Place the as-built pile and drilled shaft data sheet(s) after the bill of reinforcing steel sheet(s).<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
| style="background:#BEBEBE" width="300" |'''[http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/bridgestandards.htm Bridge Standard Drawings]'''<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/pile_new_title_block.htm As Built Pile Data]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/drilled_shaft_new_title_block.htm As Built Drilled Shaft Data]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
===751.5.8.4 Boring Data===<br />
{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:10px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="290px" align="right" <br />
|-<br />
|[https://modotgov.sharepoint.com/:w:/r/sites/CO_BR/Shared Documents/General/Development/Instructions_and_Tips/_Instructions_and_Tips/AttachBoringPDFsToBridgePlans.docx?d=w8a601da65d7549daa69bec46b25a7059&csf=1&web=1&e=AW3SUA '''Instructions for Attaching Boring Log PDFs to Final Bridge Plans''']<br />
|}<br />
Place the boring data sheet(s) at the end of the plans set. These shall be the last plan sheets on the jobs that have boring data. For example, on jobs that utilize piles, the boring data sheet(s) shall be placed just after the pile data sheet. If boring logs are in landscape format then rotate sheet and scale down as needed to fit in 8.5” x 11”; all boring logs shall be shown in portrait format and reprinted without modifying any information. Show two boring logs per sheet as shown below. This applies equally to coring and SPT logs. No distinction should be made between boring and coring logs on the boring data sheets or anywhere else.<br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.8.4.jpg|center|950px]]<br />
<br />
The boring location note provided in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=751.50_Standard_Detailing_Notes#E3._Miscellaneous EPG 751.50 E3 Miscellaneous] shall be placed below the sheet title (Note E3.4). This note is already included on the Boring Data Standard Drawing.<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
| style="background:#BEBEBE" width="300" |'''[http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/bridgestandards.htm Bridge Standard Drawings]'''<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/Borings.htm Boring Data Template]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
</center><br />
<br />
===751.5.8.5 Pedestrian Railing===<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
! style="background:#BEBEBE" | Detailing Guidance<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.12 Protective Barriers#751.12.4 Chain Link Fence |EPG 751.12.4 Chain Link Fence ]]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
| style="background:#BEBEBE" width="300" |'''[http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/bridgestandards.htm Bridge Standard Drawings]'''<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/fence_new_title_block.htm Curved Top Chain Link Fence]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
<br />
===751.5.8.6 Conduit===<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
! style="background:#BEBEBE" | Detailing Guidance<br />
|-<br />
|[[751.10 General Superstructure#751.10.4 Conduit Systems |EPG 751.10.4 Conduit Systems ]]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
<br />
==751.5.9 Miscellaneous Details ==<br />
<br />
===751.5.9.1 Joint Filler ===<br />
<br />
When joint filler is indicated on any sheet of the plans, the required type of joint filler shall be specified in either the detail or a note. <br />
<center><br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
!width=300|Types of Joint Filler, Sec 1057!!width=300|Typical Application<br />
|-<br />
|Preformed Sponge Rubber Expansion and Partition Joint Filler|| Superstructure (except P/S panels), Pedestrian Structures and Retaining Walls<br />
|-<br />
|Preformed Fiber Expansion Joint Material|| Bridge Approach Slabs, Culverts, Slope Protection and P/S Panels<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
For bridges and retaining walls, preformed sponge rubber expansion and partition joint filler shall be specified in the General Notes, and therefore only details utilizing preformed fiber expansion joint material require identifying this type of joint filler. <br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.9.1.jpg|center|750px]]<br />
<br />
===751.5.9.2 Reinforcing Steel ===<br />
<center><br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
!style="background:#BEBEBE" colspan ="3"|Reinforcing Steel Table of Contents<br />
|-<br />
|1. [[#751.5.9.2.1 Reinforcing Steel General|General]]||2. [[#751.5.9.2.2 Epoxy-Coated Reinforcement Requirements|Epoxy Coated]]||3. [[#751.5.9.2.3 Available Sizes|Available Sizes]]<br />
|-<br />
|4. [[#751.5.9.2.4 Length Limits|Length Limits]]||5. [[#751.5.9.2.5 Spacing Limits|Spacing Limits]]||6. [[#751.5.9.2.6 Cover Limits|Cover Limits]]<br />
|-<br />
|7. [[#751.5.9.2.7 Length Calculations|Length Calculations]]||8. [[#751.5.9.2.8 Development and Lap Splices|Development and Lap Splices]]||9. [[#751.5.9.2.9 Mechanical Bar Splices|Mechanical Bar Splices]]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
====751.5.9.2.1 Reinforcing Steel General ====<br />
Unless otherwise specified, reinforcement shall be Grade 60 deformed bars, meeting the requirements of AASHTO M31, except that plain bars, deformed wire or plain wire may be used for spirals. Welded wire reinforcement shall be deformed when used as a substitute for deformed bars. Details for dimensioning reinforcing steel shall be in accordance with the ''Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute Manual of Standard Practice''.<br />
<br />
=====751.5.9.2.1.1 Reinforcing Callouts=====<br />
<br />
'''Dimensions and Leader Notes'''<br />
<br />
All reinforcing steel that is included in a bill of reinforcing steel shall be specified in dimensions and leader notes using reinforcing callouts specifying both quantity and bar mark. <br />
<br />
One of the two following formats shall be used for callouts:<br />
<center><br />
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|'''Bars Placed Individually'''||width="40"| ||align="center"|'''Bars Placed as Pairs'''<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|A-#B-CD || ||align="center"|A Pr.-#B-CD<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
:Where: <br />
:::A = quantity<br />
:::B = bar size<br />
:::C = descriptive letter<br />
:::D = number<br />
<br />
Omit quantity if only one bar or pair of bars is being specified. The abbreviation for pair(s) shall always be used for callouts.<br />
<br />
The bar mark (#B-CD) consists of the bar size hyphenated with a bar designation (#6-H100). <br />
<br />
'''Notes'''<br />
<br />
Callouts are not used in notes. Instead, the quantity of bars (including if placed as pairs) shall be specified with the bar mark in accordance with [[#751.5.1.1.10 Number Format|EPG 751.5.1.1.10]] and [[#751.5.1.3 Grammar and Punctuation|EPG 751.5.1.3]]. (Two pairs of #4-U100 bars …)<br />
<br />
'''Bar Designation'''<br />
<br />
Bar designation consists of a descriptive letter followed by a number typically unique to a desired shape or length. The following descriptive letter shall be used for the following locations.<br />
<br />
:A – Top & bottom slabs of box culverts<br />
:B – Walls of box culverts<br />
:C – Slip-forming bars in barriers<br />
:D – Culvert headwalls; dowel bars in intermediate bent keys; footings<br />
:E – Vertical bars at end of culvert wing walls<br />
:F – Culvert walls and slabs; corner and wing brace bars in end bents<br />
:G – Culvert wing walls<br />
:H – Horizontal bars in end bents, intermediate bents, concrete diaphragms, culvert slabs<br />
:J – L-shaped bars and top of wings in culverts <br />
:K – Type B, D & H barriers at end bents<br />
:M – Type C Barrier (except for required slip-forming bars)<br />
:P – Stirrup in columns, drilled shafts, & CIP piles<br />
:R – Type A, B, D & H Barriers (except for slip-forming bars & bars at end bents); culvert head walls<br />
:S – Slab<br />
:U – Stirrup bars in end bents, intermediate bents, and concrete diaphragms<br />
:V – Vertical bars in columns, drilled shafts, CIP piles, end bent beams, concrete diaphragm<br />
:W – Wire in a spiral for anchor bolt holes (and size starts with a W instead of “#”, e.g. “W5-W100”)<br />
<br />
It is recommended to use 3 digits for the number designation (H100 instead of H10, for example) to allow for plenty of numbers for structures with a lot of different bars. Normally a 100 series would be used for End Bent No. 1 (or Unit 1 on a culvert), 200 series for Bent 2, etc. Exceptions are S bars in the slab, and C, K and R bars in barriers, which use one digit (S1, S2, S3, etc.).<br />
<br />
====751.5.9.2.2 Epoxy Coated Reinforcement Requirements====<br />
<br />
Reinforcement shall be uncoated bar unless otherwise noted.<br />
<br />
'''Bridge Superstructure.''' All reinforcement in integral end bents shall be epoxy coated including CIP pile reinforcement but excluding drilled shaft reinforcement. All reinforcement in diaphragms, slab and barrier or railing shall be epoxy coated. <br />
<br />
'''Non-Integral End Bents.''' All reinforcement shall be epoxy coated including CIP pile reinforcement but excluding drilled shaft reinforcement. <br />
<br />
'''Intermediate Bents.''' When below an expansion device or when subject to spraying from adjacent roadways (15 feet or less from edge of shoulder), all reinforcement that is partially or entirely above ground shall be epoxy coated including CIP pile reinforcement but excluding drilled shaft reinforcement with greater than 3 inches of concrete cover. Coating of dowel bars shall be same as coating of intermediate bent reinforcement.<br />
<br />
'''MSE Retaining Walls.''' When subject to spraying from adjacent roadways (15 feet or less from edge of shoulder), all panel and coping reinforcement shall be epoxy coated. The potential for future widening shall be considered. Epoxy coated reinforcement shall also be considered (regardless of location) where panels will be continuously wetted (around sources of water) and for structurally critical applications, such as containing necessary fill around structures. <br />
<br />
'''Cast-In-Place Retaining Walls.''' When subject to spraying from adjacent roadways (15 feet or less from edge of shoulder), all reinforcement that is partially or entirely above ground shall be epoxy coated including CIP pile reinforcement but excluding drilled shaft reinforcement. The potential for future widening of adjacent roadway shall be considered.<br />
<br />
'''Box Culverts.''' Epoxy coated reinforcement should be considered for fills 1 foot or less. Culverts located underneath heavily travelled roadways or sagging vertical curves are good candidates for use of epoxy. See the Structural Project Manager or Structural Liaison Engineer to determine the level of epoxy implementation (i.e. top slab only).<br />
<br />
====751.5.9.2.3 Available Sizes ====<br />
<br />
=====751.5.9.2.3.1 Bar Sizes =====<br />
For general use, reinforcement may range from #4 through #11 bars with restrictions as described for individual structural components. Number 14 and #18 bars shall not be used without the permission of the Structural Project Manager or Structural Liaison Engineer. Number 14 and #18 bars may be used in drilled shafts and rock sockets if #11 or small bars will not work. <br />
<br />
=====751.5.9.2.3.2 Bar Support Heights =====<br />
The height of all reinforcing bar supports shall be carried to the nearest 1/4". See Missouri Standard Plans Drawing 706.35 for details of bar supports. <br />
<br />
====751.5.9.2.4 Length Limits ====<br />
<br />
'''Minimum length:''' Minimum reinforcement length shall be 2'-0", except for dowel bars and anchor bars. <br />
<br />
'''Maximum length:''' Maximum reinforcement length shall be as follows: <br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
!colspan="2"|Uncoated Reinforcement <br />
|-<br />
|#4 bars and larger ||60'-0" <br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|Epoxy Coated Reinforcement <br />
|-<br />
|#4 bars and larger|| 60'-0" <br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
====751.5.9.2.5 Spacing Limits ====<br />
Reinforcement spacing shall be in accordance with LRFD 5.10.3, unless modified by the following criteria or elsewhere shown in the EPG. <br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
!colspan="2"|Minimum Spacing - Moment Reinforcement <br />
|-<br />
|width=650|Preferred Min. - Footings ||width=200|6" centers <br />
|-<br />
|Preferred Min. - Slabs, Culvert Walls and Retaining Walls ||6" centers <br />
|-<br />
|Absolute Min. - Slabs, Culvert Walls and Retaining Walls ||5” centers <br />
|-<br />
|Preferred Min. - All Other ||4” centers <br />
|-<br />
|Absolute Min. ||2 1/2” clear <br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|Maximum Spacing - Moment Reinforcement <br />
|-<br />
|Absolute Max. - Slabs ||1.5(slab thickness) <br />
|-<br />
|Absolute Max. - All Other ||18" <br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|Minimum Spacing - Shear Reinforcement <br />
|-<br />
|Absolute Min. - Substructure Beams ||6" centers <br />
|-<br />
|Absolute Min. - P/S I Girder ||5" centers <br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|Maximum Spacing - Shear Reinforcement <br />
|-<br />
|Absolute Max. - Substructure Beams ||12" centers <br />
|-<br />
|Absolute Max. - P/S I Girder ||Refer to [[751.22 P/S Concrete I Girders|EPG 751.22 P/S Concrete I Girders]]<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|Minimum Spacing - Longitudinal Compression Reinforcement <br />
|-<br />
|Absolute Min. ||4 1/2" centers <br />
|-<br />
|Absolute Min. - Cols. (thru #10) ||2" clear <br />
|-<br />
|Absolute Min. - Cols. (#11, #14) ||2 1/2" clear <br />
|-<br />
|Absolute Min. - Cols (#18) ||3 1/2” clear <br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|For Drilled Shafts and Rock Sockets, see [[751.37 Drilled Shafts#751.37.6.1 Reinforcement Design|EPG 751.37.6.1 Reinforcement Design]]. <br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|Minimum Pitch - Spiral Reinforcement for Compression Members (Static) <br />
|-<br />
|For Columns, Drilled Shafts, Rock Sockets ||See LRFD <br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|Minimum Spacing- Ties (Transverse) Reinforcement for Compression Members (Static) <br />
|-<br />
|For Columns ||See LRFD <br />
|-<br />
|For Drilled Shafts and Rock Sockets, see [[751.37 Drilled Shafts#751.37.6.1 Reinforcement Design|EPG 751.37.6.1 Reinforcement Design]].||6” centers for #4 bars <br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|Maximum Spacing - Longitudinal Compression Reinforcement <br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" width=850|Absolute Max. - the minimum number of longitudinal reinforcing bars shall be six for circular members and four for bars in a rectangular arrangement. For other requirements, see LRFD <br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|Maximum Pitch - Spiral Reinforcement for Compression Members (Static) <br />
|-<br />
|Absolute Max. - Spirals ||6” pitch <br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|Maximum Spacing - Ties (Transverse) Reinforcement for Compression Members (Static) <br />
|-<br />
|Absolute Max. - Ties ||12" centers <br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|Minimum & Maximum Pitch- Spiral Reinforcement for Compression Members (Seismic) <br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|See [[751.9 LFD Seismic|EPG 751.9 LFD Seismic ]]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
====751.5.9.2.6 Cover Limits ====<br />
<center><br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
!colspan="2" width=500|Situation !!with=150|Minimum Cover <br />
|-<br />
|colspan="3"|Concrete cast against and permanently exposed to earth: <br />
|-<br />
|width=50| || - primary reinforcement ||3" <br />
|-<br />
| || - stirrups, ties, spirals ||2 1/2" <br />
|-<br />
|colspan="3"|Conc. exposed to earth or weather: <br />
|-<br />
| || - primary reinforcement ||2" <br />
|-<br />
| || - stirrups, ties, spirals ||1 1/2" <br />
|-<br />
|colspan="3"|Conc. slabs which have no positive corrosion protection: <br />
|-<br />
| || - top reinforcement ||3" * <br />
|-<br />
| || - bottom reinforcement ||1" <br />
|-<br />
|colspan="3"|Conc. not exposed to weather or in contract with ground: <br />
|-<br />
| || - primary reinforcement (thru #11) ||1 1/2" <br />
|-<br />
| || - stirrups, ties, spirals ||1" <br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Conc. piles cast against or permanently exposed to earth|| 2" <br />
|-<br />
|colspan="3"|'''*''' Absolute minimum cover shall be 2½ inches by LRFD 5.12.3. <br/>The minimum cover for stirrup and tie steel shall be 1½ inches unless otherwise specified. <br/>For minimum cover for drilled shafts and rock sockets, see [[751.37 Drilled Shafts#751.37.6.1 Reinforcement Design|EPG 751.37.6.1 Reinforcement Design]]. <br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
====751.5.9.2.7 Length Calculations ====<br />
Lengths of individual legs of shaped reinforcing bars shall be out to out dimensions using ¼-inch increments and rounded as required to maintain clearances. Lengths of straight reinforcing bars shall be determined using one-inch increments and rounded down to maintain clearances or rounded up to achieve proper lap.<br />
<br />
Nominal lengths, listed for fabricators use, is the summation of the individual out to out lengths. Actual lengths, listed for determining weight, is the length along the centerline of bar. Nominal and actual lengths shall be rounded to the nearest inch.<br />
<br />
The tables below are for reference only. The bill of reinforcing steel program within MicroStation calculates total bar lengths automatically.<br />
<br />
=====751.5.9.2.7.1 Stirrup and Tie Bar Hooks Only=====<br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.9.2.6.1.jpg|center|950px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Example: '''<br />
[[image:751.5.9.2.6.1 example.jpg|center|750px]]<br />
<br />
=====751.5.9.2.7.2 End Hooks (All Grades)=====<br />
<center><br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
!rowspan="2"|Bar!!colspan="2"|End Hook !!colspan="3"| Angle = 30° !!colspan="3"| Angle = 45° !!colspan="3"| Angle = 60°<br />
|-<br />
|D||r||M||C|| Deduct (*)||M||C|| Deduct (*)||M||C|| Deduct (*)<br />
|-<br />
|#3|| 2 1/4”||1 5/16”||3/8” ||5/8” ||1/8” ||5/8”|| 1”|| 1/4”|| 7/8”|| 1 3/8”|| 3/8” <br />
|-<br />
|#4|| 3”|| 1 3/4”||9/16”|| 7/8”|| 1/8”|| 13/16”|| 1 3/8”|| 1/4”|| 1 1/8”|| 1 7/8”|| 1/2” <br />
|-<br />
|#5|| 3 3/4”||2 3/16”||11/16”||1 1/8”|| 1/4”|| 1 1/16”|| 1 3/4”|| 3/8”|| 1 7/16”|| 2 1/4”||5/8” <br />
|-<br />
|#6|| 4 1/2”||2 5/8”||13/16”||1 3/8”|| 1/4”|| 1 1/4”|| 2”|| 3/8”|| 1 3/4”||2 3/4”|| 3/4”<br />
|-<br />
|#7|| 5 1/4”||3 1/16”||15/16”||1 5/8”|| 1/4”|| 1 7/16”|| 2 3/8”|| 1/2”|| 2”|| 3 1/4”|| 7/8” <br />
|-<br />
|#8|| 6”|| 3 1/2”||1 1/16”|| 1 7/8”|| 1/4”|| 1 11/16”|| 2 3/4”|| 5/8”|| 2 5/16” ||3 5/8”||1” <br />
|-<br />
|#9|| 9 1/2”||5 5/16”||1 9/16”||2 3/4”|| 3/8”|| 2 7/16”|| 4 1/8”||3/4”|| 3 3/8”||5 5/8”|| 1 1/4” <br />
|-<br />
|#10|| 10 3/4”||6”|| 1 3/4”||3 1/8”||3/8”|| 2 3/4”||4 3/4”||3/4”|| 3 13/16”|| 6 1/4”|| 1 3/8” <br />
|-<br />
|#11|| 12”|| 6 11/16”||2”|| 3 1/2”||1/2”|| 3 1/16” ||5 1/4”||7/8”||4 1/4”|| 7”|| 1 1/2” <br />
|-<br />
!rowspan="2"|Bar!!colspan="2"|End Hook !!colspan="3"| Angle = 90° !!colspan="3"| Angle = 120° !!colspan="3"| Angle = 135°<br />
|-<br />
|D||r||M||C|| Deduct (*)||M||C|| Deduct (*)||M||C|| Deduct (*)<br />
|-<br />
|#3|| 2 1/4”||1 5/16”||1 1/2”||2”|| 1”|| 2 5/8” ||2 3/4”|| 2 1/2”|| 3 5/8”|| 3 1/8” ||4 1/8” <br />
|-<br />
|#4|| 3”|| 1 3/4”||2”|| 2 3/4”||1 1/4”||3 7/16”||3 5/8”||3 1/4”||4 13/16”||4 1/8”|| 5 1/2” <br />
|-<br />
|#5|| 3 3/4”||2 3/16” ||2 1/2”||3 3/8”|| 1 5/8”||4 5/16”||4 5/8”||4 1/8” ||6 1/16”||5 1/8”|| 6 7/8” <br />
|-<br />
|#6|| 4 1/2”||2 5/8” ||3”|| 4 1/8”||1 7/8” ||5 3/16”||5 1/2”||4 7/8”||7 1/4”|| 6 1/8”|| 8 1/4” <br />
|-<br />
|#7|| 5 1/4”||3 1/16”||3 1/2”||4 3/4” ||2 1/4”||6 1/16”||6 3/8”|| 5 3/4”||8 7/16”||7 1/4”|| 9 5/8” <br />
|-<br />
|#8|| 6”||3 1/2”||4” ||5 1/2”||2 1/2”||6 15/16”||7 3/8”||6 1/2”|| 9 11/16”|| 8 1/4” ||11 1/8” <br />
|-<br />
|#9|| 9 1/2”||5 5/16”||5 7/8”||8 3/8” ||3 3/8”||10 3/16”||11 1/8”||9 1/4”|| 14 3/16”|| 12 1/2” ||15 7/8” <br />
|-<br />
|#10|| 10 3/4”||6”|| 6 5/8”||9 1/2”||3 7/8”||11 1/2”||12 5/8”||10 3/8”||16 1/16”|| 14 1/8” ||17 7/8” <br />
|-<br />
|#11|| 12”||6 11/16”|| 7 7/16” ||10 1/2”||4 1/4”|| 12 13/16”||14” ||11 5/8”|| 17 7/8” ||15 3/4”|| 20” <br />
|-<br />
!rowspan="2"|Bar!!colspan="3"| Angle = 150° ||colspan="8" rowspan="11"| [[image:751.5.9.2.6.2.jpg|550px]]<br />
|-<br />
|M||C|| Deduct (*) <br />
|-<br />
|#3|| 5 5/8”|| 3 3/8”|| 7 3/4” <br />
|-<br />
|#4|| 7 1/16” ||4 5/8”|| 10 3/8” <br />
|-<br />
|#5|| 9 5/16”|| 5 3/4”|| 12 7/8” <br />
|- <br />
|#6|| 11 3/16”|| 6 7/8” ||15 1/2” <br />
|-<br />
|#7|| 13 1/16”|| 8”|| 18 1/8” <br />
|-<br />
|#8|| 14 15/16”|| 9 1/8”|| 20 3/4” <br />
|-<br />
|#9|| 21 15/16”|| 13 7/8” ||30” <br />
|-<br />
|#10|| 24 13/16”|| 15 3/4”|| 33 7/8” <br />
|-<br />
|#11|| 27 5/8” ||17 1/2”|| 37 3/4” <br />
|-<br />
|align="left" colspan="12"|C = Length along centerline of bar. <br/>D (#3 thru #8) = 6d, D(#9 thru #11) = 8d Above tables only. <br/>Deduct (all above angles except 90°) = * = 2M – C, Deduct (90° Only) = * = 2R - C <br/>M (all above angles except 90°) = R tan (Angle/2), M (90° Only) = R <br/>For additional coding and information, see [[#751.5.9.2.7.1 Stirrup and Tie Bar Hooks Only|Stirrup and Tie Bar Hooks Only]]. <br/>'''* Do not deduct for a bend where A or G is taken from ''CRSI Manual of Standard Practice'''''<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
=====751.5.9.2.7.3 Stirrup Hooks=====<br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.9.2.6.3.jpg|center|600px]]<br />
<br />
====751.5.9.2.8 Development and Lap Splices====<br />
<br />
<center><br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
!style="background:#BEBEBE" align="center"|Development and Lap Splice Table of Contents<br />
|-<br />
|1. [[#751.5.9.2.8.1 Development and Lap Splice General|General]]<br />
|-<br />
|2. [[#751.5.9.2.8.2 Development and Lap Splices of Deformed Bars in Tension|Development and Lap Splices of Deformed Bars in Tension]]<br />
|-<br />
|3. [[#751.5.9.2.8.3 Development and Lap Splices of Deformed Bars in Compression|Development and Lap Splices of Deformed Bars in Compression]]<br />
|-<br />
|4. [[#751.5.9.2.8.4 Development of Standard Hooked Deformed Bars in Tension|Development of Standard Hooked Deformed Bars in Tension]]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
=====751.5.9.2.8.1 Development and Lap Splice General=====<br />
<br />
'''Development of Tension Reinforcement '''<br />
<br />
Development lengths for tension reinforcement shall be calculated in accordance with LRFD 5.11.2.1.<br />
<br />
Excess reinforcement modification factor (''λ<sub>er</sub>'') of LRFD 5.11.2.1.3 shall only be used in situations where development length without this factor is difficult to attain. All other modification factors shall be used. <br />
<br />
Temperature and shrinkage reinforcement are assumed to fully develop the specified yield stresses. Therefore the development length shall not be reduced by ''λ<sub>er</sub>'' . <br />
<br />
Development lengths for tension reinforcement have been tabulated on the following pages and include the modification factors except as described above. <br />
<br />
'''Lap Splices of Tension Reinforcement '''<br />
<br />
Lap splice lengths for tension reinforcement shall be calculated in accordance with LRFD 5.11.5.2.1 and 5.11.5.3.1. Class B splices are preferred when possible, however it is permissible to use Class A when physical space is limited and Class A requirements are met. It should be noted that "''required by analysis''" of the Class A requirements is based on the stress encountered at the splice location, which is not necessarily the maximum stress used to design the reinforcement. Lap splice lengths for tension reinforcement have been tabulated on the following pages and include the development length modification factors as described above. <br />
<br />
'''Development of Tension Hooks '''<br />
<br />
Development lengths of tension hooks shall be calculated in accordance with LRFD 5.11.2.4.<br />
<br />
Modification factors for reinforcement confinement (''λ<sub>rc2</sub>'') and excess reinforcement (''λ<sub>er</sub>'') of LRFD 5.11.2.4.2 shall only be used in situations where development length without these factors is difficult to attain. All other modification factors shall be used. <br />
<br />
Development lengths of tension hooks have been tabulated on the following pages and include the modification factors except as described above. <br />
<br />
'''Development of Compression Reinforcement '''<br />
<br />
Development lengths for compression reinforcement shall be calculated in accordance with LRFD 5.11.2.2. <br />
<br />
Excess reinforcement modification factor (''λ<sub>er</sub>'') of LRFD 5.11.2.2.2 shall only be used in situations where development length without this factor is difficult to attain. All other modification factors shall be used. <br />
<br />
Development lengths for compression reinforcement have been tabulated on the following pages and include the modification factors except as described above. <br />
<br />
'''Lap Splices of Compression Reinforcement '''<br />
<br />
Lap splices lengths for compression reinforcement shall be calculated in accordance with LRFD 5.11.5.2.1 and 5.11.5.5.1. <br />
<br />
Splice lengths for compression reinforcement have been tabulated on the following pages. <br />
<br />
=====751.5.9.2.8.2 Development and Lap Splices of Deformed Bars in Tension=====<br />
<br />
The values in the following table are based on Grade 60 bars and may be adjusted for yield strengths up to 100 ksi. The final step in the table adjusts values for other material strengths. The values for Grade 40 bars are 40/60 of the values in the table (not less than 12 in.), and values for 100 ksi bars are 100/60 of the values in the table. <br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.9.2.7.2 step 1 through 5.jpg|center|950px]]<br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.9.2.7.2 step 6.jpg|center|950px]]<br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.9.2.7.2 step 7.jpg|center|950px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
=====751.5.9.2.8.3 Development and Lap Splices of Deformed Bars in Compression=====<br />
<br />
The values in the following table are based on Grade 60 bars. Development lengths may be adjusted for yield strengths up to 100 ksi. Lap splice lengths for yield strengths greater than 60 ksi up to 100 ksi shall be calculated in accordance LRFD 5.11.5.5.1. The final step in the table adjusts values for other material strengths. The values for Grade 40 bars are 40/60 of the values in the table (not less than 8 in. for development length and 12 in. for lap splice length). <br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.9.2.7.3.jpg|center|950px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
=====751.5.9.2.8.4 Development of Standard Hooked Deformed Bars in Tension=====<br />
<br />
The development length (''L<sub>dh</sub>'') is measured from the critical section to the outside edge of the hook. <br />
<br />
The values in the following table are based on Grade 60 bars and may be adjusted for yield strengths up to 100 ksi. The final step in the table adjusts values for other material strengths. The values for Grade 40 bars are 40/60 of the values in the table (not less than 8d<sub>b</sub>, 6 in. or l<sub>dh-edge</sub>), and values for 100 ksi bars are 100/60 of the values in the table. <br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.9.2.7.4 steps 1 through 5.jpg|center|850px]]<br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.9.2.7.4 steps 6 and 7.jpg|center|850px]]<br />
<br />
====751.5.9.2.9 Mechanical Bar Splices ====<br />
{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:10px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="290px" align="right" <br />
|-<br />
|[http://sharepoint/systemdelivery/BR/development/CompRev/EPG-EngineeringPolicyGuide/751.05/751.5.11.1,751.50_2013_12-051/751.5.11.1%20MBS%20example.pdf ''' Mechanical Bar Splice Example Details''']<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=====751.5.9.2.9.1 General =====<br />
Mechanical bar splices (MBS) may be used in situations where it is not possible or practical to use lap splices. [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=11 Sec 706] and [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=11 Sec 710] require contractors to provide certification that MBS systems meet the yield requirement for overstrength of LRFD 5.11.5.2.2 and therefore there is no design required for these systems. However practical design may require specificity of a particular type of MBS, i.e. a device for restrictive applications determined on a case-by-case basis. See Structural Project Manager or Structural Liaison Engineer. <br />
<br />
=====751.5.9.2.9.2 Details =====<br />
MBS shall be shown at all locations where required and contrasted to distinguish them from the reinforcing bars. MBS locations shall identify a unique combination of bar marks. Identifying combination and quantity shall follow standard detailing practice, e.g. 6-MBS H106-H104 or MBS H106-H104 (Typ.). Space limitations on plans may require use of footnotes. MBS shall be specified as shown indicating bar marks to be spliced. <br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.9.2.8.2 details.jpg|center|900px]]<br />
<br />
<u>Exception:</u> MBS for bridge approach slabs shall be specified generally since bars are not uniquely identified. Good detailing practice requires that construction joints and estimated quantities of MBS systems be shown. The standard drawings for bridge approach slabs shall be modified to show staged construction. <br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.9.2.8.2 section bb.jpg|center|800px]]<br />
<br />
=====751.5.9.2.9.3 Estimated Quantities =====<br />
If the overall quantity of mechanical bar splices required for a structure is 50 or greater not including any required in bridge approach slabs, then mechanical bar splices will be paid for separately and shown in all quantities tables otherwise their cost shall be covered by the contract unit price for other items. <br />
<br />
MBS that are required in bridge approach slabs will not be directly paid for but instead the cost will be considered completely covered by the contract unit price for the bridge approach slab. <br />
<br />
=====751.5.9.2.9.4 Notes =====<br />
See [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=751.50_Standard_Detailing_Notes#A3._All_Structures EPG 751.50 A3] for appropriate note and guidance for use.<br />
<br />
===751.5.9.3 Structural Steel ===<br />
<center><br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:left"<br />
|+ <br />
!style="background:#BEBEBE" colspan ="3"|Structural Steel Table of Contents<br />
|-<br />
|1. [[#751.5.9.3.1 Welding|Welding]] ||2. [[#751.5.9.3.2 Notch Toughness|Notch Toughness]]||3. [[#751.5.9.3.3 Fracture Control Plan (FCP) *|Fracture Control Plan]]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
====751.5.9.3.1 Welding ====<br />
<br />
=====751.5.9.3.1.1 General=====<br />
All welding shall be detailed in accordance with ANSI / AASHTO / AWS D1.5, Bridge Welding Code. <br />
<br />
The following chart shows the suggested minimum weld sizes. However, these may be increased to satisfy design requirements. <br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
!Minimum Fillet Weld !!Material thickness of thicker part joined <br />
|-<br />
|1/4" ||t"<math>\le</math> 3/4" <br />
|-<br />
|5/16" ||3/4" < t <math>\le</math> 2 1/2" <br />
|-<br />
|1/2" ||t > 2 1/2" <br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
The factored resistance of a welded connection is governed by the resistance of the base metal or the deposited weld metal. <br />
<br />
The factored resistance of the base metal is: <br />
<br />
:''R<sub>r</sub> = φ<sub>v</sub>(0.58A<sub>g</sub>F<sub>y</sub>)''<br />
<br />
Where: <br />
:''φ<sub>v</sub>'' = 1.0 (Resistance factor for shear) <br />
:''A<sub>g</sub>'' = gross area of smaller connection element <br />
:''F<sub>y</sub>''= specified minimum yield strength of connection element <br />
<br />
Allowable shear load of the base metal = ''R<sub>r</sub>A<sub>g</sub>''<br />
<br />
The factored resistance of the deposited weld metal is: <br />
<br />
:''R<sub>r</sub> = 0.6φ<sub>e2</sub>F<sub>exx</sub>''<br />
<br />
Where: <br />
:''φ<sub>e2</sub>'' = 0.8 (Resistance factor for fillet weld material) <br />
:''F<sub>exx</sub>'' = tensile strength of electrode classification. <br />
<br />
Allowable Shear Loads for Fillet Welds = ''(R<sub>r</sub>)(0.707)(weldsize)''<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto; text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
!Size of Fillet Weld (Inch)!!width=250| Allowable Factored Shear Loads For Fillet Welds *(kips per linear inch) <br />
|-<br />
|1/4|| 5.939 <br />
|-<br />
|5/16|| 7.424 <br />
|-<br />
|3/8|| 8.908 <br />
|-<br />
|1/2|| 11.878 <br />
|-<br />
|5/8|| 14.847 <br />
|-<br />
|3/4|| 17.816 <br />
|-<br />
|7/8|| 20.786 <br />
|-<br />
|1|| 23.755 <br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="left"|'''*''' based on ''F<sub>exx</sub>'' = 70 ksi<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
=====751.5.9.3.1.2 Minimum Length of Fillet Weld =====<br />
The minimum effective length of a fillet weld shall be four times its size and in no case less than 1½ inches. <br />
<br />
=====751.5.9.3.1.3 Maximum Sizes of Fillet Welds =====<br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.9.3.1.3.jpg|center|550px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
=====751.5.9.3.1.4 Standard Welding Symbols and Application of Symbols=====<br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.9.3.1.4.1.jpg|center|920px]]<br />
[[image:751.5.9.3.1.4.2.jpg|center|920px]] <br />
::::'''*''' Normally not used except for flush or upset welds <br />
[[image:751.5.9.3.1.4.3.jpg|center|920px]]<br />
[[image:751.5.9.3.1.4.4.jpg|center|920px]]<br />
[[image:751.5.9.3.1.4.5.jpg|center|920px]]<br />
[[image:751.5.9.3.1.4.6.jpg|center|920px]]<br />
[[image:751.5.9.3.1.4.7.jpg|center|920px]]<br />
[[image:751.5.9.3.1.4.8.jpg|center|920px]]<br />
[[image:751.5.9.3.1.4.9.jpg|center|920px]]<br />
[[image:751.5.9.3.1.4.10.jpg|center|920px]]<br />
[[image:751.5.9.3.1.4.11.jpg|center|920px]]<br />
[[image:751.5.9.3.1.4.12.jpg|center|920px]]<br />
[[image:751.5.9.3.1.4.13.jpg|center|920px]]<br />
[[image:751.5.9.3.1.4.14.jpg|center|920px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
====751.5.9.3.2 Notch Toughness ====<br />
'''Wide Flange Beam Structures: '''<br />
Proper notes to be placed on plans. <br />
<br />
'''Plate Girder Structures: '''<br />
Proper notes to be placed on plans. Typical examples for location of *** on plans for tension flange only of plate girders are shown below. <br />
<br />
[[image:751.5.9.3.2.jpg|center|850px]]<br />
<br />
Other special locations for *** will be for tension flanges of floor beams in straight girder bridges, and for top and bottom flanges of floor beams in curved girder bridges. <br />
<br />
When any splices are located in a moment area, all flange and web splice plates for the bridge are subject to notch toughness requirements. Show *** with detail of flange splice plate. <br />
<br />
====751.5.9.3.3 Fracture Control Plan (FCP) ====<br />
Fracture Control Plan (FCP), Section 12 of ANSI/AASHTO/AWS D1.5-95, Bridge Welding Code, shall apply to fracture critical non-redundant member. <br />
<br />
Main elements and components whose failure is expected to cause the collapse of the bridge shall be designated as failure-critical, and the associated structural system as non-redundant. Examples of non-redundant members are flange and web plates in one or two girder bridges, main one-element truss members and hanger plates. <br />
<br />
For non-redundant steel structures or members, the designer shall determine which, if any, component is a Fracture Critical Member (FCM). The location of all FCMs shall be clearly delineated on the design plans. <br />
<br />
FCMs are defined as tension members or tension components of bending members (including those subject to reversal of stress), the failure of which would be expected to result in collapse of the bridge. The designation "FCM" shall mean fracture critical member or member component. Members and components that are not subject to tension stress under any condition of live load are not fracture critical. <br />
<br />
Any attachment welded to a tension zone of an FCM shall be considered an FCM when any dimension of the attachment exceeds 4 inches in the direction parallel to the calculated tensile stress in the FCM. Attachments designated FCM shall meet all requirements of FCP. All welds to FCMs shall be considered fracture critical and shall conform to the requirements of FCP. Welds to compression members or the compression area of bending members are not fracture critical. <br />
<br />
FCMs shall be fabricated in accordance with FCP. Material for FCM shall be tested in accordance with AASHTO T243 (ASTM A673), Frequency P. Material for components not designed as fracture critical shall be tested in conformance with AASHTO T243 (ASTM A673), Frequency H. [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=11 Sec 712] and FCM Special Provisions will include additional requirement for material, welding, inspection and manufacturing. <br />
<br />
Notes EPG 751.50 Miscellaneous A5.1 and H1.23b Structural Steel for Wide Flange Beams and Plate Girder Structures shall be placed on contract plans as required.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Category:751 LRFD Bridge Design Guidelines|751.05]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:110_State_and_Federal_Wage_Rates_and_Other_Requirements&diff=51664Category:110 State and Federal Wage Rates and Other Requirements2022-06-28T20:14:37Z<p>Smithk: /* 110.3 Prevailing Wages and Records (Guidance for Sec 110.3) */ Per CM, minor clarifications</p>
<hr />
<div>[[image:110 State and Federal Wage.gif|right|400px]]<br />
<br />
Missouri and federal law often require minimum wage rates (pay) for the various skilled trades. These wage rates are specified in the contract at the time of bidding and are enforced by MoDOT and the [http://www.labor.mo.gov/ Department of Labor] during the construction of the project. Typical MoDOT contracts that do not require Wage Rate Determinations are railroad adjustments, utility adjustments and some Maintenance funded projects. <br />
<br />
[[#Application of Prevailing Wage off of the Worksite|Two flowcharts are available]] to help guide the application of wage rate compliance, one for federally funded projects and one for state funded projects. <br />
<br />
==110.1 Wage Rates (Guidance for [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=4 Sec 110.1])==<br />
[[image:110.jpg|right|225px]]<br />
<br />
Contractors on MoDOT projects are required to pay the appropriate state or federal prevailing hourly wage rate for any craft or type of worker required to perform the work, except when expressly provided by the contract document. <br />
<br />
The [http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/contractor_resources/bidOpenIndex.shtml state and federal wage rates] are posted on MoDOT’s website. MoDOT will post the applicable wage rates 10 days prior to the bid opening. In instances where the wage rates change within the 10-day window, MoDOT will not update the wage rates since doing so will not provide contractors sufficient time to accommodate the revised wage order in their bids. <br />
<br />
To view the wage rates for a specific letting on [http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/contractor_resources/bidOpenIndex.shtml MoDOT's website], select the desired letting date, click the "View Letting" button and then proceed to State Wage Rates and Current Federal Wage Rates. The full wage order must be posted on the bulletin board or may be kept in the job trailer or in the foreman's truck for employee inspection. Employees should be made aware where the complete wage order is kept if the entire packet is not posted on the bulletin board. In lieu of placing the complete wage order on the bulletin board, the contractor can create a spreadsheet (a one page document) that shows the wages for the county in which the project is located. This would include listing each of the crafts along with the appropriate wage that is to be paid under the contract for each craft. In addition, at the bottom of the one page document, the contractor must indicate where on the project the complete wage order may be found. <br />
<br />
The [[:category:105 Control of Work#105.9 Authority and Duties of Resident Engineer (Sec 105.9)|resident engineer]] or delegated representative is responsible for monitoring compliance with the wage rate laws at the project level. Wage Rate Compliance Checks (WRCC) shall be performed on active projects when applicable. WRCC consist of two major items: Reviewing Payrolls and Wage Rate Interviews. <br />
<br />
Payrolls, wage rate interviews and all other labor compliance related documents are to be kept in the resident engineer's office for the duration of the project. Paperless payrolls that are submitted electronically are stored on a server. After project completion, payrolls shall be stored for a period of three years.<br />
<div id="To ensure compliance"></div><br />
To ensure compliance there are three areas of quality assurance that are performed:<br />
{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:7px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="255px" align="right" <br />
|-<br />
|[https://lsglm700.learnsoft.com/LSGLM/Login/MODOTlogin.aspx?cid=69&showloi=1&svtab=6&loiid=183899 '''Payroll training, “Payroll Reviews for Prevailing Wage Rate”, is available through MoDOT U''']<br />
|}<br />
:'''Training.''' A yearly payroll training will be conducted for all project clerks or other designees that perform the payroll reviews in project offices. A payroll training review course is also available through MoDOT U for new hires and as a refresher for existing employees.<br />
<br />
:'''Quality Assurance.''' The final plans processor in each district will select one job every 6 months from each project office to review. They will be checking payrolls, wage rate compliance, C-220s and other pertinent items.<br />
<br />
:'''RE review.''' A monthly report indicating the number of wage rate interviews required and performed for each project is generated monthly. This report is sent to the Resident Engineer.<br />
<br />
==110.2 Federal-Aid Projects (Guidance for [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=4 Sec 110.2])==<br />
[[image:110.2 posters.jpg|right|400px|thumb|<center>'''After the initial review, the bulletin board should be inspected every third month until the project is completed to ensure the bulletin board is in good condition and still displays the required posters.'''</center>]]<br />
For any contract where a federal rate applies, the greater of the federal or state rate shall be paid.<br />
<br />
===[http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/contractor_resources/forms.htm Required Notices and Posters]===<br />
<br />
The contracts for highway construction projects require certain information to be conspicuously displayed on the project where employees regularly congregate in preparation for the day's work. Notices and posters may be provided in a binder for mobile operations to give employees an option for accessing the information so long as the project is 30 work days or less. Unless the project is less than 30 working days the information should also always be made available on a standard bulletin board. The number of locations will depend on the contractor's operations. The resident engineer, or a delegated representative, is to conduct inspections of the bulletin boards. The first inspection should occur when employees begin work on the project. After the initial review, inspections should be conducted every three months until the project is completed to ensure the bulletin board is in good condition and still displays the required posters. <br />
<br />
Many of the posters can be downloaded from [http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/contractor_resources/forms.htm MoDOT’s contractor resources website]. A [[media:110.3 On Site Bulleting Board Inspection.pdf|checklist of the jobsite posters]] is also available.<br />
<br />
==110.3 Prevailing Wages and Records (Guidance for [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=4 Sec 110.3])==<br />
<br />
[http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=4 Sec 110] indicates the detail that is required of the contractor payroll.<br />
[[image:110.1.jpg|right|200px]]<br />
Each prime contractor, contractor, subcontractor and subordinate shall furnish weekly a digital certified payroll of wages paid to each of their employees on all projects except those that do not contain Wage Rate Determinations by federal or Missouri law. Payroll information must also include workers on the project provided as part of a rental agreement. One certified copy of labor payrolls must be submitted for each week that work is performed. For contracts that include multiple projects, it is allowable for the work hours to be displayed per contract rather than per project. However, work that extends across multiple counties must be paid per the rate in each county if the wage rates differ between the counties. Optionally, the contractor can just pay the highest rate of all counties where work was performed that week in lieu of showing hours separately per county. Differing overtime and holiday rules may also trigger the need to break hours down per county.<br />
<br />
Each payroll shall be accompanied by a statement of compliance signed by the contractor, subcontractor, or their agent who pays or supervises the payment of persons employed under the contract, and shall certify that the payroll for the pay period contains the information required and that such information is correct and complete (Certified Statement of Compliance).<br />
<br />
The prime contractor must submit a certified copy of each weekly payroll within 7 days of the payment date of the payroll. The certified statement of compliance may be on the payroll itself or on a separate document. The prime contractor will be considered responsible for submittal of payrolls and certifications for all subcontractors on the project within 7 days as well. The certification must be digitally signed and submitted electronically. The prime contractor should be advised that failure to submit these payrolls within the 7-day period may result in delay in submittal of the engineer's payment estimates for those projects involved. The [[:category:105 Control of Work#105.9 Authority and Duties of Resident Engineer (Sec 105.9)|resident engineer]] shall keep a log of all payrolls received as described under Item No. 3 [[#3. Payroll Log|Payroll Log]], below. <br />
<div id="Occasionally a subcontractor"></div><br />
<br />
Occasionally a subcontractor will refuse to sign the prevailing wage affidavit because of a pay dispute with the prime contractor. The prevailing wage affidavit is required by [http://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneChapter.aspx?chapter=290 RSMo 290]. Therefore a refusal to sign this document is in violation of Missouri law. The prime contractor, in accordance with this law, has the right to withhold final payment if the subcontractor does not submit the affidavit. The prompt payment law is not enforceable until the subcontractor submits the affidavit.<br />
<br />
A best practice is to notify the subcontractor that a refusal to sign the document is in violation of law. This will only harm the subcontractor and not the prime. There are better options for subcontractors to pursue payment. They can contact the bonding company and file a claim against them. They can also pursue civil action against the prime contractor. <br />
<br />
Electronic payrolls should not be printed, but should be saved in the “Pending” folder until checked, then moved to the “Checked” folder. The following steps should be included in all payroll checks to ensure proper labor compliance:<br />
<br />
<center>'''Payroll Checklist for Every Payroll'''</center><br />
<br />
:1. Payroll Violations<br />
<br />
::a. Document any "Payroll Violations" found based on the requirements in this checklist.<br />
<br />
::b. Notify the contractor of the violation and track the actions taken until it has been corrected. <br />
<br />
:2. Statement of Compliance<br />
<br />
::a. Make sure each payroll has a Certified Statement of Compliance with an approved contractor digital signature.<br />
<br />
::b. Make sure each Statement of Compliance covers one week (seven-day period).<br />
<br />
::c. If there is no work for the entire week, no Statement of Compliance is needed for that week. Note this fact in the [[media:110.3 Payroll Log 2015.xlsx|payroll log]] as described in the following items.<br />
<br />
::d. Statement of compliance '''must list''' all deductions that are included on the payroll.<br />
<div id="3. Payroll Log"></div><br />
<br />
:3. Payroll Log<br />
<br />
::a. A payroll log is required to track payrolls received to ensure a certified payroll is on file for every week in which work was performed. A [[media:110.3 Payroll Log 2015.xlsx|payroll log form]] is available for this purpose. A separate log is required for the prime and each subcontractor. All logs shall be stored in eProjects. Payrolls are identified by the date range that they represent. Weeks in which there was no work activity do not require a payroll, but it should be noted in the payroll log that no work was performed that week. Once the final payroll is received, this should be noted in the remarks section of the payroll log.<br />
<br />
::b. The payroll log should include: Date range for the week, Checkbox indicating if work was performed, Date Payroll Processed (This is the date the contractor processed payroll. The contractor is required to submit payrolls within 7 days of this date.), Date Received (This is the date MoDOT received the payroll if work was performed.), Checkbox indicating if the payroll was reviewed by MoDOT staff (This will help monitor how many payrolls were checked.), and a Comments field for special notes. <br />
<br />
::c. Run a Cognos report each week to reveal all contractors who were present on the project that week. Check the indicator box in the payroll log for all active contractors to show that a payroll is required. It is paramount that inspectors accurately note the presence of all contractors in their DWR so that the Cognos report accurately reflects a list of active contractors for the payroll checker. <br />
<br />
<div id="4. Name and Employee Identifying Number"></div><br />
<br />
:4. Name and Employee Identifying Number<br />
<br />
::Make sure the employee’s full name and an employee identification number (such as last four digits of Social Security Number) appear on each payroll. The contractor is not allowed to include complete Social Security numbers or employee addresses on certified payrolls. The Prime Contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. Contractors and subcontractors shall maintain the full social security number and current address of each covered worker, and shall provide them upon request to the Contracting Officer (Commission), the Contractor, or the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor for purposes of an investigation or audit of compliance with prevailing wage requirements.<br />
<br />
:5. Classification<br />
<br />
::a. Check to ensure each employee has a classification.<br />
<br />
::b. Make sure classifications are correct as related to the type of work the company has subcontracted (if applicable).<br />
<br />
::c. Employees enrolled in the MoDOT training program must be shown on the payroll in the classification they are enrolled in as trainee. (i.e. Crane Operator Trainee, Carpenter, Laborer, etc.)<br />
<br />
::d. When possible, confirm that employees are classified correctly as to what type work they are performing by using the interview process, jobsite visits, communication with the inspectors, and by reviewing the Inspector’s Daily Report of Construction.<br />
<br />
::e. Foremen or supervisors who perform '''20% or less''' of the day with the tools of the trade are exempt from the Davis Bacon Act. They must appear on the payroll as "foreman" or "supervisor" with a breakdown of hours per day and total hours and, since hourly wage rates are not required, they can be listed under Salary Agreement.<br />
<br />
::f. Foremen or supervisors who work with tools of the trade more than 20% of the day are not entitled to an exemption under the Davis Bacon Act. Thus, if the hourly wage rate is the same for both classifications the employee will be listed on the payroll to show both classifications in which they performed (i.e. Foreman/Carpenter), hours per day listed, along with an hourly wage rate, gross amount earned, deductions and net wages paid. But, if the hourly wage rate is not the same for both classifications then multiple listings for the employee shall be included on the payroll to show each classification of work performed in each day along with all the appropriate information.<br />
<br />
<div id="Rate of Pay"></div><br />
:6. Rate of Pay <br />
<br />
::a. The rate of pay, and other items described below, should be checked to the extent that all information is reasonably accurate. Checking of all payrolls is recommended, but this may not be feasible in all cases due to other priorities. As a minimum, all initial payrolls from each contractor should be thoroughly reviewed. For subsequent payrolls, a thorough checking process should be established to ensure the payrolls are accurate. As a general rule, a complete check (100% of the payroll) of at least half of all payroll submittals on each project is a sufficient frequency to screen for errors. Further checking might be necessary for those contractors found to have frequent errors, while checking less than half of the payrolls may be sufficient for contractors who display extreme competence with payroll compliance. Checking of the calculation of total pay is generally not required unless the payrolls are not automated. Check employees’ rate of pay against the state and federal wage rates to make sure they are receiving at least the minimum for their classification as per the prevailing wage schedule in the contract. For federally funded projects the rate of pay to be used is the higher of either the federal or state wage rates in cases where the overtime rules are the same. If the overtime rules differ, the contractor must ensure the employee is paid the higher total amount per pay period after applying the appropriate overtime rules. For instance, the state base rate may be lower than the federal base rate, but after applying the state overtime rules the total compensation for the pay period might be higher than the federal rate and federal overtime rules.<br />
<br />
::b. Make sure fringe benefit amount, plus base pay amount, matches or exceeds the designated fringe benefit amount, plus designated base pay amount, from the applicable wage order. For example, the base pay amount could be less than that designated as the prevailing wage, if the fringe benefit amount is more than that designated, and the two together meet or exceed the designated gross prevailing wage. The contractor should be encouraged to list the exact fringe paid for each employee on the payroll. If the contractor chooses to certify that the fringe benefits are being paid to approved plans, funds, or programs, the contractor shall provide documentation that the correct payment amount is being paid to the fund for the individual employees.<br />
<br />
::c. If an apprentice is used on the project (whether or not there is an OJT Goal) the contractor must submit documentation from the Dept. of Labor (DOL) approved apprenticeship program stating that the person is currently registered in the program, the period/ term in the program (including percentage of journeyman payscale), amount of hours completed in apprentice program to date, and the amount of hours needed to reach journey level. Contact MoDOT’s External Civil Rights at (573) 751-1216 for help to determine the proper DOL documentation.<br />
<br />
:7. Deductions<br />
<br />
::a. All deductions must be identified. If a deduction of “other” is listed on the payroll it must be explained on the statement of compliance.<br />
<br />
::b. Some typical standard deductions include <br />
<br />
::::1) State or federal taxes<br />
<br />
::::2) Voluntary insurance, pension, and/or retirement plans<br />
<br />
::::3) Child support and other payments ordered by a court (but not payments to the employer)<br />
<br />
::::4) Prepaid wages<br />
<br />
::::5) Payments to charitable organizations<br />
<br />
::::6) Union dues when agreed to by the union (fines are not allowable)<br />
<br />
::c. Any non-standard deductions that are not listed in 7(b) must be pre-approved by the employee prior to performing the work. The contractor must provide a copy of the employee-signed agreement (i.e. payroll deduction form) for all non-standard deductions. If the employee does not speak English, such agreement shall be written in the employee's native language. This agreement form should be kept on file with the certified payrolls. Subsistence reimbursements, such as lodging, travel and meals are the most common examples of non-standard deductions that an employer might withhold when the employer is providing those services to the employee. MO Statute 290.315.1 requires MoDOT to pre-approve these non-standard deductions as fair and reasonable before the start of work. The contractor shall provide sufficient documentation to verify the deductions are fair and reasonable. Such documentation shall include lease or rental arrangements for housing linked to each employee and receipts or invoices for food and/or travel expenses linked to each employee. For amounts expended by the contractor on behalf of multiple employees, such as multiple employees residing in a single rental unit, each employee's subsistence deduction shall reflect a pro-rata share or less of the expense. Subsistence deductions shall comprise exclusive column(s) on certified payrolls, not to be mixed with garnishments, child support or any other deduction. <br />
<br />
:8. Interviews<br />
<br />
::a. Check all interviews taken within the period covered by the payroll.<br />
<br />
::b. Conduct Wage Rate Interviews according to the frequencies listed in [[#110.3.1 Employee Interviews|EPG 110.3.1]].<br />
<br />
::c. Check interviews against payroll, and record any discrepancies on the [https://epg.modot.org/index.php/Category:101_Standard_Forms#Wage_Interview Employee Interview Form CR-1] and in AASHTOWARE Project (AWP).<br />
<br />
:9. Electronic Filing of Payrolls<br />
<br />
::a. After payrolls have been checked for compliance, and corrected if necessary, the checker shall digitally sign the payroll in the upper right-hand corner of the first page to indicate review of the payroll is complete. <br />
<br />
::b. Electronic payrolls shall be saved in eProjects.<br />
<div id="Certified Payroll Exceptions"></div><br />
<br />
===Certified Payroll Exceptions===<br />
<br />
====Lead Workers/Foreman/Supervisor====<br />
Lead workers must be paid no less than the prevailing hourly wage for the classification they are working in. If a lead worker is salaried, the contractor must provide documentation of the amount actually paid and the hours actually worked. Salaried superintendents are not covered by prevailing wage provisions and are not required to be listed on the certified payroll. Refer to [[:Category:109 Measurement and Payment#109.5.1 Daily Force Account Record, Labor Account|EPG 109.5.1 Daily Force Account Record, Labor Account]] for additional information.<br />
<br />
====Professional Services====<br />
When a contractor hires a Professional Service to perform a support function that does not fit into a federal or state job classification, those workers do not need to be listed on the certified payroll. Some examples of Professional Services include Material Testing Service, Inspection Service, Smoothness Profiling Service, Surveying/Staking, etc. Even though a Surveying/Staking company is considered a Professional Service and does not require workers to be listed on a certified payroll, it may require a subcontract if there is a contract pay item for this work. Refer to [[:Category:108 Prosecution and Progress#In addition to the submission of the|EPG 108.1 Subletting of Contract]] for additional information. A certified welder hired by a contractor to perform specialty welding would be an example of a Professional Service that ''would'' require a certified payroll since that work falls under the classification for Ironworker.<br />
<br />
====Other Job Duties Performed by Contractor Personnel====<br />
When a contractor provides personnel to perform a function that does not fit into a federal or state job classification, those workers do not need to be listed on the payroll. Examples would include Material Testing, Inspection, Surveying/Staking, etc.<br />
<br />
===Owner-Operator===<br />
[[image:135.5.jpg|right|375px]]<br />
In lieu of submitting a [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Request_to_Subcontract_C_220.pdf C-220 (Request to Subcontract Work)], a contractor may request permission to rent a piece of equipment that comes with an operator who also owns that equipment. This is commonly referred to as an “owner-operator” arrangement. The RE can approve these arrangements as long as the following conditions are met:<br />
<br />
:1. The operator must be the owner, or partial owner, of the equipment.<br />
:2. No other employees of the owner-operator can operate the equipment or perform any other work on the project.<br />
:3. No other family members of the owner can operate the equipment unless they can provide proof they are partial owners.<br />
:4. The contractor must provide verification from the owner-operator that the owner-operator is receiving no less than the contract prevailing wage.<br />
:5. The owner-operator must be covered under the contractor’s insurance policy.<br />
:6. The contractor shall not exceed the contract sublet limits.<br />
<br />
===Equipment Rental with Operator and Purchase Ordered Work===<br />
<br />
A prime contractor using rental equipment that is provided with an operator, via purchase ordered work or other financial arrangement, must include the operators on the certified payroll of the prime contractor, subcontractor or the company providing the equipment. All related documentation must be provided by the contractor to substantiate this arrangement. The operators are subject to wage rate interviews and are to be paid prevailing wage on prevailing wage contracts. This is to ensure a legitimate arrangement is being used, not an attempt to circumvent prevailing wage rate laws.<br />
<br />
===Application of Prevailing Wage off of the Worksite===<br />
<br />
Some work associated with a project may be performed away from the project site. This work may, or may not, be subject to prevailing wage. A [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Wage_Flow_Chart_for_Federal_Jobs.pdf wage flowchart for federal jobs] and a [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Wage_Flow_Chart_for_State_Jobs.pdf wage flowchart for state jobs] are provided for reference; however, the contractor is advised to seek legal advice when applying the charts. MoDOT cannot predetermine how the law may be interpreted in any particular instance.<br />
<br />
===110.3.1 Employee Interviews===<br />
The [[:category:105 Control of Work#105.9 Authority and Duties of Resident Engineer (Sec 105.9)|resident engineer]] or delegated representative shall conduct contractor employee interviews (also known as wage rate interviews) as part of the Wage Rate Compliance Checks (WRCC). The wage rate interview is necessary to verify compliance with wage rate laws as well as Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) laws. <br />
<br />
For all state and federal funded projects, wage rate interviews shall be conducted at an average rate of one interview per each two weeks that work is active, except for Job Order Contracts. Wage interviews for Job Order Contracts shall be conducted at a rate of one interview for each month that work is active. These established wage interview frequencies are per contract and are entered into AWP without a job number designation. The completed [[:Category:101 Standard Forms#Wage Interview|Employee Interview Form CR-1]] is saved in e-Projects under the primary job number on combination projects. <br />
<br />
The wage rate interview frequency should increase during periods of high activity so that compliance can be verified on a wide range of worker classifications and/or subcontract workers. This also helps maintain the desired average rate during periods of low activity and small crews.<br />
<br />
When inaccuracies are found in WRCC, the frequency of interviews should increase until the RE has confidence that the contractor is in compliance with the wage rate laws. <br />
<br />
On smaller jobs it may be possible to interview every employee over time. There is no need to interview an individual a second time unless additional interviews are justified. Once everyone on a job has been interviewed, a note can be used for documentation and wage interviews can cease until new employees are present on the job. <br />
<br />
The interviewer should determine employee's name, employer's name, classification of employee, actual wage paid, and posted wage. All wage rate interviews shall be recorded on the [[:Category:101 Standard Forms#Wage Interview|Employee Interview Form CR-1]]. All questions on the form should be asked during the interview. <br />
<br />
For tracking purposes, interview occurrences should be designated in AWP as a Daily Work Report (DWR) “Wage Interview” remark type. The remark must begin with a single digit numeric character in order for the Cognos report to correctly calculate the number of wage interviews conducted for a given contract (for example, “2 wage interviews conducted today…”).<br />
<br />
===110.3.2 Errors, Omissions and Non-Compliance===<br />
When there is any condition or evidence that suggests that the labor laws are not being fully complied with, the resident engineer shall investigate until satisfied of lawful compliance. Investigations shall be limited in nature and cases beyond our investigative ability should be referred to the Divison of Labor. Poor compliance efforts by the contractor should be noted on the [http://p0003/ContractorRating/updateLogin.do Contractor Performance Evaluation].<br />
<br />
When payrolls are not submitted within 7 days and/or contain errors, the resident engineer should notify the contractor and encourage them to improve. Payrolls containing errors should be corrected and resubmitted in a timely manner. When payrolls are routinely late and there is no effort to improve on the contractors part, the [[:category:105 Control of Work#105.9 Authority and Duties of Resident Engineer (Sec 105.9)|resident engineer]] should withold payment until the next regular estimate date after compliance is attained.<br />
<br />
When a wage rate is believed to be below the contractual lawful minimum, the Division of Labor should be notified. The Divison of Labor will open a complaint case at the request of MoDOT, the employee, the union, or other third party. The Divison of Labor will perform an investigation and then close the complaint either as a violation or non-violation. The resident engineer should ensure a copy of all correspondance from the Divison of Labor is kept in the contract files.<br />
<br />
===110.3.3 Semi-Annual Labor Report===<br />
The district construction engineer is to submit a semi-annual report to the main office containing the following information:<br />
:a. Number of contractors/subcontractors against whom complaints were received.<br />
:b. Number of investigations completed.<br />
:c. Number of contractors/subcontractors found in violation.<br />
:d. Amount of wage restitution found due under:<br />
::(1) Davis-Bacon and related acts.<br />
::(2) Work Hours Act of 1962 (The Davis-Bacon Act encompasses prevailing wage rate violations, whereas the Contract Work Hours Act encompasses daily and weekly overtime violations).<br />
:e. Number of employees due wage restitution under Davis-Bacon and related acts and/or Work Hours Act of 1962.<br />
:f. Amount of liquidated damages assessed under Work Hours Act of 1962.<br />
<br />
Due dates for the Semi-Annual Labor report are:<br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"<br />
|+ '''Semi-Annual Labor Report Due Dates'''<br />
! style="background:#BEBEBE" width="250" | Reporting Period !! style="background:#BEBEBE" width="250" | Due Date <br />
|-<br />
| align="center" | October 1 to March 31 || align="center" | April 4<br />
|-<br />
| align="center" | April 1 to September 30 || align="center" | October 5<br />
|}<br />
<br />
The above report is due not later than April 4 for the period from October 1 to March 31, and not later than October 5 for the period from April 1 to September 30. This report should include all information gathered on Federal Aid Projects. The report should be submitted to [http://sharepoint/systemdelivery/cm/Pages/default.aspx Construction and Materials], Central Office, Attention: Jennifer Smith.<br />
<br />
===110.3.4 Missouri DOL Form PW-2===<br />
The project office or contractor are not required to provide this form to the Missouri Department of Labor and Industrial Relations (DOL). DOL and MoDOT agreed that MoDOT Construction Division will submit a listing of all newly awarded contracts to DOL at the first of each month. This listing would be in lieu of the [https://labor.mo.gov/pubs-and-forms PW-2 form]. <br />
<br />
If the DOL PW-2 form is requested, the following standard statement is available for a reply:<br />
:“The issue of filling out a PW-2 form had been previously discussed with Department of Labor in June of 2016. It was agreed that MoDOT would send a project award notification to DOL at the first of each month. This would be in lieu of the PW-2 form. Brenda Hentges with Department of Labor was our contact on this matter. Brenda is sent the monthly updates and can provide you the necessary information.”<br />
<br />
==110.4 Work Performed in Adjoining States (Guidance for [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=4 Sec 110.4])== <br />
[http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=4 Sec 110] provides information on contracts that involve work in Missouri and in an adjoining state.<br />
<br />
==110.5 Other Requirements==<br />
<br />
===110.5.1 [https://www.modot.org/public-records-policy Open Records Policy (Sunshine Act)]===<br />
<br />
The Missouri Open Records Law (Sunshine Act) requires governmental agencies to conduct business in a manner open and accessible to all citizens and make their records available to the public. The vast majority of our records may be shared with the public upon request. Some information, however, should not be released. When responding to requests for information, the procedures outlined in the Sunshine Act Policy should be followed. The district construction engineer and each resident engineer have been provided a copy of this policy to assist in responding to requests for information. If the request requires the removal of records from the office, personnel must be available at all times to accompany the records to ensure that they are not lost or destroyed. <br />
<br />
===110.5.2 Equal Employment Opportunity=== <br />
[[image:135.6 espanol.jpg|right|225px]]<br />
All federal-aid contracts contain specific requirements related to equal opportunities in employment for all persons or contain requirements of a Hometown Plan with the same objectives. These requirements are as much a contractual obligation as any other part of the standard specifications.<br />
<div id="Resource Manual for Equal Opportunity Contract Compliance"></div><br />
A [[media:110.5.2 Resource Manual.pdf|Resource Manual for Equal Opportunity Contract Compliance]] is issued to all project offices contains detailed information concerning E.E.O. matters.<br />
<br />
The [[:category:105 Control of Work#105.9 Authority and Duties of Resident Engineer (Sec 105.9)|resident engineer]] has a responsibility to ensure that the contractor and any nonexempt subcontractors are complying with the specific EEO requirements. To assist the resident engineer in this area, Construction & Materials prepared questionnaires, [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/EEO_Checklist.pdf Resident Engineer EEO Checklist], to be used for checking the various aspects of the EEO Compliance portion of the Federal-Aid contract. Detailed instructions are contained in the E.E.O. Contract Compliance Resource Manual. A [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Subcontractor_Certification_Regarding_Affirmative_Action.pdf statement of compliance] must be completed by all contractors on the project, excluding suppliers and vendors.<br />
<br />
From time to time, contractors and subcontractors may be subjected to a detailed compliance review. This may be conducted by the Federal Highway Administration or by the [http://www.modot.mo.gov/ecr/index.htm External Civil Rights Division]. On occasion, this may be done by both representatives. The district may also be requested to conduct such reviews as needed. The reviews will take place at the jobsite and include interviewing the contractor’s workforce.</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=236.5_Property_Management&diff=51663236.5 Property Management2022-06-28T15:48:11Z<p>Smithk: /* 236.5.22 Transaction Submittal to Right of Way Section */ Per RW, updated email group name</p>
<hr />
<div>{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:15px; border: 1px solid #cccccc; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="250px" align="right" <br />
|- <br />
|<center>'''Forms and Figures'''<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Bridge%20Column%20Protection%20Truck.pdf Bridge Column Protection Truck Traffic] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Bridge%20Column%20Protection%20Auto.pdf Bridge Column Protection Vehicular Traffic] <br />
|-<br />
|[http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/Categorical%20Exclusion%20Review_Form%203-1_2.docx Categorical Exclusion Review (Form 3.1.2)]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Contract%20Agreement%20Form%205.26.9a.pdf Contract Agreement (Form 5-26.9a)]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Extension%20of%20Closing%20Date%20Addendum%20Form%205.20.2.pdf Extension of Closing Date Addendum (Form 5-20.2)]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Hwy%20Structure%20Security%20Assessment%20236.5.25.6.xls Highway Structure Security Assessment Form]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Improvement%20Inventory%20Form%205.26.1.pdf Improvement Inventory (Form 5-26.1)]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:236.7 Form 7-2.13.doc|Negotiator's Report (Form 7-2.13)]]<br />
|-<br />
|[http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/RAI%20Checklist.pdf RAI checklist] <br />
|-<br />
|[http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Real%20Estate%20Risk%20Assessment%20Form.pdf Real Estate Risk Assessment Form]<br />
|-<br />
|[http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Realty%20Asset%20Sale%20Legal%20Opinion%20Memo.docx Realty Asset Sale Legal Opinion Memo]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Receipt%20Transmittal%20of%20Money.pdf Receipt - Transmittal of Money Form]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Request%20for%20Excess%20Parcel%20Survey%20Form%20236.5.19a.docx Request for Excess Parcel Survey Form 236.5.19a]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Sale%20of%20Improvement%20Form%205.26.6.pdf Sale of Improvement (Form 5-26.6)] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Specifications%20for%20Filling%20Basements%20and%20or%20Foundations%20Form%205.26.9.pdf Specifications for Filling Basements and/or Foundations (Form 5-26.9)]</center><br />
|-<br />
|Forms RW1, RW4, RW12, RW14, RW22, RW27, RW28 and RW42 are accessible in [http://sp/sites/eagreements/SitePages/Home.aspx eAgreements].<br />
|}<br />
<br />
==236.5.1 General==<br />
Realty Asset Management addresses the management of Commission-owned land and interests in land. The goal of Realty Asset Management is to retain a minimum of excess property, while pursuing the best value for every dollar spent for the properties that are leased or conveyed, and to effectively relinquish roadways that are excess to the state highway system.<br />
<br />
The parameters of this pursuit include, Revised Statutes of Missouri, at [https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=227.290 RSMo 227.290]; the Code of Federal Regulations, at [http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=4daec313b96b7d6545b540c08dd36e13&mc=true&node=sp23.1.710.d&rgn=div6 CFR Title 23, Part 710, Subpart D], the Missouri Constitution, at [https://www.sos.mo.gov/pubs/constitution Article 1, Section 27], and Commission Policy, as captured in the [https://www.modot.org/meeting-minutes Commission Minutes], including the ''Delegation of Authority and Execution of Documents Policy'' (particularly Section E).<br />
<br />
While RSMo 227.290 purports to grant to the Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission (MHTC) the discretion to convey at no cost to any federal, state, or local governmental entity any land or leasehold estate, such assets can be viewed as road funds, and as such, are constitutionally prohibited from being diverted from the stated purpose of such funds. All proposed conveyances of realty assets shall demonstrate an offsetting benefit to the transportation system, regardless of the grantee, unless approved by the Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way prior to any agreement otherwise. <br />
<br />
RSMo 227.290 requires that excess land and leasehold estates be sold or exchanged for approximate fair market value. Notwithstanding the above-noted exception, the consideration received by the Commission for each parcel shall be shown to represent the [[236.5 Property Management#236.5.17 Valuing Excess Property|approximate fair market value]].<br />
<br />
It is important to note that all conveyances of real property interests must be executed by the Chair or Vice-Chair of the MHTC.<br />
<br />
It should also be noted that property held by the “State of Missouri” without mention of the MHTC, requires legislative action to convey the property and clear title. If excess land being conveyed is titled in such a manner, the [http://sp/sites/de/RealEstate/SitePages/Staff.aspx Right of Way Section Office] shall be notified. It will be the division office’s responsibility, with the assistance of the district, to work with [http://sp/sites/gr/Pages/default.aspx Governmental Relations] and [http://sp/sites/cc/Pages/default.aspx Chief Counsel’s Office] to obtain the governor’s signature to convey the excess land. <br />
<br />
Property that constitutes a road relinquishments will be conveyed without legislative action by a quitclaim deed using the full disclosure language.<br />
<div id="Properties valued at $100,000 or less"></div><br />
Properties valued at $100,000 or less will normally be conveyed without legislative action (unless the conveyance is or has the potential to be controversial or sensitive) by a quitclaim deed using the full disclosure language. The Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way may waive the requirement for legislative action for property sold above $100,000. <br />
<br />
===236.5.1.1 [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/modiv/index.htm Federal Highway Administration (FHWA)] Oversight=== <br />
<br />
The Code of Federal Regulations, particularly at [https://www.law.cornell.edu/cfr/text/23/part-710/subpart-D Title 23, Part 710, Subpart D], establishes additional parameters for the conveyance, relinquishment, or leasing of realty within the Interstate System (IS). The Right of Way Section will secure FHWA concurrence prior to the consummation of any transaction requiring FHWA oversight.<br />
<br />
FHWA shall have oversight on all proposed conveyances, roadway relinquishments, and new leases of land within the right of way limits of the IS. Said oversight shall include the determination of the land as excess to the system, or otherwise available for a specific use by lease or airspace agreement, as well as the consideration to be received. Parcels acquired as uneconomic remnants as part of an IS project and not incorporated into the IS do not require FHWA approval for disposal.<br />
<br />
All proposed conveyances of land outside of the IS limits acquired with Federal funds shall be submitted to FHWA for concurrence as to the proposed transaction conforming to [https://www.law.cornell.edu/cfr/text/23/710.403 Title 23, Part 710, Subpart D, Section 403(d1)] when the consideration is less than the approximate fair market value. Relinquishments of roadways outside the limits of the IS are not subject to FHWA oversight.<br />
<br />
===236.5.1.2 Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission Approval and Commission Delegated Approvals===<br />
<br />
'''Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way Approval (Tier 1)'''<br />
<br />
The Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way shall approve property appraised below $200,000. <br />
<br />
'''Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission Approval (Tier 2)'''<br />
<br />
Property appraised or sold for $200,000 or more requires approval from the Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way, Financial Services Director, Assistant Chief Counsel and Assistant Chief Engineer, and must be approved by specific Commission action.<br />
<br />
==236.5.2 Realty Asset Inventory==<br />
<br />
Real property owned by the Commission is managed with the use of an application/system within the [http://tms/home/ Transportation Management System (TMS)] that provides an inventory of Commission-owned realty assets. The application is known as the Realty Asset Inventory (RAI).<br />
<br />
To keep the system current, the districts shall update the information within RAI, and load necessary documentation into media for each conveyance, each new lease, each new remnant acquired, or excess parcel created, and new land acquired. Roadway relinquishments are to be accounted for within the RAI as well. Any parcel previously classified as excess that is reclassified to an active parcel in the highway system should be updated in RAI as well.<br />
<br />
Right of Way staff will enter the following information on the Parcel screen in RAI: Realty Asset Classification, Realty Asset Status, Site Use Category, Pseudo Parcel and Square foot. The property land survey shall be uploaded in RAI once the land survey is complete.<br />
<br />
==236.5.3 Asset Management Committee==<br />
<br />
Each district shall establish an Asset Management Committee (Committee). The district right of way manager may be the chairperson of this Committee. In addition to the district right of way manager, the Committee should include one member from district design, planning, maintenance, traffic, construction and materials, area engineer, and the assistant district engineer or district engineer, along with additional members, as the district deems appropriate. If the asset is classified as a capital improvement, district general services should be included on the committee.<br />
<br />
The Committee is to review each request not only for the excess issue, but also to ensure that any issues related to a [[236.14 Change in Route Status Report#236.14.4 Change in Route Status Report (CRSR)|Change in Route Status Report (CRSR)]] and [[236.14 Change in Route Status Report#236.14.8 Change in Route Marking|Change in Route Marking Report (CRMR)]] that is tied to the excess issue is addressed at the same time.<br />
<br />
The Committee is to review each request to purchase Commission owned property, including capital improvement sites and uneconomic remnants. The Committee will also review requests to lease Commission-owned property or to use the Commission-owned property in such a manner as to make an airspace agreement or license appropriate. The Committee shall decide if it is in the best interest of the Commission and MoDOT to dispose of or lease the requested property. <br />
<br />
The Committee will also review requests for annexations and roadway relinquishments, as well as other proposals affecting Commission real property.<br />
<br />
==236.5.4 Origin of Request & Processing Fee==<br />
<br />
When a requestor is interested in acquiring Commission-owned property, district personnel indicates that a processing fee of $250 is required and does not apply toward the purchase price. No processing fee is charged if the department initiates the sale, if it is determined that the asset must be sold by public sale (i.e. sealed bid, auction, division between abutters, etc.), if the request comes from a governmental agency, or if the asset is being conveyed to the original donor. The $250 processing fee is only refunded when the Asset Management Committee denies a request or the request becomes eligible for a public sale (see [[236.5 Property Management#236.5.6.1 Refund Request Guidelines|EPG 236.5.6.1 Refund Request Guidelines]]). Once the processing fee is received, complete a [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Receipt%20Transmittal%20of%20Money.pdf Receipt-Transmittal of Money Form] and submit it to district financial services (see [[236.5 Property Management#236.5.22 Transaction Submittal to Right of Way Section|EPG 236.5.22 Transaction Submittal to Right of Way Section]]).<br />
<br />
==236.5.5 MoDOT Employees Purchasing Excess Property==<br />
<br />
Should an employee of the department, as an adjacent owner, request to purchase any department-owned excess property, the district’s asset management committee shall provide all facts to the Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way who shall review the request for approval. Employees shall have the right to bid on any excess property that is being sold by public sale except those employees with prior knowledge of the approved values of said excess property. (See [https://spexternal.modot.mo.gov/sites/hr/Policies/Conflict%20of%20Interest.doc?d=wa0887b6647f448ae8358bf371a48f80b Personnel Policy 2514 – Conflict of Interest].)<br />
<br />
==236.5.6 Handling of Funds Received==<br />
<br />
When district right of way receives a [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Receipt%20Transmittal%20of%20Money.pdf Receipt-Transmittal of Money Form] from the district financial services for the sale of improvements, excess property, rent, etc., they shall immediately fill in the lower half of the form with the following information:<br />
<br />
:1. Route<br />
:2. County<br />
:3. Project number<br />
:4. Excess number or file number<br />
:5. Reason for payment<br />
:6. Grantee or lessee<br />
:7. Dollar amount<br />
:8. What step in the process the payment represents<br />
:9. History of any previous payments transmitted for the transaction<br />
:10. Date the monies were received<br />
:11. Contact person and telephone number of person who can answer questions in reference to the transaction<br />
<br />
Forward the receipt and one copy back to the district financial services for further processing. A copy of the receipt shall be placed in the district right of way file. The Receipt-Transmittal may also be created and updated in RAI. An [http://sharepoint/sites/de/RealEstate/RW_Training/Create-Update%20Money%20Transmittal%20in%20RAI.wmv instructional video about how to create/update money transmittal in RAI] is available.<br />
<br />
Where cash is provided, the remitter shall be given a cash receipt by the person accepting the payment and a [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Receipt%20Transmittal%20of%20Money.pdf Receipt-Transmittal of Money Form] shall be filled out in full. The cash, along with the original and one copy of the Receipt-Transmittal of Money Form, shall be taken to district financial services for further processing. Also, a copy of the Receipt-Transmittal of Money Form shall be placed in the district right of way. <br />
<br />
Right of Way staff will enter the following information on the Fees screen in RAI: Type, District, Status, Transmittal Date, Status Date, Check Number and Amount. <br />
<br />
===Refund Request Guidelines===<br />
<br />
:1. Any refund request of monies received toward the sale or lease of realty assets shall be emailed to the Financial Services Division, Accounts Receivable section. The following information shall be included in the email:Transmittal number and date of transmittal <br />
:2. Grantee/Buyer of Record/Lessee<br />
:3. Remittance name and address<br />
:4. Type of real estate transaction (i.e. sale or lease)<br />
:5. Dollar amount and what step it represented (i.e. $250 for processing fee; $1,000 for *10% down payment)<br />
:6. County<br />
:7. Route<br />
:8. Acquisition Job or Project Number (If capital improvement, include job number, i.e. J number<br />
:9. Parcel Number, E Number, and/or File Number.<br />
<br />
Once processed, the Financial Services Division will respond by email that the check has been issued.<br />
<br />
==236.5.7 Identifying Excess Realty Assets==<br />
<br />
Any parcel of realty owned by the Commission might potentially become excess in time. Until it obtains an excess status as determined by the Asset Management Committee, all real property, including capital improvements, uneconomic remnants, permanent easements, mitigation sites, etc., is considered to be active.<br />
<br />
===Review of Commission Land for Excess===<br />
<br />
Excess and future project land should be periodically evaluated to determine whether the various parcels should be reclassified, conveyed, leased, or retained. The Realty Asset Inventory (RAI) shall be maintained to accurately reflect the true classification of each parcel. <br />
<br />
==236.5.8 Marketing Guidelines==<br />
<br />
If a public sale is needed, a sale venue appropriate to the parcel shall be chosen based on the specific property and its potential value. Options include an auction, listing with a real estate broker, in-house marketing, or a competitive bid process.<br />
<br />
Advertisements and signs shall indicate the contact information needed to obtain the sale details. Potential advertising methods include the internet, newspaper, printed material, media, real estate agents, national marketing firms, etc. Advertising costs shall be considered with the property sale potential in establishing a marketing plan.<br />
<br />
==236.5.9 Uneconomic Remnants==<br />
<br />
===236.5.9.1 Definition===<br />
<br />
An uneconomic remnant is any area of real property in which the owner is left with an interest after the partial acquisition of the owner’s property, and in which the acquiring agency has determined that the area has little or no value or utility to the owner.<br />
<br />
===236.5.9.2 Disposal of Uneconomic Remnants During Negotiations===<br />
<br />
The district is authorized to negotiate for the exchange (trade) of Commission-owned uneconomic remnants for other property or rights needed for the project from adjoining property owners in accordance with procedures in [[236.7 Negotiation#236.7.2.10 Uneconomic Remnants and Future Excess Property|EPG 236.7.2.10 Uneconomic Remnants and Future Excess Property]].<br />
<br />
===236.5.9.3 Sale of Uneconomic Remnants Prior to Clearance of the Project===<br />
<br />
Prior to clearance of the project, the district is authorized to negotiate for the outright sale of any uneconomic remnants that were purchased and not traded during negotiations, in accordance with procedures set out in [[236.5 Property Management#236.5.26 Acquired Improvements|EPG 236.5.26 Acquired Improvements]].<br />
<br />
==236.5.10 Excess by Change in Route Status==<br />
<br />
See [[236.14 Change in Route Status Report#236.14.1.4 Change in Route Status Report (CRSR)|EPG 236.14.1.4 Change in Route Status Report (CRSR)]].<br />
<br />
==236.5.11 Future Excess Property==<br />
<br />
When a project involves the realignment of a roadway, the existing roadway and associated property may become future excess property. Future excess properties may be appraised at the same time the property for the project is being appraised. The district may then negotiate for the exchange (trade) of Commission-owned future excess property for other property or rights needed for the project from adjoining property owners in accordance with procedures in [[236.7 Negotiation#236.7.2.13 Payment Prior to Possession|EPG 236.7.2.13 Payment Prior to Possession]]. If the deed is delivered prior to completion of the new project, the new deed shall include the following paragraph:<br />
<br />
:''"The Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission retains full, free, and uninterrupted use and possession of the land herein conveyed until completion of construction and acceptance of the project for the construction of Route__________________ by the Commission’s District Engineer''."<br />
<br />
===Disposal of Future Excess Not Traded During Negotiations===<br />
<br />
The district should attempt to sell all remaining excess not traded during negotiations.<br />
<br />
==236.5.12 Excess Land Conveyances & Relinquishments – Regulated Utilities==<br />
<br />
All conveyances and relinquishments of Commission-owned property shall be evaluated for the existence of any regulated utility facilities located within the areas to be conveyed or relinquished. Regulated utility facilities consist of the regulated utilities as defined by the Public Service Commission. By law, regulated utilities have the right to locate within Commission-owned property. Therefore, a conveyance or relinquishment of Commission-owned property may have implications to the utility facilities, and the utility providers who own such facilities, when the Commission no longer controls the property. It is important to maintain the continuity of utility facilities for the general public; therefore, to identify and minimize potential impacts, MoDOT shall involve utility providers in the conveyance and relinquishment processes.<br />
<br />
===236.5.12.1 Excess Land Conveyances Utilities===<br />
<br />
MoDOT shall only recommend that a property be declared excess upon satisfactorily addressing the utility impacts. Whether MoDOT or an external party initiates the conveyance of excess property, utility impacts shall be adequately addressed by using one of the following methods: <br />
<br />
:1. Each utility will be relocated by permit into a new utility corridor retained by the Commission.<br />
:2. Each utility will remain in place with the benefit of a non-exclusive permanent utility easement.<br />
<br />
::''If the Commission holds fee simple title to the property, the Commission shall convey a non-exclusive permanent utility easement to each utility provider''.<br />
<br />
::''If the Commission holds a less than fee simple title interest in the property, MoDOT shall facilitate the conveyance of a non-exclusive permanent utility easement from the party acquiring the property to each utility provider''.<br />
<br />
:3. Each utility will be relocated to another portion of the property being conveyed.<br />
<br />
::''If the Commission holds fee simple title to the property, the Commission shall convey a non-exclusive permanent utility easement to each utility provider''. <br />
<br />
::''If the Commission holds a less than fee simple title interest in the property, MoDOT shall facilitate the conveyance of a non-exclusive permanent utility easement from the party acquiring the property to each utility provider''.<br />
<br />
:4. Each utility will be relocated onto a portion of the property already owned by the party acquiring the Commission-owned property, with the benefit of a non-exclusive permanent easement. (MoDOT shall facilitate the conveyance of a non-exclusive permanent utility easement from the party acquiring the property to each utility provider.)<br />
<br />
:5. A three-party negotiated settlement taking into consideration the overall value of the proposed transaction.<br />
<br />
:6. Additional options to address utility impacts may be utilized with approval from the Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way.<br />
<br />
===236.5.12.2 Road Relinquishment Utilities===<br />
<br />
MoDOT shall only recommend the relinquishment of roadways through the [[236.14 Change in Route Status Report|Change in Route Status Report]] upon satisfactorily addressing the utility impacts. If the roadway will be relinquished to a local public transportation authority, with the intent that it continues to be used as a public roadway, the following clause shall be included in the deed from the Commission to the local public transportation authority:<br />
<br />
:''"Grantee, by acceptance of this conveyance, covenants and agrees for itself, its successors and assigns, to allow known or unknown utility facilities currently located on the property, whether of record or not, to remain on the property, and to grant the current and subsequent owners of those facilities the right to maintain, construct and reconstruct the facilities and their appurtenances over, under, and across the land herein conveyed, along with the right of ingress and egress across the land herein conveyed to and from those utilities."'' <br />
<br />
Proposed roadway relinquishments to private entities shall be reviewed in a manner consistent with the conveyance of excess property described in [[236.5 Property Management#236.5.3 Asset Management Committee|EPG 236.5.3 Asset Management Committee]].<br />
<br />
==236.5.13 Utility Easements Across Commission Property==<br />
<br />
Utility easements across Commission property located outside of the land limits of the highway system may be granted without compensation if it offers a net benefit to the Commission property or Commission project. Such an easement shall otherwise require approximate fair market value. Such compensation may be determined to be offset by the value added to the site. The Utility may also provide the valuation. The district may value such easement based solely on the difference between the before and after values of the subject parcel. Even when it is in conjunction with a MoDOT project, the easement area shall be designed to limit the impact on the realty asset’s value. For instance, allowing a utility facility to be placed diagonally across a remnant should generally be avoided. <br />
<br />
Easements are to be submitted on Form RW13 (Form RW13 is accessible in [http://sp/sites/eagreements/SitePages/Home.aspx eAgreements]), which must be approved as to form by the Chief Counsel's Office prior to Commission execution. The document is to be executed by the utility provider/grantee prior to submittal. Since the document conveys a realty interest, it will also be executed by the Commission’s Chair or Vice-Chair. Once fully executed, the district shall ensure that the document is recorded at the county recorder of deeds office. The submittal of the easement to the Right of Way Section shall include a plan sheet or site plan depicting the easement area, as well as a memo outlining the request with the value of the easement and/or, where appropriate, justification for not charging the utility provider. If the site contains a capital improvement, such as a maintenance building, the memo shall demonstrate concurrence from district general services. <br />
<br />
Easements shall not be granted within the land limits of the highway system.<br />
<br />
All approved easement agreements, as a conveyance of a real property interest, shall be executed on behalf of the Commission by the Chair or Vice-Chair and attested to by the Commission Secretary.<br />
<br />
==236.5.14 Release of Temporary Easements and Retention Clauses==<br />
<br />
Occasionally a property owner will request that a temporary easement that is no longer in effect or retention of possession and use clause in a deed be released. This request is usually made at such time as the owner is selling the property and the easement or clause causes a cloud on the title. This release can be accomplished by one of the following, depending upon which method is acceptable to the title company handling the title work for the owner.<br />
<br />
:1. A letter stating that the project is complete and the easement is no longer in effect. The letter is to be signed by the district engineer.<br />
:2. An affidavit signed by the district engineer attesting to the completion of the project and release of the easement.<br />
:3. A quitclaim deed executed on behalf of the Commission by the Chair or Vice-Chair.<br />
<br />
===Release of Permanent Easements===<br />
<br />
Permanent easements acquired by the Commission for special uses such as slope maintenance and drainage shall be processed the same as other excess as defined in [[236.5 Property Management#236.5.4 Origin of Request & Processing Fee|EPG 236.5.4 Origin of Request & Processing Fee]].<br />
<br />
==236.5.15 Methods for Disposal==<br />
<br />
'''A. Fee simple interest is held; all types of excess property'''<br />
<br />
When the Commission holds an excess stand-alone parcel in fee, the site is generally made available to any potential buyer and disposed of by public sale. However, it may be sold directly to a specific buyer. The district should base this decision on the specific characteristics of the property. If the parcel is determined to be non-stand-alone, the excess can be sold directly to the abutting property owner(s). If there is more than one abutting owner, each must be contacted to determine each owner’s interest in acquiring the area being considered for disposal or any part thereof. If all owners express an interest in the area, it should be disposed of by a competitive bid sale among the interested parties. However, it is possible for each abutting owner to purchase only a portion of the excess, or for one abutting owner to purchase the entire excess. If each owner agrees to an apportionment of the excess, or if all but one of the abutting owners waives their interest by signing a waiver, a competitive bid need not be pursued and the single owner can be dealt with individually.<br />
<br />
'''B. Stand alone excess; less than fee simple interest is held'''<br />
<br />
:1. Regional counsel shall determine the underlying fee owner when the property value is more than $25,000. Once identified, the districts shall offer to sell the excess to the fee holder(s) based on an appraisal and proceed in good faith negotiations toward the sale of the Commission’s interest.<br />
<br />
:2. If the sale of the Commission’s interest to the underlying fee-holder cannot be negotiated, the district shall negotiate a three-party agreement with the underlying fee-holder and buyer whereby the sale proceeds are to be split between the Commission and the underlying fee-holder. <br />
<br />
:3. Property valued at $25,000 or less may be offered by public or directed sale without use of a three-party agreement. <br />
<br />
:4. With prior approval of the right of way director, the three-party agreement may be waived for property valued at more than $25,000 and the property offered by public or directed sale as stipulated in said approval.<br />
<div id="The purchasers shall be advised of the Commission’s interest"></div><br />
The purchasers shall be advised of the Commission’s interest in the property and that another party might hold the underlying fee interest. They are also to be advised that the Commission is willing to release its interest in the property; however, it will be the responsibility of the purchasers to explore the title to their satisfaction. When the Commission holds less than fee simple interest in the property, the conveyance document shall include a [[236.5 Property Management#236.5.21.5 Full Disclosure Clause|full disclosure clause]]. <br />
<br />
'''C. Non-stand-alone excess; less than fee simple interest is held'''<br />
<br />
:1. Offer to sell the property to the adjoining owner holding the fee at a price based on an appraisal and proceed in good faith negotiation toward the sale of the Commission’s interest.<br />
<br />
:2. Where the excess is a frontage strip, and no abutter holds the fee, divide the excess at right angles to the centerline at the existing abutters’ property corners. Offer to sell the property to the respective abutters and proceed in good faith negotiation toward the sale of the Commission’s interest.<br />
<br />
:3. When the property is valued at $25,000 or less, it may be conveyed to the adjoining owner for a $1 consideration, for the established value, or at an amount between $1 and the established value.<br />
<br />
Other options may be pursued if each owner agrees to an apportionment of the excess. If all but one of the abutting owners waives their interest by signing a waiver, there is no need for a competitive bid sale and the abutting owner can be dealt with individually.<br />
<br />
The purchasers shall be advised of the Commission’s interest in the property, and that another party might hold the underlying fee interest. They are also to be advised that the Commission is willing to release its interest in the property; however, it will be the responsibility of the purchasers to explore the title to their satisfaction. When the Commission holds less than fee simple interest in the property, the conveyance document shall include the [[236.5 Property Management#236.5.21.5 Full Disclosure Clause|full disclosure clause]].<br />
<br />
==236.5.16 Legal Opinion of Title==<br />
<br />
Once the Realty Services Committee has approved disposal of an excess parcel, the district regional counsel shall determine if the Commission has fee simple interest or less than fee simple interest in the parcel. <br />
<br />
===236.5.16.1 Fee Simple vs. Less Than Fee Simple Interest===<br />
<br />
This distinction represents the level of the Commission’s ownership in a parcel. <br />
<br />
Excess conveyances require a legal opinion as to the state of title to proceed. Road Relinquishments do not require a legal opinion as to the state of title as long as the roadway will continue to be used as a public roadway. If a former road will be used for private use, a legal opinion is required. <br />
<br />
Parcels appraised for $25,000 or less that include any reference to “right of way” in the original acquisition deed can be reviewed by the District Right of Way Manager to determine to state of title as identified above. The full disclosure language will be included in the conveyance document, which releases whatever interest the Commission has in the subject property without making any claim to title. <br />
<br />
When acquisition deeds do not include reference to “right of way”, Regional Counsel must establish an opinion on the state of title for parcels appraised for $25,000 or less. All relevant acquisition documents are to be provided to Regional Counsel to establish a legal opinion on the state of title, including plan sheets. <br />
<br />
Where the Commission is the fee owner, the state of title does not cause a limitation on the market potential (or pool of prospective purchasers) of the excess parcel. In this case, an appraisal will be the primary guide in determining the market for the property. See EPG 236.5.16.2 Stand-Alone vs. Non-Stand-Alone. <br />
<br />
Where the Commission owns less than fee, the state of title can present limitations on the market potential of the excess parcel. It is preferable to deal with the underlying fee holder as identified by the regional counsel’s opinion, unless such a sale would create a “spite strip” or otherwise affect the rights of the abutters not holding the underlying fee interest. Where the adjoiner is the underlying fee owner, a direct negotiated sale to the underlying fee owner shall be pursued<br />
<br />
===236.5.16.2 Stand-Alone vs. Non-Stand-Alone=== <br />
<br />
This distinction represents the market potential of a property. If the field of potential purchasers of a parcel is limited to the adjoining owner(s) by factors such as access, size, shape, etc., that makes its purchase unfeasible to any other member of the public, it is generally a non-stand alone property. If the field of potential purchasers reasonably extends beyond the adjoining owner(s), the parcel is a stand-alone property. This distinction is to be indicated in the appraisal.<br />
<br />
If the Highest and Best Use is determined to be assemblage, the property can be considered to be non-stand-alone. Stand-alone parcels are generally marketed publicly to ensure a sale at approximate fair market value, whereas non-stand-alone parcels may be sold directly through good faith negotiations (based on an appraisal) to the adjoining owner(s).<br />
<br />
===236.5.16.3 Adjoining Ownership===<br />
<br />
[https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=227.290 RSMo 227.290] requires that in all instances, where the original grantor of excess to MHTC is still in possession of the adjoining property, that property owner shall be notified in writing before the consummation of any sale of the excess. Where that still-adjoining owner donated the property without cost to MHTC, the property shall be conveyed back to owner without cost.<br />
<br />
==236.5.17 Valuing Excess Property==<br />
<br />
[https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=227.290 RSMo 227.290] stipulates that the Commission is to obtain approximate fair market value for excess realty, except as addressed in this article (236.5 Property Management). For the purpose of this chapter in meeting requirements established in state statute and in the CFR, “approximate fair market value” shall include that prices (in money or exchange) concluded as follows: a) for excess parcels that are non-stand-alone or owned as less-than fee; through direct negotiation with the entire market for the property, such as all adjoining owners, or the fee owner; or, b) for marketable stand-alone excess parcels; through an open public sale process based upon the appraised value and subsequent good faith negotiations, a public auction, or other competitive bid process. The documentation submitted to the Right of Way Section shall demonstrate how the transaction represents the approximate fair market value of the parcel. For more on valuing excess property, see [[236.6 Appraisal and Appraisal Review#236.6.3.7 Realty Asset Valuation|EPG 236.6.3.7 Realty Asset Valuation]].<br />
<br />
==236.5.18 Categorical Exclusion (CE) Review==<br />
<br />
A Categorical Exclusion (CE) is required for realty asset conveyances, leases, airspace agreements, and road relinquishments. <br />
<br />
Full disclosure of the exceptions or conditions noted in the CE report shall be made to potential purchasers when conveying realty assets (provide a summary of the CE exceptions, not a copy of the form itself). All requirements included within the CE report shall be addressed prior to consummation of the transaction.<br />
<br />
District Right of Way completes Section A of the [http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/Categorical%20Exclusion%20Review_Form%203-1_2.docx Categorical Exclusion Review (Form 3.1.2)], and submits it with attachments to [http://sp/sites/de/environmental_historic_pres/SitePages/Home.aspx Environmental & Historic Preservation, Design Division, Central Office]. The environmental unit researches the request to make the CE determination and completes Section B of the CE form and returns it to district Right of Way. This process must be repeated if the original review occurred more than three years prior to the date the property will be conveyed, the size of the parcel to be conveyed has changed or the land use of the parcel differs from the original submittal. The form provides for an update request in Section A and an update response in Section B. A copy of the original form should be used when requesting an update. Attachments need to be included with the request for an update.<br />
<br />
==236.5.19 Survey Requirements==<br />
<br />
To ensure compliance with [https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=327.272 Section 327.272 RSMo] with regard to the disposition of commission owned property, the property description within each conveyance, if different from the property description within the acquisition document, must be reviewed by a professional land surveyor (PLS). The PLS may determine that the conveyance property may be adequately described without a survey, or that a survey is required for the conveyance. When a property boundary plat has been prepared, but a legal description has not, you may involve a title company or legal counsel to prepare and sign off on the description. Central Office Right of Way will review descriptions prepared and signed off on by a title company or legal counsel.<br />
<br />
Properties may be conveyed without additional surveys when the property descriptions are obtained from the last deed or deeds of record and are conveyed as a whole, without subdivision or alteration. If the Grantee is to provide the survey as part of the transaction, the district shall review the survey to ensure that it encompasses the area approved by the Asset Management Committee and does not include land or features that the Committee intended to be retained.<br />
<br />
==236.5.20 Realty Transactions==<br />
<br />
Realty transactions involve an agreement, or contract, for the transfer of realty interests, and the fulfillment of the terms thereof, which usually includes the delivery of a deed.<br />
<br />
===236.5.20.1 Exchanges===<br />
<br />
Excess land may be negotiated in exchange for land needed for an MHTC project as described in [[236.7 Negotiation#236.7.2.10 Uneconomic Remnants and Future Excess Property|EPG 236.7.2.10 Uneconomic Remnants and Future Excess Property]]. <br />
<br />
===236.5.20.2 Transaction Agreements===<br />
<br />
Whether by Sales Agreement or other agreement, all transactions shall include some evidence of the commitment by the grantee. While it will most often be in the form Sales Agreement (RW22) (Form RW22 is accessible in [http://sp/sites/eagreements/SitePages/Home.aspx eAgreements]), other possibilities include a Roadway Relinquishment Agreement (RW 27) (Form RW27 is accessible in [http://sp/sites/eagreements/SitePages/Home.aspx eAgreements]), a Cost Share Agreement, a County or Municipal Agreement, or some other form approved by CCO. If the appraised value of an excess parcel is $200,000 or more, the authority to execute the document is to be established by Commission Minute, unless CCO determines such authority is granted otherwise in the delegation of authority policy.<br />
<br />
District right of way shall use the Sales Agreement (RW22) on all sale transactions in the amount of $5,000 or more. A 10% security deposit shall be collected, regardless of the sale price. The security deposit is in addition to the processing fee. The balance due at closing will reflect the settlement price minus the security deposit. A cashier's check, personal check, or money order tendered by the requesting party and made payable to "Director of Revenue - Credit State Road Fund" shall be required. Upon receipt of the security deposit, district right of way shall process a transmittal to District Financial Services as described in [[236.5 Property Management#236.5.6 Handling of Funds Received|EPG 236.5.6 Handling of Funds Received]]. <br />
<br />
The district engineer has the authority to execute sales agreements, which are contingent upon further Commission approval. However, any sales agreements with parcels having an appraised value of $200,000 or more are subject to specific Commission action.<br />
<br />
In cases where the sale is unable to close on the date set out in the Sales Agreement, an [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Extension%20of%20Closing%20Date%20Addendum%20Form%205.20.2.pdf Extension of Closing Date Addendum (Form 5-20.2)], can be used to extend the closing date. Both the buyer and the district engineer shall sign the addendum. The extension agreement can be used as many times as necessary to extend the closing date, as long as both parties are agreeable to the extension. If either party is not agreeable to the extension, the contract is void. If the buyer is in default, the processing fee and security deposit may be retained as per the agreement. If MoDOT is unable to deliver an executed deed, as per the agreement, the purchaser's processing fee and security deposit will be refunded.<br />
<br />
Care shall be taken to address all of the specifics of the transaction. The Sales Agreement shall address access if it is limited, any easement reservations, and any further Committee stipulations, such as drainage plan approval.<br />
<br />
Additional conditions to the sale required by the CE shall be incorporated into the agreement. If the property is classified as a capital improvement, or otherwise includes structures to be included in the sale, district right of way will request an [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CO/Asbestos%20Survey%20Report%20-%20All%20Materials%20(Form%20T748).dot Asbestos Survey Report] and [[Demolition and Removal of Improvements|Painted Concrete Report]] from the Construction and Materials Division.<br />
<br />
===236.5.20.3 Property Description in Sales Agreement===<br />
<br />
The sales agreement may provide that the Commission or purchaser provide the exact property description to be included in the deed. Alternatively, if the property description is included in the Sales Agreement, it shall be prepared in accordance with [[236.4 Description Writing and Titles#236.4.6 The Description|EPG 236.4.6 The Description]].<br />
<br />
==236.5.21 The Conveyance Document==<br />
<br />
All conveyances of real property or real property rights shall be executed by the Chair or Vice-Chair of the Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission.<br />
<br />
A Quitclaim Deed, (Form RW1) (Form RW1 is accessible in [http://sp/sites/eagreements/SitePages/Home.aspx eAgreements]) is used to convey the Commission’s property interest. A Warranty Deed, (Form RW4) (Form RW4 is accessible in [http://sp/sites/eagreements/SitePages/Home.aspx eAgreements]), may only be used for capital improvement sites that were acquired in fee simple title by warranty deed, or with approval by regional counsel. The use of a general warranty deed is extremely limited. Concurrence to do so shall be sought from the Right of Way Section and regional counsel.<br />
<br />
It is important to be thorough in addressing all issues that need to be in the deed. The Sales Agreement, RW22 (Form RW22 is accessible in [http://sp/sites/eagreements/SitePages/Home.aspx eAgreements]), should be the primary point of focus for the deed. If done properly, the sale agreement will address all items that need to be within the deed. It is imperative that the deed writer ensures that the property description in the deed conforms to the survey requirements.<br />
<br />
===236.5.21.1 Controlled Access===<br />
<br />
When no access or a specific access break is to be granted along with the conveyance of an excess property, an access clause shall be included in the conveyance document.<br />
<br />
===236.5.21.2 Utilities===<br />
<br />
Utilities shall be addressed according to [[236.5 Property Management#236.5.12 Excess Land Conveyances & Relinquishments – Regulated Utilities|EPG 236.5.12 Excess Land Conveyances & Relinquishments – Regulated Utilities]].<br />
<br />
===236.5.21.3 Retention of Possession===<br />
<br />
It is possible to sell or exchange excess prior to project acceptance. When the deed is delivered prior to completion of the new project, the deed shall include the following paragraph”<br />
<br />
:''"The Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission retains full, free, and uninterrupted use and possession of the land herein conveyed until completion of construction and acceptance of the project for the construction of Route_________________ by the Commission’s District Engineer.''"<br />
<br />
===236.5.21.4 Reversion of Property to the Commission===<br />
<br />
There may be situations when it is in the best interest of the Commission to convey property to another party with conditions that would result in the property reverting to the Commission’s possession. When instances like this occur, a reversionary clause shall be included in the deed. Contact the district’s regional counsel’s office for assistance with developing a reversionary clause appropriate to the specific situation.<br />
<br />
===236.5.21.5 Full Disclosure Clause===<br />
When the Commission holds less than fee simple interest in the property, the conveyance document shall include full disclosure language as follows:<br />
<br />
:“By conveyance through this quitclaim deed, the Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission makes no claim to the resulting title of the above-described property and is merely releasing whatever interest it has to the Grantee.”<br />
<br />
===236.5.21.6 Acceptance of Conveyance===<br />
<br />
When excess property is conveyed to a city, county, or other political subdivision, the district shall obtain an Acceptance of Conveyance (Form RW42) (Form RW42 is accessible in [http://sp/sites/eagreements/SitePages/Home.aspx eAgreements]) document executed on behalf of the city, county, or political subdivision.<br />
<br />
==236.5.22 Transaction Submittal to Right of Way Section==<br />
<br />
All conveyances and relinquishments shall be reviewed and approved in the district prior to submittal to the Right of Way Section. Once reviewed and approved by the district, a parcel packet shall be uploaded to RAI. When the parcel packet has been uploaded to the RAI, the district shall send an email to the “CO ROW” group stating that the parcel is ready for processing. Parcel packets should include the following: <br />
<br />
:1. Transaction Memo, which describes the chain of events leading to the transaction submittal <br />
:2. Copy of executed agreement, if applicable <br />
:3. Quitclaim deed or other deed of conveyance <br />
:4. Categorical Exclusion Review <br />
:5. Appraisal of the property <br />
:6. Title Opinion or Commitment, including acquisition documents <br />
:7. Highway Plan as acquired with a depiction of the excess <br />
:8. Current highway plan with a depiction of the excess <br />
:9. Survey of the parcel <br />
:10. Asset Management Committee Minutes <br />
:11. Utility determinations and correspondence <br />
:12. Maps or aerials showing the property <br />
:13. Administrative Settlement on property exchanged, if applicable <br />
:14. Copy of advertisement, if sold by a competitive bidding process <br />
:15. Other relevant documents.<br />
<br />
Right of Way staff will enter the following information on the Acquisition screen in RAI: Acquisition Date and Project Clearance Date. <br />
<br />
Right of Way Staff will enter the following information on the Fees screen in RAI. Type, District, Status, Transmittal Date, Status Date, Check Number and Amount.<br />
<br />
==236.5.23 Agreement Approval and Deed Execution==<br />
<br />
The Right of Way Section will review the submittal. Upon concurrence that the proposal is in the best interest of the Commission, the Right of Way Section shall pursue Commission approval of the conveyance, as prescribed in the [https://www.modot.org/mhtc-policies Commission’s Policy]. The Sales Agreement (RW22) (Form RW22 is accessible in [http://sp/sites/eagreements/SitePages/Home.aspx eAgreements]) is contingent upon such approval. When in accordance with [[236.5 Property Management#236.5.1.1 Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Oversight|EPG 236.5.1.1 Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Oversight]], FHWA concurrence is required for the transaction. The Right of Way Section shall seek FHWA approval when required. Commission approval shall not be obtained without the required concurrence by FHWA.<br />
<br />
With the required approvals of the request, the deed of conveyance will be forwarded to the Commission Secretary for execution by the Chair or Vice-Chair on behalf of the Commission.<br />
<br />
==236.5.24 Closing Sale==<br />
<br />
Upon receiving the executed instrument, the district shall arrange the closing of the sale. The closing can either be handled in person or by mail. If handled in person, it is recommended that a department representative meet the buyer at the County Recorder’s Office. The buyer shall tender the balance of the purchase price by either cashier’s check or money order. Upon receiving the balance of the purchase price, the district representative will deliver the deed to the buyer and have the buyer record the deed. If the closing is handled by mail, the buyer shall be advised to send the district a cashier’s check or money order for the balance of the purchase price along with a check made payable to the county recorder for the recording fee. The district will mail the deed along with the check for recordation to the recorder’s office with a request the deed be returned to MoDOT. When the recorded deed is returned, copies shall be made as required and the original recorded deed shall be sent to the grantee.<br />
<br />
The district shall place a copy of the recorded deed in RAI. A copy of the executed deed, plat, plan sheet, and area map should be furnished to district maintenance. If the conveyance is the result of a Change in Route Status Report, a copy of the recorded deed shall be sent to the Transportation Planning Division.<br />
<br />
==236.5.25 [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/real_estate/right-of-way/corridor_management/airspace_guidelines.cfm Leases, Licenses and Airspace License Agreements]==<br />
<br />
All non-highway use of Commission property is to be administered through an approved agreement. The use of Commission real property is generally addressed with a Lease (RW14), License Agreement (RW45) for [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:941_Permits_and_Access_Requests#941.5_Request_by_a_City_to_Construct_a_.E2.80.9CWELCOME_TO.E2.80.9D_Monument city monuments on right of way], or Airspace License Agreement (RW28). (Forms RW14, RW28 and RW45 are accessible in [http://sp/sites/eagreements/SitePages/Home.aspx eAgreements])<br />
<br />
Leasing excess Commission real property is generally not desirable, and should only be done as an interim solution to selling the excess.<br />
<br />
The Asset Management Committee shall decide if an area is available for non-highway use, subject to an environmental review. An approved use must be consistent with the continued operation, maintenance, and safety of the facility, and such use shall not result in the exposure of the facility’s users or others to hazards. The committee shall also recommend the duration period of the agreement. The terms of any agreement are subject to approval by the Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way, and for areas within the Interstate System, concurrence from FHWA.<br />
<br />
The committee shall be presented with all of the relevant details of a proposed use. If the requested area is beneath a highway structure, the [[236.5 Property Management#236.5.25.6 Security Assessment for Leased Areas Over or Under Highway Structures|Security Assessment for Leased Areas]] shall be provided as completed for review of the security requirements. It is incumbent upon the committee to provide for the direction needed to address all relevant factors of a request, including the oversight of proposed tenant improvements, if any.<br />
<br />
On-premise signs, displays, or devices indicating the type of on-premise activities may be erected independently or upon structures occupying highway airspace. Nothing classified as outdoor advertising shall be permitted. Local ordinances and requirements shall apply.<br />
Uses allowed by lease or license agreements shall not include the manufacture or storage of flammable, explosive, or hazardous material or any occupation that is deemed by MoDOT to be a hazard.<br />
<br />
===236.5.25.1 Application/Request for Leases===<br />
<br />
The application or request may be generated internally or externally. A $250 processing fee may be required for new lease and license requests. The fee is not to be applied to the rental payments, but is refundable should the request be denied. Requests from governmental agencies for non-proprietary uses may be processed without charge and without a processing fee.<br />
<br />
Each of the following items must be included in an application:<br />
<br />
:1. Identification of the party requesting the use, as well as any others who may be responsible for developing, occupying, and maintaining the airspace<br />
:2. A general statement of the proposed use<br />
:3. The proposed design for the use of the space, including any facilities to be constructed, if any<br />
:4. Maps, plans, or sketches to adequately demonstrate the relationship of the proposed project to the highway facility, with the level of detail in proportion to the complexity of the request<br />
<br />
===236.5.25.2 Environmental Review for Leases===<br />
<br />
A [http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/Categorical%20Exclusion%20Review_Form%203-1_2.docx Categorical Exclusion (CE) Review (Form 3.1.2)] shall be obtained prior to any new lease or license agreement , but is not required for a lease renewal as long as the use remains the same. Any special terms of the CE shall be incorporated into the lease or license agreement.<br />
<br />
===236.5.25.3 Valuation – Compensation for Leases===<br />
<br />
If a non-proprietary use (as agreed by Counsel) is proposed by a political subdivision of the state, or other governmental entity, the Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way may authorize such a lease or license agreement without charge. No appraisal is needed if this option is pursued. FHWA concurrence is required for properties within the Interstate System.<br />
<br />
The value of the lease or agreement shall otherwise be established in accordance with the [[236.6 Appraisal and Appraisal Review#236.6.1 Overall Operating Policies|EPG 236.6.1 Overall Operating Policies]]. The lessee shall be charged the value as so established, or another amount logically reasoned to be in the best public interest and approved by the Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way.<br />
<br />
===236.5.25.4 Marketing Properties for Lease===<br />
<br />
A marketing venue appropriate to the parcel shall be chosen based on the specific property and its potential lease value. Options include listing the parcel with a real estate broker, in-house marketing, negotiating directly with a Lessee, or a competitive bid process.<br />
<br />
In situations where the district elects to solicit bids for potential lease sites and have past experience with a lessee failing to comply with the lease requirements, the district’s solicitation may include the following clause:<br />
<br />
:“Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission reserves the right to consider the lessee’s actions, inactions, and behavior during prior leases with Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission before awarding the lease. Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission may decline to award the lease to any lessee that failed to pay rent on time or otherwise comply with prior lease requirements. The Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission further reserves the right to request or order a copy of the lessee’s credit report and may consider the lessee’s credit history when deciding whether to award the lease.”<br />
<br />
===236.5.25.5 Risk Assessment===<br />
<br />
The standard lease insurance limits are $500,000 per individual and $3.5 million per occurrence, which is determined by statutory requirements of sovereign immunity. A reduction or waiver of the standard insurance limits may be permitted through a [http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Real%20Estate%20Risk%20Assessment%20Form.pdf Real Estate Risk Assessment Form]. The district engineer shall sign the assessment, if approved. The risk assessment form shall be included with the lease submittal to Central Office when the required insurance is reduced.<br />
<br />
===236.5.25.6 Security Assessment for Leased Areas Over or Under Highway Structures===<br />
<br />
When the proposed agreement includes an area under a highway structure or construction of a structure over or under a highway structure, a [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Hwy%20Structure%20Security%20Assessment%20236.5.25.6.xls Highway Structure Security Assessment, Form 236.5.25.6A] shall be completed by the district bridge engineer, or district design. The assessment form shall be provided to the Right of Way Section with the lease submittal. Note: For security scores greater than 80, the agreement should not generally be executed.<br />
<br />
General guidance for leased areas under highway structures is as follows:<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+''' Uses Under MoDOT Bridges<br/>Security Policies'''<br />
! style="background:#BEBEBE" |Type of Use Under Bridge!! style="background:#BEBEBE" |Use Allowed? !! style="background:#BEBEBE" width="320"|Lease/License/Agreement Needed?<sup>1</sup><br />
|-<br />
|Public Road|| Yes|| No<br />
|-<br />
|Cattle Passage|| Yes|| Yes<br />
|-<br />
|Bike/Pedestrian/Trail|| Yes|| Yes<br />
|-<br />
|Free Public Parking|| Depends<sup>2</sup>|| Yes<br />
|-<br />
|Paid Public Parking|| Depends<sup>2</sup>|| Yes<br />
|-<br />
|Commercial Lease|| Depends<sup>2</sup>|| Yes<br />
|-<br />
|Farmer's Equipment|| Depends<sup>2</sup>|| Yes<br />
|-<br />
|width="275"|Agricultural Products (Hay, etc.)|| No|| NA<br />
|-<br />
|Streetcar ||Yes ||Yes<br />
|-<br />
|Railroad/Rail Yard|| Yes ||Only if MoDOT was there first.<br />
|-<br />
|MoDOT Storage||width="180"| Nonflammable Only|| No<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="3" align="left"|<sup>'''1'''</sup> All leases/licenses are subject to min. insurance requirements per [[#236.5.25.5 Risk Assessment|EPG 236.5.25.5 Risk Assessment]].<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="3" align="left"|<sup>'''2'''</sup> All leases/licenses shall have bridge security assessed per EPG 236.5.25.6.<br />
|} <br />
</center><br />
<br />
<br />
Additionally, when the lease is intended to allow automobiles or trucks to be driven or parked in an area beneath a highway structure that includes columns supporting the structure, a [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Bridge%20Column%20Protection%20Auto.pdf Bridge Column Protection (auto) Form 236.5.25.6B] and/or [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Bridge%20Column%20Protection%20Truck.pdf Bridge Column Protection (truck) Form 236.5.25.6C] diagram(s) shall be attached as Exhibit A and/or B and the following shall be added to the lease. <br />
<br />
:''"At Lessee's expense, Lessee will provide and maintain wheel stops (traffic barriers) around Lessor's structural columns located in the leased area. The requirements concerning said wheel stops (traffic barriers) are contained in Exhibit(s) A and/or B, which is attached to this lease agreement and made a part thereof. Lessee will maintain during the term of the lease said wheel stops (traffic barriers) in good condition and appearance. Ownership of the wheel stops (traffic barriers) around the columns of the structure and any surface improvements, shall pass to the Lessor absolutely at the end of the term of the lease."'' <br />
<br />
All stipulated security measures shall be inspection items for the continued maintenance of the lease.<br />
<br />
===236.5.25.7 Lease of Premises===<br />
<br />
The Lease of Premises (RW14) (Form RW14 is accessible in [http://sp/sites/eagreements/SitePages/Home.aspx eAgreements]) addresses the minimum required provisions for a lease without further review by CCO. Additional stipulations by the Asset Management Committee, the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE-Env&Cultural/Categorial%20Exclusion%20Form.dot CE], or the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Hwy%20Structure%20Security%20Assessment%20236.5.25.6.xls Highway Structure Security Assessment] shall be incorporated into the lease when appropriate. The Lease of Premises (RW14) includes notary acknowledgements. Use of the notary acknowledgement pages are at the discresion of the district unless the lease will be recorded. In this instance the notary acknowledgement pages must be completed and made a part of the recorded lease. Any other revisions to the standard form are to be approved as to form by CCO. This form is for a distinct period not to exceed five (5) years, unless prior approval has been obtained from the Right of Way Section. <br />
<br />
Where the leased area crosses the plane of a highway facility improvement, such as the lease of space beneath a highway structure, the property description shall adequately address the three-dimensional aspects of the leased area. At a minimum, the area description shall include the following:<br />
<br />
:''"The vertical dimensions of the described property leased herein stops at and shall not extend above a plane horizontal to and eight (8) feet below the underside of the viaduct carrying said (Route) passing along and above the described premises."'' <br />
<br />
Persons who rent property from the state after it has been acquired, vacated and possession obtained from the occupants who were entitled to the original relocation payments, are not eligible for relocation payments. In all cases, when the department rents or leases improved property (except when a routine "Extension of Possession Agreement" is used) whether it be excess land or right of way, the lease must contain the following clause:<br />
<br />
:'' "Lessee agrees that upon surrender of possession he/she will not be entitled to any payment for moving costs or other relocation payments under any State or Federal Relocation Assistance Program."''<br />
<br />
Leases of Commission property are to be approved and executed by the Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way.<br />
<br />
===236.5.25.8 Airspace License Agreements===<br />
<br />
Airspace is that space within the boundaries of the highway system not physically occupied by the highway facility. Although a lease (RW14) of airspace is technically an “airspace agreement,” the Airspace License Agreement (RW28) allows for a more permanent use, generally to accommodate a specific structure or improvement to be constructed, used, and maintained by the licensee. (Forms RW14 and RW28 are accessible in [http://sp/sites/eagreements/SitePages/Home.aspx eAgreements]). Examples of situations in which an airspace agreement is applicable are: <br />
<br />
:1. tunnels under the highway,<br />
:2. overhead walkways, <br />
:3. trails,etc.<br />
<br />
Form RW28 is more of a template than most forms and the final agreement will require extensive collaboration between the district and CCO.<br />
<br />
Because each Airspace License Agreement is specific to the requestor, exploring other prospective users or marketing options is not needed.<br />
<br />
===236.5.25.9 Lease/Licenses/Airspace License Agreements Submittals to Right of Way Section===<br />
<br />
Licenses and Airspace License Agreements and complex new leases shall be submitted to the Right of Way Section prior to execution by the licensee for concurrence by the Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way. Non-complex leases, such as those with no form revisions, for appraised value, to the only eligible lessee, do not require prior submittal.<br />
<br />
Licenses and Airspace License Agreements and new leases on the Interstate System must be reviewed and approved by FHWA as described in [[236.5 Property Management#236.5.1.1 Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Oversight|EPG 236.5.1.1 Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Oversight]] prior to execution.<br />
<br />
All supporting documents of each request are to be uploaded to RAI and transmitted electronically as described in [[236.5 Property Management#236.5.22 Transaction Submittal to Right of Way Section|EPG 236.5.22 Transaction Submittal to Right of Way Section]] and should include the following items:<br />
<br />
:1. Transaction Memo, which describes the chain of events leading to the lease submittal. <br />
:2. Asset Management Committee Minutes <br />
:3. Current highway plans of the area <br />
:4. Highway plans of the area as acquired <br />
:5. Appraisal or other valuation documents <br />
:6. Categorical Exclusion determination <br />
:7. Security Assessment, if applicable <br />
:8. Risk Assessment, if applicable <br />
:9. Proof of Insurance for the required coverage amount, naming MHTC as an additional insured <br />
:10. Copy of the request from leassee/licensee <br />
<br />
In addition to these electronic submittals, the original of the agreement executed by the lessee/licensee shall be submitted to Central Office for review and execution. <br />
<br />
The Right of Way Section reviews all proposed leases, licenses and airspace license agreements. When required within the parameters outlined in [[236.5 Property Management#236.5.1.1 Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Oversight|EPG 236.5.1.1 Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Oversight]], the Right of Way Section shall submit the proposal to the FHWA for concurrence. Additional support or revisions may be required for approval. <br />
<br />
When a lease or license is approved, and necessary CCO approval as to form is obtained, and FHWA concurrence is obtained, the Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way will execute the lease or license. (See the [https://www.modot.org/mhtc-policies Execution of Documents Policy]).<br />
<br />
Once approved and executed, the original will be returned to the district. A copy of the insurance certificate shall be collected and uploaded into the RAI. District maintenance should also be advised of the lease agreement. <br />
<br />
Upon approval of the agreement, Accounts Receivable will coordinate rent billing and collection. Thereafter, lease payments should be sent by the lessee/licensee directly to the Financial Services Division.<br />
<br />
Right of Way staff will enter the following information on the Leases/Licenses screen in RAI. Type, Status, Payment Frequency, Rent Amount, Begin Date, End Date, Insurance Expiration Date, Inspection Date, Passed/Failed and Beneath Structure option.<br />
<br />
===236.5.25.10 Initial Inspection & Annual Inspections===<br />
<br />
Upon establishment of a lease, license, or airspace license agreement, the district must establish initial compliance with any conditions of the agreement, including security measures.<br />
<br />
The district shall inspect each leased or licensed site at least once a year to ensure compliance with the terms of the lease and/or license, which will be tracked in the RAI.<br />
<br />
===236.5.25.11 Renewal of Lease Agreements===<br />
<br />
The District Asset Management Committee shall review all renewals.<br />
<br />
Prior to the expiration of a lease, a determination shall be made by the district whether the lease may be renewed to the current lessee, or will be remarketed. <br />
<br />
After preparation of the new lease, the original agreement executed by the lessee and a letter summarizing the district's review shall be forwarded to the Right of Way Section for approval and execution. The submittal letter shall state if this is a new lease or a renewal. <br />
<br />
===236.5.25.12 Cancellation of Lease, Licenses or Airspace License Agreement===<br />
<br />
If a lease or license agreement is not renewed, or if either party desires to terminate a lease, license or airspace license agreement, a letter shall be forwarded by the district to the lessee/licensee detailing the expiration, cancellation, or termination including the date of repossession of the property. . The district should forward the notice to all appropriate district personnel. <br />
<br />
An inspection of the property to ensure possession and condition of the property shall be relayed to the appropriate district personnel.<br />
<br />
==236.5.26 Acquired Improvements==<br />
<br />
===236.5.26.1 Inventory===<br />
<br />
All improvements that can be removed intact or razed from property and/or property rights acquired shall be included in an inventory compiled by project and parcel. Such improvement information should be assembled from the appraisal documents, [https://epg.modot.org/files/c/c2/236.7_Form_7-2.13.doc Negotiator's Report], appropriate legal documents, or by field inspection.<br />
<br />
The improvement inventory record shall be maintained by each right of way office on the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Improvement%20Inventory%20Form%205.26.1.pdf Improvement Inventory Form (Form 5-26.1)] and shall be placed in each project file.<br />
<br />
When outdoor advertising is acquired, the outdoor advertising specialist shall be notified through the Outdoor Advertising Profile Report.<br />
<br />
===236.5.26.2 Asbestos Inspection Request===<br />
<br />
Prior to the sale or demolition of any improvements acquired as part of a project, the Construction and Materials Division is to perform an asbestos inspection. Requesting the inspection is the responsibility of the district. Upon receiving possession of all improvements on a project, or at least a sufficient number to make efficient use of inspection time, district right of way shall provide the following information to district design: <br />
<br />
:1. Job number<br />
:2. Tract numbers of properties to be inspected<br />
:3. Addresses of properties to be inspected<br />
:4. Plan sheets showing location of the properties<br />
:5. Appraisal floor plan sketches of ALL buildings to be inspected<br />
<br />
===236.5.26.3 Rodent Control===<br />
<br />
Upon possession of improvements, district personnel shall inspect the premises and determine if rodents are present. Where such inspection reveals the presence of rodents, immediate action shall be taken to provide proper extermination, except where the improvement is to be immediately removed by a demolition contractor and extermination is a part of the contract. The Missouri Pesticide Act restricts the purchase and application of restricted-use pesticides to individuals who are certified through the Department of Agriculture. MoDOT does not have certified personnel to handle these restricted-use pesticides and a state-certified professional rodent exterminator should be contacted. <br />
Where land and improvements are acquired adjacent to or as part of a sanitary landfill and evidence of rodents exist, the district should notify the Right of Way Section that they will coordinate the extermination through the Department of Health.<br />
<br />
===236.5.26.4 Extension of Possession===<br />
<br />
When the proposed letting schedule permits, an owner or tenant may be authorized an extension of possession based on a monthly rental rate, as hereinafter set out. An Extension of Possession Agreement, RW 12 (Form RW12 is accessible in [http://sp/sites/eagreements/SitePages/Home.aspx eAgreements]) should be used when the original occupant is allowed to extend possession up to one year. If it is necessary to extend possession beyond the one year time period, the Extension of Possession Agreement shall be cancelled and replaced with a Lease of Premises Agreement. An extension of possession that is expected to last beyond one year is to be written on a Lease of Premises Agreement rather than an Extension of Possession Agreement. The district engineer can execute an Extension of Possession Agreement but only the Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way must execute a Lease of Premises Agreement for MHTC real property on behalf of the Commission. Several requirements with reference to preparing this agreement are set forth in [[236.8 Relocation Assistance Program#236.8.1.14 Rental of Department-Owned Property|EPG 236.8.1.14(e)]]. <br />
<br />
When an owner or a tenant is granted an extension of possession, a monthly rental rate may be established and collected in advance for each monthly period of extension. The rental value for owner-occupied and tenant-occupied property will be determined as follows:<br />
<br />
:'''1. Owner-Occupied'''<br />
<br />
:The monthly rental rate for an owner-occupied improvement will be based on one of two methods: (a) 80 percent of the economic rental rate as determined from the market for comparable units, or (b) two-thirds of one percent of the agreed purchase price of the property when market rental data is not readily available. It will be necessary to apply the "carve out" method if only a portion of the property is to be rented, with the rate being established to the nearest dollar.<br />
<br />
:'''2. Tenant-Occupied'''<br />
<br />
:The monthly rental rate for tenant-occupied property will be 80% of the actual rent being paid by the tenant when the property is acquired. In rare cases where tenants are not paying rent, the monthly rental rate will be 80% of the economic rental rate for similar property within the area. All rates shall be computed to the nearest dollar.<br />
<br />
:'''3. Free Extension''' <br />
<br />
:Sometimes as a result of an approved administrative settlement, an extension of possession may be granted at no cost.<br />
<br />
:'''4. Cancellation''' <br />
<br />
:When either party cancels an Extension of Possession Agreement (Form RW12 is accessible in [http://sp/sites/eagreements/SitePages/Home.aspx eAgreements]), the district shall advise the Financial Services Division by letter of such action.<br />
<br />
If the Extension of Possession Agreement is being replaced with a Lease of Premises Agreement, it is not necessary to notify the Financial Services Division. The Lease of Premises Agreement is to be submitted to the Right of Way Section with an explanation for execution.<br />
<br />
===236.5.26.5 Acquisition and Disposal of Mobile Homes===<br />
<br />
The Department of Revenue in Jefferson City has advised that state agencies are not required to hold title and can purchase mobile homes on a bill of sale. The bill of sale must be notarized. At the time of disposal, a new bill of sale should be used and the title and a copy of the original bill of sale given to the buyer, who, in turn, will take it to the Department of Revenue for transfer of title. The title will actually transfer from the previous owner to the new owner. With a copy of the bill of sale in hand indicating the state held the title until transfer, the new owner will not have a penalty to pay.<br />
<br />
At the time of disposal, the district engineer can sign the Bill of Sale for the sale of the mobile home as provided in the [https://www.modot.org/media/18439 Execution of Documents Policy].<br />
<br />
===236.5.26.6 Disposal of Improvements===<br />
<br />
Districts are authorized to dispose of improvements by public sale after asbestos testing and abatement action has been completed (see [[127.8 Hazardous and Solid Waste|EPG 127.8 Hazardous and Solid Waste]] for more specific guidelines). Public sale can be either by auction or sealed bid. When conditions warrant, prior approval may be obtained from the Right of Way Section to dispose of improvements without a public sale. If the improvements are salvaged back to the owner, asbestos testing and abatement is not required.<br />
<br />
When sealed bids are taken for the disposal of improvements, a 10% deposit in the form of a cashier's check, personal check or money order shall be required along with the bid. This 10% deposit shall be part of the purchase price for the successful bidder. As soon as the bids are in and the improvement awarded to the successful bidder, all other deposits will be returned. Prior to submitting a bid, all prospective bidders shall be made aware that if the successful bidder declines the purchase of the improvement, the deposit will be forfeited.<br />
<br />
Those improvements subject to vandalism should be disposed of as soon as possible after possession. If prompt disposal of such improvements is not possible, the property should be secured (boarding up all doors and windows) by maintenance personnel or by an independent contractor. If independent contractors are used, they shall be employed by competitive bidding or in emergency or hazardous situations by securing estimates from known contractors.<br />
<br />
Every attempt must be made to allow the public adequate notice of the sale. The district can either advertise in local newspapers in the area with general circulation or place a for-sale sign on the property. The advertisement or sign should provide instructions of where to obtain more information about the property for sale. If the sale is advertised in a local newspaper, the Financial Services Division requires an affidavit to accompany the statement and a copy of the advertisement before payment will be made.<br />
<br />
The purchaser of any improvement shall be required to execute the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Sale%20of%20Improvement%20Form%205.26.6.pdf Sale of Improvement and Performance Bond Agreement (Form 5-26.6)]. The agreement is to be signed by the district engineer or designated representative. The amount of the performance bond should cover any cost the Commission would incur if the purchaser fails to comply with the terms of the agreement. This agreement may be revised for special situations subject to approval by the Right of Way Section and the Chief Counsel's Office. Checks for improvements are to be made payable to the "Director of Revenue-Credit State Road Fund." Checks for performance bonds are to be made payable to the "Director of Revenue-Credit State Road Fund-Escrow Account." Submit performance bond by separate check.<br />
<br />
All receipts and performance bonds shall be submitted directly to the district Financial Services office.<br />
<br />
===236.5.26.7 Transferring Improvements or Fixtures===<br />
<br />
When it is determined that other departments have a need for certain improvements or fixtures from a right of way project, a transfer of such improvements or fixtures must be documented by the district and prior approval of the transfer must be received from the district engineer of the district initiating the transfer request. When all approvals are secured, the Right of Way Section will process the proper paper charge documents through the Financial Services Division thereby transferring the improvement or fixture to the requesting department. District right of way shall take appropriate action to record such transfers on the project [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Improvement%20Inventory%20Form%205.26.1.pdf Improvement Inventory Form].<br />
<br />
===236.5.26.8 Removal by Demolition Contract===<br />
<br />
When the district determines that it is in the public interest to raze improvements on a given project, district design will be responsible for administering this activity. District right of way shall advise district design when legal and physical possession of the improvements is obtained. District right of way shall take appropriate action to record such action on the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Improvement%20Inventory%20Form%205.26.1.pdf Improvement Inventory Form].<br />
<br />
All preconstruction demolition charges shall be a part of the right of way project.<br />
<br />
===236.5.26.9 Backfilling===<br />
<br />
When considered necessary by the district engineer, MoDOT will backfill basements, swimming pools, etc., either by state personnel or contract. All such contracts will be awarded based on competitive bids. Each district shall use the following documents [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Specifications%20for%20Filling%20Basements%20and%20or%20Foundations%20Form%205.26.9.pdf Specifications for Filling Basements and/or Foundations (Form 5-26.9)] and [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Contract%20Agreement%20Form%205.26.9a.pdf Contract Agreement (Form 5-26.9a)] (the specifications and a contract) on a county, route, and project basis. Advertising for bids shall be in local newspapers and all persons qualified to accomplish this work shall be furnished copies of the bid proposal. Contractor's Notice to Proceed shall be issued at the earliest possible date.<br />
<br />
Supervision of backfilling will normally be the responsibility of the Construction and Maintenance Division. Each district should develop internal procedures for such inspections.<br />
<br />
=== 236.5.26.10 Plugging Wells===<br />
<br />
Measures must be taken following possession of the property to ensure that uncapped wells do not become contaminated by surface water or debris prior to the final plugging during the construction stage. This can be done by one of the following methods:<br />
<br />
:1. Proceed to plug the well in accordance with [https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=256 Statutes 256.600 to 256.640 RSMo]. <br />
:2. Proceed to seal the well from dirt and surface water infiltration and protect the well from contamination until it is finally plugged a permitted well driller or pump installer. Notify the Design Division's Environmental Section when a well is temporarily sealed.<br />
<br />
Care should be taken to ensure that wells are not contaminated by debris when a structure or building is moved from the site. The well is subject to contamination from the time the pump is removed and steps should be taken to prevent contamination as early as possible.<br />
<br />
The district is responsible for working with the Design Division’s Environmental Section to ensure wells are plugged according to [https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=256 Statutes 256.600 to 256.640 RSMo] and reported to the Missouri Department of Natural Resources Wellhead Protection Section, Division of Environmental Quality on a registration form provided by the division.<br />
<br />
==236.5.27 Removal for Public Safety==<br />
<br />
If hazardous conditions are created by burned-out buildings, cisterns, ponding in basements, or through vandalism that are of an immediate danger to public safety, districts must take corrective action to eliminate the hazard. Upon written requests from the district, the Right of Way Section will authorize corrective action without the benefit of competitive bids. All costs incurred in correcting hazardous conditions shall be charged as incidental costs to the right of way project involved.<br />
<br />
===236.5.27.1 Billboards Disposal Process===<br />
<br />
Districts shall determine a salvage value for a billboard as part of the parcel appraisal process and offer the structure back to the original owner. Salvage value is the probable sale price of an item if offered for sale to knowledgeable buyers, including the previous structure owner, with the requirement that it be removed from the property at a buyer’s expense. This includes items for re-use as well as items with components that can be reused or recycled when there is no reasonable prospect for sale except on this basis. The salvage value for billboard structures shall address the previous owner’s ability to utilize or move the salvaged item.<br />
<br />
If the previous owner elects not to salvage the billboard, districts are authorized to dispose of the improvement by public sale. When conditions warrant, prior approval may be obtained from the Right of Way Section to dispose of improvements without a public sale.<br />
<br />
In order to facilitate negotiations, district right of way may agree to leave a sign in place for a specific period of time by use of an Extension of Possession Agreement, (Form RW12) (Form RW12 is accessible in [http://sp/sites/eagreements/SitePages/Home.aspx eAgreements]), for the structure and the site. The agreement shall specify a definite date of expiration and physical possession. The term of the agreement shall in no way reference the project schedule.<br />
<br />
It is imperative, in all instances, when outdoor advertising is acquired, the Outdoor Advertising Unit of the Right of Way Section must be notified. District right of way will contact the ODA specialist to schedule an “ODA Structure Inventory.” This inventory will be conducted during the conceptual plan/location study stage. The district right of way representatives and the ODA representative will travel the project while conducting an ODA inventory of potential impacted structures that are located near the preferred alignment. <br />
<br />
The ODA specialist will generate the profile form located in the [http://tmshome Travelway Management System (TMS)] and forward to district right of way. District right of way will place the forms in the General file.<br />
<br />
If the structure is to be removed by district maintenance, upon acquisition, an email will be generated by the negotiator and sent to the appropriate area engineer, resident engineer, shed supervisor, and ODA specialist, notifying them of the acquisition. The request should ask that the structure be removed. This email will serve as the notification to ODA and no additional billing statement will be sent to the former owner of the sign. Upon removal by maintenance staff, a return email from the area engineer will be sent to the ODA specialist and the project manager verifying removal. ODA will track and monitor the removal. If the project manager is informed promptly after removal, structures will not be included in the contract.<br />
<br />
If the structure is to be removed by a contractor, upon acquisition, the negotiator will complete the form and place a copy in the tract file and send the original to ODA.<br />
<br />
The ODA specialist will track the removal of the structure. The ODA specialist will follow-up with the resident engineer to determine the approximate timeframe prior to removal.<br />
<br />
===236.5.27.2 Improvement Removal by Road Contractors===<br />
<br />
All improvements that remain on the right of way and are to be removed should be reported to district design prior to advertising the construction contract. These items will be included as a part of the construction contract. The project Improvement Inventory should be completed to indicate these items are included for removal in the prime construction contract.<br />
<br />
==236.5.28 Access Rights==<br />
<br />
===236.5.28.1 Purpose===<br />
<br />
This information establishes procedures for the preparation of deeds and/or appraisals for changes in granting access rights on limited or fully controlled highways.<br />
<br />
===236.5.28.2 Entrance "Widening" or "Widening and Shift"===<br />
<br />
Access control is the responsibility of the Traffic Division. Shifts and/or the widening of entrances and the granting of access rights are handled by agreements prepared by the Traffic Division. These agreements are not recorded.<br />
<br />
:'''1. Conveyance from MHTC'''<br />
<br />
:District right of way shall prepare a quitclaim deed on any entrance shift, widening, widening and shift, or granting of access rights on controlled access highways at the request of district traffic. The deed shall be sent to district traffic, and they, in turn, will forward it to the Traffic Division. The Traffic Division will present the deed along with the agreement to the Commission for consideration. When the Commission has executed the agreement and deed, they will be returned to district traffic. District traffic will give the deed to district right of way for recording. If the agreement is approved before the deed is prepared from the Commission to the property owner, the deed, when prepared, shall be forwarded to the Traffic Division who will forward it to the Commission Secretary for execution on behalf of the Commission by the Chair or Vice Chair.<br />
<br />
:'''2. Conveyance to MHTC'''<br />
<br />
:Should the property owner have to execute a general warranty deed to the Commission releasing the existing access rights, it shall be recorded at the same time as the deed from the Commission to the property owner.<br />
<br />
:'''NOTE''': In situations where the new access rights overlap the existing access rights, the deed releasing the existing access rights must be recorded first.<br />
<br />
===236.5.28.3 Compensation for Changes in Access===<br />
<br />
:'''1. Contiguous Properties'''<br />
<br />
:Compensation to the Commission for changes in access rights, which includes shifts and/or widening of access, on contiguous property will be according to the [[media:941 Value.pdf|Value Determination Schedule]]. It is the responsibility of district traffic to determine the amount of compensation in accordance with the schedule. Note: Compensation for non-contiguous entrance shifts and/or widenings where both properties are owned by the same property owner will also be determined from the Valuation Determination Schedule. See #3 below for new breaks in access regardless of contiguous or non-contiguous properties.<br />
<br />
:'''2. Noncontiguous Properties'''<br />
<br />
:District right of way shall evaluate the property receiving the break in access to determine whether the change in access results in a change to the highest and best use of the property, a change in the level of intensity to the highest and best use of the property, or an enhancement to the highest and best use of the property. . If a change, change in level of intensity, or enhancement to the highest and best use of the subject property has occurred as a result of the access change, district right of way shall cause an appraisal of the property receiving the break in access in the before condition to be completed. Only appraise the area of the development in the event the proposed development is only a portion of the larger parcel. The enhancement value for a full access break will be 15% of the appraised value. The enhancement value for something less than a full access break will be 7% of the appraised value. The applicant will be charged the enhancement value to the property as determined by the percent applied to the appraisal or the amount shown on the [[media:941 Value.pdf|Value Determination Schedule]], whichever is higher. <u>The district may approve a negotiated amount within 25% of the appraised value. Any amount beyond 25% of the appraised value shall be presented to the Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way for review and approval.</u><br />
<br />
:If the access change does not result in a change, change in the level of intensity, or enhancement to the highest and best use of the subject property, an appraisal will not be prepared, and the amount charged to the applicant will be determined by the Value Determination Schedule. Note: Compensation for non-contiguous entrance shifts and/or widenings where both properties are owned by the same property owner will also be determined from the Valuation Determination Schedule.<br />
<br />
:'''3. Break in Access'''<br />
<br />
:District right of way shall evaluate the property receiving the break in access to determine whether the change in access results in a change to the highest and best use of the property, a change in the level of intensity to the highest and best use of the property, or an enhancement to the highest and best use of the property. If a change, change in level of intensity, or enhancement to the highest and best use of the subject property has occurred as a result of the access change, district right of way shall cause an appraisal of the property receiving the break in access in the before condition to be completed. Only appraise the area of the development in the event the proposed development is only a portion of the larger parcel. The enhancement value for a full access break will be 15% of the appraised value. The enhancement value for something less than a full access break will be 7% of the appraised value. The applicant will be charged the enhancement value to the property as determined by the percent applied to the appraisal or the amount shown on the [[media:941 Value.pdf|Value Determination Schedule]], whichever is higher. The district may approve a negotiated amount within 25% of the appraised value. Any amount beyond 25% of the appraised value shall be presented to the Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way for review and approval.<br />
<br />
:If the access change does not result in a change, change in the level of intensity, or enhancement to the highest and best use of the subject property, an appraisal will not be prepared, and the amount charged to the applicant will be determined by the Value Determination Schedule.<br />
<br />
:'''4. Responsibilities'''<br />
<br />
:With respect to the above, it is the responsibility of district right of way to advise district traffic of the appraised enhancement value to the subject property. The responsibility of district traffic is to collect the appraised enhancement value from the property owner.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[category:236 Right of Way|236.05]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=236.3_Administration&diff=51662236.3 Administration2022-06-28T15:33:18Z<p>Smithk: Per RW, updated email group names</p>
<hr />
<div>{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:15px; border: 1px solid #cccccc; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="230px" align="right" <br />
|- <br />
|'''Forms'''<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/A-Date%20Form%203.4.2.pdf Acquisition Authority Date, A-Date (Form 3.4.2)]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/A-419%20Form.pdf Acquisition Payment (Form A-419)]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%206_Appraisal%20and%20Appraisal%20Review/Adjustment%20of%20Value%20or%20Just%20Compensation%20Form%206.4.4.docx Adjustment of Value or Just Compensation (Form 6.4.4)]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:236.3.4.4 Advance Aquisition Certification.docx|Advance Acquisition Certification Memo]]<br />
|-<br />
|[http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/Categorical%20Exclusion%20Review_Form%203-1_2.pdf Categorical Exclusion Review (Form 3.1.2)]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www6.modot.mo.gov/EnvironmentalRequest/Pages/Login.aspx Request for Environmental Services (RES)]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE%202017%20Forms/Environmental/127.1%20Instructions%20for%20the%20RES%20Form.docx Instructions for the RES Form]<br />
|-<br />
|[http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%206_Appraisal%20and%20Appraisal%20Review/Appraisal%20Review%20and%20Approval%20of%20Just%20Compensation%20Form%206.4.3.docx Review of Appraisals and Approval Just Compensation (Form 6.4.3)]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/RW%20Cost%20Estimate%20Worksheet%20Form%203.3.3A.docx Right of Way Cost Estimate Worksheet (Form 236.3.3.3A)]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/RW%20Cost%20Estimate%20Form%203.3.3B.docx Right of Way Cost Estimate (Form 3.3.3B)]<br />
|-<br />
|[http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%2010_Condemnation%20Procedures/RWPA%20Checklist.pdf RWPA checklist] <br />
|}<br />
<br />
==236.3.1 General==<br />
<br />
===236.3.1.1 Administration responsibilities===<br />
<br />
The Right of Way administration responsibilities are:<br />
<br />
:*establish and maintain the records, charts, statistics and files as necessary for a coordinated acquisition program;<br />
<br />
:*assist in the scheduling of right of way projects and preparation of estimates for right of way, relocation, and incidental costs of acquisition; assign right of way staff to participate on core teams and project teams;<br />
<br />
:*monitor right of way project progression in accordance with the Statewide Transportation Improvement Program, assuring that all phases of the right of way function are initiated with appropriate lead time for completion as scheduled;<br />
<br />
:*prepare bid proposals for submission to title companies, abstract companies, etc., for furnishing Phases 1, 2, and 3 title information, including the scheduling of same to assure the smooth flow of information necessary for preparation of plans, appraisals, negotiations and closing transactions;<br />
<br />
:*prepare and submit agreements as necessary for Commission approval and execution;<br />
<br />
:*schedule and submit requests for program approval, acquisition authority and funding for right of way projects, including necessary estimates, plans, relocation studies, etc.;<br />
<br />
:*prepare and update monthly project status reports;<br />
<br />
:*prepare all deeds, write and/or check legal descriptions for acquisition of land, access rights, property rights and easements and the disposal of excess right of way, excess land, uneconomic remnants and maintenance sites;<br />
<br />
:*obtain district Public Land Surveyor’s (PLS) review of legal descriptions for acquisitions and disposals. For additional information see [[238.2 Land Surveying#238.2.6 Survey Supervision|EPG 238.2.6]] and [[236.4 Description Writing and Titles#236.4.6 The Description |EPG 236.4.6]];<br />
<br />
:*prepare and furnish Financial Services the correct accounting identification and documentation for preparation of payrolls for acquisition of right of way, relocation payments, and incidental expenditure in compliance with established right of way and accounting procedures; Sam II Chart of Accounts, Object Codes;<br />
<br />
:*receive and distribute vouchers in payment for right of way acquisition and related programs;<br />
<br />
:*receive and submit receipts from sales of real estate, improvements, and deposits for performance;<br />
<br />
:*receive and submit receipts for the initial rent and lease accounts. All other rent and lease payments should be sent direct to Financial Services;<br />
<br />
:*receive, process and distribute correspondence as necessary for the district and Right of Way Section operation; <br />
<br />
:*obtain categorical exclusion determination in connection with all airspace agreements, lease agreements, disposals, hardship/protective acquisitions, and relinquishments for compliance with [https://www.law.cornell.edu/cfr/text/23/771.117 23 CFR 771.117 (d)].<br />
<br />
===236.3.1.2 Steps for Completing Categorical Exclusion (CE) Review===<br />
<br />
District right of way will complete Section A [http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/Categorical%20Exclusion%20Review_Form%203-1_2.pdf Categorical Exclusion Review] (Form 236.3.1.2). Submit with attachments to the Design Division, Environmental Section for their determination that this action meets the criteria for a CE.<br />
<br />
The Design Division, Environmental Section will complete Section B of the form to arrive at CE determination and return to District right of way.<br />
<br />
On Interstate and Major Bridge projects district right of way will send the CE Request to the Right of Way Section who will submit the completed [http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/Categorical%20Exclusion%20Review_Form%203-1_2.pdf Form 236.3.1.2] to the Federal Highway Administration for their review and approval.<br />
<br />
District right of way will submit the completed form with all other necessary documents to Right of Way Section for review and approval of airspace agreements, lease agreements, disposals, and hardship/protective acquisitions.<br />
<br />
In addition to coordinating with the various districts on the above, it is Right of Way Section’s responsibility to develop the administration policies and procedures necessary for compliance with MoDOT needs and Federal Highway Administration requirements.<br />
<br />
The following sections of this article describe the policy and procedure requirements for the administration responsibilities as listed above.<br />
<br />
==236.3.2 Programming and Right of Way==<br />
<br />
===236.3.2.1 Programming===<br />
<br />
MoDOT’s program for right of way acquisition is included in the [[121.3 The Statewide Transportation Improvement Program (STIP)|Statewide Transportation Improvement Program (STIP)]] as prepared and assembled by the Transportation Planning Division and annually approved by the Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission. The districts are responsible for identifying those projects that will be included in the STIP and completing the SIMS Forms with the appropriate project information.<br />
<br />
The program is MoDOT’s right of way and construction plan and is based on available funds from all sources of income, improvement and rebuilding needs throughout the state, and priorities and capabilities of the various districts and divisions of the department.<br />
<br />
The program is a carefully prepared and comprehensive schedule for a coordinated plan of right of way acquisition and construction for the various systems within the department's network of highways.<br />
<br />
It is the responsibility of district right of way to furnish accurate estimates of the funds needed for the proposed right of way acquisition. The final program is presented annually to the Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission for review and approval.<br />
<br />
The Statewide Transportation Improvement Program is the definite control over right of way acquisition insofar as scheduling and funding is involved. Extreme care must be taken to ensure that each job reflected in the program contains the latest available estimate of cost (Note: the programmed amount cannot be changed if the project is in the current fiscal year) and that the capabilities of the district staff are such that acquisition reflected in the program can be accomplished as planned.<br />
<br />
===236.3.2.2 Yearly Review of Program===<br />
<br />
Each year the districts identify those projects that will be included in the STIP. Each job estimate should be carefully reviewed at this time and revised estimates should be furnished to the project manager. Careful planning prior to this review should eliminate the necessity of numerous revisions to the program subsequent to Commission approval of a project for the active fiscal year.<br />
<br />
The programmed amounts shown in the STIP for the current fiscal year cannot be changed. It is important to make sure that at some point during the fiscal year an "A-Date" is issued or the programmed funds will not rollover to the next fiscal year. See [[236.3 Administration#236.3.4 Right of Way Acquisition Authority and Project Funding|EPG 236.3.4 Right of Way Acquisition Authority and Project Funding]] for the requirements necessary for issuing an A-Date. The programmed right of way dollars do not have to be spent during the fiscal year in which they are programmed. Once an A-Date is issued, the funds will be rolled over to subsequent years until the project is cleared.<br />
<br />
===236.3.2.3 Construction and Right of Way Program Control===<br />
<br />
The Right of Way Section is authorized to acquire right of way for the amounts on the Commission-approved program, as long as the total acquisition expenditures do not exceed the total approved programmed amount. When the total expenditures will exceed the total Commission-approved amount, a revision to the program is to be considered.<br />
<br />
===236.3.2.4 Revision of Programmed Amounts===<br />
<br />
It is up to the project manager and district right of way to identify any needed revisions to the right of way programmed amount contained within the STIP.<br />
<br />
If there is a significant change in the right of way cost estimate for a project, district right of way should advise the project manager. The project manager advises the planning coordinator who balances the district STIP budget. If additional funds are needed for a project, the planning coordinator coordinates any funding shifts within the district STIP budget. For projects that come out of the district STIP budget, the project manager or planning coordinator completes a SIMS form, which is forwarded to the district engineer for approval. Changes that only affect the districts STIP budget require approval by the district engineer.<br />
<br />
Major projects are funded at least partially from statewide funds and are fixed by project. Changes to these projects require approval from both the district engineer and the Transportation Planning Director.<br />
<br />
==236.3.3 Right of Way Plan Review==<br />
<br />
===236.3.3.1 Right of Way Plan Review===<br />
<br />
Plans for right of way acquisition are prepared by district design and approved by the district engineer in the respective districts.<br />
<br />
District right of way shall review plans and coordinate any requirements or recommendations with district design. When the plans are finalized and accepted for right of way use, an A-Date is requested by submittal to the Right of Way Section by the district. District design will furnish copies of any subsequent revisions to the plans to district right of way with a transmittal letter that individually identifies the revisions being submitted. Right of way plans as acquired will be furnished to the Right of Way Section with the submittal of the Right of Way Clearance Certification. It is essential that cooperation, communication and coordination between district design, including the transportation project manager and core team members, and district right of way be maintained in the development of plans and the estimate of costs for right of way acquisition.<br />
<br />
The approved right of way plans shall be uploaded in eProjects.<br />
<br />
===236.3.3.2 Right of Way Cost Estimates===<br />
<br />
All right of way cost estimates shall be prepared by district right of way upon request from district design and/or the transportation project manager. (Refer to [[:Category:124 Quality Control / Quality Assurance (QC/QA)#124.1.1 Quality Control|EPG 124.1.1 Quality Control]].) Requests may take on a format agreeable to the parties involved, and may be for individual jobs or lists of unchanged projects that require update.<br />
<br />
If right of way were to initiate a cost estimate activity prior to a request from district design or the transportation project manager, project status may be documented on [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/RW%20Cost%20Estimate%20Form%203.3.3B.docx Right of Way Cost Estimate (Form 3.3.3B)], to satisfy the request requirement.<br />
<br />
'''A. Plan Detail Necessary for Right of Way Cost Estimates'''<br />
<br />
All right of way cost estimates shall be prepared by district right of way in coordination with district design and the transportation project manager.<br />
<br />
If plans are not available, district design shall furnish the most complete project information available including, but not limited to, the project development stage, type of improvement being considered, the length of the project, the widths of the proposed new right of way, the type and location of anticipated interchanges, the type and extent of access controls and a recent aerial photograph or map of the area with the proposed line or corridor of improvement drafted in as much detail as possible. If the plans have changed since the last estimate, or estimates of multiple scenarios of a project are sought, district design should identify changes and assign scenario titles, so that the project history and growth of each scenario can be tracked.<br />
<br />
'''B. Estimates for Project Initialization'''<br />
<br />
Estimates at the Project Initialization stage should be prepared in as much detail as possible from the limited scope that is available at the time, with the understanding that the programmed amount may not require updating until the project is placed on the approved Statewide Transportation Improvement Program (currently the 5 year program) several years later.<br />
<br />
Updating of projects beyond the approved program ("future projects" outside 5 years) may require individual attention by district right of way, or may be updated by factors. A determination of what detail of update is necessary for the future projects will be made on a statewide basis, prior to each programming cycle.<br />
<br />
'''C. Estimates for Projects on the Approved Program'''<br />
<br />
Projects within the approved program (currently the five year program) should be prepared in as much detail as possible from the design information that is available at the time. This may include projects in the Project Initialization stage. Estimates for projects within the approved program must be updated at least annually and at milestones of plan development.<br />
<br />
Right of way cost estimates are prepared and updated annually, to correspond with programming requirements for the fiscal year ending June 30. Estimates may be prepared or updated after September first of each year for the upcoming estimate cycle.<br />
<br />
'''D. Use Of Right of Way Forms'''<br />
<br />
All right of way cost estimates will use the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/RW%20Cost%20Estimate%20Worksheet%20Form%203.3.3A.docx Right of Way Cost Estimate Worksheet] (Form 3.3.3A) to update information pertaining to cost estimates. Estimates based on comparative unit cost methods (cost per mile, etc.) may be prepared on a letter or memo format identified as a replacement for the Worksheet (Form 3.3.3A) in the Project Initialization and Conceptual Plan/Location Study Completion stages.<br />
<br />
The estimate conclusions for right of way and incidentals will be transmitted to district design using the Right of Way Cost Estimate Transmittal (Form 3.3.3B). The following instructions assure procedural uniformity by the districts in the development and submission of right of way cost estimates.<br />
<br />
The Right of Way Cost Estimate Transmittal (Form 3.3.3B) will be sent to the district design engineer and the transportation project manager. The Right of Way Section will receive copies at the Right of Way Plan Completion.<br />
<br />
'''E. Use of Forms for Each Stage of Project Development'''<br />
<br />
:'''1. Project Initialization'''<br />
<br />
:This estimate is made when a project is first placed on the Statewide Transportation Improvement Program and may stay in this plan development stage through subsequent programming cycles.<br />
<br />
:Information for making a right of way estimate at this stage is normally tentative since the exact location, scope, design, extent of right of way required, damages, and relocation have not been determined. Utilizing information provided by district design, prepare a [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/RW%20Cost%20Estimate%20Worksheet%20Form%203.3.3A.docx Right of Way Cost Estimate Worksheet] (Form 3.3.3A) and [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/RW%20Cost%20Estimate%20Form%203.3.3B.docx Right of Way Cost Estimate (Form 3.3.3B)]. In the transmittal form, provide explanation for any change in the cost estimate conclusion from the previous estimate if any.<br />
<br />
:Overall comparative unit costs (cost per mile, for example) may be used, without use of a worksheet, if a highly similar completed project is available for comparison. If a unit cost comparison is used the estimate shall reflect costs for right of way and incidentals separately and shall include data on the comparable project and calculations leading to a cost conclusion.<br />
<br />
:'''2. Conceptual Plan/Location Study Completion'''<br />
<br />
:This estimate is prepared by district right of way for the various alignments and scopes of work being considered by district design.<br />
<br />
:Utilizing information provided by district design, prepare a [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/RW%20Cost%20Estimate%20Worksheet%20Form%203.3.3A.docx Right of Way Cost Estimate Worksheet] (Form 3.3.3A) and [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/RW%20Cost%20Estimate%20Form%203.3.3B.docx Right of Way Cost Estimate Transmittal] (Form 3.3.3B). The cost estimate for each alternative alignment shall have a separate worksheet and transmittal. In the transmittal, provide explanation for any change in the cost estimate conclusion from the previous estimate.<br />
<br />
:Overall comparative unit costs (cost per mile, for example) may be used, without use of a worksheet, if a highly similar completed project is available for comparison. If a unit cost comparison is used the estimate shall reflect costs for right of way and incidentals separately and shall include data on the comparable project and calculations leading to a cost conclusion.<br />
<br />
:'''3. Preliminary Plan Completion'''<br />
<br />
:This estimate is prepared after final determination of location has been made and a preliminary plan is furnished to district right of way by district design. The preliminary plan may indicate areas of taking and parcels to be affected.<br />
<br />
:Utilizing preliminary plans provided by district design, prepare a [[media:236.3.3.3A 2015.docx|Right of Way Cost Estimate Worksheet]] (Form 3.3.3A) and [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/RW%20Cost%20Estimate%20Form%203.3.3B.docx Right of Way Cost Estimate Transmittal] (Form 3.3.3B). In the transmittal, provide explanation for any change in the cost estimate conclusion from the previous estimate.<br />
<br />
:'''4. Right of Way Plan Completion'''<br />
<br />
:An updated estimate is not necessary at this milestone.<br />
<br />
===236.3.3.3 Preparation of Right of Way Cost Estimate Forms===<br />
<br />
Each right of way cost estimate shall be developed by use of the [[media:236.3.3.3A 2015.docx|Right of Way Cost Estimate Worksheet]] (Form 3.3.3A) or an appropriately supported estimate memo if an overall comparative unit cost method is used, in accordance with the following instructions. Each district shall maintain records sufficient to document all estimated costs. A list of improvements anticipated to be affected is to be retained in each file. Other required documentation will include rates or indicators resulting from an analysis of previous projects, market information, assessor's records, statistical reports, and cost manual information along with reasons for selection of specific data and calculations used to reach conclusions. Abstracted costs may be adjusted to fit circumstances, with the requirement that all such adjustments be explained.<br />
<br />
'''A. Preparation of Right of Way Cost Estimate Worksheet'''<br />
<br />
:'''1. Land, Improvements, Property Rights and Damages'''<br />
<br />
::a. Land<br />
<br />
::Land use may be as general as agricultural, residential, commercial, industrial or as specific as available project scope information allows. Right of way areas to be acquired shall be provided by district design. Estimated unit values must be supported by reference to market information such as confirmed sales, listings or documented discussions with realtors, lenders or other real estate professionals, or by historic acquisition data.<br />
<br />
::b. Improvements<br />
<br />
::This cost may be estimated by itemizing improvements that are expected to be acquired and estimating the value of each. Alternately, the total number of improvements at an average unit value may be used. A list of affected improvements shall be attached to the worksheet. If individual improvement values are estimated they shall appear on the improvement list. Estimated values shall be supported by reference to sales, listings, or documented discussions with realtors, lenders or other real estate professionals. Other acceptable sources of support include cost manuals with citation of section, page number and revision date, reference to assessors' records and historic acquisition data. To arrive at improvement value, supported land value must be deducted from the dollar value of improved sales, listings or acquired properties.<br />
<br />
::Fence to be acquired may be estimated as a lump sum for the project, or on a parcel basis. Acceptable support for fence cost includes reference to a fence cost schedule, bid or contract, or to a cost manual citing section, page number, revision date or other identifying information.<br />
<br />
::c. Property Rights and Damages<br />
<br />
::Values of access rights, easements and consequential damages may be calculated as a percentage of the Subtotal of Land and Improvement Value as estimated above. An overall percentage for the project may be used if the estimate is being made without right of way plans. This percentage may be derived by analysis of [http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%206_Appraisal%20and%20Appraisal%20Review/Appraisal%20Review%20and%20Approval%20of%20Just%20Compensation%20Form%206.4.3.docx Review of Appraisals and Approval of Just Compensation] (Form 6.4.3) or right of way parcel acquisition forms of a similar completed job as follows:<br />
<br />
:::*Total the amounts in the Total Land and Major Improvements field of all Form 6.4.3s or the Land and Improvement Amount of the Right of Way Parcel Acquisition Parcel forms for all parcels of a given project.<br />
<br />
:::*Total the amounts in the Damages to Remainder field of all Form 6.4.3s or Right of Way Parcel Acquisition Parcel forms.<br />
<br />
:::*Divide total damages to remainder by total land and improvement amount.<br />
<br />
::After right of way plans are available, effects to individual parcels may be considered and supported by reference to costs of specific acquired parcels.<br />
<br />
:'''2. Administrative Settlements'''<br />
<br />
:The district experience in administrative settlements is the total of settlement amounts above approved offers, including administrative settlements for heritage and homestead payments for a given year divided by the total of approved offers for the same period, expressed as a percentage. This percentage may then be applied to the sum of paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above to arrive at the total administrative settlement amount for the project being estimated.<br />
<br />
:Alternately, the percentage of administrative settlement dollars above the total approved amounts for a given comparable project may be applied to the sum of paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above.<br />
<br />
:Data sources must be cited and calculations shown.<br />
<br />
:'''3. Condemnation'''<br />
<br />
:This is the amount by which project costs may be expected to increase as a result of condemnation. Condemnation history must be analyzed on a per-project basis. Divide the amount by which commissioners' awards and legal settlements exceed approved offers for condemned parcels by the total of approved offers for a cleared project to produce the percentage by which condemnation may be expected to increase acquisition cost. This percentage must be applied to the sum of paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above.<br />
<br />
:Projects selected for comparison to the project being estimated should be the most similar available, preferably in the same court jurisdiction.<br />
<br />
:'''4. Relocation Assistance'''<br />
<br />
:This is the estimated cost of all anticipated relocation assistance payments. Relocation costs may be estimated by comparison of the subject project to a previous project which had similar relocation elements, with the average payment per relocation parcel for the completed project multiplied by the anticipated number of relocation parcels on the project being estimated. Care should be used in selecting the project for comparison. In later project stages relocation cost may be estimated on a per parcel basis with support. Alternately, a typical or average relocation cost for elements like residential, business, etc. may be developed and applied.<br />
<br />
:'''5. Incidentals Costs'''<br />
<br />
:Incidental costs may be estimated by multiplying the subtotal of the costs estimated in Paragraphs (1) through (5) above by the annual percentage for the district as shown on the Summary, Percent of Incidental Expenditures to Total Dollars Expended in the Right of Way Section Annual Statistical Report.<br />
<br />
:Incidental cost may also be expressed as a cost per parcel, derived from completed projects exhibiting similar characteristics in terms of location, number of parcels and complexity. The comparable project must be cited along with calculations of the historic incidental cost per parcel.<br />
<br />
'''B. Preparation and Filing of the Right of Way Cost Estimate Transmittal'''<br />
<br />
Submit the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/RW%20Cost%20Estimate%20Form%203.3.3B.docx Right of Way Cost Estimate Transmittal] (Form 3.3.3B) to the district design engineer and the transportation project manager. Current and historic right of way worksheets and supporting documentation may be maintained with a central project file within district design or in a separate right of way project file. A matching Form 3.3.3B should be maintained in the central project file and the right of way project file, regardless if the files are physically combined or separate. The Right of Way Cost Estimate Transmittal (Form 3.3.3B) must also be uploaded to eProjects.<br />
<br />
The following data fields must be entered in RWPA under the Estimated Cost & Approved Funds screen: Estimate date, Estimated ROW Acquisition (includes Temp Easements, Permanent Easement, ROW), and Type.<br />
<br />
==236.3.4 Right of Way Acquisition Authority and Project Funding==<br />
<br />
===236.3.4.1 General===<br />
<br />
The following procedures for requesting authority for right of way acquisition activities and funding shall be used for state and federally funded right of way projects.<br />
<br />
Prior to submitting a request for acquisition authority, the transportation project manager (TPM) must verify funds are available in the current fiscal year. The district right of way manager or designee in cooperation with the TPM should determine whether state funds only or federal participation will be requested in the right of way phase of the project. The district right of way manager must ensure proper documentation is received before an acquisition date (“A” date) is requested. Of particular importance are the easement needs of utilities located on the proposed improvement (see [[643.2 Local Utility Adjustments - Public and Private#643.2.12 Right of Way|EPG 643.2.12 Right of Way]]).<br />
<br />
The transportation project manager must verify all environmental classifications and cultural resource ([[127.2 Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources|EPG 127.2 Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources]]) approvals are complete.<br />
<br />
====Steps for Completing NEPA Review====<br />
District design staff will complete a ROW Request for Environmental Services (RES) for the parcel. Submit with attachments to the Design Division, Environmental Section for their determination that this action meets the criteria for a PCE. If the action cannot adhere to the threshold requirements in the PCE agreement with FHWA, a CE2 will need to be prepared and approved by FHWA for the parcel(s).<br />
<br />
On Interstate and Major Bridge projects district right of way will send the RES link to the Right of Way Section who will submit the completed [http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/Categorical%20Exclusion%20Review_Form%203-1_2.pdf form] to the Federal Highway Administration for their review and approval. <br />
<br />
District right of way will submit the completed RES with all other necessary documents to Right of Way Section for review and approval. <br />
<br />
In addition to coordinating with the various districts on the above, it is Right of Way Section’s responsibility to develop the administration policies and procedures necessary for compliance with MoDOT needs and Federal Highway Administration requirements. <br />
<br />
The remainder of EPG 236.3.4 Right of Way Acquisition Authority and Project Funding describes the policy and procedure requirements for the administration responsibilities as listed above.<br />
<br />
===236.3.4.2 Limited Acquisition Authority and Project Funding===<br />
<br />
The transportation project manager (TPM) must verify that the right of way plans have been approved, funding is available in the current fiscal year, environmental classifications and historic preservation approvals have all been secured prior to submitting an [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/A-Date%20Form%203.4.2.pdf Acquisition Authority Date, A-Date (Form 3.4.2)].<br />
<br />
Limited acquisition authority may be requested when it is necessary to begin making charges to the right of way phase of the project.<br />
<br />
Limited acquisition authority provides for all right of way activities up to and including appraisals. Also, acquisition and relocation activities may proceed on parcels identified as total acquisitions. This authority shall be provided prior to incurring right of way charges to the project.<br />
<br />
Preliminary acquisition activities, including a title search, appraisal, appraisal review and waiver valuation preparation, preliminary property map preparation and preliminary relocation planning activities, limited to searching for comparable properties, identifying replacement neighborhoods and identifying available public services, can be charged to the preliminary engineering phase of the project. <br />
<br />
For this reason, limited acquisition authority is not required for all projects.<br />
<br />
'''A. The following procedure is to be used only when requesting federal participation in right of way acquisition and limited acquisition authority is being issued.'''<br />
<br />
:The transportation project manager will submit an [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/A-Date%20Form%203.4.2.pdf Acquisition Authority Date (Form 3.4.2)] to Right of Way Section. All information on the form must be complete. <br />
<br />
:Preliminary acquisition activities, including a title search, appraisal, appraisal review and waiver valuation preparation, preliminary property map preparation and preliminary relocation planning activities, limited to searching for comparable properties, identifying replacement neighborhoods and identifying available public services, can be charged to the preliminary engineering phase of the project. <br />
<br />
:Right of way activity involving contact with affected property owners for purposes of negotiation and relocation assistance are to be deferred until after NEPA approval and until the transportation project manager receives a copy of FHWA's approval from Financial Services/Right of Way Section. <br />
<br />
:The Right of Way Section will review the Limited Acquisition Authority request and once approved will coordinate with Financial Services to set up the project and FMS project number. Limited acquisition authority may be issued more than one time on a job. In this event, fill in funds authorized for total acquisitions this request and total funds authorized to date, which is an accumulation of funds authorized. Incidental costs should not be included. A-Dates are to be parcel specific, therefore each request should list the parcels individually. Complete the appropriate box at the bottom of the form for Financial Services information.<br />
<br />
'''B. The following procedure is to be used only when right of way is to be acquired with state funds and limited acquisition authority is being issued.'''<br />
<br />
:The transportation project manager shall provide [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/A-Date%20Form%203.4.2.pdf Form 236.3.4.2] to district right of way with a copy to the Right of Way Section.<br />
<br />
:The preferred method for transmittal to the Right of Way Section is via email to the Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way with all required information attached.<br />
<br />
:The Right of Way Section will review the Limited Acquisition Authority request and once approved will coordinate with Financial Services to set up the project and FMS project number. Limited acquisition authority may be issued more than one time on a job. In this event, fill in funds authorized for total acquisitions this request and total funds authorized to date, which is an accumulation of funds authorized. Incidental Costs should not be included. A-Dates are to be parcel specific, therefore each request should list the parcels individually. Complete the appropriate box at the bottom of the form for Financial Service’s information.<br />
<br />
===236.3.4.3 Acquisition Authority and Project Funding===<br />
<br />
The transportation project manager (TPM) must verify that right of way plans have been approved, funding is available in the current fiscal year, environmental classifications and historic preservation approvals have all been secured prior to submitting an Acquisition Authority Date (A-Date).<br />
<br />
Acquisition authority on a project may be authorized when the total project or a portion of a project is being funded. Acquisition authority includes all phases of right of way activity.<br />
<br />
'''A. The following procedure is to be used only when requesting federal participation in right of way acquisition:'''<br />
<br />
:A request for acquisition authority and project funding shall be submitted on [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/A-Date%20Form%203.4.2.pdf Form 236.3.4.2] (Acquisition Authority Date) by the transportation project manager to Right of Way Section, for coordination of federal funds. All information on the form must be completed. <br />
<br />
:Preliminary acquisition activities, including a title search, appraisal, appraisal review and waiver valuation preparation, preliminary property map preparation and preliminary relocation planning activities, limited to searching for comparable properties, identifying replacement neighborhoods and identifying available public services, can be charged to the preliminary engineering phase of the project. <br />
<br />
:Right of way activity involving contact with affected property owners for purposes of negotiation and relocation assistance are to be deferred until after NEPA approval may not commence until the transportation project manager receives a copy of FHWA's approval from the Right of Way Section.<br />
<br />
:The Right of Way Section will review the Acquisition Authority (A-Date) request and once approved will coordinate with Financial Services to set up the project and FMS project number. Acquisition authority may be issued more than one time on a job. In this event, fill in funds authorized this request and total funds authorized to date, which is an accumulation of funds authorized including funds authorized for Limited Acquisition Authority. Incidental costs should not be included. A-Dates are to be parcel specific, therefore each request should list the parcels individually. Complete the appropriate box at the bottom of the form for Financial Services’ information. The funds authorized cannot exceed the amount programmed for right of way acquisition on the project in the current fiscal year.<br />
<br />
The A-Date form shall be uploaded in eProjects. The authorization date and FMS project number will be entered in RWPA by Central Office Right of Way staff. Central Office Right of Way staff will also enter the following information in the Estimated Costs & Approved Funds screen in RWPA (when applicable): Limited Acquisition Authorization Date, Acquisition Authority Date, Approved ROW, Approved Relocation, Number of Parcels Authorized, and Authorized Parcel Numbers.<br />
<br />
'''B. The following procedure is to be used only when right of way is to be acquired with state funds:'''<br />
<br />
:The transportation project manager shall provide [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/A-Date%20Form%203.4.2.pdf Form 236.3.4.2] to district right of way with a copy to Right of Way Section.<br />
<br />
:The preferred method for transmittal to the Right of Way Section is via email to the CO ROW e-mail group with all required information attached.<br />
<br />
:The Right of Way Section will review the Acquisition Authority (A-Date) request and once approved will submit the request to Financial Services to set up the project and FMS project number. Acquisition authority may be issued more than one time on a job. In this event, fill in funds authorized this request and total funds authorized to date, which is an accumulation of funds authorized including funds authorized for Limited Acquisition Authority. Incidental costs should not be included. A-Dates are to be parcel specific, therefore each request should list the parcels individually. Complete the appropriate box at the bottom of the form for Financial Services’ information. The funds authorized cannot exceed the amount programmed for right of way acquisition on the project for the current fiscal year.<br />
<br />
The FMS project number will be entered in RWPA by Central Office Right of Way staff.<br />
<br />
====Acquisition Authority and Project Funding for Design-Build Projects====<br />
<br />
Prior to the acquisition authority for design-build projects the project funding must be approved and available in the appropriate fiscal years.<br />
<br />
The acquisition authority (A-Date) date will be requested at the same time construction obligation is requested, which occurs just before the request for proposals. The Right of Way Section will advise the district when the construction obligation request has been submitted, and then the district will submit the A-Date request as usual.<br />
<br />
A district may submit the A-Date request if the project has NEPA and Section 106 environmental clearances, funding approved and available in the current fiscal year and approved right of way plans.<br />
<br />
For more process details regarding Design-Build projects, please refer to [[:Category:139 Design - Build|EPG 139 Design - Build]].<br />
<br />
===236.3.4.4 Early and Advance Acquisition=== <br />
<br />
At times it is in the public interest to buy right of way resulting from hardship cases, total acquisitions, or protective buying prior to the time the right of way plans have been fully developed. The department may also undertake early acquisition for corridor preservation, access management, or other purposes. When this occurs, it is possible to obtain authorization for right of way acquisition based on the approved final preliminary plan. This procedure is restricted to special cases. It is initiated by the district's request and supported with adequate justification for approval. District right of way will request approval from the [http://sp/sites/de/RealEstate/SitePages/Staff.aspx Right of Way Section] for all hardship and protective purchases.<br />
<br />
====Early Acquisition – Federal and State Funded====<br />
<br />
=====A. Federally Funded Early Acquisition=====<br />
Traditional early acquisitions are acquired upfront using state funds only, with the option to request federal participation when the parcel acquired early is incorporated into the final project limits. Federally funded early acquisitions are used when federal funds are being sought at the time the acquisitions authority (A-Date) is being requested. Federally funded early acquisitions can only be used for the purchase of real property interests being acquired without the threat of condemnation. Demolition and other construction activities cannot take place on a federally funded early acquisition parcel until such time as the overall project construction activities take place. <br />
<br />
To use federal funds for the early acquisition of a parcel, the district will submit a federally funded A-Date request and a conceptual plan depicting the parcel subject to the request to the Right of Way Section, along with [http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/236.3.4.4_Federally%20Funded_Early%20Aquisition_Certification%20Option%204.docx a certification] stating the following (see [http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/23cfr710501_cropped.pdf option #4 in the FHWA Early Acquisition table]): <br />
:1. County, Route, Job Number, Parcel Number<br />
:2. NEPA Classification date and Section 106 approval date.<br />
:3. The State Fiscal Year the project has been programmed in the STIP/TIP for acquisition.<br />
:4. We certify that the property being acquired:<br />
:::a. State has authority to acquire under state law.<br />
:::b. Is for a Title 23 eligible transportation project and does not involve 4F properties. <br />
:::c. Will not cause significant adverse environmental impacts because of the EA project or from cumulative effects of multiple EA projects carried out in connection with the transportation project. <br />
:::d. Will not limit the choice of reasonable alternatives for the transportation project or otherwise influence the decision of FHWA on any approval required of the transportation project. <br />
:::e. Will not prevent FHWA from making an impartial decision as to whether to accept an alternative that is being considered in the environmental review process for a proposed transportation project. <br />
:::f. Is consistent with the Department’s STIP/TIP planning process under 23 U.S.C 135. <br />
:::g. Complies with other applicable Federal laws (including regulations).<br />
:::h. Will not be acquired through negotiation, withing the threat or use of condemnation.<br />
:::i. Will not reduce or eliminate relocation benefits under the Uniform Act and Title VI of the Civil Rights Act.<br />
:::j. The Early Acquisition project is in the applicable TIP.<br />
:::k. NEPA for the Early Acquisition project is complete (including compliance with 23 CFR 710.501(e)(4)) and approved by FHWA.<br />
:::l. The reason for acquiring the parcel early.<br />
<br />
Upon receipt of the A-Date, conceptual plan and certification, the Right of Way Section will submit the documentation to FHWA for approval, and then advise the district when the acquisition process may begin.<br />
<br />
=====B. State Funded Early Acquisition=====<br />
Traditional early acquisitions are acquired upfront using state funds only, with the option to request federal participation when the parcel acquired early is incorporated into the final project limits. See [http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/23cfr710501_cropped.pdf options #1 and #2 in the FHWA Early Acquisition Table]. [http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/236.3.4.4_State%20Funded_Early%20Aquisition_Certification%20Option%201.docx Option #1] state funds the early acquisition without federal credit or reimbursement. [http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/236.3.4.4_State%20Funded_Early%20Aquisition_Certification%20Option%202.docx Option #2] state funds the early acquisition but is eligible for future credit.<br />
<br />
The requirements to use state funds for the early acquisition of a parcel, is as follows: <br />
:* NEPA classification is not required;<br />
:* 4F properties are not allowed;<br />
:* Acquisitions may begin once Central Office Right of Way has provided approval;<br />
:* Acquisitions and relocations must comply with the Uniform Act, and Title VI;<br />
:* Property subject to condemnation is allowed.<br />
:* The project is consistent with the department’s STIP/TIP planning process<br />
:* FHWA concurs with Central Office Right of Way that the early did not influence NEPA for the proposed project including: the need to construct, consideration of alternatives and selection of design or location.<br />
:* The department selects the alternative for which the real property interest is acquired pursuant to NEPA;<br />
:* Federal Reimbursement maybe requested after NEPA, section 4(f), and all other environmental review/approval requirements are complete.<br />
:* Reimbursement of acquisition costs is based on the usual cost to acquire.<br />
<br />
The district will submit a state funded A-Date request and a conceptual plan depicting the parcel subject to the request to the Right of Way Section, along with a certification, [http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/236.3.4.4_State%20Funded_Early%20Aquisition_Certification%20Option%201.docx Option 1] or [http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/236.3.4.4_State%20Funded_Early%20Aquisition_Certification%20Option%202.docx Option 2] stating the following: <br />
:1. County, Route, Job Number, Parcel Number<br />
:2. The State Fiscal Year the project has been programmed in the STIP/TIP for acquisition.<br />
:3. We certify that the property being acquired: <br />
:::a. Property lawfully obtained by the State agency<br />
:::b. Not 4F property.<br />
:::c. Acquisitions and relocations comply with the Uniform Act.<br />
:::d. State agency complies with the Title VI of the Civil Rights Act.<br />
:::e. FHWA concurs with the State that the Early Acquisition did not influence NEPA decision for the proposed transportation project including:<br />
::::- The need to construct;<br />
::::- The consideration of alternatives, or<br />
::::- The selection of design or location<br />
<br />
:::<u>Addition requirements for only Option 2, include:</u><br />
:::f. Property is incorporated in the transportation project to which the credit will be applied; and<br />
:::g. The amount of the credit may be current fair market value or historic acquisition cost to acquire; however, this credit must be applied consistently within the transportation project subject to the requirements at 23 U.S.C. 323(b).<br />
<br />
:4. The reason for acquiring the parcel early.<br />
<br />
Upon receipt of the A-Date, conceptual plan and certification, Central Office Right of Way will review and then advise the district when the acquisition process may begin. <br />
<br />
If the parcel cannot be acquired through negotiations, the district shall rescind the offer in writing to the property owner and advise the Right of Way Section of such action, so the previously requested funding can be de-obligated.<br />
<br />
===236.3.4.5 Advance Acquisition - Hardship and Protective Buying===<br />
<br />
In extraordinary cases or emergency situations, consideration may be given to acquisition of hardship or protective buying parcels within the limits of a proposed highway corridor prior to completion of processing of the final environmental impact statement or adoption of the appropriate environmental document for projects requiring EAs or EISs, but only after:<br />
<br />
:*MoDOT has given official notice to the public that a particular location has been selected to be the preferred or recommended alignment for a proposed highway, or;<br />
<br />
:*a public hearing has been held or an opportunity for such hearing has been afforded.<br />
<br />
Proper documentation shall be submitted to show that the acquisition is in the public interest and is necessary to see the FHWA Early Acquisition and Advanced Acquisition [http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/23cfr710501_cropped.pdf table] for specific requirements:<br />
<br />
:*hardship - alleviate particular hardship to a property owner in contrast to others. (See guidelines in [[#236.3.4.6 Hardship and Protective Approval|EPG 236.3.4.6]].)<br />
<br />
:*protective buying - prevent imminent development which would tend to limit the choice of highway location alternates. (See guidelines in [[#236.3.4.9 Acquisition of Property from an Employee or a Commissioner of MHTC|EPG 236.3.4.9]].)<br />
<br />
The transportation project manager will issue acquisition authority only after the Right of Way Section has approved the hardship or protective purchase status of a parcel.<br />
<br />
Requests for hardship or protective buying on federally funded projects will not be considered on parcels located within 4(f) land or historical properties until the required [[127.10 Section 4(f) Public Lands|Section 4(f) determination]] and the procedures of the Advisory Council on Historical Preservation are completed.<br />
<br />
Acquisition of hardship or protective buying parcels shall not influence the environmental assessment of a project including the decision relative to the need to construct the project or the selection of a specific location.<br />
<br />
Ultimate federal participation in the cost of hardship or protective buying parcels is dependent upon the incorporation of such property in the final highway right of way. When a parcel is partially incorporated in the right of way, federal funds will not participate in the remainder whether acquired as an uneconomic remnant or excess property.<br />
<br />
Should a decision be made to acquire hardship or protective-buying parcels with state funds prior to Federal Highway Administration program approval on federally funded projects, such acquisition will not jeopardize federal participation in subsequent project costs. However, said acquisition must be in compliance with the provisions of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and the Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970 as amended.<br />
<br />
Follow the limited acquisition authority process previously outlined.<br />
<br />
====A. Guideline for Determination of Hardship====<br />
<br />
The following is a guideline for determining hardship status:<br />
<br />
:*the property owner must request early acquisition and state the basis of the hardship request in writing;<br />
<br />
:*the basis of determination of hardship will generally fall into the areas of physical and/or economic problems;<br />
<br />
:*physical problems - age, health, disability and/or other extraordinary conditions that pose a threat to the health, safety and/or welfare of the owner-occupant or a member of the owner-occupant's household for whom the owner-occupant is responsible; or<br />
<br />
:*economic problems - wide range of financial disadvantages or maladjustments, personal financial losses that are beyond the relocatee's capability to resolve.<br />
<br />
=====Request for Hardship Acquisition=====<br />
<br />
The district right of way manager shall investigate each application for hardship acquisition and request concurrence in the hardship from the Right of Way Section for those requests that they determine have sufficient documentation to qualify as a hardship.<br />
<br />
=====Contents of Request=====<br />
<br />
The written request to the Right of Way Section shall contain a statement pertaining to the current status of the project involved and the district right of way manager's recommendation for early acquisition and why it would be in the public’s best interest.<br />
<br />
The following data must be attached to the request:<br />
<br />
:*a copy of the property owner's written request and documented proof of the property owner's need to sell the property and the inability to do so, due to the proposed highway location;<br />
<br />
:*any pertinent documentation to support the determination of hardship; such as, financial statements, doctor's statement in regard to health or disability, documented proof of transfer of employment or loss of employment, etc.;<br />
<br />
:*one copy of a plan sheet or strip map depicting the parcel in relation to the proposed highway corridor;<br />
<br />
:*an estimate of the cost of acquisition and relocation assistance of the parcel;<br />
<br />
:*the job number and terminus, year presently programmed for acquisition and construction;<br />
<br />
:*a statement pertaining to the present status of the project; <br />
<br />
:*a [http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/236.3.4.4_Hardship_Advance%20Aquisition_Certification%20Option%202.docx certification] from the project manager that the acquisition will not influence the environmental assessment of the project including the "no build" alternative. Per the FHWA Hardship acquisition [http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/23cfr710501_cropped.pdf requirements], the Hardship certification will include:<br />
:::'''1.''' County, Route, Job Number, Parcel Number<br />
:::'''2.''' The State Fiscal Year the project has been programmed in the STIP/TIP for acquisition.<br />
:::'''3.''' Environmental CE NEPA approval date<br />
:::'''4.''' We certify that the property being acquired: <br />
::::• A property owner’s written submission that shows:<br />
:::::o Remaining in the property poses an undue hardship compared to other property owners because of health, safety, or financial reasons, and; <br />
:::::o The owner has been unable to sell the property at fair market value because of impending transportation project, within a time period that is typical for properties not impacted by the impending transportation project.<br />
:::::o Acquisition must not influence the environmental review of the transportation project, including decisions on need to construct the transportation project or selection of an alternative.<br />
:::::o A determination has been completed for any 4(f) properties<br />
:::::o Procedures of the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation are completed for any historic properties. <br />
<br />
====B. Request for Concurrence in Protective Buying Parcels====<br />
<br />
All requests to the Right of Way Section for protective acquisition should document that prompt acquisition is required to prevent development of property that could cause higher acquisition and construction costs and relocation of people and businesses, if deferred. Any requests for protective buying should be reviewed and approved by the district Corridor Preservation Committee, or if one does not exist in your district, approval by appropriate district management prior to submittal to Right of Way Section. See the Protective Buy FHWA [http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/23cfr710501_cropped.pdf requirements]. The District ROW Manager will complete and submit the Protective Buy [http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/236.3.4.4_Protective%20Buy_Advance%20Aquisition_Certification%20Option%201.docx certification] to Central Office Right of Way.<br />
<br />
=====Contents of Request=====<br />
<br />
Each request should include the written request for protective acquisition including, but not limited to, the following information:<br />
<br />
:*name of present owner and location of property;<br />
<br />
:*area of parcel proposed for acquisition and description of remainders, if any;<br />
<br />
:*the district's estimate of the probability of development as proposed by the owner or developer and a protective savings estimate to demonstrate that increase cost may tend to limit the choice of highway alternatives;<br />
<br />
:*one copy of a plan sheet with the area involved depicted in relation to the proposed highway corridor;<br />
<br />
:*the job number and terminus, year presently programmed for acquisition and construction;<br />
<br />
:*a statement pertaining to the present status of the project; <br />
<br />
:*a certification from the project manager that the acquisition will not influence the environmental assessment of the project including the "no build" alternative. Per the FHWA Hardship acquisition [http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/23cfr710501_cropped.pdf requirements], the Hardship certification will include:<br />
::: '''1.''' County, Route, Job Number, Parcel Number<br />
::: '''2.''' The State Fiscal Year the project has been programmed in the STIP/TIP for acquisition.<br />
::: '''3.''' Environmental CE NEPA approval date<br />
::: '''4.''' Development of the property is imminent and would limit future transportation choices.<br />
::: '''5.''' Acquisition shall not influence the environmental review of the transportation project, including decisions on need to construct the transportation project or selection of an alternative.<br />
::: '''6.''' A determination has been completed for any 4(f) properties<br />
::: '''7.''' Procedures of the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation are completed for any historic properties. <br />
<br />
===236.3.4.6 Hardship and Protective Approval===<br />
<br />
The Right of Way Section will coordinate with the FHWA in obtaining concurrence in the approval for hardship and protective buying on projects with federal participation in right of way. Do not proceed with acquisition of any hardship or protective purchase parcels until written concurrence is received from the Right of Way Section.<br />
<br />
Upon approval from the Right of Way Section for a hardship or protective buying parcel, every effort should be made to appraise and acquire the property with a minimum of delay and consistent with normal acquisition procedures. A categorical exclusion determination (CE) must be completed in accordance with instructions in [[236.3 Administration#236.3.1.2 Steps for Completing Categorical Exclusion (CE) Review|EPG 236.3.1.2 Steps for Completing Categorical Exclusion (CE) Review]]. If the parcel has been included in a [[127.1 Request for Environmental Services|RES]] (Request for Environmental Services), submit an additional ROW RES for the particular parcel using the same job number.<br />
<br />
Past experience has shown that hardship and protective purchases have not resulted in significant environmental effects and that this experience has resulted in categorical exclusions being granted by FHWA in accordance with [https://www.law.cornell.edu/cfr/text/23/771.117 23 CFR 771.117(d)(12)]. MoDOT was granted approval by FHWA on June 9, 1994, for programmatic categorical exclusion for these purchases in accordance with [https://www.law.cornell.edu/cfr/text/23/771.117 23 CFR 771.117(e)]. If any parcel cannot adhere to the thresholds in the PCE agreement, a CE2 will be required to be approved by FHWA.<br />
<br />
===236.3.4.7 Condemning Hardship and Protective Buying Parcels===<br />
<br />
Should negotiations for a hardship or protective buying parcel fail, condemnation action in compliance with the Uniform Act will be instituted insofar as permitted by Missouri state law. [https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=227.050 Section 227.050, RSMo], requires the Chief Engineer to submit to the Commission in writing the Chief Engineer's recommendations as to detail plans with the right of way and surfaced roadway and type and character of construction for the highway. The statute provides that the Commission may approve, disapprove or modify the plans and proposals as recommended and the action of the Commission will not be disturbed except by subsequent action of the Commission. Supreme Court Rule 86.04 requires that when a condemnation petition is filed for the acquisition of right of way for a highway improvement, the detail plans required by [https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=227.050 Section 227.050, RSMo], shall be filed with the Circuit Clerk. This is necessary in order to confer jurisdiction on the court. Because of this, the department in many instances would not be in a position to institute condemnation proceedings immediately for the acquisition of hardship cases. In most instances, if the project has progressed to a point that detail plans can be approved by the Commission and filed with the court, the department is at a point of normal right of way acquisition. See [[236.13 Designing Right of Way Plans#236.13.13.2 Right of Way Obtained by Condemnation|EPG 236.13.13.2 Right of Way Obtained by Condemnation]] for additional information.<br />
<br />
===236.3.4.8 Condemnation Action on Hardship and Protective Buying===<br />
<br />
Prior to instituting condemnation of a hardship or protective buying parcel, the district right of way manager shall discuss with regional counsel and the Right of Way Section to determine if plans are adequate to allow for condemnation to proceed and to review offer data that is pertinent to the parcel.<br />
<br />
===236.3.4.9 Acquisition of Property from an Employee or a Commissioner of MHTC===<br />
<br />
If all or any portion of an employee’s or commissioner’s property is needed for a project the following process must be followed.<br />
<br />
An employee or commissioner-owned property is defined as any property or property interest held by an employee or commissioner wherein the individual will directly receive financial gain from the acquisition transaction. Instances where the individual is merely a corporate officer, or the interest to acquire is deed of trust held by a financial institution owned or directed by the employee or commissioner, may be handled as a normal acquisition. Should you be made aware of a situation of an owner that is an immediate relative of an employee or commissioner, the Right of Way Section will advise if the acquisition requires application of this policy.<br />
<br />
'''Employee Acquisition'''<br />
<br />
A summary of pertinent details (right of way plan sheet, facts about the employee, copy of scope of assignment (i.e., Fee Study), and other related facts) about any proposed acquisition of employee-owned property or property rights must be submitted to the Right of Way Section for the Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way’s approval prior to proceeding. Should the acquisition appear to be of a routine nature with no apparent significant conflict, the Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way will recommend the policy listed below for employees and employees need not be encouraged to go to condemnation.<br />
<br />
Acquisitions, which have been determined to be $10,000 or less, may be valued by MoDOT staff and may be reviewed and just compensation approved by the Right of Way Manager or certified appraiser . The Right of Way Section will secure administrative review of all valuations with values less than $10,000 from the Federal Highway Administration prior to an offer being made. Commission approval is not necessary to extend the approved offer to the employee. <br />
<br />
Acquisitions of more than $10,000 will have a fee appraiser or appraisers determine compensation. The appraisal will be reviewed and just compensation approved by the Right of Way Manager and a certified appraiser. The Right of Way Section will secure administrative review of all appraisals with values greater than $10,000 from the Federal Highway Administration prior to an offer being made. Commission approval is not necessary to extend the approved offer to the employee. <br />
<br />
The approved offer will then be extended to the employee and if the offer is for $10,000 or less, they can accept the approved offer. Any administrative settlement requires approval by the Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way.<br />
<br />
If the offer is for more than $10,000, the employee can accept the approved offer. Any administrative settlement requires approval by the Assistant Chief Engineer, Assistant Chief Counsel - Project Development and the Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way.<br />
<br />
The offer to mediate needs to be extended to employees. The MoDOT representative at the mediation session should be from the Right of Way Section or another district right of way office.<br />
<br />
Should the acquisition appear too controversial or cause conflict, the Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way will advise the district to proceed with the policy listed above with the added provision the employee should be encouraged to go to condemnation.<br />
<br />
Prior to condemnation of an employee, submit the appraisal, negotiator’s report, and other pertinent information to the Right of Way Section. The Assistant Chief Engineer, Assistant Chief Counsel - Project Development and the Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way will determine if a settlement or condemnation will be used.<br />
<br />
'''Commissioner Acquisition'''<br />
<br />
The following conflict of interest policy must be followed for any acquisition from a commissioner of the Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission (MHTC).<br />
<br />
'''Real property acquisition procedure'''<br />
<br />
When a member has any possessory interest in real property for which an offer of just compensation will be made so that it may be acquired by MHTC for a project, the following procedure should be used by the commission member and shall be followed by MoDOT staff and special conflicts counsel.<br />
<br />
'''Fee appraisal(s)'''<br />
<br />
The district will have a preliminary estimate of damages in a fee study. If in the fee study, the apparent compensation is estimated to be $500 or more, the district’s right of way unit will have one or more fee appraiser(s) determine just compensation for the property to be acquired and the damage, if any, to the property’s remainder. If the apparent compensation in the fee study is less than $500, the appraisal will be prepared by district staff appraiser(s) and approved by the right of way manager.<br />
<br />
'''FHWA review and approval'''<br />
<br />
The Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way will also secure review and approval of the appraisal(s) and the approved offer of just compensation from the Federal Highway Administration.<br />
<br />
'''MHTC review and approval'''<br />
<br />
When the approved offer exceeds $500, [https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=105.454 Section 105.454 (2), (3) RSMo]. requires public notice before the sale of real property. Therefore, the Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way shall place the matter on MHTC’s open session meeting agenda for the Commission to review and finally approve the offer of just compensation (with the affected member abstaining from discussion and voting) prior to the offer being made to the commission member. To provide adequate public notice, the agenda item shall be styled: “Purchase of Real Property Interest from Commissioner _________.” However, if the approved offer does not exceed $500, MHTC review and approval is unnecessary.<br />
<br />
'''Offer of just compensation to MHTC member'''<br />
<br />
The approved offer will then be made by the district’s right of way office to the member, or the member's authorized representative. However, the member will be encouraged to refuse the offer and go through condemnation (to avoid any appearance of impropriety or undue influence by the member over the staff or other MHTC members) if the offer is more than $10,000. Provided further; however, if the offer is $10,000 or less, the member need not be encouraged to go through condemnation and may execute a deed for the real property in exchange for the approved offer.<br />
<br />
'''Condemnation'''<br />
<br />
If the MHTC member agrees to the condemnation, the parcel will be condemned at the first opportunity by special conflicts counsel approved by MHTC (with the affected member abstaining from discussion and voting).<br />
<br />
'''Settlement'''<br />
<br />
Once the condemnation commissioners appointed by the circuit court have set a value for the property, if that value is acceptable to all parties, a proposed settlement in the amount of the condemnation commissioners’ award should be presented to the court for its review, approval, and entry of judgment, but the court shall be requested by special conflicts counsel to delay its action until after the members’ term ends (to avoid any appearance of impropriety or undue influence by the member over the staff or other MHTC members).<br />
<br />
'''Jury trial'''<br />
<br />
Should either party not agree with the value established by the condemnation commissioners and file exceptions to the condemnation commissioners award, the special conflicts counsel should prepare the case for trial, but shall request the circuit court to delay the jury trial until after the commission members’ term expires (to avoid any appearance of impropriety or undue influence by the member over the staff or other MHTC members). The final price for the property will be that determined by jury verdict and the court’s final judgment after appeal, if any.<br />
<br />
'''Rule 17'''<br />
<br />
Should the circuit court refuse under section (2) (I) 8. or 9. above to delay the action under Missouri Supreme Court Administrative Rule 17, the special conflicts counsel shall consult with MHTC in closed meeting regarding the appropriate course of action (with the affected member being excluded from the meeting).<br />
<br />
==236.3.5 Right of Way Expenditures==<br />
<br />
===236.3.5.1 General===<br />
<br />
The proper accounting and recording of all expenditures and income occurring as a result of right of way transactions are the responsibility of the Financial Services Division. In order for the Financial Services Division to carry out its responsibility, it is necessary for the district Right of Way office and the Right of Way Section to cooperate by supplying and interpreting essential information needed for accurate cost accounting.<br />
<br />
Although the Financial Services Division is responsible for recording all expenditures and income as a result of right of way transactions, it will be necessary for each district Right of Way office to maintain such additional record keeping as is necessary to furnish the required managerial reports and statistical data requests. These additional records may be maintained at each district's discretion so long as they are sufficient to furnish the needed information.<br />
<br />
Refer to the SAM II Chart of Accounts for coding instructions on right of way transactions.<br />
<br />
The following sections will describe right of way policy and procedure in regard to expenditure authorization and control.<br />
<br />
===236.3.5.2 Expenditure Accounting===<br />
<br />
Financial Services Division establishes one or more unique accounting number(s) for each right of way project when an A-Date is issued. This accounting number is termed the SAM II Project Number. The SAM II Project Number is available to district and division users by querying the SAM II system, and is also maintained in the Right of Way TMS system called Right of Way Parcel Acquisition (RWPA) on the Job List screen. <br />
<br />
The district Right of Way office will forward, along with the correct accounting coding, all required documentation and data for right of way payrolls and relocation claims (payments) to the Right of Way Section. Documentation required for processing payment for land acquisition by negotiation shall include a certified escrow agreement or certified sales contract, [http://sharepoint/sites/de/epg/Lists/EPGResponse/Attachments/825/Surveyor%20Legal%20Description%20Cover%20Sheet%20(2).doc Legal Description, Exhibit A], and a right of way [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/A-419%20Form.pdf Acquisition Payment (Form (A-419)] for each parcel. If an administrative settlement is reached the administrative settlement memorandum is a required attachment. Documentation required for processing payment for a temporary or permanent easement shall include a fully executed easement agreement and an administrative settlement memorandum, when necessary. In order for a check to be issued or electronic funds transfer to occur the payee must have a vendor number. This vendor number can be obtained by filling out the [http://oa.mo.gov/acct/pdffiles/vendor_input_ach_eftd.pdf Vendor Input/ACH-EFT Application Form] provided by the Office of Administration (OA) and submitting that form to OA. <br />
<br />
The payroll packet must be uploaded to eProjects and may be submitted by emailing a link to the parcel in eProjects, which includes all required documentation. <br />
<br />
The following information must be entered in RWPA under the Interest Screen for payrolls to be processed: Intended Acquisition Notice (date), Initiation of Negotiation (only required with relocations), Approved Amount, Payroll Amount, Payroll Date, Homestead (if applicable), Heritage (if applicable), and Administrative Settlement (if applicable).<br />
<br />
Once the Right of Way Section reviews and approves the payment, the Right of Way Section will submit the payroll to the Financial Services Division.<br />
<br />
Commission approval must be obtained prior to payment of land acquisition for maintenance sites, Resident Engineers' offices and district office sites.<br />
<br />
Expenditures for incidental expenses such as commercial invoices, time charges, equipment rental, subsistence expenses, pro rata tax, prepayment mortgage penalty payments and bill of cost shall be forwarded to the Right of Way Section for review and delivered to Financial Services Division.<br />
<br />
Checks in payment of right of way regular land purchases, commissioner’s awards, final judgments and relocation assistance payments are forwarded to the district for delivery to the payee. <br />
<br />
'''Accounting for Easements and Payroll Coding Changes'''<br />
<br />
As part of the accountability statute, MoDOT is required to prepare a comprehensive financial report to be audited by an independent certified public accountant. The financial report must conform to generally accepted government accounting principles. Since fiscal year 1998, MoDOT has prepared yearly financial reports and each has been audited by independent certified public accountants. This financial report is included in the yearly accountability report presented to the legislature in November.<br />
<br />
To comply with generally accepted government accounting principles, MoDOT must follow all standards issued by the Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB). The GASB is continually issuing standards to establish accounting and financial reporting requirements to reduce inconsistencies and increase comparability among state and local governments.<br />
<br />
GASB statement 51, accounting and financial reporting for intangible assets will be complied with by MoDOT. Intangible assets include permanent and temporary easements. Detail is needed when processing right of way payments and MoDOT must have the ability to report and track these permanent/temporary easements from the time of acquisition to disposition. This also includes non-cash acquisitions. <br />
<br />
'''Accounting for Easements'''<br />
<br />
Easements meeting the following two criteria are to be recorded with the appropriate fixed asset (FA) type:<br />
<br />
:1. They are MoDOT assets.<br />
:2. They are estimated to exist more than one year.<br />
<br />
All easement acquisitions are estimated to exist more than one year for accounting purposes.<br />
<br />
Permanent Easements and Utility Easements have their own Fixed Asset Type, while Temporary Easements will have a different Fixed Asset Type. <br />
<br />
Financial Services will update the general ledger fixed asset account-Permanent Easements and Utility Easements (1705) or Temporary Easements (1707) at the time the payment is processed. To affect the general ledger accounts, district right of way will enter the appropriate Fixed Asset Type on the payroll document (A-419). The Fixed and Utility Asset Types are "P" for Permanent Easements and "O" for Temporary Easements. "Regular purchases" will continue to have a Fixed Asset Type of "R". <br />
<br />
DONATIONS: Donations of any permanent easement or temporary easement must be accounted for in the database Right of Way Parcel Acquisition (RWPA) as usual. A value MUST be placed on these donations by individual easement type. While a full-blown valuation is not required, documentation of the estimated value(s) must be placed in each parcel file for audit purposes. <br />
<br />
'''Appraisal Guidance and Format Changes'''<br />
<br />
Appraisal and waiver valuation formats account for individual allocation of easement values for use in documenting the individual easement payroll items. [http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%206_Appraisal%20and%20Appraisal%20Review/Appraisal%20Review%20and%20Approval%20of%20Just%20Compensation%20Form%206.4.3.docx Appraisal Review and Approval of Just Compensation (Form 6.4.3)] and [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%206_Appraisal%20and%20Appraisal%20Review/Adjustment%20of%20Value%20or%20Just%20Compensation%20Form%206.4.4.docx Adjustment to Value or Just Compensation (Form 6.4.4)] will reflect these individual easement items under Damage to Remainder. <br />
<br />
The following provides additional information necessary for right of way to comply and meet the MoDOT needs in respect to these requirements.<br />
<br />
Acquisition Payroll Form (A-419) includes a detailed breakdown of the payroll including lines for Permanent Easements and Temporary Easements.<br />
<br />
'''Accounting for Easements - Additional Guidance'''<br />
<br />
1. If a payroll involves splitting the payroll into multiple payees (which requires two separate A-419's) then the entry in the "accounting for easements" screen should also be "split" into the number of transactions with the appropriate '''value''' for the easement type broken out separately.<br />
<br />
<blockquote>''For example''. An acquisition of a temporary easement valued at $700 in which two owners want to be payrolled 1/2 each would require two lines of entry on the "accounting for easements" screen one each for $350 dollars in value. '''The acreage would not need to be split but rather one would have the entire acreage and the other left blank'''. </blockquote><br />
<br />
2. If an easement type is valued at $0 '''DO NOT''' include it on the payroll document (A-419) and thus '''DO NOT''' attempt to code in the code block of the payroll form A-419 for the $0 value easement. <br />
<br />
3. When documenting the permanent and temporary easements within the appraisal formats (allocation section) and the appraisal review forms remember to add all the various permanent easements together and temporary easements together and report only a single quantity and value '''for each''' type. <br />
<br />
<blockquote>''For example''. The acquisition consists of a permanent drainage easement, .10 acre, valued at $1,000 permanent utility easement, .50 acre, valued at $5,000 temporary easement, 1.0 acre, valued at $100. These would be payrolled/reported as permanent easement, .60 acre, at $6,000, fixed asset "P" and temporary easement, 1.0 acre, at $100, fixed asset "O".</blockquote><br />
<br />
'''NOTE''': IT HAS BEEN NOTICED THAT RWPA DOES NOT ALWAYS MATCH WHAT IS BEING ENTERED ON THE SCREEN FOR THE AREA “ACQUIRED”. THE TWO SHOULD EQUAL, UNDERSTANDING THAT RWPA ALLOWS FOR PERMANENT UTILITY EASEMENTS TO BE ENTERED SEPARATELY.<br />
<br />
4. If there is a combination acquisition of permanent and temporary easements ONLY the fixed asset type for any administrative settlements/homestead/heritage amounts should have a fixed asset "P", again, only if there are NO "R" fixed asset payments included. If there are fixed asset "R" (regular purchase) coding, then the administrative settlements and/or homestead/heritage amounts would have a fixed asset "R".<br />
<br />
If the acquisition is a permanent easement OR temporary easement ONLY, then any administrative settlement/homestead/heritage payments would be coded with a fixed asset "P" or "O" as appropriate, even if the easement had a value of $0 and was not included on the payroll (See # 2, above).<br />
<br />
5. Access rights only acquisitions, including any administrative settlements or homestead/heritage payments associated with an access rights only acquisition, should be coded fixed asset "R".<br />
<br />
===236.3.5.3 Expenditure Controls===<br />
<br />
Right of way expenditures are controlled as follows:<br />
<br />
'''(a)''' Acquisition authority ("A" Date) and funding authorizations from project manager. (Do not make expenditures for right of way acquisition or relocation payments until authority is received from the project manager.)<br />
<br />
'''(b)''' Authorized funds shall not exceed Statewide Transportation Improvement Program (STIP) as of the date of authorization.<br />
<br />
'''(c)''' Regular purchase right of way, uneconomic remnants, excess land and borrow acquisition payments shall not exceed amounts established by approved [http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%206_Appraisal%20and%20Appraisal%20Review/Appraisal%20Review%20and%20Approval%20of%20Just%20Compensation%20Form%206.4.3.docx Form 6.4.3], [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%206_Appraisal%20and%20Appraisal%20Review/Adjustment%20of%20Value%20or%20Just%20Compensation%20Form%206.4.4.docx Form 6.4.4], district-approved payment estimate (waiver valuation) form, or administrative settlement memo.<br />
<br />
'''(d)''' Expenditures for acquisition by eminent domain shall not exceed the amounts as established by court-approved commissioners' report, court-approved jury settlement or stipulated legal settlement.<br />
<br />
'''(e)''' All other incidental expenditures shall be controlled in accordance with approved contracts, agreements or special Commission minutes.<br />
<br />
===236.3.5.4 Expenditure Authorization (Commission)===<br />
<br />
The MHTC authorizes expenditures for right of way acquisition and relocation payments when it approves the 5-year STIP or through STIP amendments.<br />
<br />
===236.3.5.5 Authorization and Processing of Incidental Expenditures===<br />
<br />
Right of way expenditures; such as, pro rata tax, mortgage prepayment penalty, fee appraisal cost, title contract fees and other incidental expenditures will be paid by commercial invoice process as specified by the FMS Financial Policies and Procedures Manual.<br />
<br />
Certain right of way expenses can be authorized and paid from the Design/Bridge Consultant (DBC) budget organization.<br />
<br />
Eligible expenses are for payments to consultants under contract with MoDOT for Title Services, Real Estate Appraisals and Reviews, Mediation and Negotiation.<br />
<br />
A copy of any contract to be funded by the DBC budget should be forwarded to the transportation project manager in the Design Division responsible for the DBC, and to Financial Services, Accounts Payable (Contractual Payments) at Central Office prior to requesting payment on that contract. This provides the ability to track contracts for reporting to legislature.<br />
<br />
Approved invoices with appropriate coding should be forwarded to Financial Services, Accounts Payable (Contractual Payments) at Central Office for processing. The district Right of Way office has full responsibility for contract administration and must certify each invoice as being due and payable under the terms of the contract.<br />
<br />
==236.3.6 Federal - Aid to [[:Category:136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy|Local Public Agency]]==<br />
<br />
===236.3.6.1 General===<br />
<br />
The Federal-Aid Program is funded with a portion of federal aid highway funds. These funds must be expended on improvements to certain designated public highways. The public highways that qualify for this program must qualify for federal aid and be under jurisdiction of and maintained by a public agency and open to public traffic.<br />
<br />
The Bridge Program is funded with an established portion of the federal aid highway funds. These funds must be expended on improvements to a public road, street, or highway. The public roads that qualify for this program must be under the jurisdiction of and maintained by a public agency and be open to public traffic.<br />
<br />
The right of way procedures for federal-aid projects must be in compliance with requirements [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/legsregs/directives/cfr23toc.htm 23 CFR] and [https://ecfr.io/Title-49/ 49 CFR]. A document entitled [[media:236 RW Leaflet.doc|Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]] has been developed and is available to provide guidance to local agencies with regard to right of way acquisition.<br />
<br />
===236.3.6.2 Definitions===<br />
<br />
:*Public Highway: Any alley, street, road or highway under the jurisdiction of and maintained by a public agency and open to public traffic.<br />
<br />
:*Public Agency: Any county, municipality, state or local political subdivision, or governmental agency. In the following subarticles of EPG 236.3, these public agencies will be referred to as "local agencies."<br />
<br />
===236.3.6.3 Responsibility for Right of Way Acquisition===<br />
<br />
The Missouri Department of Transportation has the overall responsibility for the acquisition of right of way on all federally assisted right of way projects in the state of Missouri.<br />
<br />
It shall be the district's responsibility to review plans for compliance. (See [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.5 Plans and Title Information|EPG 136.8.5 Plans and Title Information]].)<br />
<br />
If the LPA is requesting federal aid in the right of way phase of a project the district right of way office shall review cost estimates for accuracy and reasonableness and submit the estimate to the Right of Way Section for acquisition authority. (See [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.2 Funding|EPG 136.8.2 Funding]].)<br />
<br />
If the LPA is not requesting federal aid in the right of way phase of a project the district shall provide a Notice to Proceed to the LPA rather than an A-Date.<br />
<br />
Local agencies may acquire necessary right of way on projects within the political subdivision of their jurisdiction provided they are adequately staffed, equipped, and organized to provide such services to comply with requirements of [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/legsregs/directives/cfr23toc.htm 23 CFR] and [https://ecfr.io/Title-49/ 49 CFR].<br />
<br />
===236.3.6.4 Informing the Local Agency of Its Responsibility in Acquiring Right of Way on Federally Assisted Highway Projects===<br />
<br />
It shall be the district's responsibility to fully inform the local agency of its responsibility to comply with the requirements of [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/legsregs/directives/cfr23toc.htm 23 CFR] and [https://ecfr.io/Title-49/ 49 CFR] when acquiring right of way in conjunction with a federally assisted highway project.<br />
<br />
The local agency must be informed of these responsibilities prior to executing the supplemental project agreement and the agreement shall contain and set out the conditions of acquisition and funding for any necessary right of way.<br />
<br />
===236.3.6.5 Determination of Local Agency’s Capabilities to Assist in the Acquisition of Right of Way===<br />
<br />
The district shall make a determination whether the local agency is adequately staffed to perform the necessary right of way functions. It should also determine if it would be practical to maintain a staff to perform these functions. These determinations are reported on [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.2 Funding|EPG 136.8.2 Funding]] when requesting acquisition authority.<br />
<br />
If the local agency is not staffed adequately to perform all or any part of the right of way functions, contracting these functions is permitted. Contracting and contract documents are covered in [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]].<br />
<br />
When a local agency is not staffed to perform all or part of the right of way functions, it may request that the state perform all or part of these functions for the agency. The district should evaluate their program and schedule to determine if performance of this work would interfere with their own work. If approved by the district right of way office to provide this assistance, an agreement should be prepared between the agency and the state to provide these services and shall set out the conditions for reimbursement of the state's cost to provide the agreed services.<br />
<br />
Local agencies must follow state procedures as contained in this manual and the LPA Manual or develop their own procedures that must comply with [http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?sid=99f14ba848d177196155c1c9b360e4ce&c=ecfr&tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title23/23tab_02.tpl Titles 23] and [https://ecfr.io/Title-49/ 49 CFR]. Such procedures must receive prior approval by MoDOT and FHWA.<br />
<br />
===236.3.6.6 Monitoring Local Agency in the Acquisition Function===<br />
<br />
When right of way for a local agency project is acquired by other than state forces, the district shall monitor all phases of the acquisition by the local agency or its contractor to assure compliance with [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/legsregs/directives/cfr23toc.htm 23 CFR] and [https://ecfr.io/Title-49/ 49 CFR]. Monitoring should begin early in any phase of right of way activities to assure compliance and to avoid potential nonparticipation.<br />
<br />
The monitoring function also includes the condemnation phase if undertaken by the local agency. It is the district right of way office’s responsibility to notify the local agency that proper documentation must be made for not filing exceptions to awards, for justification for settlements, and for trial reports. The requirements for documentation are established in [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]]. The district right of way office shall obtain copies of all justifications and/or trial reports and furnish copies to the regional counsel for their review. Counsel's review will be furnished to the district right of way office for attachment to the project monitoring report. In case of inadequate documentation, counsel shall contact appropriate representative of local agency for corrective action.<br />
<br />
===236.3.6.7 Documentation of Monitoring Local Agency Projects===<br />
<br />
The district shall prepare a monitoring report of the local agency's performance or its contractor's performance for each phase of the right of way function. When it is determined that each phase of the right of way function is in sufficient compliance, the original monitoring report shall be retained in the district files with one copy forwarded to the division office along with the clearance certification. A copy of the monitoring report can be found in [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]].<br />
<br />
If the district determines that the local agency is not in sufficient compliance to qualify the project for federal aid, the district should work with the LPA to attempt to resolve the discrepancy. If the discrepancy cannot be resolved the district shall notify the Right of Way Section. When appropriate the Right of Way Section will confer with the Federal Highway Administration on the deficiency and notify the district of any further action necessary.<br />
<br />
===236.3.6.8 Programming Right of Way Projects===<br />
<br />
In order to receive federal participation, all projects including those involving acquisition of additional rights of way must be programmed with the Federal Highway Administration.<br />
<br />
===236.3.6.9 Acquisition Authority===<br />
<br />
Project authorization (acquisition authority) must be received from the Right of Way Section prior to incurring any expenditure for acquisition on projects where the department or local agency anticipates federal-aid participation. Before acquisition authority is issued, the district right of way office shall check for environmental classification approvals.<br />
<br />
Therefore, MoDOT and local agency must decide if they desire federal participation in the right of way phase of a project prior to making appraisals, negotiations, and actual relocation assistance payments.<br />
<br />
Acquisition authority should be requested from the Right of Way Section office by using the information contained in [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.2 Funding|EPG 136.8.2 Funding]]. All information on said form shall be furnished along with any pertinent remarks to explain the planned right of way acquisition.<br />
<br />
When department personnel are to acquire right of way for a local agency, it will be necessary to request authorization from the division office before proceeding with the work regardless of the funding on the project.<br />
<br />
If the local agency is not requesting federal participation in right of way costs, the district can authorize the local agency to begin acquiring or getting donations by approving the agencies submittal as outlined in [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.2.1 Funding Requirements|EPG 136.8.2.1 Funding Requirements]]. This action would follow the district's review of plans and a check on the approval of the environmental classification.<br />
<br />
===236.3.6.10 Obligation of Funds===<br />
<br />
Concurrent with project authorization, funds must be obligated for the total estimated cost of the work being authorized. If actual costs for authorized work exceed estimated costs, the district right of way office must submit a request for a modified project agreement to the Right of Way Section.<br />
<br />
===236.3.6.11 Clearance Certification===<br />
<br />
A clearance certification as set out in [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.10 Right of Way Clearance Certification|EPG 136.8.10 Right of Way Clearance Certification]] shall be submitted to the division office when the local agency or department personnel have acquired all necessary right of way for a project.<br />
<br />
Unless state forces acquire the right of way, the local agency shall submit to the district the required statements of certification on their letterhead, and signed by appropriate official or officials as outlined in [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.10 Right of Way Clearance Certification|EPG 136.8.10 Right of Way Clearance Certification]]. The district submits this certification along with their monitoring report indicating the acquisition qualifies for federal participation to the Right of Way Section.<br />
<br />
==236.3.7 Right of Way Clearance Certification==<br />
<br />
===236.3.7.1 General===<br />
<br />
The district shall submit a right of way clearance certification to the Right of Way Section office for all projects that involve any type of real property right being conveyed to MoDOT including temporary and/or permanent easements and/or access rights and/or right of way. It may also be necessary to submit a clearance certification on a portion (partial clearance) of a right of way project or a conditional clearance when the department's construction letting schedule indicates a need to do so. The district right of way office should maintain close surveillance of the department's construction letting schedule to assure timely right of way clearance.<br />
<br />
A right of way clearance certification is required for all right of way projects regardless of funding. A right of way clearance certification is required on all federally funded local public agency projects. The local agency shall submit a clearance certification to the district on the agency's letterhead signed by appropriate official or officials. This certification, along with a monitoring report, shall be submitted to the Right of Way Section.<br />
<div id="The District Right of Way Manager"></div><br />
The District Right of Way Manager shall submit a right of way clearance certification to the Central Office Right of Way Section for all projects that have right of way funding programmed in the STIP. If the District Project Manager and the District Right of Way Manager determine no right of way, easements and access rights are required for the project, the District Right of Way Manager will submit a right of way clearance certification. The [http://eprojects/Templates/Forms/AllItems.aspx?RootFolder=%2FTemplates%2FRW%2FChapter%203%5FAdministration&FolderCTID=0x01200083357C119C6A2C4A96DD2E4D58CF9124&View=%7B2B438AC9%2D9C62%2D4180%2D8D58%2D25D5A5C021BB%7D clearance certification] will indicate no right of way, easements or access are required for the project and the Project Manager must sign the clearance certification. The District Right of Way Manager will submit the signed clearance to the Central Right of Way Liaison at least seven weeks prior to the project letting date.<br />
<br />
===236.3.7.2 When Should Clearance Certification be Submitted===<br />
<br />
Clearance certification should be submitted when all right of way has been acquired and legal and physical possession of all parcels has been obtained and relocation assistance has been made available on occupied units. Legal possession is defined as having all legal binding documents fully executed. Physical possession is defined as having possession of the parcel with all personal property removed/relocated from the parcel.<br />
<br />
'''OR'''<br />
<br />
No later than approximately 10 weeks (PS&E due date) prior to the scheduled construction letting date of a project or portion of a project.<br />
<br />
All jobs certified clear more than one year prior to construction letting must have an updated clearance certification issued to verify that the right of way is still clear and that there are no encumbrances of any kind and there are no rental agreements, extensions of possession or leases in effect.<br />
<br />
The submittal of the clearance certification shall be by email to the Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way, Right of Way Section with all appropriate attachments, including the certification letter, a copy of the right of way plans as acquired and the acquisition complete cost estimate. The clearance certification shall be uploaded in eProjects. The date the project was cleared will be entered in RWPA by Central Office Right of Way.<br />
<br />
===236.3.7.3 Contents of Clearance Certification===<br />
<br />
Each certification must contain the following.<br />
<br />
'''1. The heading of the certification letter should contain the following:'''<br />
<br />
:*clearance certification entire project, portion of project, or conditional clearance,<br />
:*county,<br />
:*route,<br />
:*right of way job number,<br />
:*federal project number,<br />
:*termini of the entire right of way project,<br />
:*the termini by stationing of that portion of the project being cleared if it is a partial clearance certification,<br />
:*construction job number and termini.<br />
<br />
'''2. Make all of the statements depending upon type of acquisitions involved for project.'''<br />
<br />
:'''A. Right of Way Required - No Personal Property moved - No Relocation Assistance Required'''<br />
<br />
::*We certify that all necessary right of way, easements and access rights have been acquired in accordance with the [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/legsregs/directives/cfr23toc.htm 23 CFR] and [https://ecfr.io/Title-49/ 49 CFR].<br />
<br />
::*Legal and physical possession of all parcels has been obtained.<br />
<br />
::*The steps relative to relocation advisory assistance and payments were not required.<br />
<br />
:'''B. Right of Way Required - Personal Property Moved - No Occupied Improvements Acquired'''<br />
<br />
::*We certify that all necessary right of way, easements and access rights have been acquired in accordance with Titles 23 and 49 CFR.<br />
<br />
::*Legal and physical possession of all parcels has been obtained.<br />
<br />
::*Steps relative to relocation advisory assistance and payments as required by 49 CFR, Part 24 have been taken (personal property moved only).<br />
<br />
:'''C. Right of Way Required - Personal Property Moved - Occupied Improvements Acquired'''<br />
<br />
::*We certify that all necessary right of way, easements and access rights have been acquired in accordance with Titles 23 and 49 CFR.<br />
<br />
::*Legal and physical possession of all parcels has been obtained.<br />
<br />
::*Steps relative to relocation advisory assistance and payments as required by 49 CFR, Part 24 have been taken.<br />
<br />
::*All individuals and families have been relocated to or offered equivalent decent, safe and sanitary housing in accordance with 49 CFR, Part 24.<br />
<br />
::*Required data to be submitted with clearance certification.<br />
<br />
'''3. LPA Right of Way Clearance Certifications'''<br />
<br />
Attach to the clearance certification for any local public agency project a separate sheet indicating the number of parcels on the project, the number of parcels requiring condemnation, also indicate whether state personnel or local agency personnel acquired the necessary right of way. If local agency acquired, attach a copy of the district's monitoring report indicating that the acquisition was in compliance with department and Federal Highway Administration policies and procedures for acquisition and relocation assistance. The monitor checklist is included in [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.10 Right of Way Clearance Certification|EPG 136.8.10 Right of Way Clearance Certification]].<br />
<br />
===236.3.7.4 Utilities Adjustment Clearance Not to be Included in Right of Way Clearance Certification===<br />
<br />
As utility adjustments are generally the responsibility of the District Utility Engineer, it will not be necessary to make comment in regard to utilities in a right of way clearance certification. However, utility easements that are acquired by MoDOT on behalf of utility companies and included in the right of way acquisition for the project should be considered in your clearance certification.<br />
<br />
===236.3.7.5 Distribution of Clearance Certification===<br />
<br />
The original certification should be directed to the Asst. to the State Design Engineer - Right of Way, Right of Way Section through notification to the email group CO ROW, that all documents are loaded into RWPA Media. If the acquisition involves an outdoor advertising billboard sign, copy the outdoor advertising specialist in the appropriate district. Other copies may be distributed as necessary at the district level. <br />
<br />
The clearance certification as well as all appropriate attachments, including a copy of the right of way plans as acquired and any other applicable documentation, should be loaded into RWPA Media and an email sent to the group titled CO ROW, requesting review and approval of clearance request.<br />
<br />
The Right of Way Section will review the clearance certification submitted by the district and once approved will submit an approval email to the Requestor, CO ROW group, Financial Services and, when appropriate, the FHWA. The Right of Way Section will place the Approved Right of Way Clearance Certification in eProjects. District Right of Way will forward the Approved Right of Way Clearance Certification to the Project Manager.<br />
<br />
===236.3.7.6 Conditional Right of Way Clearance Certification===<br />
<br />
Should it be necessary, to allow MoDOT to meet a construction letting schedule, it is possible to issue a right of way clearance certification on a project prior to actually having legal and/or physical possession of all of the necessary right of way.<br />
<br />
This particular type clearance certification is to be issued only under very unusual circumstances, when it is considered to be in the public's best interest to proceed with the letting and the number of parcels the department does not have possession of is minimal.<br />
<br />
All other requirements for the issuance of a right of way clearance certification are applicable. It is imperative that the following information be provided for each of the parcels that the department does not have legal and/or physical possession:<br />
<br />
:* Parcel number;<br />
:* Property owner's name;<br />
:* Type of major improvement involved, if any;<br />
:* Type of right of way acquisition involved;<br />
:* Reason department does not have possession of parcel;<br />
:* Date possession is anticipated;<br />
:* How was anticipated possession date was determined; and<br />
:* Explanation as to why it is in the public's best interest to clear the right of way.<br />
<br />
The department will ensure that occupants, who have not yet moved from the right of way, will be protected against unnecessary inconvenience and disproportionate injury or any action coercive in nature.<br />
<br />
The conditional clearance shall include a statement that a follow-up clearance certification will be issued when possession of all parcels has been obtained.<br />
<br />
FHWA must review and approve all conditional clearances prior to submitting to Financial Services.<br />
<br />
The conditional clearance certification shall be uploaded in eProjects. The date the project was conditionally cleared will be entered in RWPA by Central Office Right of Way staff.<br />
<br />
===236.3.7.7 Partial Right of Way Clearance Certification===<br />
<br />
When phase construction is involved on a particular project and it is necessary to clear only a portion of an entire right of way project, all other requirements for the issuance of a clearance certification are applicable, except [[236.3 Administration#236.3.7.6 Conditional Right of Way Clearance Certification|EPG 236.3.7.6]]. In addition, the following specific information shall be provided.<br />
<br />
:*As noted in [[236.3 Administration#236.3.7.3 Contents of Clearance Certification|EPG 236.3.7.3, paragraph 1, first bullet]], the clearance certification should clearly state that the clearance is only for a portion of the entire project.<br />
<br />
:*Termini of the entire right of way project and the termini by stationing of the portion of the project being cleared, as noted in [[236.3 Administration#236.3.7.3 Contents of Clearance Certification|EPG 236.3.7.3, paragraph 1, sixth bullet]].<br />
<br />
:*In addition to the information required by [[236.3 Administration#236.3.7.3 Contents of Clearance Certification|EPG 236.3.7.3, paragraph 3]], the total number of parcels located within the termini of the partial clearance shall be provided and each parcel listed by number.<br />
<br />
===236.3.7.8 Design-Build Right of Way Clearance===<br />
<br />
Due to the nature of a design-build project that allows overlapping of design and construction phases, each design-build project will have a conditional clearance and entire clearance. <br />
<br />
As soon as the project is awarded, a conditional clearance certification will be submitted to the Right of Way Section by the district. The conditional clearance will certify that all realty rights will be acquired in accordance with the Uniform Act. <br />
<br />
District Right of Way will provide periodic parcel updates to the project director.<br />
<br />
Once all right of way is cleared an entire clearance certification shall be submitted to the Right of Way.<br />
<br />
For more process details regarding Design-Build projects, please refer to [[:Category:139 Design - Build|EPG 139 Design - Build]].<br />
<br />
==236.3.8 Junkyard Control and Acquisition==<br />
<br />
===236.3.8.1 General===<br />
<br />
:*RSMo. [https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=226.690 Section 226.690] provides that any junkyard that was lawfully in existence on August 4, 1966, which is within 1,000 feet of the nearest right of way line of any interstate or primary highway and is visible from the highway must be screened so as to render it not visible from such highway.<br />
<br />
:*Junkyards may be screened either by structural fencing such as wood, concrete, metal, earth berm, or non-deciduous vegetation.<br />
<br />
:*When it is not economically feasible or possible to screen junkyards, the department may acquire either by negotiations or condemnation a restrictive easement to the rear property line or to a depth of 1,000 feet from the right of way line.<br />
<br />
:*When new right of way for a project is acquired and renders a legal junkyard nonconforming, it is the Missouri Department of Transportation's obligation to bring it back into compliance by (1) screening, (2) relocating, or (3) purchasing.<br />
<br />
:*A junkyard is considered a business and if displaced is entitled to appropriate and applicable relocation assistance benefits.<br />
<br />
===236.3.8.2 Discussion===<br />
<br />
The Revised Statutes of Missouri, [https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneChapter.aspx?chapter=226 Section 226.650 through 226.720] prohibit the establishment and licensing of junkyards within 1,000 feet of the nearest edge of the right of way of an interstate or primary highway unless they are either:<br />
<br />
:* screened by natural objects, plantings, fences, or other appropriate means so as to render them not visible from the traveled way of the highway involved,<br />
<br />
:* located within areas which are zoned for industrial use under authority of law,<br />
<br />
:* located within industrial areas determined by the Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission from actual land use to be industrial or commercial areas, or<br />
<br />
:* not visible from the right of way of the interstate or primary system.<br />
<br />
RSMo. [https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=226.690 Section 226.690] provides that any junkyard that was lawfully in existence on August 4, 1966, which is within 1,000 feet of the nearest right of way line of any interstate or primary highway and is visible from the highway must be screened, if feasible, by the Missouri Department of Transportation so as to render it not visible from such highway. When it is determined by the Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission that adequate screening is not economically feasible or possible, it is authorized to acquire by purchase, exchange, or condemnation proceedings the lands necessary to secure the relocation or removal of said junkyard. The Commission may acquire such lands as necessary to provide adequate screening of such junkyard when it is considered to be in the best interest of the state.<br />
<br />
Legal nonconforming junkyards must meet the following requirements to be eligible for purchase or screening:<br />
<br />
:(1) eligible for license on August 4, 1966;<br />
<br />
:(2) voluntarily acquired a license by that date or within the extensions granted (the Chief Counsel's Office has granted extensions in some circumstances);<br />
<br />
:(3) junkyard is presently operating under a current license; and<br />
<br />
:(4) junkyard is within 1,000 feet of the nearest right of way line and is visible from the interstate or primary system.<br />
<br />
For a junkyard within 1,000 feet of the right of way of an interstate or primary highway to have been legal on August 4, 1966, it must have been in existence and thereafter applied for and received a license. To be licensed it must have been in a municipality or either screened from view or back at least 200 feet from the highway.<br />
<br />
When a junkyard meets the above requirements, it must be screened or otherwise brought into compliance with the law by the Missouri Department of Transportation.<br />
<br />
When new right of way for a project is acquired and renders a legal junkyard nonconforming, it is the Department's obligation to bring it back into compliance by (1) screening, (2) relocating, or (3) purchasing.<br />
<br />
When feasible, junkyards may be screened either by structural fencing such as wood, concrete, metal, earth berm, or non-deciduous vegetation. Vegetation must be of such density as to screen the junkyard from sight of the traveling public within a three-year period after initial planting and be of a variety that will screen the junkyard from view the year round.<br />
<br />
MoDOT will design and contract to build the screen or contract with the owner to construct the screen, providing that the owner constructs it in accordance with the state's specifications. Easements may be acquired by either negotiation or condemnation. The negotiated agreement or the condemnation petition must include height restrictions to assure that junk will not be placed in such a manner as to be visible above the screen.<br />
<br />
It is preferable that the property owners maintain the screen as a part of their agreement with the department. If the owners refuse and the screening easement is condemned, the maintenance will become the department's responsibility.<br />
<br />
It is not feasible to construct a screening fence to a height greater than 8 feet. Earth berms may be constructed to increase vertical height.<br />
<br />
When it is not economically feasible or possible to screen junkyards, the department may acquire either by negotiations or condemnation a restrictive easement to the rear property line or to a depth of 1,000 feet from the right of way line, whichever point occurs first. Appraisals for such restrictive easements shall be compiled in accordance with current right of way or realty appraisal policies.<br />
<br />
When negotiating, if there is a sufficient remainder, the owner should be encouraged to retain the items to be removed to the remainder at their salvage values. If this can be accomplished, the Chief Counsel's Office will prepare a restrictive easement and an escrow agreement withholding a specific amount as a performance bond to be released when the salvage is removed from the 1,000 ft. restrictive easement.<br />
<br />
When the owner does not retain the salvage, bids will be taken on the basis of the successful bidder buying and removing all junk. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a surety bond. Contract and bid documents will be prepared and furnished.<br />
<br />
If and when negotiations fail, the Chief Counsel's Office will then condemn a restrictive easement. Upon clearance, the same methods to remove the junk will be used as when the property is purchased by negotiation.<br />
<br />
A junkyard is considered a business and, if displaced, is entitled to appropriate and applicable relocation assistance benefits.<br />
<br />
===236.3.8.3 Guidelines for Screening and Acquisition of Junkyards===<br />
<br />
:(1) Determine the legality of the junkyard; i.e., zoning and validation of legal status.<br />
<br />
:(2) Determine if junkyard can be screened.<br />
<br />
::(a) The department can acquire easements at various angles to the right of way line for screening purposes either by negotiation or condemnation.<br />
<br />
::(b) A reasonable height for man-made screening is approximately 8 feet.<br />
<br />
::(c) Earthen berms may be used for screen or to increase the vertical height of vegetation or fence.<br />
<br />
::(d) Consideration should be given to recycling of scrap where practicable and screening the remaining area.<br />
<br />
:(3) Pictures can be used to document file.<br />
<br />
:(4) Develop plan sheet to show complete ownership, 1,000 ft. line, and area under permit with relation to highway, setting out elevation needed to screen; include general location of junk and any buildings, structures, or improvements involved and suggested method of screening.<br />
<br />
:(5) If it is not feasible or economical to screen, develop an appraisal for junkyard removal including 1,000 ft. restrictive easement (assistance in making such appraisal can be requested from division office).<br />
<br />
:(6) The Chief Counsel's office in Jefferson City must be contacted to prepare the conveyance and escrow agreement. '''NOTE''': Each and every conveyance or agreement must be approved as to form by the Chief Counsel's office.<br />
<br />
:(7) If the owners retain the salvage (which MoDOT prefers), a sufficient amount must be retained by Commission to assure removal of such items. In those instances where owners retains the salvage, they must contract with the Commission that a replacement site for a salvage yard operation is available to the owners.<br />
<br />
:(8) Sufficient documentation should be compiled to justify the acquisition.<br />
<br />
Estimate the cost of screening, if feasible, and estimate cost of 1,000 ft. restrictive easement including the removal of the junk. Document the file in accordance with the above guidelines and make a recommendation to the Right of Way Section along with the request for authority to proceed.<br />
<br />
Additional information is contained in [[236.17 Junkyards|EPG 236.17 Junkyards]].<br />
<br />
==236.3.9 Nonconforming Outdoor Advertising Acquisition Program==<br />
<br />
===236.3.9.1 General===<br />
<br />
:*Just compensation will be paid to the outdoor advertising sign owners and site owners.<br />
<br />
:*The owner of the structure will be given the opportunity to salvage the structure.<br />
<br />
:*Federal funds participate in 80% of the cost of removal of nonconforming outdoor advertising structures.<br />
<br />
===236.3.9.2 Discussion===<br />
<br />
When nonconforming outdoor advertising structures are removed through this nonconforming acquisition program, just compensation will be paid to the outdoor advertising sign owners and site owners for the rights and interests that are considered to be nonconforming on the interstate system and primary highway system as it existed June 1, 1991. Signs lawfully erected prior to March 31, 1992, in areas zoned commercial or industrial or in unzoned commercial or industrial areas that are nonconforming solely because they do not comply with the size, lighting and spacing requirements of the present law do not have to be removed under this program.<br />
<br />
The owner of the structure will be given the opportunity to retain the structure for removal purposes at the assigned salvage value. If signs are not retained, they will be disposed of by: <br />
<br />
:*(1) public sale;<br />
:*(2) negotiated sale; or<br />
:*(3) demolition contract or removed by MoDOT maintenance personnel.<br />
<br />
Federal funds participate in 80% of the cost of removal of such nonconforming outdoor advertising structures if funded as a transportation enhancement project. However, it is the states discretion as to whether it wishes to acquire nonconforming outdoor advertising structures utilizing transportation enhancement funds.<br />
<br />
The Revised Statutes of Missouri, [https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneChapter.aspx?chapter=226 Sections 226.500 through 226.600], regulate and control outdoor advertising adjacent to the interstate system and primary highway system to promote highway safety, convenience and enjoyment of highway travel, and to preserve the national scenic beauty of highways and adjacent areas.<br />
<br />
Outdoor advertising shall not be erected on the primary highway system as it existed June 1, 1991, and the interstate system unless said outdoor advertising sign is erected in accordance with the provisions of RSMo. [https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneChapter.aspx?chapter=226 Sections 226.500 through 226.600].<br />
<br />
The Outdoor Advertising Section of the Right of Way Section has an inventory of all signs and is charged with the responsibility of keeping the inventory current as well as issuing permits for all lawfully erected outdoor advertising signs requiring permits.<br />
<br />
Additional information is contained in [[236.16 Outdoor Advertising|EPG 236.16 Outdoor Advertising]]<br />
<br />
==236.3.10 Notice of Intent to Acquire==<br />
<br />
Please refer to [[236.10 Right Of Way Condemnation#236.10.7.4 Written Notice (RSMo 523.250)|EPG 236.10.7.4 Written Notice]] for detailed information.<br />
<br />
==236.3.11 Contracting with MoDOT and E-Verify Requirements==<br />
<br />
The following information relates to all services provided under contract including, but not limited to, title services, appraisal services, negotiation services, relocation services and mediation services. <br />
<br />
Business entities and employers are prohibited from knowingly employing, hiring or continuing to employ illegal aliens to perform work in Missouri. Participation in the federal work authorization program [http://www.dhs.gov/E-Verify E-Verify], which enables employers to electronically verify employment eligibility, is required for all public employers and business entities receiving '''a state contract''' or grant '''in excess of $5,000''' or a state-administered tax credit, tax abatement, or loan from the state. Participation in a federal work authorization program is an affirmative defense to an allegation that a business entity knowingly hired an illegal alien. <br />
{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:7px; border: 1px solid #cccccc; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="160px" align="right" <br />
|- <br />
|'''Additional Information'''<br />
|-<br />
|[https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=285.530 RSMo 285.530]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
Participation in this federal program is accomplished through the [http://www.dhs.gov/E-Verify Department of Homeland Security E-Verify website]. There is a tutorial of the program and a survey that must be completed. Once the survey is completed, the electronically signed Memorandum of Understanding verifying program participation will be given. Contractors or potential contractors may also contact the Department of Homeland Security at 1-888-464-4218 for specific questions regarding the E-Verify program. <br />
<br />
MoDOT requires any business entity entering into a contract in excess of $5,000 to provide, on an annual basis: <br />
:- a sworn affidavit, known as the [https://www2.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/documents/AnnualAffidavit-WorkerEligibilityVerification.pdf Annual Worker Eligibility Affidavit], to affirm its participation in E-Verify and<br />
:- the first page and signature page(s) of the E-Verify MOU the business has with the Department of Homeland Security (electronic signatures are acceptable indicating BOTH parties electronically signed the document). <br />
The business entity should be able to provide the entire Memorandum Of Understanding document if requested. <br />
<br />
===236.3.11.1 Sole Proprietors===<br />
<br />
'''a) Sole Proprietor-No Employees'''<br />
<br />
If the proposed contractor is a sole proprietor with no employees, presentation of a copy of the sole proprietor’s drivers license or other document as [[#236.3.11.2 Affirmative Proof|''affirmative proof'']] of their eligibility to provide services or the Affidavit-Applicant Failure to Prove Lawful Presence is all that is required for contracts in excess of $5,000. A sole proprietor with no employees will not have an Employer Identification Number (EIN) and will not be able to participate in the E-Verify program.<br />
<br />
'''b) Sole Proprietor-with Employees'''<br />
<br />
If the sole proprietor has employees, they will need to complete and submit the Annual Worker Eligibility Affidavit, the first page and the signature page(s) of the E-Verify MOU documentation along with documentation of ''affirmative proof'' of citizenship and/or permanent residency within the United States for contracts in excess of $5,000.<br />
<br />
===236.3.11.2 ''Affirmative Proof''===<br />
<br />
Proof of Citizenship/Lawful Presence/Section 208.009 RSMo/Effective August 28, 2008:<br />
<br />
:As applied to MoDOT, [https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=208.009 RSMo 208.009] requires applicants for state grants, contracts or loans to provide affirmative proof that the applicant is a citizen or permanent resident of the United States or is lawfully present in the United States. This statute is only applicable to applicants that are sole proprietorships (individuals) and partnerships because other business entities, such as corporations and limited liability companies, are registered with the Secretary of State to lawfully conduct business in Missouri, and recognized as distinct from the people who own it.<br />
<br />
''Affirmative proof'' of citizenship and/or permanent residency is defined by this statute to include “documentary evidence recognized by the Missouri Department of Revenue when processing an application for a drivers license, a Missouri drivers license, as well as any document issued by the federal government that confirms an alien’s lawful presence in the United States.” If the applicant cannot provide the above-described ''affirmative proof'', then the applicant may alternatively sign an affidavit under oath, attesting to either United States citizenship or classification by the United States as an alien lawfully admitted for permanent residence in order to receive a '''''temporary''''' state grant, contract, or loan from MoDOT/MHTC. The Affidavit-Applicant Failure to Prove Lawful Presence (see box on right) document can be found at CCO’s intranet site under contracts-MISC DOCS. An applicant who has provided the sworn affidavit required under subsection 4 of Section 208.009 RSMo, is eligible to receive temporary public benefits (1) For ninety days or until such time that it is determined that the applicant is not lawfully present in the United States, whichever is earlier; or (2) Indefinitely if the applicant provides a copy of a completed application for a birth certificate that is pending in Missouri or some other state. An extension granted under this subsection shall terminate upon the applicant's receipt of a birth certificate or a determination that a birth certificate does not exist because the applicant is not a United States citizen.<br />
<br />
===236.3.11.3 MoDOT Contracting for Services-Additional Guidance===<br />
<br />
The Annual Worker Eligibility Verification Affidavit, E-Verify and/or ''affirmative proof'' documentation/Affidavit-Applicant Failure to Prove Lawful Presence (see box on right) shall be in the district’s possession '''PRIOR''' to execution of any services contract in excess of $5,000.<br />
<br />
When contracting for Title Services and Mediation services consideration should be given to the likelihood that the contract in aggregate will amount to $5,000 or more and thus the Annual Worker Eligibility Affidavit and E-Verify documentation requirements shall apply.<br />
<br />
===236.3.11.4 Local Public Agency Contracting for Services – Additional Guidance===<br />
<br />
For contracts in excess of $5,000, the proper documentation <u>must be included</u> with any Request for Proposal (RFP) submitted to the LPA. When applicable, the proper documentation would include the [http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/standard_prequalification_process_step_3.htm Affidavit of Compliance] and the first page and the signature page(s) of the E-Verify MOU, except as noted in [[#236.3.11.1 Sole Proprietors |EPG 236.3.11.1 Sole Proprietors]]. <br />
<br />
Regardless of whether an RFP process has been utilized the Affidavit of Compliance, E-Verify and/or ''affirmative proof'' documentation or Affidavit-Applicant Failure to Prove Lawful Presence (see box on right) shall be in the LPA’s possession '''PRIOR''' to execution of any services contract in excess of $5,000. The presentation of the Affidavit of Compliance, E-Verify and ''affirmative proof'' documentation need only occur once per calendar year. <br />
<br />
==236.3.12 Consultant Right of Way Acquisition and Relocation Services (RWRS)== <br />
<br />
===236.3.12.1 Introduction===<br />
When projected workloads are high and available MoDOT staffing resources are limited, the need may arise to solicit for Right of Way Services. This is a guide for soliciting, selecting, and managing consultant contracts with MoDOT. Because Right of Way Acquisition and Relocation Services are not defined as a professional service; therefore, the steps associated with RWRS consultant selection require a different process and procedure prior to utilizing.<br />
<br />
===236.3.12.2 On-call and solicitation for Consultant Services Process – Right of Way===<br />
<br />
'''Step 1.''' District identifies a project to utilize a Consultant for Right of Way Services. <br />
<br />
'''Step 2.''' District assembles project information for the Right of Way Liaison. Include the following information: <br />
::a. Project Description (Scope, Funding, Schedule, STIP, TIP) <br />
::b. Funding Request details (earmarks, budget source, FY) <br />
::c. Period of Service (time period to complete the work) <br />
<br />
'''Step 3.''' District works with Project Manager to determine if funding is available under the job number to use On-Call Consultant contract. If expenditures for On-Call consultant work exceed $200,000, then a separate solicitation will be required, go to Step 4. If there is enough funding available under this project for RWRS services that will not exceed the $200,000 cap for On-Call Consultants, go to Step 6. <br />
<br />
'''Step 4.''' If soliciting for a specific project over $200,000, Professional Services Committee (PSC) Approval is required. The Right of Way Liaison will draft a memo from the Assistant to the State Design Engineer-ROW to the PSC (State Design Engineer, State Bridge Engineer & Transportation Planning Director) for approval to proceed. An [http://sp/sites/de/RealEstate/Consultants/J2P2215%2C%20Bus%20Route%2063%2C%20Adair/J2P2215%20Approval%20to%20Solicit%20Right%20of%20Way%20Consultants.pdf example PSC Approval to Solicit Right of Way Services] is available. The solicitation will include the following information, [http://sp/sites/de/RealEstate/Consultants/J2P2215,%20Bus%20Route%2063,%20Adair/NE%20PSC%20Approval%20Memo%20J2P2215%203-3-2020%20-%20Separate%20Scope.pdf Example Solicitation]:<br />
<br />
::a. Letter from State Design Engineer to the pre-qualified Firms <br />
::b. Projects Scope of Services <br />
::c. Project length <br />
::d. Construction Estimate <br />
::e. Other requirements (Interviews, selection date, contact information) <br />
::f. Due date for qualifications <br />
::g. Rating Criteria w/weighted Value <br />
<br />
'''Step 5.''' The Right of Way Liaison causes the solicitation to be published on MoDOT’s Consultant Services for RFQs. Then go to Step 7. <br />
<br />
'''Step 6.''' If the cap of $200,000 has not been expended for On-Call Consultant services and there is funding available for ROW consultant services, the Right of Way Liaison will gather the required information in Step 2 and Step 4 and send an email solicitation to the “[mailto:CORWOnCallConslts%20%3cCORWOnCallConslts@modot.mo.gov%3e CORWOnCallConsul]” email group identifying the project solicitation and inviting them to respond if interested. An [http://sp/sites/de/RealEstate/Consultants/J2P2215%2C%20Bus%20Route%2063%2C%20Adair/EMAIL%20Notification%20of%20Solicitation%20for%20Consultant%20Right%20of%20Way%20Service%20Project%20J2P2215%20Adair%20County%20Business%20Route%2063.msg email solicitation example] is available.<br />
<br />
'''Step 7.''' The District Right of Way Manager identifies a review team and schedules a meeting to review all the responses. A Right of Way Liaison should be part of the team. The example matrix will be used to evaluate the responses in the scheduled meeting. A [http://sp/sites/de/RealEstate/Consultants/J2P2215%2C%20Bus%20Route%2063%2C%20Adair/ConsultantRatingForm-Blank.xlsx Matrix example] is available.<br />
<br />
'''Step 8.''' The District Right of Way Manager will receive all the consultant responses and is responsible to share the responses with the review team. Please share the responses timely so it gives the review team time to be prepared for the review meeting. <br />
<br />
'''Step 9.''' During the meeting the team will evaluate all consultant responses using the matrix and narrow the consultants down to who the review team wants to move forward with and request pricing. <br />
<br />
'''Step 10.''' The ROW Manager will send an email to the consultants that the team is not interested in moving forward. An example email is: <br />
<br />
::''The purpose of this email is to inform you that the evaluation of proposals submitted in response to the subject Request for Qualifications has been completed. <br />
<br />
::''The Review Committee evaluated all proposals in accordance with the evaluation criteria set forth in the RFQ. We regret to inform you that (firm’s name) proposal was not selected for award. We want to thank you for your proposal and your interest in this engagement, and we look forward to your future participation in future RFQs for similar engagements. <br />
<br />
::''Should you have any questions about this matter, please feel free to contact me. ''<br />
<br />
'''Step 11.''' Then the ROW Manager will send an email to the consultants selected by the team and proceed with pricing request. An example email is: <br />
<br />
::''The purpose of this email is to inform you that the evaluation of proposals submitted in response to the subject RFQ has been completed. <br />
<br />
::''The Review Committee evaluated all proposals in strict accordance with the evaluation criteria set forth in the RFQ. Based upon this evaluation, '''(Firm’s name) was selected as qualified to move forward to the next phase.''' <br />
<br />
::''I have attached the preliminary plans for the project. Based upon these plans, please provide me with a cost of services for the services listed in the previously advertised scope of services (link to previous advertisement with scope below). Please submit your cost of services by 3:00 P.M. on (selected date). You can email this directly to me. We will then select a firm to hire based upon the combination of their qualifications and price. <br />
<br />
::''**Please note that Parcels _____ are total takes and will require Relocation Assistance. There may be other parcels that require relocation for signs. The noted parcels qualify for entire relocation benefits, additional parcels may qualify for partial relocation benefits. (This is an example to provide any special circumstances on parcels within the project) <br />
<br />
::''Please feel free to contact me if you have any questions. <br />
<br />
::''Here is a link to the original advertisement containing the required scope of services: https://www.modot.org/sites/default/files/documents/J2P2215%20ROW%20Solicitation%20letter.pdf.''<br />
<br />
'''Step 12.''' The ROW Manager will schedule a meeting to review the responses regarding pricing, schedule, qualifications as it fits the project needs. This is not a low bid selection, but rather a combination of qualifications and price. <br />
<br />
'''Step 13.''' Once the PSC approves the selected consultant, the district will work with the consultant to execute the appropriate contract: <br />
::a. RW57 for On-Call consultant solicitation <br />
::b. RW59 for regular solicitations <br />
<br />
'''Step 14.''' Send the fully executed RW59 agreement to CO FS to setup with project funding and a fully executed copy to the ROW Liaison. <br />
<br />
'''Step 15.''' A copy of the fully executed agreement needs to be uploaded in eProjects. <br />
<br />
'''Step 16.''' The district will administer the contract. If the district is unable to administer the contract, central office will provide that service.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[category:236 Right of Way|236.03]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Recent_Policy_Changes_in_the_EPG&diff=51660Recent Policy Changes in the EPG2022-06-27T18:04:02Z<p>Smithk: EPG 237.13</p>
<hr />
<div><div style="padding-bottom: .3em; margin: 0 .5em .5em"></div><br />
{| cellspacing="3" <br />
|valign="top" cellspacinepgg="0" cellpadding="5" style="border: 1px solid #74BAAC; background:#DCEDEA"|<br />
'''File Naming Convention for all eProject Documents'''<br />
<br />
6/27/22: New guidelines are available in [[237.13 Contract Plan File Name Convention#237.13.1 Design Contract Plans|EPG 237.13.1 Design Contract Plans]] for a filing convention that is searchable without bringing undue pressure or constraint upon the districts.<br />
<br />
'''[[751.14 Steel Superstructure|EPG 751.14 Steel Superstructure]]'''<br />
<br />
6/24/22: Guidance for tension flanges with holes was clarified in [[751.14 Steel Superstructure#Tension Flanges with Holes|EPG 751.14.2.2 Analysis Methods]], [[751.14 Steel Superstructure#Holes in the tension flange1|EPG 751.14.5.1 Bearing Stiffeners]] and [[751.14 Steel Superstructure#Holes in the tension flange2|EPG 751.14.5.2 Int. Diaphragms and Cross Frames]].<br />
<br />
'''Pushbutton Locations'''<br />
<br />
6/21/22: In [[902.6 Pedestrian Control Features (MUTCD Chapter 4E)#902.6.8 Pedestrian Detectors (MUTCD Section 4E.08)|EPG 902.6.8 Pedestrian Detectors]] and in the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.pdf ADA Checklist], guidance has been updated to reflect the minimum distance of pushbuttons from the curb line has been returned to 30 inches.<br />
<br />
'''[[236.5 Property Management#236.5.25.5 Risk Assessment|EPG 236.5.25.5 Risk Assessment]]'''<br />
<br />
6/3/22: Sovereign immunity limits increased in January 2022 and MoDOT's per occurrence coverage increased from $3.0 M to $3.5 M.<br />
<br />
'''Concrete Diaphragms on Bridges'''<br />
<br />
6/1/22: In [[751.11 Bearings#751.11.3.6 Girder/Beam Chairs|EPG 751.11.3.6 Girder/Beam Chairs]], [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.3.5 Strands at Girder Ends|EPG 751.22.3.5 Strands at Girder Ends]] and [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.3.7 Closed Concrete Intermediate Diaphragms|EPG 751.22.3.7 Closed Concrete Intermediate Diaphragms through EPG 751.22.3.11 Steel Intermediate Diaphragms]], guidance was revised to decrease the footprint of girder/beam chairs, clarify and expand concrete diaphragm details to incorporate larger girders, and remove web coil ties in bulb-tees and NU girders to reflect the recent change to standard drawings.<br />
<br />
'''[[907.8 Speed Trailers Deployed by Others|EPG 907.8 Speed Trailers Deployed by Others]]'''<br />
<br />
5/20/22: This new article provides guidance for speed trailer deployment to aid local law enforcement in the proper use of these devices. <br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:941 Permits and Access Requests#941.10 Automated License Plate Readers and Pan-Tilt-Zoom Cameras|EPG 941.10 Automated License Plate Readers and Pan-Tilt-Zoom Cameras]]'''<br />
<br />
5/20/22: Guidance for the License Plate Reader (LPR) was clarified and expanded for proper LPR installations as identified through processing initial requests.<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:747 Bridge Reports and Layouts#747.2.2.4 HEC-RAS GEO Files for Stream Crossings|EPG 747.2.2.4 HEC-RAS GEO Files for Stream Crossings]]'''<br />
<br />
5/19/22: This subarticle was retitled and its guidance updated to reflect the current use of the "HEC-RAS Convertor for Open Roads Designer" spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
'''Contract Leveling Course and Seal Coat Guidelines and Book Job Guidelines'''<br />
<br />
5/16/22: The guidelines, book job guidelines, JSP packages, book job JSP packages and contractor pdf files were updated in [[:Category:402 Bituminous Surface Leveling|EPG 402 Bituminous Surface Leveling]] and [[:Category:409 Seal Coat|EPG 409 Seal Coat]].<br />
<br />
'''[[751.9 LFD Seismic#751.9.3.1.1 Anchor Bolts|EPG 751.9.3.1.1 Anchor Bolts through EPG 751.9.3.1.4 Concrete Shear Blocks]], [[751.11 Bearings#Anchor Bolts|EPG 751.11.2.1 Elastomeric Bearings]], [[751.11 Bearings#751.11.3.5 Anchor Bolts|EPG 751.11.3.5 Anchor Bolts]], [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.2.7 Dowel Bars|EPG 751.22.2.7 Dowel Bars]] and [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.3.14 Concrete Shear Blocks|EPG 751.22.3.14 Concrete Shear Blocks]]'''<br />
<br />
5/11/22: Guidance for the design of bearing anchor bolt, dowel bar and shear block has been expanded and clarified.<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:105 Control of Work#105.15 Project Acceptance|EPG 105.15 Project Acceptance]]'''<br />
<br />
4/29/22: Guidance for project acceptance has been clarified and updated to current practice in EPG 105.15, [[:Category:108 Prosecution and Progress#8. Date of Final Inspection|EPG 108.16.1 Informational Dates]] and [[:Category:109 Measurement and Payment#109.8 Final Acceptance and Payment (for Sec 109.8)|EPG 109.8 Final Acceptance and Payment]].<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:712 Structural Steel Construction#712.1.4.1.3 Shear Connector Welding|EPG 712.1.4 Welding]]'''<br />
<br />
4/21/22: Guidance for stud welding has been updated to align with Sec 712.6.3. Also, outdated references to field welder cards has been removed.<br />
<br />
'''Construction Inspection Guidance for Records to be Maintained'''<br />
<br />
4/20/22: [[:Category:137 Construction Inspection Guidance for Records to be Maintained#137.1 Location|EPG 137.1 Location]] and [[:Category:137 Construction Inspection Guidance for Records to be Maintained#137.6 Close Out Procedure for External CM SharePoint Quality Management Documents|EPG 137.6 Close Out Procedure for External CM SharePoint Quality Management Documents]] now present updated information about how CM Division stores electronic contract documents.<br />
<br />
'''[[903.3 Ground-Mounted Sign Supports#903.3.4.3 Perforated Square Steel Tube Posts (PSST)|EPG 903.3.4.3 Perforated Square Steel Tube Posts (PSST)]]'''<br />
<br />
4/20/22: Guidance for PSST anchor installations has been updated and clarified.<br />
<br />
'''Seeding, Mulching and Temporary Seeding'''<br />
<br />
4/20/22: Guidance in [[:Category:802 Mulching|EPG 802 Mulching]], [[:Category:805 Seeding|EPG 805 Seeding]], [[806.1 Erosion Control Measures|EPG 806.1 Erosion Control Measures]] and [[806.8 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)#806.8.6.3.7.1 Temporary Seeding and Mulching (MO Specifications Sec 802 and Sec 805)|EPG 806.8.6.3.7.1 Temporary Seeding and Mulching]] reflects the new standard seed mixes, fertilizer, and lime rates (as shown in the new [https://www.modot.org/media/37677 Standard Plan 805.00 Seeding]) to promote a more effective vegetative establishment, allowing for quicker project finalization. MoDOT is obligated to stabilize disturbed areas with permanent building materials or perennial vegetative cover to minimize erosion and sedimentation of disturbed areas. New guidance for cool season and warm season grasses is available. Mulching will not be required for final seeded areas where temporary seeding is planned for temporary stabilization of areas to receive warm season grasses. A new [[media:Table 805.2.4a.docx|Guide for Grass Species]] is available in [[:Category:805 Seeding#805.2.4 Acceptance (Sec 805.4)|EPG 805.2.4 Acceptance]] to assist with general inspection and acceptance of vegetative covers.<br />
<br />
'''Pre-MASH 2016 Temporary Traffic Control Device Sunset Dates'''<br />
<br />
4/20/22: Guidance in [[:Category:612 Impact Attenuators|EPG 612 Impact Attenuators]], [[616.6 Temporary Traffic Control Zone Devices (MUTCD 6F)#616.6.1 Types of Devices (MUTCD 6F.01)|EPG 616.6 Temporary Traffic Control Zone Devices]], [[616.18 Construction Inspection Guidelines for Sec 616#For Sec. 616.3.2|EPG 616.18 Construction Inspection Guidelines for Sec 616]], [[616.19 Quality Standards for Temporary Traffic Control Devices#https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.84_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Signals_.28MUTCD_6F.84.29|EPG 616.19 Quality Standards for Temporary Traffic Control Devices]], [[616.23 Traffic Control for Field Operations#616.23.2.5 Temporary Traffic Control Devices|EPG 616.23 Traffic Control for Field Operations]], [[617.1 Temporary Traffic Barriers|EPG 617.1 Temporary Traffic Barriers]], [[617.2 Construction Inspection Guidelines for Sec 617|EPG 617.2 Construction Inspection Guidelines for Sec 617]], [[:Category:1063 Temporary Traffic Control Devices#1063.2 Procedure|EPG 1063 Temporary Traffic Control Devices]] and [[:Category:1064 Temporary Concrete Traffic Barrier|EPG 1064 Temporary Concrete Traffic Barrier]] now reflects that all temporary traffic control devices on a project must be NCHRP 350 or MASH 2016 Test Level 3 compliant. The use of two-loop temporary Type F concrete traffic barrier shall not be allowed after January 1, 2023.<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:403 Asphaltic Concrete Pavement#Lots|EPG 403.1.19 Acceptance of Material]]<br />
<br />
4/20/22: The maximum number of contractor QC sublots that can be used for one lot of superpave asphalt pavement is 28. Regardless of lot size, QA testing will always be at a frequency of one per four sublots. Any remaining quantity less than 4000 tons, that cannot be treated as a separate lot, will be combined with the previous full lot and the pay factors will be determined on the combined lot.<br />
<br />
'''Guidance Documents Needed for Property Closings'''<br />
<br />
4/18/22: In [[236.7 Negotiation#236.7.1.13 Pre-Negotiation Preparation|EPG 236.7.1.13 Pre-Negotiation Preparation]] and [[236.7 Negotiation#236.7.4.1 Purpose|EPG 236.7.4.1 Purpose]], additional guidance is available for greater clarity about what is needed from property owners to close on the properties either with MoDOT or a title company.<br />
<br />
'''Prestressed Concrete I Girders'''<br />
<br />
4/11/22: In [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.2.5 Pretensioned Anchorage Zones|EPG 751.22.2.5 Pretensioned Anchorage Zones]], the bursting resistance guidance now allows a larger number of bonded strands for many of these girders, effectively increasing the span limits for the girders. Guidance was expanded in [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.3.2.1 Type 2 Girder|EPG 751.22.3.2.1 through 751.22.3.2.6]] to eliminate or reduce conflict between the lowest middle two strands and the B bars.<br />
<br />
'''[[127.2 Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources#127.2.5 Approximate Timelines for Section 106 Compliance|EPG 127.2.5 Approximate Timelines for Section 106 Compliance]]'''<br />
<br />
4/5/22: Guidance about the timelines for completing the Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act review process has been clarified.<br />
<br />
'''Coil Ties in Prestressed Girder Webs'''<br />
<br />
3/28/22: In several [[751.50 Standard Detailing Notes#(G1.9.1)|EPG 751.50 Standard Detailing Notes]], references to web coil ties in bulb-tee and NU girders have been removed since these are now no longer being used.<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:109 Measurement and Payment#109.11 Compensation for Project Delays (for Sec 109.11)|EPG 109.11 Compensation for Project Delays]]'''<br />
<br />
3/16/22: Guidance has been expanded to produce more uniform administration of delay claims.<br />
<br />
'''[[902.4 Signal Installations and Equipment#902.4.2.1 Controller and Cabinet Replacement Program|EPG 902.4.2.1 Controller and Cabinet Replacement Program]]'''<br />
<br />
2/16/22: The recommended replacement age for signal cabinets was updated to 25 years from 20 years. <br />
<br />
'''Right of Way Mediation'''<br />
<br />
2/15/22: In [[236.7 Negotiation#Prior to offering mediation|EPG 236.7.2.19 Acquisition by Mediation]] and [[236.11 Mediation#Prior to offering mediation|EPG 236.11.1.3 Purpose]], guidance has been updated to reflect current process and procedures, including the MoDOT Impasse Letter.<br />
<br />
'''Bridge Barrier and Railing Guidance'''<br />
<br />
2/14/22: Guidance in [[751.1 Preliminary Design#751.1.3.4 Barrier or Railing Type, Height and Guidelines for Curb Blockouts|EPG 751.1.3.4 Barrier or Railing Type, Height and Guidelines for Curb Blockouts]], [[751.12 Barriers, Railings, Curbs and Fences#751.12.1.3 Type D and H (42ʺ and 32ʺ single sloped railing)|EPG 751.12.1.3 Type D and H (42ʺ and 32ʺ single sloped railing)]] and [[751.12 Barriers, Railings, Curbs and Fences#751.12.2 Two Tube Rail (Top Mounted) TL-4 (NCHRP 350)|EPG 751.12.2 Two Tube Rail (Top Mounted) TL-4 (NCHRP 350)]] has been clarified and coordinated.</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=237.13_Contract_Plan_File_Name_Convention&diff=51659237.13 Contract Plan File Name Convention2022-06-27T17:29:49Z<p>Smithk: /* 237.13.1 Design Contract Plans */</p>
<hr />
<div>A conventional method of naming contract plan files is a necessary part of the implementation of electronic plans for MoDOT. This file naming convention is a vital part of the ProjectWise document management system.<br />
<br />
==237.13.1 Design Contract Plans==<br />
The file naming convention for all eProject documents shall begin with:<br />
:'''[job#]_[general identification]_'''<br />
<br />
The general identification is a description such as “SIMS_FORM”, “WORK_DAY_STUDY”, etc. The only CADD file that is placed in eProjects is a zipped Electronic Design Data (EDD) file called Job#_EDD_info.zip. See [[237.14 Electronic Design Data Delivery (BIM Deliverables)#237.14.3.2 Submittal of MoDOT Designed Projects|EPG 237.14.3.2 Submittal of MoDOT Designed Projects]].<br />
<br />
The file naming convention for all Design Contract Plans shall be as follows:<br />
<br />
:'''[sheet#]_[abbreviated sheet type]_[''optional'' sheet# by sheet type]_[job#]_[scale]_[optional description].dgn'''<br />
<br />
''The only acceptable characters will be capital letters, numbers, or an underscore "_". An underscore "_" will be used as a separation between items''<br />
<br />
:'''[sheet#]''' is a sequential 3 digit number assigned to each sheet and should match that of the Index of Sheets of the Title Sheet. There are two exceptions to the 3 digit convention:<br />
::*First, for sheets #001 through #003, all Title Sheets will begin with the number #001, Typical Section Sheets will begin with #002 and Quantity Sheets will begin with number #003. For projects that do not have Typical Sections, the Quantity Sheets will begin with number #002. <br />
::*Second, for sheets with multiple borders (such as in cross-section (XS) sheets), the naming convention will differ as follows: The type of sheet will be followed by the sheet numbers. The following example shows cross-section sheets 011-015 followed by job #, scale, and optional description: XS_011-015_J0P0928_I5_RP1.dgn. There will be no leading numbers on these file names.<br />
<br />
:After sheet(s) #003, sequential numbering shall continue with no duplicate numbers. If a sheet (or sheets) need(s) to be inserted, a sequential letter will follow the number (004, 005, 006, 006A, 006B, 006C, 007, etc.). If more than 26 sheets are required to be inserted, the designer should consider renumbering all contract plans from the insertion point forward.<br />
<br />
:'''[abbreviated sheet type]''' is the 2 lettered abbreviation, identifying a particular kind of sheet (i.e., QU=Quantity Sheet, PP=Plan-Profile Sheet, etc.). These abbreviations shall be unique and also used in the [[#237.13.6 Index of Sheets|Index of Sheets]] on the title sheet and must match.<br />
<br />
:'''[''optional'' sheet# by sheet type]''' is an optional 2 or 3 digit number, assigned by a designer, within a particular sheet type (e.g., EC_01, EC_02 would be the 1st and 2nd Erosion Control Sheets).<br />
<br />
:'''[job#]''' is the job number as assigned by the district (e.g., J0P0928).<br />
<br />
:'''[scale]''' is the scale the MicroStation border was created in for a particular drawing (e.g., I1, I100).<br />
<br />
:'''[optional description]''' is a description added by the designer to quickly identify components of a project that need to be identified (e.g., STAGE1, 54THSTREET, etc.).<br />
<br />
----<br />
'''Example of No Typical Sections'''<br />
[[image:237.13.1 no typical.jpg|right|270px]]<br />
:::001_TL_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::002_QU_01_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::002_QU_02_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::002_QU_03_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::002_QU_04_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::003_CL_01_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::004_CL_02_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::005_CL_03_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::006_CP_01_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::007_TC_01_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::008_TC_02_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::009_TC_03_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::010_TC_04_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::011_TC_05_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::012_TC_06_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::013_TC_07_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::014_TC_08_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
<br />
----<br />
'''Example Single Quantity Sheet'''<br />
<br />
[[Image:237.13 Single Quantity Sheet.gif]]<br />
<br />
----<br />
'''Example Multiple Quantity Sheet'''<br />
<br />
[[Image:237.13 Multiple Quantity Sheets.gif]]<br />
<br />
----<br />
'''Example with Optional Description'''<br />
[[Image:237.13 Example Optional sheet no. and description.gif]]<br />
<br />
----<br />
'''Example Single Cross-Section Sheet'''<br />
[[Image:237.13 Single Cross Section Sheet.gif]]<br />
<br />
----<br />
'''Example Multiple Cross-Section Sheets'''<br />
[[Image:237.13 Multiple Cross Section Sheets.gif]]<br />
<br />
==237.13.2 Electronic Design Data==<br />
<br />
File naming convention for electronic design data files generated from GEOPAK for Roadway Contract Plans shall be as follows:<br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"<br />
|+<br />
|align="center"| '''Contents File Report'''||width="350"| project_data_Summary_report_[job#].XLSX<br />
|-<br />
|align="center" rowspan="3"|'''Geometry Files'''|| civil_geometry_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|civil_geometry_[job#].XML<br />
|-<br />
|civil_geometry_report_[job#].XLSX<br />
|-<br />
|align="center" rowspan="8"|'''MicroStation Files'''|| corridors_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|graphical_filters_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|superelevation_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|drainage_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|xs_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|plan_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|profile_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|plan_profile_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|width="260" align="center" rowspan="5"|'''3D Existing Terrain Models'''|| terrain_existing_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|terrain_existing_[job#].XML<br />
|-<br />
|survey_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|survey_report_[job#].PDF<br />
|-<br />
|survey_coordinate_[job#].CSV<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|'''3D Digital Design Models'''|| proposed_surface_[job#].XML<br />
|}<br />
<br />
==237.13.3 Bridge Contract Plans==<br />
[[image:237.13.2 bridge contract plans.jpg|right|180px]]<br />
<br />
The file naming convention for all bridge contract plans shall be in accordance with [[751.5 Structural Detailing Guidelines#751.5.1.4 Contract Plan File Name Convention|EPG 751.5.1.4 Contract Plan File Name Convention]].<br />
<br />
==237.13.4 Example Set of Plans==<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|-<br />
|width="335"|001_TITLE_J0P0928_ITITLESHEET.dgn ||009_SS_02_J0P0928_I20.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|002_TS_01_J0P0928_I5_001.dgn ||010_EC_01_J0P0928_I50.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|002_TS_02_J0P0928_I5_002.dgn ||011_EC_02_J0P0928_I50.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|002_TS_03_J0P0928_I5_003.dgn ||012_EC_03_J0P0928_I50.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|002_TS_04-06_J0P0928_I5_004.dgn ||013_CS_01_J0P0928_I10.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|002_TS_04-06_J0P0928_I5_005.dgn ||014_CS_02_J0P0928_I10.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|002_TS_04-06_J0P0928_I5_006.dgn ||B_A6885_001_J0P0928_FrontSheet.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|003_QU_01-05_J0P0928_I1_001.dgn ||B_A6885_002_J0P0928_CulvertDetails.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|003_QU_01-05_J0P0928_I1_002.dgn ||B_B7008_003_J0P0928_BarBill.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|003_QU_01-05_J0P0928_I1_003.dgn ||B_B7008_004_J0P0928_InfoSheets.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|003_QU_01-05_J0P0928_I1_004.dgn ||XS_001-005_J0P0928_I5_Stage1_001.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|003_QU_01-05_J0P0928_I1_005.dgn ||XS_001-005_J0P0928_I5_Stage1_002.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|003_QU_06_J0P0928_I1.dgn ||XS_001-005_J0P0928_I5_Stage1_003.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|004_PP_J0P0928_I50_Rte65.dgn ||XS_001-005_J0P0928_I5_Stage1_004.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|005_PP_J0P0928_I50_Rte65.dgn ||XS_001-005_J0P0928_I5_Stage1_005.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|006_PP_J0P0928_I50_Rte65.dgn ||XS_006-010_J0P0928_I5_Stage1_006.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|007_PP_J0P0928_I50_Rte65.dgn ||XS_006-010_J0P0928_I5_Stage1_007.dgn<br />
|-<br />
|007A_PP_J0P0928_I50_Rte65.dgn ||XS_006-010_J0P0928_I5_Stage1_008.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|008_SS_01_J0P0928_I20.dgn ||XS_006-010_J0P0928_I5_Stage1_009.dgn <br />
|}<br />
<br />
==237.13.5 Example Set of Electronic Design Data==<br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"<br />
|+<br />
|rowspan="2" width="210"|Content's File Report|| Project_Data_Summary_Sheet_J2P0928.pdf<br />
|-<br />
| Civil_Geometry_Report.xlsx or pdf<br />
|-<br />
|Horizontal & Vertical Civil<br/>Features File ||Civil_Geometry_J0P0928.xml<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="13"|Power GeoPak SS4 Files|| Civil_Geometry_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Corridors_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Drainage_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Graphical_Filters_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Plan_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Profile_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Striping_J2P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Superelevation_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Survey_Exported_Graphics_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Survey_Terrain_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Survey_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Coordinate_Points_Sheet_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| XS_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|Terrain Files|| Terrain_Existing_J0P0928.xml<br />
|-<br />
| Terrain_Proposed_J0P0928.xml<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|Survey Files|| Survey_Coordinate_File_J0P0928.csv<br />
|-<br />
| Survey_Report_J0P0928.pdf<br />
|}<br />
<br />
==237.13.6 Index of Sheets==<br />
<br />
Following is an example of the Index of Sheets on the title sheet:<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|width="300 px"|'''DESCRIPTION''' || '''SHEET NUMBER'''<br />
|}<br />
TITLE SHEET---------------------------------------------------------------------1<br />
<br />
TYPICAL SECTIONS (TS) (XX SHEETS)---------------------------------2 <br />
<br />
QUANTITIES (QU) (XX SHEETS)-------------------------------------------3<br />
<br />
PLAN-PROFILE (PP)-------------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
RIGHT OF WAY (RW)------------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
REFERENCE POINTS (RP)----------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
COORDINATE POINTS (CP)---------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
SPECIAL SHEETS (SS)---------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
TRAFFIC CONTROL SHEETS (TC)------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
EROSION CONTROL SHEETS (EC)----------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
LIGHTING (LT)---------------------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
SIGNALS (SG)----------------------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
SIGNING (SN)----------------------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
PAVEMENT MARKING (PM)---------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
CULVERT SECTIONS (CS)-----------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
BRIDGE DRAWINGS (B) <br />
<br />
:A####------------------------------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
:A####------------------------------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
:A####------------------------------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
:A####------------------------------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
CROSS-SECTIONS (XS)----------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
[[image:237.13.4.jpg|center|820px]]<br />
<br />
[[category:237 Contract Plans]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=237.13_Contract_Plan_File_Name_Convention&diff=51658237.13 Contract Plan File Name Convention2022-06-27T17:29:06Z<p>Smithk: /* 237.13.1 Design Contract Plans */</p>
<hr />
<div>A conventional method of naming contract plan files is a necessary part of the implementation of electronic plans for MoDOT. This file naming convention is a vital part of the ProjectWise document management system.<br />
<br />
==237.13.1 Design Contract Plans==<br />
The file naming convention for all eProject documents shall begin:<br />
:'''[job#]_[general identification]_'''<br />
<br />
The general identification is a description such as “SIMS_FORM”, “WORK_DAY_STUDY”, etc. The only CADD file that is place in eProjects is a zipped Electronic Design Data (EDD) file called Job#_EDD_info.zip. See [[237.14 Electronic Design Data Delivery (BIM Deliverables)#237.14.3.2 Submittal of MoDOT Designed Projects|EPG 237.14.3.2 Submittal of MoDOT Designed Projects]].<br />
<br />
The file naming convention for all Design Contract Plans shall be as follows:<br />
<br />
:'''[sheet#]_[abbreviated sheet type]_[''optional'' sheet# by sheet type]_[job#]_[scale]_[optional description].dgn'''<br />
<br />
''The only acceptable characters will be capital letters, numbers, or an underscore "_". An underscore "_" will be used as a separation between items''<br />
<br />
:'''[sheet#]''' is a sequential 3 digit number assigned to each sheet and should match that of the Index of Sheets of the Title Sheet. There are two exceptions to the 3 digit convention:<br />
::*First, for sheets #001 through #003, all Title Sheets will begin with the number #001, Typical Section Sheets will begin with #002 and Quantity Sheets will begin with number #003. For projects that do not have Typical Sections, the Quantity Sheets will begin with number #002. <br />
::*Second, for sheets with multiple borders (such as in cross-section (XS) sheets), the naming convention will differ as follows: The type of sheet will be followed by the sheet numbers. The following example shows cross-section sheets 011-015 followed by job #, scale, and optional description: XS_011-015_J0P0928_I5_RP1.dgn. There will be no leading numbers on these file names.<br />
<br />
:After sheet(s) #003, sequential numbering shall continue with no duplicate numbers. If a sheet (or sheets) need(s) to be inserted, a sequential letter will follow the number (004, 005, 006, 006A, 006B, 006C, 007, etc.). If more than 26 sheets are required to be inserted, the designer should consider renumbering all contract plans from the insertion point forward.<br />
<br />
:'''[abbreviated sheet type]''' is the 2 lettered abbreviation, identifying a particular kind of sheet (i.e., QU=Quantity Sheet, PP=Plan-Profile Sheet, etc.). These abbreviations shall be unique and also used in the [[#237.13.6 Index of Sheets|Index of Sheets]] on the title sheet and must match.<br />
<br />
:'''[''optional'' sheet# by sheet type]''' is an optional 2 or 3 digit number, assigned by a designer, within a particular sheet type (e.g., EC_01, EC_02 would be the 1st and 2nd Erosion Control Sheets).<br />
<br />
:'''[job#]''' is the job number as assigned by the district (e.g., J0P0928).<br />
<br />
:'''[scale]''' is the scale the MicroStation border was created in for a particular drawing (e.g., I1, I100).<br />
<br />
:'''[optional description]''' is a description added by the designer to quickly identify components of a project that need to be identified (e.g., STAGE1, 54THSTREET, etc.).<br />
<br />
----<br />
'''Example of No Typical Sections'''<br />
[[image:237.13.1 no typical.jpg|right|270px]]<br />
:::001_TL_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::002_QU_01_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::002_QU_02_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::002_QU_03_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::002_QU_04_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::003_CL_01_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::004_CL_02_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::005_CL_03_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::006_CP_01_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::007_TC_01_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::008_TC_02_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::009_TC_03_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::010_TC_04_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::011_TC_05_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::012_TC_06_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::013_TC_07_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::014_TC_08_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
<br />
----<br />
'''Example Single Quantity Sheet'''<br />
<br />
[[Image:237.13 Single Quantity Sheet.gif]]<br />
<br />
----<br />
'''Example Multiple Quantity Sheet'''<br />
<br />
[[Image:237.13 Multiple Quantity Sheets.gif]]<br />
<br />
----<br />
'''Example with Optional Description'''<br />
[[Image:237.13 Example Optional sheet no. and description.gif]]<br />
<br />
----<br />
'''Example Single Cross-Section Sheet'''<br />
[[Image:237.13 Single Cross Section Sheet.gif]]<br />
<br />
----<br />
'''Example Multiple Cross-Section Sheets'''<br />
[[Image:237.13 Multiple Cross Section Sheets.gif]]<br />
<br />
==237.13.2 Electronic Design Data==<br />
<br />
File naming convention for electronic design data files generated from GEOPAK for Roadway Contract Plans shall be as follows:<br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"<br />
|+<br />
|align="center"| '''Contents File Report'''||width="350"| project_data_Summary_report_[job#].XLSX<br />
|-<br />
|align="center" rowspan="3"|'''Geometry Files'''|| civil_geometry_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|civil_geometry_[job#].XML<br />
|-<br />
|civil_geometry_report_[job#].XLSX<br />
|-<br />
|align="center" rowspan="8"|'''MicroStation Files'''|| corridors_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|graphical_filters_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|superelevation_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|drainage_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|xs_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|plan_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|profile_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|plan_profile_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|width="260" align="center" rowspan="5"|'''3D Existing Terrain Models'''|| terrain_existing_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|terrain_existing_[job#].XML<br />
|-<br />
|survey_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|survey_report_[job#].PDF<br />
|-<br />
|survey_coordinate_[job#].CSV<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|'''3D Digital Design Models'''|| proposed_surface_[job#].XML<br />
|}<br />
<br />
==237.13.3 Bridge Contract Plans==<br />
[[image:237.13.2 bridge contract plans.jpg|right|180px]]<br />
<br />
The file naming convention for all bridge contract plans shall be in accordance with [[751.5 Structural Detailing Guidelines#751.5.1.4 Contract Plan File Name Convention|EPG 751.5.1.4 Contract Plan File Name Convention]].<br />
<br />
==237.13.4 Example Set of Plans==<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|-<br />
|width="335"|001_TITLE_J0P0928_ITITLESHEET.dgn ||009_SS_02_J0P0928_I20.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|002_TS_01_J0P0928_I5_001.dgn ||010_EC_01_J0P0928_I50.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|002_TS_02_J0P0928_I5_002.dgn ||011_EC_02_J0P0928_I50.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|002_TS_03_J0P0928_I5_003.dgn ||012_EC_03_J0P0928_I50.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|002_TS_04-06_J0P0928_I5_004.dgn ||013_CS_01_J0P0928_I10.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|002_TS_04-06_J0P0928_I5_005.dgn ||014_CS_02_J0P0928_I10.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|002_TS_04-06_J0P0928_I5_006.dgn ||B_A6885_001_J0P0928_FrontSheet.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|003_QU_01-05_J0P0928_I1_001.dgn ||B_A6885_002_J0P0928_CulvertDetails.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|003_QU_01-05_J0P0928_I1_002.dgn ||B_B7008_003_J0P0928_BarBill.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|003_QU_01-05_J0P0928_I1_003.dgn ||B_B7008_004_J0P0928_InfoSheets.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|003_QU_01-05_J0P0928_I1_004.dgn ||XS_001-005_J0P0928_I5_Stage1_001.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|003_QU_01-05_J0P0928_I1_005.dgn ||XS_001-005_J0P0928_I5_Stage1_002.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|003_QU_06_J0P0928_I1.dgn ||XS_001-005_J0P0928_I5_Stage1_003.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|004_PP_J0P0928_I50_Rte65.dgn ||XS_001-005_J0P0928_I5_Stage1_004.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|005_PP_J0P0928_I50_Rte65.dgn ||XS_001-005_J0P0928_I5_Stage1_005.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|006_PP_J0P0928_I50_Rte65.dgn ||XS_006-010_J0P0928_I5_Stage1_006.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|007_PP_J0P0928_I50_Rte65.dgn ||XS_006-010_J0P0928_I5_Stage1_007.dgn<br />
|-<br />
|007A_PP_J0P0928_I50_Rte65.dgn ||XS_006-010_J0P0928_I5_Stage1_008.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|008_SS_01_J0P0928_I20.dgn ||XS_006-010_J0P0928_I5_Stage1_009.dgn <br />
|}<br />
<br />
==237.13.5 Example Set of Electronic Design Data==<br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"<br />
|+<br />
|rowspan="2" width="210"|Content's File Report|| Project_Data_Summary_Sheet_J2P0928.pdf<br />
|-<br />
| Civil_Geometry_Report.xlsx or pdf<br />
|-<br />
|Horizontal & Vertical Civil<br/>Features File ||Civil_Geometry_J0P0928.xml<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="13"|Power GeoPak SS4 Files|| Civil_Geometry_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Corridors_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Drainage_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Graphical_Filters_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Plan_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Profile_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Striping_J2P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Superelevation_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Survey_Exported_Graphics_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Survey_Terrain_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Survey_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Coordinate_Points_Sheet_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| XS_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|Terrain Files|| Terrain_Existing_J0P0928.xml<br />
|-<br />
| Terrain_Proposed_J0P0928.xml<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|Survey Files|| Survey_Coordinate_File_J0P0928.csv<br />
|-<br />
| Survey_Report_J0P0928.pdf<br />
|}<br />
<br />
==237.13.6 Index of Sheets==<br />
<br />
Following is an example of the Index of Sheets on the title sheet:<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|width="300 px"|'''DESCRIPTION''' || '''SHEET NUMBER'''<br />
|}<br />
TITLE SHEET---------------------------------------------------------------------1<br />
<br />
TYPICAL SECTIONS (TS) (XX SHEETS)---------------------------------2 <br />
<br />
QUANTITIES (QU) (XX SHEETS)-------------------------------------------3<br />
<br />
PLAN-PROFILE (PP)-------------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
RIGHT OF WAY (RW)------------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
REFERENCE POINTS (RP)----------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
COORDINATE POINTS (CP)---------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
SPECIAL SHEETS (SS)---------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
TRAFFIC CONTROL SHEETS (TC)------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
EROSION CONTROL SHEETS (EC)----------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
LIGHTING (LT)---------------------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
SIGNALS (SG)----------------------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
SIGNING (SN)----------------------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
PAVEMENT MARKING (PM)---------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
CULVERT SECTIONS (CS)-----------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
BRIDGE DRAWINGS (B) <br />
<br />
:A####------------------------------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
:A####------------------------------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
:A####------------------------------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
:A####------------------------------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
CROSS-SECTIONS (XS)----------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
[[image:237.13.4.jpg|center|820px]]<br />
<br />
[[category:237 Contract Plans]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=237.13_Contract_Plan_File_Name_Convention&diff=51657237.13 Contract Plan File Name Convention2022-06-27T16:27:47Z<p>Smithk: /* 237.13.1 Design Contract Plans */ Per EPS, new guidelines to produce a filing convention that is acceptably searchable without bringing undue pressure or constraint upon the districts</p>
<hr />
<div>A conventional method of naming contract plan files is a necessary part of the implementation of electronic plans for MoDOT. This file naming convention is a vital part of the ProjectWise document management system.<br />
<br />
==237.13.1 Design Contract Plans==<br />
The file naming convention for all eProject documents shall be:<br />
:'''[job#]_[general identification]_'''<br />
<br />
The general identification is a description such as “SIMS_FORM”, “WORK_DAY_STUDY”, etc. The only CADD file that is place in eProjects is a zipped Electronic Design Data (EDD) file called Job#_EDD_info.zip. See [[237.14 Electronic Design Data Delivery (BIM Deliverables)#237.14.3.2 Submittal of MoDOT Designed Projects|EPG 237.14.3.2 Submittal of MoDOT Designed Projects]].<br />
<br />
The file naming convention for all Design Contract Plans shall be as follows:<br />
<br />
:'''[sheet#]_[abbreviated sheet type]_[''optional'' sheet# by sheet type]_[job#]_[scale]_[optional description].dgn'''<br />
<br />
''The only acceptable characters will be capital letters, numbers, or an underscore "_". An underscore "_" will be used as a separation between items''<br />
<br />
:'''[sheet#]''' is a sequential 3 digit number assigned to each sheet and should match that of the Index of Sheets of the Title Sheet. There are two exceptions to the 3 digit convention:<br />
::*First, for sheets #001 through #003, all Title Sheets will begin with the number #001, Typical Section Sheets will begin with #002 and Quantity Sheets will begin with number #003. For projects that do not have Typical Sections, the Quantity Sheets will begin with number #002. <br />
::*Second, for sheets with multiple borders (such as in cross-section (XS) sheets), the naming convention will differ as follows: The type of sheet will be followed by the sheet numbers. The following example shows cross-section sheets 011-015 followed by job #, scale, and optional description: XS_011-015_J0P0928_I5_RP1.dgn. There will be no leading numbers on these file names.<br />
<br />
:After sheet(s) #003, sequential numbering shall continue with no duplicate numbers. If a sheet (or sheets) need(s) to be inserted, a sequential letter will follow the number (004, 005, 006, 006A, 006B, 006C, 007, etc.). If more than 26 sheets are required to be inserted, the designer should consider renumbering all contract plans from the insertion point forward.<br />
<br />
:'''[abbreviated sheet type]''' is the 2 lettered abbreviation, identifying a particular kind of sheet (i.e., QU=Quantity Sheet, PP=Plan-Profile Sheet, etc.). These abbreviations shall be unique and also used in the [[#237.13.6 Index of Sheets|Index of Sheets]] on the title sheet and must match.<br />
<br />
:'''[''optional'' sheet# by sheet type]''' is an optional 2 or 3 digit number, assigned by a designer, within a particular sheet type (e.g., EC_01, EC_02 would be the 1st and 2nd Erosion Control Sheets).<br />
<br />
:'''[job#]''' is the job number as assigned by the district (e.g., J0P0928).<br />
<br />
:'''[scale]''' is the scale the MicroStation border was created in for a particular drawing (e.g., I1, I100).<br />
<br />
:'''[optional description]''' is a description added by the designer to quickly identify components of a project that need to be identified (e.g., STAGE1, 54THSTREET, etc.).<br />
<br />
----<br />
'''Example of No Typical Sections'''<br />
[[image:237.13.1 no typical.jpg|right|270px]]<br />
:::001_TL_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::002_QU_01_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::002_QU_02_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::002_QU_03_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::002_QU_04_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::003_CL_01_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::004_CL_02_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::005_CL_03_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::006_CP_01_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::007_TC_01_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::008_TC_02_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::009_TC_03_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::010_TC_04_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::011_TC_05_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::012_TC_06_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::013_TC_07_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
:::014_TC_08_JXSXXXX.pdf<br />
<br />
----<br />
'''Example Single Quantity Sheet'''<br />
<br />
[[Image:237.13 Single Quantity Sheet.gif]]<br />
<br />
----<br />
'''Example Multiple Quantity Sheet'''<br />
<br />
[[Image:237.13 Multiple Quantity Sheets.gif]]<br />
<br />
----<br />
'''Example with Optional Description'''<br />
[[Image:237.13 Example Optional sheet no. and description.gif]]<br />
<br />
----<br />
'''Example Single Cross-Section Sheet'''<br />
[[Image:237.13 Single Cross Section Sheet.gif]]<br />
<br />
----<br />
'''Example Multiple Cross-Section Sheets'''<br />
[[Image:237.13 Multiple Cross Section Sheets.gif]]<br />
<br />
==237.13.2 Electronic Design Data==<br />
<br />
File naming convention for electronic design data files generated from GEOPAK for Roadway Contract Plans shall be as follows:<br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"<br />
|+<br />
|align="center"| '''Contents File Report'''||width="350"| project_data_Summary_report_[job#].XLSX<br />
|-<br />
|align="center" rowspan="3"|'''Geometry Files'''|| civil_geometry_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|civil_geometry_[job#].XML<br />
|-<br />
|civil_geometry_report_[job#].XLSX<br />
|-<br />
|align="center" rowspan="8"|'''MicroStation Files'''|| corridors_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|graphical_filters_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|superelevation_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|drainage_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|xs_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|plan_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|profile_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|plan_profile_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|width="260" align="center" rowspan="5"|'''3D Existing Terrain Models'''|| terrain_existing_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|terrain_existing_[job#].XML<br />
|-<br />
|survey_[job#].DGN<br />
|-<br />
|survey_report_[job#].PDF<br />
|-<br />
|survey_coordinate_[job#].CSV<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|'''3D Digital Design Models'''|| proposed_surface_[job#].XML<br />
|}<br />
<br />
==237.13.3 Bridge Contract Plans==<br />
[[image:237.13.2 bridge contract plans.jpg|right|180px]]<br />
<br />
The file naming convention for all bridge contract plans shall be in accordance with [[751.5 Structural Detailing Guidelines#751.5.1.4 Contract Plan File Name Convention|EPG 751.5.1.4 Contract Plan File Name Convention]].<br />
<br />
==237.13.4 Example Set of Plans==<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|-<br />
|width="335"|001_TITLE_J0P0928_ITITLESHEET.dgn ||009_SS_02_J0P0928_I20.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|002_TS_01_J0P0928_I5_001.dgn ||010_EC_01_J0P0928_I50.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|002_TS_02_J0P0928_I5_002.dgn ||011_EC_02_J0P0928_I50.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|002_TS_03_J0P0928_I5_003.dgn ||012_EC_03_J0P0928_I50.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|002_TS_04-06_J0P0928_I5_004.dgn ||013_CS_01_J0P0928_I10.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|002_TS_04-06_J0P0928_I5_005.dgn ||014_CS_02_J0P0928_I10.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|002_TS_04-06_J0P0928_I5_006.dgn ||B_A6885_001_J0P0928_FrontSheet.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|003_QU_01-05_J0P0928_I1_001.dgn ||B_A6885_002_J0P0928_CulvertDetails.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|003_QU_01-05_J0P0928_I1_002.dgn ||B_B7008_003_J0P0928_BarBill.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|003_QU_01-05_J0P0928_I1_003.dgn ||B_B7008_004_J0P0928_InfoSheets.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|003_QU_01-05_J0P0928_I1_004.dgn ||XS_001-005_J0P0928_I5_Stage1_001.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|003_QU_01-05_J0P0928_I1_005.dgn ||XS_001-005_J0P0928_I5_Stage1_002.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|003_QU_06_J0P0928_I1.dgn ||XS_001-005_J0P0928_I5_Stage1_003.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|004_PP_J0P0928_I50_Rte65.dgn ||XS_001-005_J0P0928_I5_Stage1_004.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|005_PP_J0P0928_I50_Rte65.dgn ||XS_001-005_J0P0928_I5_Stage1_005.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|006_PP_J0P0928_I50_Rte65.dgn ||XS_006-010_J0P0928_I5_Stage1_006.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|007_PP_J0P0928_I50_Rte65.dgn ||XS_006-010_J0P0928_I5_Stage1_007.dgn<br />
|-<br />
|007A_PP_J0P0928_I50_Rte65.dgn ||XS_006-010_J0P0928_I5_Stage1_008.dgn <br />
|-<br />
|008_SS_01_J0P0928_I20.dgn ||XS_006-010_J0P0928_I5_Stage1_009.dgn <br />
|}<br />
<br />
==237.13.5 Example Set of Electronic Design Data==<br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"<br />
|+<br />
|rowspan="2" width="210"|Content's File Report|| Project_Data_Summary_Sheet_J2P0928.pdf<br />
|-<br />
| Civil_Geometry_Report.xlsx or pdf<br />
|-<br />
|Horizontal & Vertical Civil<br/>Features File ||Civil_Geometry_J0P0928.xml<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="13"|Power GeoPak SS4 Files|| Civil_Geometry_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Corridors_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Drainage_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Graphical_Filters_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Plan_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Profile_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Striping_J2P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Superelevation_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Survey_Exported_Graphics_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Survey_Terrain_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Survey_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| Coordinate_Points_Sheet_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
| XS_J0P0928.dgn<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|Terrain Files|| Terrain_Existing_J0P0928.xml<br />
|-<br />
| Terrain_Proposed_J0P0928.xml<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|Survey Files|| Survey_Coordinate_File_J0P0928.csv<br />
|-<br />
| Survey_Report_J0P0928.pdf<br />
|}<br />
<br />
==237.13.6 Index of Sheets==<br />
<br />
Following is an example of the Index of Sheets on the title sheet:<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|width="300 px"|'''DESCRIPTION''' || '''SHEET NUMBER'''<br />
|}<br />
TITLE SHEET---------------------------------------------------------------------1<br />
<br />
TYPICAL SECTIONS (TS) (XX SHEETS)---------------------------------2 <br />
<br />
QUANTITIES (QU) (XX SHEETS)-------------------------------------------3<br />
<br />
PLAN-PROFILE (PP)-------------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
RIGHT OF WAY (RW)------------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
REFERENCE POINTS (RP)----------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
COORDINATE POINTS (CP)---------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
SPECIAL SHEETS (SS)---------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
TRAFFIC CONTROL SHEETS (TC)------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
EROSION CONTROL SHEETS (EC)----------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
LIGHTING (LT)---------------------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
SIGNALS (SG)----------------------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
SIGNING (SN)----------------------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
PAVEMENT MARKING (PM)---------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
CULVERT SECTIONS (CS)-----------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
BRIDGE DRAWINGS (B) <br />
<br />
:A####------------------------------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
:A####------------------------------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
:A####------------------------------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
:A####------------------------------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
CROSS-SECTIONS (XS)----------------------------------------------------XX-XX<br />
<br />
[[image:237.13.4.jpg|center|820px]]<br />
<br />
[[category:237 Contract Plans]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:702_Load-Bearing_Piles&diff=51656Category:702 Load-Bearing Piles2022-06-27T15:25:38Z<p>Smithk: /* 702.1.4.4 DFI Documents on Pile Driving and Hammers */ Per BR, updated links</p>
<hr />
<div>This article contains information about piling types and pile driving criteria used by Construction and Materials Division for on-site pile and pile driving inspection purposes (in the field). This information was part of the former Field Inspection Guidance of the Construction and Materials Manual (see [[:Category:106 Control of Material|EPG 106 Control of Materials]]) and is continually updated.<br />
{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:10px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="210px" align="right" <br />
|-<br />
|'''[[media:702 Pile Driving Set Calculator R201305.xlsx|Pile Driving Set Calculator]]'''<br />
|}<br />
==702.1 Pile Types and Testing==<br />
The principal function of piles is to transmit loads which cannot be adequately supported at normal footing levels, to a depth where adequate support is available. <br />
<br />
When a pile passes through poor material and its tip penetrates a small distance into a sound stratum of good bearing capacity, it is called a bearing pile. The material which is penetrated may vary all the way from water to materials that would ordinarily serve to support surface footings, but cannot be used because of severe settlement restrictions. <br />
<br />
When a pile extends part way through deep strata of limited supporting resistance and capacity is developed primarily from surface friction along the sides of the pile with some end bearing, the pile is generally referred to as a friction pile. A type of pile normally used as a friction pile is a cast-in-place concrete pile(CIP pile).<br />
<br />
A battered pile is a pile driven on an inclination (a sloping position) to aid in resisting horizontal loads. <br />
<br />
Piles utilized as part of concrete footings where the piles are below the finished ground are referred to as foundation piles. The pile-footing system is generally referred to as a pile cap footing. Piles which support bent caps are called trestle piles and the pile-bent system is generally referred to as a pile cap bent. <br />
<br />
Pile types are specified on the bridge plans. <br />
<br />
There are two types of piles generally used by MoDOT. They are structural steel HP pile and close-ended pipe pile (cast-in-place, CIP). Open ended pipe pile (cast-in-place, CIP) can also be used. Structural steel piling are generally referred to as HP piling and two different standard AISC shapes are typically utilized: HP12 x 53 and HP14 x 73. Concrete piling are generally referred to as cast-in-place or CIP piling because the concrete is poured and cast in steel shells which are driven first or pre-driven. <br />
<br />
===702.1.1 Cast-In-Place (CIP) Concrete Piles ([http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=11 Sec 702.2.1])===<br />
All CIP piles shall be galvanized in accordance with Sec 702 unless otherwise shown on the plans.<br />
<br />
CIP concrete piling consist of pre-driven steel shells later filled with concrete. The most commonly used type of steel pipe is spirally welded steel sometimes referred to as pipe pile. All steel pipes must be in accordance with ASTM A 252 Grade 3. CIP pile normally has no internal steel reinforcing bars. Steel shells are usually driven without a mandrel if shell thickness is adequate. <br />
<br />
For CIP pile, Geotechnical Section indicates either "No Pile Point Needed" or "Pile Point Needed" and recommends pile point type on boring log. “Cruciform” or “Conical” pile point reinforcement is allowed for closed ended CIP pile. “Manufactured open ended cutting shoe (inside flange)” pile point reinforcement is allowed for open ended CIP. Generally pile point reinforcement is needed for CIP pile if boulders, cobbles or dense gravel are anticipated. <br />
<br />
Where steel shells are driven, boulders or other obstructions quite often deflect the pipe from their intended course. This problem is worsened if piles are driven on a batter and could result in bent or crushed shells. Steel shells shall hold the original form without distortion after being driven or after adjacent shells have been driven and shall be free from water, soil and other deleterious matter when concrete is cast in the shells. Any shell that has been bent or damaged should be carefully reviewed. In this case, any decision to allow use of bent or damaged shells should be with approval of the Bridge Division and the Construction and Materials Division. <br />
<br />
Concrete should be directed down the center of the shell. Concrete hitting the sides of the shell can cause segregation. If concrete can be successfully directed down the center of the shell, a tremie is not required regardless of the height of fall.<br />
<br />
===702.1.2 Structural Steel Piles (HP) (Sec 702.2.2)===<br />
All structural steel HP piles shall be galvanized in accordance with Sec 702 unless otherwise shown on the plans. Structural steel piles are rolled “H”-Sections, often called H-Piles or HP piles, which comes from the AISC designation “HP”, which are used in certain types of pile installations. This type of pile is probably the most widely used in the State of Missouri. HP piles can penetrate into the ground and transmit loads from footings or bent caps to bearing stratum as columns. They displace a small volume of soil and can be driven with relatively close spacing. Pile point reinforcement shall be required for all HP piles required to be driven to bear on rock regardless of pile strength used for design loadings or geomaterial (soils with or without gravel or cobbles) to be penetrated. Pile points can be accepted by certification and should be checked to see that they meet the specification requirements.<br />
<br />
===702.1.3 Probe Piles and Static Load Test Piles===<br />
<br />
<u>Nomenclature</u><br />
There two different types of pile testing:<br />
:* Probe Pile (formerly “Test Pile”)<br />
:* Static Load Test Pile<br />
<br />
Earlier editions of the Missouri Standard Specifications and AASHTO Specifications referred to probe piles as "test piles". Probe piles are designed to test how a pile goes into the ground by probing the ground, in a sense, but can also proof the ground capacity. It is a description of pile driving (and proof capacity secondarily). <br />
<br />
Static load testing is designed to test the ground capacity, but can also test how a pile goes into the ground. <br />
<br />
So while a probe pile tests (proofs) the pile and pile driving primarily to determine lengths, the static load tests establish pile nominal axial compressive resistance or ground capacity primarily where ground capacities are inadequate using dynamic testing, wave equation analysis or FHWA-modified Gates dynamic pile formula . <br />
<br />
====702.1.3.1 Probe Piles====<br />
Probe piles are piles driven on site to determine driving conditions, verify hammer size and impact energy, determine pile order lengths and pile driving criteria. More than likely, probe piles, or test piles as they were called were popular and only used when the Department was driving precast or prestressed concrete piles when pile order length was more critical.<br />
<br />
Probe piles (formerly called "test" piles) and their use are described in the Standard Specifications. Probe piles are only required when designated on the bridge plans with a pay item. Locations for probe piles may be given on the bridge plans or the absence of which means that it is deferred to the discretion of the Engineer.<br />
<br />
Probe piles are good for jobs where there are an unusually large number of piles, or anticipated unusual site or ground conditions, i.e. nonuniform or varying.<br />
<br />
====702.1.3.2 Static Load Test Pile====<br />
Static load test piles are typically described for use in a Bridge Special Provision, and they are only required when designated on the bridge plans with a pay item. <br />
<br />
Static pile load tests (also referred to as just "load test piles") are piles driven to a pre-determined penetration and then tested by applying static loads incrementally until either proof of load or failure occurs. A pile load test pile can be used as a probe pile in the sense that they are usually performed on site and driven by dynamic testing or FHWA-modified Gates dynamic pile formula, and then static load tested. Therefore, information can be determined about driving conditions, hammer sizing, pile lengths and pile driving criteria.<br />
<br />
On structures that have unusually large quantities of piling, pile load tests may be specified. Such test loads are required by governing design specifications which limit maximum loads based on dynamic tests. For structural steel piles, where test loads are specified, the maximum 2006 design load is limited to 6.0 tons per square inch unless test loads indicate that design loads must be reduced or the footing redesigned to redistribute the loads to a lesser 4.5 tons per square inch.<br />
<br />
The pile to be load tested in a point bearing situation is normally driven to refusal on rock or shale. A friction pile to be load tested is normally driven to a dynamic tested resistance as close as possible to the plan value of the minimum nominal axial compressive resistance, but only after a specified minimum tip elevation has been reached. <br />
<br />
The purpose of load testing is to check effectiveness of the pile hammer and pile dynamic testing used. The load test assures the pile capacity is greater than the minimum nominal axial compressive resistance shown on the plans based on a maximum allowable permanent set 1/4 inch. If the pile capacity is inadequate, then pile shall be redesigned.<br />
<br />
The contractor is generally required to submit in detail the proposed method of load testing. The proposal should include arrangement of hold down piles, if they are to be used. If hold down piles are impractical, it may be necessary to use a direct static load.<br />
<br />
Hydraulic jacks are normally used to apply and measure load to the load-tested pile. Deformation and settlement of the loaded pile are recorded by dial gauges which record to the thousandth of an inch. To ensure accuracy, these gauges, backed with fixed wires, must be supported so as to be completely independent of the loading system. Methods of measuring uplift on hold down pile should be required. Load increments are applied in accordance with contract requirements. These increments are recorded in the inspector's field book.<br />
<br />
The Bridge Special Provision establishes the load increments, the application intervals, and the maximum load to be applied. After the maximum load is applied for a specified time, the load is released in specified increments and intervals. The load test pile data should be plotted and reported in graphic form. Contact the Construction and Materials Division for assistance in preparing test pile graphs. The elastic shortening of the pile may be computed by the formula:<br />
<br />
:<math>E_s = \frac{PL}{AE}</math><br />
<br />
:Where:<br />
<br />
:E<sub>s</sub> = Elastic shortening, in.<br />
:P = Load, lbs<br />
:L = Entire length of test pile, in.<br />
:A = Area of cross-section of pile, in<sup>2</sup><br />
:E = Modulus of elasticity, usually 29 x 10<sup>6</sup>, lbs/in<sup>2</sup><br />
<br />
Elastic shortening of any pile can usually be correlated with rebound, measured when the load test pile is unloaded. Load test pile data, log of readings, and load test pile loading graphs should be submitted to the Construction and Materials Division in a form which is neat, legible, and which can be reproduced. Copies of these reports prepared by Construction and Materials Division are submitted to Bridge Division and, if it is an interstate project, to the Federal Highway Administration.<br />
<br />
===702.1.4 Pile Driving===<br />
<br />
====702.1.4.1 Hammer Types====<br />
Good practice requires driving equipment capable of driving piles to the necessary penetration and nominal axial compressive resistance without damaging the piles at the pile point, top of the pile or bending piles. Heavier piles may require heavier equipment due to greater nominal axial compressive resistance requirements. When specified in the contract documents, contractors shall perform a drivability analysis to select an appropriate hammer size to ensure the pile can be driven without overstressing the pile and to prevent refusal of the pile prior to reaching the minimum tip elevation. Contractors shall plan their pile driving activities and submit hammer size and hammer energy requirements to the engineer for approval before driving. Contractors select equipment with adequate hammer requirements to drive the pile successfully, and the inspector should be familiar with power plant, hammer, cap, cushion block, leads, and other elements used in driving. Each resident engineer may obtain data for hammers from publications issued by the individual equipment manufacturer. The contractors should have bulletins available for equipment they are using.<br />
<br />
Pile hammers are classified by type. There are steam and air hammers, both single acting and double acting. Diesel pile hammers may be either open or enclosed ram types. A differential hammer is a double acting type. Design loads, size of pile, soil conditions, etc., establish the choice of hammer. The contractor shall determine minimum hammer energy requirements for individual pile size and for each substructure unit. <br />
<br />
<u>Single Acting Hammer</u><br />
<br />
A single acting hammer is one in which the ram is raised by steam, air, or diesel explosion and allowed to drop, with gravity as the only downward force. The energies listed in the manufacturer's bulletins are striking energies rated in accordance with commonly accepted practice. The energy is based upon normal stroke, but does not make allowances for any losses occurring in the hammer, itself, such as back-pressure, friction, or loss within the cushion block. <br />
<br />
With insufficient lift pressure, the ram will not ascend the proper height. In fact, the hammer does not have to ascend through a full stroke to operate. The inspector should check the hammer when testing for resistance and determine if the hammer is operating at its specified number of blows per minute and at the prescribed or recommended pressure. If it is not, energy should be obtained by measuring actual stroke while hammer operates and multiplying actual length of stroke by weight of striking part. The additional distance through which the ram drops, while still in contact with the pile after impact, is not ordinarily taken into account. Neither is "cushion block" loss. <br />
<br />
During easy driving with a smaller blowcount (large set per blow) a reduction in number of blows per minute may occur. Consequently, the hammer stroke while measurable may not be accurate since the hammer/pile is moving downward with the stroke increasing stroke height. <br />
<br />
<u>Double Acting Hammer</u><br />
<br />
A double acting hammer is one in which steam or air pressure raises the ram then accelerates the down stroke. The differential acting hammer is a type of double acting hammer which provides additional pressure to the ram during the downward stroke. <br />
<br />
The foot-pounds of energy for a double acting hammer is dependent upon the number of strokes per minute produced with a given steam or air pressure. For example, a typical table of "actual energies" for one commonly used hammer shows that "E" varies from 9500 foot-pounds at 90 strokes per minute up to 13,100 foot-pounds at 105 strokes per minute. The inspector must, for this type hammer, log the number of blows per minute, noting pressure at the hammer, and use the corresponding energies when making a bearing determination by use of the dynamic formula. Refer to manufacturer's bulletins to determine what energies to use for the number of blows per minute. Calculations based on steam or air pressure are misleading because no two setups are identical, and it is impossible to determine the mean effective pressure in the working cylinder from gauge pressure. <br />
<br />
<u>Diesel Hammer</u><br />
<br />
A diesel pile hammer is classed either as a single acting or double acting type. Inspectors should acquaint themselves with the diesel hammer's physical qualities and determine when the hammer is developing full stroke.<br />
<br />
A diesel hammer is a self-contained unit, including power plant, cylinder, piston, or ram, fuel tank, pump, injectors, and other pertinent parts. The ram of these hammers is raised by explosion of diesel fuel ignited in the cup or anvil of the hammer. Some types of diesel hammers are called double acting hammers. This type of hammer has the ram enclosed. As the ram travels upward, the piston compresses air in the bounce chamber-compressor tank. This compressed air adds to the acceleration of the ram during its downward stroke. It is necessary to use a "Bounce Pressure" gauge on this type of hammer to establish the usable energy for input into the FHWA-modified Gates dynamic pile formula for the nominal axial compressive resistance determination. <br />
<br />
The single acting series of diesel hammers have a "rampiston" which can be partially seen during the upward stroke. If the manufacturer's rated energy is to be used in the FHWA-modified Gates dynamic pile formula then the inspector must determine that the ram is falling through a normal stroke. Failure to operate properly is usually the result of mechanical problems which the contractor must correct. In isolated instances, failure of the hammer to operate with a normal stroke may be caused by the elastic rebound of the pile and bearing material. If the ram is not falling through its usual stroke, the energy "E" used should be the energy which can be calculated from the weight of the ram times the actual stroke through which it falls. The height is determined from the observed exposed length of ram as the ram travels upward.<br />
<br />
====702.1.4.2 Pile Dynamic Formula====<br />
MoDOT may specify the use of the FHWA-modified Gates dynamic pile formula (see [https://www.modot.org/missouri-standard-specifications-highway-construction#page=11 Sec 702.4.10]) to calculate pile nominal axial compressive resistance. The [[media:702 Pile Driving Set Calculator R201305.xlsx|Pile Driving Set Calculator]] is a spreadsheet that can be used to calculate the blowcount (N) in blows per inch of pile permanent set (BPI) to determine when to stop driving pile.<br />
<br />
====702.1.4.3 Pile Driving Specifics, Special Conditions and Inspection====<br />
<br />
<u>Preparation for Pile Driving</u><br />
<br />
:* A qualified inspector shall be assigned continuously on pile driving work to see that each pile is driven to the specified nominal axial compressive resistance and that all piles are properly located and driven. <br />
:* The inspector must keep a detailed record of the data for each pile. The record should show for each pile, its position, tip and cut-off diameter (for timber), total length in place, length placed in leads, tip elevation, batter, and number of blows per inch (BPI) at the time driving is stopped. <br />
:* The number of blows per inch is based on penetration for the last series of 10 to 20 blows per inch. <br />
:* The inspector shall record all pertinent information regarding the hammer used so that a review and check of nominal axial compressive resistance may be made. <br />
:* Any unusual occurrences or delay during driving shall be recorded. <br />
:* When driving friction pile, the inspector shall make periodic resistance checks as the pile is being driven to know at any time the approximate nominal axial compressive resistance of the pile if problems should develop. <br />
<br />
<u>Lifting Holes</u><br />
<br />
Contractors that elect to place lifting holes in piling in lieu of using a choker cable may be permitted to do so with the following provisions. The concern of burning lifting holes in piling is that undesirable capacity reductions may occur. Lifting holes would only be permissible provided they would not remain in the piling lengths used for the completed structure, i.e. lifting holes would need to be in an excess length of end piling which would either be cut off after driving, or in the case of splicing the holed end would be removed before splicing on the next section. Any added risk of buckling or damage to the piling that may result from a weakened cross section during driving is the contractor's responsibility. <br />
<br />
There shall be no additional payment for the additional length of piling to compensate for removing the cut-off ends with the holes.<br />
<br />
<u>Pile Driving in Groups</u><br />
<br />
It is good practice for piling in a group or cluster to be driven in sequence which proceeds from the center of the group each way to the outer rows of pile. This will usually avoid uplift and loss of resistance in previously driven pile. For a single row of piles, the sequence should follow end to end or middle to out but never end to middle from both ends.<br />
<br />
The pile numbering on the As Built Pile Data plan sheet in the bridge plans is a random numbering scheme for the purposes of recording data and unrelated to pile driving sequencing. Just keep track of both numbering schemes to avoid confusion when recording during driving and recording final data on plan sheet.<br />
<br />
<u>Pile Driving to Soft and Hard Rock</u><br />
<br />
In many cases piles are to be driven to rock or shale. The FHWA-modified Gates dynamic pile formula is applicable for soils, hard but penetrable material and soft rock. It is not applicable in hard rock at which point an inspector’s sense of anticipating elevation of hard rock coupled with the physical response of hammer and pile upon nearing and impacting hard rock is critical to properly seating HP piles on hard rock with limited to no pile damage. Since the nominal axial compressive resistance at the time of practical refusal is not an accurate resistance, the inspector should always be aware of the sounding data as the tip of the pile nears anticipated elevations of hard material. The pile should be seated on or into hard material with blows which will not damage the tip of the pile. Each bearing pile should be proofed for "practical refusal" unless it is clearly seated on solid rock. <br />
<br />
The inspector will find other supplementary notes in the Foundation Data Table which should be taken into consideration for the proper and cautious driving of structural steel piles. It is especially important that steel HP piles which are to be seated on rock or shale be driven and proofed for "pile refusal" as specified in Sec 702.4.11. When the pile is well seated, the driving should cease. The inspector should record in the diary that the pile has been driven into shale or rock as the case may be. Either record penetration and bearing in the case of practical refusal or note "refusal on rock" in the case of absolute refusal on rock. Such notations will indicate full compliance with pile resistance requirements on the plans. <br />
<br />
Piles to be driven shall be plainly marked at a distance from the tip equal to the distance from ground line to the elevation shown on the soundings for rock or shale. It is also good practice to mark the pile from the tip equal to the distance from the ground surface down to any layer of boulders, thin rock strata, or other hard or firm material which might cause unusual driving conditions and point resistance. The pile driving foreman or contractor's foreman shall be instructed on the significance of such marks and all personnel shall be instructed accordingly. This procedure will result in fewer damaged piles. The goal is to have no damaged piles.<br />
<br />
<u>Pile Splices</u><br />
<br />
Splices may be required to extend structural steel or steel shell pile to reach adequate nominal axial compressive resistance. No direct payment will be made for splices that are within the plan pile length. Any splices outside of plan length required to achieve resistance will be paid for as an additional 8 feet of pile in place at the contract unit price per authorized splice. Field splices have a greater potential of failure during driving than the original furnished pile. Therefore it is preferable to have a minimum amount of field splicing. [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=11 Sec 702.4.6] states, "Full length piles shall be driven wherever possible and practical." A full length pile should be used unless there is clearance, shipping, excessive cost, or other considerations which would make it impractical. <br />
<br />
'''Structural Steel HP Pile:'''<br />
:<u>Manufactured Pile Splices</u><br />
<br />
:MoDOT has received and approved one type of manufactured pile splicer for use with recommended guidelines. The AFB Champion H-Pile Splicer HP-30000 has been approved. The following are recommended guidelines that should be used beyond the manufacturer’s recommended assembly procedure for the use of the HP-30000 splicers: <br />
<br />
::1. It would be permissible for non-flexible bent locations only. This would include intermediate bents on pile footings and semi-deep abutments. This splicer system should not be used on flexible bents, such as pile cap intermediate bents, where the concrete beam is supported on a single row of exposed piling or on integral or non-integral end bents. <br />
<br />
::2. Full penetration groove welds connecting the pile flanges are required. The partial penetration groove welds as recommended by the manufacturer are not acceptable. <br />
<br />
::3. A 5/16" minimum fillet weld should be added at both ends of the splicer, welded to the pile webs. The length of this weld should be at least 1/2 the depth of the pile. This weld was not a recommendation of the manufacturer. This weld is for additional safety in the event that the splicer is damaged or torn from being snagged on rock material. <br />
<br />
'''Cast-In-Place Concrete Piles (CIP):'''<br />
<br />
For splice details, see:<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
| style="background:#BEBEBE" width="400" |'''[http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/bridgestandards.htm Bridge Standard Drawings]'''<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/pile_new_title_block.htm Pile]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
</center><br />
<br />
<u>Pile Inspection</u><br />
<br />
The inspector must ensure that all piles have been properly inspected. Piles that are cast-in-place on the job shall be inspected using the same inspection procedures as for any other concrete item. Files should contain any applicable inspection reports on aggregate, cement and reinforcing steel. The concrete Plant Inspector's Report and compressive test reports will serve to document acceptability of piles. Steel shells for cast-in-place piles and structural steel piles are normally inspected by project forces. Inspection should include dimensions, wall thickness of shells, visual inspection of welds, closure plates, etc. The contractor is required to furnish certified mill test reports for the steel. Heat numbers of pile should be checked against heat numbers on the mill test reports. The resident engineer should report the results of inspection on a Fabrication Inspection Report, [[media:712 Fabrication Inspection Report secure.pdf|Form B-708R2]], or an alternate format may be used. A spreadsheet version of the form is available to facilitate the automatic creation of an AASHTOWARE Project (AWP) record for use by the Construction and Materials Division. This information will be retained in the project file with mill test reports attached. <br />
<br />
<u>Pile Driving and Preboring</u><br />
<br />
In some instances preboring is required as outlined in [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=11 Sec 702.4.3]. Preboring can be required on the bridge plans:<br />
<br />
:1. When there is more than five ft. of embankment that has been in place less than five years to avoid buildup of downdrag forces (called negative skin friction)<br />
<br />
:2. When hard material must be penetrated to meet minimum tip elevation requirements<br />
<br />
:3. When oversized holes in hard material or rock must be constructed to allow lateral pile movement<br />
<br />
In any case, the requirement for preboring will be noted on the bridge plans for each pile with an elevation given for depth of preboring which is used to estimate and check proposed preboring quantities on the plans.<br />
<br />
For prebored holes not in hard rock, holes shall be filled with sand or other approved materials either prior to or after pile placement. For prebored holes in hard rock, holes shall be filled with sand or other approved materials prior to pile placement. Filling the hole with sand first will condense sand and stabilize pile while driving on hard rock. The driving criteria for driving piling on hard rock shall be the same as given in [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=11 Sec 702.4.11].<br />
<br />
Where pre-boring is required the hole shall be of a diameter not less than that of the pile unless oversized as explained previously and shall be large enough to avoid damage to the pile in driving through the hole when in soft or hard material including rock.<br />
<br />
Caution is warranted when driving piling in prebored holes in hard rock. Pile instability is increased because of initially loose sand condition. Absence of more stabilizing stiffer soils and hard material over rock that can act to reduce bending and buckling can cause more pile spring and bounce. Pile point damage is at increased levels of risk because proofing rock in excess of driving criteria given for driving piling on hard rock can be greater since there is only loose sand acting in friction along the sides of the pile which if compacted would normally tend to dissipate energy as the impact wave travels down the pile. This is why sand is placed in the hole prior to pile placement in order to increase the frictional condition while increasing buckling stability of the pile.<br />
<br />
====702.1.4.4 DFI Documents on Pile Driving and Hammers====<br />
<br />
Deep Foundations Institute (DFI) produced and published two critical documents in 1979 and then republished them in 1995 and 1997 related to pile hammers and pile driving. Copies of these documents were purchased from DFI and permission was granted by them for making these documents available on-line to MoDOT personnel only. The document links will not be available to external users outside MoDOT IS network environment.<br />
<br />
These documents are provided for further guidance and understanding of pile driving and equipment. They do not reflect the policy of MoDOT, but can be used to support and reinforce decisions involving pile driving and equipment since the background and source of this information is time tested and produced by a reputable organization.<br />
<br />
'''(1) [https://modotgov.sharepoint.com/sites/br/Shared%20Documents/Forms/AllItems.aspx?id=%2Fsites%2Fbr%2FShared%20Documents%2FEPG%20Links%2FBook%5F25%5FInspectors%5FManual%5FFor%5FDriven%5FPile%5FFoundations%2Epdf&parent=%2Fsites%2Fbr%2FShared%20Documents%2FEPG%20Links Deep Foundations Institute (DFI), Inspector’s Manual for Driven Pile Foundations, 2nd Ed. 1997. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey]''' <br />
<br />
<u>Information</u> published within this main document:<br />
<br />
:* Provides Information on soil investigation, the various pile types, pile driving by impact methods, pile tests, pile dynamic testing and analysis, static load testing, pile hammers and pile driving machinery and ancillary equipment<br />
:* Explains increases in driving resistance with depth in uniform soils<br />
:* Explains driving resistance as a function of N-values<br />
:* Explains changes in driving resistance as soil layers change<br />
:* Explains pile markings, finer increments and how these are effectively used<br />
:* Provides good description of scenarios when blowcounts are changing<br />
:* Provides basic rules to be followed DURING driving and when approaching termination<br />
:* Provides guidance on termination criteria<br />
:* Provides explanation of pile dynamic testing<br />
:* Provides explanation of static load testing (which we have been doing lately because of Missouri University of Science and Technology research project)<br />
:* Written from the perspective of the pile inspector and presents advice as to the inspector's role and responsibilities in the pile installation and quality assurance processes<br />
:* Provides invaluable training for inexperienced Inspectors and a useful reference guide for the experienced inspector or crew member.<br />
<br />
'''(2) [https://modotgov.sharepoint.com/sites/br/Shared%20Documents/Forms/AllItems.aspx?id=%2Fsites%2Fbr%2FShared%20Documents%2FEPG%20Links%2FBook%5F24%5FPile%5FInspectors%5FGuide%5FTo%5FHammers%2Epdf&parent=%2Fsites%2Fbr%2FShared%20Documents%2FEPG%20Links Deep Foundations Institute (DFI), A Pile Inspector’s Guide to Hammers, 2nd Ed. 1995. Springfield, New Jersey]'''<br />
<br />
<u>Information</u> published within this companion document:<br />
<br />
:* Explains fundamentals of hammer efficiency and hammer measurement<br />
:* Provides basic information about hammer types<br />
:* Provides operational conformance <u>checklists</u> for inspectors for each hammer type<br />
:* Provides possible helpful suggestions for troubleshooting and what an inspector can offer to the pile crew in assisting them.<br />
<br />
===702.1.5 Pile Driving Documentation===<br />
The inspector should record in detail all important facts regarding driving of each pile. The field book notes should be organized in a sequence similar to that shown in the [[Media:702 Pile Driving Worksheet secure.pdf|Pile Driving Worksheet]].<br />
<br />
The sample form in the [[Media:702 Pile Driving Worksheet secure.pdf|Pile Driving Worksheet]] illustrates a typical page of completed pile driving data for cast-in-place concrete pile. Data in a similar form will be filled out when driving structural steel pile.<br />
<br />
[[media:702 secure.pdf|Figure 702]] is an illustration of field book data for driving structural steel pile. The inspector records the actual length used and notes the number of pieces incorporated in the length. When structural steel pile is driven, there is often a piece left over from the in-place pile which becomes excess or left-over pile. The contractor may wish to use such a piece on another state highway project. If transfer to another project is desired, extra copies of the certified mill test reports should be made which can be used to have the excess pile reinspected on a future project.<br />
<br />
<u>Probe Pile</u><br />
<br />
If probe pile is a contract pay item, it must be driven to specified minimum tip elevation regardless of the nominal axial compressive resistance achieved. After this elevation is reached, driving must continue until one of the following three conditions has been met: <br />
<br />
:l. The pile is driven to full length <br />
<br />
:2. The pile is driven to refusal<br />
<br />
:3. The pile is driven to a capacity 50 percent greater than plan minimum nominal axial compressive resistance.<br />
<br />
These conditions are specified in [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=11 Sec 702.4.1.] It is important that a complete driving log be developed. The pile should be marked off in foot increments. The driving record should then show the number of blows for each foot. Some arrangement is necessary to check number of blows per foot without stopping the driving. If there is a sudden sharp change in the number of blows for a given penetration, it may be necessary to check resistance for intermediate increments to develop an accurate graph. The results of specified probe pile driving are to be reported on Probe Pile Data form. Contact the Construction and Materials Division for assistance in reporting probe pile data.</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=237.14_Electronic_Design_Data_Delivery_(BIM_Deliverables)&diff=51655237.14 Electronic Design Data Delivery (BIM Deliverables)2022-06-24T19:24:39Z<p>Smithk: </p>
<hr />
<div>[[image:237.14.jpg|right|180px|thumb|<center>'''Operator using GPS grading'''</center>]]<br />
MoDOT requires the use of Bentley Open Roads Designer (ORD) software for highway and bridge design. Projects currently designed with SS4 or SS10 Power GEOPAK will be accepted until January 1, 2023. Open Roads Designer is based on a 3D workflow. Throughout the entire project design, MoDOT Design staff and design consultants shall produce Electronic Design Data using Bentley’s Open Roads Designer as defined in this article. Any conversion process from another CADD package to Open Roads Designer Electronic Design Data is not acceptable. Please refer to [[#237.14.5 Glossary of Terms|EPG 237.14.5 Glossary of Terms]] for the MoDOT definition of ''italicized terms'' as they apply to this document and the delivery of Electronic Design Data for MoDOT projects. Electronic Design Data requirements pertain to road design, bridge design and survey projects. These electronic deliverables are now referred to as Electronic Design Data (EDD). A subset of this information is then posted on the MoDOT [http://www.modot.org/business/contractor_resources/bid_opening_info/OpenLetting.shtml ''Online Plan Room''] for use by potential bidders. Contractors and utility companies that do not have Open Roads Designer (ORD) software can utilize the [https://www.bentley.com/en/products/product-line/modeling-and-visualization-software/bentley-view Bentley View Connect Edition] to review native .dgn files included in the Electronic Design Data.<br />
<br />
==237.14.1 MoDOT and Consultant Electronic Design Data Requirements==<br />
<br />
Consultants are required to deliver Electronic Design Data following the same requirements as MoDOT internally designed projects. Required consultant and MoDOT Electronic Design Data include all files used to generate the design. Files include but are not limited to:<br />
<br />
:Project Information <br />
:* Project Data Summary Report (.xlsx)<br />
<br />
:Survey Information <br />
:* Survey report (.pdf) <br />
:* Survey Coordinate file (.csv)<br />
:* Survey file (.dgn)<br />
::- Survey Graphics (.dgn)<br />
::- Existing Ground Terrain (.dgn and .xml)<br />
<br />
:Surface(s)<br />
:* Proposed Terrains (.dgn and .xml)<br />
<br />
:Alignment(s) & Profile(s)<br />
:* Civil geometry file (.dgn and .xml)<br />
:* Civil geometry report (.xlsx)<br />
<br />
:Corridor file(s)<br />
:* Corridor file(s) plus reference (.dgn)<br />
:* Proposed 3D Top Surface Linear Features (.dgn)<br />
<br />
:Plan Sheets<br />
:* Plan sheets plus references (.dgn)<br />
:* Signed Adobe Acrobat plan sheets ( .pdf)<br />
<br />
==237.14.2 Specifications for Electronic Design Data ==<br />
Electronic Design Data is required for all MoDOT and consultant designed projects, but varies by project type. (See Table 237.14.2 for requirements). <br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ '''Table 237.14.2'''<br />
! style="background:#BEBEBE"| !!style="background:#BEBEBE" colspan="3"|Required Electronic Design Data<sup>1</sup><br />
|-<br />
!style="background:#BEBEBE"|Project Includes this Type of Electronic Design Data !!style="background:#BEBEBE"|Project Data Summary Report, Plan Sheets (.dgn) and Signed Sheets (.pdf)!!style="background:#BEBEBE"|Survey file (dgn), Survey Report, Coordinate File, Civil Geometry File and Report !!style="background:#BEBEBE"|Corridor File(s), Existing and Proposed Terrain Model Files<br />
|-<br />
|Cross Sections || Y|| Y|| Y<br />
|-<br />
|Plan Sheets with Civil Geometry|| Y|| Y|| n/a<br />
|-<br />
|Plan Sheets|| Y|| Optional|| n/a<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="4" align="left"|'''1''' All Electronic Design Data shall follow the file naming convention outlined in [[237.13 Contract Plan File Name Convention#237.13.2 Electronic Design Data|EPG 237.13.2 Electronic Design Data]].<br />
|}<br />
<br />
===237.14.2.1 Project Data Summary Report===<br />
This Excel report, prepared by the designer, gives a summary of all Electronic Design Data files submitted with the project and is an important reference for MoDOT staff and contractors that may use the Electronic Design Data. This file contains specific project information and acts as table of contents with descriptions for all files submitted. <br />
<br />
The [[media:237.14.2.1_Project_Data_Summary_Report.xlsx|Project Data Summary Report]] shall be provided as a Microsoft Excel file (.xlsx).<br />
<br />
===237.14.2.2 Survey Report ===<br />
The [[media:237.14.2.2_Survey_Report.pdf|Survey Report]] is prepared by the project’s ''Professional Land Surveyor of Record''. It is used for documenting the ''project control'' metadata and the method in which the ''topography'' and terrain information is obtained for a project.<br />
<br />
A [[media:237.14.2.2_Survey_Report_Example.pdf|Survey Report Example]] is available.<br />
<br />
The Survey Report shall be provided as a Adobe Acrobat file (.PDF).<br />
<br />
===237.14.2.3 Survey Coordinate File===<br />
The comma delimited Survey Coordinate File is prepared by the project’s ''Professional Land Surveyor of Record'' and contains project '''control points'''. Please ensure that all control points share the '''same''' ''modified state plane coordinate system projection factor'' and ''vertical datum''. Include the projection factor and vertical datum in the survey report. <br />
<br />
A [[media:237.14.2.3_Survey_Coordinate_File_Example.pdf|Survey Coordinate File Example]] is available.<br />
<br />
The Survey Geometry File shall be provided in the following format:<br />
:* Comma Separated Value file (.CSV) in the format: pt. no., n, e, z, descr.<br />
<br />
===237.14.2.4 Survey (.dgn) file===<br />
The existing surface and mapping is prepared by the ''Professional Land Surveyor of Record'' and is the basis for roadway design. Both the Existing Ground surface (stored as an Open Roads Designer terrain model) and the existing topography mapping is stored in the Open Roads Designer .dgn file. The terrain model is produced from ''traditional survey'' methods, ''aerial acquisition'', ''laser scanning'' or a combination of methods using appropriate MoDOT '''surface feature definitions'''. The project ''projection factor'' and ''vertical datum'' are documented in the Survey Report.<br />
<br />
Survey data must be process through Bentley’s Open Roads Designer Survey Tool located in the Project Explorer > Survey tab.<br />
<br />
The existing terrain model shall be submitted in the following formats:<br />
:* Open Roads Designer file (.dgn) <br />
:* LandXML<sup>'''1'''</sup> (.xml) <br />
::: - Access is available to the video [https://youtu.be/hnolz7ZIAvo Creating the LandXML File (Exporting Existing Ground Terrain To LandXML)].<br />
<br />
:<sup>'''1'''</sup> '' MoDOT utilizes ''LiDAR'' to capture existing conditions; these are large files and may exceed the limit of LandXML file creation. If the file size is too large to export via LandXML 1.2, the existing ground surface must be broken into multiple sections. Please contact CADD Support for additional information.''<br />
<br />
===237.14.2.5 Civil Geometry File (alignments and profiles)===<br />
The Civil Geometry File, prepared by the designer, contains all ''horizontal and vertical alignments'' used in the development of the design. Horizontal alignment examples include: ''baselines'', ''special ditches'', etc. Vertical alignments include: baseline profiles, special ditch profiles, retaining wall profiles, etc. The Civil Geometry File should not contain any preliminary or unused alignments. All geometry contained in this file shall follow the [[media:237.14.2.5_MoDOT_Linear_Feature_Naming_Convention.pdf|file naming convention for the designed Linear Features]] (i.e. Alignments and Profiles) found in the plans. A summary of all geometry shall be captured in the Civil Geometry Report.<br />
<br />
The Civil Geometry File shall be provided in both of the following formats:<br />
:* Open Roads Designer file (.dgn)<br />
:::- LandXML (.xml) <br />
::: - Access is available to the video [https://youtu.be/bPFTrdLcZFk Creating the LandXML file (Geometry to XML CC)].<br />
<br />
===237.14.2.6 Civil Geometry Report===<br />
The [[media:237.14.2.6_Civil_Geometry_Report.xlsx|Civil Geometry Report]], prepared by the designer, can be produced by using the style sheet report “MoDOTHorizontalandVerticalAlignmentReviewReport.xsl”. This report is available in the MoDOT Open Roads Designer ''workspace''. The Civil Geometry Report shall include all horizontal and vertical alignments that make up the project. (For example: roadway baselines and profiles, radius returns, special ditches, etc.). <br />
<br />
Access is available to the video, [https://youtu.be/QJw6JuVVaLs Creating the Civil Geometry Report], that shows the steps to assemble a Civil Geometry Report. <br />
<br />
The Civil Geometry Report shall be provided in either of the following formats:<br />
:* Microsoft Excel file (.xlsx)<br />
:* Adobe Acrobat file (.PDF)<br />
<br />
===237.14.2.7 Corridor File(s).dgn File===<br />
Corridor files, prepared by the designer, consist of items such as ''templates'', ''corridors'', edges of pavement, shoulders, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, retaining walls or any other ''feature'' used in the dynamic generation of a ''3D model''. Multiple corridors are often required to model a ''roadway corridor''. <br />
<br />
Corridor(s) shall be created in adequate detail to produce the following results: <br />
<br />
:* Produce ''cross sections'' at ''template drop'' locations.<br />
:* ''Earthwork quantities'' computed from the cross sections are satisfactory. <br />
:* Pavement and shoulder elevations and locations are accurate. <br />
<br />
The Corridor File(s) shall be provided as an Open Roads Designer file (.dgn).<br />
<br />
===237.14.2.8 Proposed Terrain Model===<br />
This terrain model, prepared by the designer, represents the entire ''proposed finished grade'' surface which includes but is not limited to ''fore slopes'', ''back slopes'', ditch bottoms, roadway surfaces, etc. It can be created using the MoDOT ''graphical filter'': “Design - Proposed Finished Grade“.<br />
<br />
[[image:237.14.2.8.jpg|center|650px|thumb|<center>'''Example of Proposed Terrain Model'''</center>]]<br />
<br />
Access is available to the video [https://youtu.be/A6ybnipMwIk Creating the Design - Proposed Finished Grade Terrain Model].<br />
<br />
The Proposed Terrain Model shall be submitted in the following formats (when applicable based on type of project):<br />
:* Open Roads Designer file (.dgn)<br />
:* ssLandXML file (.xml)<br />
:::- Access is available to the video [https://youtu.be/mdkvE1u2-Tw Creating the LandXML file].<br />
<br />
===237.14.2.9 Proposed 3D Top Surface Linear Features===<br />
The Corridor model created by the designer contains Proposed 3D Linear Features that can be exported and used by consultants. <br />
<br />
These lines are critical in maintaining the designer’s intent when transferred to grading software and GPS enabled equipment. <br />
<br />
Proposed 3D Lines represent the top surface lines, such as, edge of pavement, edge of shoulder, curb and gutter and any other linear feature representing the topmost linear elements of a corridor.<br />
<center><br />
[[image:237.14.2.9.jpg|450px]]<br/><br />
'''Example of 3D Linear Features'''<br />
</center><br />
:* The instructional video, [https://youtu.be/o0BBPKsEzqQ Creating the Design – Proposed Corridor 3D Linear Features], is available.<br />
<br />
The Proposed 3D Linear Features shall be submitted in the following format (when applicable based on type of project):<br />
:* Open Roads Designer file (.dgn).<br />
<br />
===237.14.2.10 Plan Sheets plus References===<br />
These Open Roads Designer files, prepared by the designer, are used to generate ALL signed plan sheet ''Adobe Acrobat'' ''contract documents''. Each sheet file must be provided with any associated reference files (.dgn, imagery, etc.) that are attached to produce the final signed plan sheet .pdf files. <br />
<br />
The Plan Sheets plus References shall be provided as an Open Roads Designer file (.dgn).<br />
<br />
===237.14.2.11 Signed Adobe Acrobat Plan Sheets===<br />
These are ''Adobe Acrobat'' files, prepared by the designer and signed by the Project Manager, that represent the ''plan sheets'' created in Open Roads Designer. The Acrobat Files can be produced by MoDOT staff in bulk using the ''ProjectWise PDF Creation Tool''. Files created by this method are automatically placed in the appropriate ProjectWise location where they can be ''signed'' by the MoDOT Project Manager. Signed consultant contract documents will be uploaded to the appropriate ProjectWise location by the MoDOT Project Manager after delivery.<br />
<br />
Access is available to the video [[media:237.14.2.11_04_Make_PDF_Process_for_Contract_Plans.pdf|ProjectWise “Make PDF Request” process for Highway Design Plans and Bridge Plans]].<br />
<br />
==237.14.3 Project Submittal ==<br />
<br />
After design and project review is completed the Electronic Design Data must be organized and submitted to the ''Bidding and Contracts Section''. <br />
<br />
===237.14.3.1 Preparation of Electronic Design Data===<br />
The following steps must be performed so that projects can be advertised by the Bidding and Contracts section. <br />
<br />
:* Ensure ''Adobe Acrobat'' ''plan sheets'' (.pdf) are complete and ''signed''. <br />
:* Organize project files and eliminate unused Open Roads Designer data.<br />
:::- Create Survey report (.pdf) <br />
:::- Export Survey Coordinate file(.csv)<br />
:::- Civil geometry file (.dgn)<br />
::::: Export .xml file<br />
:::- Export Civil geometry report (.xlsx)<br />
:::- Corridor file(s) plus references (.dgn)<br />
:::- Existing Terrain Model (.dgn and .xml)<br />
:::- Proposed Terrain Model (.dgn and .xml)<br />
:::- Plan sheets plus references (.dgn)<br />
:* Create Project Data Summary Report (.xlsx)<br />
:*Designer performs [[media:237.14.3.1_Electronic_Design_Data_Checklist.xlsx|''Electronic Design Data Checklist'']]<br />
<br />
===237.14.3.2 Submittal of MoDOT Designed Projects===<br />
All Electronic Design Data used in the development of the ''contract plans'' is stored in ProjectWise during all design, construction and post construction phases. A subset of Electronic Design Data is packaged in a file called Job#_EDD_info.zip, by the designer, for posting on the electronic plans room. The zip file is placed in the “Contract Plans” folder within ProjectWise at the time contract plans and other plan, specification and estimate (PS&E) documents are completed. The naming convention and other guidance for the creation of the zip file are provided in [[237.9 Submission of Plans and Supporting Documents|EPG 237.9 Submission of Plans and Supporting Documents]]. The MoDOT Project Manager has the responsibility to ensure all data is accurate and represents the contract plans as signed. Contractors are not provided all Electronic Design Data as specified below. <br />
<br />
Files that are provided in the Job#_EDD_info.zip file:<br />
:* Project Data Summary Report <br />
:* Survey report <br />
:* Coordinate file<br />
:* Civil geometry (.dgn and .xml)<br />
:* Corridor(s) file plus references (.dgn)<br />
:* Existing Terrain Model (.dgn and .xml)<br />
:* Proposed Terrain Model (.dgn and.xml)<br />
<br />
Files that are NOT provided in the Job#_EDD_info.zip file: <br />
:* All Open Roads Designer sheet drawings(.dgn). (i.e. plan sheet and cross section sheet drawings, etc.)<br />
:* Unnecessary document and data files not required for bidding or construction.<br />
:* Signed plan sheets and cross section sheets (.pdf). <br />
<br />
===237.14.3.3 Submittal of Consultant Designed Projects: ===<br />
Consultant Electronic Design Data is typically submitted to MoDOT via DVD or download. It is then uploaded by MoDOT by the Project Manager to ProjectWise and stored in the same location and project structure as any other MoDOT project. The delivered consultant Open Roads Designer files should be processed by MoDOT staff with the [https://library.modot.mo.gov/CADD/CADD_Programs/ProjectWise/Scan_for_Reference_Files_Wizard.pdf ''ProjectWise Ref Scan Tool''] so that all broken ''reference file'' links are repaired. The Electronic Design Data should be reviewed for completeness and manually checked for broken reference file links. Any problems should be resolved. Once all deliverables have been reviewed and accepted, the Project Manager then submits the Electronic Design Deliverables according to [[#237.14.3.1 Preparation of Electronic Design Data|EPG 237.14.3.1 Preparation of Electronic Design Data]] and [[#237.14.3.2 Submittal of MoDOT Designed Projects|EPG 237.14.3.2 Submittal of MoDOT Designed Projects]].<br />
<br />
===237.14.3.4 Plans Room ===<br />
MoDOT Bidding and Contracts has developed a web site to allow contractors and plans providers to easily download the bidding documents and Electronic Design Data. The Electronic Design Data zip file as well as the signed Adobe Acrobat plan sheets (.pdf) are accessed by Bidding and Contracts staff using ProjectWise and then will upload to the online plans room. Other non-CADD contract documents are accessed by the Bidding and Contracts section via SharePoint and are uploaded to a different section of the plans room. <br />
<br />
See also [[237.9 Submission of Plans and Supporting Documents|EPG 237.9 Submission of Plans and Supporting Documents]].<br />
<br />
===237.14.3.5 Electronic Information for Bidder’s Automation===<br />
General Provision [http://contribute.modot.mo.gov/business/standards_and_specs/documents/BLUE_PACK_01_01_2018.pdf Electronic Information for Bidder's Automation (page 24 of this link)], of the Missouri Standard Specifications for Highway Construction, provides information for bidder automation. If provided, the Electronic Design Data does not constitute part of the bid or contract documents. This information, used for project design and quantity estimation purposes, is provided for the bidder’s use in automation of bid estimating, contractor furnished staking, automated machine guidance and other construction methods.<br />
<br />
===237.14.3.6 Electronic Design Data for MoDOT Construction===<br />
Construction staff requires Electronic Design Data for constructing the project, checking quantities, and producing as-built plans. <br />
<br />
:1. By the request of the Resident Engineer to the Project Manager, all Electronic Design Data will be made available to Construction Staff. This request should be done at or around the Pre-Construction meeting.<br />
<br />
:2. Project Manager instructs District Design staff to prepare files for transfer, see [[#237.14.3.1 Preparation of Electronic Design Data|EPG 237.14.3.1 Preparation of Electronic Design Data]].<br />
<br />
:3. If ProjectWise is utilized in the Project Office: District Design staff will request the Electronic Design Data via the “PW Access Group” at [mailto:pwaccess@modot.mo.gov pwaccess@modot.mo.gov] with the following information: District, County, Job Number, and name of Project Office receiving the files. Electronic Design Data then will be copied to the Construction folder within ProjectWise by CADD Services Staff.<br />
<br />
:4. If Project Wise is not utilized in Project Office: District Design staff exports the completed project from ProjectWise using the proper settings to preserve reference file links. See [[media:237.14.3.6_Export_a_Completed_Project_for_Construction.pdf|How to Export a Completed Project in ProjectWise to Construction]]. District Design staff will then request their District Information Systems staff to move (not copy) the exported EDD files to the Project Office’s server on the ustation share (t:\drive). <br />
<br />
:5. SharePoint SHOULD NOT be used in any way for the transfer of Open Roads Designer data. Open Roads Designer does not function when accessing files via SharePoint because it is unable to resolve any reference file links.<br />
<br />
The Project Office may also obtain the files that are provided to the contractor via [http://eprojects/SitePages/Home.aspx eProjects].<br />
<br />
:Note: To search for documents within eProjects, enter the Job Number minus the "J" in the search box in the upper right-hand corner and hit "enter".<br />
<br />
==237.14.4 Specifications of Electronic Design Data for Consultants and MoDOT==<br />
MoDOT drawing standards are provided to consultants to create a [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/MicroStationV8.htm Open Roads Designer ''workspace''] that exactly matches the workspace used internally by MoDOT staff. These standards, when used in conjunction with Open Roads Designer help ensure that drawings provided meet MoDOT requirements. <br />
<br />
===237.14.4.1 General CADD Requirements ===<br />
<br />
'''1.''' The consultant shall furnish to MoDOT all of the contract plan drawings, for an entire project as Open Roads Designer drawings (DGN format). The consultant is responsible for verifying with MoDOT Design CADD Services for the current software version. All associated files that are attached to the drawing such as cell libraries, line definitions, dgnlib and reference files must be included if not automatically embedded in the file. The use of Microsoft Excel spreadsheet program can be used to create quantity summary sheets, however, any type of linking between the files to the contract plans is not permitted.<br />
<br />
'''2.''' All design elements of the project shall be designed and delivered to the department in [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/MicroStationV8.htm Open Roads Designer format] using the current MoDOT workspace.<br />
<br />
'''3.''' Each drawing file that is part of the final contract set shall be a full size plan sheet of 22 in. x 34 in. (560 mm x 865 mm) nominal size. All images shall be within a border of 20.375 in. x 31.25 in. (520 mm x 800 mm). The border shall be centered on the plotted page to ensure no part of the drawing is cut off during reproduction. Other than cross-section sheets, there shall be one Open Roads Designer drawing file that corresponds to each sheet of the plan set as submitted. The consultant may provide all cross-section sheets in a single Open Roads Designer file but must reference MoDOT’s border to each individual sheet. <br />
<br />
'''4.''' The plan drawings shall be to a represented scale. The geometry shall be within a 2D file and consist of vector lines. Drawings shall be created in real world modified state plane coordinates at a 1 to 1 scale where applicable and plotted to the represented scale. <br />
<br />
'''5.''' All drawings shall be self-contained or furnished with the supporting library of symbols and details to make the drawings complete in the format provided. MoDOT plots all drawings in a WYSIWYG (What You See Is What You Get) format based upon a MoDOT specific border file attached as a reference file. The department will furnish the appropriate color table through its [http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/standards_and_specs/geopakstandards.htm Open Roads Designer Drawing Standards internet site]. All line style, cells and symbology are applied to the Open Roads Designer drawing and not modified at plot time. Drawings that require specific commercial plotting software to create plots that match delivered contract documents will not be accepted. All drawings must be fully reproducible in black and white. Screening, shading and use of grayscale on plans will not be accepted for final plans delivery.<br />
<br />
'''6.''' MoDOT will verify the computer drawings using Open Roads Designer. The PDF contract plans will be checked against an Open Roads Designer drawing (DGN format), or vice versa, furnished by the consultant. <br />
<br />
'''7.''' Drawings shall have a color table meeting department’s standards to simplify the transfer process. MoDOT will furnish the appropriate color table through its [http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/standards_and_specs/geopakstandards.htm Open Roads Designer Drawing Standards internet site].<br />
<br />
'''8.''' All drawings shall conform to department drawing standards as established in the [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/MicroStationV8.htm MoDOT workspace]. All drawings shall follow the department’s standards for names and colors and line weights as defined in the workspace.<br />
<br />
'''9.''' Drawings shall be saved with the project number as the name of the parent folder and following the naming convention in [[237.13 Contract Plan File Name Convention|EPG 237.13 Contract Plan File Name Convention]]. Subfolders can be used to improve organization. <br />
<br />
'''10.''' Drawing files shall be submitted when all work covered by the contract is complete. Road project files shall be delivered to the MoDOT Project Manager. Bridge project files shall be delivered to the Structural Liaison Engineer responsible for the project. <br />
<br />
'''11.''' Seed files and cell libraries are provided in the MoDOT workspace. [http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/standards_and_specs/currentstandardplans.htm The Missouri Standard Plans for Highway Construction] are available in Open Roads Designer and Adobe Acrobat (.pdf) format on the department's web site. <br />
<br />
===237.14.4.2 Open Roads Designer Requirements===<br />
<br />
'''1.''' All elements representing existing topography features shall be processed using the settings defined by the current MoDOT Survey DGNLIB File (MoDOT_Survey_Settings_Features_Elem Temp.dgnlib) which is provided in MoDOT’s workspace. <br />
<br />
'''2.''' All survey information supplied by the consultant shall be in compliance with [[238.1 Aerial Mapping and LiDAR Surveys|EPG 238.1 Aerial Mapping and LiDAR Surveys]]. The feature codes used in the survey and photogrammetry information shall conform to the MoDOT standard feature codes as specified in the current MoDOT Survey DGNLIB File (MoDOT_Survey_Settings_Features_Elem Temp.dgnlib). <br />
<br />
'''3.''' The consultant shall utilize the MoDOT Open Roads Designer feature definitions as provided in the [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/MicroStationV8.htm MoDOT workspace]. <br />
<br />
'''4.''' MoDOT provides a ''superelevation'' preference (SEP) file for the calculation of superelevation based on 2011 AASHTO standards. <br />
<br />
'''5.''' Proposed ''cross sections'' shall be created from a corridor model. Cross section modifications should be avoided because edited cross sections would no longer match the corridor model.<br />
<br />
'''6.''' MoDOT will provide a standard ''template library'', ''civil cell'' library, and feature definition library. These files are available in the [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/MicroStationV8.htm MoDOT workspace]. <br />
<br />
'''7.''' The consultant is required to use MoDOT Open Roads Designer standard libraries provided in the workspace. <br />
<br />
'''8.''' The consultant shall submit ALL files used in the preparation of the roadway design. <br />
<br />
'''9.''' Cross sections shall be provided in Open Roads Designer drawing file(s) that contain no other design data. The cross sections shall exactly match the Adobe Acrobat cross section sheet files (.pdf). <br />
<br />
'''10.''' Cross sections sheets(.pdf) shall be submitted for but not limited to earthwork sections, entrance sections and superelevation transition sections. The superelevation transition sections included shall be at the following locations as described in [https://www.modot.org/media/16812 Standard Plan 203.20] and [https://www.modot.org/media/16818 Standard Plan 203.21]: Section A-A (normal crown), Section B-B (0% superelevation), Section C-C (reverse crown) and Section D-D (full superelevation).<br />
<br />
==237.14.5 Glossary of Terms==<br />
<br />
'''2D Point Feature.''' Open Roads Designer 2D Point Features are defined and stored in plan model. Contains no elevation (Z).<br />
<br />
'''3D Geometry.''' Open Roads Designer 3D geometry is created in 3D model by mathematically combining the horizontal and vertical geometry to create 3D elements. These 3D geometry elements in turn define a design model.<br />
<br />
'''3D Model.''' Created from linear features, corridor(s) and terrain models and resides in an Open Roads Designer dgn file. It is created and managed automatically.<br />
<br />
'''3D Point Feature.''' 3D points can be defined in plan model or 3D model. They are stored in 3D model but represented in both plan and 3D (Open Roads Designer).<br />
<br />
'''Active Profile.''' The Civil Horizontal Element can have multiple profiles, the active profile is the one used for design and the creation of Corridors. The active profile is combined with the horizontal geometry to build a 3D element which is used in the 3D model.<br />
<br />
'''Active Terrain Model.''' One Open Roads Designer terrain model can be designated as “Active”. The active terrain model is the one used to display “existing ground”; in other words the one which displays automatically in a profile model when it is opened. The active terrain model is also the one which is targeted by side slopes unless the template defines a different target by name.<br />
<br />
'''Adobe Acrobat.''' The software used to create and view the portable document file (PDF) format. It can be read by any computer by using Acrobat Reader software without needing the program with which the document was originally created. Acrobat .pdf files can be viewed using Acrobat Professional, Acrobat Reader and BlueBeam Review. Acrobat .pdf files can be signed using Acrobat Professional or Acrobat Reader DC.<br />
<br />
'''Aerial Photography.''' Photographs of the ground from an aircraft in the direct-down position (see ''Nadir'') or sometimes at an oblique angle. See ''Photogrammetry''.<br />
<br />
'''Apply Surface Template.''' To apply an Open Roads Designer corridor template to a terrain model for the purpose of creating components (such as pavement layers) under the terrain model.<br />
<br />
'''Arc Definition.''' Curve definition method generally used in roadway applications. The radius R is used to define the curve and is defined by the equation R = 5729.58/D where the degree of curvature D is the central angle subtended by a 100 ft. arc. Set in the Design File Settings > Civil Formatting under Radius Settings. See also ''Chord Definition''.<br />
<br />
'''Back Slope.''' The slope up from the bottom of a ditch away from the roadway. Expressed as run:rise.<br />
<br />
'''Base Geometry.''' In many instances the Open Roads Designer geometry element will be trimmed. The original (or base), untrimmed element is always preserved as it is the storage for the rule.<br />
<br />
'''Baseline.''' A baseline is an alignment that is established for the design of road. A baseline is assigned stationing and contains no vertical information. The existing baseline shall be established by the PLS of record. Proposed baselines are usually established by the design engineer of record.<br />
<br />
'''Bentley.''' The company that produces MoDOT's roadway design software. Products include: Open Roads Designer, ProjectWise and ConceptStation.<br />
<br />
'''Berm.''' A raised earth barrier separating two areas<br />
<br />
'''Bidding and Contracts Section.''' The MoDOT Bidding and Contract Services unit is responsible for letting MoDOT's highway construction and maintenance projects. This includes reviewing and advertising the projects, estimating, processing the letting, analyzing the bid results and providing a recommendation to management for award or reject of projects.<br />
<br />
'''Border.''' In MoDOT highway plans, the border is a reference file that is included in every sheet drawing. The border is what makes an Open Roads Designer drawing a sheet drawing. The aspect of the border (width to height ratio) will match the desired paper size which is typically 24" x 36". The size of the border determines the scale of the sheet. For example a 36 in. wide border at 100 scale will measure 3,600 ft. wide. The contents of the sheet is generally referenced in to the sheet drawing. The border is placed in the sheet drawing at the proper location, rotation and size. The reference files are then clipped so that they don't extend outside the border. The border file also contains the title block information.<br />
<br />
'''Boundary.''' Used to constrain the external boundary of the Open Roads Designer terrain model. No triangles are created outside the boundary. In addition, any point data outside the boundary is ignored.<br />
<br />
'''Break Line.''' An Open Roads Designer surface feature that represents a defined slope change (eg. EOP, EOS, Ditch bottom, slope breaks). No triangle side (in the triangulated surface) can cross over a break line.<br />
<br />
'''Break Void.''' A closed area of missing or obscured data. No triangulation inside the void.<br />
<br />
'''Bridge Survey.''' Bridge surveys are prepared and submitted to the Bridge Division by the district to provide the basis for preliminary bridge layouts and ultimately for the preparation of bridge plans by the Bridge Division. Information required includes: Plan sheet, Typical Section, Profile Sheet, Valley/Channel Sections, Cross Sections and aerial imagery.<br />
<br />
'''Cardinal Points.''' One of the points used to define the geometry of an alignment. Cardinal points include PC, PT, PI, and CC points for horizontal geometry and VPC, VPI and VPT for vertical geometry.<br />
<br />
'''Chord Definition.''' Curve definition method generally used in railway applications and in highway design before the mid 1900s. The radius R is used to define the curve, and is defined by the equation R = 50/SIN(0.5*D) where the degree of curvature D is the central angle subtended by a 100 ft. chord. See also ''Arc Definition''.<br />
<br />
'''Civil Cell.''' Open Roads Designer predefined cell that can contain civil geometry, terrain models, corridors, linear template and features. (eg. Intersections, entrances, box culvert, median openings)<br />
<br />
'''Civil Geometry File.''' This Open Roads Designer .dgn file contains all final horizontal and vertical alignments used in the development of the contract plans in .dgn or .xml format.<br />
<br />
'''Civil Geometry Report.''' This report will include all horizontal and vertical alignments that make up the project.<br />
<br />
'''Civil Template.''' See ''Template''.<br />
<br />
'''Clipping Reference.''' Clipping allows you to remove areas of overlap when working with multiple Open Roads Designer corridors in a single surface. For example, in a corridor intersected by a crossing roadway, clipping would be used to remove all overlapped features within the intersection.<br />
<br />
'''Complex Terrain Model.''' An Open Roads Designer terrain model created by merging or appending two or more terrain models.<br />
<br />
'''Context Toolbox.''' When an Open Roads Designer element is selected, hovering over the element provides a heads-up and context sensitive toolbar which pops up at the cursor. This toolbar provides a few of the most commonly used tools which operate on the element selected element type. The first tool in this toolbar is always Quick Properties.<br />
<br />
'''Contour.''' A linear symbol representing points of equal elevation relative to a given datum.<br />
<br />
'''Contour, Major.''' The primary elevation line indicating a specific elevation in a surface model. Usually major contours are drawn with a heavier line weight or using a different color. Elevation text labels are usually drawn in association with major contours.<br />
<br />
'''Contour, Minor.''' A secondary elevation line indicating a specific elevation in a surface model. Minor contours are often drawn without special color or weight indexing and without elevation text labels.<br />
<br />
'''Contract Documents.''' Includes signed sheet drawings and specifications.<br />
<br />
'''Control Points.''' See ''Project Control''.<br />
<br />
'''Coordinate File.''' A text file containing, at a minimum, x(E),y(N) or north(N), east(E) coordinate pairs and usually contains elevation values (z). These coordinates represent locations (points) on a plane. The file should be comma delimited but can be tab or space delimited and can contain additional columns of information such as point ID, description or code. It is important to document the units, projection and vertical datum of the coordinate data.<br />
<br />
'''Corridor or Corridor Model.''' An object in Open Roads Designer that is used for modeling a roadway and is automatically managed by the corridor modeling tools. (See ''Roadway Corridor''.)<br />
<br />
'''Cross Section Sheets.''' The cross section sheets are byproduct of cross sections. Acrobat .pdf cross section sheet files are printed from the Open Roads Designer cross sections for the purpose of creating contract plans documents that can be signed.<br />
<br />
'''Cross Sections.''' Open Roads Designer Cross sections that are generated from the 3D Model and written into a .dgn file. Sections are not dynamic and must be re-generated after any design change. Cross sections can be placed in the .dgn by Open Roads Designer in a way that they are arranged properly and stacked within sheet borders.<br />
<br />
'''Curve Stroking.''' Stroking is the process of automatically adding shots to the Open Roads Designer terrain model or corridor by interpolating new shots from the curved sections of the data. This distance is used to interpolate new shots along the curved element in corridor processing and applying linear templates. This value is used as a perpendicular minimum distance from chords generated along the arc. Chords are drawn along the arc and the perpendicular distance is measured from the middle of each chord to the arc. If this distance is larger than the Curve Stroking, the process is repeated with a shorter chord length. This process is repeated until the end of the curve is reached. The flatter the curve, the fewer number of points will be calculated. The steeper the curve, the greater number of points that will be calculated.<br />
<br />
'''Datum.''' See ''Horizontal Datum'' and ''Vertical Datum''.<br />
<br />
'''DDB File.''' Open Roads Designer file (Design Database) which contains features definitions, associated symbiology and annotation settings.<br />
<br />
'''Delta Terrain Model.''' A surface containing data derived from the difference in elevation between two terrain models or a terrain model and a plane.<br />
<br />
'''Downstream.''' The indicated path follows the steepest descent from a user-defined point through the terrain model terminating at a low point or the edge of the terrain model.<br />
<br />
'''Drape.''' The process of vertically projecting elements onto a surface so that the element elevations are defined by the surface.<br />
<br />
'''Drape Void.''' A closed area of missing or obscured data where the void coordinates are not included in the triangulation. Voids are inserted post triangulation. The void coordinates and lines are draped on the TIN surface. Even though a user must provide an elevation for the Drape Void vertices, the user elevations are changed to the elevation of the TIN surface at the XY Drape Void coordinate position.<br />
<br />
'''Drone.''' An unmanned aircraft or ship guided by remote control or onboard computers. See ''UAS''.<br />
<br />
'''Dynamic Cross Sections.''' Temporary Open Roads Designer cross sections cut on the fly from the 3D Model using the corridor creation tools. They cannot be edited or printed.<br />
<br />
'''Earthwork or Earthwork Quantities.''' Average end area excavation and fill design quantities generated from the cross sections. Construction earthwork quantities can be calculated by average end area or by the surface to surface method.<br />
<br />
'''Electronic Design Data (EDD).''' MoDOT Highway Designers and consultants are required to provide specific file deliverables for the purpose of advertising, bidding and constructing roadway projects. This data is called Electronic Design Data (EDD).<br />
<br />
'''Electronic Design Data Checklist.''' A checklist that is performed to verify the complete delivery of EDD for internal and Design Consultant project.<br />
<br />
'''Element Template.''' MicroStation concept which allows preconfigured definitions for symbiology and other miscellaneous display of MicroStation elements and civil features.<br />
<br />
'''End Condition.''' A specialized component of a corridor template which provides information tie into active surface.<br />
<br />
'''End Condition Exception.''' Used to modify the behavior of an end condition solution without requiring the use of additional template drops. When an end condition exception is added, it must be edited to change its behavior.<br />
<br />
'''Existing Terrain Model.''' The existing terrain model is a single layer surface inside an Open Roads Designer .dgn computer file that represents the actual 3D ground features.<br />
<br />
'''Feature.''' A Feature is anything that can be seen or located and is a physical part of your Open Roads Designer design, representing a real world thing. A feature’s definition is one of its properties. At any given time in the design process, the feature will have a Horizontal Geometry, a Vertical Geometry, 3D Geometry or a combination to define its location. examples: curb, pavement, spot dirt, manhole, wall, agg base, R/W marker, ditch, fill slope, etc.<br />
<br />
'''Feature Definition.''' The feature definition typically is a property applied to Open Roads Designer plan view civil geometry. (eg. special ditch, eop, eos) The feature definition is automatically inherited by its associated profile and the derived 3D geometry. Feature definitions are used by corridors for horizontal feature control. (eg. new pavement will seek "eop new"). Also see ''Surface Feature Definition''.<br />
<br />
'''Feature Name.''' The name given to an Open Roads Designer Feature. See ''Feature''.<br />
<br />
'''Fore Slope.''' The slope typically from the edge of the shoulder to the bottom of the ditch or to the bottom of the roadway fill. Expressed as run: rise.<br />
<br />
'''Gap.''' When a feature is trimmed the part(s) which are invisible on the base geometry.<br />
<br />
'''GEOPAK.''' See ''Open Roads Designer''<br />
<br />
'''GPK.''' A legacy Open Roads Designer database containing coordinate geometry information. The Open Roads Designer database file extension is: “gpk”.<br />
<br />
'''Graphical Filter.''' Used in developing Open Roads Designer terrain models from Open Roads Designer corridors.<br />
<br />
'''Grid Coordinate.''' A coordinate typically in the State Plane Coordinate System for highway design. Can be in UTM or other system. A grid coordinate not a ground coordinate.<br />
<br />
'''Ground Coordinate.''' A coordinate x,y value in a ground projection (i.e. modified state plane). It is derived by taking a grid coordinate and multiplying it by a scale factor. This scaling process does not effect the elevation. Highway design, staking and construction are performed using ground coordinates.<br />
<br />
'''Horizontal Alignment.''' A 2D linear feature in Open Roads Designer with a special purpose of defining the centerline or the baseline of a roadway. (aka chain).<br />
<br />
'''Horizontal Datum.''' Horizontal datums are used for describing a point on the Earth's surface, in latitude and longitude or a Cartesian coordinate system. The North American Datum 1983 (NAD83) is the most important for highway design and surveying. See ''Vertical Datum''.<br />
<br />
'''Horizontal Geometry.''' The Open Roads Designer elements which define the horizontal layout of the design. These elements are 2D elements even if the DGN model is 3D. Horizontal Geometry may be points, lines, arcs, spirals, splines or any combination in a complex element.<br />
<br />
'''Island.''' A closed area of land, inside an Open Roads Designer terrain model void. i.e., island in the middle of a lake or land inside an obscured area.<br />
<br />
'''Key Station.''' Additional station added to the Open Roads Designer corridor to force processing at the particular location.<br />
<br />
'''LandXML.''' A non-proprietary file format for the sharing of civil data between applications. The LandXML file extension is: “.xml”.<br />
<br />
'''Laser Scanner.''' A LiDAR acquisition device, typically mounted on a tripod, used to collect point cloud information for the purpose of creating an existing terrain model. See ''LiDAR''.<br />
<br />
'''LIDAR.''' LiDAR (Light Detection And Ranging) is an laser scanning technology which scans ground and other physical features to produce a 3D model.<br />
<br />
'''Linear Feature.''' An Open Roads Designer plan element composed of lines, arcs, spirals and splines or a profile element composed of lines, parabola and splines.<br />
<br />
'''Linear Stroking.''' Stroking is the process of automatically adding shots to the terrain model or corridor by interpolating new shots from the linear sections of the data. Linear stroking is measured along the element. Interpolated vertices are added whenever the distance between the vertices is greater than the linear stroking value (in master units).<br />
<br />
'''Linear Template.''' To apply an Open Roads Designer template to a 3D linear feature as part of creating a proposed surface. (eg. End conditions, pavement widening, guard rail, bridge fill face)<br />
<br />
'''Mapping.''' A collection of natural and manmade conditions that are surveyed and represented as Open Roads Designer Survey features in the Bentley .dgn format.<br />
<br />
'''MicroStation.''' See ''Open Roads Designer''.<br />
<br />
'''Mobile LiDAR.''' A vehicle mounted LiDAR acquisition device used to collect point cloud information while moving for the purpose of creating an existing terrain model. See ''LiDAR''.<br />
<br />
'''Modified State Plane Coordinate System.''' A ground coordinate system that is derived for a specific project or area by multiplying State Plane Coordinates (n & e but not elev.) by a project projection factor. Design work and construction is performed using a modified state plane coordinate system. See ''State Plane Coordinate System'' and ''Ground Coordinates''.<br />
<br />
'''Nadir.''' The point on the ground that is vertically downward from an airborne observer.<br />
<br />
'''Online Plans Room.''' MoDOT's [http://www.modot.org/business/contractor_resources/bid_opening_info/OpenLetting.shtml Online Plan Room] provides access to contract documents for projects currently in the process of receiving competitive bids. <br />
<br />
'''Open Roads Designer (ORD).''' Open Roads Designer is a suite of software that includes CADD drafting and Civil Engineering Design tools, and is the required software for use on MoDOT work.<br />
<br />
'''Open Roads Designer Corridor.''' See ''Corridor''.<br />
<br />
'''Parametric Constraints.''' Used to set up Open Roads Designer corridor constraint value overrides for specified station ranges. (eg. Pavement width transition, end condition slopes)<br />
<br />
'''Photogrammetry.''' Photogrammetry is the science of making measurements from overlapping photographs. Until a few years ago, photogrammetry was used extensively by MoDOT to develop the existing terrain model for projects. That technology has been replaced with LiDAR. Photogrammetry has been reborn as the predominate method of surface creation when using unmanned aerial vehicles (UAV).<br />
<br />
'''Plan Model.''' The usual Open Roads Designer DGN model, used for laying out horizontal geometry. Best practices will dictate that this is a 2D DGN model but 3D DGN model can be used. This is where geometric layouts and corridor definitions are kept. The geometric layouts are not only alignments but also edges, parking, striping, sidewalks, etc.<br />
<br />
'''Plan Sheet (.dgn).''' An Open Roads Designer .dgn drawing file that contains a border. Used to produce a .pdf plan sheet contact document. See ''Border''.<br />
<br />
'''Plan Sheet (.pdf).''' An Adobe Acrobat .pdf file that represents a plan sheet and is a contract document. In other words it contains a border and title block. .pdf files can be electronically signed.<br />
<br />
'''Point Cloud.''' A set of vertices in a 3D coordinate system and are defined the by X, Y and Z coordinates. Point clouds are usually created by Laser scanners, Aerial LiDAR or Mobile LiDAR. These devices measure a large number of points on the surface of an object and output a point cloud as a data file. The point cloud represents the visible surface of the object that has been scanned or digitized.<br />
<br />
'''Point Control.''' Used to modify the behavior of points in a template. These controls take precedence (they override) over existing constraints on the point.<br />
<br />
'''Point Features.''' Defined by a single X, Y (Z optional) location. A point need not be a feature. It may be defined as a non-featurized point by way of AccuDraw, Civil AccuDraw, Snap or a data point. Non-featurized points are use to control the construction of Linear Features.<br />
<br />
'''PowerGEOPAK.''' See ''Open Roads Designer''.<br />
<br />
'''Professional Land Surveyor (PLS) of Record.''' The professional land surveyor whose signature appears on survey documents or is responsible for the quality of surveying work.<br />
<br />
'''Project Control.''' High precision locations that are located in the field with steel pins or other permanent marker. They provide the basis for lower precision surveys and staking on construction projects.<br />
<br />
'''Project Data Summary Report.''' This Excel report, prepared by the designer, gives a summary of all Electronic Design Data files submitted with the project and is an important reference for MoDOT staff and contractors that may use the Electronic Design Data. This file contains specific project information and acts as table of contents with descriptions for all files submitted.<br />
<br />
'''Project Explorer.''' The Open Roads Designer interface for browsing elements in a DGN file. Extended by civil to accommodate specialized civil needs.<br />
<br />
'''Projection Factor.''' The project specific factor that is used to convert state plane north and east coordinates to modified state plane ground coordinates for use in design and construction. Elevations are not multiplied by the projection factor.<br />
<br />
'''ProjectWise.''' ProjectWise is, among other things, a CADD document management tool that provides the ability to check out, open, modify and manage documents to include PDF, DGN, DOCX, and XSLX files.<br />
<br />
'''ProjectWise PDF Creation Tool.''' A ProjectWise tool that produces Adobe Acrobat (.pdf) files to be used as contract plans.<br />
<br />
'''ProjectWise Ref Scan tool.''' A tool that corrects the relationships between the master file and the reference files so they can be managed correctly by ProjectWise.<br />
<br />
'''Proposed Terrain Model.''' An Open Roads Designer terrain model consisting of a triangulated surface that completely describes the design features of a corridor and ties into the existing ground terrain model at its edges. See ''Terrain Model''.<br />
<br />
'''Reference Element.''' The rule for some geometry is a calculation from another element. This other element is the reference element.<br />
<br />
'''Reference File.''' An Open Roads Designer drawing can have other drawings and image files attached to it. Elements in a reference file display as though they are geometry in the active design file. Although you cannot manipulate or delete the elements displayed in a reference file, you can snap to them or copy them into the active design file.<br />
<br />
'''Roadway Corridor.''' A generally linear tract of land that defines at least one main line of some mode of transportation. (See ''Corridor or Corridor Model''.)<br />
<br />
'''Secondary Alignment.''' Used to modify the direction of cross section processing. By default, as any given station, the cross section is created orthogonal to the main alignment/feature. If a secondary alignment exists, then that portion of the cross section which lies outside the secondary alignment will be orthogonal to the secondary alignment instead of the main alignment.<br />
<br />
'''Sheets.''' Typically Adobe Acrobat (.pdf) files created from Open Roads Designer .dgn files. The plan sheet .pdf files are signed by the Project Manager and are part of the contract documents. See ''Border''.<br />
<br />
'''Signed.''' The term signed indicates that an Adobe Acrobat contract file has been electronically signed by the engineer of record. The PLS Surveyor of record performs electronic signatures as well as "wet" signatures as part of their work. Wet signature indicates signing and dating paper plans in ink.<br />
<br />
'''SMD File.''' Open Roads Designer file (Survey Manager Database) which contains survey features definitions and associated element and textual settings.<br />
<br />
'''Special Ditch.''' A standard ditch has a consistent depth so the bottom of ditch elevations run parallel the edge of the shoulder. The bottom of ditch elevations of special ditches are defined by a profile to control the ditch elevations and can be manipulated by the design to provide a desired result.<br />
<br />
'''Spot Elevation.''' A set of X, Y, Z coordinates representing a point on the terrain model surface. There is no implied relationship between spot elevation points.<br />
<br />
'''State Plane Coordinate System.''' One of 124 geographic coordinate systems designed for specific regions of the United States. They rely on a simple x,y coordinate system to specify locations rather than latitude and longitude to allow the use of "plane surveying" methods. Also, the system is highly accurate within each zone. Missouri has three state plane zones: East, Central and West. Control surveying is typically performed in the state plane coordinate system. Design and construction work is not performed in the state plane coordinate system but in the modified state plane coordinate system that is project specific. A project specific grid to ground projection factor is used to convert State Plane coordinates to Modified State Plane ground coordinates.<br />
<br />
'''Stationing.''' Stationing is a system of measurement used for road layout and construction. From the beginning station, and all distances along the roadway centerline are measured from that point using 100 foot stations. The number to the left of the + is the distance in full 100 foot stations and the number to the right of the + is the distance beyond that full station in feet. The station 123+34 is 12,334 feet from the beginning of the alignment.<br />
<br />
'''Superelevation.''' Superelevation is the rotation of the pavement on the approach to and through a horizontal curve.<br />
<br />
'''Superelevation Lane.''' The closed area defined by the Open Roads Designer superelevation tools used for the limits of transition calculations and pivoting location.<br />
<br />
'''Superelevation Section.''' Area along an Open Roads Designer horizontal geometry element, where superelevation will be calculated.<br />
<br />
'''Surface Feature Definitions.''' The surface feature definition is a property applied to Open Roads Designer terrain model. It determines the default display properties (eg. Contours, triangles, material type)<br />
<br />
'''Surface File.''' A LandXML, Open Roads Designer tin or other file type that contains only surface information. Typically exported by Survey or Design software for use in another system.<br />
<br />
'''Survey Coordinate File.''' The comma delimited Survey Coordinate File is prepared by the project’s Professional Land Surveyor of Record and contains project control points.<br />
<br />
'''Survey Report.''' The Survey Report is prepared by the project’s Professional Land Survey of Record. It is used for documenting the project control metadata and the method in which the topography and terrain information is obtained for a project.<br />
<br />
'''Target Aliasing.''' Used to create the desired results when working with multiple surfaces without having to edit the template from the template library. Target aliases can also be used so that one corridor can target the solution of another corridor.<br />
<br />
'''Template Drop.''' An area (usually defined by station limits) along a corridor to which a specific template is applied. The template drop spacing is determined by the designer to provide the accuracy required for the surfaces.<br />
<br />
'''Template Library.''' An Open Roads Designer file that stores definitions for templates, generally with an ITL file extension.<br />
<br />
'''Template or Civil Template.''' The configuration in Open Roads Designer that defines the cross sectional shape of the roadway being modeled. This cross-section is then “extruded along” a 3D geometry element to form the final model. The corridor template can create or target features such as road edges. The result is the creation of a corridor.<br />
<br />
'''Template Transition.''' MoDOT does not currently utilize template transitions. See ''Parametric Constraints''.<br />
<br />
'''Terrain Model.''' An Open Roads Designer three-dimensional DGN element defined by spots, break lines, voids, holes, contours to model a surface on the earth. The terrain model replaces the .tin file format used before Open Roads Designer SS3.<br />
<br />
'''Topography.''' A detailed description or representation on a map of the natural and artificial features of an area.<br />
<br />
'''Topolift.''' A laser scanner mounted on a pickup that is composed of a lift and bridge mechanism. The automated lift operation substantially reduces the drive, stop and setup time compared to tripod-based operations as well as adding additional height for better coverage. The scanner is completely isolated from the pickup during scans.<br />
<br />
'''Trace Slope.''' Upstream - The indicated path follows the steepest ascent from a user-defined point through the terrain model terminating at a high point or the edge of the terrain model.<br />
<br />
'''Traditional Survey Methods.''' Traditional surveying includes the use of GPS, total stations, leveling, bathymetry, etc.<br />
<br />
'''UAS.''' Unmanned Aerial Systems (UAS) is an all encompassing description that encapsulates the aircraft or UAV, the ground-based controller, and the system of communications connecting the two.<br />
<br />
'''UAV.''' An unmanned aerial vehicle piloted by remote control or onboard computers. See ''UAS'' and ''Drone''.<br />
<br />
'''Vertical Alignment.''' A linear feature in an Open Roads Designer profile model with a special purpose of defining the elevations of an alignment.<br />
<br />
'''Vertical Datum.''' A vertical datum is a surface of zero elevation to which heights of various points are measured. The vertical datum can be based on sea level (obsolete), an ellipsoid or a geoid model of the earth. The North American Vertical Datum of 1988 (NAVD88) is the current vertical datum for highway design and surveying. Plans produced prior to 1988 and during the transition period were typically based on the National Geodetic Datum of 1929 (NGVD29). See ''Horizontal Datum''.<br />
<br />
'''Vertical Geometry.''' The elements which define the vertical layout of a corresponding horizontal geometry element. These vertical elements are 2D and are stored in a profile model.<br />
<br />
'''Void.''' Closed shape representing areas of missing data or obscure areas. No point or break data located within the void area is utilized and no triangles are created inside the void areas. The Void coordinates are included in the triangulation and void lines between successive void coordinates are inserted as drape lines on the surface. Therefore, they do not change the slope or elevations of the surface.<br />
<br />
'''Watershed.''' Defined by either a low point within the terrain model or a low edge point along the terrain model edge, it's the closed area wherein all water would drain to the low point.<br />
<br />
'''Workspace.''' A workspace is an Open Roads Designer environment or configuration. Organizations establish a standard workspace to help users comply with standards and increase production speed. It also helps reduce errors caused by using incorrect resources such as fonts, text styles, line styles, seed files and dimension styles.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[category:237 Contract Plans|237.14]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:606_Guardrail_and_Guard_Cable&diff=51654Category:606 Guardrail and Guard Cable2022-06-24T19:00:50Z<p>Smithk: </p>
<hr />
<div><br />
<br />
{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:7px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="380px" align="right" <br />
|-<br />
|'''To report damaged guardrail or guard cable'''<br/>contact Customer Service at<br/>1-888-ASK-MoDOT (1-888-275-6636)<br />
|}<br />
Historically, about one in every three fatal accidents is a result of a single vehicle leaving the roadway and striking a fixed object or overturning. Guardrail and guard cable play a major role in saving lives in vehicle crashes by preventing vehicles from leaving the roadway and striking a hazard. Guardrail and guard cable work by containing the errant vehicle and redirecting the vehicle away from hazards. Guardrail and guard cable can shield fixed objects and steep slopes, can be used in tangent or curved sections of roadway and can be used to shield bridge ends and piers from vehicle impacts. <br />
<br />
[[image:606 Guardrail.jpg|left|450px]] <br />
Multiple roadway safety studies have shown that guardrail along the edge of the road can reduce the number of crashes and their severity. A 1995 study cited in an ATSSA roadside safety report indicates that the presence of guardrail reduced the overall crash rate by approximately 30%, reduced fatality crashes by 45% and reduced injury crashes by 50 percent. NCHRP Report 490 (2003) presents in-service performance evaluation findings from studies in Connecticut, Iowa and North Carolina that found only a 3% severe injury rate for crashes involving w-beam guardrails. <br />
{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:7px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="380px" align="right" <br />
|-<br />
|'''Guard Cable Video'''<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:606.1 Guard cable.wmv|Guard Cable in Action]]<br />
|-<br />
|'''Additional information on crashworthy end terminals and internet links to approved terminals'''<br />
|-<br />
|[http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/standards_and_specs/endterminals.htm. MoDOT's end terminal website]<br />
|-<br />
|[[:Category:1040 Guardrail, End Terminals, One-Strand Access Restraint Cable and Three-Strand Guard Cable Material#1040.4 Crashworthy End Terminal and Qualified Plastic Guardrail Block|EPG 1040.4 Crashworthy End Terminal and Qualified Plastic Guardrail Block]]<br />
|}<br />
When properly located, guardrail and guard cable can greatly improve roadside safety. <br />
<br />
Installation of a roadside barrier is considered when a vehicle striking the obstacle being shielded would find impact with the obstacle less forgiving that striking the roadside barrier itself. <br />
<br />
When a roadside obstacle exists, treatment should be considered in the following priority:<br />
<br />
:1. Eliminate the obstacle.<br />
:2. Redesign the obstacle so it can be safely traversed.<br />
:3. Relocate the obstacle to a point where it is less likely to be struck.<br />
:4. Treat the obstacle to reduce accident severity with a breakaway base or appropriate grading.<br />
:5. Shield the obstacle with a median barrier, roadside barrier or crash cushion.<br />
:6. Delineate the obstacle if the above alternatives are not appropriate. <br />
<br />
In many cases, it is either impractical or impossible to eliminate a roadside obstacle, redesign the obstacle so it can be safely traversed, relocate the obstacle to a point where it is less likely to be struck or provide an appropriate breakaway device that will reduce impact severity. In these cases, shielding of the obstacle will be needed to protect the errant vehicle from the obstacle and to provide a more forgiving roadside. <br />
<br />
Roadside barriers, whether they be concrete, guardrail or guard cable, are themselves obstacles. Even though they are engineered and rigorously tested to preserve the safety of vehicle occupants, all shielding systems cause damage to the vehicle and/or sustain damage themselves when impacted. <br />
<br />
Three basic types of obstacles commonly shielded using roadside barriers:<br />
:* steep slopes, lateral drop-offs, or terrain features<br />
:* bridge ends or bridge piers<br />
:* fixed objects and other roadside obstacles that cannot be eliminated, made breakaway, or otherwise traversable, or relocated. <br />
<br />
'''[[606.1 Guardrail|Guardrail]]''' <br />
<br />
Guardrail is the most common roadside traffic barrier used to shield traffic from obstacles. Simply, guardrail consists of two key functional components: the guardrail face and the end terminal. Guardrail also includes the posts, the connection of the guardrail face to the posts, the soil that the posts are driven into and the anchoring system at the end terminal. All of these elements have a bearing in how the guardrail will perform if impacted. <br />
<br />
'''Guardrail Face.''' The guardrail face is the length of w-beam or thrie beam guardrail extending from the end terminal alongside the roadway. Its primary function is to direct impacting vehicles away from the obstacle the guardrail is shielding and redirect them back onto the roadway. <br />
<br />
'''End Terminal.''' The end of a guardrail run facing approaching traffic needs to be protected by a crashworthy end terminal. Crashworthy end terminals are energy-absorbing end treatments that are designed to absorb the energy of an impact by having an impact head slide down the length of the guardrail end terminal. These end terminals function in two ways. When hit head-on, the impact head slides down the guardrail flattening, or extruding, the guardrail and redirecting the guardrail away from the vehicle until the impacting vehicle’s energy is dissipated and the vehicle has decelerated to a stop. When hit at an angle, the impact head may partially extrude the guardrail and then "gate" out of the way allowing the vehicle to pass behind the guardrail. This means the end terminal and guardrail are pushed aside, as if opening a gate.<br />
<br />
'''[[606.2 Guard Cable|Guard Cable]]'''<br />
<br />
Guard cable contains and redirects vehicles away from impacting an object or terrain that is less forgiving than the guard cable. It consists of a series of steel cables mounted on weak posts placed to capture and redirect errant vehicles. <br />
[[image:606 Guard cable.jpg|left|450px]]<br />
Guard cable is also commonly used in interstate medians to help prevent vehicles from crossing the median and entering into opposing traffic lanes. Guard cable may be used instead of guardrail on new construction projects in locations outside of the clear zone where the designer wants to protect an errant vehicle from leaving the roadway and entering areas with steep slopes and high fills. Substitution of guard cable for guardrail is not recommended on sharp curves. <br />
<br />
<div id="Testing Criteria."></div><br />
'''Testing Criteria.''' Current roadside safety hardware testing standards are published in the AASHTO Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH). It updates and replaces the previous standard, the National Cooperative Highway Research Program Report No. 350 (NCHRP 350). MASH retains and modifies the six separate test levels (TL) representing different vehicles, impact angles and speeds. <br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" align="right" <br />
|+'''What is TL-3?'''<br />
! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Test Level !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Vehicle!! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Angle (degrees)!!style="background:#BEBEBE"|Speed <br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" align="center"|1<br />
|2420 lb. car|| align="center"|25||31 mph<br />
|-<br />
|5000 lb. pickup|| align="center"|25||31 mph<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" align="center"|2<br />
|2420 lb. car|| align="center"|25||43 mph<br />
|-<br />
|5000 lb. pickup|| align="center"|25||43 mph<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" align="center"|3<br />
|2420 lb. car|| align="center"|25||62 mph<br />
|-<br />
|5000 lb. pickup|| align="center"|25||62 mph<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="3" align="center"|4<br />
|2420 lb. car|| align="center"|25||62 mph<br />
|-<br />
|5000 lb. pickup|| align="center"|25||62 mph<br />
|-<br />
|22,050 lb. Single-Unit Truck|| align="center"|15||56 mph<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="3" align="center"|5<br />
|2420 lb. car|| align="center"|25||62 mph<br />
|-<br />
|5000 lb. pickup|| align="center"|25||62 mph<br />
|-<br />
|79,400 Semi Truck (Cargo)|| align="center"|15||50 mph<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="3" align="center"|6<br />
|2420 lb. car|| align="center"|25||62 mph<br />
|-<br />
|5000 lb. pickup|| align="center"|25||62 mph<br />
|-<br />
|79,400 lb. Semi Truck (Tanker)|| align="center"|15||50 mph<br />
|}<br />
Test level three (TL-3) is probably the most common as it establishes safety criteria for both small cars and pickups at 62 mph. This category of traffic accounts for nearly 90% of all vehicle traffic in Missouri.<br />
<br />
The table entitled "What is TL-3?" summarizes data for the six test levels.<br />
<br />
A roadside safety hardware feature must undergo rigorous safety testing before it can be used on the National Highway System (NHS). Most states have adopted the same testing criteria for highways that are not on the NHS. The standard by which all roadside safety features are measured is contained within the MASH. <br />
<br />
MASH evaluates safety hardware according to three general factors:<br />
<br />
:1) Structural Adequacy: the system must contain and redirect the vehicle with no under-riding, overriding or penetration.<br />
<br />
:2) Occupant Risk: fragments of the system cannot penetrate the passenger compartment, the vehicle must remain upright during and after the collision, and the passenger must not undergo excessive impact or deceleration.<br />
<br />
:3) Vehicle Trajectory: after the impact, the vehicle should not intrude into adjacent traffic lanes nor should it exit the system at an angle greater than 60% of the entry angle.<br />
<br />
<br />
[[image:606 guardrail installation.jpg|left|180px]]<br />
==='''Construction Inspection Guidelines for [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=9 Sec 606]'''===<br />
<br />
'''Construction Requirements (for Sec 606.3)''' Inspection of guardrail, crashworthy end terminals, three-strand guard cable and one-strand access restraint cable is usually done on a spot basis. The contractor is to be given enough reference points from which to establish line and grade. Points to check during installation are alignment of posts and possible damage from driving. Completed rail or cable should be checked for alignment, position with respect to the travelway, elevation, soil backfill and proper direction of lap for beams. Bolts are to be tightened to manufacturer specifications. All elements of construction are to be checked for installation damage.<br />
<br />
Post driving frequently causes damage to stabilized shoulders. No installation is to be accepted until such damage has been satisfactorily repaired in a manner preventing ponding of water around the posts.<br />
<br />
'''[[620.5 Delineators (MUTCD Chapter 3F)#620.5.5 Guardrail Delineation|Delineators]] (for Sec 606.10.2.3).''' Delineators should be placed on all guardrail located 2 ft. or less from the edge of the shoulder. The delineators are to be spaced at 50 ft. intervals. Refer to this specification for more detail on delineator body, retroreflective sheeting and delineator color requirements.<br />
<br />
Refer to [[:Category:1040 Guardrail, End Terminals, One-Strand Access Restraint Cable and Three-Strand Guard Cable Material|EPG 1040 Guardrail, End Terminals, One-Strand Access Restraint Cable and Three-Strand Guard Cable Material]] for procedures establishing inspecting [[106.3 Samples, Tests and Cited Specifications#106.3.1 Sampling|sampling]], accepting and reporting of guardrail and guard cable material specified in [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=14 Sec 1040].<br />
<br />
Crashworthy end terminals (CET) may not be substituted for a lower type CET without the districts’s core team approval. For example, a Type D CET cannot be replaced by a Type C device.</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:606_Guardrail_and_Guard_Cable&diff=51653Category:606 Guardrail and Guard Cable2022-06-24T18:56:07Z<p>Smithk: Per EPS, deleted archaic FHWA links</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
<br />
{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:7px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="300px" align="right" <br />
|-<br />
|'''To report damaged guardrail or guard cable'''<br/>contact Customer Service at<br/>1-888-ASK-MoDOT (1-888-275-6636)<br />
|}<br />
Historically, about one in every three fatal accidents is a result of a single vehicle leaving the roadway and striking a fixed object or overturning. Guardrail and guard cable play a major role in saving lives in vehicle crashes by preventing vehicles from leaving the roadway and striking a hazard. Guardrail and guard cable work by containing the errant vehicle and redirecting the vehicle away from hazards. Guardrail and guard cable can shield fixed objects and steep slopes, can be used in tangent or curved sections of roadway and can be used to shield bridge ends and piers from vehicle impacts. <br />
{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:7px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="300px" align="right" <br />
|-<br />
|'''Guard Cable Video'''<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:606.1 Guard cable.wmv|Guard Cable in Action]]<br />
|-<br />
|'''Additional information on crashworthy end terminals and internet links to approved terminals'''<br />
|-<br />
|[http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/standards_and_specs/endterminals.htm. MoDOT's end terminal website]<br />
|-<br />
|[[:Category:1040 Guardrail, End Terminals, One-Strand Access Restraint Cable and Three-Strand Guard Cable Material#1040.4 Crashworthy End Terminal and Qualified Plastic Guardrail Block|EPG 1040.4 Crashworthy End Terminal and Qualified Plastic Guardrail Block]]<br />
|}<br />
[[image:606 Guardrail.jpg|left|450px]] <br />
Multiple roadway safety studies have shown that guardrail along the edge of the road can reduce the number of crashes and their severity. A 1995 study cited in an ATSSA roadside safety report indicates that the presence of guardrail reduced the overall crash rate by approximately 30%, reduced fatality crashes by 45% and reduced injury crashes by 50 percent. NCHRP Report 490 (2003) presents in-service performance evaluation findings from studies in Connecticut, Iowa and North Carolina that found only a 3% severe injury rate for crashes involving w-beam guardrails. <br />
<br />
When properly located, guardrail and guard cable can greatly improve roadside safety. <br />
<br />
Installation of a roadside barrier is considered when a vehicle striking the obstacle being shielded would find impact with the obstacle less forgiving that striking the roadside barrier itself. <br />
<br />
When a roadside obstacle exists, treatment should be considered in the following priority:<br />
<br />
:1. Eliminate the obstacle.<br />
:2. Redesign the obstacle so it can be safely traversed.<br />
:3. Relocate the obstacle to a point where it is less likely to be struck.<br />
:4. Treat the obstacle to reduce accident severity with a breakaway base or appropriate grading.<br />
:5. Shield the obstacle with a median barrier, roadside barrier or crash cushion.<br />
:6. Delineate the obstacle if the above alternatives are not appropriate. <br />
<br />
In many cases, it is either impractical or impossible to eliminate a roadside obstacle, redesign the obstacle so it can be safely traversed, relocate the obstacle to a point where it is less likely to be struck or provide an appropriate breakaway device that will reduce impact severity. In these cases, shielding of the obstacle will be needed to protect the errant vehicle from the obstacle and to provide a more forgiving roadside. <br />
<br />
Roadside barriers, whether they be concrete, guardrail or guard cable, are themselves obstacles. Even though they are engineered and rigorously tested to preserve the safety of vehicle occupants, all shielding systems cause damage to the vehicle and/or sustain damage themselves when impacted. <br />
<br />
Three basic types of obstacles commonly shielded using roadside barriers:<br />
:* steep slopes, lateral drop-offs, or terrain features<br />
:* bridge ends or bridge piers<br />
:* fixed objects and other roadside obstacles that cannot be eliminated, made breakaway, or otherwise traversable, or relocated. <br />
<br />
'''[[606.1 Guardrail|Guardrail]]''' <br />
<br />
Guardrail is the most common roadside traffic barrier used to shield traffic from obstacles. Simply, guardrail consists of two key functional components: the guardrail face and the end terminal. Guardrail also includes the posts, the connection of the guardrail face to the posts, the soil that the posts are driven into and the anchoring system at the end terminal. All of these elements have a bearing in how the guardrail will perform if impacted. <br />
<br />
'''Guardrail Face.''' The guardrail face is the length of w-beam or thrie beam guardrail extending from the end terminal alongside the roadway. Its primary function is to direct impacting vehicles away from the obstacle the guardrail is shielding and redirect them back onto the roadway. <br />
<br />
'''End Terminal.''' The end of a guardrail run facing approaching traffic needs to be protected by a crashworthy end terminal. Crashworthy end terminals are energy-absorbing end treatments that are designed to absorb the energy of an impact by having an impact head slide down the length of the guardrail end terminal. These end terminals function in two ways. When hit head-on, the impact head slides down the guardrail flattening, or extruding, the guardrail and redirecting the guardrail away from the vehicle until the impacting vehicle’s energy is dissipated and the vehicle has decelerated to a stop. When hit at an angle, the impact head may partially extrude the guardrail and then "gate" out of the way allowing the vehicle to pass behind the guardrail. This means the end terminal and guardrail are pushed aside, as if opening a gate.<br />
<br />
'''[[606.2 Guard Cable|Guard Cable]]'''<br />
<br />
Guard cable contains and redirects vehicles away from impacting an object or terrain that is less forgiving than the guard cable. It consists of a series of steel cables mounted on weak posts placed to capture and redirect errant vehicles. <br />
[[image:606 Guard cable.jpg|left|450px]]<br />
Guard cable is also commonly used in interstate medians to help prevent vehicles from crossing the median and entering into opposing traffic lanes. Guard cable may be used instead of guardrail on new construction projects in locations outside of the clear zone where the designer wants to protect an errant vehicle from leaving the roadway and entering areas with steep slopes and high fills. Substitution of guard cable for guardrail is not recommended on sharp curves. <br />
<br />
<div id="Testing Criteria."></div><br />
'''Testing Criteria.''' Current roadside safety hardware testing standards are published in the AASHTO Manual for Assessing Safety Hardware (MASH). It updates and replaces the previous standard, the National Cooperative Highway Research Program Report No. 350 (NCHRP 350). MASH retains and modifies the six separate test levels (TL) representing different vehicles, impact angles and speeds. <br />
<br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" align="right" <br />
|+'''What is TL-3?'''<br />
! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Test Level !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Vehicle!! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Angle (degrees)!!style="background:#BEBEBE"|Speed <br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" align="center"|1<br />
|2420 lb. car|| align="center"|25||31 mph<br />
|-<br />
|5000 lb. pickup|| align="center"|25||31 mph<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" align="center"|2<br />
|2420 lb. car|| align="center"|25||43 mph<br />
|-<br />
|5000 lb. pickup|| align="center"|25||43 mph<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" align="center"|3<br />
|2420 lb. car|| align="center"|25||62 mph<br />
|-<br />
|5000 lb. pickup|| align="center"|25||62 mph<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="3" align="center"|4<br />
|2420 lb. car|| align="center"|25||62 mph<br />
|-<br />
|5000 lb. pickup|| align="center"|25||62 mph<br />
|-<br />
|22,050 lb. Single-Unit Truck|| align="center"|15||56 mph<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="3" align="center"|5<br />
|2420 lb. car|| align="center"|25||62 mph<br />
|-<br />
|5000 lb. pickup|| align="center"|25||62 mph<br />
|-<br />
|79,400 Semi Truck (Cargo)|| align="center"|15||50 mph<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="3" align="center"|6<br />
|2420 lb. car|| align="center"|25||62 mph<br />
|-<br />
|5000 lb. pickup|| align="center"|25||62 mph<br />
|-<br />
|79,400 lb. Semi Truck (Tanker)|| align="center"|15||50 mph<br />
|}<br />
Test level three (TL-3) is probably the most common as it establishes safety criteria for both small cars and pickups at 62 mph. This category of traffic accounts for nearly 90% of all vehicle traffic in Missouri.<br />
<br />
The table entitled "What is TL-3?" summarizes data for the six test levels.<br />
<br />
A roadside safety hardware feature must undergo rigorous safety testing before it can be used on the National Highway System (NHS). Most states have adopted the same testing criteria for highways that are not on the NHS. The standard by which all roadside safety features are measured is contained within the MASH. <br />
<br />
MASH evaluates safety hardware according to three general factors:<br />
<br />
:1) Structural Adequacy: the system must contain and redirect the vehicle with no under-riding, overriding or penetration.<br />
<br />
:2) Occupant Risk: fragments of the system cannot penetrate the passenger compartment, the vehicle must remain upright during and after the collision, and the passenger must not undergo excessive impact or deceleration.<br />
<br />
:3) Vehicle Trajectory: after the impact, the vehicle should not intrude into adjacent traffic lanes nor should it exit the system at an angle greater than 60% of the entry angle.<br />
<br />
<br />
[[image:606 guardrail installation.jpg|left|180px]]<br />
==='''Construction Inspection Guidelines for [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=9 Sec 606]'''===<br />
<br />
'''Construction Requirements (for Sec 606.3)''' Inspection of guardrail, crashworthy end terminals, three-strand guard cable and one-strand access restraint cable is usually done on a spot basis. The contractor is to be given enough reference points from which to establish line and grade. Points to check during installation are alignment of posts and possible damage from driving. Completed rail or cable should be checked for alignment, position with respect to the travelway, elevation, soil backfill and proper direction of lap for beams. Bolts are to be tightened to manufacturer specifications. All elements of construction are to be checked for installation damage.<br />
<br />
Post driving frequently causes damage to stabilized shoulders. No installation is to be accepted until such damage has been satisfactorily repaired in a manner preventing ponding of water around the posts.<br />
<br />
'''[[620.5 Delineators (MUTCD Chapter 3F)#620.5.5 Guardrail Delineation|Delineators]] (for Sec 606.10.2.3).''' Delineators should be placed on all guardrail located 2 ft. or less from the edge of the shoulder. The delineators are to be spaced at 50 ft. intervals. Refer to this specification for more detail on delineator body, retroreflective sheeting and delineator color requirements.<br />
<br />
Refer to [[:Category:1040 Guardrail, End Terminals, One-Strand Access Restraint Cable and Three-Strand Guard Cable Material|EPG 1040 Guardrail, End Terminals, One-Strand Access Restraint Cable and Three-Strand Guard Cable Material]] for procedures establishing inspecting [[106.3 Samples, Tests and Cited Specifications#106.3.1 Sampling|sampling]], accepting and reporting of guardrail and guard cable material specified in [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=14 Sec 1040].<br />
<br />
Crashworthy end terminals (CET) may not be substituted for a lower type CET without the districts’s core team approval. For example, a Type D CET cannot be replaced by a Type C device.</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Recent_Policy_Changes_in_the_EPG&diff=51652Recent Policy Changes in the EPG2022-06-24T13:48:56Z<p>Smithk: EPG 751.14</p>
<hr />
<div><div style="padding-bottom: .3em; margin: 0 .5em .5em"></div><br />
{| cellspacing="3" <br />
|valign="top" cellspacinepgg="0" cellpadding="5" style="border: 1px solid #74BAAC; background:#DCEDEA"|<br />
'''[[751.14 Steel Superstructure|EPG 751.14 Steel Superstructure]]'''<br />
<br />
6/24/22: Guidance for tension flanges with holes was clarified in [[751.14 Steel Superstructure#Tension Flanges with Holes|EPG 751.14.2.2 Analysis Methods]], [[751.14 Steel Superstructure#Holes in the tension flange1|EPG 751.14.5.1 Bearing Stiffeners]] and [[751.14 Steel Superstructure#Holes in the tension flange2|EPG 751.14.5.2 Int. Diaphragms and Cross Frames]].<br />
<br />
'''Pushbutton Locations'''<br />
<br />
6/21/22: In [[902.6 Pedestrian Control Features (MUTCD Chapter 4E)#902.6.8 Pedestrian Detectors (MUTCD Section 4E.08)|EPG 902.6.8 Pedestrian Detectors]] and in the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.pdf ADA Checklist], guidance has been updated to reflect the minimum distance of pushbuttons from the curb line has been returned to 30 inches.<br />
<br />
'''[[236.5 Property Management#236.5.25.5 Risk Assessment|EPG 236.5.25.5 Risk Assessment]]'''<br />
<br />
6/3/22: Sovereign immunity limits increased in January 2022 and MoDOT's per occurrence coverage increased from $3.0 M to $3.5 M.<br />
<br />
'''Concrete Diaphragms on Bridges'''<br />
<br />
6/1/22: In [[751.11 Bearings#751.11.3.6 Girder/Beam Chairs|EPG 751.11.3.6 Girder/Beam Chairs]], [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.3.5 Strands at Girder Ends|EPG 751.22.3.5 Strands at Girder Ends]] and [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.3.7 Closed Concrete Intermediate Diaphragms|EPG 751.22.3.7 Closed Concrete Intermediate Diaphragms through EPG 751.22.3.11 Steel Intermediate Diaphragms]], guidance was revised to decrease the footprint of girder/beam chairs, clarify and expand concrete diaphragm details to incorporate larger girders, and remove web coil ties in bulb-tees and NU girders to reflect the recent change to standard drawings.<br />
<br />
'''[[907.8 Speed Trailers Deployed by Others|EPG 907.8 Speed Trailers Deployed by Others]]'''<br />
<br />
5/20/22: This new article provides guidance for speed trailer deployment to aid local law enforcement in the proper use of these devices. <br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:941 Permits and Access Requests#941.10 Automated License Plate Readers and Pan-Tilt-Zoom Cameras|EPG 941.10 Automated License Plate Readers and Pan-Tilt-Zoom Cameras]]'''<br />
<br />
5/20/22: Guidance for the License Plate Reader (LPR) was clarified and expanded for proper LPR installations as identified through processing initial requests.<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:747 Bridge Reports and Layouts#747.2.2.4 HEC-RAS GEO Files for Stream Crossings|EPG 747.2.2.4 HEC-RAS GEO Files for Stream Crossings]]'''<br />
<br />
5/19/22: This subarticle was retitled and its guidance updated to reflect the current use of the "HEC-RAS Convertor for Open Roads Designer" spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
'''Contract Leveling Course and Seal Coat Guidelines and Book Job Guidelines'''<br />
<br />
5/16/22: The guidelines, book job guidelines, JSP packages, book job JSP packages and contractor pdf files were updated in [[:Category:402 Bituminous Surface Leveling|EPG 402 Bituminous Surface Leveling]] and [[:Category:409 Seal Coat|EPG 409 Seal Coat]].<br />
<br />
'''[[751.9 LFD Seismic#751.9.3.1.1 Anchor Bolts|EPG 751.9.3.1.1 Anchor Bolts through EPG 751.9.3.1.4 Concrete Shear Blocks]], [[751.11 Bearings#Anchor Bolts|EPG 751.11.2.1 Elastomeric Bearings]], [[751.11 Bearings#751.11.3.5 Anchor Bolts|EPG 751.11.3.5 Anchor Bolts]], [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.2.7 Dowel Bars|EPG 751.22.2.7 Dowel Bars]] and [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.3.14 Concrete Shear Blocks|EPG 751.22.3.14 Concrete Shear Blocks]]'''<br />
<br />
5/11/22: Guidance for the design of bearing anchor bolt, dowel bar and shear block has been expanded and clarified.<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:105 Control of Work#105.15 Project Acceptance|EPG 105.15 Project Acceptance]]'''<br />
<br />
4/29/22: Guidance for project acceptance has been clarified and updated to current practice in EPG 105.15, [[:Category:108 Prosecution and Progress#8. Date of Final Inspection|EPG 108.16.1 Informational Dates]] and [[:Category:109 Measurement and Payment#109.8 Final Acceptance and Payment (for Sec 109.8)|EPG 109.8 Final Acceptance and Payment]].<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:712 Structural Steel Construction#712.1.4.1.3 Shear Connector Welding|EPG 712.1.4 Welding]]'''<br />
<br />
4/21/22: Guidance for stud welding has been updated to align with Sec 712.6.3. Also, outdated references to field welder cards has been removed.<br />
<br />
'''Construction Inspection Guidance for Records to be Maintained'''<br />
<br />
4/20/22: [[:Category:137 Construction Inspection Guidance for Records to be Maintained#137.1 Location|EPG 137.1 Location]] and [[:Category:137 Construction Inspection Guidance for Records to be Maintained#137.6 Close Out Procedure for External CM SharePoint Quality Management Documents|EPG 137.6 Close Out Procedure for External CM SharePoint Quality Management Documents]] now present updated information about how CM Division stores electronic contract documents.<br />
<br />
'''[[903.3 Ground-Mounted Sign Supports#903.3.4.3 Perforated Square Steel Tube Posts (PSST)|EPG 903.3.4.3 Perforated Square Steel Tube Posts (PSST)]]'''<br />
<br />
4/20/22: Guidance for PSST anchor installations has been updated and clarified.<br />
<br />
'''Seeding, Mulching and Temporary Seeding'''<br />
<br />
4/20/22: Guidance in [[:Category:802 Mulching|EPG 802 Mulching]], [[:Category:805 Seeding|EPG 805 Seeding]], [[806.1 Erosion Control Measures|EPG 806.1 Erosion Control Measures]] and [[806.8 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)#806.8.6.3.7.1 Temporary Seeding and Mulching (MO Specifications Sec 802 and Sec 805)|EPG 806.8.6.3.7.1 Temporary Seeding and Mulching]] reflects the new standard seed mixes, fertilizer, and lime rates (as shown in the new [https://www.modot.org/media/37677 Standard Plan 805.00 Seeding]) to promote a more effective vegetative establishment, allowing for quicker project finalization. MoDOT is obligated to stabilize disturbed areas with permanent building materials or perennial vegetative cover to minimize erosion and sedimentation of disturbed areas. New guidance for cool season and warm season grasses is available. Mulching will not be required for final seeded areas where temporary seeding is planned for temporary stabilization of areas to receive warm season grasses. A new [[media:Table 805.2.4a.docx|Guide for Grass Species]] is available in [[:Category:805 Seeding#805.2.4 Acceptance (Sec 805.4)|EPG 805.2.4 Acceptance]] to assist with general inspection and acceptance of vegetative covers.<br />
<br />
'''Pre-MASH 2016 Temporary Traffic Control Device Sunset Dates'''<br />
<br />
4/20/22: Guidance in [[:Category:612 Impact Attenuators|EPG 612 Impact Attenuators]], [[616.6 Temporary Traffic Control Zone Devices (MUTCD 6F)#616.6.1 Types of Devices (MUTCD 6F.01)|EPG 616.6 Temporary Traffic Control Zone Devices]], [[616.18 Construction Inspection Guidelines for Sec 616#For Sec. 616.3.2|EPG 616.18 Construction Inspection Guidelines for Sec 616]], [[616.19 Quality Standards for Temporary Traffic Control Devices#https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.84_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Signals_.28MUTCD_6F.84.29|EPG 616.19 Quality Standards for Temporary Traffic Control Devices]], [[616.23 Traffic Control for Field Operations#616.23.2.5 Temporary Traffic Control Devices|EPG 616.23 Traffic Control for Field Operations]], [[617.1 Temporary Traffic Barriers|EPG 617.1 Temporary Traffic Barriers]], [[617.2 Construction Inspection Guidelines for Sec 617|EPG 617.2 Construction Inspection Guidelines for Sec 617]], [[:Category:1063 Temporary Traffic Control Devices#1063.2 Procedure|EPG 1063 Temporary Traffic Control Devices]] and [[:Category:1064 Temporary Concrete Traffic Barrier|EPG 1064 Temporary Concrete Traffic Barrier]] now reflects that all temporary traffic control devices on a project must be NCHRP 350 or MASH 2016 Test Level 3 compliant. The use of two-loop temporary Type F concrete traffic barrier shall not be allowed after January 1, 2023.<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:403 Asphaltic Concrete Pavement#Lots|EPG 403.1.19 Acceptance of Material]]<br />
<br />
4/20/22: The maximum number of contractor QC sublots that can be used for one lot of superpave asphalt pavement is 28. Regardless of lot size, QA testing will always be at a frequency of one per four sublots. Any remaining quantity less than 4000 tons, that cannot be treated as a separate lot, will be combined with the previous full lot and the pay factors will be determined on the combined lot.<br />
<br />
'''Guidance Documents Needed for Property Closings'''<br />
<br />
4/18/22: In [[236.7 Negotiation#236.7.1.13 Pre-Negotiation Preparation|EPG 236.7.1.13 Pre-Negotiation Preparation]] and [[236.7 Negotiation#236.7.4.1 Purpose|EPG 236.7.4.1 Purpose]], additional guidance is available for greater clarity about what is needed from property owners to close on the properties either with MoDOT or a title company.<br />
<br />
'''Prestressed Concrete I Girders'''<br />
<br />
4/11/22: In [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.2.5 Pretensioned Anchorage Zones|EPG 751.22.2.5 Pretensioned Anchorage Zones]], the bursting resistance guidance now allows a larger number of bonded strands for many of these girders, effectively increasing the span limits for the girders. Guidance was expanded in [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.3.2.1 Type 2 Girder|EPG 751.22.3.2.1 through 751.22.3.2.6]] to eliminate or reduce conflict between the lowest middle two strands and the B bars.<br />
<br />
'''[[127.2 Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources#127.2.5 Approximate Timelines for Section 106 Compliance|EPG 127.2.5 Approximate Timelines for Section 106 Compliance]]'''<br />
<br />
4/5/22: Guidance about the timelines for completing the Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act review process has been clarified.<br />
<br />
'''Coil Ties in Prestressed Girder Webs'''<br />
<br />
3/28/22: In several [[751.50 Standard Detailing Notes#(G1.9.1)|EPG 751.50 Standard Detailing Notes]], references to web coil ties in bulb-tee and NU girders have been removed since these are now no longer being used.<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:109 Measurement and Payment#109.11 Compensation for Project Delays (for Sec 109.11)|EPG 109.11 Compensation for Project Delays]]'''<br />
<br />
3/16/22: Guidance has been expanded to produce more uniform administration of delay claims.<br />
<br />
'''[[902.4 Signal Installations and Equipment#902.4.2.1 Controller and Cabinet Replacement Program|EPG 902.4.2.1 Controller and Cabinet Replacement Program]]'''<br />
<br />
2/16/22: The recommended replacement age for signal cabinets was updated to 25 years from 20 years. <br />
<br />
'''Right of Way Mediation'''<br />
<br />
2/15/22: In [[236.7 Negotiation#Prior to offering mediation|EPG 236.7.2.19 Acquisition by Mediation]] and [[236.11 Mediation#Prior to offering mediation|EPG 236.11.1.3 Purpose]], guidance has been updated to reflect current process and procedures, including the MoDOT Impasse Letter.<br />
<br />
'''Bridge Barrier and Railing Guidance'''<br />
<br />
2/14/22: Guidance in [[751.1 Preliminary Design#751.1.3.4 Barrier or Railing Type, Height and Guidelines for Curb Blockouts|EPG 751.1.3.4 Barrier or Railing Type, Height and Guidelines for Curb Blockouts]], [[751.12 Barriers, Railings, Curbs and Fences#751.12.1.3 Type D and H (42ʺ and 32ʺ single sloped railing)|EPG 751.12.1.3 Type D and H (42ʺ and 32ʺ single sloped railing)]] and [[751.12 Barriers, Railings, Curbs and Fences#751.12.2 Two Tube Rail (Top Mounted) TL-4 (NCHRP 350)|EPG 751.12.2 Two Tube Rail (Top Mounted) TL-4 (NCHRP 350)]] has been clarified and coordinated.<br />
<br />
'''[[616.13 Work Zone Capacity, Queue and Travel Delay#616.13.2 Interstate, Freeways and Multi-lane Roadways|EPG 616.13.2 Interstate, Freeways and Multi-lane Roadways]]'''<br />
<br />
2/10/22: The [[media:616.13 WZ Impact 2022.xlsm|MoDOT Work Zone Impact Analysis Spreadsheet]] was updated and smart work zone guidance and training videos were added.</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=File:751.14.5.2_diaphragm_details.jpg&diff=51651File:751.14.5.2 diaphragm details.jpg2022-06-24T13:39:44Z<p>Smithk: </p>
<hr />
<div></div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=751.14_Steel_Superstructure&diff=51650751.14 Steel Superstructure2022-06-24T13:37:42Z<p>Smithk: Per BR, clarified tension flanges with holes</p>
<hr />
<div>[[image:751.14.jpg|right|295px]]<br />
== 751.14.1 General ==<br />
<br />
<br />
=== 751.14.1.1 Materials and Selection of Steel ===<br />
<br />
'''General'''<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|colspan="2"|Unit weight of reinforced concrete,|| <math>\, \gamma_c</math>||<math>\, = 150 lb/ft^3</math><br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;||for modulus of elasticity,||<math>\, \gamma_c</math>||<math>\, = 145 lb/ft^3</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Unit weight of future wearing surface,||<math>\, \gamma_{fws}</math>||<math>\, = 140 lb/ft^3</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Compressive strength of concrete,||<math>\, f'_c</math> ||<math>\, = 4 ksi</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" width="65%"|Minimum yield strength of reinforcing steel,||<math>\, f_y</math> ||<math>\, = 60 ksi</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Unit Weight of Structural Steel,||<math>\, \gamma_s </math>||<math>\, = 490 lbs/ft^3</math><br />
|}<br />
<br />
When calculating the weight of splice, the following simplified weight shall be used.<br />
<br />
Weight per bolt incl. nut (7/8” diameter ASTM F3125 Grade A325 bolt with A563 nut) = 0.95 lb<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Steel Yield Strength <math>\,(F_y)</math> and Tensile Strength <math>\,(F_u)</math>'''<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|ASTM A709 Grade 36||width="10%"| &nbsp;||<math>\,F_y</math>|| = 36 ksi||width="10%"| &nbsp;||<math>\,F_u</math>|| = 58 ksi<br />
|-<br />
|ASTM A709 Grade 50||width="10%"| &nbsp;||<math>\,F_y</math>|| = 50 ksi||width="10%"| &nbsp;||<math>\,F_u</math>|| = 65 ksi<br />
|-<br />
|ASTM A709 Grade 50W||width="10%"| &nbsp;||<math>\,F_y</math>|| = 50 ksi||width="10%"| &nbsp;||<math>\,F_u</math>|| = 70 ksi<br />
|-<br />
|ASTM A709 Grade HPS 70W*||width="10%"| &nbsp;||<math>\,F_y</math>|| = 70 ksi||width="10%"| &nbsp;||<math>\,F_u</math>|| = 85 ksi<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="7"|'''(* See Project Manager for use of Fy greater than 50 ksi.)'''<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Fasteners'''<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|Splices - 7/8” diameter ASTM F3125 Grade A325 Bolt||<math>\, F_{ub}</math>||=120 ksi<br />
|-<br />
|Diaphragms - 3/4” diameter ASTM F3125 Grade A325 Bolt||<math>\, F_{ub}</math>||=120 ksi<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Selection of Steel'''<br />
<br />
Welded Plate Girders:<br />
<br />
Grade 50, Grade 50W, or HPS70W plate. Grade 36 may be used for webs in hybrid sections. Where appropriate for economy, hybrid sections are used for plate girder design, otherwise use homogeneous sections.<br />
<br />
<br />
Wide Flange Beams:<br />
<br />
Grade 50 or Grade 50W. <br />
<br />
<br />
Diaphragms, cross frames, stiffeners, or other connection elements:<br />
<br />
Grade 36, unless Grade 50 or Grade 50W is required by design<br />
<br />
<br />
Splices:<br />
<br />
Information for ASTM Grade 50 or Grade 50W is shown in this section. For Grade 36, designer shall design splice using LRFD procedure discussed in this section. <br />
<br />
<br />
Shear Connectors:<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|AASHTO M169 (ASTM A108), ||width="10%"| &nbsp;||<math>\,F_y</math>|| = 50 ksi||width="10%"| &nbsp;||<math>\,F_u</math>|| = 60 ksi<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
=== 751.14.1.2 Girder Limits and Preferences ===<br />
<br />
There are situations to consider when deciding to choose between a wide flange or plate girder design.<br />
<br />
* Curved structures or structures requiring severe camber, are more typical for welded plate girders.<br />
<br />
* The designer should check the availability of standard wide flange shapes.<br />
<br />
* Typically if wide flanges are capable for the design, a wide flange beam design will be more economical then a welded plate girder.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Maximum Section Length'''<br />
<br />
Maximum girder section length shall be limited to meeting:<br />
<br />
* Flange shipping and erection limit of <math>\, b_f \ge L/85</math>, where <math>\, b_f</math> = flange width and <math>\, L</math> = section length.<br />
<br />
* Site accessibility restrictions (consult with District)<br />
<br />
<br />
Additional provision for heat curving (Horizontally Curved Girders):<br />
<br />
* During fabrication the weight of the girder should not cause a flange stress greater than 55 percent of the flange yield strength <math>\, (0.55F_y)</math> when the web is laid in the horizontal position. Assume the ends are simply supported. If the flange stress exceeds <math>\, 0.55F_y</math> then the plans shall indicate that heat curving of the girder must be performed with the web in the vertical position.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Minimum Plate Length'''<br />
<br />
10 ft. Shop flange splices should be eliminated and extra plate material used when economy indicates and span lengths permit.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Minimum Radius''' (Horizontally Curved Girders)<br />
<br />
Minimum radius for heat-curved girders shall be 150 ft. In addition the minimum radius is limited by the girder section properties per LRFD 6.7.7.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Stiffeners'''<br />
<br />
Longitudinal stiffeners are generally not economical in spans less than 300 ft. Consult with the State Bridge Engineer prior to using longitudinal stiffeners.<br />
<br />
The number of different sizes of transverse stiffeners should be reduced to a minimum for stiffener widths up to 8”. This is because small plate materials of any thickness and up to 8” in width must be ordered by fabricators as bars in 20 ton lots for each size (A “bar” is generally a plate 8” wide or less). Also, it is recommended that changes in stiffener thickness should be kept to a minimum. Best practices suggest using transverse stiffener thicknesses with the same thickness as the intermediate diaphragm connection plates or bearing stiffeners but no less than required by design to limit the steel fabricator from having to order small quantities of bars or plates. <br />
<br />
<br />
'''Web Depth'''<br />
<br />
It is preferred to use web depths in 6” increments. Other increments may be used when required by the Design Layout (See Structural Project Manager). Note that Standard Web Splice Tables shown are provided in 2” web depth increments.<br />
<br />
For girders analyzed as horizontally curved (see Analysis of Horizontally Curved Girders), the girder depth shall be limited in relation to the span length as follows:<br />
<br />
<math>\, D \ge \frac{L_{as}}{25}</math><br />
<br />
Where:<br />
{|<br />
|<math>\, D</math>||= steel girder depth<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, L_{as}</math>||= <math>\, C</math>* (Arc span length)<br />
|}<br />
:Where:<br />
:{|<br />
|<math>\, C</math>||= 1.0…simple spans:<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, C</math>||= 0.9…end continuous spans:<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, C</math>||= 0.8…interior continuous spans:<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
In the absence of LRFD-specific data, the following information is provided. Three spans with ratio <math>\, n = 1.3</math> ± and HS20 live load were considered.<br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.14 three-span structure.gif]]</center><br />
<center>3 Span</center><br />
<center>'''Three Span Structure'''</center><br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="1" style="text-align:center;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" align="center"<br />
|+'''Continuous Girders, HS20, ASTM A709 Gr. 36'''<br />
|width="150pt" style="border-bottom:2px solid gray;"|Span estimate, <math>\, L</math> (ft)||width="150pt" style="border-bottom:2px solid gray;"|Est. Web Depth (in)<br />
|-<br />
|85 to 99||42<br />
|-<br />
|100 to 119||48<br />
|-<br />
|style="border-bottom:2px solid gray;"|120 to 129||style="border-bottom:2px solid gray;"|54<br />
|-<br />
|130 to 144||60<br />
|-<br />
|145 to 154||66<br />
|-<br />
|style="border-bottom:2px solid gray;"|155 to 169||style="border-bottom:2px solid gray;"|72<br />
|-<br />
|170 to 179||78<br />
|-<br />
|180 to 189||84<br />
|-<br />
|190 to 200||90<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="1" style="text-align:center;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" align="center"<br />
|+'''Continuous Girders, HS20, ASTM A709 Gr. 50'''<br />
|width="150pt" style="border-bottom:2px solid gray;"|Span estimate, L (ft)||width="150pt" style="border-bottom:2px solid gray;"|Web Depth (in)<br />
|-<br />
|85 to 104||42<br />
|-<br />
|105 to 124||48<br />
|-<br />
|style="border-bottom:2px solid gray;"|125 to 134||style="border-bottom:2px solid gray;"|54<br />
|-<br />
|135 to 144||60<br />
|-<br />
|145 to 159||66<br />
|-<br />
|style="border-bottom:2px solid gray;"|160 to 174||style="border-bottom:2px solid gray;"|72<br />
|-<br />
|175 to 179||78<br />
|-<br />
|185 to 189||84<br />
|-<br />
|195 to 204||90<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Web thickness'''<br />
<br />
Minimum web thickness for plate girders = 1/2" <br />
<br />
Web thickness increment is 1/16 inch.<br />
<br />
Transverse stiffeners may be omitted when indicated by design and economy. A cost comparison should be made based on current average bid prices that may be obtained from the Structural Project Manager for comparable bridges.<br />
<br />
It will usually be economical to eliminate transverse stiffeners for shallow webs (36” to 42”). For webs deeper than 42 in., a general rule of thumb is to determine the minimum web thickness without stiffeners; then, use a web thickness 1/16 inch less.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Flanges'''<br />
<br />
Minimum flange dimensions are 3/4" x 12”. For shipping and erection purposes, minimum width of both compression and tension flanges shall not be less than L/85, where L is the shipping length of the girder section. This limitation is to prevent out-of-plane distortion of the girder.<br />
<br />
Maximum flange thickness = 4”, except for HPS70W limitations and curved girders with radii less than 1000 feet. <br />
<br />
Flange thickness increment is 1/8 inch. Flange width increment is 1 inch.<br />
<br />
For radii less than 1000 ft. the following dimensions shall not be exceeded:<br />
:Flange Thickness = 3"<br />
:Flange Width = 30"<br />
<br />
Note that flange transitions may be economical if the flange thickness is constant and the flange width is varied since the flanges could be cut from the same plate material. If the flange width is held constant and the flange thickness is varied, then economy could result if welded butt splices were permitted.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Structure Length'''<br />
<br />
Typical Continuous Steel Structures – Integral End Bents:<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.14 structure length-typical continuous steel structures-integral end bents1.gif]]</center><br />
<center>(*) Maximum length from End Bent to end Bent = 500 feet.</center><br />
<br />
=== 751.14.1.3 Optimizing Girder Spacing on Non-Standard Roadways ===<br />
<br />
Several items shall be considered when determining the girder spacing for non-standard roadways:<br />
<br />
<br />
'''General Guidelines'''<br />
<br />
In general, an economical girder arrangement is one that:<br />
<br />
'''Balance M & V Distribution Factors.''' For efficiency, it is desired for all girders to be designed for the same loads, resulting in the same section for exterior and interior girders.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Practical Constraints'''<br />
<br />
Some practical constraints to consider when optimizing girder spacing:<br />
<br />
'''Number of girders.''' For consideration of future stage construction, there may be a minimum number of girders that should be considered.<br />
<br />
'''Maximum Precast Panel Span.''' Since precast panels are the standard, the panel span limit should not be exceeded. For cases where CIP option is used in lieu of panels, it is generally recognized that 12 ft girder spacing is a maximum practical limit to allow for future redecking.<br />
<br />
'''Vertical Clearance and Deflection Requirements.''' It is expected that fewer girder lines would result in deeper girders. Vertical clearance or deflection constraints may dictate the use of more girder lines than optimum, or a shallower web than optimum.<br />
<br />
'''Slab Overhang Limits.''' In order to use distribution factors provided in LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.2 for girder design, the roadway overhang shall not exceed AASHTO's specified limits, otherwise the structure shall be analyzed using a refined method of analysis specified in LRFD 4.6.3.<br />
<br />
== 751.14.2 Design ==<br />
<br />
<br />
=== 751.14.2.1 Limit States and Load Factors ===<br />
<br />
In general, each component shall satisfy the following equation:<br />
<br />
<math>\, Q = \sum \eta_i \gamma_i Q_i \le \phi R_n = R_r</math><br />
<br />
Where:<br />
{|<br />
|<math>\, Q</math>||= Total factored force effect<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, Q_i</math>||= Force effect<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, \eta_i</math>||= Load modifier<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, \gamma_i</math>||= Load factor<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, \phi</math>||= Resistance factor<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, R_n</math>||= Nominal resistance<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, R_r</math>||= Factored resistance<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Limit States'''<br />
<br />
The following limit states shall be considered for steel superstructure design:<br />
<br />
:STRENGTH – I<br />
:STRENGTH – III<br />
:STRENGTH – IV(*)<br />
:STRENGTH – V<br />
:SERVICE – II<br />
:FATIGUE<br />
::For constant amplitude fatigue threshold (∆F)TH, see LRFD Table 6.6.1.2.3-1 for applicable detail. For base metal, except noncoated weathering steel, detail category “A” (∆F)TH = 24 ksi and for base metal, noncoated weathering steel, detail category “B” (∆F)TH = 16 ksi.<br />
<br />
Combination for loads during construction and construction loads shall be evaluated at the Strength Limit State and Service Limit State in accordance with [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=751.2_Loads#751.2.3.2_Load_Combinations EPG 751.2.3.2] and LRFD 3.4.2.<br />
<br />
(*) Use for bridges with high DL to LL ratios. Typically, bridges with spans > 200 ft.<br />
<br />
See LRFD Table 3.4.1-1 and LRFD 3.4.2 for Loads and Load Factors applied at each given limit state.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Resistance factors'''<br />
<br />
STRENGTH limit states, see LRFD Article 6.5.4.2<br />
<br />
For all other limit states, <math>\, \phi</math> = 1.00<br />
<br />
=== 751.14.2.2 Analysis Methods ===<br />
<br />
MoDOT office practice generally utilizes the following:<br />
<br />
The elastic stress at any location on the composite section due to the applied loads shall be the sum of the stresses caused by the loads applied separately at the following three stages:<br />
<br />
'''Non-Composite Stage –''' The dead load of slab and haunching and beam self weight shall be analyzed at this stage. This stage shall also be used for any construction loading checks. The section properties used are of the steel section only.<br />
<br />
'''Long Term Composite Stage –''' The dead load of barrier or railing, future wearing surface and any other appurtenances shall be analyzed at this stage. The section properties used are of the composite section of slab and beam assuming an elastic modulus of 3n for the slab. Where “n” is the modular ratio.<br />
<br />
'''Short Term Composite Stage –''' Any live loading shall be analyzed at this stage. The section properties used are of the composite section of slab and beam assuming an elastic modulus of “n” for the slab. Where “n” is the modular ratio.<br />
<br />
Composite regions shall be defined as regions where shear connectors are used to connect the steel section to a concrete deck. Simple spans and horizontally curved girders (see below) are designed as composite throughout.<br />
<br />
<div id="Tension Flanges with Holes"></div><br />
'''Tension Flanges with Holes'''<br />
<br />
Compact Design is not allowed in composite positive flexure regions where holes are located in the tension flange. Similarly, in negative flexure regions where holes are present in the tension flange the girders shall not be proportioned with compact or noncompact webs in accordance with LRFD Appendix A6. The placement of bolted field splices near DL contraflexure points will not preclude the use of compact design or LRFD Appendix A6 in adjacent regions. Girders with holes in the tension flange shall further meet the requirements of LRFD 6.10.1.8 Tension Flanges with Holes.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Wind'''<br />
<br />
For girder and intermediate diaphragm and cross-frame design, wind acting on the top half of girder is distributed to deck and wind on the lower half is assumed to be carried by the bottom girder flange.<br />
<br />
<br />
<div id="Analysis of Horizontaly Curved Girders"></div><br />
'''Analysis of Horizontally Curved Girders'''<br />
<br />
Horizontally curved girders may be analyzed as straight girders if the following criteria are met:<br />
*Girders are concentric<br />
*Bent skews <math>\, \le 10^\circ</math><br />
*Similar girder stiffness throughout bridge width<br />
*<math>\, \frac{L_{as}}{R} < 0.06</math> &nbsp; for all spans<br />
<br />
<br />
Where:<br />
{|<br />
|<math>\, R</math>||= girder radius<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, L_{as}</math>||= <math>\, C</math>* (Arc span length)<br />
|}<br />
:Where:<br />
:{|<br />
|<math>\, C</math>||= 1.0…simple spans:<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, C</math>||= 0.9…end continuous spans:<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, C</math>||= 0.8…interior continuous spans:<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
For straight girder analysis:<br />
*Use the arc length as the span length<br />
*Diaphragms and cross-frames treated as bracing members<br />
*Shear connectors are omitted in negative moment regions<br />
<br />
<br />
For horizontally curved girder analysis:<br />
*Overturning (load-shifting) effects must be considered to contribute to the major-axis bending. <br />
*Diaphragms and cross frames shall be designed as primary members.<br />
*Design diaphragm connections to transfer forces to flanges.<br />
*Shear connectors provided throughout girder length<br />
*Lateral flange bending effects should be considered in the girder, shear connector, and flange splice design.<br />
<br />
<br />
Note: Lateral flange bending stresses may be superimposed with stresses resulting from major-axis bending.<br />
<br />
=== 751.14.2.3 Intermediate Diaphragms and Cross Frames ===<br />
<br />
Cross frames are located at all intermediate bents with continuous slabs.<br />
<br />
Diaphragms or cross-frames for rolled beams shall be at least ½ the beam depth.<br />
<br />
Girders shall be investigated for the effects of diaphragms or cross-frames for all stages of assumed construction procedures and the final condition.<br />
<br />
Investigation shall include, but not be limited to:<br />
* Transfer of lateral wind loads from the bottom of the girder to the deck and from the deck to the bearings.<br />
* Stability of the bottom flange for all loads when it is in compression<br />
* Stability of the top flange in compression prior to curing of the deck<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Straight Girder Layout'''<br />
<br />
Typically the maximum intermediate diaphragm spacing shall be 25’-0”, unless determined otherwise for special designs.<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.14 diaphragm layout for simple structures.gif]]</center><br />
<br />
<center>All Skews</center><br />
<center>Simple Structures</center><br />
<center>'''Diaphragm Layout for Simple Structures'''</center><br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.14 diaphragm position for continuous structures with skews thru 20 degrees.gif]]</center><br />
<br />
<center>Skews thru <math>20^\circ</math></center><br />
<center>Continuous Structures</center><br />
<center>'''Diaphragm Position for Continuous Structures with Skews Thru 20 Degrees'''</center><br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.14 diaphragm position for continuous structures with skews over 20 degrees.gif]]</center><br />
<br />
<center>Skews over <math>20^\circ</math></center><br />
<center>Continuous Structures</center><br />
<center>'''Diaphragm Position for Continuous Structures with Skews Over 20 Degrees'''</center><br />
<br />
<br />
'''Curved Girder Layout''' (see [[#Analysis of Horizontaly Curved Girders|Analysis of Horizontaly Curved Girders]])<br />
<br />
Maximum intermediate diaphragm spacing shall be 25’-0”, unless a lesser spacing is warranted by design. A lesser spacing may be warranted to satisfy LRFD Eq. 6.7.4.2-1 or to reduce lateral flange bending stresses.<br />
<br />
Diaphragms shall be positioned radially and in line, except in bridges having extreme skews. Many different diaphragm spacing arrangements are possible. Attach diaphragm to a bearing stiffener where possible. The proposed diaphragm layout shall be reviewed with the Structural Project Manager prior to detailing on the plans.<br />
<br />
A sketch of the desired diaphragm layout is given below.<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.14 diaphragm layout for curved stringers1.gif]]</center><br />
<br />
<center>Plan of Structural Steel</center><br />
<center>'''Desired Diaphragm Layout for Curved Girders'''</center><br />
<br />
=== 751.14.2.4 End Diaphragms ===<br />
<br />
'''General'''<br />
<br />
Steel end diaphragms shall be located at all non-integral end bents and intermediate bents where continuity of the slab is broken (i.e. expansion joints). Integral end bent shall use a concrete diaphragm <br />
<br />
Steel diaphragms for rolled beams shall be at least ½ the beam depth.<br />
<br />
Steel diaphragms shall be investigated for all stages of assumed construction procedures and the final condition. Investigation shall include, but not be limited to:<br />
* Transfer of lateral wind loads from the bottom of the girder to the deck and from the deck to the bearings.<br />
* Stability of the bottom flange for all loads when it is in compression<br />
* Stability of the top flange in compression prior to curing of the deck<br />
* Distribution of vertical dead and live loads applied to the structure. (*)<br />
<br />
(*) At the end of the bridge and intermediate points where the continuity of the slab is broken, the edges of the slab shall be supported by diaphragms or other suitable means as specified in LRFD 9.4.4. Top horizontal members shall be designed for vertical live and dead loads.<br />
<br />
=== 751.14.2.5 Part Elevation of Girders ===<br />
<br />
<center>'''Part Elevation of Constant Depth Girder'''</center><br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.14 part elevation of girder-constant depth-end span.gif]]</center><br />
<br />
<center>'''Part Elevation (End Span)'''</center><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.14 part elevation of girder-constant depth-interior span.gif]]</center><br />
<br />
<center>'''Part Elevation (Interior Span)'''</center><br />
<br />
<center>(*)See Structural Project Manager for approval to deviate from the Maximum Girder Length of plate girder sections.</center><br />
<br />
<center>(**)Composite throughout for horizontally curved girders (see Analysis of Horizontally Curved Girders)</center><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<center>'''Part Elevation of Variable Depth Girder - Plate Girder Only'''</center><br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.14 part elevation of girder-variable depth girder.gif]]</center><br />
<br />
<center>'''Part Elevation'''</center><br />
<br />
Use Variable depth section only as specified on Design Layout Sheet. Consult the Structural Project Manager for consideration of constant depth section in lieu of variable depth section based on design references or structural adequacy.<br />
<br />
{|align="center"<br />
<br />
|valign="top" align="right"|(*)||See Structural Project Manager for approval to deviate from the Maximum Girder Length of plate girder sections.<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top" align="right"|(**)||See Design of Welded Structures by The James F. Lincoln Arc Welding Foundation, page 5.11-19.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.14 part elevation of girder-variable depth girder-parabola.gif]]</center><br />
<br />
<center>'''Parabola - Variable Depth Girder'''</center><br />
<br />
{|align="center"<br />
<br />
|valign="top" align="right"|(*)||Use 12" except for girders having bottom flange plate over 1 1/2" in thickness, then use 18".<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== 751.14.2.6 Other Requirements ===<br />
<br />
'''Deflection'''<br />
<br />
See [[751.2_Loads#751.2.4.2_Live_Load_Deflection|EPG 751.2.4.2]] for Live Load deflection criteria.<br />
<br />
Compute at 1/4 points for bridges with spans <math>\, <</math> 75 ft, <br />
Compute at 1/10 points for spans <math>\, \ge</math> 75 ft.<br />
<br />
<blockquote><br />
'''Camber in Horizontally Curved Girders'''<br/><br />
Rolled Beams are required to be heat curved to develop a horizontal curvature. Plate girders may either be heat curved or the flanges cut to curvature.<br/><br />
&nbsp;<br/><br />
Per LRFD 6.7.7.3 heat curving causes inherent residual stresses that result in camber losses during construction and for several months of in-service use. It is not required that these camber losses be accounted for in the camber profile. Industry leaders recognize that the calculation offered by LRFD 6.7.7.3 is theoretical and often inaccurate.<br />
</blockquote><br />
<br />
<br />
'''Minimum Negative Flexure Deck Reinforcement'''<br />
<br />
See [[751.10_General_Superstructure#751.10.1.5_Interior_Section_Design|EPG 751.10.1.5]]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Bearing Stiffeners'''<br />
<br />
* Bearing stiffener width shall be given in 1/2” increments and shall extend to within a 1/2” of the bottom flange.<br />
* Bearing stiffener thickness shall be given in 1/8” increments.<br />
* If the skewed stiffener option is used, make stiffeners on both sides of web for skews thru 45˚ the same size as the larger except in cases where overhang would be produced. This does not apply to end bearing stiffeners for skews over 45˚.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Diaphragms and Cross-Frames'''<br />
<br />
Diaphragms and cross-frames and their connections shall:<br />
* Meet all applicable limit states for the calculated force effects.<br />
* Follow LRFD 4.6.2.7 for transfer of wind loads<br />
* Meet slenderness requirements of LRFD 6.8.4 or 6.9.3<br />
* Meet connection plate design requirements of LRFD 6.6.1.3.1<br />
* Be designed for stability of top flange in compression during noncomposite stage, and bottom flange for all loads when in compression.<br />
<br />
Top horizontal members in end diaphragms shall be designed for vertical live load and dead loads.<br />
<br />
Cross-frames or diaphragms are either considered as bracing members or primary members as discussed in the section "Analysis of Horizontally Curved Girders"<br />
<br />
<blockquote><br />
'''Primary Members'''<br/><br />
When diaphragms are required to resist torsional forces, such as for horizontally curved girders or straight girders with highly skewed bents, they shall be designed as primary or main members. Primary members require that forces be computed and considered in the design of both the members and their connections to the girder.<br />
</blockquote><br />
<br />
<br />
'''Load Rating Check'''<br />
<br />
The final girder sections and steel layout should be adequate for both the design and rating analysis. It is recommended to perform the load rating before finalizing the girder design.<br />
<br />
== 751.14.3 Splice Design ==<br />
<br />
<br />
=== 751.14.3.1 Field Bolted Splice Design ===<br />
<br />
'''General'''<br />
<br />
In continuous spans, splices should be made at or near points of dead load contraflexure excluding future wearing surface. Web and Flange splices in areas of stress reversal shall be investigated for both positive and negative flexure.<br />
<br />
In both web and flange splices, there shall not be less than two rows of bolts on each side of the joint. Oversize or slotted holes shall not be used in either the member or the splice plates at bolted splices.<br />
<br />
Bolted splices for flexural members shall be designed using slip-critical connections as specified in LRFD 6.13.2.1.1. The connections shall also be proportioned to prevent slip during the erection of the steel and during the casting of the concrete deck. <br />
<br />
The tensile stress on the flange should be checked per LRFD 6.10.1.8.<br />
<br />
In bolted slip-critical connections subject to shear, the load is transferred between the connected parts by friction up to a certain level of force that is dependent upon the total clamping force on the faying surfaces and the coefficient of friction of the faying surfaces. As loading is increased to a level in excess of the frictional resistance between the faying surfaces, slip occurs, but failure in the sense does not occur. As a result, slip critical connections are able to resist even greater loads by shear and bearing against the connected material. The strength of the connection is not related to the slip load. Slip resistance, shear resistance and bending shall be computed separately. Any potential greater resistance due to combined effect is ignored.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Bolt Design'''<br />
<br />
'''Slip Resistance'''<br />
{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:15px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:left; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="300px" align="right" <br />
|-<br />
|See [https://www.modot.org/structural-engineering-guidance SEG 20-02] for Galvanized Bolted Connection Design Requirements.<br />
|}<br />
Splices shall be designed as slip critical connections with Class B surface preparation and standard holes. Slip shall be checked against the maximum of the Service-II limit stresses and the Strength-I construction stresses due to slab pouring sequences. All splice bolts shall be 7/8” diameter ASTM F3125 Grade A325 bolts with a minimum pretension of 39 kips upon girder erection. <br />
<br />
<br />
'''Shear Resistance'''<br />
<br />
The Bolt Shear Resistance shall be adequate to resist loads at the Strength-I limit state. (See [[#751.14.3.1 Loads|Loads]] in this article.)<br />
<br />
If a filler plate not less than 0.25” in thickness is used in a flange splice then the Bolt Shear Resistance shall be reduced by the following factor:<br />
<br />
<math>\, R = \frac {(1 + \gamma)}{(1 + 2 \gamma)}</math><br />
<br />
Where:<br />
{|<br />
|<math>\, \gamma</math>||= <math>\, \frac {A_f}{A_p}</math><br />
|-<br />
|valign="top"|<math>\, A_f</math>||= sum of the area of the fillers on the top and bottom of the connected plate <math>\, (in^2)</math><br />
|-<br />
|valign="top"|<math>\, A_p</math>||= smaller of either the connected plate area or the sum of the splice plate areas on the top and bottom of the connected plate <math>\, (in^2)</math><br />
|}<br />
<br />
If the distance between extreme fasteners on one side of a flange splice (joint length) is greater than 50 inches then the Bolt Shear Resistance shall be reduced by 20%. Excluding the threads from the shear plane (when applicable) in order to reduce the overall length of a joint is preferred over reducing the Bolt Shear Resistance for large joint lengths.<br />
<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|colspan="2"|Min. splice plate thickness:||colspan="2" rowspan="5"|[[Image:751.14 critical dimensions for checking thread exclusion in .875in dia high strength bolted connections.gif]]<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, \le \frac {5}{8}^{\prime\prime} \Rightarrow</math>||Bolt threads included<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, \ge \frac {3}{4}^{\prime\prime} \Rightarrow</math>||Bolt threads excluded<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"| &nbsp;||valign="top"|Note:||The washer may be located under the nut or bolt head.<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"| &nbsp;||valign="top" colspan="2"|Critical dimensions for checking thread exclusion<br/>in 7/8” diameter ASTM F3125 Grade A325 bolted connections.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
Threads may be excluded from the shear plane when the minimum splice plate thickness at the joint is greater than 5/8”. Otherwise, the bolt threads shall be assumed to be included in the shear plane.<br />
<br />
Thread Embedment, <math>\, T_e</math> = <math>\, T</math> - <math>\, H</math> - washer height – (stick-out) <br />
<br />
<math>\, T_{e, max}</math> = 1.5" - 55/64" - 0" - 0" = 0.641" or 3/4" rounded up to the nearest 1/8”.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Flange Bolt Patterns'''<br />
<br />
The minimum distance from the center of any fastener in a standard hole to a sheared or thermally cut edge shall be 1 1/2 inches for 7/8” diameter fasteners. The minimum distance between centers of fasteners in standard holes shall be three times the diameter of the fastener, but shall not be less than 3 inches parallel to the line of force for 7/8” diameter fasteners. The minimum edge distance shall be 2 inches for top flange outer splice plates to allow for panel clearance. <br />
<br />
Uniform bolt patterns are preferred in all cases except that a staggered pattern may be used for flanges that are 14 and 15 inches wide. A staggered bolt pattern reduces the distance between rows of bolts so panels can be placed along the edges of the plate.<br />
<br />
Bolt tightening clearances may become a problem for thick flanges. Generally, if the flange inner splice plate thickness is less than 1.5” then construction clearances can be assumed to be adequate. Otherwise, a thorough review is required to ensure that a 2.5” diameter socket with 1/16” clearance can be used. If the inner splice plate thickness cannot be reduced the web bolt pattern can be modified.<br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.14 flange bolt patterns-uniform bolt pattern.gif]]</center><br />
<center>'''Uniform Bolt Pattern'''</center><br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.14 flange bolt patterns-staggered bolt pattern.gif]]</center><br />
<center>'''Staggered Bolt Pattern'''</center><br />
<br />
<br />
'''Flange Splice Plate Design'''<br />
<br />
'''Flange Width Transitions'''<br />
<br />
When the width of the flanges being spliced differs by more than 2”, the larger flange shall be beveled as shown below.<br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.14 flange width transition at splice.gif]]</center><br />
<center>'''Flange Width Transition at Splice'''</center><br />
<br />
<br />
'''Flange Splice Dimensions'''<br />
# Minimum thickness of splice plate = 3/8”<br />
# Splice plate thickness increment = 1/8”<br />
# At the strength limit state, if the gross areas of the outer and inner splice plates vary by less than 10% then the shear force can be distributed by double shear. Otherwise, the shear force must be distributed to each shear plane by the percentage of the gross area of the plate in contact with the shear plane from the total gross area of splice plates. (Note: Double shear can be assumed at the service limit state for all cases)<br />
# The total gross area of the splice plates shall be greater than the gross area of the smaller flange. <br />
# Bolt holes are considered to be 1” in diameter for the purpose of determining the net flange or splice area. <br />
# Inner splice plates shall be symmetric for uniform bolt patterns.<br />
<br />
<div id="751.14.3.1 Loads"></div><br />
'''Loads'''<br />
* '''Strength I''' - Splice plates shall be designed to resist a minimum design stress equal to the average of the factored elastic flexural stress at the mid-depth of the flange and the yield strength of the flange <math>\,(F_{yf})</math>, but shall not be less than <math>\, 0.75 F_{yf}</math>. <br />
* '''Service II''' – Use factored loading to determine design force.<br />
* '''Construction''' – Use factored loading to determine design force. <br />
* '''Fatigue''' – Use factored loading to determine design stress range.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Resistance'''<br />
<br />
The nominal flexural resistance <math>\, (F_n)</math> of the flange at the point of splice at the strength limit state shall be assumed to be equal to the specified minimum yield strength of the flange <math>\, (F_{yf})</math>. For hybrid sections, a hybrid factor <math>\, (R_h)</math> shall be used to increase the stress seen by the flange when the factored elastic flexural stress exceeds <math>\, F_{yw}</math> at the top or bottom of the web.<br />
<br />
Flange splice plates shall be checked for:<br />
*Tensile Resistance @ Strength-I Limit State<br />
:Yielding of Gross Section <br />
:Fracture of Net Section <br />
:Block Shear Rupture of Net Section <br />
*Compressive Resistance @ Strength-I Limit State <br />
*Fatigue Resistance @ Fatigue and Fracture Limit State <br />
*Permanent Deflection under Construction loads<br />
<br />
''Note: The last two checks may be ignored if the sum of the gross splice plate areas is greater than the gross area of the flange.''<br />
<br />
<br />
Girder flange shall be checked for:<br />
*Tensile Resistance @ Strength-I Limit State<br />
:Fracture of Net Section <br />
:Block Shear Rupture of Net Section<br />
*Bearing Resistance @ Strength-I Limit State<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Web Splice Plate Design'''<br />
<br />
'''Web Splice Dimensions'''<br />
# Webs shall be spliced symmetrically by plates on each side. <br />
# These plates shall extend as near as practical for the full depth between flanges. <br />
# The thickness of the web splice plates shall be 3/8”. The total gross area of the splice plates shall be greater than the gross area of the smaller web at splice.<br />
# Bolt holes are considered to be 1” in diameter for the purpose of determining the net web or splice area.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Loads'''<br />
<br />
Web splice plates and their connections shall be designed for shear, the moment due to the eccentricity of the shear at the point of splice, and the portion of the flexural moment assumed to be resisted by the web at the point of splice. <br />
*'''Strength I''' - If Vu>0.5Vr, then the design shear (Vuw) shall be equal to the average of the factored shear loading (Vu) and the factored shear resistance (Vr) of the smaller web. Otherwise, Vuw=1.5Vu. The design moment shall be calculated using the design stresses determined for flange design.<br />
*'''Service II''' – Use the factored loading to determine the design shear and moment.<br />
*'''Construction''' – Use the factored loading to determine the design moment and shear.<br />
*'''Fatigue''' – Use the factored loading to determine the design stress range.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Resistance'''<br />
<br />
The factored shear resistance <math>\, (V_r)</math> of the web shall be determined as specified in LRFD 6.12.1.2.3. For hybrid sections the web shall resist only the stress not exceeding the yield strength of the web <math>\, (F_{yw}</math>). A hybrid factor <math>\, (R_h)</math> shall be used to reduce the stress seen by the web when the factored elastic flexural stress exceeds <math>\, F_{yw}</math> at the top or bottom of the web.<br />
<br />
Web splice plates shall be checked for:<br />
*Shear Resistance @ Strength-I Limit State<br />
:Yielding of Gross Section<br />
:Fracture of Net Section <br />
:Block Shear Rupture of Net Section <br />
*Flexural Resistance @ Strength-I Limit State <br />
*Fatigue Resistance @ Fatigue and Fracture Limit State <br />
*Permanent Deflection under construction loads<br />
<br />
''Note: The last two checks may be ignored if the sum of the gross splice plate areas is greater than the gross area of the web.''<br />
<br />
Girder web shall be checked for:<br />
*Bearing Resistance @ Strength-I Limit State<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Design Tools'''<br />
<br />
'''Field Flange Splice Tables'''<br />
<br />
The flange tables were developed assuming a symmetric girder section with the tension flange near yield. The flange splice plates were designed to carry this tension force along with the associated compression force found on the opposing flange. Net fracture of the flange is eliminated by limiting the factored tensile stress, <math>\, f_t</math>, to the maximums allowed in the table below. When the flange section or steel grade changes at a splice, use the narrower flange. For flanges with the same width, the smaller flange strength may be used from the table as shown below. Note: The tables are not designed for the lateral bending effects induced in horizontally curved bridges. Lateral forces may increase the design bolt force above the value used in the tables.<br />
<br />
Which flange should be used to enter in the tables?<br />
<br />
{|<br />
|A.||style="border-bottom:2px solid black;"|Grade 50W – 18” x 2”||width="50pt" align="center"|'''vs.'''||B.||style="border-bottom:2px solid black;"|Grade 70W – 18” x 1.375”<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|50ksi x 18” x 2” = 1800 k||align="center"|'''>'''||colspan="2"|70ksi x 18” x 1.375” = 1733 k<br />
|}<br />
<br />
Use Flange B from the table (50W splice plate)<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Field Web Splice Tables'''<br />
<br />
The dimensions of the web splices shown in the tables are based on the assumption that the factored shear force <math>\, (V_u)</math> is equal to the web’s unstiffened shear capacity <math>\, (V_r)</math>. Also, the moment required to be resisted by the web <math>\, (M_u)</math> is assumed to be half of the elastic web moment capacity <math>\, (0.5 M_{cap})</math> . If the design shear <math>\, (V_{uw})</math> is greater than the unstiffened shear capacity, <math>\, V_r</math>, (i.e, stiffened webs) then the web splice shall be designed in accordance with LRFD 6.13.6.1.4b. Flange splices shall be checked to ensure that they can resist the entire moment applied to the girder section at the centerline of the splice, or the web and flange splices will have to be designed in accordance with LRFD 6.13.6.1.4b & c. Lateral bending effects from horizontal curvature need not be considered in the design of the web splice.<br />
<br />
{|border="1" style="text-align:center" cellpadding="5" align="center" cellspacing="0"<br />
|+'''Maximum allowable gross tensile stress in flange at splice per<br/>LRFD 6.10.1.8. (*)'''<br />
|rowspan="2" width="100pt" style="border-bottom:2px solid gray; border-right:2px solid gray;"|''Flange Width''<br />
|colspan="3"|''Flange Grade''<br />
|-<br />
|width="100pt" style="border-bottom:2px solid gray;"|50<br />
|width="100pt" style="border-bottom:2px solid gray;"|50W<br />
|width="100pt" style="border-bottom:2px solid gray;"|70W<br />
|-<br />
|style="border-right:2px solid gray;"|12”||45.5||49.0||63.0<br />
|-<br />
|style="border-right:2px solid gray;"|13”||46.2||49.7||64.0<br />
|-<br />
|style="border-right:2px solid gray;"|14”||46.0||49.6||63.7<br />
|-<br />
|style="border-right:2px solid gray;"|15”||46.6||50||64.5<br />
|-<br />
|style="border-right:2px solid gray;"|16”||40.9||44.1||56.7<br />
|-<br />
|style="border-right:2px solid gray;"|17”||41.7||45.0||57.8<br />
|-<br />
|style="border-right:2px solid gray;"|18”||42.5||45.7||58.8<br />
|-<br />
|style="border-right:2px solid gray;"|19”||43.1||46.4||59.7<br />
|-<br />
|style="border-right:2px solid gray;"|20”||43.7||47.0||60.5<br />
|-<br />
|style="border-right:2px solid gray;"|21”||44.2||47.6||61.2<br />
|-<br />
|style="border-right:2px solid gray;"|22”||39.7||42.8||55.0<br />
|-<br />
|style="border-right:2px solid gray;"|23”||40.4||43.5||55.9<br />
|-<br />
|style="border-right:2px solid gray;"|24”||40.9||44.1||56.7<br />
|}<br />
<center>(*) Lower stresses will not fracture the net section when using the Flange Splice tables.<br/>Maximum stresses are dependant on bolt pattern.</center><br />
<br />
=== 751.14.3.2 Plate Girder - Flange Splice Tables ===<br />
<br />
'''Flange Plate Size: 12" thru 24" (2, 4 or 6 rows of Bolts) ASTM A709, Grade 50 and 50W Flanges, Grade 50 and 50W Splice'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.14 FLANGE PLATE SIZE 12in thru 24in (2 4 or 6 rows of Bolts).gif]]</center><br />
<br />
<center>Note: For staggered bolt patterns the spacing shown above is for the edge rows of bolts.</center><br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="1" cellspacing="0" align="center" style="text-align:center;" <br />
<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Flange<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="3"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Uniform Bolt Pattern<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|WT./FLG.<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|K<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|L<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|Total #<br/>of Bolts<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |12 x 3/4"||< 1/4"||12||0.500||36.5||4||0.625||36.5||3||6||5||0||0||24||136.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||12||0.500||54.5||4||0.625||54.5||3||6||8||0||0||36||204.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |12 x 7/8"||< 1/4"||12||0.625||42.5||4.5||0.625||42.5||2.75||6.5||6||0||0||28||184.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||12||0.625||60.5||4.5||0.750||60.5||2.75|||6.5||9||0||0||40||282.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |12 x 1"||< 1/4"||12||0.625||42.5||4.5||0.750||42.5||2.75||6.5||6||0||0||28||198.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||12||0.625||66.5||4.5||0.750||66.5||2.75||6.5||10||0||0||44||310.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |12 x 1 1/8" *||< 1/4"||12||0.750||42.5||5||0.750||42.5||2.5||7||6||0||0||28||225.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||12||0.750||60.5||5||0.750||60.5||2.5||7||9||0||0||40||321.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |12 x 1 1/4" *||< 1/4"||12||0.750||48.5||5||0.750||48.5||2.5||7||7||0||0||32||257.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||12||0.750||66.5||5||0.750||66.5||2.5||7||10||0||0||44||352.9<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |12 x 1 3/8" *||< 1/4"||12||0.875||54.5||5||0.875||54.5||2.5||7||8||0||0||36||331.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||12||0.875||66.5||5||1.000||66.5||2.5||7||10||0||0||44||428.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |12 x 1 1/2" *||< 1/4"||12||0.875||54.5||5||1.000||54.5||2.5||7||8||0||0||36||351.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||12||0.875||66.5||5||1.000||66.5||2.5||7||10||0||0||44||428.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |12 x 1 5/8" *||< 1/4"||12||1.000||54.5||5||1.125||54.5||2.5||7||8||0||0||36||393.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||12||1.000||66.5||5||1.125||66.5||2.5||7||10||0||0||44||480.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |12 x 1 3/4" *||< 1/4"||12||1.000||60.5||5||1.125||60.5||2.5||7||9||0||0||40||436.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||12||1.000||72.5||5||1.125||72.5||2.5||7||11||0||0||48||523.6<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |12 x 1 7/8" *||< 1/4"||12||1.125||66.5||5||1.250||66.5||2.5||7||10||0||0||44||532.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||12||1.125||72.5||5||1.250||72.5||2.5||7||11||0||0||48||580.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |12 x 2" *||< 1/4"||12||1.250||66.5||5||1.375||66.5||2.5||7||10||0||0||44||583.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||12||1.250||78.5||5||1.375||78.5||2.5||7||12||0||0||52||689.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |12 x 2 1/8" *||< 1/4"||12||1.250||72.5||5||1.375||72.5||2.5||7||11||0||0||48||636.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||12||1.250||84.5||5||1.375||84.5||2.5||7||13||0||0||56||742.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |12 x 2 1/4" *||< 1/4"||12||1.375||78.5||5||1.500||78.5||2.5||7||12||0||0||52||750.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||12||1.375||90.5||5||1.500||90.5||2.5||7||14||0||0||60||865.4<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15" |* Bolt threads are '''EXCLUDED''' from shear plane<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Flange<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="3"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Uniform Bolt Pattern<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|WT./FLG.<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|K<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|L<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|Total #<br/>of Bolts<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |13 x 3/4"||< 1/4"||13||0.500||36.5||4||0.750||36.5||3.5||6||5||0||0||24||152.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||13||0.500||54.5||4||0.750||54.5||3.5||6||8||0||0||36||227.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |13 x 7/8"||< 1/4"||13||0.625||42.5||4.5||0.750||42.5||3.25||6.5||6||0||0||28||205.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||13||0.625||66.5||4.5||0.875||66.5||3.25||6.5||10||0||0||44||343.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |13 x 1"||< 1/4"||13||0.625||48.5||4.5||0.875||48.5||3.25||6.5||7||0||0||32||250.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||13||0.625||72.5||4.5||0.875||72.5||3.25||6.5||11||0||0||48||374.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |13 x 1 1/8" *||< 1/4"||13||0.750||48.5||5||0.875||48.5||3||7||7||0||0||32||284.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||13||0.750||66.5||5||0.875||66.5||3||7||10||0||0||44||390.7<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |13 x 1 1/4" *||< 1/4"||13||0.750||48.5||5||0.875||48.5||3||7||7||0||0||32||284.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||13||0.750||66.5||5||0.875||66.5||3||7||10||0||0||44||390.7<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |13 x 1 3/8" *||< 1/4"||13||0.750||54.5||5||1.000||54.5||3||7||8||0||0||36||339.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||13||0.750||66.5||5||1.000||66.5||3||7||10||0||0||44||414.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |13 x 1 1/2" *||< 1/4"||13||0.875||54.5||5||1.125||54.5||3||7||8||0||0||36||383.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||13||0.875||72.5||5||1.125||72.5||3||7||11||0||0||48||510.7<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |13 x 1 5/8" *||< 1/4"||13||1.000||60.5||5||1.250||60.5||3||7||9||0||0||40||475.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||13||1.000||72.5||5||1.250||72.5||3||7||11||0||0||48||569.8<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |13 x 1 3/4" *||< 1/4"||13||1.000||66.5||5||1.250||66.5||3||7||10||0||0||44||522.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||13||1.000||78.5||5||1.250||78.5||3||7||12||0||0||52||617.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |13 x 1 7/8" *||< 1/4"||13||1.125||72.5||5||1.250||72.5||3||7||11||0||0||48||603.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||13||1.125||84.5||5||1.250||84.5||3||7||13||0||0||56||703.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |13 x 2" *||< 1/4"||13||1.250||78.5||5||1.375||78.5||3||7||12||0||0||52||717.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||13||1.250||90.5||5||1.500||90.5||3||7||14||0||0||60||859.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |13 x 2 1/8" *||< 1/4"||13||1.250||78.5||5||1.500||78.5||3||7||12||0||0||52||745.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||13||1.250||90.5||5||1.500||90.5||3||7||14||0||0||60||859.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |13 x 2 1/4" *||< 1/4"||13||1.375||84.5||5||1.625||84.5||3||7||13||0||0||56||870.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||13||1.375||96.5||5||1.625||96.5||3||7||15||0||0||64||994.6<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|* Bolt threads are '''EXCLUDED''' from shear plane<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Flange<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="3"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Staggered Bolt Pattern<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|WT./FLG.<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|K<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|L<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|Total #<br/>of Bolts<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |14 x 3/4"||< 1/4"||14||0.500||21.5||5.5||0.625||21.5||2||5||2||1||2.5||24||107.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||14||0.500||33.5||5.5||0.625||33.5||2||5||4||1||2.5||40||169.8<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |14 x 7/8"||< 1/4"||14||0.500||27.5||5.5||0.750||27.5||2||5||3||1||2.5||32||149.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||14||0.500||39.5||5.5||0.750||39.5||2||5||5||1||2.5||48||216.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |14 x 1"||< 1/4"||14||0.625||27.5||5.5||0.750||27.5||2||5||3||1||2.5||32||163.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||14||0.625||45.5||5.5||0.750||45.5||2||5||6||1||2.5||56||272.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |14 x 1 1/8" *||< 1/4"||14||0.750||27.5||5.5||0.750||27.5||2||5||3||1||2.5||32||176.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||14||0.750||39.5||5.5||0.750||39.5||2||5||5||1||2.5||48||255.6<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |14 x 1 1/4" *||< 1/4"||14||0.875||33.5||5.5||0.875||33.5||2||5||4||1||2.5||40||245.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||14||0.875||39.5||5.5||1.000||39.5||2||5||5||1||2.5||48||306.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |14 x 1 3/8" *||< 1/4"||14||0.875||33.5||5.5||1.000||33.5||2||5||4||1||2.5||40||258.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||14||0.875||45.5||5.5||1.000||45.5||2||5||6||1||2.5||56||353.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |14 x 1 1/2" *||< 1/4"||14||0.875||33.5||5.5||1.125||33.5||2||5||4||1||2.5||40||271.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||14||0.875||45.5||5.5||1.125||45.5||2||5||6||1||2.5||56||370.9<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |14 x 1 5/8" *||< 1/4"||14||1.000||39.5||5.5||1.125||39.5||2||5||5||1||2.5||48||341.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||14||1.000||45.5||5.5||1.125||45.5||2||5||6||1||2.5||56||393.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |14 x 1 3/4" *||< 1/4"||14||1.125||39.5||5.5||1.250||39.5||2||5||5||1||2.5||48||376.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||14||1.125||45.5||5.5||1.250||45.5||2||5||6||1||2.5||56||433.8<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |14 x 1 7/8" *||< 1/4"||14||1.250||45.5||5.5||1.250||45.5||2||5||6||1||2.5||56||456.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||14||1.250||51.5||5.5||1.250||51.5||2||5||7||1||2.5||64||517.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |14 x 2" *||< 1/4"||14||1.250||45.5||5.5||1.375||45.5||2||5||6||1||2.5||56||474.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||14||1.250||51.5||5.5||1.375||51.5||2||5||7||1||2.5||64||537.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |14 x 2 1/8" *||< 1/4"||14||1.375||51.5||5.5||1.375||51.5||2||5||7||1||2.5||64||562.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||14||1.375||57.5||5.5||1.375||57.5||2||5||8||1||2.5||72||628.9<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |14 x 2 1/4" *||< 1/4"||14||1.500||51.5||5.5||1.500||51.5||2||5||7||1||2.5||64||608.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||14||1.500||63.5||5.5||1.500||63.5||2||5||9||1||2.5||80||751.2<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|* Bolt threads are '''EXCLUDED''' from shear plane<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Flange<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="3"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Staggered Bolt Pattern<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|WT./FLG.<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|K<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|L<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|Total #<br/>of Bolts<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |15 x 3/4"||< 1/4"||15||0.500||27.5||6.5||0.500||27.5||2||6||3||1||2.5||32||139.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||15||0.500||39.5||6.5||0.500||39.5||2||6||5||1||2.5||48||202.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |15 x 7/8"||< 1/4"||15||0.500||27.5||6.5||0.625||27.5||2||6||3||1||2.5||32||152.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||15||0.500||39.5||6.5||0.625||39.5||2||6||5||1||2.5||48||220.6<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |15 x 1"||< 1/4"||15||0.625||33.5||6.5||0.625||33.5||2||6||4||1||2.5||40||204.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||15||0.625||45.5||6.5||0.625||45.5||2||6||6||1||2.5||56||279.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |15 x 1 1/8"||< 1/4"||15||0.625||33.5||6.5||0.750||33.5||2||6||4||1||2.5||40||219.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||15||0.625||51.5||6.5||0.750||51.5||2||6||7||1||2.5||64||340.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |15 x 1 1/4" *||< 1/4"||15||0.750||33.5||6.5||0.875||33.5||2||6||4||1||2.5||40||252.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||15||0.750||45.5||6.5||0.875||45.5||2||6||6||1||2.5||56||345.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |15 x 1 3/8" *||< 1/4"||15||0.875||33.5||6.5||0.875||33.5||2||6||4||1||2.5||40||270.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||15||0.875||45.5||6.5||0.875||45.5||2||6||6||1||2.5||56||369.3<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |15 x 1 1/2" *||< 1/4"||15||0.875||39.5||6.5||1.000||39.5||2||6||5||1||2.5||48||338.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||15||0.875||45.5||6.5||1.000||45.5||2||6||6||1||2.5||56||390.3<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |15 x 1 5/8" *||< 1/4"||15||1.000||39.5||6.5||1.000||39.5||2||6||5||1||2.5||48||359.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||15||1.000||51.5||6.5||1.000||51.5||2||6||7||1||2.5||64||469.7<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |15 x 1 3/4" *||< 1/4"||15||1.125||45.5||6.5||1.125||45.5||2||6||6||1||2.5||56||459.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||15||1.125||51.5||6.5||1.125||51.5||2||6||7||1||2.5||64||520.8<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |15 x 1 7/8" *||< 1/4"||15||1.125||45.5||6.5||1.250||45.5||2||6||6||1||2.5||56||480.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||15||1.125||51.5||6.5||1.250||51.5||2||6||7||1||2.5||64||544.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |15 x 2" *||< 1/4"||15||1.250||51.5||6.5||1.250||51.5||2||6||7||1||2.5||64||571.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||15||1.250||57.5||6.5||1.250||57.5||2||6||8||1||2.5||72||639.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |15 x 2 1/8" *||< 1/4"||15||1.250||51.5||6.5||1.375||51.5||2||6||7||1||2.5||64||595.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||15||1.250||57.5||6.5||1.375||57.5||2||6||8||1||2.5||72||665.6<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |15 x 2 1/4" *||< 1/4"||15||1.375||51.5||6.5||1.375||51.5||2||6||7||1||2.5||64||623.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||15||1.375||63.5||6.5||1.375||63.5||2||6||9||1||2.5||80||769.2<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|* Bolt threads are '''EXCLUDED''' from shear plane<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Flange<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="3"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Uniform Bolt Pattern<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|WT./FLG.<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|K<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|L<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|Total #<br/>of Bolts<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |16 x 3/4"||< 1/4"||16||0.500||24.5||7||0.500||24.5||2||6||3||1||3||32||134.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||16||0.500||36.5||7||0.500||36.5||2||6||5||1||3||48||200.9<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |16 x 7/8"||< 1/4"||16||0.500||24.5||7||0.500||24.5||2||6||3||1||3||32||134.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||16||0.500||42.5||7||0.500||42.5||2||6||6||1||3||56||234.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |16 x 1"||< 1/4"||16||0.625||30.5||7||0.625||30.5||2||6||4||1||3||40||200.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||16||0.625||42.5||7||0.750||42.5||2||6||6||1||3||56||300.3<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |16 x 1 1/8"||< 1/4"||16||0.625||30.5||7||0.750||30.5||2||6||4||1||3||40||215.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||16||0.625||48.5||7||0.750||48.5||2||6||7||1||3||64||342.7<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |16 x 1 1/4" *||< 1/4"||16||0.750||30.5||7||0.750||30.5||2||6||4||1||3||40||232.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||16||0.750||42.5||7||0.750||42.5||2||6||6||1||3||56||324.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |16 x 1 3/8" *||< 1/4"||16||0.750||30.5||7||0.875||30.5||2||6||4||1||3||40||247.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||16||0.750||42.5||7||0.875||42.5||2||6||6||1||3||56||345.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |16 x 1 1/2" *||< 1/4"||16||0.875||36.5||7||0.875||36.5||2||6||5||1||3||48||317.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||16||0.875||48.5||7||0.875||48.5||2||6||7||1||3||64||421.8<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |16 x 1 5/8" *||< 1/4"||16||0.875||36.5||7||1.000||36.5||2||6||5||1||3||48||335.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other|||16||0.875||48.5||7||1.000||48.5||2||6||7||1||3||64||445.9<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |16 x 1 3/4" *||< 1/4"||16||1.000||36.5||7||1.125||36.5||2||6||5||1||3||48||374.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||16||1.000||48.5||7||1.125||48.5||2||6||7||1||3||64||497.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |16 x 1 7/8" *||< 1/4"||16||1.125||42.5||7||1.125||42.5||2||6||6||1||3||56||459.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||16||1.125||54.5||7||1.125||54.5||2||6||8||1||3||72||590.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |16 x 2" *||< 1/4"||16||1.125||42.5||7||1.250||42.5||2||6||6||1||3||56||481.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||16||1.125||54.5||7||1.250||54.5||2||6||8||1||3||72||617.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |16 x 2 1/8" *||< 1/4"||16||1.250||48.5||7||1.250||48.5||2||6||7||1||3||64||576.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||16||1.250||60.5||7||1.250||60.5||2||6||9||1||3||80||719.3<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |16 x 2 1/4" *||< 1/4"||16||1.250||48.5||7||1.375||48.5||2||6||7||1||3||64||600.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||16||1.250||60.5||7||1.375||60.5||2||6||9||1||3||80||749.4<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|* Bolt threads are '''EXCLUDED''' from shear plane<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Flange<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="3"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Uniform Bolt Pattern<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|WT./FLG.<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|K<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|L<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|Total #<br/>of Bolts<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |17 x 3/4"||< 1/4"||17||0.500||24.5||7||0.500||24.5||2.5||6||3||1||3||32||138.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||17||0.500||36.5||7||0.625||36.5||2.5||6||5||1||3||48||224.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |17 x 7/8"||< 1/4"||17||0.500||24.5||7||0.625||24.5||2.5||6||3||1||3||32||150.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||17||0.500||42.5||7||0.625||42.5||2.5||6||6||1||3||56||261.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |17 x 1"||< 1/4"||17||0.625||30.5||7||0.625||30.5||2.25||6.5||4||1||3||40||205.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||17||0.625||48.5||7||0.625||48.5||2.25||6.5||7||1||3||64||327.3<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |17 x 1 1/8"||< 1/4"||17||0.625||36.5||7||0.750||36.5||2.25||6.5||5||1||3||48||264.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||17||0.625||48.5||7||0.750||48.5||2.25||6.5||7||1||3||64||351.3<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |17 x 1 1/4" *||< 1/4"||17||0.750||30.5||7||0.875||30.5||2||7||4||1||3||40||254.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||17||0.750||42.5||7||0.875||42.5||2||7||6||1||3||56||354.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |17 x 1 3/8" *||< 1/4"||17||0.875||36.5||7||0.875||36.5||2||7||5||1||3||48||326.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||17||0.875||48.5||7||0.875||48.5||2||7||7||1||3||64||433.8<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |17 x 1 1/2" *||< 1/4"||17||0.875||36.5||7||1.000||36.5||2||7||5||1||3||48||344.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||17||0.875||48.5||7||1.000||48.5||2||7||7||1||3||64||457.9<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |17 x 1 5/8" *||< 1/4"||17||1.000||42.5||7||1.000||42.5||2||7||6||1||3||56||426.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||17||1.000||54.5||7||1.000||54.5||2||7||8||1||3||72||547.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |17 x 1 3/4" *||< 1/4"||17||1.125||42.5||7||1.125||42.5||2||7||6||1||3||56||473.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||17||1.125||54.5||7||1.125||54.5||2||7||8||1||3||72||607.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |17 x 1 7/8" *||< 1/4"||17||1.125||48.5||7||1.125||48.5||2||7||7||1||3||64||540.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||17||1.125||54.5||7||1.125||54.5||2||7||8||1||3||72||607.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |17 x 2" *||< 1/4"||17||1.250||48.5||7||1.250||48.5||2||7||7||1||3||64||593.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||17||1.250||60.5||7||1.250||60.5||2||7||9||1||3||80||740.8<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |17 x 2 1/8" *||< 1/4"||17||1.250||48.5||7||1.375||48.5||2||7||7||1||3||64||617.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||17||1.250||60.5||7||1.375||60.5||2||7||9||1||3||80||770.8<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |17 x 2 1/4" *||< 1/4"||17||1.375||54.5||7||1.375||54.5||2||7||8||1||3||72||727.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||17||1.375||66.5||7||1.375||66.5||2||7||10||1||3||88||887.4<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|* Bolt threads are '''EXCLUDED''' from shear plane<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Flange<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="3"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Uniform Bolt Pattern<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|WT./FLG.<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|K<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|L<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|Total #<br/>of Bolts<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |18 x 3/4"||< 1/4"||18||0.500||24.5||8||0.500||24.5||2||6||3||1||4||32||148.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||18||0.500||42.5||8||0.500||42.5||2||6||6||1||4||56||258.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |18 x 7/8"||< 1/4"||18||0.500||30.5||8||0.500||30.5||2||6||4||1||4||40||185.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||18||0.500||48.5||8||0.500||48.5||2||6||7||1||4||64||294.6<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |18 x 1"||< 1/4"||18||0.500||36.5||8||0.625||36.5||2||6||5||1||4||48||242.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||18||0.500||48.5||8||0.625||48.5||2||6||7||1||4||64||322.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |18 x 1 1/8"||< 1/4"||18||0.625||36.5||8||0.750||36.5||2.25||6.5||5||1||3.5||48||286.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||18||0.625||54.5||8||0.750||54.5||2.25||6.5||8||1||3.5||72||427.7<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |18 x 1 1/4" *||< 1/4"||18||0.750||36.5||8||0.750||36.5||2.5||7||5||1||3||48||309.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||18||0.750||48.5||8||0.750||48.5||2.5||7||7||1||3||64||411.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |18 x 1 3/8" *||< 1/4"||18||0.750||36.5||8||0.875||36.5||2.5||7||5||1||3||48||330.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||18||0.750||48.5||8||0.875||48.5||2.5||7||7||1||3||64||439.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |18 x 1 1/2" *||< 1/4"||18||0.875||42.5||8||0.875||42.5||2.5||7||6||1||3||56||411.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||18||0.875||54.5||8||0.875||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||3||72||528.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |18 x 1 5/8" *||< 1/4"||18||0.875||42.5||8||1.000||42.5||2.5||7||6||1||3||56||435.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||18||0.875||54.5||8||1.000||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||3||72||559.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |18 x 1 3/4" *||< 1/4"||18||1.000||48.5||8||1.000||48.5||2.5||7||7||1||3||64||528.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||18||1.000||54.5||8||1.000||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||3||72||593.8<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |18 x 1 7/8" *||< 1/4"||18||1.000||48.5||8||1.125||48.5||2.5||7||7||1||3||64||555.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||18||1.000||54.5||8||1.125||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||3||72||624.8<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |18 x 2" *||< 1/4"||18||1.125||54.5||8||1.125||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||3||72||659.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||18||1.125||60.5||8||1.125||60.5||2.5||7||9||1||3||80||732.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |18 x 2 1/8" *||< 1/4"||18||1.250||54.5||8||1.250||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||3||72||725.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||18||1.250||66.5||8||1.250||66.5||2.5||7||10||1||3||88||885.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |18 x 2 1/4" *||< 1/4"||18||1.250||54.5||8||1.375||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||3||72||756.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||18||1.250||66.5||8||1.375||66.5||2.5||7||10||1||3||88||922.7<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|* Bolt threads are '''EXCLUDED''' from shear plane<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Flange<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="3"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Uniform Bolt Pattern<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|WT./FLG.<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|K<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|L<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|Total #<br/>of Bolts<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |19 x 7/8"||< 1/4"||19||0.500||30.5||8.5||0.500||30.5||2||6||4||1||4.5||40||193.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||19||0.500||48.5||8.5||0.500||48.5||2||6||7||1||4.5||64||308.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |19 x 1"||< 1/4"||19||0.500||36.5||8.5||0.625||36.5||2||6||5||1||4.5||48||253.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||19||0.500||54.5||8.5||0.625||54.5||2||6||8||1||4.5||72||379.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |19 x 1 1/8"||< 1/4"||19||0.625||36.5||8.5||0.750||36.5||2.25||6.5||5||1||4||48||300.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||19||0.625||54.5||8.5||0.750||54.5||2.25||6.5||8||1||4||72||449.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |19 x 1 1/4" *||< 1/4"||19||0.750||36.5||8.5||0.750||36.5||2.5||7||5||1||3.5||48||325.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||19||0.750||48.5||8.5||0.750||48.5||2.5||7||7||1||3.5||64||432.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |19 x 1 3/8" *||< 1/4"||19||0.750||36.5||8.5||0.875||36.5||2.5||7||5||1||3.5||48||347.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||19||0.750||48.5||8.5||0.875||48.5||2.5||7||7||1||3.5||64||461.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |19 x 1 1/2" *||< 1/4"||19||0.875||42.5||8.5||0.875||42.5||2.5||7||6||1||3.5||56||432.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||19||0.875||54.5||8.5||0.875||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||3.5||72||555.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |19 x 1 5/8" *||< 1/4"||19||0.875||42.5||8.5||1.000||42.5||2.5||7||6||1||3.5||56||458.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||19||0.875||54.5||8.5||1.000||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||3.5||72||588.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |19 x 1 3/4" *||< 1/4"||19||1.000||48.5||8.5||1.000||48.5||2.5||7||7||1||3.5||64||555.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||19||1.000||60.5||8.5||1.000||60.5||2.5||7||9||1||3.5||80||693.6<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |19 x 1 7/8" *||< 1/4"||19||1.000||48.5||8.5||1.125||48.5||2.5||7||7||1||3.5||64||585.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||19||1.000||60.5||8.5||1.125||60.5||2.5||7||9||1||3.5||80||730.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |19 x 2" *||< 1/4"||19||1.125||54.5||8.5||1.125||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||3.5||72||694.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||19||1.125||66.5||8.5||1.125||66.5||2.5||7||10||1||3.5||88||847.3<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |19 x 2 1/8" *||< 1/4"||19||1.125||54.5||8.5||1.250||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||3.5||72||727.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||19||1.125||66.5||8.5||1.250||66.5||2.5||7||10||1||3.5||88||887.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |19 x 2 1/4" *||< 1/4"||19||1.250||60.5||8.5||1.250||60.5||2.5||7||9||1||3.5||80||848.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||19||1.250||72.5||8.5||1.250||72.5||2.5||7||11||1||3.5||96||1016.3<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|* Bolt threads are '''EXCLUDED''' from shear plane<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Flange<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="3"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Uniform Bolt Pattern<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|WT./FLG.<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|K<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|L<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|Total #<br/>of Bolts<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |20 x 7/8"||< 1/4"||20||0.500||30.5||9||0.500||30.5||2||6||4||1||5||40||202.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||20||0.500||48.5||9||0.500||48.5||2||6||7||1||5||64||322.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |20 x 1"||< 1/4"||20||0.500||36.5||9||0.625||36.5||2||6||5||1||5||48||265.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||20||0.500||54.5||9||0.625||54.5||2||6||8||1||5||72||396.8<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |20 x 1 1/8"||< 1/4"||20||0.625||42.5||9||0.625||42.5||2.25||6.5||6||1||4.5||56||339.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||20||0.625||60.5||9||0.625||60.5||2.25||6.5||9||1||4.5||80||483.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |20 x 1 1/4" *||< 1/4"||20||0.750||36.5||9||0.750||36.5||2.5||7||5||1||4||48||340.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||20||0.750||54.5||9||0.750||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||4||72||508.8<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |20 x 1 3/8" *||< 1/4"||20||0.750||42.5||9||0.875||42.5||2.5||7||6||1||4||56||423.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||20||0.750||54.5||9||0.875||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||4||72||543.6<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |20 x 1 1/2" *||< 1/4"||20||0.875||42.5||9||0.875||42.5||2.5||7||6||1||4||56||453.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||20||0.875||60.5||9||0.875||60.5||2.5||7||9||1||4||80||646.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |20 x 1 5/8" *||< 1/4"||20||0.875||48.5||9||1.000||48.5||2.5||7||7||1||4||64||549.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||20||0.875||54.5||9||1.000||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||4||72||617.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |20 x 1 3/4" *||< 1/4"||20||1.000||48.5||9||1.000||48.5||2.5|||7||7||1||4||64||583.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||20||1.000||60.5||9||1.000||60.5||2.5||7||9||1||4||80||727.9<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |20 x 1 7/8" *||< 1/4"||20||1.000||54.5||9||1.125||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||4||72||690.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||20||1.000||60.5||9||1.125||60.5||2.5||7||9||1||4||80||766.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |20 x 2" *||< 1/4"||20||1.125||60.5||9||1.125||60.5||2.5||7||9||1||4||80||809.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||20||1.125||66.5||9||1.125||66.5||2.5||7||10||1||4||88||889.7<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |20 x 2 1/8" *||< 1/4"||20||1.125||60.5||9||1.250||60.5||2.5||7||9||1||4||80||848.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||20||1.125||66.5||9||1.250||66.5||2.5||7||10||1||4||88||932.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |20 x 2 1/4" *||< 1/4"||20||1.250||66.5||9||1.250||66.5||2.5||7||10||1||4||88||979.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||20||1.250||78.5||9||1.250||78.5||2.5||7||12||1||4||104||1156.1<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|* Bolt threads are '''EXCLUDED''' from shear plane<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Flange<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="3"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Uniform Bolt Pattern<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|WT./FLG.<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|K<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|L<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|Total #<br/>of Bolts<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |21 x 7/8"||< 1/4"||21||0.500||36.5||9.5||0.500||36.5||2||6||5||1||5.5||48||252.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||21||0.500||54.5||9.5||0.500||54.5||2||6||8||1||5.5||72||377.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |21 x 1"||< 1/4"||21||0.625||36.5||9.5||0.625||36.5||2.25||6.5||5||1||5||48||304.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||21||0.500||60.5||9.5||0.625||60.5||2||6||9||1||5.5||80||459.9<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |21 x 1 1/8"||< 1/4"||21||0.625||42.5||9.5||0.625||42.5||2.25||6.5||6||1||5||56||354.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||21||0.625||60.5||9.5||0.750||60.5||2.25||6.5||9||1||5||80||545.6<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |21 x 1 1/4" *||< 1/4"||21||0.750||42.5||9.5||0.750||42.5||2.5||7||6||1||4.5||56||414.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||21||0.750||54.5||9.5||0.750||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||4.5||72||532.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |21 x 1 3/8" *||< 1/4"||21||0.750||42.5||9.5||0.875||42.5||2.5||7||6||1||4.5||56||443.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||21||0.750||54.5||9.5||0.875||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||4.5||72||568.7<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |21 x 1 1/2" *||< 1/4"||21||0.875||48.5||9.5||0.875||48.5||2.5||7||7||1||4.5||64||542.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||21||0.875||60.5||9.5||0.875||60.5||2.5||7||9||1||4.5||80||676.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |21 x 1 5/8" *||< 1/4"||21||0.875||48.5||9.5||1.000||48.5||2.5||7||7||1||4.5||64||574.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||21||0.875||60.5||9.5||1.000||60.5||2.5||7||9||1||4.5||80||717.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |21 x 1 3/4" *||< 1/4"||21||1.000||54.5||9.5||1.000||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||4.5||72||686.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||21||1.000||66.5||9.5||1.000||66.5||2.5||7||10||1||4.5||88||837.9<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |21 x 1 7/8" *||< 1/4"||21||1.000||54.5||9.5||1.125||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||4.5||72||723.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||21||1.000||66.5||9.5||1.125||66.5||2.5||7||10||1||4.5||88||882.7<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |21 x 2" *||< 1/4"||21||1.125||60.5||9.5||1.125||60.5||2.5||7||9||1||4.5||80||848.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||21||1.125||72.5||9.5||1.125||72.5||2.5||7||11||1||4.5||96||1016.3<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |21 x 2 1/8" *||< 1/4"||21||1.125||60.5||9.5||1.250||60.5||2.5||7||9||1||4.5||80||888.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||21||1.125||72.5||9.5||1.250||72.5||2.5||7||11||1||4.5||96||1065.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |21 x 2 1/4" *||< 1/4"||21||1.250||66.5||9.5||1.250||66.5||2.5||7||10||1||4.5||88||1026.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||21||1.250||78.5||9.5||1.250||78.5||2.5||7||12||1||4.5||104||1211.8<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|* Bolt threads are '''EXCLUDED''' from shear plane<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Flange<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="3"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Uniform Bolt Pattern<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|WT./FLG.<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|K<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|L<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|Total #<br/>of Bolts<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |22 x 1"||< 1/4"||22||0.625||24.5||10||0.625||24.5||2||6||3||2||3||48||228.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||22||0.625||36.5||10||0.625||36.5||2||6||5||2||3||72||340.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |22 x 1 1/8"||< 1/4"||22||0.625||30.5||10||0.750||30.5||2||6||4||2||3||60||305.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||22||0.625||42.5||10||0.750||42.5||2||6||6||2||3||84||426.3<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |22 x 1 1/4" *||< 1/4"||22||0.750||24.5||10||0.750||24.5||2||6||3||2||3||48||264.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||22||0.750||36.5||10||0.750||36.5||2||6||5||2||3||72||394.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |22 x 1 3/8" *||< 1/4"||22||0.750||30.5||10||0.875||30.5||2||6||4||2||3||60||351.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||22||0.750||36.5||10||0.875||36.5||2||6||5||2||3||72||420.3<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |22 x 1 1/2" *||< 1/4"||22||0.875||30.5||10||1.000||30.5||2||6||4||2||3||60||396.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||22||0.875||42.5||10||1.000||42.5||2||6||6||2||3||84||552.8<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |22 x 1 5/8" *||< 1/4"||22||0.875||30.5||10||1.000||30.5||2||6||4||2||3||60||396.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||22||0.875||42.5||10||1.000||42.5||2||6||6||2||3||84||552.8<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |22 x 1 3/4" *||< 1/4"||22||1.000||36.5||10||1.125||36.5||2||6||5||2||3||72||529.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||22||1.000||42.5||10||1.125||42.5||2||6||6||2||3||84||616.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |22 x 1 7/8" *||< 1/4"||22||1.000||36.5||10||1.125||36.5||2||6||5||2||3||72||529.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||22||1.000||42.5||10||1.125||42.5||2||6||6||2||3||84||616.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |22 x 2" *||< 1/4"||22||1.125||42.5||10||1.250||42.5||2||6||6||2||3||84||679.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||22||1.125||48.5||10||1.250||48.5||2||6||7||2||3||96||775.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |22 x 2 1/8" *||< 1/4"||22||1.125||42.5||10||1.250||42.5||2||6||6||2||3||84||679.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||22||1.125||48.5||10||1.250||48.5||2||6||7||2||3||96||775.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |22 x 2 1/4" *||< 1/4"||22||1.250||42.5||10||1.375||42.5||2||6||6||2||3||84||742.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||22||1.250||54.5||10||1.375||54.5||2||6||8||2||3||108||952.6<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|* Bolt threads are '''EXCLUDED''' from shear plane<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Flange<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="3"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Uniform Bolt Pattern<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|WT./FLG.<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|K<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|L<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|Total #<br/>of Bolts<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |23 x 1"||< 1/4"||23||0.500||30.5||10.5||0.625||30.5||2||6||4||2||3.25||60||270.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||23||0.500||42.5||10.5||0.625||42.5||2||6||6||2||3.25||84||376.6<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |23 x 1 1/8"||< 1/4"||23||0.625||30.5||10.5||0.750||30.5||2.25||6.5||4||2||3||60||317.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||23||0.625||42.5||10.5||0.750||42.5||2.25||6.5||6||2||3||84||442.9<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |23 x 1 1/4" *||< 1/4"||23||0.750||30.5||10.5||0.750||30.5||2.25||6.5||4||2||3||60||342.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||23||0.750||36.5||10.5||0.750||36.5||2.25||6.5||5||2||3||72||410.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |23 x 1 3/8" *||< 1/4"||23||0.750||30.5||10.5||0.875||30.5||2.25||6.5||4||2||3||60||365.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||23||0.750||42.5||10.5||0.875||42.5||2.25||6.5||6||2||3||84||509.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |23 x 1 1/2" *||< 1/4"||23||0.875||30.5||10.5||0.875||30.5||2.25||6.5||4||2||3||60||390.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||23||0.875||42.5||10.5||0.875||42.5||2.25||6.5||6||2||3||84||543.8<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |23 x 1 5/8" *||< 1/4"||23||0.875||36.5||10.5||1.000||36.5||2.25||6.5||5||2||3||72||494.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||23||0.875||42.5||10.5||1.000||42.5||2.25||6.5||6||2||3||84||575.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |23 x 1 3/4" *||< 1/4"||23||1.000||36.5||10.5||1.125||36.5||2.25||6.5||5||2||3||72||551.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||23||1.000||42.5||10.5||1.125||42.5||2.25||6.5||6||2||3||84||641.7<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |23 x 1 7/8" *||< 1/4"||23||1.000||36.5||10.5||1.125||36.5||2.25||6.5||5||2||3||72||551.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||23||1.000||48.5||10.5||1.125||48.5||2.25||6.5||7||2||3||96||732.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |23 x 2" *||< 1/4"||23||1.125||42.5||10.5||1.250||42.5||2.25||6.5||6||2||3||84||708.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||23||1.125||48.5||10.5||1.250||48.5||2.25||6.5||7||2||3||96||808.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |23 x 2 1/8" *||< 1/4"||23||1.125||42.5||10.5||1.250||42.5||2.25||6.5||6||2||3||84||708.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||23||1.125||54.5||10.5||1.250||54.5||2.25||6.5||8||2||3||108||908.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |23 x 2 1/4" *||< 1/4"||23||1.250||48.5||10.5||1.375||48.5||2.25||6.5||7||2||3||96||883.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||23||1.250||54.5||10.5||1.375||54.5||2.25||6.5||8||2||3||108||993.2<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|* Bolt threads are '''EXCLUDED''' from shear plane<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Flange<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="3"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Uniform Bolt Pattern<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|WT./FLG.<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|K<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|L<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|Total #<br/>of Bolts<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |24 x 1"||< 1/4"||24||0.500||30.5||11||0.625||30.5||2||6||4||2||3.5||60||279.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||24||0.625||42.5||11||0.625||42.5||2.25||6.5||6||2||3.25||84||426.3<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |24 x 1 1/8"||< 1/4"||24||0.625||30.5||11||0.750||30.5||2.25||6.5||4||2||3.25||60||329.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||24||0.625||48.5||11||0.750||48.5||2.25||6.5||7||2||3.25||96||524.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |24 x 1 1/4" *||< 1/4"||24||0.750||30.5||11||0.750||30.5||2.5||7||4||2||3||60||355.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||24||0.750||42.5||11||0.750||42.5||2.5||7||6||2||3||84||495.6<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |24 x 1 3/8" *||< 1/4"||24||0.750||30.5||11||0.875||30.5||2.5||7||4||2||3||60||379.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||24||0.750||42.5||11||0.875||42.5||2.5||7||6||2||3||84||528.7<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |24 x 1 1/2" *||< 1/4"||24||0.875||36.5||11||0.875||36.5||2.5||7||5||2||3||72||485.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||24||0.875||42.5||11||0.875||42.5||2.5||7||6||2||3||84||564.9<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |24 x 1 5/8" *||< 1/4"||24||0.875||36.5||11||1.000||36.5||2.5||7||5||2||3||72||513.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||24||0.875||42.5||11||1.000||42.5||2.5||7||6||2||3||84||598.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |24 x 1 3/4" *||< 1/4"||24||1.000||36.5||11||1.125||36.5||2.5||7||5||2||3||72||573.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||24||1.000||48.5||11||1.125||48.5||2.5||7||7||2||3||96||761.7<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |24 x 1 7/8" *||< 1/4"||24||1.000||42.5||11||1.125||42.5||2.5||7||6||2||3||84||667.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||24||1.000||48.5||11||1.125||48.5||2.5||7||7||2||3||96||761.7<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |24 x 2" *||< 1/4"||24||1.125||42.5||11||1.250||42.5||2.5||7||6||2||3||84||736.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||24||1.125||54.5||11||1.250||54.5||2.5||7||8||2||3||108||944.9<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |24 x 2 1/8" *||< 1/4"||24||1.125||48.5||11||1.250||48.5||2.5||7||7||2||3||96||840.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||24||1.125||54.5||11||1.250||54.5||2.5||7||8||2||3||108||944.9<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |24 x 2 1/4" *||< 1/4"||24||1.250||48.5||11||1.375||48.5||2.5||7||7||2||3||96||919.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||24||1.250||60.5||11||1.375||60.5||2.5||7||9||2||3||120||1147.6<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|* Bolt threads are '''EXCLUDED''' from shear plane<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Flange Plate Size: 12" thru 24" (2-6 rows of Bolts) ASTM A709, Grade 70W Flange, Grade 50W Splice'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.14 FLANGE PLATE SIZE 12in thru 24in (2 4 or 6 rows of Bolts).gif]]</center><br />
<br />
<center>Note: For staggered bolt patterns the spacing shown above is for the edge rows of bolts.</center><br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="1" cellspacing="0" align="center" style="text-align:center;" <br />
<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Flange<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="3"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Uniform Bolt Pattern<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|WT./FLG.<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|K<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|L<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|Total #<br/>of Bolts<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |12 x 3/4"||< 1/4"||12||0.750||42.5||5||0.750||42.5||2.5||7||6||0||0||28||225.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||12||0.750||72.5||5||0.750||72.5||2.5||7||9||0||0||40||377.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |12 x 7/8" *||< 1/4"||12||0.750||42.5||5||0.750||42.5||2.5||7||6||0||0||28||225.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||12||0.750||66.5||5||0.875||66.5||2.5||7||10||0||0||44||376.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |12 x 1" *||< 1/4"||12||0.875||48.5||5||0.875||48.5||2.5||7||7||0||0||32||295.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||12||0.875||72.5||5||1.000||72.5||2.5||7||11||0||0||48||467.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |12 x 1 1/8" *||< 1/4"||12||0.875||54.5||5||1.000||54.5||2.5||7||8||0||0||36||351.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||12||0.875||78.5||5||1.000||78.5||2.5||7||12||0||0||52||505.7<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |12 x 1 1/4" *||< 1/4"||12||1.000||54.5||5||1.125||54.5||2.5||7||8||0||0||36||393.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||12||1.000||78.5||5||1.125||78.5||2.5||7||12||0||0||52||566.9<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |12 x 1 3/8" *||< 1/4"||12||1.125||60.5||5||1.250||60.5||2.5||7||9||0||0||40||484.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||12||1.125||84.5||5||1.250||84.5||2.5||7||13||0||0||56||676.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |12 x 1 1/2" *||< 1/4"||12||1.250||66.5||5||1.375||66.5||2.5||7||10||0||0||44||583.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||12||1.250||90.5||5||1.375||90.5||2.5||7||14||0||0||60||794.8<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |12 x 1 5/8" *||< 1/4"||12||1.375||72.5||5||1.500||72.5||2.5||7||11||0||0||48||693.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||12||1.375||90.5||5||1.500||90.5||2.5||7||14||0||0||60||865.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |12 x 1 3/4" *||< 1/4"||12||1.375||78.5||5||1.625||78.5||2.5||7||12||0||0||52||778.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||12||1.375||96.5||5||1.625||96.5||2.5||7||15||0||0||64||957.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |12 x 1 7/8" *||< 1/4"||12||1.500||84.5||5||1.750||84.5||2.5||7||13||0||0||56||903.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||12||1.500||96.5||5||1.750||96.5||2.5||7||15||0||0||64||1032.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |12 x 2" *||< 1/4"||12||1.500||90.5||5||1.750||90.5||2.5||7||14||0||0||60||968.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||12||1.500||96.5||5||1.750||96.5||2.5||7||15||0||0||64||1032.2<br />
|-<br />
|12 x 2 1/8" *||< 1/4"||12||1.625||96.5||5||1.875||96.5||2.5||7||15||0||0||64||1107.5<br />
|-<br />
|12 x 2 1/4" *||< 1/4"||12||1.750||102.5||5||1.875||102.5||2.5||7||16||0||0||68||1219.9<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|* Bolt threads are '''EXCLUDED''' from shear plane<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Flange<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="3"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Uniform Bolt Pattern<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|WT./FLG.<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|K<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|L<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|Total #<br/>of Bolts<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |13 x 3/4"||< 1/4"||13||0.625||48.5||4.5||0.875||48.5||3.25||6.5||7||0||0||32||250.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||13||0.625||78.5||4.5||0.875||78.5||3.25||6.5||12||0||0||52||405.6<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |13 x 7/8" *||< 1/4"||13||0.750||48.5||5||0.750||48.5||3||7||7||0||0||32||267.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||13||0.750||72.5||5||0.875||72.5||3||7||11||0||0||48||425.9<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |13 x 1" *||< 1/4"||13||0.875||54.5||5||0.875||54.5||3||7||8||0||0||36||345.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||13||0.750||78.5||5||1.000||78.5||3||7||12||0||0||52||489.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |13 x 1 1/8" *||< 1/4"||13||0.875||54.5||5||1.125||54.5||3||7||8||0||0||36||383.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||13||0.875||84.5||5||1.125||84.5||3||7||13||0||0||56||595.3<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |13 x 1 1/4" *||< 1/4"||13||1.000||60.5||5||1.250||60.5||3||7||9||0||0||40||475.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||13||1.000||90.5||5||1.250||90.5||3||7||14||0||0||60||711.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |13 x 1 3/8" *||< 1/4"||13||1.125||66.5||5||1.375||66.5||3||7||10||0||0||44||576.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||13||1.125||90.5||5||1.375||90.5||3||7||14||0||0||60||785.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |13 x 1 1/2" *||< 1/4"||13||1.250||72.5||5||1.500||72.5||3||7||11||0||0||48||688.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||13||1.250||96.5||5||1.500||96.5||3||7||15||0||0||64||915.9<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |13 x 1 5/8" *||< 1/4"||13||1.375||78.5||5||1.625||78.5||3||7||12||0||0||52||809.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||13||1.375||102.5||5||1.625||102.5||3||7||16||0||0||68||1056.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |13 x 1 3/4" *||< 1/4"||13||1.500||90.5||5||1.625||90.5||3||7||14||0||0||60||974.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||13||1.500||102.5||5||1.875||102.5||3||7||16||0||0||68||1176.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |13 x 1 7/8" *||< 1/4"||13||1.500||96.5||5||1.625||96.5||3||7||15||0||0||64||1039.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||13||1.500||102.5||5||1.875||102.5||3||7||16||0||0||68||1176.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |13 x 2" *||< 1/4"||13||1.625||102.5||5||1.750||102.5||3||7||16||0||0||68||1187.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||13||1.625||144.5||5||1.750||144.5||3||7||23||0||0||96||1673.9<br />
|-<br />
|13 x 2 1/8" *||< 1/4"||13||1.750||102.5||5||2.125||102.5||3||7||16||0||0||68||1343.5<br />
|-<br />
|13 x 2 1/4" *||< 1/4"||13||1.750||144.5||5||2.000||144.5||3||7||23||0||0||96||1842.9<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|* Bolt threads are '''EXCLUDED''' from shear plane<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Flange<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="3"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Staggered Bolt Pattern<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|WT./FLG.<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|K<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|L<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|Total #<br/>of Bolts<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |14 x 3/4”||< 1/4”||14||0.625||27.5||5.5||0.750||27.5||2||5||3||1||2.5||32||163.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||14||0.625||45.5||5.5||0.750||45.5||2||5||6||1||2.5||56||272.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |14 x 7/8” *||< 1/4”||14||0.750||33.5||5.5||0.875||33.5||2||5||4||1||2.5||40||229.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||14||0.750||39.5||5.5||0.875||39.5||2||5||5||1||2.5||48||271.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |14 x 1” *||< 1/4”||14||0.875||33.5||5.5||0.875||33.5||2||5||4||1||2.5||40||245.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||14||0.875||45.5||5.5||1.000||45.5||2||5||6||1||2.5||56||353.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |14 x 1 1/8” *||< 1/4”||14||1.000||39.5||5.5||1.000||39.5||2||5||5||1||2.5||48||325.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||14||1.000||51.5||5.5||1.000||51.5||2||5||7||1||2.5||64||425.9<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |14 x 1 1/4” *||< 1/4”||14||1.000||39.5||5.5||1.125||39.5||2||5||5||1||2.5||48||341.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||14||1.000||51.5||5.5||1.125||51.5||2||5||7||1||2.5||64||446.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |14 x 1 3/8” *||< 1/4”||14||1.125||39.5||5.5||1.250||39.5||2||5||5||1||2.5||48||376.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||14||1.125||57.5||5.5||1.250||57.5||2||5||8||1||2.5||72||549.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |14 x 1 1/2” *||< 1/4”||14||1.250||45.5||5.5||1.375||45.5||2||5||6||1||2.5||56||474.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||14||1.250||57.5||5.5||1.375||57.5||2||5||8||1||2.5||72||600.3<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |14 x 1 5/8” *||< 1/4”||14||1.375||51.5||5.5||1.375||51.5||2||5||7||1||2.5||64||562.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||14||1.375||63.5||5.5||1.375||63.5||2||5||9||1||2.5||80||695.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |14 x 1 3/4” *||< 1/4”||14||1.500||51.5||5.5||1.500||51.5||2||5||7||1||2.5||64||608.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||14||1.500||63.5||5.5||1.500||63.5||2||5||9||1||2.5||80||751.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |14 x 1 7/8” *||< 1/4”||14||1.625||57.5||5.5||1.625||57.5||2||5||8||1||2.5||72||730.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||14||1.500||63.5||5.5||1.750||63.5||2||5||9||1||2.5||80||800.8<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |14 x 2” *||< 1/4”||14||1.625||57.5||5.5||1.750||57.5||2||5||8||1||2.5||72||753.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||14||1.625||63.5||5.5||1.750||63.5||2||5||9||1||2.5||80||832.3<br />
|-<br />
|14 x 2 1/8” *||< 1/4”||14||1.750||63.5||5.5||1.875||63.5||2||5||9||1||2.5||80||888.5<br />
|-<br />
|14 x 2 1/4” *||< 1/4”||14||1.875||69.5||5.5||1.875||69.5||2||5||10||1||2.5||88||1007.4<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|* Bolt threads are '''EXCLUDED''' from shear plane<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Flange<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="3"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Staggered Bolt Pattern<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|WT./FLG.<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|K<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|L<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|Total #<br/>of Bolts<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |15 x 3/4”||< 1/4”||15||0.625||33.5||6.5||0.625||33.5||2||6||4||1||2.5||40||204.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||15||0.625||51.5||6.5||0.625||51.5||2||6||7||1||2.5||64||316.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |15 x 7/8”||< 1/4”||15||0.625||33.5||6.5||0.750||33.5||2||6||4||1||2.5||40||219.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||15||0.625||51.5||6.5||0.750||51.5||2||6||7||1||2.5||64||340.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |15 x 1” *||< 1/4”||15||0.750||33.5||6.5||0.875||33.5||2||6||4||1||2.5||40||252.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||15||0.750||45.5||6.5||0.875||45.5||2||6||6||1||2.5||56||345.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |15 x 1 1/8” *||< 1/4”||15||0.875||39.5||6.5||1.000||39.5||2||6||5||1||2.5||48||338.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||15||0.875||51.5||6.5||1.000||51.5||2||6||7||1||2.5||64||442.3<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |15 x 1 1/4” *||< 1/4”||15||1.000||39.5||6.5||1.000||39.5||2||6||5||1||2.5||48||359.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||15||1.000||57.5||6.5||1.000||57.5||2||6||8||1||2.5||72||524.9<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |15 x 1 3/8” *||< 1/4”||15||1.125||45.5||6.5||1.125||45.5||2||6||6||1||2.5||56||459.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||15||1.125||57.5||6.5||1.125||57.5||2||6||8||1||2.5||72||582.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |15 x 1 1/2” *||< 1/4”||15||1.250||51.5||6.5||1.250||51.5||2||6||7||1||2.5||64||571.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||15||1.250||63.5||6.5||1.250||63.5||2||6||9||1||2.5||80||706.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |15 x 1 5/8” *||< 1/4”||15||1.250||51.5||6.5||1.375||51.5||2||6||7||1||2.5||64||595.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||15||1.250||63.5||6.5||1.375||63.5||2||6||9||1||2.5||80||735.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |15 x 1 3/4” *||< 1/4”||15||1.375||57.5||6.5||1.375||57.5||2||6||8||1||2.5||72||696.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||15||1.375||63.5||6.5||1.375||63.5||2||6||9||1||2.5||80||769.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |15 x 1 7/8” *||< 1/4”||15||1.500||57.5||6.5||1.500||57.5||2||6||8||1||2.5||72||753.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||15||1.500||69.5||6.5||1.500||69.5||2||6||10||1||2.5||88||911.3<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |15 x 2” *||< 1/4”||15||1.625||63.5||6.5||1.625||63.5||2||6||9||1||2.5||80||895.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||15||1.625||69.5||6.5||1.625||69.5||2||6||10||1||2.5||88||980.3<br />
|-<br />
|15 x 2 1/8” *||< 1/4”||15||1.625||63.5||6.5||1.750||63.5||2||6||9||1||2.5||80||924.5<br />
|-<br />
|15 x 2 1/4” *||< 1/4”||15||1.750||69.5||6.5||1.750||69.5||2||6||10||1||2.5||88||1049.3<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|* Bolt threads are '''EXCLUDED''' from shear plane<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Flange<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="3"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Uniform Bolt Pattern<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|WT./FLG.<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|K<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|L<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|Total #<br/>of Bolts<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |16 x 3/4”||< 1/4”||16||0.625||30.5||7||0.625||30.5||2||6||4||1||3||40||200.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||16||0.625||48.5||7||0.625||48.5||2||6||7||1||3||64||318.7<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |16 x 7/8”||< 1/4”||16||0.625||36.5||7||0.750||36.5||2||6||5||1||3||48||257.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||16||0.625||54.5||7||0.750||54.5||2||6||8||1||3||72||385.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |16 x 1” *||< 1/4”||16||0.750||30.5||7||0.875||30.5||2||6||4||1||3||40||247.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||16||0.750||48.5||7||0.875||48.5||2||6||7||1||3||64||394.3<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |16 x 1 1/8” *||< 1/4”||16||0.875||36.5||7||0.875||36.5||2||6||5||1||3||48||317.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||16||0.875||54.5||7||0.875||54.5||2||6||8||1||3||72||474.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |16 x 1 1/4” *||< 1/4”||16||1.000||42.5||7||1.000||42.5||2||6||6||1||3||56||414.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||16||1.000||54.5||7||1.000||54.5||2||6||8||1||3||72||532.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |16 x 1 3/8” *||< 1/4”||16||1.000||42.5||7||1.125||42.5||2||6||6||1||3||56||435.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||16||1.000||54.5||7||1.125||54.5||2||6||8||1||3||72||559.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |16 x 1 1/2” *||< 1/4”||16||1.125||42.5||7||1.250||42.5||2||6||6||1||3||56||481.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||16||1.125||60.5||7||1.250||60.5||2||6||9||1||3||80||685.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |16 x 1 5/8” *||< 1/4”||16||1.250||48.5||7||1.250||48.5||2||6||7||1||3||64||576.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||16||1.250||66.5||7||1.250||66.5||2||6||10||1||3||88||790.7<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |16 x 1 3/4” *||< 1/4”||16||1.375||54.5||7||1.375||54.5||2||6||8||1||3||72||705.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||16||1.375||66.5||7||1.375||66.5||2||6||10||1||3||88||861.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |16 x 1 7/8” *||< 1/4”||16||1.500||60.5||7||1.500||60.5||2||6||9||1||3||80||848.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||16||1.500||66.5||7||1.500||66.5||2||6||10||1||3||88||932.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |16 x 2” *||< 1/4”||16||1.500||60.5||7||1.500||60.5||2||6||9||1||3||80||848.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||16||1.500||66.5||7||1.500||66.5||2||6||10||1||3||88||932.2<br />
|-<br />
|16 x 2 1/8” *||< 1/4”||16||1.625||66.5||7||1.625||66.5||2||6||10||1||3||88||1002.9<br />
|-<br />
|16 x 2 1/4” *||< 1/4”||16||1.625||66.5||7||1.750||66.5||2||6||10||1||3||88||1035.9<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|* Bolt threads are '''EXCLUDED''' from shear plane<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Flange<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="3"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Uniform Bolt Pattern<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|WT./FLG.<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|K<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|L<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|Total #<br/>of Bolts<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |17 x 3/4"||< 1/4”||17||0.625||30.5||7||0.750||30.5||2.25||6.5||4||1||3||40||220.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||17||0.625||48.5||7||0.750||48.5||2.25||6.5||7||1||3||64||351.3<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |17 x 7/8" *||< 1/4”||17||0.750||30.5||7||0.750||30.5||2||7||4||1||3||40||239.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||17||0.750||48.5||7||0.750||48.5||2||7||7||1||3||64||380.6<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |17 x 1" *||< 1/4”||17||0.875||36.5||7||0.875||36.5||2||7||5||1||3||48||326.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||17||0.875||48.5||7||1.000||48.5||2||7||7||1||3||64||457.9<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |17 x 1 1/8" *||< 1/4”||17||0.875||36.5||7||1.000||36.5||2||7||5||1||3||48||344.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||17||0.875||54.5||7||1.000||54.5||2||7||8||1||3||72||514.6<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |17 x 1 1/4" *||< 1/4”||17||1.000||42.5||7||1.000||42.5||2||7||6||1||3||56||426.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||17||1.000||54.5||7||1.125||54.5||2||7||8||1||3||72||574.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |17 x 1 3/8" *||< 1/4”||17||1.000||42.5||7||1.250||42.5||2||7||6||1||3||56||469.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||17||1.000||60.5||7||1.250||60.5||2||7||9||1||3||80||667.9<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |17 x 1 1/2" *||< 1/4”||17||1.125||48.5||7||1.375||48.5||2||7||7||1||3||64||588.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||17||1.125||60.5||7||1.375||60.5||2||7||9||1||3||80||734.3<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |17 x 1 5/8" *||< 1/4”||17||1.250||54.5||7||1.375||54.5||2||7||8||1||3||72||694.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||17||1.250||66.5||7||1.375||66.5||2||7||10||1||3||88||847.3<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |17 x 1 3/4" *||< 1/4”||17||1.375||60.5||7||1.375||60.5||2||7||9||1||3||80||807.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||17||1.375||72.5||7||1.375||2.5||2||7||11||1||3||96||967.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |17 x 1 7/8" *||< 1/4”||17||1.500||66.5||7||1.500||66.5||2||7||10||1||3||88||960.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||17||1.500||72.5||7||1.500||72.5||2||7||11||1||3||96||1047.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |17 x 2" *||< 1/4”||17||1.500||66.5||7||1.625||66.5||2||7||10||1||3||88||993.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||17||1.500||72.5||7||1.625||72.5||2||7||11||1||3||96||1083.1<br />
|-<br />
|17 x 2 1/8" *||< 1/4”||17||1.625||66.5||7||1.750||66.5||2||7||10||1||3||88||1066.5<br />
|-<br />
|17 x 2 1/4" *||< 1/4”||17||1.750||72.5||7||1.750||72.5||2||7||11||1||3||96||1206.5<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|* Bolt threads are '''EXCLUDED''' from shear plane<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Flange<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="3"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Uniform Bolt Pattern<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|WT./FLG.<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|K<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|L<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|Total #<br/>of Bolts<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |18 x 3/4"||< 1/4”||18||0.625||36.5||8||0.625||36.5||2.25||6.5||5||1||3.5||48||265.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||18||0.625||54.5||8||0.625||54.5||2.25||6.5||8||1||3.5||72||396.8<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |18 x 7/8" *||< 1/4”||18||0.750||30.5||8||0.750||30.5||2.5||7||4||1||3||40||258.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||18||0.750||48.5||8||0.750||48.5||2.5||7||7||1||3||64||411.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |18 x 1" *||< 1/4”||18||0.750||36.5||8||0.875||36.5||2.5||7||5||1||3||48||330.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||18||0.750||54.5||8||0.875||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||3||72||493.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |18 x 1 1/8" *||< 1/4”||18||0.875||42.5||8||0.875||42.5||2.5||7||6||1||3||56||411.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||18||0.875||60.5||8||0.875||60.5||2.5||7||9||1||3||80||586.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |18 x 1 1/4" *||< 1/4”||18||1.000||42.5||8||1.000||42.5||2.5||7||6||1||3||56||463.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||18||1.000||60.5||8||1.125||60.5||2.5||7||9||1||3||80||693.6<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |18 x 1 3/8" *||< 1/4”||18||1.000||48.5||8||1.125||48.5||2.5||7||7||1||3||64||555.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||18||1.000||66.5||8||1.125||66.5||2.5||7||10||1||3||88||762.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |18 x 1 1/2" *||< 1/4”||18||1.125||48.5||8||1.250||48.5||2.5||7||7||1||3||64||614.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||18||1.125||66.5||8||1.250||66.5||2.5||7||10||1||3||88||842.6<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |18 x 1 5/8" *||< 1/4”||18||1.250||54.5||8||1.250||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||3||72||725.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||18||1.250||72.5||8||1.250||72.5||2.5||7||11||1||3||96||964.9<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |18 x 1 3/4" *||< 1/4”||18||1.375||60.5||8||1.375||60.5||2.5||7||9||1||3||80||878.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||18||1.375||72.5||8||1.375||72.5||2.5||7||11||1||3||96||1052.3<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |18 x 1 7/8" *||< 1/4”||18||1.375||60.5||8||1.500||60.5||2.5||7||9||1||3||80||912.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||18||1.375||72.5||8||1.500||72.5||2.5||7||11||1||3||96||1093.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |18 x 2" *||< 1/4”||18||1.500||66.5||8||1.625||66.5||2.5||7||10||1||3||88||1083.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||18||1.500||72.5||8||1.625||72.5||2.5||7||11||1||3||96||1180.8<br />
|-<br />
|18 x 2 1/8" *||< 1/4”||18||1.625||72.5||8||1.625||72.5||2.5||7||11||1||3||96||1227.1<br />
|-<br />
|18 x 2 1/4" *||< 1/4”||18||1.750||78.5||8||1.750||78.5||2.5||7||12||1||3||104||1423.3<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|* Bolt threads are '''EXCLUDED''' from shear plane<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Flange<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="3"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Uniform Bolt Pattern<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|WT./FLG.<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|K<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|L<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|Total #<br/>of Bolts<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |19 x 7/8" *||< 1/4”||19||0.750||36.5||8.5||0.750||36.5||2.5||7||5||1||3.5||48||325.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||19||0.750||54.5||8.5||0.750||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||3.5||72||485.7<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |19 x 1" *||< 1/4”||19||0.750||36.5||8.5||0.875||36.5||2.5||7||5||1||3.5||48||347.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||19||0.750||54.5||8.5||0.875||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||3.5||72||518.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |19 x 1 1/8" *||< 1/4”||19||0.875||42.5||8.5||0.875||42.5||2.5||7||6||1||3.5||56||432.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||19||0.875||60.5||8.5||0.875||60.5||2.5||7||9||1||3.5||80||616.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |19 x 1 1/4" *||< 1/4”||19||1.000||48.5||8.5||1.000||48.5||2.5||7||7||1||3.5||64||555.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||19||1.000||66.5||8.5||1.000||66.5||2.5||7||10||1||3.5||88||762.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |19 x 1 3/8" *||< 1/4”||19||1.000||48.5||8.5||1.125||48.5||2.5||7||7||1||3.5||64||585.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||19||1.000||66.5||8.5||1.125||66.5||2.5||7||10||1||3.5||88||802.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |19 x 1 1/2" *||< 1/4”||19||1.125||54.5||8.5||1.250||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||3.5||72||727.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||19||1.125||72.5||8.5||1.250||72.5||2.5||7||11||1||3.5||96||967.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |19 x 1 5/8" *||< 1/4”||19||1.250||60.5||8.5||1.250||60.5||2.5||7||9||1||3.5||80||848.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||19||1.250||78.5||8.5||1.250||78.5||2.5||7||12||1||3.5||104||1100.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |19 x 1 3/4" *||< 1/4”||19||1.375||66.5||8.5||1.375||66.5||2.5||7||10||1||3.5||88||1017.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||19||1.375||78.5||8.5||1.375||78.5||2.5||7||12||1||3.5||104||1200.7<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |19 x 1 7/8" *||< 1/4”||19||1.375||66.5||8.5||1.500||66.5||2.5||7||10||1||3.5||88||1057.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||19||1.375||78.5||8.5||1.500||78.5||2.5||7||12||1||3.5||104||1248.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |19 x 2" *||< 1/4”||19||1.500||66.5||8.5||1.625||66.5||2.5||7||10||1||3.5||88||1142.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||19||1.500||78.5||8.5||1.625||78.5||2.5||7||12||1||3.5||104||1348.1<br />
|-<br />
|19 x 2 1/8" *||< 1/4”||19||1.625||78.5||8.5||1.625||78.5||2.5||7||12||1||3.5||104||1401.0<br />
|-<br />
|19 x 2 1/4" *||< 1/4”||19||1.750||84.5||8.5||1.750||84.5||2.5||7||13||1||3.5||112||1616.0<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|* Bolt threads are '''EXCLUDED''' from shear plane<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Flange<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="3"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Uniform Bolt Pattern<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|WT./FLG.<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|K<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|L<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|Total #<br/>of Bolts<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |20 x 7/8" *||< 1/4”||20||0.750||36.5||9||0.750||36.5||2.5||7||5||1||4||48||340.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||20||0.750||54.5||9||0.750||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||4||72||508.8<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |20 x 1" *||< 1/4”||20||0.750||36.5||9||0.875||36.5||2.5||7||5||1||4||48||363.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||20||0.750||60.5||9||0.875||60.5||2.5||7||9||1||4||80||603.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |20 x 1 1/8" *||< 1/4”||20||0.875||42.5||9||0.875||42.5||2.5||7||6||1||4||56||453.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||20||0.875||66.5||9||0.875||66.5||2.5||7||10||1||4||88||710.6<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |20 x 1 1/4" *||< 1/4”||20||1.000||48.5||9||1.000||48.5||2.5||7||7||1||4||64||583.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||20||1.000||72.5||9||1.000||72.5||2.5||7||11||1||4||96||872.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |20 x 1 3/8" *||< 1/4”||20||1.000||54.5||9||1.125||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||4||72||690.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||20||1.000||72.5||9||1.125||72.5||2.5||7||11||1||4||96||918.7<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |20 x 1 1/2" *||< 1/4”||20||1.125||54.5||9||1.250||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||4||72||763.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||20||1.125||72.5||9||1.250||72.5||2.5||7||11||1||4||96||1016.3<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |20 x 1 5/8" *||< 1/4”||20||1.250||60.5||9||1.250||60.5||2.5||7||9||1||4||80||890.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||20||1.250||78.5||9||1.250||78.5||2.5||7||12||1||4||104||1156.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |20 x 1 3/4" *||< 1/4”||20||1.375||66.5||9||1.375||66.5||2.5||7||10||1||4||88||1068.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||20||1.375||84.5||9||1.375||84.5||2.5||7||13||1||4||112||1358.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |20 x 1 7/8" *||< 1/4”||20||1.375||66.5||9||1.500||66.5||2.5||7||10||1||4||88||1111.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||20||1.375||78.5||9||1.500||78.5||2.5||7||12||1||4||104||1312.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |20 x 2" *||< 1/4”||20||1.500||72.5||9||1.625||72.5||2.5||7||11||1||4||96||1309.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||20||1.500||78.5||9||1.625||78.5||2.5||7||12||1||4||104||1417.7<br />
|-<br />
|20 x 2 1/8" *||< 1/4”||20||1.625||78.5||9||1.625||78.5||2.5||7||12||1||4||104||1473.3<br />
|-<br />
|20 x 2 1/4" *||< 1/4”||20||1.750||84.5||9||1.750||84.5||2.5||7||13||1||4||112||1699.8<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|* Bolt threads are '''EXCLUDED''' from shear plane<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Flange<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="3"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Uniform Bolt Pattern<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|WT./FLG.<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|K<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|L<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|Total #<br/>of Bolts<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |21 x 7/8" *||< 1/4”||21||0.750||36.5||9.5||0.750||36.5||2.5||7||5||1||4.5||48||356.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||21||0.750||60.5||9.5||0.750||60.5||2.5||7||9||1||4.5||80||590.7<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |21 x 1" *||< 1/4”||21||0.750||42.5||9.5||0.875||42.5||2.5||7||6||1||4.5||56||443.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||21||0.750||60.5||9.5||0.875||60.5||2.5||7||9||1||4.5||80||631.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |21 x 1 1/8" *||< 1/4”||21||0.875||48.5||9.5||0.875||48.5||2.5||7||7||1||4.5||64||542.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||21||0.875||66.5||9.5||0.875||66.5||2.5||7||10||1||4.5||88||743.6<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |21 x 1 1/4" *||< 1/4”||21||1.000||54.5||9.5||1.000||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||4.5||72||686.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||21||1.000||72.5||9.5||1.000||72.5||2.5||7||11||1||4.5||96||913.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |21 x 1 3/8" *||< 1/4”||21||1.000||54.5||9.5||1.125||54.5||2.5||7||8||1||4.5||72||723.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||21||1.000||72.5||9.5||1.125||72.5||2.5||7||11||1||4.5||96||962.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |21 x 1 1/2" *||< 1/4”||21||1.125||60.5||9.5||1.250||60.5||2.5||7||9||1||4.5||80||888.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||21||1.125||78.5||9.5||1.250||78.5||2.5||7||12||1||4.5||104||1153.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |21 x 1 5/8" *||< 1/4”||21||1.250||66.5||9.5||1.250||66.5||2.5||7||10||1||4.5||88||1026.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||21||1.250||84.5||9.5||1.250||84.5||2.5||7||13||1||4.5||112||1304.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |21 x 1 3/4" *||< 1/4”||21||1.375||72.5||9.5||1.375||72.5||2.5||7||11||1||4.5||96||1221.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||21||1.375||84.5||9.5||1.375||84.5||2.5||7||13||1||4.5||112||1424.3<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |21 x 1 7/8" *||< 1/4”||21||1.375||72.5||9.5||1.500||72.5||2.5||7||11||1||4.5||96||1270.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||21||1.375||84.5||9.5||1.500||84.5||2.5||7||13||1||4.5||112||1481.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |21 x 2" *||< 1/4”||21||1.500||78.5||9.5||1.625||78.5||2.5||7||12||1||4.5||104||1487.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||21||1.500||84.5||9.5||1.625||84.5||2.5||7||13||1||4.5||112||1601.0<br />
|-<br />
|21 x 2 1/8" *||< 1/4”||21||1.625||84.5||9.5||1.625||84.5||2.5||7||13||1||4.5||112||1663.9<br />
|-<br />
|21 x 2 1/4" *||< 1/4”||21||1.750||90.5||9.5||1.750||90.5||2.5||7||14||1||4.5||120||1910.4<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|* Bolt threads are '''EXCLUDED''' from shear plane<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Flange<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="3"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Uniform Bolt Pattern<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|WT./FLG.<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|K<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|L<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|Total #<br/>of Bolts<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |22 x 1" *||< 1/4”||22||0.750||30.5||10||0.875||30.5||2||6||4||2||3||60||351.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||22||0.750||42.5||10||0.875||42.5||2||6||6||2||3||84||489.6<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |22 x 1 1/8" *||< 1/4”||22||0.875||30.5||10||0.875||30.5||2||6||4||2||3||60||374.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||22||0.875||48.5||10||0.875||48.5||2||6||7||2||3||96||596.6<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |22 x 1 1/4" *||< 1/4”||22||1.000||36.5||10||1.000||36.5||2||6||5||2||3||72||503.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||22||1.000||48.5||10||1.000||48.5||2||6||7||2||3||96||668.8<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |22 x 1 3/8" *||< 1/4”||22||1.000||36.5||10||1.125||36.5||2||6||5||2||3||72||529.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||22||1.000||48.5||10||1.125||48.5||2||6||7||2||3||96||703.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |22 x 1 1/2" *||< 1/4”||22||1.125||42.5||10||1.250||42.5||2||6||6||2||3||84||679.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||22||1.125||54.5||10||1.250||54.5||2||6||8||2||3||108||871.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |22 x 1 5/8" *||< 1/4”||22||1.250||42.5||10||1.250||42.5||2||6||6||2||3||84||712.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||22||1.250||54.5||10||1.250||54.5||2||6||8||2||3||108||913.9<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |22 x 1 3/4" *||< 1/4”||22||1.250||48.5||10||1.375||48.5||2||6||7||2||3||96||847.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||22||1.250||54.5||10||1.375||54.5||2||6||8||2||3||108||952.6<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |22 x 1 7/8" *||< 1/4”||22||1.375||48.5||10||1.500||48.5||2||6||7||2||3||96||919.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||22||1.375||60.5||10||1.500||60.5||2||6||9||2||3||120||1147.6<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |22 x 2" *||< 1/4”||22||1.500||54.5||10||1.625||54.5||2||6||8||2||3||108||1114.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||22||1.500||60.5||10||1.625||60.5||2||6||9||2||3||120||1237.7<br />
|-<br />
|22 x 2 1/8" *||< 1/4”||22||1.500||54.5||10||1.625||54.5||2||6||8||2||3||108||1114.9<br />
|-<br />
|22 x 2 1/4" *||< 1/4”||22||1.625||60.5||10||1.750||60.5||2||6||9||2||3||120||1327.8<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|* Bolt threads are '''EXCLUDED''' from shear plane<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Flange<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="3"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Uniform Bolt Pattern<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|WT./FLG.<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|K<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|L<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|Total #<br/>of Bolts<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |23 x 1" *||< 1/4”||23||0.750||30.5||10.5||0.875||30.5||2.25||6.5||4||2||3||60||365.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||23||0.750||42.5||10.5||0.875||42.5||2.25||6.5||6||2||3||84||509.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |23 x 1 1/8" *||< 1/4”||23||0.875||30.5||10.5||0.875||30.5||2.25||6.5||4||2||3||60||390.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||23||0.875||48.5||10.5||0.875||48.5||2.25||6.5||7||2||3||96||620.7<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |23 x 1 1/4" *||< 1/4”||23||1.000||36.5||10.5||1.000||36.5||2.25||6.5||5||2||3||72||523.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||23||1.000||48.5||10.5||1.000||48.5||2.25||6.5||7||2||3||96||696.3<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |23 x 1 3/8" *||< 1/4”||23||1.000||42.5||10.5||1.125||42.5||2.25||6.5||6||2||3||84||641.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||23||1.000||54.5||10.5||1.125||54.5||2.25||6.5||8||2||3||108||823.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |23 x 1 1/2" *||< 1/4”||23||1.125||42.5||10.5||1.250||42.5||2.25||6.5||6||2||3||84||708.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||23||1.125||54.5||10.5||1.250||54.5||2.25||6.5||8||2||3||108||908.2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |23 x 1 5/8" *||< 1/4”||23||1.250||48.5||10.5||1.250||48.5||2.25||6.5||7||2||3||96||847.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||23||1.250||60.5||10.5||1.250||60.5||2.25||6.5||9||2||3||120||1057.6<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |23 x 1 3/4" *||< 1/4”||23||1.250||48.5||10.5||1.375||48.5||2.25||6.5||7||2||3||96||883.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||23||1.250||60.5||10.5||1.375||60.5||2.25||6.5||9||2||3||120||1102.6<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |23 x 1 7/8" *||< 1/4”||23||1.375||54.5||10.5||1.500||54.5||2.25||6.5||8||2||3||108||1078.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||23||1.375||60.5||10.5||1.500||60.5||2.25||6.5||9||2||3||120||1197.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |23 x 2" *||< 1/4”||23||1.500||54.5||10.5||1.625||54.5||2.25||6.5||8||2||3||108||1163.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||23||1.500||60.5||10.5||1.625||60.5||2.25||6.5||9||2||3||120||1291.3<br />
|-<br />
|23 x 2 1/8" *||< 1/4”||23||1.500||60.5||10.5||1.625||60.5||2.25||6.5||9||2||3||120||1291.3<br />
|-<br />
|23 x 2 1/4" *||< 1/4”||23||1.625||60.5||10.5||1.750||60.5||2.25||6.5||9||2||3||120||1385.7<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|* Bolt threads are '''EXCLUDED''' from shear plane<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Flange<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="3"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Uniform Bolt Pattern<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|WT./FLG.<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|K<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|L<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|Total #<br/>of Bolts<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |24 x 1" *||< 1/4”||24||0.750||30.5||11||0.875||30.5||2.5||7||4||2||3||60||379.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||24||0.750||48.5||11||0.875||48.5||2.5||7||7||2||3||96||603.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |24 x 1 1/8" *||< 1/4”||24||0.875||36.5||11||0.875||36.5||2.5||7||5||2||3||72||485.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||24||0.875||48.5||11||0.875||48.5||2.5||7||7||2||3||96||644.8<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |24 x 1 1/4" *||< 1/4”||24||1.000||36.5||11||1.000||36.5||2.5||7||5||2||3||72||544.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||24||1.000||54.5||11||1.000||54.5||2.5||7||8||2||3||108||813.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |24 x 1 3/8" *||< 1/4”||24||1.000||42.5||11||1.125||42.5||2.5||7||6||2||3||84||667.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||24||1.000||54.5||11||1.125||54.5||2.5||7||8||2||3||108||856.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |24 x 1 1/2" *||< 1/4”||24||1.125||42.5||11||1.250||42.5||2.5||7||6||2||3||84||736.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||24||1.125||60.5||11||1.250||60.5||2.5||7||9||2||3||120||1049.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |24 x 1 5/8" *||< 1/4”||24||1.250||48.5||11||1.250||48.5||2.5||7||7||2||3||96||882.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||24||1.250||60.5||11||1.250||60.5||2.5||7||9||2||3||120||1100.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |24 x 1 3/4" *||< 1/4”||24||1.250||48.5||11||1.375||48.5||2.5||7||7||2||3||96||919.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||24||1.250||60.5||11||1.375||60.5||2.5||7||9||2||3||120||1147.6<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |24 x 1 7/8" *||< 1/4”||24||1.375||54.5||11||1.500||54.5||2.5||7||8||2||3||108||1122.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||24||1.375||60.5||11||1.500||60.5||2.5||7||9||2||3||120||1246.3<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" |24 x 2" *||< 1/4”||24||1.500||60.5||11||1.625||60.5||2.5||7||9||2||3||120||1344.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||24||1.500||66.5||11||1.625||66.5||2.5||7||10||2||3||132||1478.4<br />
|-<br />
|24 x 2 1/8" *||< 1/4”||24||1.500||60.5||11||1.625||60.5||2.5||7||9||2||3||120||1344.9<br />
|-<br />
|24 x 2 1/4" *||< 1/4”||24||1.625||66.5||11||1.750||66.5||2.5||7||10||2||3||132||1586.8<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|* Bolt threads are '''EXCLUDED''' from shear plane<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== 751.14.3.3 Plate Girder - Web Splice Tables ===<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Web Plate Depth: 36" thru 96" (4 or 6 rows of Bolts), ASTM A709, Grade 50 and 50W Webs, Grade 50 and 50W Splices'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.14 WEB PLATE DEPTH 36in thru 96in (4 or 6 rows of Bolts).gif]]</center><br />
<br />
{|align="center"<br />
|valign="top"|Note:||align="left" width="500pt"|Provide shim plates when connecting webs that differ in thickness by 1/8” or more. Use an equal number of shim plates on each side of the web. Uniformity of web plate thicknesses, which would eliminate the need for the minimum thickness of shim plate, should also be considered.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="1" cellspacing="0" align="center" style="text-align:center;"<br />
|colspan="2"|Web Dimensions<br />
|colspan="2"|Splice Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Bolts<br />
|rowspan="3" valign="bottom"|WT./Splice<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" width="65pt"|Web<br/>Depth<br/>(in)<br />
|rowspan="2" width="65pt"|Web<br/>Thickness (in)<br />
|rowspan="2" width="65pt" |Plate<br/>Width<br/>'''a''' (in)<br />
|rowspan="2" width="65pt" |Plate<br/>Depth<br/>'''b''' (in)<br />
|rowspan="2" width="65pt" |# of<br/> rows<br/>'''(m)'''<br />
|rowspan="2" width="65pt"|# of<br/>bolts per<br/>row '''(n)'''<br />
|colspan="4"|Spacing<br />
|-<br />
|width="65pt"|pitch '''(s)''' (in)<br />
|width="65pt"|gage '''(g)''' (in)<br />
|width="65pt"|center '''(c)''' (in)<br />
|width="65pt"|clearance '''(e)''' (in)<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|rowspan="2" bgcolor="white"|36||3/8||14||31||2||9||3.5||3||5||4||126.5<br />
|-<br />
|7/16||13.5||33||2||11||3||3||4.5||3||136.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|rowspan="2" bgcolor="white"|38||3/8||14||35||2||9||4||3||5||3||138.4<br />
|-<br />
|7/16||14||34.5||2||10||3.5||3||5||3.25||140.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|rowspan="3" bgcolor="white"|40||3/8||14||35||2||9||4||3||5||4||138.4<br />
|-<br />
|7/16||13.5||36||2||12||3||3||4.5||3.5||149.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|1/2||19.5||35||3||9||4||3||4.5||4||196.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="3" |42||3/8||13.5||38||2||11||3.5||3||4.5||3.5||150.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|7/16||13.5||38||2||11||3.5||3||4.5||3.5||150.9<br />
|-<br />
|1/2||13.5||39||2||13||3||3||4.5||3||161.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|rowspan="3" bgcolor="white"|44||3/8||14||39||2||9||4.5||3||5||4||150.3<br />
|-<br />
|7/16||14||38||2||11||3.5||3||5||4.5||154.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|1/2||13.5||39||2||13||3||3||4.5||4||161.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="4" |46||3/8||14||43||2||9||5||3||5||3||162.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|7/16||13.5||43||2||11||4||3||4.5||3||165.3<br />
|-<br />
|1/2||13.5||42||2||14||3||3||4.5||3.5||173.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|9/16||19||43||3||11||4||3||4||3||236.5<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="4" |48||3/8||14||43||2||9||5||3||5||4||162.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|7/16||14||43||2||11||4||3||5||4||169.8<br />
|-<br />
|1/2||13.5||45||2||13||3.5||3||4.5||3||178.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|9/16||19||43||3||11||4||3||4||4||236.5<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Web Dimensions<br />
|colspan="2"|Splice Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Bolts<br />
|rowspan="3" valign="bottom"|WT./Splice<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" width="65pt"|Web<br/>Depth<br/>(in)<br />
|rowspan="2" width="65pt"|Web<br/>Thickness (in)<br />
|rowspan="2" width="65pt" |Plate<br/>Width<br/>'''a''' (in)<br />
|rowspan="2" width="65pt" |Plate<br/>Depth<br/>'''b''' (in)<br />
|rowspan="2" width="65pt" |# of<br/> rows<br/>'''(m)'''<br />
|rowspan="2" width="65pt"|# of<br/>bolts per<br/>row '''(n)'''<br />
|colspan="4"|Spacing<br />
|-<br />
|width="65pt"|pitch '''(s)''' (in)<br />
|width="65pt"|gage '''(g)''' (in)<br />
|width="65pt"|center '''(c)''' (in)<br />
|width="65pt"|clearance '''(e)''' (in)<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="4" |50||3/8||14||43.5||2||10||4.5||3||5||4.75||167.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|7/16||13.5||47||2||12||4||3||4.5||3||180.5<br />
|-<br />
|1/2||13.5||45||2||15||3||3||4.5||4||186.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|9/16||19||47||3||12||4||3||4||3||258.3<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="5" |52||3/8||14||48||2||10||5||3||5||3.5||180.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|7/16||14||48||2||11||4.5||3||5||3.5||184.7<br />
|-<br />
|1/2||13.5||48.5||2||14||3.5||3||4.5||3.25||192.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|9/16||13||48||2||16||3||3||4||3.5||193.5<br />
|-<br />
|5/8||19||48.5||3||14||3.5||3||4||3.25||275.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|rowspan="4" bgcolor="white"|54||7/16||13.5||51||2||13||4||3||4.5||3||195.8<br />
|-<br />
|1/2||13.5||51||2||13||4||3||4.5||3||195.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|9/16||13||51||2||17||3||3||4||3||205.6<br />
|-<br />
|5/8||19||51||3||13||4||3||4||3||280.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|rowspan="4" bgcolor="white"|56||7/16||14||53||2||11||5||3||5||3||199.6<br />
|-<br />
|1/2||13.5||52||2||15||3.5||3||4.5||3.5||206.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|9/16||13||51||2||17||3||3||4||4||205.6<br />
|-<br />
|5/8||19||52||3||15||3.5||3||4||3.5||295.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|rowspan="4" bgcolor="white"|58||7/16||14||52.5||2||12||4.5||3||5||4.25||201.9<br />
|-<br />
|1/2||13.5||52||2||15||3.5||3||4.5||4.5||206.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|9/16||13||54||2||18||3||3||4||3.5||217.7<br />
|-<br />
|5/8||19||55||3||14||4||3||4||3||302.0<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Web Dimensions<br />
|colspan="2"|Splice Plates<br />
|colspan="6"|Bolts<br />
|rowspan="3" valign="bottom"|WT./Splice<br/>with 7/8"<br/>Bolts (lb)<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2" width="65pt"|Web<br/>Depth<br/>(in)<br />
|rowspan="2" width="65pt"|Web<br/>Thickness (in)<br />
|rowspan="2" width="65pt" |Plate<br/>Width<br/>'''a''' (in)<br />
|rowspan="2" width="65pt" |Plate<br/>Depth<br/>'''b''' (in)<br />
|rowspan="2" width="65pt" |# of<br/> rows<br/>'''(m)'''<br />
|rowspan="2" width="65pt"|# of<br/>bolts per<br/>row '''(n)'''<br />
|colspan="4"|Spacing<br />
|-<br />
|width="65pt"|pitch '''(s)''' (in)<br />
|width="65pt"|gage '''(g)''' (in)<br />
|width="65pt"|center '''(c)''' (in)<br />
|width="65pt"|clearance '''(e)''' (in)<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|rowspan="4" bgcolor="white"|60||7/16||13.5||57||2||13||4.5||3||4.5||3||213.1<br />
|-<br />
|1/2||13.5||55.5||2||16||3.5||3||4.5||3.75||220.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|9/16||13||54||2||18||3||3||4||4.5||217.7<br />
|-<br />
|5/8||19||57||3||13||4.5||3||4||3||304.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|rowspan="5" bgcolor="white"|62||7/16||14||57||2||13||4.5||3||5||4||219.1<br />
|-<br />
|1/2||13.5||59||2||15||4||3||4.5||3||226.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|9/16||13||59||2||17||3.5||3||4||3||227.7<br />
|-<br />
|5/8||19||59||3||15||4||3||4||3||323.9<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|11/16||19||59||3||17||3.5||3||4||3||335.3<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="5" |64||7/16||13.5||59||2||15||4||3||4.5||4||226.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|1/2||13.5||59||2||17||3.5||3||4.5||4||234.0<br />
|-<br />
|9/16||13||57||2||19||3||3||4||5||229.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|5/8||19||59||3||15||4||3||4||4||323.9<br />
|-<br />
|11/16||19||59||3||17||3.5||3||4||4||335.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|rowspan="4" bgcolor="white"|66||1/2||13.5||63||2||16||4||3||4.5||3||241.7<br />
|-<br />
|9/16||13||62.5||2||18||3.5||3||4||3.25||241.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|5/8||13||63||2||21||3||3||4||3||254.0<br />
|-<br />
|11/16||19||63||3||16||4||3||4||3||345.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;" <br />
|rowspan="4" bgcolor="white"|68||1/2||13.5||63||2||16||4||3||4.5||4||241.7<br />
|-<br />
|9/16||13||63||2||21||3||3||4||4||254.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|5/8||19||63||3||16||4||3||4||4||345.8<br />
|-<br />
|11/16||19||62.5||3||18||3.5||3||4||4.25||355.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;" <br />
|rowspan="4" bgcolor="white"|70||1/2||13.5||67||2||17||4||3||4.5||3||257.0<br />
|-<br />
|9/16||13||66||2||19||3.5||3||4||3.5||254.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|5/8||13||66||2||22||3||3||4||3.5||266.1<br />
|-<br />
|11/16||19||67||3||17||4||3||4||3||367.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;" <br />
|rowspan="4" bgcolor="white"|72||1/2||13.5||67||2||17||4||3||4.5||4||257.0<br />
|-<br />
|9/16||13||66||2||22||3||3||4||4.5||266.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|5/8||13||69||2||23||3||3||4||3||278.2<br />
|-<br />
|11/16||19||67||3||17||4||3||4||4||367.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;" <br />
|rowspan="4" bgcolor="white"|74||1/2||13.5||71||2||18||4||3||4.5||3||272.2<br />
|-<br />
|9/16||13||69.5||2||20||3.5||3||4||3.75||268.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|5/8||13||69||2||23||3||3||4||4||278.2<br />
|-<br />
|11/16||19||71||3||18||4||3||4||3||389.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;" <br />
|rowspan="3" bgcolor="white"|76||9/16||13||73||2||21||3.5||3||4||3||281.6<br />
|-<br />
|5/8||13||72||2||24||3||3||4||3.5||290.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|11/16||19||71||3||18||4||3||4||4||389.5<br />
|- <br />
|rowspan="3"|78||9/16||13||73||2||21||3.5||3||4||4||281.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|5/8||13||72||2||24||3||3||4||4.5||290.3<br />
|-<br />
|11/16||19||75||3||17||4.5||3||4||3||400.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;" <br />
|rowspan="3" bgcolor="white"|80||9/16||13||76.5||2||22||3.5||3||4||3.25||295.1<br />
|-<br />
|5/8||13||75||2||25||3||3||4||4||302.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|11/16||19||75||3||19||4||3||4||4||411.4<br />
|- <br />
|rowspan="3"|82||9/16||13||76.5||2||22||3.5||3||4||4.25||295.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|5/8||13||75||2||25||3||3||4||5||302.4<br />
|-<br />
|11/16||19||79||3||20||4||3||4||3||433.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;" <br />
|rowspan="3" bgcolor="white"|84||9/16||13||80||2||23||3.5||3||4||3.5||308.6<br />
|-<br />
|5/8||13||78||2||26||3||3||4||4.5||314.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|11/16||13||81||2||27||3||3||4||3||326.5<br />
|- <br />
|rowspan="2"|86||5/8||13||81||2||27||3||3||4||4||326.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|11/16||19||79||3||20||4||3||4||5||433.2<br />
|- <br />
|rowspan="2"|88||5/8||13||81||2||27||3||3||4||5||326.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|11/16||13||84||2||28||3||3||4||3.5||338.6<br />
|- <br />
|rowspan="2"|90||5/8||13||87||2||25||3.5||3||4||3||335.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|11/16||13||87||2||29||3||3||4||3||350.7<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|92||5/8||13||84||2||28||3||3||4||5.5||338.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|11/16||19||88.5||3||20||4.5||3||4||3.25||471.6<br />
|- <br />
|rowspan="2"|94||5/8||13||90.5||2||26||3.5||3||4||3.25||349.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|11/16||13||90||2||30||3||3||4||3.5||362.8<br />
|- <br />
|rowspan="2"|96||5/8||13||90||2||30||3||3||4||4.5||362.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|11/16||13||93||2||31||3.5||3||4||3||374.9<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== 751.14.3.4 Wide Flange Splice Tables ===<br />
<br />
<br />
'''27” Wide Flange Beams'''<br />
<br />
'''ASTM A709, Grade 50 and 50W Webs, Grade 50 and 50W Splices'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.14 27in wide flange splice.gif]]</center><br />
<br />
<br />
{|align="center"<br />
|valign="top"|Note:||align="left" width="500pt"|Bottom flange splice plates are the same as the top. Provide shim plates when connecting webs that differ in thickness by 1/8” or more. Use an equal number of shim plates on each side of the web. Use the smallest beam size to determine splice details.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="1" cellspacing="0" align="center" style="text-align:center;" <br />
<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Size of<br/>Beam<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="4"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="4"|Web Splice Plates<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Total<br/>Number<br/>of Bolts<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Weight<br/>(lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br />
|width="40pt"|a<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|b<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|c<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|m<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W27x84**||< 1/4"||10||0.375||18.5||3.5||0.5||18.5||2||19.5||21.75||0.4375||3||60||238.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||10||0.375||24.5||3.5||0.5||24.5||3||19.5||21.75||0.4375||3||68||270.6<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W27x94**||< 1/4"||10||0.5||24.5||3.5||0.625||24.5||3||25.5||21.75||0.5||4||80||363.5<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||10||0.5||30.5||3.5||0.625||30.5||4||25.5||21.75||0.5||4||88||403.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W27x102**||< 1/4"||10||0.5||24.5||3.5||0.625||24.5||3||25.5||21.75||0.5625||4||80||383.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||colspan="13"|----------------------------------------- Design by Hand ------------------------------------------<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W27x114**||< 1/4"||10||0.5||24.5||3.5||0.75||24.5||3||25.5||21.75||0.5625||4||80||395.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||colspan="13"|----------------------------------------- Design by Hand ------------------------------------------<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W27x129**||< 1/4"||10||0.5625||30.5||3.5||0.875||30.5||4||31.5||21.75||0.6875||5||100||565.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||colspan="13"|----------------------------------------- Design by Hand ------------------------------------------<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|** Denotes flange widths less than 12” where P/S Panel placement should be thoroughly investigated.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''30” Wide Flange Beams'''<br />
<br />
''' ASTM A709, Grade 50 and 50W Webs, Grade 50 and 50W Splices'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.14 30in wide flange splice.gif]]</center><br />
<br />
<br />
{|align="center"<br />
|valign="top"|Note:||align="left" width="500pt"|Bottom flange splice plates are the same as the top. Provide shim plates when connecting webs that differ in thickness by 1/8” or more. Use an equal number of shim plates on each side of the web. Use the smallest beam size to determine splice details.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="1" cellspacing="0" align="center" style="text-align:center;" <br />
<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Size of<br/>Beam<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="4"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="4"|Web Splice Plates<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Total<br/>Number<br/>of Bolts<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Weight<br/>(lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br />
|width="40pt"|a<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|b<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|c<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|m<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W30x90**||< 1/4"||10.5||0.375||18.5||3.5||0.5||18.5||2||19.5||24||0.4375||3||72||262.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||10.5||0.375||30.5||3.5||0.5||30.5||4||19.5||24||0.4375||3||88||328.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W30x99**||< 1/4"||10.5||0.375||24.5||3.5||0.5||24.5||3||19.5||24||0.5||3||80||312.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||10.5||0.375||30.5||3.5||0.5||30.5||4||19.5||24||0.5||3||88||345.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W30x108**||< 1/4"||10.5||0.5||24.5||3.5||0.625||24.5||3||19.5||24||0.5||3||80||342.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||10.5||0.5||36.5||3.5||0.625||36.5||5||19.5||24||0.5||3||96||423.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W30x116**||< 1/4"||10.5||0.5||30.5||3.5||0.75||30.5||4||25.5||24||0.5625||4||104||475.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||10.5||0.5||30.5||3.5||0.75||30.5||4||25.5||24||0.5625||4||104||475.7<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W30x124**||< 1/4"||10.5||0.5||30.5||3.5||0.75||30.5||4||25.5||24||0.5625||4||104||475.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||10.5||0.5||30.5||3.5||0.75||30.5||4||25.5||24||0.5625||4||104||475.7<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W30x132**||< 1/4"||10.5||0.5||30.5||3.5||0.75||30.5||4||25.5||24||0.625||4||104||497.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||colspan="13"|----------------------------------------- Design by Hand ------------------------------------------<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W30x148**||< 1/4"||10.5||0.625||36.5||3.5||0.875||36.5||5||25.5||24||0.625||4||112||586.0<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||colspan="13"|----------------------------------------- Design by Hand ------------------------------------------<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|** Denotes flange widths less than 12” where P/S Panel placement should be thoroughly investigated.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''33” Wide Flange Beams'''<br />
<br />
''' ASTM A709, Grade 50 and 50W Webs, Grade 50 and 50W Splices'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.14 33in wide flange splice a.gif]]</center><br />
<br />
<br />
{|align="center"<br />
|valign="top"|Note:||align="left" width="500pt"|Bottom flange splice plates are the same as the top. Provide shim plates when connecting webs that differ in thickness by 1/8” or more. Use an equal number of shim plates on each side of the web. Use the smallest beam size to determine splice details.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="1" cellspacing="0" align="center" style="text-align:center;" <br />
<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Size of<br/>Beam<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="4"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="4"|Web Splice Plates<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Total<br/>Number<br/>of Bolts<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Weight<br/>(lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br />
|width="40pt"|a<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|b<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|c<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|m<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W33x118**||< 1/4"||11.5||0.5||30.5||3.5||0.625||30.5||4||19.5||27||0.5||3||94||413.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||11.5||0.5||36.5||3.5||0.625||36.5||5||19.5||27||0.5||3||102||455.8<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W33x130**||< 1/4"||11.5||0.5||30.5||3.5||0.75||30.5||4||25.5||27||0.5625||4||112||516.3<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||11.5||0.5||42.5||3.5||0.75||42.5||6||25.5||27||0.5625||4||128||606.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W33x141**||< 1/4"||11.5||0.625||36.5||3.5||0.875||36.5||5||25.5||27||0.5625||4||120||609.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||11.5||0.625||42.5||3.5||0.875||42.5||6||25.5||27||0.5625||4||128||662.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W33x152**||< 1/4"||11.5||0.625||36.5||3.5||0.875||36.5||5||25.5||27||0.625||4||120||633.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||colspan="13"|----------------------------------------- Design by Hand ------------------------------------------<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W33x169**||< 1/4"||11.5||0.625||36.5||3.5||1||36.5||5||25.5||27||0.625||4||120||651.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||colspan="13"|----------------------------------------- Design by Hand ------------------------------------------<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="15"|** Denotes flange widths less than 12” where P/S Panel placement should be thoroughly investigated.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''33” Wide Flange Beams'''<br />
<br />
''' ASTM A709, Grade 50 and 50W Webs, Grade 50 and 50W Splices'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.14 33in wide flange splice b.gif]]</center><br />
<br />
<br />
{|align="center"<br />
|valign="top"|Note:||align="left" width="500pt"|Bottom flange splice plates are the same as the top. Provide shim plates when connecting webs that differ in thickness by 1/8” or more. Use an equal number of shim plates on each side of the web. Use the smallest beam size to determine splice details.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="1" cellspacing="0" align="center" style="text-align:center;" <br />
<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Size of<br/>Beam<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="6"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="4"|Web Splice Plates<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Total<br/>Number<br/>of Bolts<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Weight<br/>(lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br />
|width="40pt"|a<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|b<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|c<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|m<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W33x201||< 1/4"||15.75||0.625||24.5||6||0.875||24.5||2||5.75||3||24.5||27||0.6875||4||136||669.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||colspan="15"|------------------------------------------------------- Design by Hand --------------------------------------------------------<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W33x221||< 1/4"||15.75||0.75||30.5||6||0.875||30.5||2||5.75||4||30.5||27||0.75||5||170||897.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||colspan="15"|------------------------------------------------------- Design by Hand --------------------------------------------------------<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''36” Wide Flange Beams'''<br />
<br />
''' ASTM A709, Grade 50 and 50W Webs, Grade 50 and 50W Splices'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.14 36in wide flange splice.gif]]</center><br />
<br />
<br />
{|align="center"<br />
|valign="top"|Note:||align="left" width="500pt"|Bottom flange splice plates are the same as the top. Provide shim plates when connecting webs that differ in thickness by 1/8” or more. Use an equal number of shim plates on each side of the web. Use the smallest beam size to determine splice details.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="1" cellspacing="0" align="center" style="text-align:center;" <br />
<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Size of<br/>Beam<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="4"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="4"|Web Splice Plates<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Total<br/>Number<br/>of Bolts<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Weight<br/>(lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br />
|width="40pt"|a<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|b<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|c<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|m<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W36x135||< 1/4"||12||0.625||30.5||4||0.625||30.5||4||19.5||30||0.5||3||100||477.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||12||0.625||42.5||4||0.625||42.5||6||19.5||30||0.5||3||116||577.4<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W36x150||< 1/4"||12||0.625||36.5||4||0.75||36.5||5||25.5||30||0.5625||4||128||645.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||12||0.625||42.5||4||0.75||42.5||6||25.5||30||0.5625||4||136||698.6<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W36x160||< 1/4"||12||0.625||36.5||4||0.875||36.5||5||25.5||30||0.5625||4||128||665.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||colspan="13"|----------------------------------------- Design by Hand ------------------------------------------<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W36x170||< 1/4"||12||0.625||36.5||4||0.875||36.5||5||25.5||30||0.5625||4||128||665.8<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||colspan="13"|----------------------------------------- Design by Hand ------------------------------------------<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W36x182||< 1/4"||12||0.75||42.5||4||1||42.5||6||25.5||30||0.625||4||136||810.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||colspan="13"|----------------------------------------- Design by Hand ------------------------------------------<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W36x194||< 1/4"||12||0.75||42.5||4||1||42.5||6||25.5||30||0.625||4||136||810.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||colspan="13"|----------------------------------------- Design by Hand ------------------------------------------<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''40” Wide Flange Beams'''<br />
<br />
''' ASTM A709, Grade 50 and 50W Webs, Grade 50 and 50W Splices'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.14 40in wide flange splice.gif]]</center><br />
<br />
<br />
{|align="center"<br />
|valign="top"|Note:||align="left" width="500pt"|Bottom flange splice plates are the same as the top. Provide shim plates when connecting webs that differ in thickness by 1/8” or more. Use an equal number of shim plates on each side of the web. Use the smallest beam size to determine splice details.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="1" cellspacing="0" align="center" style="text-align:center;" <br />
<br />
|rowspan="2" width="80pt"|Size of<br/>Beam<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Filler<br/>Plate<br/>Thick.<br />
|colspan="3"|Outer Plate<br />
|colspan="6"|Inner Plates<br />
|colspan="4"|Web Splice Plates<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Total<br/>Number<br/>of Bolts<br />
|rowspan="2" width="60pt"|Weight<br/>(lb)<br />
|-<br />
|width="40pt"|A<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|B<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|C<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|D<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|E<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|F<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|G<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|I<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|J<br />
|width="40pt"|a<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|b<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|c<br/>(in)<br />
|width="40pt"|m<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W40x149**||< 1/4"||11.75||0.625||30.5||3.5||0.75||30.5||2.625||6.5||4||19.5||33||0.4375||3||106||478.2<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||11.75||0.625||42.5||3.5||0.75||42.5||2.625||6.5||6||19.5||33||0.4375||3||122||579.1<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W40x167**||< 1/4"||11.75||0.75||36.5||3.5||1||36.5||2.5||6.75||5||25.5||33||0.5||4||136||695.1<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||11.75||0.75||48.5||3.5||1||48.5||2.5||6.75||7||25.5||33||0.5||4||152||818.0<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W40x183**||< 1/4"||11.75||0.75||42.5||3.5||1.125||42.5||2.5||6.75||6||25.5||33||0.5||4||144||777.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||11.75||0.75||42.5||3.5||1.125||42.5||2.5||6.75||6||25.5||33||0.5||4||144||777.6<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W40x199***||< 1/4"||15.75||0.625||24.5||5.75||0.75||24.5||2||6.25||3||25.5||33||0.5||4||152||639.6<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||colspan="15"|------------------------------------------------------- Design by Hand --------------------------------------------------------<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W40x211**||< 1/4"||11.75||0.75||48.5||3.5||1.25||48.5||2.5||6.75||7||25.5||33||0.625||4||152||925.7<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||colspan="15"|------------------------------------------------------- Design by Hand --------------------------------------------------------<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|W40x215***||< 1/4"||15.75||0.625||30.5||5.75||0.875||30.5||2||6.25||4||25.5||33||0.5625||4||168||772.4<br />
|-style="background:yellow;"<br />
|other||colspan="15"|------------------------------------------------------- Design by Hand --------------------------------------------------------<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="17"|** Denotes flange widths less than 12” where P/S Panel placement should be thoroughly investigated.<br />
|-style="background:#cccccc"<br />
|colspan="17"|*** Outer splice plates with widths of 15 3/4” have 4 rows of flange bolts in lieu of 2 rows per drawing.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== 751.14.3.5 Shop Welded Splices ===<br />
<br />
<br />
Reference: LRFD Figure 6.13.6.2-1<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="1" align="center" style="text-align:center"<br />
<br />
|colspan="2"|The following details and note shall be provided on all plate girder bridges.<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[[Image:751.14 welded shop web splice.gif]]<br />
|-<br />
!width="400pt"|Welded Shop web Splice|| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[[Image:751.14 welded shop splice plan.gif]]<br />
|-<br />
!width="400pt"|Plan|| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
|width="400pt"|2'-0" Radius Transition|| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[[Image:751.14 welded shop splice section a-a.gif]]<br />
|-<br />
!width="400pt"|Section A-A|| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
|width="400pt"|Welded Shop Flange Splice|| &nbsp;<br />
|}<br />
{|align="center"<br />
|valign="top"|Note:||width="400pt" align="left"|Welded shop web and flange splices may be permitted when detailed on the shop drawings and approved by the engineer. No additional payment will be made for optional welded shop web and flange splices.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{|align="center"<br />
|colspan="2"|[[Image:751.14 welded shop splice.gif]]<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|Welded Shop Splice<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top" align="right"|Notes:||width="400pt "align="left"|See Structural Project Manager before utilizing this detail.<br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;||align="left"|It is recommended to avoid this detail if possible.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== 751.14.4 Composite Design ==<br />
<br />
<br />
=== 751.14.4.1 General ===<br />
<br />
'''Overview'''<br />
<br />
The pitch of shear connectors shall be determined to satisfy the fatigue limit state, and the resulting number of shear connectors shall not be less than the number required to satisfy the strength limit state.<br />
<br />
Cross-section properties are based on the transformed short-term composite section. Cross-section properties of the composite section shall include concrete slab and steel section. Longitudinal deck reinforcement shall not be considered to be a part of the composite section. Cross-section properties of the non-composite section shall include the steel section only. Negative flexure regions in horizontally curved girders may include the steel reinforcement in the composite section.<br />
<br />
The stresses of composite girders and slab shall be computed using the composite cross-section properties and shall be consistent with the properties of the various materials used. The ratio of modulus of elasticity of steel to that of concrete, <math>\, n</math>, shall be taken to be 8 when using deck concrete with <math>\, f'_c</math> = 4 KSI.<br />
<br />
The effective flange widths for calculating composite sections for interior and exterior girders should be determined by LRFD 4.6.2.6 prior to beginning shear connector design. In order to have a uniform and conservative shear connector design for all girders, the smaller effective flange width, between the interior and exterior girders, should only be used to locate the acceptable areas for placement of additional connectors near point of dead load contraflexure. The larger effective flange width should be used in all other calculations.<br />
<br />
An effective slab thickness shall be used for composite design by deducting from the actual slab thickness a 1” integral, sacrificial wearing surface. <br />
<br />
<u>New Bridges or Replacement of Existing Superstructures</u><br />
<br />
The regions of the bridge subjected to positive flexure are to be designed as composite and the regions subjected to negative flexure are to be designed as non-composite. Simple span composite bridges shall be provided with shear connectors throughout the length of the span. Continuous composite bridges are to be designed with shear connectors provided in the positive flexure regions only, with additional connectors required in the regions of permanent load contraflexure. Horizontally curved girders require shear connectors throughout the girder length. <br />
<br />
For the initial girder design, composite/noncomposite regions can be approximately assumed as:<br />
<center><br />
<br />
[[Image:751.40 Widen and Repair Design Assumptions- Initial Girder Design.gif|680px]]<br />
</center> <br />
<br />
<u>Redeckings</u><br />
<br />
If existing bridge is partially composite, then leave as partially composite unless making full-length composite will reduce or eliminate a load posting subject to Structural Project Manager or Structural Liaison Engineer approval. If the existing bridge is not composite, then make it full-length composite since this will give the maximum capacity of the bridge for the next service life cycle. This guidance applies to either LRFD or LFD redecking designs. Shear connector design should follow same design code used for redecking.<br />
<br />
'''Design Loading'''<br />
<br />
The girder shear force range due to fatigue loading, <math>\, V_{SR}</math>, should be determined from structural analysis prior to beginning shear connector design. The shear force range is the difference in the minimum and maximum shear force envelopes at any point. For design, use the average shear force range over the effective span (i.e. between contraflexure points). For horizontally curved girders the lateral component of the fatigue force range should be considered.<br />
<br />
The stress range in the longitudinal reinforcement due to fatigue loading, <math>\, f_{sr}</math>, should be determined prior to beginning shear stud design. In lieu of more accurate computation, <math>\, f_{sr}</math> may be assumed to be 10 ksi.<br />
<br />
*Note: This assumption is not provided by AASHTO LRFD, but is held over from AASHTO LFD Specifications.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Other Considerations'''<br />
<br />
Shear connectors shall not be placed on the flange splice plates. Maintain at least 3” from end of splice plate to nearest connector for fabrication purposes.<br />
<br />
The effect of the shear connector on the fatigue resistance of the flange shall be investigated using the provisions of LRFD 6.6.1.2.<br />
<br />
Note: All spacing dimensions are measured to center of shear connector<br />
<br />
=== 751.14.4.2 Shear Connector Limits ===<br />
<br />
'''Shear Connector Proportions'''<br />
<br />
Shear connector height, <math>\, h_s</math>, shall satisfy the following cover and deck penetration provisions:<br />
<br />
<br />
Minimum shear connector penetration into deck:<br />
*For cast in place deck: 2 in.<br />
*For prestressed panel option: minimum penetration to top of panel<br />
<br />
<br />
Minimum concrete clear cover over shear connectors = 3 in.<br />
<br />
<br />
Choose a shear connector height that is acceptable for both SIP and CIP deck options. Use 1 in. increments for selecting shear connector height. Minimum shear connector height = 4 in.<br />
<br />
<br />
Shear connector diameter, <math>\, d</math>, shall satisfy:<br />
<br />
<math>\, \frac {h_s}{d} \ge 4</math><br />
<br />
Recommended shear connector diameters, <math>\, d</math>:<br />
*3/4 in.<br />
*7/8 in.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Shear Connector Configuration'''<br />
<br />
The following transverse spacing provisions must be satisfied when determining the number of shear connectors per row, <math>\, n</math>:<br />
<br />
<br />
Minimum transverse shear connector spacing:<br />
*Preferred minimum: 4d<br />
*Absolute minimum: 2 1/4 in.<br />
<br />
<br />
Minimum distance between edge of top flange and nearest shear connector:<br />
*For cast in place deck: 1 1/2 in.<br />
*For prestressed panel option: 4 1/4 in.<br />
<br />
<br />
Shear connectors shall be placed by units. A shear connector unit refers to all shear connectors in a given cross-section, spaced transversely across the top flange. Multiple shear connectors per unit may be used if spacing and clearances allow. For horizontally curved girders, when practical, a consistent unit layout and pitch shall be used throughout the span.<br />
<br />
'''Shear Connector Spacing'''<br />
<br />
If it becomes impractical to place the number of shear connectors required by ultimate strength in the specified distance (structures with span ratios greater than 1.5); base the number and spacing of shear connectors on the fatigue analysis only. <br />
<br />
For a typical 3-span bridge, the shear connector units can be approximately arranged as below: <br />
<br />
[[Image:751.40 Widen and Repair Design Assumptions- Shear Connectors Spacing 2 2 1.gif|center]]<br />
<br />
=== 751.14.4.3 Fatigue Design ===<br />
<br />
'''Fatigue Resistance'''<br />
<br />
The number of fatigue cycles for design, N, shall be determined as:<br />
<br />
<math>\, N = (365)(75)(n_c)(ADTT_{SL})</math><br />
<br />
Where:<br />
{|<br />
|align="right"|<math>\, n_c</math>||= number of stress range cycles per truck passage<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, ADTT_{SL}</math>||= single lane average daily truck traffic<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
For longitudinal members not near interior supports*:<br />
{|<br />
|<math>\, n_c</math>||= 2.0 for spans ≤ 40 ft.<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, n_c</math>||= 1.0 for spans > 40 ft.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
* See LRFD Table 6.6.1.2.5-2 for other situations.<br />
<br />
<br />
In absence of better information, the single lane average daily truck traffic shall be taken as:<br />
<br />
<math>\, ADTT_{SL} = (p_{tr})(ADTT)</math><br />
<br />
Where:<br />
{|<br />
|valign="top"|<math>ADTT</math>||= number of trucks per day in one direction, averaged over the design life<br />
|-<br />
|align="right"|<math>\, p_{tr}</math> ||= fraction of truck traffic in a single lane<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="1" style="text-align:center;" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0"<br />
|width="150pt"|Number of Lanes<br/>Available to Trucks||width="50pt"|<math>\, p_{tr}</math><br />
|-<br />
|1||1.00<br />
|-<br />
|2||0.85<br />
|-<br />
|3 or more||0.80<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
The shear fatigue resistance of an individual shear connector, <math>\, Z_r</math>, is determined as follows:<br />
<br />
<math>\, Z_r = \alpha d^2 \ge \frac {5.5d^2}{2}</math><br />
<br />
Where:<br />
{|<br />
|<math>\, \alpha</math>||= shear fatigue factor<br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;||= 34.5 – 4.28Log(N)<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Pitch'''<br />
<br />
''Straight Girders''<br />
<br />
The maximum pitch of shear connectors along the longitudinal axis required to satisfy the fatigue limit state, <math>\, p_{fat}</math>, is determined as:<br />
<br />
<math>\, p_{fat} \le \frac {n Z_r I}{V_f Q}</math><br />
<br />
Where:<br />
{|<br />
|<math>\, n</math>||= number of shear connectors per unit<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, I</math>||= moment of inertia of the short-term composite section<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, V_f</math>||= vertical shear force range due to fatigue loading<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top"|<math>\, Q</math>||= first moment of the transformed area of the slab about the neutral axis of the short-term composite section<br />
|}<br />
<br />
Maximum pitch = 24 in.<br />
<br />
Preferred minimum pitch = 6 in.<br />
<br />
Absolute minimum pitch = 6d<br />
<br />
Use 1 in. increments for pitch.<br />
<br />
<br />
''Horizontally Curved Girders'' (see Analysis of Horizontally Curved Girders)<br />
<br />
Horizontally curved girders will receive a lateral fatigue component introduced by the diaphragms. The above equation for pitch shall be modified as follows:<br />
<br />
<math>\, p_{fat} \le \frac{n Z_r}{V_{sr}}</math><br />
<br />
Where <math>\, V_{sr}</math> includes the longitudinal <math>\, (V_{fat})</math> and radial <math>\, (F_{fat})</math> fatigue shear ranges:<br />
<br />
<math>\, V_{sr} = \sqrt{(V_{fat})^2 + (F_{fat})^2}</math><br />
<br />
<math>\, V_{fat} = \frac{V_f Q}{I}</math><br />
<br />
<br />
For bridge skews <math>\, \le 20^\circ</math><br />
:<math>\, F_{fat} \approx 0</math><br />
<br />
<br />
For birdge skews <math>\, > 20^\circ</math><br />
:<math>\, F_{fat} = MAX \Bigg[ \frac{A_{bot} \sigma_{flg} l}{wR}, \frac{F_{rc}}{w} \Bigg]</math><br />
<br />
<br />
Where:<br />
{|<br />
|<math>\, A_{bot}</math>||= area of bottom flange<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, \sigma_{flg}</math>||= range of longitudinal fatigue stress range in bottom flange<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, l</math>||= distance between brace points<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, w</math>||= effective length of deck, 24” – end supports, 48” elsewhere<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, R</math>||= radius of girder; use minimum if radius transitions inside girder panel<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, F_{rc}</math>||= net range of diaphragm force at the top flange.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
Note: For the purpose of the above calculations the bridge skew shall be taken as the maximum bent skew along the length of the bridge.<br />
<br />
=== 751.14.4.4 Strength Design ===<br />
<br />
'''Resistance'''<br />
<br />
The total nominal horizontal shear force between the point of maximum positive moment and each adjacent point of zero moment, Vh, is determined as:<br />
<br />
<math>\, P_p = MIN \begin{cases}<br />
0.85 f'_c bt_s \\<br />
F_{yw} Dt_w + F_{yt} b_t t_t + F_{yc} b_f t_f<br />
\end{cases}\Bigg\}</math><br />
<br />
Where:<br />
{|<br />
|<math>\, f'_c</math>||= 28 day compressive strength of deck concrete<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, b</math>||= effective flange width<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, t_s</math>||= effective slab thickness<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, F_{yw}</math>||= yield strength of web<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, D</math>||= web depth<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, t_w</math>||= web thickness<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, F_{yt}</math>||= yield strength of tension flange<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, b_t</math>||= width of tension flange<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, t_t</math>||= thickness of tension flange<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, F_{yc}</math>||= yield strength of compression flange<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, b_f</math>||= width of compression flange<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, t_f</math>||= thickness of compression flange<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
The nominal shear resistance of a single shear connector embedded in a concrete slab, <math>\, Q_n</math>, is calculated as follows:<br />
<br />
<math>\, Q_n = 0.5 A_{SC} \sqrt{f'_c E_c} \le A_{sc} F_u</math><br />
<br />
Where:<br />
{|<br />
|<math>\, A_{sc}</math>||= cross sectional area of a shear connector<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, E_c</math>||= modulus of elasticity of deck concrete<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, F_u</math>||= tensile strength of shear connector steel<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
The factored resistance of a single shear connector, <math>\, Q_r</math>, shall be determined as:<br />
<br />
<math>\, Q_r = \phi_{sc} Q_n</math><br />
<br />
Where<br />
{|<br />
|<math>\, \phi_{sc}</math>||= resistance factor for shear connectors = 0.85<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="1" style="text-align:center;" cellpadding="5"<br />
|+'''Calculated Resistance of Single Shear Connector'''<br />
|colspan="2"|<math>\, Q_r</math> – Factored Resistance of One Shear Connector<br/><math>\, (deck f'_c \ge 4 ksi)</math><br />
|-<br />
|width="150pt"|Stud Diameter||width="150pt"|<math>\, Q_r (k)</math><br />
|-<br />
|3/4"||22.5<br />
|-<br />
|7/8"||30.7<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
The minimum number of shear connectors required for strength in each region, <math>\, n_{str}</math>, shall be computed:<br />
<br />
<math>\, n_{str} = \frac {P_p}{Q_r}</math><br />
<br />
Regions are defined as the areas between points of zero moment and adjacent points of maximum positive moment. <math>\, n_{str}</math> is the minimum number of shear connectors that must be placed in each region to satisfy the strength limit state.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Additional Connectors'''<br />
<br />
The number of additional connectors to be placed in the region of permanent load contraflexure, <math>\, n_{AC}</math>, shall be:<br />
<br />
<math>n_{AC} = \frac {A_r f_{sr}}{Z_r}</math><br />
<br />
Where:<br />
{|<br />
|<math>\, A_r</math>||= total area of deck reinforcement within the effective flange width<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, f_{sr}</math>||= stress range in the longitudinal reinforcement due to fatigue loading<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Minimum number of additional connectors = 4 units at 6d.<br />
<br />
The additional shear connectors shall be placed within a distance of 1/3 of the minimum effective flange width on each side of the point of permanent load contraflexure.<br />
<br />
If it is not possible to place additional connectors within b/3 from the point of dead load contraflexure, the additional connectors shall be placed as close to the contraflexure point as practical, using the minimum pitch of 6d.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Horizontally Curved Girders'''<br />
<br />
Girders that are analyzed for curvature effects require shear connectors to be placed throughout the bridge. The provision for additional shear connector placement does not apply. Horizontally curved girders require separate analyses for regions near the end of the bridge and regions near interior supports. They also require a lateral shear force to be considered as shown below.<br />
<br />
''End of Bridge - Region:''<br />
<br />
<math>\, P = \sqrt{{P_p}^2 + {F_p}^2}</math><br />
<br />
Where:<br />
{|<br />
|<math>\, F_p</math>||width="15%"|<math>\, = P_p \frac{L_p}{R}</math>||= lateral shear force<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\,L_p</math>||colspan="2"|= arc length between end of girder and location of maximum positive moment<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, R</math>||colspan="2"|= minimum radius over arc length, <math>\, L_p</math>.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
''Near interior support – Region''<br />
<br />
<math>\, P = \sqrt{{P_T}^2 + {F_T}^2}</math><br />
<br />
Where:<br />
{|<br />
|colspan="3"|<math>\, P_T = MIN \begin{cases}<br />
0.45 f'_c bt_s \\<br />
F_{yw} Dt_w + F_{yt} b_t t_t + F_{yc} b_f t_f<br />
\end{cases}\Bigg\}</math><br />
|for section over pier<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, F_T</math>||width="15%"|<math>\, = P_T \frac{L_n}{R}</math>||= lateral shear force near an interior support|| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, L_n</math>||colspan="3"|= arc length between point of maximum positive moment and interior support<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, R</math>||colspan="3"|= minimum girder radius over length, <math>\, L_n</math>.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== 751.14.4.5 Shear Connector Details ===<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="3" align="center" style="text-align:center" cellspacing="0"<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" rowspan="4"|[[Image:751.14 plan of shear connector unit.gif]]<br />
|align="right" valign="top" width="40pt"|[[Image:751.14 circled 1.gif]]<br />
|align="left" valign="top" colspan="2"|6" cts. preferred min., 6d cts. absolute min., 24" cts. maximum. (1" increments min.)<br />
|-<br />
|align="right" |[[Image:751.14 circled 2.gif]]<br />
|align="left" |= 2" minimum for CIP slab;<br />
|-<br />
|align="right" valign="top"|[[Image:751.14 circled 2.gif]]<br />
|align="left" valign="top" colspan="2"|= a minimum height equal to the top of panel for P/S panel option.<br />
|-<br />
|align="right" valign="top"|[[Image:751.14 circled 3.gif]]<br />
|align="left" valign="top colspan="2"|3" min. clear depth of concrete cover over shear connectors.<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2" valign="top"|Plan<br />
|align="right" valign="top"|[[Image:751.14 circled 4.gif]]<br />
|align="left" valign="top colspan="2"|1 1/2" (Min.) CIP slab <br/>4 1/4" (Min.) panel option <br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" rowspan="4"|[[Image:751.14.4.5 section thru.jpg|410px]]<br />
|align="right" valign="top"|[[Image:751.14 circled 5.gif]]<br />
|align="left" valign="top colspan="2"|4 x (Stud diameter) preferred minimum, may be reduced if necessary for a more economical design; 2 1/4" absolute minimum.<br />
|-<br />
|align="right"|'''*'''<br />
|align="left" colspan="2"|Dimensions are not for detailing purposes.<br />
|-<br />
|align="right"|'''**'''<br />
|align="left" colspan="2"|Requires the same dimension throughout the span.<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|<br />
{|border="1" cellspacing="0"<br />
|-<br />
!width="75pt"|D||width="75pt"|H<br />
|-<br />
|3/4"||1 1/4"<br />
|-<br />
|7/8"||1 3/8"<br />
|}<br />
|align="left"|[[Image:751.14.4.5 D and H.jpg|220px]]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="3"| &nbsp;<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="1" cellpadding="5" align="center" style="text-align:center" cellspacing="0"<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="4"|Minimum Flange Width For<br/>Given Rows of Studs (in.)<br/>(For decks utilizing prestressed panels)<br />
|colspan="5"|Weight in Place<br/>Per 100 Studs (lbs)<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|# of Studs<br/>per unit, n<br />
|rowspan="2"|Absolute<br/>Min.<br />
|colspan="2"|Preferred Min.<br />
|Stud Dia.<br />
|4"<br />
|5"<br />
|6"<br />
|7"<br />
|-<br />
|3/4" dia.<br />
|7/8" dia.<br />
|rowspan="2"|3/4"<br />
|rowspan="2"|63<br />
|rowspan="2"|75<br />
|rowspan="2"|88<br />
|rowspan="2"|100<br />
|-<br />
|2<br />
|10.75<br />
|11.50<br />
|12.00<br />
|-<br />
|3<br />
|13.00<br />
|14.50<br />
|15.50<br />
|rowspan="2"|7/8"<br />
|rowspan="2"|81<br />
|rowspan="2"|98<br />
|rowspan="2"|115<br />
|rowspan="2"|132<br />
|-<br />
|4<br />
|15.25<br />
|17.50<br />
|19.00<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="3" align="center" style="text-align:center" cellspacing="0"<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|[[Image:751.14 section thru haunch showing shear connectors.gif]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[Image:751.14 clearance at expansion device for shear connectors.gif]]<br />
|[[Image:751.14 clearance at splice plate for shear connectors.gif]]<br />
|-<br />
!Section Thru Haunch<br />
!Clearance at<br/>Expansion Device<br />
!Clearance at<br/>Splice Plate<br />
|}<br />
::[[Image:751.14 circled 6.gif]] For redecks of existing composite bridges #4 hairpin bars required if depth exceeds 2" for existing 4" shear connectors and 3" for existing 5" shear connectors. For new bridges and redecks of non-composite bridges, studs shall provide a minimum 2” slab embedment avoiding the need of hairpin bars.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Shear Connector Unit'''<br />
<br />
[[image:751.14.4.5 shear connector.jpg|center|750px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''P/C P/S Panel Forms on Steel Structures'''<br />
<br />
Use precast prestressed panels on all tangent steel structures. Evaluate the viability of the use of P/S panels on curved structures on a case by case basis and use or include as an option to a CIP slab where deemed appropriate. <br />
<br />
Whenever panels are used, the minimum top flange width shall be 12" for plate girders and 10" for wide flange beams. <br />
<br />
Steel girders shall be cambered when using P/S Panels. Minimum joint filler thickness is 1", except over splice plates, in which case use 1/4" minimum. Maximum joint filler thickness is 2", except over splice plates, in which case use 1". <br />
<br />
Shear connectors shall have a minimum height equal to the top of panel. <br />
<br />
Shear connectors shall be spaced by units and shear connectors in each unit shall be placed along centerline (<math>\, C_{\!\!\!\!L}</math>) of girder. On wide flange widths, two lines of connectors may be used if spacings and clearances allow. <br />
<br />
Additional shear connectors, N<sub>ac</sub>, at point of contraflexure may be placed in units normal to centerline of girder as space allows or in a single row along centerline of girder as shown below: <br />
<br />
<center><br />
[[Image:751.40 Widen and Repair Design Assumptions- PCP on Steel Shear Connector.gif]]<br />
</center><br />
<br />
<br />
P/S strands shall extend 3" minimum and 6" maximum past edge of precast prestressed panel and not closer than 1" to the adjacent panels. <br />
<br />
Panel end at splices shall be notched to avoid bolt heads as shown below: <br />
<br />
<center><br />
[[Image:751.40 Widen and Repair Design Assumptions- PCP on Steel Shear Connector- B.gif]]<br />
</center><br />
<br />
[[Image:751.40 circled 1.gif]] 3/4" min. wide bearing edge for panel at splice, typ. <br />
<br />
[[Image:751.40 circled 2.gif]] 1-1/4" min. (Typ.)<br />
<br />
[[Image:751.40 circled 3.gif]] 4 x (Stud diameter) preferred minimum, may be reduced if necessary for a more economical design; 2-1/4" absolute minimum.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''*''' In order to meet [[Image:751.40 circled 1.gif]] and [[Image:751.40 circled 2.gif]] above, it is necessary to have an edge bolt distance of 2" or greater for splice plate.<br />
<br />
Minimum joint filler thickness is 1" except over splice plates in which case use 1/4" minimum. Use 3/4" joint filler width for panels over splice plates. When joint filler is less than 1/2" thick over splice plate, the contractor is required to make the width of joint filler at splice the same width as panel on splice. <br />
<br />
Maximum difference in top of flange thickness should be checked so that joint filler thickness does not exceed 2".<br />
<br />
== 751.14.5 Details ==<br />
<br />
<br />
=== 751.14.5.1 Bearing Stiffeners ===<br />
Refer to [[#751.14.5.10 Weld Design and Detail Guidance|EPG 751.14.5.10]] for weld design and detail guidance. Refer to [[#751.14.5.5 Transverse Stiffeners |EPG 751.14.5.5 Transverse Stiffeners]] for beveled plate guidance for unequal flange widths.<br />
<br />
The preferred welded connection to flange is more prone to fatigue than the bolted connection. Girder shall be sized to reduce fatigue stresses to allow for preferred detail. If resizing is impractical the bolted connection shall be used.<br />
<br />
Size bearing stiffener plate by design (1/2" thick minimum). See [[#751.14.2.6 Other Requirements|EPG 751.14.2.6 Other Requirements]].<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Image:751.14.5.1.1.jpg|420px|center]]<br />
<center>'''Bearing Stiffener -<br/>No Attachments'''</center><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Image:751.14.5.1.2.jpg|470px|center]] <br />
<center>'''Bearing Stiffener -<br/>Diaphragms or Cross Frames Attached<br/>'''(Preferred detail)</center><br />
<br />
<div id="Holes in the tension flange1"></div><br />
[[Image:751.145.1.3.jpg|470px|center]] <br />
<center>'''Intermediate Bearing Stiffener -<br/>Cross Frames Attached<br/>'''(Optional detail<sup>'''1'''</sup>)<br/><sup>'''1'''</sup> Holes in the tension flange restricts girder design in accordance with [[#751.14.2.2 Analysis Methods|EPG 751.14.2.2 Analysis Methods]]</center><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Locations'''<br />
<br />
Refer to [[#751.14.5.10 Weld Design and Detail Guidance|EPG 751.14.5.10]] for weld design and detail guidance.<br />
[[Image:751.14.5.1 End Skews Thru 25.jpg|400px|center]] <br />
<br />
<br />
[[Image:751.14.5.1 End Skews 25 to 45.jpg|360px|center]] <br />
<br />
<br />
[[Image:751.14.5.1 End Skews over 45.jpg|400px|center]] <br />
<br />
<br />
[[Image:751.14.5.1 End all Skews.jpg|400px|center]] <br />
<br />
<br />
'''Welds for Optional Stiffener Locations'''<br />
<br />
Refer to [[#751.14.5.10 Weld Design and Detail Guidance|EPG 751.14.5.10]] for weld design and detail guidance.<br />
<center> [[Image:751.14 connection a.gif]] </center><br />
<br />
<center> '''Connection “A”''' </center><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<center> [[Image:751.14 connection b.gif]] </center><br />
<br />
<center> '''Connection “B”''' </center><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<center> [[Image:751.14 connection c.gif]] </center><br />
<br />
<center> '''Connection “C”''' </center><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Connection Angle Details for Optional Stiffener Connection'''<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="3" align="center" style="text-align:center" cellspacing="0"<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[[Image:751.14 connection angle details-front elevation and section thru angle.gif]]<br />
|-<br />
!Front Elevation||Section Thru Angle<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
|[[Image:751.14 connection angle details-plan.gif]]<br />
|[[Image:751.14 connection angle details-section thru angle for birdges on vertical grade.gif]]<br />
|-<br />
!valign="top"|Plan<br />
!valign="top"|Section Thru Angle<br/>Bridges on<br/>Vertical Grade<br />
|}<br />
{|align="center"<br />
|valign="top" align="right"|(*)||align="left" width="450pt"|Angle legs shall be adjusted to conform to the variable angle between bearing stiffener and top flange created by the girder tilt requirement due to vertical grade.<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top" align="right"|(**)||align="left" width="450pt"|1/2" for W21 and W24 wide flange beam shapes. 1 1/2" for all other wide flange beams and plate girders.<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top" align="right"|(***)||align="left" width="450pt"|3” for W21 and W24 wide flange beam shapes. 4” for all other wide flange beams and plate girders.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="1" cellspacing="0" align="center" style="text-align:center;" <br />
|+'''Bearing Stiffener Connections For Given Skew And Stiffener Size'''<br />
!&nbsp;||colspan="19"|Stiffener Thickness (in)<br />
|-<br />
|'''Skew'''||&nbsp;||width="30pt"|1/2||width="30pt"|5/8||width="30pt"|3/4||width="30pt"|7/8||width="30pt"|1||width="30pt"|1 1/8||width="30pt"|1 1/4||width="30pt"|1 3/8||width="30pt"|1 1/2||width="30pt"|1 5/8||width="30pt"|1 3/4||width="30pt"|1 7/8||width="30pt"|2||width="30pt"|2 1/8||width="30pt"|2 1/4||width="30pt"|2 3/8||width="30pt"|2 1/2||width="30pt"|2 5/8<br />
|-<br />
|0° THRU 5°||&nbsp;||A||A||A||A||A||A||A||A||A||A||A||A||A||A||B||B||B||B<br />
|-<br />
|6° THRU 10°||&nbsp;||A||A||A||A||A||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B<br />
|-<br />
|11° THRU 15°||&nbsp;||A||A||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B<br />
|-<br />
|16° THRU 20°||&nbsp;||A||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B<br />
|-<br />
|21° THRU 25°||&nbsp;||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B<br />
|-<br />
|26° THRU 30°||&nbsp;||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B||B<br />
|-<br />
|31° THRU 35°||&nbsp;||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C<br />
|-<br />
|36° THRU 40°||&nbsp;||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C<br />
|-<br />
|41° THRU 45°||&nbsp;||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C||C<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== 751.14.5.2 Int. Diaphragms and Cross Frames ===<br />
Refer to [[#751.14.5.10 Weld Design and Detail Guidance|EPG 751.14.5.10]] for weld design and detail guidance. Refer to [[#751.14.5.5 Transverse Stiffeners |EPG 751.14.5.5 Transverse Stiffeners]] for beveled plate guidance for unequal flange widths.<br />
<br />
The preferred welded connection to flange is more prone to fatigue than the bolted connection. Girder shall be sized to reduce fatigue stresses to allow for preferred detail. If resizing is impractical, the bolted connection shall be used. When the bolted connection is used, the top and bottom tension or compression flanges shall be shown on the "Elevation of Girder" detail on plans.<br />
<br />
Minimum connection plate size is 5 1/2" x 1/2”. Width of plate shall be increased as required by 1/2" increments. Thickness of plate shall be increased as required by 1/8" increments.<br />
<br />
[[Image:751.14.5.2.1.jpg|center|280px]]<br />
<center>'''Intermediate Diaphragm Connection Plate<br/>'''(Preferred detail)</center><br />
<br />
<div id="Holes in the tension flange2"></div><br />
[[Image:751.14 Intermediate Diaphragm Connection Plate Optional.jpg|center|350px]]<br />
<center>'''Intermediate Diaphragm Connection Plate<br/>'''(Optional detail<sup>'''1'''</sup>)<br/><sup>'''1'''</sup> Holes in the tension flange restricts girder design in accordance with [[#751.14.2.2 Analysis Methods|EPG 751.14.2.2 Analysis Methods]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Connection Angle Details (See table below for "A" and "B" values.)</center><br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="3" align="center" style="text-align:center"<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[[Image:751.14 flange connection angles-front elevation and section thru.gif]]<br />
|[[Image:751.14 flange connection angles-plan.gif]]<br />
|-<br />
!valign="top"|Front Elevation<br/>Detail of Flange<br/>Connection Angle<br />
!valign="top"|Section thru Flange<br/>Connection Angle<br/>6 x 6 x 3/8<br />
!valign="top"|Plan Detail of Flange<br/>Connection Angle<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Diaphragm Details'''<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="3" align="center" style="text-align:center" cellspacing="0"<br />
|-<br />
|[[Image:751.14.5.2_diaphragm_details.jpg|500px]]<br />
|-<br />
|<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="1" align="center" style="text-align:center"<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top" align="right" width="10pt"|*||align="left" width="350pt" |When angles are required verify clearance for cross slope.<br/>6 1/4" (Min.) for wide flanges<br/>6 1/2" (Min.) for plate girders<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top" align="right" width="10pt"|**||align="left" width="350pt" |Holes in the tension flange restricts girder design in accordance with [[#751.14.2.2 Analysis Methods|EPG 751.14.2.2 Analysis Methods]]<br />
|}<br />
|-<br />
||See table below for "D" and "N" values.<br />
|-<br />
|[[Image:751.14 diaphragm connection.jpg|375px]]<br />
|-<br />
!Diaphragm Connection at Stiffener Detail<br />
|}<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="1" align="center" style="text-align:center"<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top"|Note:||align="left" width="400pt" |The above details are assumed adequate for straight girders. Horizontally curved girders require design for torsional effects (see [[#Analysis of Horizontaly Curved Girders|Analysis of Horizontally Curved Girders]]).<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="3" align="center" style="text-align:center" cellspacing="0"<br />
|-<br />
|[[Image:751.14 diaphragm fill plate detail - preferred.jpg|300px]]<br />
|[[Image:751.14 diaphragm fill plate detail - optional.jpg|300px]]<br />
|-<br />
!Fill Plate Detail - Preferred||Optional Fill Plate Detail for Contractor<br />
|}<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="1" align="center" style="text-align:center"<br />
|}<br />
<br />
Refer to [[#751.14.5.10 Weld Design and Detail Guidance|EPG 751.14.5.10]] for weld design and detail guidance.<br />
<br />
{|border="1" cellspacing="0" align="center" style="text-align:center;" <br />
|+'''Intermediate Diaphragm and Cross Frame Details **'''<br />
!width="175pt"|Shape||width="75pt"|"D" (in)||width="75pt"|"N"||width="125pt"|Channel, Angle<br/>or Bent Plate||width="75pt"|"A" (in)||width="75pt"|"B" (in)<br />
|-<br />
|W21X48 THRU W21X93||12||4||C12 x 20.7||3||1/2<br />
|-<br />
|W24X68 THRU W24X103||12||4||C12 x 20.7||3||1/2<br />
|-<br />
|W27X84 THRU W27X129||15||4||5/16 x 23||4||1 1/2<br />
|-<br />
|W30X90 THRU W30X148||18||5||5/16 x 26||4||1 1/2<br />
|-<br />
|W33X118 THRU W33X221||21||5||5/16 x 29||4||1 1/2<br />
|-<br />
|W36X135 THRU W36X194||21||5||5/16 x 29||4||1 1/2<br />
|-<br />
|W40X149 THRU W40X215||21||5||5/16 x 29||4||1 1/2<br />
|-<br />
|36" thru 40" Plate Girders||21||5||5/16 x 29||4||1 1/2<br />
|-<br />
|42" Plate Girders||27||5||5/16 x 35||4||1 1/2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="3"|> 42" Plate Girders||colspan="2"|Diagonal Member||L3x3x5/16||rowspan="3"|4||rowspan="3"|1 1/2<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|Horizontal<br/>Member||*** S < 10'-2"||L3.5x3.5x5/16<br />
|-<br />
|other||L4x4x5/16<br />
|}<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="1" align="center" style="text-align:center"<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top" align="right" width="10pt"|**||align="left" width="500pt" |Table is applicable for diaphragms and cross frames used as bracing members. For criterion used in determining members sizes see the footnotes for the “Bottom Horizontal Members for Web Depths” and “ Diagonal Members for Web Depths > 48” tables for End Diaphragms.<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top" align="right" width="10pt"|***||align="left" width="500pt" |S = girder spacing along diaphragm skew<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" width="510pt" align="left"|Diaphragms and cross frames used as primary members must be checked for torsion effects. (See [[#Analysis of Horizontaly Curved Girders|Analysis of Horizontally Curved Girders]])<br />
|}<br />
<br />
{|align="center"<br />
|-<br />
!align="left"|ATTENTION DETAILER:<br />
|-<br />
|align="left"|Intermediate diaphragm connection plates shall be detailed for Connection “A” for skews thru 20˚.<br/>Details of Connection “A” are shown in [[#751.14.5.1 Bearing Stiffeners|EPG 751.14.5.1 Bearing Stiffeners]].<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== 751.14.5.3 End Diaphragms for Wide Flange Beams ===<br />
<br />
{|border="1" cellspacing="0" align="center" style="text-align:center;" <br />
|-<br />
!W21 thru W30||colspan="8"|Beam Spacing, ft. <br />
|-<br />
!width="100pt"|Skew, deg.||width="75pt"|7||width="75pt"|7.5||width="75pt"|8||width="75pt"|8.5||width="75pt"|9||width="75pt"|9.5||width="75pt"|10||width="75pt"|10.5<br />
|-<br />
|'''0'''||C15x33.9||C15x33.9||C15x40||C15x50||C15x50||W16x36||W16x40||W16x40<br />
|-<br />
|'''10'''||C15x33.9||C15x40||C15x40||C15x50||C15x50||W16x36||W16x40||W16x40<br />
|-<br />
|'''20'''||C15x33.9||C15x40||C15x50||C15x50||W16x36||W16x40||W16x40||W16x45<br />
|-<br />
|'''30'''||C15x40||C15x50||C15x50||W16x36||W16x40||W16x40||W16x45||W16x45<br />
|-<br />
|'''40'''||C15x50||W16x36||W16x40||W16x45||W16x45||W16x50||W16x50||W16x57<br />
|-<br />
|'''50'''||W16x40||W16x45||W16x50||W16x50||W16x57||W16x57||W16x67||W16x67<br />
|-<br />
|'''60'''||W16x57||W16x67||W16x67||W16x67||W16x67||W16x77||W16x77||W16x89<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="1" cellspacing="0" align="center" style="text-align:center;" <br />
|-<br />
!W33||colspan="8"|Beam Spacing, ft. <br />
|-<br />
!width="100pt"|Skew, deg.||width="75pt"|7||width="75pt"|7.5||width="75pt"|8||width="75pt"|8.5||width="75pt"|9||width="75pt"|9.5||width="75pt"|10||width="75pt"|10.5<br />
|-<br />
|0||W16x31||W16x31||W16x31||W16x36||W16x36||W16x36||W16x40||W16x40<br />
|-<br />
|10||W16x31||W16x31||W16x31||W16x36||W16x36||W16x36||W16x40||W16x40<br />
|-<br />
|20||W16x31||W16x31||W16x36||W16x36||W16x36||W16x40||W16x40||W16x45<br />
|-<br />
|30||W16x31||W16x36||W16x36||W16x36||W16x40||W16x40||W16x45||W16x45<br />
|-<br />
|40||W16x36||W16x36||W16x40||W16x45||W16x45||W16x50||W16x50||W16x57<br />
|-<br />
|50||W16x40||W16x45||W16x50||W16x50||W16x57||W16x57||W16x67||W16x67<br />
|-<br />
|60||W16x57||W16x67||W16x67||W16x67||W16x67||W16x77||W16x77||W16x89<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="1" cellspacing="0" align="center" style="text-align:center;" <br />
|-<br />
!W36||colspan="8"|Beam Spacing, ft. <br />
|-<br />
!width="100pt"|Skew, deg.||width="75pt"|7||width="75pt"|7.5||width="75pt"|8||width="75pt"|8.5||width="75pt"|9||width="75pt"|9.5||width="75pt"|10||width="75pt"|10.5<br />
|-<br />
|0||W18x35||W18x35||W18x35||W18x35||W18x35||W18x35||W18x40||W18x40<br />
|-<br />
|10||W18x35||W18x35||W18x35||W18x35||W18x35||W18x35||W18x40||W18x40<br />
|-<br />
|20||W18x35||W18x35||W18x35||W18x35||W18x35||W18x40||W18x40||W18x40<br />
|-<br />
|30||W18x35||W18x35||W18x35||W18x35||W18x40||W18x40||W18x46||W18x46<br />
|-<br />
|40||W18x35||W18x35||W18x40||W18x40||W18x46||W18x46||W18x50||W18x50<br />
|-<br />
|50||W18x40||W18x46||W18x46||W18x50||W18x50||W18x55||W18x55||W18x60<br />
|-<br />
|60||W18x50||W18x55||W18x60||W18x65||W18x65||W18x71||W18x76||W18x76<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="1" cellspacing="0" align="center" style="text-align:center;" <br />
|-<br />
!W40 thru W44||colspan="8"|Beam Spacing, ft. <br />
|-<br />
!width="100pt"|Skew, deg.||width="75pt"|7||width="75pt"|7.5||width="75pt"|8||width="75pt"|8.5||width="75pt"|9||width="75pt"|9.5||width="75pt"|10||width="75pt"|10.5<br />
|-<br />
|0||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44<br />
|-<br />
|10||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44<br />
|-<br />
|20||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44<br />
|-<br />
|30||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44<br />
|-<br />
|40||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x48<br />
|-<br />
|50||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x48||W21x48||W21x55||W21x55<br />
|-<br />
|60||W21x48||W21x50||W21x55||W21x55||W21x62||W21x62||W21x68||W21x73<br />
|}<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="1" align="center" style="text-align:center"<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top"|Note:||align="left" width="400pt" |The values in the table above may be used for both straight and horizontally curved beams.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
<center> [[Image:751.14 End Diaphragm Connections for W21 thru W24 Beams.gif]] </center><br />
<br />
<center> '''End Diaphragm Connections for W21 thru W24 Beams''' </center><br />
<br />
<br />
<center> [[Image:751.14 End Diaphragm Connections.jpg|350px]] </center><br />
<br />
<center> '''End Diaphragm Connections for W27 thru W40 Beams'''<br/>Refer to [[#751.14.5.10 Weld Design and Detail Guidance|EPG 751.14.5.10]] for weld design and detail guidance.</center><br />
{|align="center"<br />
|-<br />
|align="right" valign="top"|(*)||align="left" width="400pt"|Slope diaphragms when structure is superelevated or when 4” maximum depth is exceeded. See [[751.13 Expansion Devices|EPG 751.13 Expansion Devices]] for the details of end diaphragms on a structure.<br />
|-<br />
|align="right" valign="top"|(**)||align="left" width="400pt"|Modify if necessary to clear the anchor bolts of the flat plate bearing or connection bolts of the expansion device.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''All Sizes'''<br />
<br />
<center> [[Image:751.14 plan of end diaphragm connection for steel structures.gif]] </center><br />
<br />
<br />
{|align="center"<br />
|-<br />
!align="left" valign="top"|ATTENTION DETAILER:<br />
|-<br />
|align="left" width="400pt"|End diaphragms shall be detailed horizontally, stepped, or sloped as required.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== 751.14.5.4 End Diaphragms for Plate Girders ===<br />
<br />
{|border="1" cellspacing="0" align="center" style="text-align:center;" <br />
|+'''Top Horizontal Members for Given Web Depths'''<br />
!Webs Thru 40"||colspan="8"|Girder Spacing, ft. <br />
|-<br />
!width="100pt"|Skew, deg.||width="75pt"|7||width="75pt"|7.5||width="75pt"|8||width="75pt"|8.5||width="75pt"|9||width="75pt"|9.5||width="75pt"|10||width="75pt"|10.5<br />
|-<br />
|0||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44<br />
|-<br />
|10||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44<br />
|-<br />
|20||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44<br />
|-<br />
|30||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44<br />
|-<br />
|40||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x48<br />
|-<br />
|50||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x44||W21x48||W21x48||W21x55||W21x55<br />
|-<br />
|60||W21x48||W21x50||W21x55||W21x55||W21x62||W21x62||W21x68||W21x73<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="1" cellspacing="0" align="center" style="text-align:center;" <br />
|-<br />
!Webs ≥ 42"||colspan="8"|Girder Spacing, ft. <br />
|-<br />
!width="100pt"|Skew, deg.||width="75pt"|7||width="75pt"|7.5||width="75pt"|8||width="75pt"|8.5||width="75pt"|9||width="75pt"|9.5||width="75pt"|10||width="75pt"|10.5<br />
|-<br />
|0||C15x33.9||C15x33.9||C15x40||C15x50||C15x50||W16x36||W16x40||W16x40<br />
|-<br />
|10||C15x33.9||C15x40||C15x40||C15x50||C15x50||W16x36||W16x40||W16x40<br />
|-<br />
|20||C15x33.9||C15x40||C15x50||C15x50||W16x36||W16x40||W16x40||W16x45<br />
|-<br />
|30||C15x40||C15x50||C15x50||W16x36||W16x40||W16x40||W16x45||W16x45<br />
|-<br />
|40||C15x50||W16x36||W16x40||W16x45||W16x45||W16x50||W16x50||W16x57<br />
|-<br />
|50||W16x40||W16x45||W16x50||W16x50||W16x57||W16x57||W16x67||W16x67<br />
|-<br />
|60||W16x57||W16x67||W16x67||W16x67||W16x67||W16x77||W16x77||W16x89<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="1" cellspacing="0" align="center" style="text-align:center;" cellpadding="2"<br />
|+'''Bottom Horizontal Members for Web Depths ≥ 42”'''<br />
!Webs&nbsp;≥&nbsp;42"||colspan="8"|Girder Spacing, ft. <br />
|-<br />
!width="100pt"|Skew, deg.||width="125pt"|7||width="125pt"|7.5||width="125pt"|8||width="125pt"|8.5||width="125pt"|9||width="125pt"|9.5||width="125pt"|10||width="125pt"|10.5<br />
|-<br />
|0 thru 10||L3&nbsp;1/2x3&nbsp;1/2x5/16||L3&nbsp;1/2x3&nbsp;1/2x5/16||L3&nbsp;1/2x3&nbsp;1/2x5/16||L3&nbsp;1/2x3&nbsp;1/2x5/16||L4x4x5/16||L4x4x5/16||L4x4x5/16||L4x4x5/16<br />
|-<br />
|20||L3&nbsp;1/2x3&nbsp;1/2x5/16||L3&nbsp;1/2x3&nbsp;1/2x5/16||L3&nbsp;1/2x3&nbsp;1/2x5/16||L3&nbsp;1/2x3&nbsp;1/2x5/16||L4x4x5/16||L4x4x5/16||L4x4x5/16||L4x4x5/16<br />
|-<br />
|30||L3&nbsp;1/2x3&nbsp;1/2x5/16||L3&nbsp;1/2x3&nbsp;1/2x5/16||L4x4x5/16||L4x4x5/16||L4x4x5/16||L4x4x5/16||L4x4x5/16||L5x5x5/16<br />
|-<br />
|40||L3&nbsp;1/2x3&nbsp;1/2x5/16||L4x4x5/16||L4x4x5/16||L4x4x5/16||L5x5x5/16||L5x5x5/16||L5x5x5/16||L5x5x5/16<br />
|-<br />
|50||L4x4x5/16||L4x4x5/16||L5x5x5/16||L5x5x5/16||L5x5x5/16||L5x5x5/16||L6x6x3/8||L6x6x3/8<br />
|-<br />
|60||L5x5x5/16||L5x5x5/16||L6x6x3/8||L6x6x3/8||L6x6x3/8||L6x6x3/8||WT6x17.5||WT6x17.5<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="1" cellspacing="0" align="center" style="text-align:center;" cellpadding="2"<br />
|+'''Diagonal Members for Web Depths > 48”'''<br />
!Webs&nbsp;≤&nbsp;60"||colspan="8"|Girder Spacing, ft. <br />
|-<br />
!width="100pt"|Skew, deg.||width="125pt"|7||width="125pt"|7.5||width="125pt"|8||width="125pt"|8.5||width="125pt"|9||width="125pt"|9.5||width="125pt"|10||width="125pt"|10.5<br />
|-<br />
|0 thru 50||L3x3x5/16||L3x3x5/16||L3x3x5/16||L3x3x5/16||L3x3x5/16||L3x3x5/16||L3x3x5/16||L3x3x5/16<br />
|-<br />
|60||L3x3x5/16||L3x3x5/16||L3x3x5/16||L3x3x5/16||L3&nbsp;1/2x3&nbsp;1/2x5/16||L3&nbsp;1/2x3&nbsp;1/2x5/16||L3&nbsp;1/2x3&nbsp;1/2x5/16||L3&nbsp;1/2x3&nbsp;1/2x5/16<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="1" cellspacing="0" align="center" style="text-align:center;" cellpadding="2"<br />
|-<br />
!Webs&nbsp;<&nbsp;112"||colspan="8"|Girder Spacing, ft. <br />
|-<br />
!width="100pt"|Skew, deg.||width="125pt"|7||width="125pt"|7.5||width="125pt"|8||width="125pt"|8.5||width="125pt"|9||width="125pt"|9.5||width="125pt"|10||width="125pt"|10.5<br />
|-<br />
|0 thru |40||L3x3x5/16||L3x3x5/16||L3x3x5/16||L3x3x5/16||L3x3x5/16||L3x3x5/16||L3x3x5/16||L3x3x5/16<br />
|-<br />
|60||L3x3x5/16||L3x3x5/16||L3&nbsp;1/2x3&nbsp;1/2x5/16||L3&nbsp;1/2x3&nbsp;1/2x5/16||L3&nbsp;1/2x3&nbsp;1/2x5/16||L3&nbsp;1/2x3&nbsp;1/2x5/16||L3&nbsp;1/2x3&nbsp;1/2x5/16||L3&nbsp;1/2x3&nbsp;1/2x5/16<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
For girder spacing or skews not listed in table, use nearest tabulated angle size.<br />
<br />
Enter the tables with the skew of the diaphragm, not the bridge skew.<br />
<br />
The members in Tables 2 and 3 were selected to meet only the slenderness requirement <math>\, \frac {K l}{r_z} \le 140</math>. For diagonal bracing members the following <math>\, K</math> values were used for equal leg single angle members:<br />
:{|border="1" cellspacing="0"<br />
|-<br />
|width="275pt"|L3x3x5/16||<math>\, K</math>||= 0.85<br />
|-<br />
|width="275pt"|L3 1/2x3 1/2x5/16 and longer leg lengths||<math>\, K</math>||= 0.75<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
For horizontal bracing members the following K values were used for equal leg single angle members:<br />
:{|border="1" cellspacing="0"<br />
|-<br />
|width="275pt"|L3x3x5/16||<math>\, K</math>||= 1.1<br />
|-<br />
|width="275pt"|L3 1/2x3 1/2x5/16||<math>\, K</math>||= 0.95<br />
|-<br />
|width="275pt"|L4x4x5/16||<math>\, K</math>||= 0.85<br />
|-<br />
|width="275pt"|L5x5x5/16||<math>\, K</math>||= 0.80<br />
|-<br />
|width="275pt"|L6x6x3/8||<math>\, K</math>||= 0.75<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
The above <math>\, K</math> values were determined using the following reference article: ''“Critical Slenderness of Compression Members with Effective Lengths about Nonprincipal Axes”'', L. A. Lutz (1992) <br />
<br />
For WT shapes: <math>\, K</math> = 0.75 (in-plane), 1.0 (out-of-plane)<br />
<br />
Member lengths, l, were measured from the center of bolted connection. The center of bolted connection is assumed to be located 3.5” perpendicular to CL web. Vertically, diagonal members are assumed to extend to 2 3/8” from outer gusset plate edge. In-plane bending was assumed to be fixed-fixed while out-of-plane bending is assumed to be pinned at the bolted connection and fixed at the diagonal member crossing. Diagonal members are assumed to be braced in the middle.<br />
<br />
For diaphragms and cross-frames designed as primary members in horizontally curved girders:<br />
<br />
:::<math>\, \frac{Kl}{r} \le 120</math><br />
<br />
Primary members shall also be designed for torsional effects. (See [[#Analysis of Horizontaly Curved Girders|Analysis of Horizontally Curved Girders]])<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''End Diaphragms'''<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="3" align="center" style="text-align:center" cellspacing="0"<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[[Image:751.14 end diaphragm - 36in thru 40in webs.gif]]<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|End Diaphragm - 36" Thru 40" Webs<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[[Image:751.14 end diaphragm - 42in thru 48in webs.gif]]<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|End Diaphragm - 42" Thru 48" Webs<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
|[[Image:751.14 end diaphragm - 36 thru 40.jpg|350px]]<br />
|[[Image:751.14 end diaphragm - 42 thru 48.jpg|375px]]<br />
|-<br />
!Detail "D"||Detail "E"<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Haunch slab to bear on channel or wide flange.<br />
|}<br />
{|align="center"<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top"|(*)||align="left"|Slope diaphragms when a structure is superelevated or when the 4" maximum depth is exceeded.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
Refer to [[#751.14.5.10 Weld Design and Detail Guidance|EPG 751.14.5.10]] for weld design and detail guidance.<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="3" align="center" style="text-align:center" cellspacing="0"<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[[Image:751.14 end diaphragm - webs over 48in.gif]]<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|End Diaphragm - Webs Over 48"<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
|[[Image:751.14 end diaphragm - over 48 detail c.jpg|350px]]<br />
|[[Image:751.14 end diaphragm - over 48 detail a.jpg|375px]]<br />
|-<br />
!Detail "C"||Detail "A"<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Haunch slab to bear on channel or wide flange.<br />
|}<br />
{|align="center"<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top"|(*)||align="left"|Slope diaphragms when a structure is superelevated or when the 4" maximum depth is exceeded.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
Refer to [[#751.14.5.10 Weld Design and Detail Guidance|EPG 751.14.5.10]] for weld design and detail guidance.<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="3" align="center" style="text-align:center" cellspacing="0"<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[[Image:751.14 end diaphragm - webs over 48in structure with finger plate expansion device.gif]]<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|End Diaphragm - Webs Over 48"<br/>Structure with Finger Plate Expansion Device<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
|[[Image:751.14 end diaphragm - over 48 finger plate detail d.jpg|350px]]<br />
|[[Image:751.14 end diaphragm - over 48 finger plate detail a.jpg|375px]]<br />
|-<br />
!Detail "D"||Detail "A"<br />
|}<br />
Refer to [[#751.14.5.10 Weld Design and Detail Guidance|EPG 751.14.5.10]] for weld design and detail guidance.<br />
<br />
===751.14.5.5 Transverse Stiffeners ===<br />
Transverse stiffeners are also referred to as intermediate web stiffeners.<br />
<br />
Minimum stiffener size is 5 1/2" x 1/2”. Width of plate shall be increased as required by 1/2" increments. Thickness of plate shall be increased as required by 1/8" increments.<br />
<br />
Transverse stiffeners shall be used on inside face of exterior girders and in successive alignment along either side of interior girders.<br />
<br />
When transverse stiffeners are used, top and bottom tension or compression flanges shall be shown on the "Elevation of Girder" detail on plans.<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="3" align="center" style="text-align:center" cellspacing="0"<br />
|-<br />
|[[Image:751.14.5.5.1.jpg|370px]]<br />
|-<br />
!Int. web Stiffener (One Side Only)<br/>Variable Flange Width<br />
|colspan="2"| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
|Refer to [[#751.14.5.10 Weld Design and Detail Guidance|EPG 751.14.5.10]] for weld design and detail guidance.<br />
|-<br />
|[[Image:751.14.5.5.2.jpg|350px]]<br />
|-<br />
!Details of Beveled Plate for Int. Web Stiffener, Bearing<br/>Stiffener and Intermediate Diaphragm Connection Plates<br />
|}<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="1" align="center" style="text-align:center"<br />
|-<br />
|(1)||align="left" |Check LRFD 6.10.11.1.1 for clip limits.<br />
|-<br />
|(2)||align="left" |Attach to flange when stiffener is also used as a diaphragm connection plate.<br />
|-<br />
|(3)||align="left" width="600pt" |When dimension exceeds 1/2", bevel stiffener plate.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== 751.14.5.6 Longitudinal Stiffeners ===<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="3" align="center" style="text-align:center" cellspacing="0"<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top" width="400" align="left"|When longitudinal stiffeners are required they shall be used on the outside of exterior girders and in successive alignment along either side of interior girders.<br />
|rowspan="5"|[[Image:751.14 longitudinal web stiffener.jpg|350px]]<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top" width="400" align="left"|The placement of longitudinal stiffeners may interfere with bolting the diaphragm or cross frame in place. Should this occur, it will be necessary to clip the longitudinal stiffeners as shown below.<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top" width="400" align="left"|Also, when lateral bracing is required, place the longitudinal stiffener on the opposite side of girder.<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top" width="400" align="left"|The appropriate details shown below shall be modified as needed and placed on the design plans.<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top" width="400" align="left"|(*) Location shall satisfy requirements of LRFD 6.10.8.3.<br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;<br />
!Longitudinal Web Stiffener<br/>(One Side Only)<br>Refer to [[#751.14.5.10 Weld Design and Detail Guidance|EPG 751.14.5.10]] for weld design and detail guidance.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="3" align="center" style="text-align:center" cellspacing="0"<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[[Image:751.14 section showing longitudinal stiffeners at vertical stiffeners and connection plates.gif]]<br />
|-<br />
!valign="top"|Interior Girders<br/>Square or Skewed<br />
!valign="top"|Exterior Girders<br/>at Intermediate<br/>Bearing Stiffeners<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[[Image:751.14 section showing longitudinal stiffeners at bolted field splice.gif]]<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|Typical Section at Bolted Field Splice<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== 751.14.5.7 Lateral Bracing ===<br />
<br />
Lateral bracing shall be omitted on all spans <math>\, < 140</math> ft. Lateral bracing may be omitted on spans <math>\, \ge 140</math> ft provided the girder meets all applicable Strength limit states.<br />
<br />
Lateral bracing shall be placed in outer bays.<br />
<br />
Members selected shall meet requirements of bracing members with <math>\, KL/r \le 140</math>.<br />
<br />
Under no circumstance shall lateral bracing be detailed to go through diaphragms. In order to facilitate erection, structural tees for lateral bracing may be inverted to connect to the top gusset plates.<br />
<br />
Whenever practicable, diaphragms and lateral bracing shall connect to bearing stiffeners in bridges having large skews, diaphragms and lateral bracing need not connect to end bearing stiffeners for such structures but should connect to a girder midway between the bearing stiffener and the first transverse web stiffener.<br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.14 part lateral bracing framing plan1.gif]]</center><br />
<br />
<center>'''Part Lateral Bracing Framing Plan'''</center><br />
<center>See below for Details "B" & "C"</center><br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="3" align="center" style="text-align:center" cellspacing="0"<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[[Image:751.14 lateral bracing detail b.gif]]<br />
|-<br />
|align="right"|[[Image:751.14 circled 1.gif]]<br />
|align="left"|Spaced at 2" (Min.), 3" (Max.)<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|Detail "B"<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
|[[Image:751.14 lateral bracing detail c.gif]]<br />
|[[Image:751.14 lateral bracing detail a.jpg|350px]]<br />
|-<br />
!Detail "C"||Detail "A"<br />
|}<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="3" align="center" style="text-align:center" cellspacing="0"<br />
|-<br />
|align="right" valign="top"|Note:||width="300pt" align="left"|Lateral Bracing T-Gusset shall be cut to required depth from W27 x 94, or T-Gusset can be built from plates in shop.<br />
|-<br />
|Refer to [[#751.14.5.10 Weld Design and Detail Guidance|EPG 751.14.5.10]] for weld design and detail guidance.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="3" align="center" style="text-align:center" cellspacing="0"<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[[Image:751.14 lateral bracing-constant depth girders.gif]]<br />
|-<br />
|align="right" valign="top"|(*)||align="left" width="300pt"|Locate T-Gusset as shown above, dimension at all connections should be constant from top of bottom flange.<br />
|-<br />
|align="right"|'''Place following not on plans:'''||align="left"|Note: T-Gusset shall be placed (*) inches above top of bottom flange.<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|Constant Depth Girders<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|&nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[[Image:751.14 lateral bracing-constant-variable depth girders.gif]]<br />
|-<br />
|align="right" valign="top"|(**)||align="left" width="300pt"|Locate T-Gusset as shown above, dimension at all connections should be constant from top of bottom flange in constant web depth portions.<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|Constant - Variable Depth Girders<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|&nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[[Image:751.14 lateral bracing-tapered-variable depth girders.gif]]<br />
|-<br />
|align="right" valign="top"|(***)||align="left" width="300pt"|Locate T-Gusset as shown above, dimension at all connections thru tapered section should be constant from top of bottom flange (Slope T-Gusset same as bottom flange). Continue same slope through variable depth section of girders.<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|Tapered - Variable Depth Girders<br />
|}<br />
<br />
===751.14.5.8 Protective Coating Requirements=== <br />
Coating requirements for new steel girder bridge shall be in accordance with [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=14 Sec 1080] and [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=14 Sec 1081].<br />
<br />
System G (three-coat system) is typically used for non-weathering steel ([http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=14 Sec 1081]).<br />
<br />
System H (three-coat system) is typically used for weathering steel ([http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=14 Sec 1080] and [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=14 Sec 1081]) or where coating operations will take place near an existing vinyl coating system (System C). <br />
<br />
System I (two-coat system) shall be used for non-weathering steel only and should be based on the following guidance: <br />
<br />
:(a) System I should be considered in areas where the aesthetics of a coating system over the long term is unusually more critical than System G. While System G and I provide long term protection, System I has excellent gloss retention and UV resistance. System I is a context sensitive design (CSD) solution. CSD follows from project scoping and is subject to the project core team protocols. <br />
<br />
::(1) Consider for locations where the structure is more visible or the public has leisurely time for more than just a casual glance, for example structures near a ballpark or a pedestrian bridge. Using same rationale, bridges that are tall or have wide girder spacing or a low number of girders where more of the superstructure is visible could also be candidates.<br />
<br />
::(2) Consider the image consciousness of the surroundings in conjunction with rather than solely the protection of the structure which is equally provided by both systems. Maintenance of either System G or I should be considered the same. <br />
<br />
:(b) System I is a polysiloxane finish coat that is normally applied directly over an inorganic zinc primer with no intermediate coating. Since the system is a two-coat system, it may be applied in less time which can influence critical path scheduling and impacts to the driving public. For example, it may be possible for a contractor to get in and out quicker than if they were to use a three-coat system. MoDOT coating policy as described in Standard Specification Section 1081 requires different field coating requirements based on the type of bridge crossing. For roadway grade separations, it is required that interior girders have only a single field coat in order to satisfy that all girders on a roadway grade separation bridge have at least two coatings for protection. In the case of System I, the Standard Specifications require that a System G epoxy intermediate field coat be applied to all interior girders and the interior of fascia girders and that the System I polysiloxane finish coating be applied to the exterior of the facia girders only. This is based on a system I polysiloxane coating cost being greater than a system G epoxy coating on a per-gallon cost basis. It also requires that the contractor be given the option to substitute the System I finish coat in place of a System G intermediate coat. If CSD determines that the polysiloxane should to be applied to all girders, then the general notes for coatings and the quantities on the contract plans will need to reflect the revised coating requirements.<br />
<br />
:(c) System I is approved for use on state highway projects beginning February 2011. Alternate bidding is encouraged if guideline (a) is not required to be met and with approval of the Structural Project Manager or Structural Liaison Engineer and the project core team. <br />
<br />
See [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=751.50_Standard_Detailing_Notes#A4._Protective_Coatings EPG 751.50 A4. Protective Coatings] for standard detailing notes and guidance on how they are used.<br />
<div id="Galvanized nonweathering structural"></div><br />
Galvanized non-weathering structural steel beams, girders, bracing and diaphragms may be used as required or allowed by alternate, on a case-by-case basis, with approval of the Structural Project Manager or Structural Liaison Engineer and the project core team.<br />
<br />
When galvanized structural steel is required, place note EPG 751.50 (A4a1.8.2a) on the plans. Do not use notes EPG 751.50 (A4a1.1 – A4a1.7). When galvanized structural steel is bid as an alternate, place notes EPG 751.50 (A4a1.8.1a, A4a1.8.1b, and A4a1.8.1c) on the plans under the applicable coating new steel notes EPG 751.50 (A4a1.1-A4a1.7).<br />
<br />
===751.14.5.9 Weathering Steel=== <br />
Use of weathering steel may require special detailing as specified in the referenced documents in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=751.1_Preliminary_Design#751.1.2.9_Girder_Type_Selection EPG 751.1.2.9 Girder Type Selection].<br />
<br />
====751.14.5.9.1 Drip Bar Guidance====<br />
<br />
'''General'''<br />
<br />
The purpose of a drip bar placed on the bottom flange is to intercept and deflect water and debris. Drip bars should be installed on new, or retrofitting existing weathering steel where a need is discovered.<br />
<br />
Drip bars should be utilized for three reasons: <br />
<br />
1. To protect girders and beams from sustained and accumulated (heavy) water flow along the web-flange crease that can promote deterioration by wearing action (due to particulate matter and debris) and long term moisture retention along the crease and along the lower web whereby water is drawn up the sides of the lower web by capillary action which is observable in the field as constantly "wetted" sides or permanent discoloration. For a new girder or beam, this can retard the development of or reduce the efficacy of the protective oxide coating.<br />
<br />
2. To protect bearing devices from sustained moisture due to accumulating water and debris.<br />
<br />
3. To protect substructure from long term staining. (For the short term, temporary protective coating is utilized during weathering steel construction; see [[:Category:711 Protective Coatings for Exposed Concrete Surfaces|EPG 711 Protective Coatings for Exposed Concrete Surfaces]].)<br />
<br />
'''Guidance'''<br />
<br />
Drip bars shall not be provided on flat structures (0.0 % grade) unless in the case of long spans where permanently cambered girders or beams can produce a water flow.<br />
<br />
Drip bars shall be placed skewed on top of bottom flange and preferably placed squared on bottom of bottom flange.<br />
<br />
Drip bars shall not be provided directly over railroads, roadways and walkways.<br />
<br />
'''(Case 1) To protect girders and beams:''' Drip bars should be located at the downgrade side of open or closed expansion devices between 5 ft. from the center of the expansion device and to within 1 ft. from the end of the partial coating limit (to ensure the drip bars are coated) for <u>all girders or beams</u> within a span. <br />
<br />
'''(Case 2) To protect girder and beam ends, bearings <u>and</u> bearing stiffeners:''' Drip bars should be located at the upgrade side of bearings at the exterior faces of exterior girders or beams at about 4 ft. away from the face of the bent for downhill runs of 100 ft. or longer span girders or beams. <br />
<br />
'''(Case 3) To protect substructure:''' Drip bars should be located adjacent to the upgrade side of the bent at the exterior faces of exterior girders or beams at about 4 ft. away from the face of the bent for downhill runs of 100 ft. or longer span girders or beams to prevent stain marks on the substructure in either urban or context sensitive designs, for example where the aesthetics of the structure is considered important. For aesthetics reasons drip bars adjacent to substructure may be provided where the structure is over railroad, water or near integral abutments. <br />
<br />
Fatigue analysis of girder or beam for welded connection of drip bars shall be required in the event that there will be effective stress cycles in tension and/or stress reversal on the welds. Bolted drip angle details may be considered instead of welded drip bars details as an alternative. <br />
<br />
[[image:751.14.5.9.1.jpg|center|820px]]<br />
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" text align:left width="700"<br />
|-<br />
|Notes:<br />
|-<br />
|Identify direction of grade on plans and orient drip bar accordingly to deflect water and debris.<br />
|-<br />
|Case 1 - Provide drip bar detail at all girders to block water from expansion device to protect the girders.<br />
|-<br />
|Case 2 or 3 - Provide drip bar detail at exterior face of exterior girders to deflect water and debris from 100 ft. or longer span draining to a bent.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
====751.14.5.9.2 Drip Bar Details ====<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center" width="500"<br />
|+ <br />
! style="background:#BEBEBE" |[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/DRIP.htm Bridge Standard Drawings – Drip Bar] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/drip-bar-weathering-steel-drip Drip Bar for Weathered Steel]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
Welded drip bar details are preferred because they are simpler, require less work and produce less damage to new or existing weathering steel flanges. Bolted drip angles are optional and should only be used when welded drip bars cannot be used. Both sets of details are not intended to be used as alternates on a single job.<br />
<br />
===751.14.5.10 Weld Design and Detail Guidance===<br />
<br />
'''<u>General</u>'''<br />
<br />
''Fillet Welds''<br />
<br />
Weld design and detail guidance is provided to ensure that the correct fillet weld size is used for fabrication and to reduce incidences of inconsistent and/or incorrect fillet weld sizes shown on the plans which can cause problems for both designer and fabricator.<br />
<br />
Preferred MoDOT standard practice is to exclude (leave blank) fillet weld sizes from the bridge plans which is to mean that the fillet weld size shall be determined by the fabricator and that they are contractually obligated to use the minimum fillet weld sizes given in [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=14 Sec 1080] (shown as the minimum size of fillet weld) of the Standard Specifications.<br />
<br />
Excluding fillet weld sizes from the bridge plans is correct in most situations, for example routine welded connections. This accepted and preferred practice prevents the designer from performing unnecessary and complicated load estimates and weld strength computations for mundane welded connections while ensuring consistent plan details for ease of fabrication. Standard Drawings and the details shown in EPG 751.14.5 Details show fillet weld symbols without the fillet weld size and should be assumed adequate for typical applications. Minimum fillet weld sizes are based only on material thickness of parts to be adjoined and are not specific to loading condition or magnitude of load, and are proven empirically to work in practice for typical applications. For more information, see itemized guidance following.<br />
<br />
However, excluding fillet weld sizes shall not preclude sound engineering practice of ensuring that a minimum fillet weld size given in accordance with Sec 1080 is acceptable to resist maximum factored loads. This is for typical applications only – ALWAYS CHECK to be sure.<br />
<br />
''Specialty Welds''<br />
<br />
For purposes of this section only, any weld not a fillet weld is considered a specialty weld and weld symbol should include all pertinent design information and instruction for fabricating weld, i.e. type, size and instructions.<br />
<br />
'''<u>Itemized Guidance</u>'''<br />
<br />
Itemized guidance is provided to be used for all types of welds.<br />
<br />
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"<br />
|-<br />
|width="120" valign="top"|No. 1 ||Weld design shall be in accordance with AISC Steel Construction Manual, 13th Ed., Part 8; AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, Bridge Welding Code AASHTO/AWS D1.5M/D1.5 Bridge Welding Code, Missouri Standard Specifications [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=14 Sec 1080] and [[751.5 Structural Detailing Guidelines#751.5.9 Miscellaneous Details|EPG 751.5.9 Miscellaneous Details]].<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top"|No. 2||The minimum fillet weld size for welding connections shall not be less than the size required by design to resist the maximum factored loads in accordance with LRFD 6.13.3 nor the minimum fillet weld size shown in [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=14 Sec 1080].<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top"|No. 3 ||Design of welds shall include fatigue investigation and diaphragm moment effects due to bridge skew and curvature effects if applicable. For routine* plate girders and wide flange beams, leave the weld size blank for the stiffener to web weld and use the requirements in the Standard Specifications. For curved plate girders, skews greater than 50° and spans longer than 200 ft., the stiffener to web fillet weld size should be investigated.<br />
|-<br />
| ||* Judgment and experience are required to determine this; guidance is provided and may not be strict enough in characterizing nonroutine (or nontypical) bridges.<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top"|No. 4||Fillet weld size for weld connections shall not be shown on the plans if minimum required fillet weld size by design is less than or equal to fillet weld size shown in [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=14 Sec 1080]. (Fabricators and inspectors will use the minimum fillet weld size given in Sec 1080 unless larger fillet weld size is shown on the bridge plans.)<br />
|-<br />
|No. 5||Seismic design effects shall also be considered for design of welds when required.<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top"|No. 6||Fillet weld size shall be shown on the bridge plans for specialty weld connections, for example, as shown in [[#751.14.5.3 End Diaphragms for Wide Flange Beams|EPG 751.14.5.3 End Diaphragm Connection]] for W27 thru W40 beams and [[#751.14.5.4 End Diaphragms for Plate Girders|EPG 751.14.5.4 End Diaphragm for Plate Girders]], Detail “D”. Specialty welds as shown shall be checked for conditions given in No. 4.<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top"|No. 7||Working clearance requirements to allow adequate room for welder to make proper welds shall be checked in accordance with AISC Steel Construction Manual, 13th Ed., Part 8; AASHTO Bridge Design LRFD Specifications and Bridge Welding Code AASHTO/AWS D1.5M/D1.5 Bridge Welding Code. <br />
|-<br />
|valign="top"|No. 8 ||Field weld symbols should be shown with fillet weld size. In general, field welding symbols should be shown complete, i.e. include all pertinent design information and instruction for fabricating weld, i.e. type, size and instructions.<br />
|-<br />
|No. 9||Angle size for steel diaphragms should be shown without inch (“) marks on the plans. <br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|'''<u>Examples of Design and Detail of Bearing Stiffener Fillet Welds</u>'''<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|''Ex. 1 Routine Bridge – Nonseismic''<br />
|-<br />
|Check No. 3|| Routine by criteria (given); no weld size check necessary.<br />
|-<br />
|Check No. 4|| Leave weld size blank but show weld symbol.<br />
|-<br />
|Check No. 7|| Check working clearances. Is there adequate clearance to make the weld?<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|''Ex. 2 Nonroutine Bridge – Nonseismic''<br />
|-<br />
|Check No. 3|| Nonroutine by criteria (given); weld size check necessary using No. 1 and No.2; if design fillet weld size <= minimum fillet weld size shown in [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=14 Sec 1080], do not show fillet weld size (leave blank) on plans, but do show fillet weld symbol. <br />
|-<br />
|Check No. 4|| Insert design fillet weld size if design fillet weld size > minimum fillet weld size shown in [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=14 Sec 1080].<br />
|-<br />
|Check No. 7|| Check working clearances. Is there adequate clearance to make the weld?<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|''Ex. 3 Nonroutine Bridge – Seismic''<br />
|-<br />
|Check No.4||Nonroutine by criteria (given); weld size check necessary using No. 1 and No. 2. Seismic; Consult with Structural Project Manager or Structural Liaison Engineer to consider developing loads and designing fillet weld size; If design fillet weld size < minimum fillet weld size shown in [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=14 Sec 1080], do not show fillet weld size (leave blank) on plans, but do show fillet weld symbol. <br />
|-<br />
|Check No. 5|| Insert design fillet weld size if design fillet weld size > minimum fillet weld size shown in Sec 1080.<br />
|-<br />
|Check No. 7|| Check working clearances. Is there adequate clearance to make the weld?<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== 751.14.6 Miscellaneous Details ==<br />
<br />
<br />
=== 751.14.6.1 Girder Haunch ===<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="3" align="center" style="text-align:center" cellspacing="0"<br />
|-<br />
!align="left" colspan="2"|Prestressed Panel Section:<br />
|-<br />
|align="left" colspan="2"|Steel girders shall be cambered when using P/S Panels.<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[[Image:751.14 girder haunch-prestressed panel section.gif]]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|&nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
!align="left" colspan="2"|Cast-in-Place Section:<br />
|-<br />
|align="left" colspan="2"|Cambering steel girders is preferred over varying the haunch profile. For wide flange beams with nominal depths ≥ 36 in., the cambering method required by the fabricator may not be economical and should be compared to the cost of using variable haunching. When variable haunching is used in lieu of cambering, the maximum haunch limit may be maintained by changing girder slopes at field splices.<br />
|-<br />
|align="left" colspan="2"|Slab Haunch Limits:<br />
|-<br />
|[[Image:751.14 girder haunch-cast-in-place section crowned roadway.gif]]<br />
|[[Image:751.14 girder haunch-cast-in-place section superelevated roadway.gif]]<br />
|-<br />
!Normal Crown<br/>Roadway Slab<br />
!Superelevated<br/>Slab<br />
|}<br />
{|align="center"<br />
|valign="top"|(*)||align="left" width="500pt"|1/2 in. minimum edge clearance except over splice plates use 1/4 in. min. <br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== 751.14.6.2 Girder Camber and Dead Load Deflection ===<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="3" align="center" style="text-align:center" cellspacing="0"<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="3" align="left"|Straight Grade (Dead Load Deflection)<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="3" align="left"|Compute Dead load Deflection at 1/4 points for bridges with spans less than 75', at 1/10 points for spans 75' and over.<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;||colspan="2"|[[Image:751.14 girder camber and dead load deflection-theoretical slab haunch.gif]]<br />
|-<br />
!&nbsp;||Theoretical<br/>Slab Haunch||Theoretical<br/>Slab Haunch<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;||(P/C P/S Panel Section)||(C.I.P. Section)<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top" align="right"|(*)||colspan="2" align="left"| Dimension (bottom of slab to top of web) may vary if girder camber after erection<br/>differs from plan camber by more than the % of Dead Load Deflection due<br/>to weight of structural steel. No payment will be made for any adjustment in forming<br/>or additional concrete required for variation in haunching.<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="3"| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;||colspan="2"|[[Image:751.14 girder camber and dead load deflection-plate girder camber diagram.gif]]<br />
|-<br />
!&nbsp;||colspan="2"|Plate Girder Camber Diagram<br />
|-<br />
|align="right"|Note:||colspan="2" align="left"|Camber included allowance for _______________. (**)<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;||colspan="2" align="left"|___% of dead load deflection due to weight of structural steel.<br />
|-<br />
|align="right"|(**)||colspan="2" align="left"|Provide proper notes.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="3" align="center" style="text-align:center" cellspacing="0"<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="3" align="left"|Vertical Curves(Dead Load Deflection)<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;||colspan="2"|[[Image:751.14 vertical curves (dead load deflection)-theoretical slab haunch.gif]]<br />
|-<br />
!&nbsp;||Theoretical<br/>Slab Haunch||Theoretical<br/>Slab Haunch<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;||(P/C P/S Panel Section)||(C.I.P. Section)<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top" align="right"|(*)||colspan="2" align="left"| Dimension (bottom of slab to top of web) may vary if girder camber after erection<br/>differs from plan camber by more than the % of Dead Load Deflection due to<br/>weight of structural steel. No payment will be made for any adjustment in forming<br/>or additional concrete required for variation in haunching.<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="3"| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;||colspan="2"|[[Image:751.14 vertical curves (dead load deflection)-plate girder camber diagram.gif]]<br />
|-<br />
!&nbsp;||colspan="2"|Plate Girder Camber Diagram<br />
|colspan="3"| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;||colspan="2"|[[Image:751.14 vertical curves (dead load deflection)-plate girder deflection diagram.gif]]<br />
|-<br />
!&nbsp;||colspan="2"|Plate Girder Deflection Diagram<br />
|-<br />
|align="right"|Note:||colspan="2" align="left"|Camber included allowance for _______________. (**)<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;||colspan="2" align="left"|___% of dead load deflection due to weight of structural steel.<br />
|-<br />
|align="right"|(**)||colspan="2" align="left"|Provide proper notes.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== 751.14.6.3 Girder Elevation Variation Sketch ===<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.14 girder elevation variation sketch-section thru girders normal to cl roadway.gif]]</center><br />
<br />
<center>'''Section Thru Girders Normal To Centerline Roadway'''</center><br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.14 girder elevation variation sketch-table.gif]]</center><br />
<br />
<br />
Dimensions showing girder variations shall be placed on the cross section thru slab or, if necessary because of the number and type of variations, the above type of detail and table shall be placed near the structural steel layout.<br />
<br />
=== 751.14.6.4 Spacing of Intermediate Diaphragm from Splice ===<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.14 spacing of intermediate diaphragms from splice.gif]]</center><br />
<br />
<br />
=== 751.14.6.5 Offsets for Curved Plate Girders ===<br />
<br />
Plans for structures having horizontally curved plate girders shall have the detail shown below placed near the plan of structural steel.<br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.14 part plan of structural steel showing cl girder curve offsets.gif]]</center><br />
<br />
<center>'''Part Plan of Structural Steel Showing<br/>Centerline Girder Curve Offsets'''</center><br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="1" align="center" style="text-align:center"<br />
|-<br />
|valign="top"|Note:||align="left" width="400pt" |Typical example for 3 span structure shown.<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Category:751 LRFD Bridge Design Guidelines]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:702_Load-Bearing_Piles&diff=51649Category:702 Load-Bearing Piles2022-06-22T18:03:27Z<p>Smithk: /* 702.1.4.4 DFI Documents on Pile Driving and Hammers */</p>
<hr />
<div>This article contains information about piling types and pile driving criteria used by Construction and Materials Division for on-site pile and pile driving inspection purposes (in the field). This information was part of the former Field Inspection Guidance of the Construction and Materials Manual (see [[:Category:106 Control of Material|EPG 106 Control of Materials]]) and is continually updated.<br />
{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:10px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="210px" align="right" <br />
|-<br />
|'''[[media:702 Pile Driving Set Calculator R201305.xlsx|Pile Driving Set Calculator]]'''<br />
|}<br />
==702.1 Pile Types and Testing==<br />
The principal function of piles is to transmit loads which cannot be adequately supported at normal footing levels, to a depth where adequate support is available. <br />
<br />
When a pile passes through poor material and its tip penetrates a small distance into a sound stratum of good bearing capacity, it is called a bearing pile. The material which is penetrated may vary all the way from water to materials that would ordinarily serve to support surface footings, but cannot be used because of severe settlement restrictions. <br />
<br />
When a pile extends part way through deep strata of limited supporting resistance and capacity is developed primarily from surface friction along the sides of the pile with some end bearing, the pile is generally referred to as a friction pile. A type of pile normally used as a friction pile is a cast-in-place concrete pile(CIP pile).<br />
<br />
A battered pile is a pile driven on an inclination (a sloping position) to aid in resisting horizontal loads. <br />
<br />
Piles utilized as part of concrete footings where the piles are below the finished ground are referred to as foundation piles. The pile-footing system is generally referred to as a pile cap footing. Piles which support bent caps are called trestle piles and the pile-bent system is generally referred to as a pile cap bent. <br />
<br />
Pile types are specified on the bridge plans. <br />
<br />
There are two types of piles generally used by MoDOT. They are structural steel HP pile and close-ended pipe pile (cast-in-place, CIP). Open ended pipe pile (cast-in-place, CIP) can also be used. Structural steel piling are generally referred to as HP piling and two different standard AISC shapes are typically utilized: HP12 x 53 and HP14 x 73. Concrete piling are generally referred to as cast-in-place or CIP piling because the concrete is poured and cast in steel shells which are driven first or pre-driven. <br />
<br />
===702.1.1 Cast-In-Place (CIP) Concrete Piles ([http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=11 Sec 702.2.1])===<br />
All CIP piles shall be galvanized in accordance with Sec 702 unless otherwise shown on the plans.<br />
<br />
CIP concrete piling consist of pre-driven steel shells later filled with concrete. The most commonly used type of steel pipe is spirally welded steel sometimes referred to as pipe pile. All steel pipes must be in accordance with ASTM A 252 Grade 3. CIP pile normally has no internal steel reinforcing bars. Steel shells are usually driven without a mandrel if shell thickness is adequate. <br />
<br />
For CIP pile, Geotechnical Section indicates either "No Pile Point Needed" or "Pile Point Needed" and recommends pile point type on boring log. “Cruciform” or “Conical” pile point reinforcement is allowed for closed ended CIP pile. “Manufactured open ended cutting shoe (inside flange)” pile point reinforcement is allowed for open ended CIP. Generally pile point reinforcement is needed for CIP pile if boulders, cobbles or dense gravel are anticipated. <br />
<br />
Where steel shells are driven, boulders or other obstructions quite often deflect the pipe from their intended course. This problem is worsened if piles are driven on a batter and could result in bent or crushed shells. Steel shells shall hold the original form without distortion after being driven or after adjacent shells have been driven and shall be free from water, soil and other deleterious matter when concrete is cast in the shells. Any shell that has been bent or damaged should be carefully reviewed. In this case, any decision to allow use of bent or damaged shells should be with approval of the Bridge Division and the Construction and Materials Division. <br />
<br />
Concrete should be directed down the center of the shell. Concrete hitting the sides of the shell can cause segregation. If concrete can be successfully directed down the center of the shell, a tremie is not required regardless of the height of fall.<br />
<br />
===702.1.2 Structural Steel Piles (HP) (Sec 702.2.2)===<br />
All structural steel HP piles shall be galvanized in accordance with Sec 702 unless otherwise shown on the plans. Structural steel piles are rolled “H”-Sections, often called H-Piles or HP piles, which comes from the AISC designation “HP”, which are used in certain types of pile installations. This type of pile is probably the most widely used in the State of Missouri. HP piles can penetrate into the ground and transmit loads from footings or bent caps to bearing stratum as columns. They displace a small volume of soil and can be driven with relatively close spacing. Pile point reinforcement shall be required for all HP piles required to be driven to bear on rock regardless of pile strength used for design loadings or geomaterial (soils with or without gravel or cobbles) to be penetrated. Pile points can be accepted by certification and should be checked to see that they meet the specification requirements.<br />
<br />
===702.1.3 Probe Piles and Static Load Test Piles===<br />
<br />
<u>Nomenclature</u><br />
There two different types of pile testing:<br />
:* Probe Pile (formerly “Test Pile”)<br />
:* Static Load Test Pile<br />
<br />
Earlier editions of the Missouri Standard Specifications and AASHTO Specifications referred to probe piles as "test piles". Probe piles are designed to test how a pile goes into the ground by probing the ground, in a sense, but can also proof the ground capacity. It is a description of pile driving (and proof capacity secondarily). <br />
<br />
Static load testing is designed to test the ground capacity, but can also test how a pile goes into the ground. <br />
<br />
So while a probe pile tests (proofs) the pile and pile driving primarily to determine lengths, the static load tests establish pile nominal axial compressive resistance or ground capacity primarily where ground capacities are inadequate using dynamic testing, wave equation analysis or FHWA-modified Gates dynamic pile formula . <br />
<br />
====702.1.3.1 Probe Piles====<br />
Probe piles are piles driven on site to determine driving conditions, verify hammer size and impact energy, determine pile order lengths and pile driving criteria. More than likely, probe piles, or test piles as they were called were popular and only used when the Department was driving precast or prestressed concrete piles when pile order length was more critical.<br />
<br />
Probe piles (formerly called "test" piles) and their use are described in the Standard Specifications. Probe piles are only required when designated on the bridge plans with a pay item. Locations for probe piles may be given on the bridge plans or the absence of which means that it is deferred to the discretion of the Engineer.<br />
<br />
Probe piles are good for jobs where there are an unusually large number of piles, or anticipated unusual site or ground conditions, i.e. nonuniform or varying.<br />
<br />
====702.1.3.2 Static Load Test Pile====<br />
Static load test piles are typically described for use in a Bridge Special Provision, and they are only required when designated on the bridge plans with a pay item. <br />
<br />
Static pile load tests (also referred to as just "load test piles") are piles driven to a pre-determined penetration and then tested by applying static loads incrementally until either proof of load or failure occurs. A pile load test pile can be used as a probe pile in the sense that they are usually performed on site and driven by dynamic testing or FHWA-modified Gates dynamic pile formula, and then static load tested. Therefore, information can be determined about driving conditions, hammer sizing, pile lengths and pile driving criteria.<br />
<br />
On structures that have unusually large quantities of piling, pile load tests may be specified. Such test loads are required by governing design specifications which limit maximum loads based on dynamic tests. For structural steel piles, where test loads are specified, the maximum 2006 design load is limited to 6.0 tons per square inch unless test loads indicate that design loads must be reduced or the footing redesigned to redistribute the loads to a lesser 4.5 tons per square inch.<br />
<br />
The pile to be load tested in a point bearing situation is normally driven to refusal on rock or shale. A friction pile to be load tested is normally driven to a dynamic tested resistance as close as possible to the plan value of the minimum nominal axial compressive resistance, but only after a specified minimum tip elevation has been reached. <br />
<br />
The purpose of load testing is to check effectiveness of the pile hammer and pile dynamic testing used. The load test assures the pile capacity is greater than the minimum nominal axial compressive resistance shown on the plans based on a maximum allowable permanent set 1/4 inch. If the pile capacity is inadequate, then pile shall be redesigned.<br />
<br />
The contractor is generally required to submit in detail the proposed method of load testing. The proposal should include arrangement of hold down piles, if they are to be used. If hold down piles are impractical, it may be necessary to use a direct static load.<br />
<br />
Hydraulic jacks are normally used to apply and measure load to the load-tested pile. Deformation and settlement of the loaded pile are recorded by dial gauges which record to the thousandth of an inch. To ensure accuracy, these gauges, backed with fixed wires, must be supported so as to be completely independent of the loading system. Methods of measuring uplift on hold down pile should be required. Load increments are applied in accordance with contract requirements. These increments are recorded in the inspector's field book.<br />
<br />
The Bridge Special Provision establishes the load increments, the application intervals, and the maximum load to be applied. After the maximum load is applied for a specified time, the load is released in specified increments and intervals. The load test pile data should be plotted and reported in graphic form. Contact the Construction and Materials Division for assistance in preparing test pile graphs. The elastic shortening of the pile may be computed by the formula:<br />
<br />
:<math>E_s = \frac{PL}{AE}</math><br />
<br />
:Where:<br />
<br />
:E<sub>s</sub> = Elastic shortening, in.<br />
:P = Load, lbs<br />
:L = Entire length of test pile, in.<br />
:A = Area of cross-section of pile, in<sup>2</sup><br />
:E = Modulus of elasticity, usually 29 x 10<sup>6</sup>, lbs/in<sup>2</sup><br />
<br />
Elastic shortening of any pile can usually be correlated with rebound, measured when the load test pile is unloaded. Load test pile data, log of readings, and load test pile loading graphs should be submitted to the Construction and Materials Division in a form which is neat, legible, and which can be reproduced. Copies of these reports prepared by Construction and Materials Division are submitted to Bridge Division and, if it is an interstate project, to the Federal Highway Administration.<br />
<br />
===702.1.4 Pile Driving===<br />
<br />
====702.1.4.1 Hammer Types====<br />
Good practice requires driving equipment capable of driving piles to the necessary penetration and nominal axial compressive resistance without damaging the piles at the pile point, top of the pile or bending piles. Heavier piles may require heavier equipment due to greater nominal axial compressive resistance requirements. When specified in the contract documents, contractors shall perform a drivability analysis to select an appropriate hammer size to ensure the pile can be driven without overstressing the pile and to prevent refusal of the pile prior to reaching the minimum tip elevation. Contractors shall plan their pile driving activities and submit hammer size and hammer energy requirements to the engineer for approval before driving. Contractors select equipment with adequate hammer requirements to drive the pile successfully, and the inspector should be familiar with power plant, hammer, cap, cushion block, leads, and other elements used in driving. Each resident engineer may obtain data for hammers from publications issued by the individual equipment manufacturer. The contractors should have bulletins available for equipment they are using.<br />
<br />
Pile hammers are classified by type. There are steam and air hammers, both single acting and double acting. Diesel pile hammers may be either open or enclosed ram types. A differential hammer is a double acting type. Design loads, size of pile, soil conditions, etc., establish the choice of hammer. The contractor shall determine minimum hammer energy requirements for individual pile size and for each substructure unit. <br />
<br />
<u>Single Acting Hammer</u><br />
<br />
A single acting hammer is one in which the ram is raised by steam, air, or diesel explosion and allowed to drop, with gravity as the only downward force. The energies listed in the manufacturer's bulletins are striking energies rated in accordance with commonly accepted practice. The energy is based upon normal stroke, but does not make allowances for any losses occurring in the hammer, itself, such as back-pressure, friction, or loss within the cushion block. <br />
<br />
With insufficient lift pressure, the ram will not ascend the proper height. In fact, the hammer does not have to ascend through a full stroke to operate. The inspector should check the hammer when testing for resistance and determine if the hammer is operating at its specified number of blows per minute and at the prescribed or recommended pressure. If it is not, energy should be obtained by measuring actual stroke while hammer operates and multiplying actual length of stroke by weight of striking part. The additional distance through which the ram drops, while still in contact with the pile after impact, is not ordinarily taken into account. Neither is "cushion block" loss. <br />
<br />
During easy driving with a smaller blowcount (large set per blow) a reduction in number of blows per minute may occur. Consequently, the hammer stroke while measurable may not be accurate since the hammer/pile is moving downward with the stroke increasing stroke height. <br />
<br />
<u>Double Acting Hammer</u><br />
<br />
A double acting hammer is one in which steam or air pressure raises the ram then accelerates the down stroke. The differential acting hammer is a type of double acting hammer which provides additional pressure to the ram during the downward stroke. <br />
<br />
The foot-pounds of energy for a double acting hammer is dependent upon the number of strokes per minute produced with a given steam or air pressure. For example, a typical table of "actual energies" for one commonly used hammer shows that "E" varies from 9500 foot-pounds at 90 strokes per minute up to 13,100 foot-pounds at 105 strokes per minute. The inspector must, for this type hammer, log the number of blows per minute, noting pressure at the hammer, and use the corresponding energies when making a bearing determination by use of the dynamic formula. Refer to manufacturer's bulletins to determine what energies to use for the number of blows per minute. Calculations based on steam or air pressure are misleading because no two setups are identical, and it is impossible to determine the mean effective pressure in the working cylinder from gauge pressure. <br />
<br />
<u>Diesel Hammer</u><br />
<br />
A diesel pile hammer is classed either as a single acting or double acting type. Inspectors should acquaint themselves with the diesel hammer's physical qualities and determine when the hammer is developing full stroke.<br />
<br />
A diesel hammer is a self-contained unit, including power plant, cylinder, piston, or ram, fuel tank, pump, injectors, and other pertinent parts. The ram of these hammers is raised by explosion of diesel fuel ignited in the cup or anvil of the hammer. Some types of diesel hammers are called double acting hammers. This type of hammer has the ram enclosed. As the ram travels upward, the piston compresses air in the bounce chamber-compressor tank. This compressed air adds to the acceleration of the ram during its downward stroke. It is necessary to use a "Bounce Pressure" gauge on this type of hammer to establish the usable energy for input into the FHWA-modified Gates dynamic pile formula for the nominal axial compressive resistance determination. <br />
<br />
The single acting series of diesel hammers have a "rampiston" which can be partially seen during the upward stroke. If the manufacturer's rated energy is to be used in the FHWA-modified Gates dynamic pile formula then the inspector must determine that the ram is falling through a normal stroke. Failure to operate properly is usually the result of mechanical problems which the contractor must correct. In isolated instances, failure of the hammer to operate with a normal stroke may be caused by the elastic rebound of the pile and bearing material. If the ram is not falling through its usual stroke, the energy "E" used should be the energy which can be calculated from the weight of the ram times the actual stroke through which it falls. The height is determined from the observed exposed length of ram as the ram travels upward.<br />
<br />
====702.1.4.2 Pile Dynamic Formula====<br />
MoDOT may specify the use of the FHWA-modified Gates dynamic pile formula (see [https://www.modot.org/missouri-standard-specifications-highway-construction#page=11 Sec 702.4.10]) to calculate pile nominal axial compressive resistance. The [[media:702 Pile Driving Set Calculator R201305.xlsx|Pile Driving Set Calculator]] is a spreadsheet that can be used to calculate the blowcount (N) in blows per inch of pile permanent set (BPI) to determine when to stop driving pile.<br />
<br />
====702.1.4.3 Pile Driving Specifics, Special Conditions and Inspection====<br />
<br />
<u>Preparation for Pile Driving</u><br />
<br />
:* A qualified inspector shall be assigned continuously on pile driving work to see that each pile is driven to the specified nominal axial compressive resistance and that all piles are properly located and driven. <br />
:* The inspector must keep a detailed record of the data for each pile. The record should show for each pile, its position, tip and cut-off diameter (for timber), total length in place, length placed in leads, tip elevation, batter, and number of blows per inch (BPI) at the time driving is stopped. <br />
:* The number of blows per inch is based on penetration for the last series of 10 to 20 blows per inch. <br />
:* The inspector shall record all pertinent information regarding the hammer used so that a review and check of nominal axial compressive resistance may be made. <br />
:* Any unusual occurrences or delay during driving shall be recorded. <br />
:* When driving friction pile, the inspector shall make periodic resistance checks as the pile is being driven to know at any time the approximate nominal axial compressive resistance of the pile if problems should develop. <br />
<br />
<u>Lifting Holes</u><br />
<br />
Contractors that elect to place lifting holes in piling in lieu of using a choker cable may be permitted to do so with the following provisions. The concern of burning lifting holes in piling is that undesirable capacity reductions may occur. Lifting holes would only be permissible provided they would not remain in the piling lengths used for the completed structure, i.e. lifting holes would need to be in an excess length of end piling which would either be cut off after driving, or in the case of splicing the holed end would be removed before splicing on the next section. Any added risk of buckling or damage to the piling that may result from a weakened cross section during driving is the contractor's responsibility. <br />
<br />
There shall be no additional payment for the additional length of piling to compensate for removing the cut-off ends with the holes.<br />
<br />
<u>Pile Driving in Groups</u><br />
<br />
It is good practice for piling in a group or cluster to be driven in sequence which proceeds from the center of the group each way to the outer rows of pile. This will usually avoid uplift and loss of resistance in previously driven pile. For a single row of piles, the sequence should follow end to end or middle to out but never end to middle from both ends.<br />
<br />
The pile numbering on the As Built Pile Data plan sheet in the bridge plans is a random numbering scheme for the purposes of recording data and unrelated to pile driving sequencing. Just keep track of both numbering schemes to avoid confusion when recording during driving and recording final data on plan sheet.<br />
<br />
<u>Pile Driving to Soft and Hard Rock</u><br />
<br />
In many cases piles are to be driven to rock or shale. The FHWA-modified Gates dynamic pile formula is applicable for soils, hard but penetrable material and soft rock. It is not applicable in hard rock at which point an inspector’s sense of anticipating elevation of hard rock coupled with the physical response of hammer and pile upon nearing and impacting hard rock is critical to properly seating HP piles on hard rock with limited to no pile damage. Since the nominal axial compressive resistance at the time of practical refusal is not an accurate resistance, the inspector should always be aware of the sounding data as the tip of the pile nears anticipated elevations of hard material. The pile should be seated on or into hard material with blows which will not damage the tip of the pile. Each bearing pile should be proofed for "practical refusal" unless it is clearly seated on solid rock. <br />
<br />
The inspector will find other supplementary notes in the Foundation Data Table which should be taken into consideration for the proper and cautious driving of structural steel piles. It is especially important that steel HP piles which are to be seated on rock or shale be driven and proofed for "pile refusal" as specified in Sec 702.4.11. When the pile is well seated, the driving should cease. The inspector should record in the diary that the pile has been driven into shale or rock as the case may be. Either record penetration and bearing in the case of practical refusal or note "refusal on rock" in the case of absolute refusal on rock. Such notations will indicate full compliance with pile resistance requirements on the plans. <br />
<br />
Piles to be driven shall be plainly marked at a distance from the tip equal to the distance from ground line to the elevation shown on the soundings for rock or shale. It is also good practice to mark the pile from the tip equal to the distance from the ground surface down to any layer of boulders, thin rock strata, or other hard or firm material which might cause unusual driving conditions and point resistance. The pile driving foreman or contractor's foreman shall be instructed on the significance of such marks and all personnel shall be instructed accordingly. This procedure will result in fewer damaged piles. The goal is to have no damaged piles.<br />
<br />
<u>Pile Splices</u><br />
<br />
Splices may be required to extend structural steel or steel shell pile to reach adequate nominal axial compressive resistance. No direct payment will be made for splices that are within the plan pile length. Any splices outside of plan length required to achieve resistance will be paid for as an additional 8 feet of pile in place at the contract unit price per authorized splice. Field splices have a greater potential of failure during driving than the original furnished pile. Therefore it is preferable to have a minimum amount of field splicing. [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=11 Sec 702.4.6] states, "Full length piles shall be driven wherever possible and practical." A full length pile should be used unless there is clearance, shipping, excessive cost, or other considerations which would make it impractical. <br />
<br />
'''Structural Steel HP Pile:'''<br />
:<u>Manufactured Pile Splices</u><br />
<br />
:MoDOT has received and approved one type of manufactured pile splicer for use with recommended guidelines. The AFB Champion H-Pile Splicer HP-30000 has been approved. The following are recommended guidelines that should be used beyond the manufacturer’s recommended assembly procedure for the use of the HP-30000 splicers: <br />
<br />
::1. It would be permissible for non-flexible bent locations only. This would include intermediate bents on pile footings and semi-deep abutments. This splicer system should not be used on flexible bents, such as pile cap intermediate bents, where the concrete beam is supported on a single row of exposed piling or on integral or non-integral end bents. <br />
<br />
::2. Full penetration groove welds connecting the pile flanges are required. The partial penetration groove welds as recommended by the manufacturer are not acceptable. <br />
<br />
::3. A 5/16" minimum fillet weld should be added at both ends of the splicer, welded to the pile webs. The length of this weld should be at least 1/2 the depth of the pile. This weld was not a recommendation of the manufacturer. This weld is for additional safety in the event that the splicer is damaged or torn from being snagged on rock material. <br />
<br />
'''Cast-In-Place Concrete Piles (CIP):'''<br />
<br />
For splice details, see:<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
| style="background:#BEBEBE" width="400" |'''[http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/bridgestandards.htm Bridge Standard Drawings]'''<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/pile_new_title_block.htm Pile]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
</center><br />
<br />
<u>Pile Inspection</u><br />
<br />
The inspector must ensure that all piles have been properly inspected. Piles that are cast-in-place on the job shall be inspected using the same inspection procedures as for any other concrete item. Files should contain any applicable inspection reports on aggregate, cement and reinforcing steel. The concrete Plant Inspector's Report and compressive test reports will serve to document acceptability of piles. Steel shells for cast-in-place piles and structural steel piles are normally inspected by project forces. Inspection should include dimensions, wall thickness of shells, visual inspection of welds, closure plates, etc. The contractor is required to furnish certified mill test reports for the steel. Heat numbers of pile should be checked against heat numbers on the mill test reports. The resident engineer should report the results of inspection on a Fabrication Inspection Report, [[media:712 Fabrication Inspection Report secure.pdf|Form B-708R2]], or an alternate format may be used. A spreadsheet version of the form is available to facilitate the automatic creation of an AASHTOWARE Project (AWP) record for use by the Construction and Materials Division. This information will be retained in the project file with mill test reports attached. <br />
<br />
<u>Pile Driving and Preboring</u><br />
<br />
In some instances preboring is required as outlined in [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=11 Sec 702.4.3]. Preboring can be required on the bridge plans:<br />
<br />
:1. When there is more than five ft. of embankment that has been in place less than five years to avoid buildup of downdrag forces (called negative skin friction)<br />
<br />
:2. When hard material must be penetrated to meet minimum tip elevation requirements<br />
<br />
:3. When oversized holes in hard material or rock must be constructed to allow lateral pile movement<br />
<br />
In any case, the requirement for preboring will be noted on the bridge plans for each pile with an elevation given for depth of preboring which is used to estimate and check proposed preboring quantities on the plans.<br />
<br />
For prebored holes not in hard rock, holes shall be filled with sand or other approved materials either prior to or after pile placement. For prebored holes in hard rock, holes shall be filled with sand or other approved materials prior to pile placement. Filling the hole with sand first will condense sand and stabilize pile while driving on hard rock. The driving criteria for driving piling on hard rock shall be the same as given in [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=11 Sec 702.4.11].<br />
<br />
Where pre-boring is required the hole shall be of a diameter not less than that of the pile unless oversized as explained previously and shall be large enough to avoid damage to the pile in driving through the hole when in soft or hard material including rock.<br />
<br />
Caution is warranted when driving piling in prebored holes in hard rock. Pile instability is increased because of initially loose sand condition. Absence of more stabilizing stiffer soils and hard material over rock that can act to reduce bending and buckling can cause more pile spring and bounce. Pile point damage is at increased levels of risk because proofing rock in excess of driving criteria given for driving piling on hard rock can be greater since there is only loose sand acting in friction along the sides of the pile which if compacted would normally tend to dissipate energy as the impact wave travels down the pile. This is why sand is placed in the hole prior to pile placement in order to increase the frictional condition while increasing buckling stability of the pile.<br />
<br />
====702.1.4.4 DFI Documents on Pile Driving and Hammers====<br />
<br />
Deep Foundations Institute (DFI) produced and published two critical documents in 1979 and then republished them in 1995 and 1997 related to pile hammers and pile driving. Copies of these documents were purchased from DFI and permission was granted by them for making these documents available on-line to MoDOT personnel only. The document links will not be available to external users outside MoDOT IS network environment.<br />
<br />
These documents are provided for further guidance and understanding of pile driving and equipment. They do not reflect the policy of MoDOT, but can be used to support and reinforce decisions involving pile driving and equipment since the background and source of this information is time tested and produced by a reputable organization.<br />
<br />
'''(1) [https://modotgov.sharepoint.com/:b:/r/sites/CO_BR/Shared%20Documents/General/Development/Libraries/Bridge%20E-%20Library/Piling/Book_25_Inspectors_Manual_For_Driven_Pile_Foundations.pdf?csf=1&web=1&e=edaimo Deep Foundations Institute (DFI), Inspector’s Manual for Driven Pile Foundations, 2nd Ed. 1997. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey]''' <br />
<br />
<u>Information</u> published within this main document:<br />
<br />
:* Provides Information on soil investigation, the various pile types, pile driving by impact methods, pile tests, pile dynamic testing and analysis, static load testing, pile hammers and pile driving machinery and ancillary equipment<br />
:* Explains increases in driving resistance with depth in uniform soils<br />
:* Explains driving resistance as a function of N-values<br />
:* Explains changes in driving resistance as soil layers change<br />
:* Explains pile markings, finer increments and how these are effectively used<br />
:* Provides good description of scenarios when blowcounts are changing<br />
:* Provides basic rules to be followed DURING driving and when approaching termination<br />
:* Provides guidance on termination criteria<br />
:* Provides explanation of pile dynamic testing<br />
:* Provides explanation of static load testing (which we have been doing lately because of Missouri University of Science and Technology research project)<br />
:* Written from the perspective of the pile inspector and presents advice as to the inspector's role and responsibilities in the pile installation and quality assurance processes<br />
:* Provides invaluable training for inexperienced Inspectors and a useful reference guide for the experienced inspector or crew member.<br />
<br />
'''(2) [https://modotgov.sharepoint.com/:b:/r/sites/CO_BR/Shared%20Documents/General/Development/Libraries/Bridge%20E-%20Library/Piling/Book_24_Pile_Inspectors_Guide_To_Hammers.pdf?csf=1&web=1&e=1WgxJP Deep Foundations Institute (DFI), A Pile Inspector’s Guide to Hammers, 2nd Ed. 1995. Springfield, New Jersey]'''<br />
<br />
<u>Information</u> published within this companion document:<br />
<br />
:* Explains fundamentals of hammer efficiency and hammer measurement<br />
:* Provides basic information about hammer types<br />
:* Provides operational conformance <u>checklists</u> for inspectors for each hammer type<br />
:* Provides possible helpful suggestions for troubleshooting and what an inspector can offer to the pile crew in assisting them.<br />
<br />
===702.1.5 Pile Driving Documentation===<br />
The inspector should record in detail all important facts regarding driving of each pile. The field book notes should be organized in a sequence similar to that shown in the [[Media:702 Pile Driving Worksheet secure.pdf|Pile Driving Worksheet]].<br />
<br />
The sample form in the [[Media:702 Pile Driving Worksheet secure.pdf|Pile Driving Worksheet]] illustrates a typical page of completed pile driving data for cast-in-place concrete pile. Data in a similar form will be filled out when driving structural steel pile.<br />
<br />
[[media:702 secure.pdf|Figure 702]] is an illustration of field book data for driving structural steel pile. The inspector records the actual length used and notes the number of pieces incorporated in the length. When structural steel pile is driven, there is often a piece left over from the in-place pile which becomes excess or left-over pile. The contractor may wish to use such a piece on another state highway project. If transfer to another project is desired, extra copies of the certified mill test reports should be made which can be used to have the excess pile reinspected on a future project.<br />
<br />
<u>Probe Pile</u><br />
<br />
If probe pile is a contract pay item, it must be driven to specified minimum tip elevation regardless of the nominal axial compressive resistance achieved. After this elevation is reached, driving must continue until one of the following three conditions has been met: <br />
<br />
:l. The pile is driven to full length <br />
<br />
:2. The pile is driven to refusal<br />
<br />
:3. The pile is driven to a capacity 50 percent greater than plan minimum nominal axial compressive resistance.<br />
<br />
These conditions are specified in [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=11 Sec 702.4.1.] It is important that a complete driving log be developed. The pile should be marked off in foot increments. The driving record should then show the number of blows for each foot. Some arrangement is necessary to check number of blows per foot without stopping the driving. If there is a sudden sharp change in the number of blows for a given penetration, it may be necessary to check resistance for intermediate increments to develop an accurate graph. The results of specified probe pile driving are to be reported on Probe Pile Data form. Contact the Construction and Materials Division for assistance in reporting probe pile data.</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:702_Load-Bearing_Piles&diff=51648Category:702 Load-Bearing Piles2022-06-22T17:45:31Z<p>Smithk: /* 702.1.4.4 DFI Documents on Pile Driving and Hammers */ Per BR, updated links</p>
<hr />
<div>This article contains information about piling types and pile driving criteria used by Construction and Materials Division for on-site pile and pile driving inspection purposes (in the field). This information was part of the former Field Inspection Guidance of the Construction and Materials Manual (see [[:Category:106 Control of Material|EPG 106 Control of Materials]]) and is continually updated.<br />
{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:10px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="210px" align="right" <br />
|-<br />
|'''[[media:702 Pile Driving Set Calculator R201305.xlsx|Pile Driving Set Calculator]]'''<br />
|}<br />
==702.1 Pile Types and Testing==<br />
The principal function of piles is to transmit loads which cannot be adequately supported at normal footing levels, to a depth where adequate support is available. <br />
<br />
When a pile passes through poor material and its tip penetrates a small distance into a sound stratum of good bearing capacity, it is called a bearing pile. The material which is penetrated may vary all the way from water to materials that would ordinarily serve to support surface footings, but cannot be used because of severe settlement restrictions. <br />
<br />
When a pile extends part way through deep strata of limited supporting resistance and capacity is developed primarily from surface friction along the sides of the pile with some end bearing, the pile is generally referred to as a friction pile. A type of pile normally used as a friction pile is a cast-in-place concrete pile(CIP pile).<br />
<br />
A battered pile is a pile driven on an inclination (a sloping position) to aid in resisting horizontal loads. <br />
<br />
Piles utilized as part of concrete footings where the piles are below the finished ground are referred to as foundation piles. The pile-footing system is generally referred to as a pile cap footing. Piles which support bent caps are called trestle piles and the pile-bent system is generally referred to as a pile cap bent. <br />
<br />
Pile types are specified on the bridge plans. <br />
<br />
There are two types of piles generally used by MoDOT. They are structural steel HP pile and close-ended pipe pile (cast-in-place, CIP). Open ended pipe pile (cast-in-place, CIP) can also be used. Structural steel piling are generally referred to as HP piling and two different standard AISC shapes are typically utilized: HP12 x 53 and HP14 x 73. Concrete piling are generally referred to as cast-in-place or CIP piling because the concrete is poured and cast in steel shells which are driven first or pre-driven. <br />
<br />
===702.1.1 Cast-In-Place (CIP) Concrete Piles ([http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=11 Sec 702.2.1])===<br />
All CIP piles shall be galvanized in accordance with Sec 702 unless otherwise shown on the plans.<br />
<br />
CIP concrete piling consist of pre-driven steel shells later filled with concrete. The most commonly used type of steel pipe is spirally welded steel sometimes referred to as pipe pile. All steel pipes must be in accordance with ASTM A 252 Grade 3. CIP pile normally has no internal steel reinforcing bars. Steel shells are usually driven without a mandrel if shell thickness is adequate. <br />
<br />
For CIP pile, Geotechnical Section indicates either "No Pile Point Needed" or "Pile Point Needed" and recommends pile point type on boring log. “Cruciform” or “Conical” pile point reinforcement is allowed for closed ended CIP pile. “Manufactured open ended cutting shoe (inside flange)” pile point reinforcement is allowed for open ended CIP. Generally pile point reinforcement is needed for CIP pile if boulders, cobbles or dense gravel are anticipated. <br />
<br />
Where steel shells are driven, boulders or other obstructions quite often deflect the pipe from their intended course. This problem is worsened if piles are driven on a batter and could result in bent or crushed shells. Steel shells shall hold the original form without distortion after being driven or after adjacent shells have been driven and shall be free from water, soil and other deleterious matter when concrete is cast in the shells. Any shell that has been bent or damaged should be carefully reviewed. In this case, any decision to allow use of bent or damaged shells should be with approval of the Bridge Division and the Construction and Materials Division. <br />
<br />
Concrete should be directed down the center of the shell. Concrete hitting the sides of the shell can cause segregation. If concrete can be successfully directed down the center of the shell, a tremie is not required regardless of the height of fall.<br />
<br />
===702.1.2 Structural Steel Piles (HP) (Sec 702.2.2)===<br />
All structural steel HP piles shall be galvanized in accordance with Sec 702 unless otherwise shown on the plans. Structural steel piles are rolled “H”-Sections, often called H-Piles or HP piles, which comes from the AISC designation “HP”, which are used in certain types of pile installations. This type of pile is probably the most widely used in the State of Missouri. HP piles can penetrate into the ground and transmit loads from footings or bent caps to bearing stratum as columns. They displace a small volume of soil and can be driven with relatively close spacing. Pile point reinforcement shall be required for all HP piles required to be driven to bear on rock regardless of pile strength used for design loadings or geomaterial (soils with or without gravel or cobbles) to be penetrated. Pile points can be accepted by certification and should be checked to see that they meet the specification requirements.<br />
<br />
===702.1.3 Probe Piles and Static Load Test Piles===<br />
<br />
<u>Nomenclature</u><br />
There two different types of pile testing:<br />
:* Probe Pile (formerly “Test Pile”)<br />
:* Static Load Test Pile<br />
<br />
Earlier editions of the Missouri Standard Specifications and AASHTO Specifications referred to probe piles as "test piles". Probe piles are designed to test how a pile goes into the ground by probing the ground, in a sense, but can also proof the ground capacity. It is a description of pile driving (and proof capacity secondarily). <br />
<br />
Static load testing is designed to test the ground capacity, but can also test how a pile goes into the ground. <br />
<br />
So while a probe pile tests (proofs) the pile and pile driving primarily to determine lengths, the static load tests establish pile nominal axial compressive resistance or ground capacity primarily where ground capacities are inadequate using dynamic testing, wave equation analysis or FHWA-modified Gates dynamic pile formula . <br />
<br />
====702.1.3.1 Probe Piles====<br />
Probe piles are piles driven on site to determine driving conditions, verify hammer size and impact energy, determine pile order lengths and pile driving criteria. More than likely, probe piles, or test piles as they were called were popular and only used when the Department was driving precast or prestressed concrete piles when pile order length was more critical.<br />
<br />
Probe piles (formerly called "test" piles) and their use are described in the Standard Specifications. Probe piles are only required when designated on the bridge plans with a pay item. Locations for probe piles may be given on the bridge plans or the absence of which means that it is deferred to the discretion of the Engineer.<br />
<br />
Probe piles are good for jobs where there are an unusually large number of piles, or anticipated unusual site or ground conditions, i.e. nonuniform or varying.<br />
<br />
====702.1.3.2 Static Load Test Pile====<br />
Static load test piles are typically described for use in a Bridge Special Provision, and they are only required when designated on the bridge plans with a pay item. <br />
<br />
Static pile load tests (also referred to as just "load test piles") are piles driven to a pre-determined penetration and then tested by applying static loads incrementally until either proof of load or failure occurs. A pile load test pile can be used as a probe pile in the sense that they are usually performed on site and driven by dynamic testing or FHWA-modified Gates dynamic pile formula, and then static load tested. Therefore, information can be determined about driving conditions, hammer sizing, pile lengths and pile driving criteria.<br />
<br />
On structures that have unusually large quantities of piling, pile load tests may be specified. Such test loads are required by governing design specifications which limit maximum loads based on dynamic tests. For structural steel piles, where test loads are specified, the maximum 2006 design load is limited to 6.0 tons per square inch unless test loads indicate that design loads must be reduced or the footing redesigned to redistribute the loads to a lesser 4.5 tons per square inch.<br />
<br />
The pile to be load tested in a point bearing situation is normally driven to refusal on rock or shale. A friction pile to be load tested is normally driven to a dynamic tested resistance as close as possible to the plan value of the minimum nominal axial compressive resistance, but only after a specified minimum tip elevation has been reached. <br />
<br />
The purpose of load testing is to check effectiveness of the pile hammer and pile dynamic testing used. The load test assures the pile capacity is greater than the minimum nominal axial compressive resistance shown on the plans based on a maximum allowable permanent set 1/4 inch. If the pile capacity is inadequate, then pile shall be redesigned.<br />
<br />
The contractor is generally required to submit in detail the proposed method of load testing. The proposal should include arrangement of hold down piles, if they are to be used. If hold down piles are impractical, it may be necessary to use a direct static load.<br />
<br />
Hydraulic jacks are normally used to apply and measure load to the load-tested pile. Deformation and settlement of the loaded pile are recorded by dial gauges which record to the thousandth of an inch. To ensure accuracy, these gauges, backed with fixed wires, must be supported so as to be completely independent of the loading system. Methods of measuring uplift on hold down pile should be required. Load increments are applied in accordance with contract requirements. These increments are recorded in the inspector's field book.<br />
<br />
The Bridge Special Provision establishes the load increments, the application intervals, and the maximum load to be applied. After the maximum load is applied for a specified time, the load is released in specified increments and intervals. The load test pile data should be plotted and reported in graphic form. Contact the Construction and Materials Division for assistance in preparing test pile graphs. The elastic shortening of the pile may be computed by the formula:<br />
<br />
:<math>E_s = \frac{PL}{AE}</math><br />
<br />
:Where:<br />
<br />
:E<sub>s</sub> = Elastic shortening, in.<br />
:P = Load, lbs<br />
:L = Entire length of test pile, in.<br />
:A = Area of cross-section of pile, in<sup>2</sup><br />
:E = Modulus of elasticity, usually 29 x 10<sup>6</sup>, lbs/in<sup>2</sup><br />
<br />
Elastic shortening of any pile can usually be correlated with rebound, measured when the load test pile is unloaded. Load test pile data, log of readings, and load test pile loading graphs should be submitted to the Construction and Materials Division in a form which is neat, legible, and which can be reproduced. Copies of these reports prepared by Construction and Materials Division are submitted to Bridge Division and, if it is an interstate project, to the Federal Highway Administration.<br />
<br />
===702.1.4 Pile Driving===<br />
<br />
====702.1.4.1 Hammer Types====<br />
Good practice requires driving equipment capable of driving piles to the necessary penetration and nominal axial compressive resistance without damaging the piles at the pile point, top of the pile or bending piles. Heavier piles may require heavier equipment due to greater nominal axial compressive resistance requirements. When specified in the contract documents, contractors shall perform a drivability analysis to select an appropriate hammer size to ensure the pile can be driven without overstressing the pile and to prevent refusal of the pile prior to reaching the minimum tip elevation. Contractors shall plan their pile driving activities and submit hammer size and hammer energy requirements to the engineer for approval before driving. Contractors select equipment with adequate hammer requirements to drive the pile successfully, and the inspector should be familiar with power plant, hammer, cap, cushion block, leads, and other elements used in driving. Each resident engineer may obtain data for hammers from publications issued by the individual equipment manufacturer. The contractors should have bulletins available for equipment they are using.<br />
<br />
Pile hammers are classified by type. There are steam and air hammers, both single acting and double acting. Diesel pile hammers may be either open or enclosed ram types. A differential hammer is a double acting type. Design loads, size of pile, soil conditions, etc., establish the choice of hammer. The contractor shall determine minimum hammer energy requirements for individual pile size and for each substructure unit. <br />
<br />
<u>Single Acting Hammer</u><br />
<br />
A single acting hammer is one in which the ram is raised by steam, air, or diesel explosion and allowed to drop, with gravity as the only downward force. The energies listed in the manufacturer's bulletins are striking energies rated in accordance with commonly accepted practice. The energy is based upon normal stroke, but does not make allowances for any losses occurring in the hammer, itself, such as back-pressure, friction, or loss within the cushion block. <br />
<br />
With insufficient lift pressure, the ram will not ascend the proper height. In fact, the hammer does not have to ascend through a full stroke to operate. The inspector should check the hammer when testing for resistance and determine if the hammer is operating at its specified number of blows per minute and at the prescribed or recommended pressure. If it is not, energy should be obtained by measuring actual stroke while hammer operates and multiplying actual length of stroke by weight of striking part. The additional distance through which the ram drops, while still in contact with the pile after impact, is not ordinarily taken into account. Neither is "cushion block" loss. <br />
<br />
During easy driving with a smaller blowcount (large set per blow) a reduction in number of blows per minute may occur. Consequently, the hammer stroke while measurable may not be accurate since the hammer/pile is moving downward with the stroke increasing stroke height. <br />
<br />
<u>Double Acting Hammer</u><br />
<br />
A double acting hammer is one in which steam or air pressure raises the ram then accelerates the down stroke. The differential acting hammer is a type of double acting hammer which provides additional pressure to the ram during the downward stroke. <br />
<br />
The foot-pounds of energy for a double acting hammer is dependent upon the number of strokes per minute produced with a given steam or air pressure. For example, a typical table of "actual energies" for one commonly used hammer shows that "E" varies from 9500 foot-pounds at 90 strokes per minute up to 13,100 foot-pounds at 105 strokes per minute. The inspector must, for this type hammer, log the number of blows per minute, noting pressure at the hammer, and use the corresponding energies when making a bearing determination by use of the dynamic formula. Refer to manufacturer's bulletins to determine what energies to use for the number of blows per minute. Calculations based on steam or air pressure are misleading because no two setups are identical, and it is impossible to determine the mean effective pressure in the working cylinder from gauge pressure. <br />
<br />
<u>Diesel Hammer</u><br />
<br />
A diesel pile hammer is classed either as a single acting or double acting type. Inspectors should acquaint themselves with the diesel hammer's physical qualities and determine when the hammer is developing full stroke.<br />
<br />
A diesel hammer is a self-contained unit, including power plant, cylinder, piston, or ram, fuel tank, pump, injectors, and other pertinent parts. The ram of these hammers is raised by explosion of diesel fuel ignited in the cup or anvil of the hammer. Some types of diesel hammers are called double acting hammers. This type of hammer has the ram enclosed. As the ram travels upward, the piston compresses air in the bounce chamber-compressor tank. This compressed air adds to the acceleration of the ram during its downward stroke. It is necessary to use a "Bounce Pressure" gauge on this type of hammer to establish the usable energy for input into the FHWA-modified Gates dynamic pile formula for the nominal axial compressive resistance determination. <br />
<br />
The single acting series of diesel hammers have a "rampiston" which can be partially seen during the upward stroke. If the manufacturer's rated energy is to be used in the FHWA-modified Gates dynamic pile formula then the inspector must determine that the ram is falling through a normal stroke. Failure to operate properly is usually the result of mechanical problems which the contractor must correct. In isolated instances, failure of the hammer to operate with a normal stroke may be caused by the elastic rebound of the pile and bearing material. If the ram is not falling through its usual stroke, the energy "E" used should be the energy which can be calculated from the weight of the ram times the actual stroke through which it falls. The height is determined from the observed exposed length of ram as the ram travels upward.<br />
<br />
====702.1.4.2 Pile Dynamic Formula====<br />
MoDOT may specify the use of the FHWA-modified Gates dynamic pile formula (see [https://www.modot.org/missouri-standard-specifications-highway-construction#page=11 Sec 702.4.10]) to calculate pile nominal axial compressive resistance. The [[media:702 Pile Driving Set Calculator R201305.xlsx|Pile Driving Set Calculator]] is a spreadsheet that can be used to calculate the blowcount (N) in blows per inch of pile permanent set (BPI) to determine when to stop driving pile.<br />
<br />
====702.1.4.3 Pile Driving Specifics, Special Conditions and Inspection====<br />
<br />
<u>Preparation for Pile Driving</u><br />
<br />
:* A qualified inspector shall be assigned continuously on pile driving work to see that each pile is driven to the specified nominal axial compressive resistance and that all piles are properly located and driven. <br />
:* The inspector must keep a detailed record of the data for each pile. The record should show for each pile, its position, tip and cut-off diameter (for timber), total length in place, length placed in leads, tip elevation, batter, and number of blows per inch (BPI) at the time driving is stopped. <br />
:* The number of blows per inch is based on penetration for the last series of 10 to 20 blows per inch. <br />
:* The inspector shall record all pertinent information regarding the hammer used so that a review and check of nominal axial compressive resistance may be made. <br />
:* Any unusual occurrences or delay during driving shall be recorded. <br />
:* When driving friction pile, the inspector shall make periodic resistance checks as the pile is being driven to know at any time the approximate nominal axial compressive resistance of the pile if problems should develop. <br />
<br />
<u>Lifting Holes</u><br />
<br />
Contractors that elect to place lifting holes in piling in lieu of using a choker cable may be permitted to do so with the following provisions. The concern of burning lifting holes in piling is that undesirable capacity reductions may occur. Lifting holes would only be permissible provided they would not remain in the piling lengths used for the completed structure, i.e. lifting holes would need to be in an excess length of end piling which would either be cut off after driving, or in the case of splicing the holed end would be removed before splicing on the next section. Any added risk of buckling or damage to the piling that may result from a weakened cross section during driving is the contractor's responsibility. <br />
<br />
There shall be no additional payment for the additional length of piling to compensate for removing the cut-off ends with the holes.<br />
<br />
<u>Pile Driving in Groups</u><br />
<br />
It is good practice for piling in a group or cluster to be driven in sequence which proceeds from the center of the group each way to the outer rows of pile. This will usually avoid uplift and loss of resistance in previously driven pile. For a single row of piles, the sequence should follow end to end or middle to out but never end to middle from both ends.<br />
<br />
The pile numbering on the As Built Pile Data plan sheet in the bridge plans is a random numbering scheme for the purposes of recording data and unrelated to pile driving sequencing. Just keep track of both numbering schemes to avoid confusion when recording during driving and recording final data on plan sheet.<br />
<br />
<u>Pile Driving to Soft and Hard Rock</u><br />
<br />
In many cases piles are to be driven to rock or shale. The FHWA-modified Gates dynamic pile formula is applicable for soils, hard but penetrable material and soft rock. It is not applicable in hard rock at which point an inspector’s sense of anticipating elevation of hard rock coupled with the physical response of hammer and pile upon nearing and impacting hard rock is critical to properly seating HP piles on hard rock with limited to no pile damage. Since the nominal axial compressive resistance at the time of practical refusal is not an accurate resistance, the inspector should always be aware of the sounding data as the tip of the pile nears anticipated elevations of hard material. The pile should be seated on or into hard material with blows which will not damage the tip of the pile. Each bearing pile should be proofed for "practical refusal" unless it is clearly seated on solid rock. <br />
<br />
The inspector will find other supplementary notes in the Foundation Data Table which should be taken into consideration for the proper and cautious driving of structural steel piles. It is especially important that steel HP piles which are to be seated on rock or shale be driven and proofed for "pile refusal" as specified in Sec 702.4.11. When the pile is well seated, the driving should cease. The inspector should record in the diary that the pile has been driven into shale or rock as the case may be. Either record penetration and bearing in the case of practical refusal or note "refusal on rock" in the case of absolute refusal on rock. Such notations will indicate full compliance with pile resistance requirements on the plans. <br />
<br />
Piles to be driven shall be plainly marked at a distance from the tip equal to the distance from ground line to the elevation shown on the soundings for rock or shale. It is also good practice to mark the pile from the tip equal to the distance from the ground surface down to any layer of boulders, thin rock strata, or other hard or firm material which might cause unusual driving conditions and point resistance. The pile driving foreman or contractor's foreman shall be instructed on the significance of such marks and all personnel shall be instructed accordingly. This procedure will result in fewer damaged piles. The goal is to have no damaged piles.<br />
<br />
<u>Pile Splices</u><br />
<br />
Splices may be required to extend structural steel or steel shell pile to reach adequate nominal axial compressive resistance. No direct payment will be made for splices that are within the plan pile length. Any splices outside of plan length required to achieve resistance will be paid for as an additional 8 feet of pile in place at the contract unit price per authorized splice. Field splices have a greater potential of failure during driving than the original furnished pile. Therefore it is preferable to have a minimum amount of field splicing. [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=11 Sec 702.4.6] states, "Full length piles shall be driven wherever possible and practical." A full length pile should be used unless there is clearance, shipping, excessive cost, or other considerations which would make it impractical. <br />
<br />
'''Structural Steel HP Pile:'''<br />
:<u>Manufactured Pile Splices</u><br />
<br />
:MoDOT has received and approved one type of manufactured pile splicer for use with recommended guidelines. The AFB Champion H-Pile Splicer HP-30000 has been approved. The following are recommended guidelines that should be used beyond the manufacturer’s recommended assembly procedure for the use of the HP-30000 splicers: <br />
<br />
::1. It would be permissible for non-flexible bent locations only. This would include intermediate bents on pile footings and semi-deep abutments. This splicer system should not be used on flexible bents, such as pile cap intermediate bents, where the concrete beam is supported on a single row of exposed piling or on integral or non-integral end bents. <br />
<br />
::2. Full penetration groove welds connecting the pile flanges are required. The partial penetration groove welds as recommended by the manufacturer are not acceptable. <br />
<br />
::3. A 5/16" minimum fillet weld should be added at both ends of the splicer, welded to the pile webs. The length of this weld should be at least 1/2 the depth of the pile. This weld was not a recommendation of the manufacturer. This weld is for additional safety in the event that the splicer is damaged or torn from being snagged on rock material. <br />
<br />
'''Cast-In-Place Concrete Piles (CIP):'''<br />
<br />
For splice details, see:<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
| style="background:#BEBEBE" width="400" |'''[http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/bridgestandards.htm Bridge Standard Drawings]'''<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|[http://www.modot.org/business/standard_drawings2/pile_new_title_block.htm Pile]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
</center><br />
<br />
<u>Pile Inspection</u><br />
<br />
The inspector must ensure that all piles have been properly inspected. Piles that are cast-in-place on the job shall be inspected using the same inspection procedures as for any other concrete item. Files should contain any applicable inspection reports on aggregate, cement and reinforcing steel. The concrete Plant Inspector's Report and compressive test reports will serve to document acceptability of piles. Steel shells for cast-in-place piles and structural steel piles are normally inspected by project forces. Inspection should include dimensions, wall thickness of shells, visual inspection of welds, closure plates, etc. The contractor is required to furnish certified mill test reports for the steel. Heat numbers of pile should be checked against heat numbers on the mill test reports. The resident engineer should report the results of inspection on a Fabrication Inspection Report, [[media:712 Fabrication Inspection Report secure.pdf|Form B-708R2]], or an alternate format may be used. A spreadsheet version of the form is available to facilitate the automatic creation of an AASHTOWARE Project (AWP) record for use by the Construction and Materials Division. This information will be retained in the project file with mill test reports attached. <br />
<br />
<u>Pile Driving and Preboring</u><br />
<br />
In some instances preboring is required as outlined in [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=11 Sec 702.4.3]. Preboring can be required on the bridge plans:<br />
<br />
:1. When there is more than five ft. of embankment that has been in place less than five years to avoid buildup of downdrag forces (called negative skin friction)<br />
<br />
:2. When hard material must be penetrated to meet minimum tip elevation requirements<br />
<br />
:3. When oversized holes in hard material or rock must be constructed to allow lateral pile movement<br />
<br />
In any case, the requirement for preboring will be noted on the bridge plans for each pile with an elevation given for depth of preboring which is used to estimate and check proposed preboring quantities on the plans.<br />
<br />
For prebored holes not in hard rock, holes shall be filled with sand or other approved materials either prior to or after pile placement. For prebored holes in hard rock, holes shall be filled with sand or other approved materials prior to pile placement. Filling the hole with sand first will condense sand and stabilize pile while driving on hard rock. The driving criteria for driving piling on hard rock shall be the same as given in [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=11 Sec 702.4.11].<br />
<br />
Where pre-boring is required the hole shall be of a diameter not less than that of the pile unless oversized as explained previously and shall be large enough to avoid damage to the pile in driving through the hole when in soft or hard material including rock.<br />
<br />
Caution is warranted when driving piling in prebored holes in hard rock. Pile instability is increased because of initially loose sand condition. Absence of more stabilizing stiffer soils and hard material over rock that can act to reduce bending and buckling can cause more pile spring and bounce. Pile point damage is at increased levels of risk because proofing rock in excess of driving criteria given for driving piling on hard rock can be greater since there is only loose sand acting in friction along the sides of the pile which if compacted would normally tend to dissipate energy as the impact wave travels down the pile. This is why sand is placed in the hole prior to pile placement in order to increase the frictional condition while increasing buckling stability of the pile.<br />
<br />
====702.1.4.4 DFI Documents on Pile Driving and Hammers====<br />
<br />
Deep Foundations Institute (DFI) produced and published two critical documents in 1979 and then republished them in 1995 and 1997 related to pile hammers and pile driving. Copies of these documents were purchased from DFI and permission was granted by them for making these documents available on-line to MoDOT personnel only. The document links will not be available to external users outside MoDOT IS network environment.<br />
<br />
These documents are provided for further guidance and understanding of pile driving and equipment. They do not reflect the policy of MoDOT, but can be used to support and reinforce decisions involving pile driving and equipment since the background and source of this information is time tested and produced by a reputable organization.<br />
<br />
'''(1) [https://modotgov.sharepoint.com/:b:/r/sites/CO_BR/Shared Documents/General/Development/Libraries/Bridge E-Library/Piling/Book_25_Inspectors_Manual_For_Driven_Pile_Foundations.pdf?csf=1&web=1&e=edaimo Deep Foundations Institute (DFI), Inspector’s Manual for Driven Pile Foundations, 2nd Ed. 1997. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey]''' <br />
<br />
<u>Information</u> published within this main document:<br />
<br />
:* Provides Information on soil investigation, the various pile types, pile driving by impact methods, pile tests, pile dynamic testing and analysis, static load testing, pile hammers and pile driving machinery and ancillary equipment<br />
:* Explains increases in driving resistance with depth in uniform soils<br />
:* Explains driving resistance as a function of N-values<br />
:* Explains changes in driving resistance as soil layers change<br />
:* Explains pile markings, finer increments and how these are effectively used<br />
:* Provides good description of scenarios when blowcounts are changing<br />
:* Provides basic rules to be followed DURING driving and when approaching termination<br />
:* Provides guidance on termination criteria<br />
:* Provides explanation of pile dynamic testing<br />
:* Provides explanation of static load testing (which we have been doing lately because of Missouri University of Science and Technology research project)<br />
:* Written from the perspective of the pile inspector and presents advice as to the inspector's role and responsibilities in the pile installation and quality assurance processes<br />
:* Provides invaluable training for inexperienced Inspectors and a useful reference guide for the experienced inspector or crew member.<br />
<br />
'''(2) [https://modotgov.sharepoint.com/:b:/r/sites/CO_BR/Shared Documents/General/Development/Libraries/Bridge E-Library/Piling/Book_24_Pile_Inspectors_Guide_To_Hammers.pdf?csf=1&web=1&e=1WgxJP Deep Foundations Institute (DFI), A Pile Inspector’s Guide to Hammers, 2nd Ed. 1995. Springfield, New Jersey]'''<br />
<br />
<u>Information</u> published within this companion document:<br />
<br />
:* Explains fundamentals of hammer efficiency and hammer measurement<br />
:* Provides basic information about hammer types<br />
:* Provides operational conformance <u>checklists</u> for inspectors for each hammer type<br />
:* Provides possible helpful suggestions for troubleshooting and what an inspector can offer to the pile crew in assisting them.<br />
<br />
===702.1.5 Pile Driving Documentation===<br />
The inspector should record in detail all important facts regarding driving of each pile. The field book notes should be organized in a sequence similar to that shown in the [[Media:702 Pile Driving Worksheet secure.pdf|Pile Driving Worksheet]].<br />
<br />
The sample form in the [[Media:702 Pile Driving Worksheet secure.pdf|Pile Driving Worksheet]] illustrates a typical page of completed pile driving data for cast-in-place concrete pile. Data in a similar form will be filled out when driving structural steel pile.<br />
<br />
[[media:702 secure.pdf|Figure 702]] is an illustration of field book data for driving structural steel pile. The inspector records the actual length used and notes the number of pieces incorporated in the length. When structural steel pile is driven, there is often a piece left over from the in-place pile which becomes excess or left-over pile. The contractor may wish to use such a piece on another state highway project. If transfer to another project is desired, extra copies of the certified mill test reports should be made which can be used to have the excess pile reinspected on a future project.<br />
<br />
<u>Probe Pile</u><br />
<br />
If probe pile is a contract pay item, it must be driven to specified minimum tip elevation regardless of the nominal axial compressive resistance achieved. After this elevation is reached, driving must continue until one of the following three conditions has been met: <br />
<br />
:l. The pile is driven to full length <br />
<br />
:2. The pile is driven to refusal<br />
<br />
:3. The pile is driven to a capacity 50 percent greater than plan minimum nominal axial compressive resistance.<br />
<br />
These conditions are specified in [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=11 Sec 702.4.1.] It is important that a complete driving log be developed. The pile should be marked off in foot increments. The driving record should then show the number of blows for each foot. Some arrangement is necessary to check number of blows per foot without stopping the driving. If there is a sudden sharp change in the number of blows for a given penetration, it may be necessary to check resistance for intermediate increments to develop an accurate graph. The results of specified probe pile driving are to be reported on Probe Pile Data form. Contact the Construction and Materials Division for assistance in reporting probe pile data.</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=771.9_Temporary_Bridge_Deck_Repair&diff=51647771.9 Temporary Bridge Deck Repair2022-06-22T17:16:33Z<p>Smithk: updated link</p>
<hr />
<div>{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:15px; border:1px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="160px" align="right" <br />
|- <br />
|'''Code:''' R323<br />
|}<br />
Temporary bridge deck repair is done to fill the holes in the deck to prevent the accumulation of dirt, debris and chlorides that will accelerate deck deterioration, to provide a smooth safe riding surface for the public and reduce the tire impact loading until permanent repairs can be made.<br />
{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:5px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="160px" align="right" <br />
|-<br />
|'''Additional Information'''<br />
|-<br />
|[[:Category:948 Incident Response Plan and Emergency Response Management|EPG 948 Incident Response Plan and Emergency Response Management]]<br />
|}<br />
Holes in bridge decks should be safeguarded from traffic as soon as possible. Repairs should be completed with higher urgency than routing maintenance as weather permits. Consult the patching materials manufacturer’s guide for the weather limitations for use.<br />
<br />
==Materials==<br />
{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:15px; border:1px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#ffddcc" width="210px" align="right" <br />
|-<br />
|'''Bridge Deck, Repair'''<br />
|-<br />
|[https://spexternal.modot.mo.gov/sites/cm/CORDT/RDT02002.pdf Report 2002]<br />
|-<br />
|'''See also:''' [https://www.modot.org/research-publications Research Publications]<br />
|}<br />
Commercial patching materials have different abilities and characteristics. Examples are Instant Road Repair, UPM, Pavon and chips, etc. Hot mix asphalt can also be used when available.<br />
<br />
'''General Note''': Consult the manufacturer’s guidelines about preparation and placement. In general, a cleaner and drier repair area prior to filling will provide a better result.<br />
<br />
[[Category:771 Bridge Preventive Maintenance Guidelines|771.09]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=751.17_Concrete_Slab_Bridges&diff=51646751.17 Concrete Slab Bridges2022-06-22T15:49:04Z<p>Smithk: /* 751.17.2.2 Loads */ minor correction</p>
<hr />
<div>==751.17.1 General==<br />
<br />
This article illustrates the general design procedure for Continuous Concrete Slab Bridge using AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
===751.17.1.1 Material Properties===<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" align="center" style="textalign:left"<br />
<br />
!colspan="3" align="left"|Concrete:<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Unit weight of reinforced concrete,<br />
|align="right"|<math>\, \boldsymbol{\gamma}_c = 0.150 kcf</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="3"|Continuous Cast-In-Place Solid/Voided Concrete Slab<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;<br />
|Class B-2<br />
|align="right"|<math>\, f'_c = 4.0 ksi</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|&nbsp;<br />
|align="right"|<math>\, n=8</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="3"|Precast Prestressed Multicell Voided Concrete Girders<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;<br />
|Class A-1<br />
|align="right"|<math> f'_c = 6.0 ksi</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|&nbsp;<br />
|align="right"|<math> f'_{ci} = 4.5 ksi</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|&nbsp;<br />
|align="right"|<math>n=8</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="3"|Intermediate bent columns, end bents (below construction joint at bottom of slab)<br/><br />
in continuous concrete slab bridges<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;<br />
|Class B-1<br />
|align="right"|<math> f'_c = 4.0 ksi</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|&nbsp;<br />
|align="right"|<math> n=8</math><br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;<br />
|Class B, Open bent, footing<br />
|align="right"|<math> f'_c = 3.0 ksi</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|&nbsp;<br />
|align="right"|<math> n=10</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Modulus of elasticity,<br />
<math>E_c = 33,000\ K_1 \ (w_c^{1.5}) \sqrt{f^'_c}</math> <br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;<br />
|Where:<br />
| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;<br />
|colspan="2"|f'<sub>c</sub> in ksi<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;<br />
|colspan="2"|w<sub>c</sub> = unit weight of nonreinforced concrete = 0.145 kcf<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;<br />
|colspan="2"|K<sub>1</sub> = correction factor for source of aggregate<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp; &nbsp;<br />
|colspan="2"| <span style="color:#FFFFFF">----</span> = 1.0 unless determined by physical testing<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="3"|Modulus of rupture,<br />
<math>f_r</math> = 0.24 <math>\sqrt{f^'_c}</math>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;LRFD 5.4.2.6<br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;<br />
|Where:<br />
| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;<br />
|f'<sub>c</sub> in ksi<br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="3"|Reinforcing steel:<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;<br />
|Minimum yield strength,<br />
|align="right"|<math>\, f_y = 60.0 ksi</math><br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;<br />
|Steel modulus of elasticity<br />
|align="right"|<math>\, E_s = 29000 ksi</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Unit weight of future wearing surface,<br />
|align="right"|<math>\, \boldsymbol{\gamma}_{fws} = 140 lb./ft^3</math><br />
|}<br />
<br />
==751.17.2 Design==<br />
===751.17.2.1 Limit States and Load Factors===<br />
<br />
In general, each component shall satisfy the following equation:<br />
<br />
<math> Q = \textstyle \sum \eta_i \gamma_i Q_i \le \phi R_n = R_r</math><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Where:<br />
{|<br />
|<math> Q</math>||= Total factored force effect<br />
|-<br />
|<math> Q_i</math>||= Force effect<br />
|-<br />
|<math> \eta_i</math>||= Load modifier<br />
|-<br />
|<math> \gamma_i</math>||= Load factor<br />
|-<br />
|<math> \phi</math>||= Resistance factor<br />
|-<br />
|<math> R_n</math>||= Nominal resistance<br />
|-<br />
|<math> R_r</math>||= Factored resistance<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Limit States'''<br />
<br />
The following limit states shall be considered for slab and edge beam design:<br />
<br />
:STRENGTH - I<br />
:SERVICE - I<br />
:FATIGUE<br />
:EXTREME EVENT - II<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Resistance factors'''<br />
<br />
For STRENGTH limit state,<br />
:Flexure and tension of reinforced concrete, <math>\phi</math> = 0.90<br />
:Shear and torsion, <math> \phi</math> = 0.90<br />
For all other limit states, <math> \phi</math> = 1.00<br />
<br />
<br />
'''[[751.2_Loads#Load Modifiers|Load Modifiers]]'''<br />
<br />
===751.17.2.2 Loads===<br />
<br />
'''Permanent (Dead) Loads'''<br />
<br />
Permanent loads include the following:<br />
<br />
:'''Slab weight'''<br />
<br />
:'''Future Wearing Surface'''<br />
:A 3” thick future wearing surface (35psf) shall be considered on the roadway.<br />
<br />
:'''Barrier/Railing '''<br />
:For slab overhang design, assume the weight of the barrier or railing acts at the centroid of the barrier or railing.<br />
<br />
[[Image:751.20.2.2 2020.jpg|center|750px]]<br />
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"<br />
|-<br />
|'''*''' 2'-0" Min.<br />
|-<br />
|'''**''' 12" For deck overhang design (LRFD 3.6.1.3.1), 2’-0" for design of all other components<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<center>'''Application of Live Load to Slab'''</center><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Gravity Live Loads'''<br />
<br />
Gravity live loads include vehicular, dynamic load allowance, and pedestrian loads.<br />
<br />
<br />
:'''Vehicular'''<br />
<br />
:The design vehicular live load HL-93 shall be used. It consists of either the design truck or a combination of design truck and design lane load.<br />
<br />
:For slab design, where the primary strips are longitudinal, the force effects shall be determined on the following basis:<br />
<br />
:* The longitudinal strips shall be designed for all loads specified in AASHTO Article 3.6.1.3.3 includuing lane load.<br />
<br />
:* For the purpose of slab design, the lane load consists of a load equal to 0.640 klf uniformly distributed over 10 feet in the transverse direction.<br />
<br />
For precast prestressed multicell girders, live load shall be distributed according to AASHTO LRFD Tables 4.6.2.2.2b-1, 4.6.2.2.2d-1, 4.6.2.2.3a-1 and 4.6.2.2.3b-1 for both moment and shear.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Dynamic Load Allowance'''<br />
<br />
The dynamic load allowance replaces the effect of impact used in AASHTO Standard Specifications. It accounts for wheel load impact from moving vehicles. For slabs, the static effect of the vehicle live load shall be increased by the percentage specified in Table below.<br />
<br />
{|border="1" cellpadding="5" align="center" <br />
|+'''Dynamic Load Allowance, <math> IM</math>''' <br />
!Slab Component||<math> IM</math><br />
|-<br />
|Deck Joints – All Limit States||75%<br />
|-<br />
|All Other Limit States||33% <br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
The factor to be applied to the static load shall be taken as:<br />
<br />
<br />
<math>\, (1 + IM)</math><br />
<br />
<br />
The dynamic load allowance is not to be applied to pedestrian or design lane loads.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Multiple Presence Factor, <math>\, m</math>:'''<br />
<br />
The multiple presence factor accounts for the probability for multiple trucks passing over a multilane bridge simultaneously.<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="5" <br />
<br />
|<math>\, m</math> =<br />
|1.20 for 1 Loaded Lane<br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;||1.00 for 2 Loaded Lanes<br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;||0.85 for 3 Loaded Lanes<br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;||0.65 for more than 3 Loaded Lanes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Pedestrian'''<br />
<br />
Pedestrian live load on sidewalks greater than 2 ft wide shall be:<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="5" <br />
<br />
|<math>\, PL</math> =<br />
|0.075 ksf<br />
|}<br />
<br />
This does not include bridges designed exclusively for pedestrians or bicycles.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''For Additional Design Information, see LRFD 5.14.4.2'''<br />
<br />
==751.17.3 Details==<br />
===751.17.3.1 Solid Slabs===<br />
<br />
'''SLAB LONGITUDINAL SECTIONS - SOLID SLABS'''<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.20.3.1 end span.jpg|620px]]</center><br />
<br />
<center>'''END SPANS'''</center><br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.20 cont conc slab longitudinal sections solid slab intermediate span.gif]]</center><br />
<br />
<center>'''INTERMEDIATE SPANS'''</center><br />
<br />
<br />
:::::::::Note:<br/><br />
:::::::::All longitudinal dimensions shown are horizontal.<br />
<br />
===751.17.3.2 C.I.P. Voided Slabs===<br />
<br />
<br />
'''SLAB LONGITUDINAL SECTIONS - CAST-IN-PLACE VOIDED SLAB'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.20 cont conc slab longitudinal sections cip voided slab end span.gif]]</center><br />
<center>'''END SPANS'''</center><br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.20 cont conc slab longitudinal sections cip voided slab intermediate span.gif]]</center><br />
<center>'''INTERMEDIATE SPANS'''</center><br />
<br />
:::::::(*) 3'-0" or greater than or equal to 5% of span length.<br/><br />
:::::::(**) By Design (6" increments measured normal to the centerline of bent) (The minimum is<br/><br />
:::::::equal to the column diameter + 2'6")<br />
<br />
<br />
:::::::'''Note:'''<br />
:::::::All longitudinal dimensions shown are horizontal (Bridges on grades and vertical curves, included).<br />
:::::::For sections A-A and B-B, see below.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''SLAB CROSS SECTION'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.20 cont conc slab cip voided slab cross section.gif]]</center><br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="5" align="center" textalign="center"<br />
<br />
|colspan="1" width="300" align="center"|'''HALF SECTION A-A'''<br/> '''CENTER OF SPAN'''<br />
|colspan="1" width="300" align="center"|'''HALF SECTION B-B'''<br/> '''NEAR INTERMEDIATE BENT'''<br />
|}<br />
<br />
&nbsp;<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="5" align="center"<br />
|-valign="top"<br />
|colspan="1" width="300" align="left"|Sonovoids are produced in half<br/>sizes 2" to 18". D = 4" to 36"<br/> &nbsp;<br/>T=19" (Min. preferred. Consult<br/>Structural Project Manager prior<br/> to the use of a thinner slab.)<br />
|colspan="1" width="300" align="center"|<center>[[Image:751.20 cont conc slab cip voided slab part section & detail c.gif]]</center><br />
|}<br />
<br />
Notes:<br/><br />
(*) &nbsp; Increase the Dimension "T" by 1/2" for #14 bars placed in the top or bottom of the slab.<br/><br />
:Increase the Dimension "T" by 1" for #14 bars placed in the top and bottom of the slab.<br/><br />
:("T" and "D" are based on 3" clearance which includes the integral wearing surface to the top of the longitudinal bar.)<br />
<br />
(**) &nbsp;For Roadway with slab drains, use 10" minimum. For Roadways that require additional reinforcement for resisting moment of the edge beam 20" minimum. Check for adequate space for development of barrier or railing reinforcement.<br />
<br />
[[Category:751 LRFD Bridge Design Guidelines]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=127.29_Stormwater&diff=51645127.29 Stormwater2022-06-22T15:41:49Z<p>Smithk: /* 127.29.4.5 MCM 5: Post-Construction Stormwater Management in New Development and Redevelopment */ Per Env'l, updated link</p>
<hr />
<div>==127.29.1 Introduction==<br />
<br />
Stormwater runoff has the potential to transfer pollutants to drainage courses and waterbodies causing damaging effects to water quality and aquatic ecosystems. MoDOT’s stormwater discharges are authorized by a Transportation Separate Storm Sewer System (TS4) Permit issued by the Missouri Department of Natural Resources (MDNR). The following guidance outlines MoDOT’s stormwater management program in accordance with the Clean Water Act, National Pollution Discharge Elimination Program (NPDES) and Missouri’s’ Clean Water Law. <br />
<br />
==127.29.2 Definitions==<br />
<br />
'''Best Management Practice (BMP)''' – From [http://s1.sos.mo.gov/cmsimages/adrules/csr/current/10csr/10c20-6.pdf MDNR’s 10 CSR20-6.200]: Schedules of activities, prohibitions of practices, maintenance procedures, and other management practices to prevent or reduce the pollution of waters of the state. BMPs also include treatment requirements, operating procedures and practices to control plant site runoff, spillage or leaks, sludge or waste disposal, or drainage from raw material storage. <br />
<br />
'''Boundary Point Source''' – a point source that is not an outfall. The location where the point source leaves MoDOT right of way.<br />
<br />
'''Illegal connection''' - a pipe or other conveyance that has illegally been connected to MoDOT’s TS4.<br />
<br />
'''Illicit discharge''' - is defined by MDNR's [http://s1.sos.mo.gov/cmsimages/adrules/csr/current/10csr/10c20-6.pdf 10 CSR 20-6.200] as a discharge of pollutants to a Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) that is not comprised entirely of stormwater and is not authorized under the NPDES permit. <br />
<br />
'''Major stormwater outfall''' – MDNR defines as “a municipal separate storm sewer outfall that discharges from a single pipe with an inside diameter of thirty-six inches (36") or more (or its equivalent)”. Reference: 10 CSR 20-6.<br />
<br />
'''MoDOT Community''' – MoDOT staff and external partners including contractor’s and consultants.<br />
<br />
'''MoDOT’s TS4 area''' – MoDOT property including but not limited to roadway right-of-way, maintenance and storage yards, fleet or maintenance shops, with outdoor storage areas, salt/sand storage locations, snow disposal areas, parking lots, welcome centers, rest areas, and other areas owned and operated by MoDOT located within urbanized areas as defined by latest Decennial Census by the Bureau of Census and regulated municipal separate storm sewer systems not located in Urbanized areas per 10 CSR 20-6.200 (5)(C) 24.B. <br />
<br />
'''MS4''' – Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System.<br />
<br />
'''Municipal separate storm sewer''' - a conveyance or system of conveyances including roads and highways with drainage systems, municipal streets, catch basins, curbs, gutters, ditches, paved or unpaved channels, or storm drains designated and utilized for routing of stormwater which:<br />
<br />
:A. Does not include any waters of the state as defined in this rule;<br />
:B. Is contained within the municipal corporate limits or is owned and operated by the state, city, town, village, county, district, association, or other public body created by or pursuant to the laws of Missouri having jurisdiction over disposal of sewage, industrial waste, stormwater, or other liquid wastes;<br />
:C. Is not a part or portion of a combined sewer system;<br />
:D. Is not a part of a publicly owned treatment works as defined in 40 CFR 122.2; and<br />
:E. Sewers that are defined as large or medium or small municipal separate storm sewer systems pursuant to paragraphs 10., 15., and 28. of this section, or designated under subsection (1)(B) of this rule.<br />
<br />
'''New development''' – MoDOT defines new development for purposes of the MS4 permit, to mean projects (with land disturbance greater than or equal to 1 acre) that are constructed where there was previously no transportation facility.<br />
<br />
'''Nonpoint source pollution''' – a type of pollution that occurs when water runs over land or through the ground, picks up pollutants, and deposits them in surface waters or introduces them into groundwater.<br />
<br />
'''Non-structural practices/controls''' - operational BMPs that prevent or reduce pollutants from entering stormwater. Examples include preventative maintenance procedures, minimizing impervious surfaces, and spill prevention and cleanup.<br />
<br />
'''Permanent BMP''' – a best management practice designed to be permanently left in place after construction to treat or contain stormwater.<br />
<br />
'''Point source discharge''' – any discernible, confined and discrete conveyance, including but not limited to any pipe, ditch, channel, tunnel, conduit, well, discrete fissure, container, rolling stock, concentrated animal feeding operation, or vessel or other floating craft, from which pollutants are or may be discharged. Point source does not include agricultural stormwater discharges and return flows from irrigated agriculture.<br />
<br />
'''Pollutant''' - Dredged spoil, solid waste, incinerator residue, sewage, garbage, sewer sludge, munitions, chemical waste, biological materials, radioactive materials, heat, wrecked or discarded equipment, rock, sand, cellar dirt, filter backwash or industrial, municipal or agricultural waste discharged into water. Reference: Reference: 10 CSR 20-2.<br />
<br />
'''Redevelopment''' - MoDOT defines redevelopment for purposes of the TS4 permit with respect to transportation facilities, to mean non-maintenance work performed to or on an existing public transportation facility which provides for an increased number of thru lanes of travel unless the work can be accommodated without increasing the width of the existing pavement. Widening of an existing road that does not result in an additional thru lane does not constitute redevelopment. Widening to add shoulders does not constitute a thru lane unless the total widening is greater than or equal to 10 feet.<br />
<br />
'''Run-on''' – stormwater from adjacent landowners or development that is combined with MoDOT’s stormwater.<br />
<br />
'''Stormwater outfall''' – a point source where intentionally collected stormwater exits the right of way (ROW) and enters a “water of the state”. For example, roadside ditch. <br />
<br />
'''(Stormwater) Outfall''' – MoDOT defines an outfall as intentionally collected stormwater that is “A point source as defined by [http://s1.sos.mo.gov/cmsimages/adrules/csr/current/10csr/10c20-2.pdf 10 CSR 20-2.010] at the point where a municipal separate storm sewer discharges and does not include open conveyances connecting two (2) municipal separate storm sewers, pipes, tunnels, or other conveyances which connect segments of waters of the state and are used to convey waters of the state.” Reference: 10 CSR 20-6.<br />
<br />
'''Structural practices/controls''' - physical, structural or mechanical devices or facilities intended to prevent pollutants from entering stormwater. Examples include building berms around potential pollutant source areas, roofs over outside truck wash bays, etc.<br />
<br />
'''Thru lane''' - a lane of a roadway intended to facilitate moving vehicles along a corridor. <br />
<br />
'''TMDL Total Maximum Daily Load''' - a mathematical calculation of the amount of a specific pollutant a waterbody can absorb and still meet water quality standards.<br />
<br />
'''''waters of the state''''' – MDNR defines as “all rivers, streams, lakes and other bodies of surface and subsurface water lying within or forming a part of the boundaries of the state which are not entirely confined and located completely upon lands owned, leased or otherwise controlled by a single person or by two or more persons jointly or as tenants in common and includes waters of the United States lying within the state.” Reference: [http://www.moga.mo.gov/mostatutes/stathtml/64400000161.html Missouri Revised Statutes 644.016].<br />
<br />
'''Acronyms and Abbreviations'''<br />
<br />
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" align="center"<br />
|-<br />
|width="100" |'''BMP'''||width="950"| Best Management Practice<br />
|-<br />
|'''CWA'''|| Clean Water Act<br />
|-<br />
|'''EPA'''|| Environmental Protection Agency<br />
|-<br />
|'''EPG'''||Engineering Policy Guide<br />
|-<br />
|'''ESC'''||Erosion and Sediment Control<br />
|-<br />
|'''FHWA'''|| Federal Highway Administration<br />
|-<br />
|'''GI'''|| Green Infrastructure<br />
|-<br />
|'''IDDE'''|| Illicit Discharge Detection and Elimination<br />
|-<br />
|'''LID'''|| Low Impact Development<br />
|-<br />
|'''MCM'''|| Minimum Control Measure<br />
|-<br />
|'''MEP'''|| Maximum Extent Practicable<br />
|-<br />
|'''MDNR'''|| Missouri Department of Natural Resources<br />
|-<br />
|'''MoDOT'''|| Missouri Department of Transportation<br />
|-<br />
|'''MS4'''|| Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System<br />
|-<br />
|'''MSD'''||Metropolitan Sewer District – St. Louis<br />
|-<br />
|'''NPDES'''|| National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System<br />
|-<br />
|'''O&M'''||Operation and Maintenance<br />
|-<br />
|'''ROW''' || Right of way<br />
|-<br />
|'''SOP'''||Standard Operating Procedure<br />
|-<br />
|'''SPCC'''|| Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure<br />
|-<br />
|'''SWMP'''|| Storm Water Management Plan<br />
|-<br />
|'''SWPPP'''|| Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan<br />
|-<br />
|'''TMDL'''|| Total Maximum Daily Load<br />
|-<br />
|'''TS4'''||Transportation Separate Storm Sewer System<br />
|-<br />
|'''UA'''|| Urbanized Area as defined by US Census<br />
|}<br />
<br />
==127.29.3 Purpose==<br />
<br />
EPG 127.29.3 Purpose outlines obligations of the statewide stormwater permit which requires MoDOT to develop, implement, and enforce a comprehensive stormwater management program to reduce the discharge of pollutants to the maximum extent practical (MEP)stormwater. The following guidance is intended to assist MoDOT staff and consultants with understanding MoDOT’s stormwater management program and the six individual minimum control measures that make up that plan. <br />
<br />
Provisions of the Federal Clean Water Act and related state rules and regulations require a municipal separate storm sewer system (MS4) permit when the facility serves a population of 50,000 or more within an urbanized area or are located outside an urbanized area serving a jurisdiction with a population of at least 10,000 and a population density of 1,000 people per square mile or more. Furthermore, a municipal separate storm sewer means a conveyance or system of conveyances including roads and highways with drainage systems, municipal streets, catch basins, curbs, gutters, ditches, paved or unpaved channels, or storm drains designated and utilized for routing of stormwater. MoDOT’s TS4 permit is an individual permit drafted to fill this obligation to better fit the operations of a transportation organization.<br />
<br />
==127.29.4 Stormwater Management Program==<br />
<br />
The major requirement of the permit is to develop, implement, and enforce a Stormwater Management Program. The obligation of the permit is for the Stormwater Management Program to be developed to achieve compliance with the standard to reduce the discharge of pollutants to the maximum extent practicable per 40 CFR 122.34. <br />
<br />
As part of the Storm Water Management Program, MoDOT is obligated to develop a Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP) explaining the Storm Water Management Program by identifying, tracking, and evaluating programmatic BMPs for each of the six minimum control measures (MCM) included it the permit. BMPs have been developed or designed with the purpose of reducing stormwater pollution. The plan must also list the person primarily responsible for the plan and the person(s) responsible for each MCM if different from the primary person.<br />
<br />
===127.29.4.1 MCM 1: MoDOT Community & Public Education and Outreach on Stormwater Impacts Program===<br />
<br />
'''Permit requirement.''' The permittee shall implement a community education program that focuses on the impacts of stormwater discharges on water bodies and steps that MoDOT Community and the general public can take to reduce pollutants in stormwater runoff. The Education and Outreach on Stormwater Impacts Program shall contain, at a minimum, the following:<br />
:1. Maintain the MoDOT stormwater webpage with stormwater related topics; <br />
:2. Participate in education and outreach events to promote water quality; <br />
:3. Maintain public outreach programs such as No More Trash Bash, adopt a highway, and sponsor a highway programs; <br />
:4. Distribute stormwater brochures;<br />
:5. Maintain public awareness campaigns. This may be through the MoDOT website, social media, or other media outlets.<br />
<br />
As part of our program for MCM 1: MoDOT Community and Public Education and Outreach on Stormwater Impacts, MoDOT has developed BMPs that educate the MoDOT community as well as the general public. BMPs target education efforts regarding stormwater impacts and the steps MoDOT takes to reduce pollutants in stormwater runoff. MoDOT operates and maintains a web page located on the world wide web that reaches an untold number of audiences by providing a 24/7, 365 days a year platform to educate and receive customer concerns regarding stormwater. <br />
<br />
A dedicated email address is used to provide a consistently available, portable, cost effective way to communicate with the public.<br />
[[image:127.29.4.1.jpg|right|300px]]<br />
MoDOT develops and distributes a stormwater brochure to provide a tangible item that can be read and reviewed by the community and public at their convenience. <br />
<br />
MoDOT engages in many training efforts to educate the MoDOT community as well as the general public regarding stormwater impacts. One general public education effort is tied to the No MOre Trash Bash, a department program to educate the public on the effects of litter. Other outreach efforts occur at Earth Day and the State Fair. These platforms provide an opportunity to reach a large audience with practices they can do to improve water quality through their daily actions. <br />
<br />
At times, MoDOT conducts education opportunities with local community high schools, colleges, and universities. Any events conducted by districts, that include stormwater as a topic, can be documented on Environmental and Historic Preservation’s SharePoint page. These events will be documented and included in the TS4 annual report.<br />
<br />
MoDOT engages in public awareness campaigns utilizing social media outlets and internally produced publications to promote programs like the No MOre Trash Bash and litter campaigns.<br />
<br />
===127.29.4.2 MCM 2: MoDOT Community and Public Involvement/Participation Program===<br />
<br />
'''Permit requirement:''' The permittee shall implement a public involvement/participation program that provides opportunities for both public and MoDOT community involvement in the development and oversight of the permittee’s stormwater management program, and provides opportunities for both the public and MoDOT community involvement of the permittee’s renewal application. The public involvement/participation program shall, at a minimum, include the following: <br />
:1. A public notice period to allow the public and MoDOT community the opportunity to review the SWMP and renewal application prior to submission of the SWMP and renewal application to the Department. It is recommended that the public review period is at least 10 (ten) business days;<br />
:2. If the permittee utilizes a stormwater management panel/committee, then the permittee shall provide opportunities for input for public and MoDOT Community on the panel/committee;<br />
:3. Maintain the MoDOT Stormwater email;<br />
:4. Maintain a web “Report a Stormwater Concern” for visitors to submit stormwater concerns;<br />
:5. Track and report how many spill control and counter measure reports (SPCC) came from internal personnel or other methods;<br />
:6. Coordinate with other MS4 communities when appropriate.<br />
<br />
MoDOT uses various tools and techniques to engage public involvement and participation. These tools and techniques are implemented on statewide and local jurisdictional levels through the department’s community relations office located in Central Office, as well as the department’s seven district offices at the local level.<br />
<br />
In accordance with the permit MoDOT utilizes a Public Notice (PN) period to allow for comments to alterations to publications such as the SWMP, permit renewals, etc. An [https://www6.modot.mo.gov/eMoDOTWeb/jsp/signon/signon.jsp e-updates tool] was developed to allow interested people to sign up for notifications regarding MoDOT’s stormwater program. Public notice periods for SWMP and renewal applications will be a minimum of 10 days and will be posted on [http://www.modot.org/stormwater/ MoDOT’s Stormwater webpage] in addition to being emailed statewide with an opportunity for public hearing (see [[:Category:129 Public Involvement#129.11 Public Involvement for Stormwater|EPG 129.13 Public Involvement for Stormwater]]). This specifically applies to the SWMP and renewal application which is submitted to MDNR every 5 years upon permit expiration. <br />
<br />
MoDOT also engages the assistance of the public in reporting stormwater concerns by offering an on-line Stormwater Concern Form. This tool promotes engagement with the public and allows MoDOT to evaluate more areas when issues exist. <br />
<br />
Internally, the MoDOT community uses a dedicated email group that disseminates information from field staff to subject matter experts that can evaluate a potential pollution situation and determine appropriate steps to protect critical environmental elements. Spillreporting@.mo.gov is a critical tool to get information out quickly, assisting MoDOT in being responsive to those conditions where pollution potentials exist. Externally, MoDOT offers a Stormwater@modot.mo.gov email address for stormwater concerns to be relayed to the department. <br />
<br />
MoDOT’s TS4 area includes all urbanized areas and regulated MS4 communities not located in urbanized areas. MoDOT is obligated to follow the requirements of the TS4 permit but should coordinate when appropriate with the other MS4 communities. MoDOT has representatives who participate on other MS4 panels/committees. The project development process also offers a unique opportunity to collaborate with adjacent MS4 communities to foster environmental stewardship and coordinate on common goals.<br />
<br />
===127.29.4.3 MCM 3: Illicit Discharge Detection and Elimination (IDDE) Program===<br />
<br />
'''Permit Obligation:''' The permittee shall implement, and enforce a program to detect and eliminate illicit discharges into the TS4. Vehicular accidents are not considered illicit discharges unless the spill enters waters of the state. The IDDE program shall include, at a minimum, the following: <br />
:1. A stormwater outfall database, with mapping capabilities documenting the location of all known outfalls and the names and location of all receiving waters of the state that receive discharges from the TS4. The permittee shall make the map data and its origin available to the Department and EPA upon request<br />
:2. Detect, investigate, and eliminate illicit discharges into the TS4 and implement appropriate procedures or actions to the extent allowed by MoDOT’s authority. <br />
:3. To the extent allowable under state or local law, effectively prohibit through regulatory mechanism or equivalent, non-stormwater discharges from illicit discharges into the TS4 and implement appropriate procedures or actions. <br />
:4. MoDOT shall maintain a plan and schedule to detect and address non-stormwater discharges, including discharges from illegal dumping and spills, to the TS4. The Missouri Department of Health and Senior Services (DHSS) shall be contacted when wastewater discharge from a private homeowner is found on the MoDOT right of way. <br />
:5. MoDNR shall be contacted when wastewater discharge from a commercial entity is discovered on a MoDOT right of way. <br />
:6. MoDOT will communicate with MoDNR for possible enforcement actions necessary concerning any business or industry that does not have a valid permit from MoDNR to discharge effluent to the highway right of way.<br />
:7. Report immediately the occurrence of any dry weather flows believed to be an immediate threat to human health or the environment to MoDNR by calling the Environmental Emergency Response 24-hour Environmental Emergency Response Spill Line at 573-634-2436. <br />
:8. Inform the MoDOT community and the general public of hazards associated with illegal discharges and improper disposal of waste. <br />
:9. Maintain methods of public reporting of the presence of illicit discharges or water quality impacts associated with stormwater discharges are possible by contacting any of MoDOT’s seven Customer Service Centers, Central Office, or MoDOT’s website including the Report a Stormwater Concern form. Tracking shall be maintained in conjunction with MCM 1. <br />
:10. Maintain the Adopt-A-Highway program, for volunteer groups to periodically pick up the trash and debris along the sides of state highways. Tracking shall be maintained in conjunction with MCM 1. <br />
:11. MoDOT shall educate and cross-train maintenance staff to assist with identification of illicit discharges on MoDOT right of way.<br />
:12. The permittee shall address the categories of non-stormwater discharges or flows listed under Section I Part A – COVERAGE AND RESTRICTIONS, item 2 (a – q) if the permittee identifies them as significant contributors of pollutants to the TS4.<br />
{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:8px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:left; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="340px" align="right" <br />
|-<br />
|<center>'''[https://www.modot.org/sites/default/files/documents/idde-print_0.pdf Illicit Discharge Detection and Elimination (IDDE) Fact Sheet]'''</center><br />
|}<br />
<br />
The definition of an illicit discharge is, any discharge to an MS4 (or TS4) that is not composed entirely of stormwater, except allowable discharges pursuant to an NPDES permit. Illicit discharges are considered “Illicit” because MS4s are not designed to accept, process, or discharge such non-stormwater wastes. Common sources of illicit discharges include sanitary wastewater, effluent from septic tanks, sediment from construction sites, car wash wastewaters, improper petroleum product disposal, laundry wastewaters, improper disposal of automobile, and household toxics, yard waste, pet waste, and illicit connections to drainage structures. For additional information see [[127.25 Maintenance Environmental Policies#127.25.3.1 Rest Area Lagoon|EPG 127.25.3.1 Rest Area Lagoon]], [[127.25 Maintenance Environmental Policies#127.25.8.3 Sewage Disposal System|EPG 127.25.8.3 Sewage Disposal System]], and [[127.25 Maintenance Environmental Policies#127.25.8.3.2 System Attachments by Others|EPG 127.25.8.3.2 System Attachments by Others]]. <br />
<br />
When illicit discharges are discovered in the right-of-way, the Environmental Section of Design should be notified. An Environmental Specialist will investigate the discharge and contact DNR and request their assistance to impose whatever legal action necessary concerning any business or industry that does not have a valid permit from MDNR to discharge effluent to the highway right of way. When illicit discharges are discovered coming from residential properties, the local Department of Health office in the county in which the discharge exists will be contacted. Discharges discovered by the general public can be reported through the “Report a Stormwater Concern” electronic form out on MoDOT’s external web site. Links to the form can be found on the main page and the Stormwater Page. <br />
<br />
MoDOT encourages the general public to assist with efforts of illicit discharge detection and elimination. An electronic “Report a Stormwater Concern” form is accessible from MoDOT’s external web home page as well as from the [http://www.modot.org/stormwater/ stormwater webpage]. MoDOT also maintains an illicit discharge detection and elimination web page where visitors can learn how to report a stormwater concern as well as review MoDOT’s illicit discharge pamphlet and find county health department contacts per district. <br />
<br />
MoDOT maintains an inventory of outfalls as an obligation of the permit. This data is stored in TMS. Outfalls can be viewed under the stormwater layer on the TMS map or on the Illicit Discharge Detection and Elimination page located on MoDOT’s external website. When projects are designed that will modify or create new outfalls, the district shall furnish a spreadsheet of outfalls by location and type in the project area with the final request for environmental services (RES). The spreadsheet shall contain, for each outfall, the location of the outfall in latitude/longitude, the name of the nearest road, the name of the stream to which the outfall drains, and the type of outfall structure (e.g. pipe, inlet, ditch, or other).<br />
<br />
MoDOT is authorized to discharge the following non-stormwater sources provided that the permitting authority has not determined these sources to be substantial contributors of pollutants to the permittee’s MS4 that require a separate permit: <br />
<br />
:: Landscape irrigation <br />
:: Rising ground waters <br />
:: Uncontaminated ground water infiltration <br />
:: Uncontaminated pumped ground water <br />
:: Discharges from potable water sources <br />
:: Foundation drains <br />
:: Air conditioning condensation <br />
:: Springs <br />
:: Water from crawl space pumps <br />
:: Footing drains <br />
:: Lawn watering <br />
:: Flows from riparian habitats and wetlands <br />
:: Street wash water <br />
:: Bridge wash water <br />
:: Discharges or flows from emergency firefighting activities <br />
:: Individual residential car washing <br />
:: Dechlorinated residential swimming pool discharges.<br />
<br />
===127.29.4.4 MCM 4: Construction Site Stormwater Runoff Control ===<br />
<br />
This measure covers our existing policy in [[:Category:806 Pollution, Erosion and Sediment Control|EPG 806 Pollution, Erosion and Sediment Control Program]].<br />
<br />
Additionally, this measure is also covered within [[:Category:173 Erosion Control for Maintenance Operations|EPG 173 Erosion Control for Maintenance Operations]].<br />
<br />
'''Permit Obligation:''' The permittee shall develop, implement, and enforce a program to reduce pollutants in any stormwater runoff to their TS4 from construction activities on areas owned by MoDOT that result in a land disturbance of greater than or equal to one acre. Reduction of stormwater discharges from construction activities disturbing less than one acre must be included in the program if that construction activity is part of a larger common plan of development or sale that would disturb one acre or more. The program shall include, at minimum, the following: <br />
:1. Department policies to require erosion and sediment controls are designed, implemented, and maintained for construction sites, as well as sanctions to ensure compliance, to the extent allowable under state or local law. <br />
:2. Maintain requirements for construction site operators to control waste such as discarded building materials, concrete truck washout, chemicals, litter, and sanitary waste at the construction site that may cause adverse impacts to water quality. <br />
:3. Procedures for plan reviews which incorporate considerations of potential water quality impacts to the receiving waterbody. <br />
:4. Continue training of MoDOT personnel and contractors through Land Disturbance Training to ensure compliance with the MoDOT Land Disturbance Program. <br />
:5. Erosion control inspections shall be required for all projects engaged in land disturbance of one acre or more. <br />
:6. Perform statewide audits of construction sites to ensure that the MoDOT Land Disturbance program and applicable SWPPP are being followed. In addition to site inspections conducted weekly and following significant rainfall events, MoDOT will conduct quality assurance audits of projects covered by the Land Disturbance program.<br />
:7. Maintain procedures for receipt and considerations of information related to stormwater runoff controls submitted by the MoDOT community or general public. <br />
:8. Procedures for site-inspections and enforcement of control measures.<br />
:9. MoDOT’s inspectors, Resident Engineers, designers, and contractor’s Water Pollution Control Managers shall receive land disturbance training at least once every four years. <br />
<br />
MoDOT has a comprehensive land disturbance program authorized by Section II. Area Wide Land Disturbance Stormwater Permit Conditions of individual permit MO0137910. Though the land disturbance permit is covered under the same permit number as MoDOT’s TS4 permit, Section II. Is effectively is a stand-alone permit “STACKED” with the TS4 permit conditions. <br />
<br />
MoDOT utilizes the Stormwater Database, an all-inclusive platform to track, document, and store land disturbance inspections for land disturbance projects. The database tracks inspection intervals, certification requirements, and deficiency observations as well as corrections. Through the deficiency correction process, the database documents when corrective actions are completed and calculates a $2,000 per day liquidated damage for failure to correct deficiencies within the time required by the permit. <br />
<br />
[[806.8 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)|EPG 806.8 Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)]] outlines MoDOT’s statewide approach to permit compliance to protect waters of the state. Procedures for plan reviews, inspection protocols, pollution prevention obligations, and procedures for consideration of stormwater information related by others are located in the SWPPP.<br />
<br />
===127.29.4.5 MCM 5: Post-Construction Stormwater Management in New Development and Redevelopment===<br />
<br />
'''Permit Obligation:''' The permittee shall develop, implement, and enforce a program to address the quality of stormwater runoff from new development and redevelopment projects on areas owned and operated by MoDOT that disturb greater than or equal to one acre, including projects less than one acre that are part of a larger common plan of development or sale that discharge to the TS4. The program shall include, at a minimum, the following information:<br />
:1. Strategies to minimize water quality impacts, which includes a combination of structural and/or non-structural BMPs appropriate for the TS4, including but not limited to the assessment of site characteristics at the beginning of the construction site design phase to ensure adequate planning for stormwater program compliance. The goal of this approach is to arrive at designs that protect sensitive areas, minimize the creation of stormwater pollution, and utilize BMPs that effectively remove stormwater pollution. <br />
:2. Policies and procedures to address post-construction runoff from new development and redevelopment projects to the extent allowable under state or local law; <br />
:3. Policies or procedures to ensure adequate long-term operating and maintenance of the BMPs;<br />
:4. Coordinate and partner with other MS4 communities. The MoDOT system impacts almost every regulated MS4 in the state. Promote good stewardship through coordination and cooperation with other regulated MS4s; and <br />
:5. Train design staff in the post construction BMPs program at minimum once every other year.<br />
[[image:127.29.3.5.jpg|right|675px]]<br />
MoDOT will employ strategies that will comply with obligations of this MCM by reasonably mimicking pre-construction runoff conditions on all affected new development projects, through methods more appropriate for its community.<br />
<br />
MoDOT utilizes its request for environmental services (RES) system to document project elements necessary to determine the obligation to consider post-construction BMPs on the project. It is the intent of the RES to get district staff to think about post construction BMPs earlier in the project development process by including elements of the decision-making process in the RES for the districts to determine at all phases of project development. Districts indicate if the project will involve land disturbance of one acre or greater as well as if they determine the project to be new development, redevelopment, or maintenance. <br />
<br />
Central Office staff evaluates the project and the district’s determination of the project type. If they agree with the project type determination, the project’s location is evaluated to see if it falls inside the TS4 area. If the project is one acre or greater, considered new development or redevelopment, and falls within the TS4 area, the project must consider incorporating post construction BMPs into the project. Post-construction BMPs can be either structural or non-structural practices and controls. <br />
<br />
'''Structural vs Non-structural Practices and Controls'''<br />
<br />
Non-structural practices/controls are institutional, educational, or pollution prevention practices designed to limit the amount of stormwater runoff or pollutants. Examples of non-structural practices/controls are planning procedures, training programs, or site-specific BMPs such as riparian zone preservation, minimization of disturbed areas and reduced impervious areas, and maximization of open space. <br />
<br />
Structural BMPs are physical controls working individually or as a group (treatment train) appropriate to the source, location, and area climate for the pollutant to be controlled. Structural BMPs fall into three categories or three main types of treatment BMPs – retention/detention, infiltration, and vegetative. These three types are not mutually exclusive, but one BMP may fit into more than one type.<br />
<br />
'''Retention/Detention BMPs:''' These types of BMPs collect runoff and release it at a controlled rate to reduce impacts to downstream areas. Basins are a cost effective way to protect the local area from flooding and stormwater assist with water quality by settling out particulates from runoff. Examples include dry detention basins, wet detention basins, biodetention, stormwater wetland, wet ponds, etc. <br />
<br />
[[image:127.29.7 detention.jpg|center|350px|thumb|<center>'''Photo of dry detention basin designed to temporarily detain runoff during storm events.</center>''']]<br />
<br />
'''Infiltration BMPs:''' These types of BMPs collect runoff and promote infiltration which improves the water quality by removing pollutants through the natural filtering effects of the soil while recharging, lakes, streams, and groundwater. Stormwater examples include infiltration trenches/ditches/basins, grassy swales, pervious pavement, and infiltration basins or trenches. <br />
<br />
[[image:127.29.7 swales.jpg|center|400px|thumb|<center>'''Grassed swales can be used along roadsides and parking lots to collect and treat stormwater runoff'''</center>]]<br />
<br />
'''Vegetative BMPs:''' These types of BMPs incorporate dense vegetation or specific plant species to treat stormwater. Vegetation slows stormwater volumes allowing suspended solids to drop out as well as promoting filtering, adsorption, evapotranspiration, and biological uptake. Examples include grassy swales, filter strips, rain gardens, and wetlands.<br />
<br />
[[image:127.29.7 wetland.jpg|center|400px|thumb|<center>'''Wetland as post-construction BMP. (ODOT photo)'''</center>]]<br />
<div id="Potential Storm Water Controls"></div><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
! style="background:#BEBEBE" colspan="3"|Potential Stormwater Controls<br />
|-<br />
!width="195"|BMP!! Definition!! Function<br />
|-<br />
|Filtration Basin||align="left"| A shallow basin with engineered media or soil and an underdrain.||align="left"|Filtration, sorption, biological uptake, microbially mediated transportations.<br />
|-<br />
|Retention Basin||align="left"| A wet basin that permanently holds water and limits discharges to large storm events.||align="left"|Storage, detention, sedimentation<br />
|-<br />
|Bioretention Basin||align="left"| A type of filtration basin with engineered media, an underdrain and landscaped vegetation.||align="left"|Filtration, sorption, biological uptake, microbially mediated transportations.<br />
|-<br />
|Dry Detention Basin||align="left"| A dry basin that temporarily holds water and slowly releases it over time. ||align="left"|Detention, sedimentation, sorption.<br />
|-<br />
|Rain Garden ||align="left"| A planted shallow depression that collects rainwater run-off from roof, parking lots and other surfaces. While a rain garden can blend into the landscape and serve as a garden area, its main function is to retain and treat collected stormwater. ||align="left"| Detention, filtration, sorption<br />
|-<br />
|Filter Strip|| align="left"|A linear section of land, either grassed or forested that physically infiltrates stormwater. ||align="left"|Filtration, infiltration, sorption, microbially mediated transformation, biological uptake.<br />
|-<br />
|Swale||align="left"| A broad and shallow U-shaped channel with dense vegetation.||align="left"|Filtration, infiltration, sedimentation, microbially mediated transformation, biological uptake.<br />
|-<br />
|Infiltration Basin||align="left"| A shallow basin in permeable soils that detains and infiltrates stormwater runoff.||align="left"|Infiltration, sorption.<br />
|-<br />
|Level Spreader||align="left"| A trough and level lip used to redistribute concentrated stormwater as diffuse flow and sometimes combined with a filter strip.|| align="left"|Energy dissipation, infiltration.<br />
|-<br />
|Wet Detention Basin||align="left"| A shallow basin that maintains a permanent pool of water using a control structure.||align="left"|Detention, sedimentation, biological uptake, microbially mediated transformations.<br />
|-<br />
|Preformed Scour Hole||align="left"| A riprap lined basin formed at the outlet of a pipe.||align="left"| Energy dissipation, infiltration.<br />
|-<br />
|Forebay||align="left"| A small basin located upstream of another stormwater control. ||align="left"|Detention, sedimentation.<br />
|-<br />
|Storm Water Wetland|| align="left"| Lands on which water is present either at or near the surface of the soil permanently or seasonally and supports wetland vegetation such as cattails.||align="left"|Detention, sedimentation, sorption, biological uptake, microbially mediated transformations.<br />
|-<br />
|Proprietary Structure|| align="left"|Structure/system that a company or person owns rights to.|| align="left"| Various<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
[[image:127.29.7 flowchart.jpg|center|950px|thumb|<center>'''Fig. 127.29.4.5.1 Structural and Non-Structural Controls'''</center>]]<br />
<br />
<br />
DNR provides a field guide, [https://dnr.mo.gov/document-search/protecting-water-quality-field-guide ''Protecting Water Quality: A Field Guide to Erosion, Sediment and Stormwater Best Management Practices for Development Sites in Missouri and Kansas''], that is beneficial in outlining installation and maintenance of BMPs for permanent stormwater runoff management. <br />
<br />
MoDOT has developed maintenance standard operating procedures for commonly used BMPs, below.<br />
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|'''Maintenance Standard Operating Procedures'''<br />
|-<br />
|[[image:127.29.4.5 Detention Basin.jpg|center|370px|thumb|<center>'''[[media:127.29.4.5 Detention Basin.pdf|Detention Basin]]'''</center>]]||[[image:127.29.4.5 Rain Garden.jpg|center|400px|thumb|<center>'''[[media:127.29.4.5 Rain Garden.pdf|Rain Garden]]'''</center>]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[image:127.29.4.5 Bioretension Basin.jpg|center|340px|thumb|<center>'''[[media:127.29.4.5 Bioretention Baisn.pdf|Bioretention Basin]]'''</center>]]||[[image:127.29.4.5 Wet Detention Basin.jpg|center|400px|thumb|<center>'''[[media:127.29.4.5 Wet Detention Basin.pdf|Wet Detention Basin]]'''</center>]]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[[image:127.29.4.5 Proprietary Structural BMPs.jpg|center|400px|thumb|<center>'''[[media:127.29.4.5 Proprietary Structural BMPs.pdf|Proprietary Structural BMPs]]'''</center>]]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
Examples of redevelopment projects include adding a thru-lane, widening a bridge by a lane width, or widening shoulders where the shoulder width is 10 Ft. or more of additional width, etc. <br />
<br />
Examples of new development projects include a new interchange on existing facility, adding an outer road where none existed previously, new facility where none existed previously, etc. <br />
<br />
Examples of maintenance projects include ramp widening or extending (less than a lane width), signal installation, intersection improvements, retrofitting an existing interchange (for example, typical to a DDI), slide repair, adding shoulders that is less than a lane width, guardrail replacement, resurfacing, and overlay projects. <br />
<br />
If a project meets the criteria for development or redevelopment, permanent post construction BMPs must be considered that treat the <u>new impervious runoff in redevelopment and mimic the pre-existing runoff condition in new development.</u> The district designer shall work with the environmental specialist to consider site constraints and identify opportunities for implementation. If part of a project is determined to be “new development” the entire project is captured under those requirements. General design philosophy will seek to mimic natural hydrology through dispersal and infiltration of runoff. <br />
<br />
The district designer shall determine new runoff storage for redevelopment and pre-existing runoff in new development. Treatment BMPs are engineered stormwater treatment facilities and shall be designated on all phases of plan sheets. Many of these measures will capture and hold water and potentially develop wetland characteristics over time. If these are designated as stormwater treatment facilities, they will not be under the US Army Corps of Engineers jurisdiction as wetlands. Conversely, stormwater BMPs should not be sited within an existing jurisdictional wetland or its natural vegetated buffer except by permit or as part of a wetland mitigation plan. Wetlands may be considered for runoff treatment by passive means of dispersal. <br />
<br />
In areas where the drainage is not captured via curb and gutter, open-bottom, grassy ditches may serve as permanent BMPs. Any consideration of grassy ditches as BMPs will require exact location of the BMP for documentation and future identification for inspection. Plans should clearly indicate the limits of these BMPs. Grassy swales are defined as a flat-bottomed or U-shaped ditch. If a flat-bottomed or U-shaped ditch cannot be achieved due to other site constraints, ditch blocks/checks can be used in conjunction with V-shaped ditches to achieve infiltration and absorption goals. Additionally, grassy medians that capture drainage are also included as a post-construction BMP but not tracked and inspected.<br />
<br />
<br />
[[image:127.29.7 bioswale.jpg|center|950px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Example List of Commonly Used Post-Construction Control Practices:<br />
<br />
:* Infiltration basins<br />
:* Detention/retention<br />
:* Vegetated strips and/or swales<br />
:* Biofilters<br />
:* Permanent erosion control, seeding and planting<br />
:* Outlet protection/velocity dissipation devices<br />
:* Earth dikes, drainage swales and lined ditches<br />
:* Bridge slope protection<br />
:* Rock slope protection<br />
:* Mulching<br />
:* Verification that interior drains are not connected to a storm sewer system<br />
<br />
'''Special Watersheds with TMDLs in Effect where MoDOT has been assigned a Waste Load Allocation (WLA)'''<br />
<br />
In project areas where a total maximum daily load (TMDL) is in effect, it is feasible to tailor a permanent BMP to the pollutant identified. The American Association of State Highway Transportation Organization’s (AASHTO) ''Drainage Manual 2014'' provides a table (Table 7-2) with the “Effectiveness and Applicability of Management Measures” for various permanent BMP control measures’ ability to remove specific pollutant types such as particulates, heavy metals, pesticides and organics. An example in table shows that curb elimination (promoting sheet flows) is highly effective at removing particulates, heavy metals and organics. <br />
<br />
Currently, four watersheds located in the SL District are subject to an approved and effective TMDL where MoDOT has been assigned a WLA. They are Coldwater Creek, Watkins Creek, Creve Coeur Creek and Fishpot Creek. When a new development or redevelopment project with disturbances one acre or greater is planned within any of these watersheds, MoDOT will consider strategies appropriate to minimize water quality impacts. The pollutant of concern in these 4 watersheds obligates more value be given to media filters, bioretention, and/or retention practices as BMPs. <br />
<br />
By the “final” RES stage submittal, the location of the permanent BMP(s) shall be included on the plan sheets. The plan sheets shall be supplied under the Land Disturbance/Stormwater section of the RES, for entry into the BMP database.<br />
<br />
<br />
[[image:127.29.7 I-64.jpg|center|500px|thumb|<center>'''Detention Basin at I-64 and McKnight in St. Louis, MO.'''</center>]]<br />
<br />
[[image:127.29.7 focal point.jpg|center|540px|thumb|<center>''' Focal Point filter in Columbia, MO.'''</center>]]<br />
<br />
'''General Exemptions'''<br />
<br />
Once a project has met the qualifying criteria of new development or redevelopment, post construction BMPs must be considered during the project delivery process. If it is not feasible to place permanent post construction BMPs in the project area due to constraints such as utilities, right-of-way, safety, environmental or cost, written justification must be documented in the project file. While permanent BMPs may not be feasible, the projects must still adhere, at a minimum, to MCM 4 Construction Site Runoff Control and MCM 6 Pollution Prevention and Good Housekeeping measures. Below are some general exemptions:<br />
<br />
:* Projects where the only work involved is the addition or rehabilitation of paved surfaces not intended for use by motor vehicles (such as sidewalks or bicycle/pedestrian trails).<br />
<br />
:* Removing and replacing a concrete or asphalt roadway to base course, or subgrade or lower, without expanding the impervious surfaces. <br />
<br />
:* Permit projects where MoDOT is not building/letting and the project is not on MoDOT right of way.<br />
<br />
'''Coordination with Adjacent MS4 Community'''<br />
<br />
During the scoping phase of the project delivery process, if a project is located within another MS4 regulated area, it is recommended the community be contacted by district staff or environmental staff to determine whether the community has post construction requirements under their permit program. Another option is to investigate the community’s website or other resource to determine if they have specific requirements. A general review of the MS4 community’s MCM 5 Post Construction Runoff Control requirements shall be conducted. The district shall use all pertinent BMP information to determine the preferred treatment BMPs or other BMP opportunities in the watershed. Since MoDOT is regulated by MDNR under a MS4 permit, MoDOT is not required to comply with another MS4 regulated community’s requirements. However, the district should make an effort to coordinate with the community in an effort to collaborate and share responsibilities.<br />
<br />
If the MS4 community can provide a stormwater treatment option off MoDOT right-of-way, it is most beneficial to pursue that opportunity. Working with MS4 communities to partner for long-term management and maintenance is preferred.<br />
<br />
'''Projects that are Located Partially Inside an MS4 Community'''<br />
<br />
If a MoDOT project is partially within the TS4 coverage area, but partially outside of the TS4 coverage area, permanent BMPs shall only be considered within the TS4 coverage area. The entire project description shall be used to determine the type of project, redevelopment or development, and therefore type of treatment.<br />
<br />
If it is not feasible to include permanent BMPs in the project and there are opportunities within the portion of the project outside the TS4 area, a swap is acceptable. <br />
<br />
'''Cost-Share Projects and Unique Funding Projects'''<br />
<br />
For cost-share projects within the TS4 area, permanent BMPs shall be applied using the flow chart to areas on MoDOT right of way that is applicable.<br />
<br />
If it is not feasible and there are opportunities within the adjacent MS4 community, a swap is acceptable. An agreement for long-term maintenance must be agreed to by both entities. <br />
<br />
If funding is through the community or county and MoDOT is only providing engineering services, post-construction BMPs are not required to be considered by MoDOT based on the TS4 permit, but may be required by the community or county's MS4 stormwater permit.<br />
<br />
Cost-Share projects that are entirely specific to a design element, such as railroad grade separations, sidewalks, etc. may be exempt if no other work is involved in that MS4 project area.<br />
<br />
'''Projects as a Result of Adjacent Development'''<br />
<br />
If a project is a result of an adjacent development and would not have otherwise been constructed by MoDOT, the water quality and/or quantity features shall be included in that development.<br />
<br />
'''Traffic permits'''<br />
<br />
If adjacent developments require an access permit and are within the TS4 coverage area, runoff from adjacent development must be treated prior to entering MoDOT right of way or directed away from MoDOT right of way.<br />
<br />
Adjacent developments that drains to MoDOT right of way cannot increase flows from the pre-construction condition.<br />
<div id="Fig. 127.29.4.5.2, Stormwater Post-Construction BMP Consideration"></div><br />
<br />
[[image:127.29.7 post-construction flow chart.jpg|center|975px|thumb|'''<center>Fig. 127.29.4.5.2, Stormwater Post-Construction BMP Consideration'''</center>]]<br />
<br />
===127.29.4.6 MCM 6: Pollution Prevention/Good Housekeeping===<br />
<br />
'''Permit Obligation:''' The permittee shall develop and implement an operation and maintenance program with the goal of preventing or reducing pollutant runoff from MoDOT operations and maintenance located in areas established in Part A – COVERAGE AND RESTRICTIONS, item 1. <br />
<br />
As part of the SWMP, the pollution prevention/good housekeeping program shall include: <br />
:1. A list of all MoDOT operations and maintenance areas subject to this program.<br />
:2. BMPs designed or developed with the purpose of reducing floatables or other pollutants into the TS4 or waters of the state. <br />
:3. MoDOT shall maintain good housekeeping and material management procedures and BMPs for the storage and disposal of materials that pose a potential to pollute stormwater at MoDOT maintenance or fleet facilities. Such materials include, but is not limited to, antifreeze, batteries, fuel, equipment cleaning fluids, paint, herbicides, and used oil. <br />
:4. Inspections of MoDOT-owned operations and maintenance facilities within the TS4 coverage area shall be conducted at minimum bi-annually (every six months). These inspections shall identify potential target pollutants and sources, and take action for managing those sources. Issues identified during an inspection should be addressed or resolved before the next rain event and no later than the next inspection.<br />
:5. MoDOT shall maintain procedures to prevent, contain, and respond to spills. <br />
:6. Maintain MoDOT community training on BMPs to prevent or reduce stormwater pollution. Track how many MoDOT staff, and non-MoDOT staff when applicable, were educated on each topic, at minimum every other year. Behavioral changes and responses to situations shall be used to determine if the training is sufficient. <br />
<br />
The intent of MCM 6, pollution prevention/good housekeeping is the evaluation of a permit holder’s operations at their facilities and subsequent alteration of actions at those locations that help to ensure a reduction of pollution that may occur from stormwater runoff. <br />
<br />
The success of this program hinges on BMP implementation and maintenance. BMPs can be structural or procedural. Procedural BMPs such as parking fleet vehicles away from drain inlets or weekly parking lot sweeping promote pollution prevention without evasive measures that take significant resources to develop and maintain. <br />
<br />
Structural BMPs such as berms, swales and basins are critical protective elements of a facilities plan to protect receiving waters from pollutants stored at a site. Each facility within MoDOT’s TS4 area must have a [[media:127.29.9 FRCP.pdf|Facility Runoff Control Plan (FRCP)]]. These plans outline good housekeeping and pollution prevention best management practices to reduce or eliminate pollutant laden runoff from MoDOT’s maintenance and operations facilities. The plans outline target pollutant education, inspection obligations, and corrective action guidance for those facilities and operations within the TS4 area.<br />
<br />
FRCP inspections are required to be completed once every six (6) months. Inspections must be completed by a qualified facility inspector. Qualifications are outlined in the FRCP plan. Inspection forms and corrective measure documentation forms are included in the FRCP plan and are to be maintained for a period of three (3) years at the facility or electronically as determined by district maintenance management. FRCP plans, inspections, and corrective actions identified during inspections must be accessible and made available to regulating agency personnel upon request. <br />
<br />
See [http://s1.sos.mo.gov/cmsimages/adrules/csr/current/10csr/10c20-6.pdf 10 CSR 20-6.200]. <br />
<br />
<div id="MoDOT’s Coverage Area"></div><br />
<br />
'''MoDOT’s Coverage Area'''<br />
<br />
[[Image:127.29.4.6 b.jpg|center|700px]]<br />
<br />
'''References:'''<br />
<br />
[http://water.epa.gov/polwaste/npdes/swbmp/ EPA guidance on minimum control measures, National Menu of Stormwater BMPs].<br />
<br />
[http://www2.epa.gov/water-research/storm-water-management-model-swmm EPA SWMM model for stormwater BMPs].<br />
<br />
AASHTO, 2014, ''AASHTO Drainage Manual'', 1<sup>st</sup> Edition, American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials.<br />
<br />
==127.29.5 Public Involvement for Stormwater==<br />
<br />
A public notice will be posted on [http://www.modot.org/stormwater/ MoDOT’s stormwater page] and emailed to stakeholders when MoDOT is submitting a renewal application to the MDNR or other pertinent stormwater documents, for example, SWMP or annual reports, for a period of not less than 10 days prior to submittal.<br />
<br />
A public hearing may be requested during the public notice period for MoDOT’s TS4 Site-specific State Operating Permit. The request must give reasonable cause for holding the hearing. A public hearing will be held if there is significant technical merit and concern related to the responsibilities of MoDOT. At least 30 days prior to the hearing MoDOT will post public notice of the hearing. The hearing will be held in the geographic area appropriate to the request. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[category:127 MoDOT and the Environment]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=750.3_Bridges&diff=51644750.3 Bridges2022-06-22T15:38:46Z<p>Smithk: updated several links</p>
<hr />
<div>{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:15px; border:1px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#ffddcc" width="210px" align="right" <br />
|-<br />
|'''Asset Management'''<br />
|-<br />
|[https://spexternal.modot.mo.gov/sites/cm/CORDT/or10010.pdf Report 2009]<br />
|-<br />
|'''See also:''' [https://www.modot.org/research-publications Research Publications]<br />
|}<br />
=750.3.1 Hydraulic Considerations for Bridge Layout=<br />
<br />
==750.3.1.1 Survey Locations==<br />
<br />
Location of surveyed sections and profiles can greatly affect the quality of hydraulic models. <br />
<br />
Districts should request guidance for survey activities related to hydraulics for Bridge designed structures using the Bridge Survey Location Request Form. Guidance for determining the surveying locations required is presented in the following articles.<br />
<br />
Details of the Bridge Location Request submittal process can be found at [[:Category:747 Bridge Reports and Layouts#747.1.1 Bridge Survey Location Request Submittal/Completion Process|EPG 747.1.1 Bridge Survey Location Request Submittal/Completion Process]]. [[238.3 Route Surveying#238.3.36.1 General Bridge Survey Information|EPG 238.3.36.1 General Bridge Survey Information]] provides guidance for surveying activities. <br />
<br />
===750.3.1.1.1 Existing Data===<br />
Flood Insurance Studies, Corps of Engineers data, Level II USGS scour studies and recent nearby projects should be reviewed to determine if existing survey data, hydraulic data or hydraulic models may be available. The Flood Insurance Study contains information on the hydrologic and hydraulic models used and also may provide information regarding 3rd party models that were used. Adequate existing data may reduce the need for additional survey data or provide a base model for design of a new structure.<br />
<br />
'''FEMA Models:'''<br />
<br />
'''HEC-RAS -''' Most FEMA HEC-RAS hydraulic models are available thru SEMA.<br />
:* Zone A (Approximate) models do not contain details for manmade features, may not have surveyed sections in the right locations for adding details for structures and the manning “n” values are typically averaged for the entire stream. For these reasons Zone “A” models are not usually suitable for use to determine the bridge layout.<br />
:* Detailed Steady-State Flow models in most cases can be used as the base model, with additional survey data incorporated as needed.<br />
:* Unsteady-State Flow and 2D models will need to be acquired from SEMA and used as the base model, with additional survey data incorporated as needed.<br />
<br />
'''HEC-2 -''' Some FEMA HEC-2 hydraulic models are available thru SEMA.<br />
:* HEC-2 hydraulic models can be converted to Steady-State Flow HEC-RAS models<br />
:* Detailed HEC-RAS models created from HEC-2 models can be used as the base model. Due to the age of these models it is recommended that new survey data be acquired in the vicinity of proposed and existing structures near the project site.<br />
<br />
'''Other Models –''' Consult the Structural Hydraulics Engineer for Guidance.<br />
<br />
'''Corps of Engineers Models:'''<br />
<br />
The Army Corps of Engineers (Corps) has jurisdiction over several lakes in the state which provide flood control and regulate stream flow. In addition to these lakes the Corps has maintenance responsibilities for the Missouri River, Mississippi River, as well as several other smaller rivers and streams. To provide these functions the impacted stream would need to be modeled. If FEMA models are not available for Corps managed streams a model may be available from the Corps. The quality of these models varies and they should be reviewed in the same manner as FEMA models to determine if the model can be used. While there is not a comprehensive list of these streams the following table lists the known Corps lakes, their discharge streams and the Corps District with jurisdiction. <br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
! style="background:#BEBEBE" colspan="3"|Corps Lakes in Missouri<br />
|-<br />
!style="background:#BEBEBE"|Lake Name!!style="background:#BEBEBE"|Stream Name!!style="background:#BEBEBE"|Corps District<br />
|-<br />
|Blue Springs Lake||E. Fork Little Blue River|| Kansas City<br />
|-<br />
|Bull Shoals Lake||White River|| Little Rock<br />
|-<br />
|Clearwater Lake||Black River|| Little Rock<br />
|-<br />
|Long Branch Lake||E. Fork Little Chariton River|| Kansas City<br />
|-<br />
|Longview Lake||Little Blue River|| Kansas City<br />
|-<br />
|Mark Twain Lake||Salt River|| St. Louis<br />
|-<br />
|Norfork Lake||North Fork River|| Little Rock<br />
|-<br />
|Pomme De Terre Lake||Pomme De Terre River|| Kansas City<br />
|-<br />
|Smithville Lake||Little Platte River|| Kansas City<br />
|-<br />
|Stockton Lake||Sac River|| Kansas City<br />
|-<br />
|Table Rock Lake||White River|| Little Rock<br />
|-<br />
|Harry S. Truman Lake||Osage River|| Kansas City<br />
|-<br />
|rowspan="2"|Wappapello Lake||St. Francis River<br/>(upstream of dam)|| St. Louis<br />
|-<br />
|St. Francis River<br/>(downstream of dam)|| Memphis<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
[[image:750.3.1.1.1.jpg|600px]]<br />
</center><br />
<br />
===750.3.1.1.2 Bridge Survey Location Requests===<br />
<br />
The Bridge Survey Location Request Form received from the district should be filled out using the best data available. Data that is not required or that deviates from EPG guidance should be noted and explained on the Bridge Survey Location Request Form. In addition to the completed Bridge Survey Location Request Form, an image showing the location of the valley sections and a kmz file showing same sections should be included in the return submittal to the district.<br />
<br />
====750.3.1.1.2.1 Centerline and Offset Profiles ====<br />
Estimate offset distances and terminal elevations for offset profiles. Provide additional offset profiles if required. See [[238.3 Route Surveying#238.3.36.1.3 Centerline and Offset Profiles|EPG 238.3.36.1.3 Centerline and Offset Profiles]] for location and elevation details. <br />
<br />
====750.3.1.1.2.2 Streambed Profiles ====<br />
'''Multiple Defined Channels '''<br />
<br />
A streambed profile is provided for all structures, including overflow structures that have a defined channel, even if that structure is not being replaced. <br />
<br />
'''Overflow Structures '''<br />
<br />
A streambed profile is not required for overflow structures that do not have a defined channel. When only the overflow structure is being replaced, the bridge survey is still developed based on all structures that are in the floodplain. Streambed profiles are provided for all other structures in the floodplain that have a defined channel. <br />
<br />
Provide additional guidance for tributary streams as required. See [[238.3 Route Surveying#238.3.36.3.6 Streambed Profiles|EPG 238.3.36.3.6 Streambed Profiles]] for additional details.<br />
<br />
====750.3.1.1.2.3 Water Surface Profiles====<br />
See [[238.3 Route Surveying#238.3.36.3.7 Water Surface Profiles|EPG 238.3.36.3.7 Water Surface Profiles]] for details.<br />
<br />
====750.3.1.1.2.4 Valley Sections====<br />
The layout of valley sections varies with stream size, slope, meander and other factors. As such, the guidance presented here considers a typical crossing of a natural stream. <br />
<br />
'''Location for Structures '''<br />
<br />
A minimum of three valley sections are required, one upstream and two downstream of the proposed structure. The ideal location for valley section placement for creation of a hydraulic model is upstream and downstream of the disturbance to flow caused by the structure and roadway fill. <br />
<br />
'''Stream Type'''<br />
<br />
For purposes of hydraulic modeling, streams (natural, manmade, altered, etc.) are considered to be either natural streams or drainage ditchs. To be considered as a drainage ditch, stream gradiant should be nearly flat with considerable overbank storage available compared to the volume of the stream flow. Streams that do not meet these criteria should be treated as natural streams.<br />
<br />
=====750.3.1.1.2.4.1 Natural Streams=====<br />
<br />
'''Initial Placement of Valley Sections '''<br />
<br />
Initial placement of the upstream and the first downstream valley section should be based on a 1:1 contraction ratio (upstream) and a 2:1 expansion ratio (downstream) from the streamside end of the roadway fill to the limit of the 100-yr. floodplain. The slope of the contraction and expansion lines should be based on 100-yr. flood flow path. For locations without an existing structure or when the replacement structure may be shorter, the origin of the expansion line may be moved closer to the bank of the channel. Initial placements should be adjusted as specified below. <br />
<br />
[[image:751.3.1.1.2.4.1 initial.jpg|center|700px|thumb|<center>'''Initial Placement of Upstream and<br/>First Downstream Valley Sections'''</center>]]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Final Placement of Valley Sections '''<br />
<br />
'''Upstream Valley Section –''' The upstream valley section is used to help determine the upstream water surface elevation and the flow velocity entering the bridge. Placement should be in a location representative of the average floodplain width upstream in the vicinity of the bridge and should not be placed at an excessively wide location in the floodplain or at junctions with tributaries. The location of the section should remain either at or upstream of the intersections of the Expansion lines and floodplain limits after any location or orientation adjustments are made. Orientation adjustments may be needed when the channel flow is not parallel to the 100-yr. flood flow. (See Valley Section Orientation for details). <br />
<br />
'''First Downstream Valley Section –''' The first downstream valley section is used to establish the water surface elevation and flow velocity downstream of the bridge which is used to calculate the energy loss through the bridge caused by the bridge and roadway fill. Placement should be in a location near the initial section that provides a natural constriction. If a natural constriction does not exist, the section should be placed at a location representative of the average floodplain width downstream in the vicinity of the bridge and should not be placed at an excessively wide location in the floodplain or at junctions with tributaries. The location of the section should remain either at or downstream of the intersections of the expansion lines and floodplain limits after any location or orientation adjustments are made. Orientation adjustments may be needed when the channel flow is not parallel to the 100-yr. flood flow. (See Valley Section Orientation for details). <br />
<br />
'''Second Downstream Valley Section –'''' The second downstream valley section is used to establish a starting water surface elevation and flow velocity for the hydraulic model. Placement should be in a location downstream of the final location of the first downstream valley section within a range of 0. 5 to 1.0 times the distance between the roadway centerline and the final location of the first downstream valley section (measured along the 100-yr flood flow path) that provides a natural constriction. If a natural constriction does not exist the section should be placed at a location representative of the average floodplain width downstream in the vicinity of the bridge and should not be placed at an excessively wide location in the floodplain or at junctions with tributaries. Orientation adjustments may be needed when the channel flow is not parallel to the 100-yr. flood flow (see Valley Section Orientation, below, for details). <br />
<br />
'''Valley Section Orientation '''<br />
<br />
Valley sections are taken through the entire valley including the stream channel and floodplain at right angles to both the channel and 100-year flood flows. To conform to right angles, the valley section may be "doglegged" so the first leg is at right angles to one side of the valley, the second leg is at right angles to the channel, and the third leg is at right angles to the opposite side of the valley. For hydraulic modeling purposes if the angle of the stream flow is within 15° of the 100-year flood flow it may be considered to be at a right angle and doglegging the valley section is unnecessary. <br />
<br />
[[image:751.3.1.1.2.4.1 placement.jpg|center|900px|thumb|<center>'''Placement of Valley Sections'''</center>]]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Valley Section Locations at Junctions '''<br />
<br />
Stream junctions near bridges are relatively common. Below are some generalized cases for determining if valley sections are needed: <br />
<br />
:'''Small Tributaries –''' For bridges over the main channel with a small tributary entering either upstream or downstream of the bridge, additional valley sections will not be required when the drainage area of the tributary is less than 20% of the drainage area of the main channel. <br />
:For bridges over small tributaries near larger channels, valley sections will be required. <br />
<br />
:'''Larger Tributaries –''' Need for valley sections is determined on a case by case basis. <br />
<br />
See [[238.3 Route Surveying#238.3.36.3.8 Valley Sections|EPG 238.3.36.3.8 Valley Sections]] for additional requirements for valley sections.<br />
<br />
=====750.3.1.1.2.4.2 Drainage Ditches=====<br />
The upstream and first downstream valley sections should be placed at least 1 top width of the channel, but not less than 150 ft., from centerline of structure. The second downstream valley section should be placed at least ½ the top width of the channel, but not less than 100 ft., downstream of the first downstream valley section. Distances are measured along the stream centerline.<br />
<br />
Junctions should be treated the same as for natural streams.<br />
<br />
====750.3.1.1.2.5 Typical Channel Sections====<br />
<br />
See [[238.3 Route Surveying#238.3.36.3.9 Typical Channel Sections|EPG 238.3.36.3.9 Typical Channel Sections]] for details<br />
<br />
====750.3.1.1.2.6 Other Bridges====<br />
<br />
Hydraulically significant data for other bridges on the same stream or in the vicinity of the proposed bridge(s) is required to develop an accurate hydraulic model. When an existing bridge is determined to affect the hydraulics of a proposed structure the following information should be added to the Bridge Survey Location Request:<br />
<br />
:* Survey Data – Additional valley sections and a centerline profile. Location and extents of this survey data is determined the same way as the data for the proposed structure.<br />
:* Bridge Data – If bridge data is not available from another source (plans for some offsystem bridges are available in TMS) the following data should be requested:<br />
<br />
:::• Number of spans and span length<br />
:::• Low Chord of Superstructure or superstructure depth (may be omitted if above extreme high water elevation.)<br />
:::• Substructure type & size of intermediate bent columns or piling.<br />
<br />
See [[238.3 Route Surveying#238.3.36.3.10 Other Bridges|EPG 238.3.36.3.10 Other Bridges]] for additional details.<br />
<br />
==750.3.1.2 Abutment Layout==<br />
Abutments shall be placed so that spill fill slopes do not infringe upon the channel; the toes of the spill fill slopes may be no closer to the center of the channel than the toe of the channel banks. The Soil Survey provided by the [http://sharepoint/systemdelivery/CM/geotechnical/default.aspx Geotechnical Section] gives minimum spill fill slopes based on slope stability criteria. The minimum bridge length for stability criteria is thus determined by projecting the stability slopes outward from the toes of the channel slopes as shown below. For structures crossing an NFIP regulatory floodway, abutments shall be placed so that the toes of the spill fill slopes are outside the floodway limits.<br />
<br />
[[Image:750.3 Abutment and Pier Location Limits.gif|center]]<br />
<br />
==750.3.1.3 Pier/Bent Layout==<br />
Piers should not be placed in the channel except where absolutely necessary. Where possible, piers are to be placed no closer to the center of channel than the toe of the channel banks. When the proposed bridge length is such that piers in the channel are necessary, the number of piers in the channel shall be kept to a minimum (See Abutment and Pier Location Limits above).<br />
<br />
Bents shall be skewed where necessary to align piers to the flow direction, at the [[748.2 Roadway Design Criteria|roadway design criteria frequency]], to minimize the disruption of flow and to minimize scour at piers. For stream crossings, skew angles less than 10 degrees are not typically used, and skew angles should be evenly divisible by 5 degrees.<br />
<br />
==750.3.1.4 Roadway Fill Removal==<br />
When replacing an existing bridge, the bridge memorandum and design layout should note whether the existing roadway fill is to be removed. The designer should consult the district in regard to the limits of fill removal. Minimum removal should provide hydraulic conditions that minimize the bridge length. Normally, existing fill is removed to the natural ground line. The removal limits of existing roadway fill will be shown on the roadway plans.<br />
<br />
==750.3.1.5 Velocity==<br />
Average velocity through the structure and average velocity in the channel shall be evaluated to ensure they will not result in damage to the highway facility or an increase in damage to adjacent properties. Average velocity through the structure is determined by dividing the total discharge by the total area below the water surface. Average velocity in the channel is determined by dividing the discharge in the channel by the area in the channel below the water surface.<br />
<br />
Acceptable velocities will depend on several factors, including the "natural" or "existing" velocity in the stream, existing site conditions, soil types, and past flooding history. Engineering judgment must be exercised to determine acceptable velocities through the structure.<br />
<br />
Past practice has shown that bridges meeting backwater criteria will generally result in an average velocity through the structure of somewhere near 6 ft/s. An average velocity significantly different from 6 ft/s may indicate a need to further refine the hydraulic design of the structure.<br />
<br />
==750.3.1.6 Hydraulic Performance Curve==<br />
The hydraulic performance of the proposed structure shall be evaluated at various discharges, including the 10-, 50-, 100-, and 500-year discharges, which are the discharges typically found in a [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=748.9_National_Flood_Insurance_Program_%28NFIP%29#748.9.4.2_Flood_Insurance_Study Flood Insurance Study]. The risk of significant damage to adjacent properties by the resulting velocity and backwater for each of these discharges shall be evaluated.<br />
<br />
==750.3.1.7 Flow Distribution==<br />
Flow distribution refers to the relative proportions of flow on each overbank and in the channel. The existing flow distribution should be maintained whenever possible. Maintaining the existing flow distribution will eliminate problems associated with transferring flow from one side of the stream to the other, such as significant increases in velocity on one overbank. One-dimensional water surface profile models are not intended to be used in situations where the flow distribution is significantly altered through a structure. Maintaining the existing flow distribution generally results in the most hydraulically efficient structure.<br />
<br />
==750.3.1.8 Bank/Channel Stability==<br />
Bank and channel stability must be considered during the design process. HEC-20 provides additional information on factors affecting streambank and channel stability, and provides procedures for analysis of streambank and channel stability. At a minimum, a qualitative analysis (HEC-20 Level 1) of stream stability shall be performed. If this qualitative analysis indicates a high potential for instability at the site, a more detailed analysis may be warranted. See the AASHTO Highway Drainage Guidelines Chapter VI and HEC-20 for additional information.<br />
<br />
==750.3.1.9 Scour==<br />
{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:15px; border:1px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#ffddcc" width="210px" align="right" <br />
|-<br />
|'''Asset Management'''<br />
|-<br />
|[https://spexternal.modot.mo.gov/sites/cm/CORDT/or10010.pdf Report 2009]<br />
|-<br />
|'''See also:''' [https://www.modot.org/research-publications Research Publications]<br />
|}<br />
Hydraulic analysis of a bridge design requires evaluation of the proposed bridge's vulnerability to potential scour. Unanticipated scour at bridge piers or abutments can result in rapid bridge collapse and extreme hazard and economic hardship. <br />
<br />
Bridge scour is composed of several separate yet interrelated components, including long term profile changes, contraction scour and local scour. Total scour depths are obtained by adding all of these components together. All bridges shall be evaluated for the scour design flood and scour check flood frequencies shown in the table below. <br />
<center> <br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
! style="background:#BEBEBE" | [[748.2 Roadway Design Criteria|Design Frequency]]!! style="background:#BEBEBE" |*Scour Design Flood Frequency !! style="background:#BEBEBE" |*Scour Check Flood Frequency<br />
|-<br />
|Q<sub>25</sub> ||Q<sub>100</sub> ||Q<sub>500</sub><br />
|-<br />
|Q<sub>50</sub> ||Q<sub>100</sub> ||Q<sub>500</sub><br />
|-<br />
|Q<sub>100</sub> ||Q<sub>200</sub> ||Q<sub>500</sub><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="3" align="left"|'''*''' The [[#750.3.2.4.5 Overtopping Discharge and Frequency|Overtopping Discharge and Frequency]] shall be evaluated as a flood scour event if it has a lesser recurrence interval than <br\>the scour design flood or scour check flood (AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications 2.6.4.4.2, and HEC-18).<br />
|}<br />
</center> <br />
Lateral channel movement must also be considered in design of bridge foundations. Stream channels typically are not fixed in location and tend to move laterally. <br />
<br />
For additional information on scour and stream stability, see HEC-18 and HEC-20.<br />
<br />
===750.3.1.9.1 Pile Footings===<br />
The top of pile footing elevations should be set at or below the calculated total scour design depth, provided the calculated depths appear reasonable. Consult the Structural Project Manager in regard to footing elevations if [[#750.3.2.5.4 Total Scour|Total Scour]] design depth is less than 6.0 feet. Top of footing elevations on the overbanks should be designed at the same elevation as footings in the channel unless it can be determined with a reasonable degree of certainty that the channel will not migrate into the overbank during the life of the bridge. The bottom of footing elevation shall remain the same whether a seal course is used or not; do not adjust the bottom of footing if a seal course is used. Considerable exercise of engineering judgment may be required in setting these footing depths. <br />
<br />
[[image:750.3.1.8.1.jpg|center|720px|thumb|<center>'''Pile Footing Placement'''</center>]]<br />
<br />
===750.3.1.9.2 Spread Footings===<br />
Spread footings shall be keyed into the rock to prevent sliding and to protect the footing from scour. Keys shall be a minimum of 6 inches into harder rock, such as limestone, dolomite and hard sandstone and a minimum of 18 inches into softer rock such as soft sandstone, siltstone, mudstone, and shale. The sides of the footing shall be poured in contact with the sides of the intact rock excavation; all fractured or loose rock shall be removed. Since rock removal can damage the structure of the formation making it potentially less resistant to scour, the bottom of footing elevation should be placed at the lowest of the following elevations:<br />
<br />
:a) Top of footing at or below top of rock if rock will potentially be exposed by scour. <br />
<br />
:b) Keyed 6 in. into the loadbearing hard rock layer or 18 in. into the loadbearing soft rock layer.<br />
<br />
:c) 3 ft. below the total scour design flood depth (below frost line).<br />
<br />
:d) Below the total scour check flood depth.<br />
<br />
Spread footings on rock highly resistant to scour (i.e. granite and rhyolite) shall be either keyed a minimum of 6 inches into the rock or have steel dowels drilled and grouted into the rock. Contact Geotechnical section for recommendation on whether to key into rock or use dowels.<br />
<br />
==750.3.1.10 List of References==<br />
<br />
1. Lagasse, J.D., et al., 2012, Stream Stability at Highway Structures – Fourth Edition - Hydraulic Engineering Circular No. 20 (HEC-20), Federal Highway Administration, Publication No. FHWA-HIF-12-004 <br />
<br />
2. AASHTO, 2007, Highway Drainage Guidelines, American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials<br />
<br />
3. United States Water Resources Council, 1981, Guidelines for Determining Flood Flow Frequency, Bulletin #17B of the Hydrology Committee <br />
<br />
4. Southard, R.E. and Veilleux, A.G., 2014, Method of Estimating Annual Exceedance-Probability Discharges and Largest Record Floods for Unregulated Streams in Rural Missouri, USGS Scientific Investigations Report 2014-5165<br />
<br />
5. Alexander, T.W. and Wilson, G.L., 1995, Technique for Estimating the 2 to 500 Year Flood Discharges on Unregulated Streams in Rural Missouri, USGS Water-Resources Investigations Report 95-4231<br />
<br />
6. Southard, R.E., 2010, Estimation of the Magnitude and Frequency of Floods in Urban Basins in Missouri, USGS Scientific Investigations Report 2010-5073 <br />
<br />
7. Brunner, G.W., 2010, HEC-RAS River Analysis System User’s Manual, US Army Corps of Engineers <br />
<br />
8. Brunner, G.W., 2010, HEC-RAS River Analysis System Hydraulic Reference Manual, US Army Corps of Engineers <br />
<br />
9. Warner, J.C., et al., 2009, HEC-RAS, River Analysis System Applications Guide, US Army Corps of Engineers <br />
<br />
10. Barnes, H.H., 1967, Roughness Characteristics of Natural Channels, USGS Water-Supply Paper 1849 <br />
<br />
11. Arcement, G.L. & Schneider, V.R., 1984, Guide for Selecting Manning's Roughness Coefficients for Natural Channels and Flood Plains, Federal Highway Administration, Report No. FHWA-TS-84-204 <br />
<br />
12. Chow, V.T., Open-Channel Hydraulics, McGraw Hill Book Company, 1988, pp. 108-123 <br />
<div id="12. Schall, J.D., et al.,"></div><br />
<br />
13. Schall, J.D., et al., 2012 Hydraulic Design of Highway Culverts, Third Edition - Hydraulic Design Series No. 5 (HDS-5), Federal Highway Administration, Publication No. FHWA-HIF-12-026, <br />
<br />
14. Kilgore, R.T., et al., 2016 Highways in the River Environment-Floodplains, Extreme Events, Risk and Resilience, Hydraulic Engineering Circular No. 17 (HEC-17), Federal Highway Administration, Publication No. FHWA-HIF-16-018 <br />
<br />
15. Arneson L.A., et al., 2012, Evaluating Scour at Bridges, Fifth Edition - Hydraulic Engineering Circular No. 18 (HEC-18), Federal Highway Administration, Publication No. FHWA-HIF-12-003, <br />
<br />
16. Keaton J.R. et al., 2012, Scour at Bridge Foundations on Rock, NCHRP Report 717, Transportation Research Board<br />
<br />
17. Ettema R. et al., 2010, Estimation of Scour Depth at Bridge Abutments (Draft Final Report), NCHRP Report 24-20, Transportation Research Board.<br />
<br />
=750.3.2 Hydraulic Design Process=<br />
==750.3.2.1 Overview==<br />
The hydraulic design process begins with the collection of data necessary to determine the hydrologic and hydraulic characteristics of the site. The hydraulic design process then proceeds through the hydrologic analysis stage, which provides estimates of peak flood discharges through the structure. The hydraulic analysis provides estimates of the water surface elevations required to pass those peak flood discharges. A scour analysis provides an estimate of the required depth of bridge foundations. A risk assessment is performed for all structures, and when risks to people, risks to property, or economic impacts are deemed significant, a least total economic cost analysis shall be performed to ensure the most appropriate and effective expenditure of public funds. Finally, proper documentation of the hydraulic design process is required.<br />
<br />
The level of detail of the hydrologic and hydraulic analyses shall remain consistent with the site importance and with the risk posed to the highway facility and adjacent properties by flooding. <br />
<br />
==750.3.2.2 Data Collection==<br />
The first step in hydraulic design is collecting all available data pertinent to the structure under consideration. Valuable sources of data include the bridge survey; satellite imagery, aerial photography and various maps; site inspections; soil surveys; plans, surveys, and computations for existing structures; and flood insurance study data.<br />
<br />
===750.3.2.2.1 Bridge Survey Location Request===<br />
Location of the surveyed sections and profiles is an important factor in developing the best possible water surface profile model for the proposed structure. For this reason, inclusion of the Bridge Survey Location Request as an agenda item at an initial core team meeting is recommended.<br />
<br />
The procedure for transmission of the Bridge Survey Location Request form between the district and Bridge Division is described in [[:Category:747 Bridge Reports and Layouts#747.1.1 Bridge Survey Location Request Submittal/Completion Process|EPG 747.1.1 Bridge Survey Location Request Submittal/Completion Process]]. <br />
<br />
====750.3.2.2.1.1 Bridge Survey Locations. ====<br />
Bridge Division will provide guidance for the bridge survey items as noted in the following:<br />
<br />
:Centerline and Offset Profiles – [[#751.3.1.1.2.1 Centerline and Offset Profiles |EPG 751.3.1.1.2.1]]<br />
:Streambed Profiles – [[#751.3.1.1.2.2 Streambed Profiles|EPG 751.3.1.1.2.2]]<br />
:Water Surface Profiles – [[#751.3.1.1.2.3 Water Surface Profiles|EPG 751.3.1.1.2.3]]<br />
:Valley Section Locations – [[#751.3.1.1.2.4 Valley Sections|EPG 751.3.1.1.2.4]]<br />
:Typical Channel Sections – [[#751.3.1.1.2.5 Typical Channel Sections|EPG 751.3.1.1.2.5]]<br />
:Existing Bridges – [[#751.1.1.2.6 Existing Bridges|EPG 751.1.1.2.6]]<br />
<br />
===750.3.2.2.2 Bridge Survey===<br />
The bridge survey is prepared by district personnel and provides information regarding existing structures, nearby structures on the same stream, and streambed and valley characteristics including valley cross-sections along the centerline of the proposed structure, valley cross-sections upstream and downstream of the proposed structure, and a streambed profile through the proposed structure. <br />
<br />
Bridge surveys are conducted in accordance with [[:Category:747 Bridge Reports and Layouts|EPG 747 Bridge Reports and Layouts]].<br />
<br />
===750.3.2.2.3 Photographs and Maps===<br />
Aerial photography, satellite imagery, USGS topographic maps, and county maps should be consulted to determine the geographic layout of the site. Aerial photographs, and satellite imagery in particular, can provide information on adjacent properties that may be subjected to increased risk of flood damage by the proposed structure, and may be available from the [http://wwwi/design/Photo.htm MoDOT Photogrammetry Section].<br />
<br />
===750.3.2.2.4 Site Inspection===<br />
A site inspection is a vital component of the hydrologic and hydraulic analyses, and is especially important for those sites subjected to risk of significant flood damage. A visit to the proposed site can provide the following information:<br />
<br />
*selection of roughness coefficients<br />
*evaluation of overall flow directions<br />
*observation of land use and related flood hazards<br />
*geomorphic observations (bank and channel stability)<br />
*high-water marks<br />
*evidence of drift and debris<br />
*interviews with local residents or construction and maintenance personnel on flood history<br />
<br />
Photographs taken during the site visit provide documentation of existing conditions and will aid in later determination of hydraulic characteristics.<br />
<br />
===750.3.2.2.5 Flood Insurance Study Data===<br />
If a [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=748.9_National_Flood_Insurance_Program_%28NFIP%29#748.9.4.2_Flood_Insurance_Study Flood Insurance Study (FIS)] has been performed for the community in which the structure is proposed, the FIS may provide an additional data source. The FIS may contain information on peak flood discharges, base flood elevations (BFE) water surface profile elevations, and information on regulatory floodways.<br />
<br />
===750.3.2.2.6 Data Review===<br />
After all available data has been compiled, the data should be reviewed for accuracy and reliability. Special attention should be given to explaining or eliminating incomplete, inconsistent or anomalous data.<br />
<br />
==750.3.2.3 Bridge Hydrologic Analysis==<br />
Peak flood discharges are determined by one of the following methods. If the necessary data is available, discharges should be determined by all methods and engineering judgment used to determine the most appropriate. For accuracy of discharges, see [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=751.5_Structural_Detailing_Guidelines#Hydraulic_Data EPG 751.5.2.1, Hydraulic Data].<br />
<br />
===750.3.2.3.1 Historical USGS Stream Gage Data===<br />
See [[:Category:749 Hydrologic Analysis#749.7 Historical USGS Stream Gage Data|EPG 749.7 Historical USGS Stream Gage Data]]<br />
<br />
===750.3.2.3.2 NFIP Flood Insurance Study Discharges===<br />
See [[:Category:749 Hydrologic Analysis#749.8 NFIP Flood Insurance Study Discharges|EPG 749.8 NFIP Flood Insurance Study Discharges]]<br />
<br />
===750.3.2.3.3 USGS Rural Regression Equations===<br />
See [[:Category:749 Hydrologic Analysis#749.6.1 Rural Regression Equations|EPG 749.6.1 Rural Regression Equations]].<br />
<br />
===750.3.2.3.4 USGS Urban Regression Equations===<br />
See [[:Category:749 Hydrologic Analysis#749.6.2 Urban Regression Equations|EPG 749.6.2 Urban Regression Equations]].<br />
<br />
===750.3.2.3.5 Other Methods===<br />
Other methods of determining peak flood discharges include the Corps of Engineers' HEC-1 and HEC-HMS hydrologic modeling software programs, the SCS TR-20 hydrologic modeling software program, and the SCS TR-55 Urban Hydrology for Small Watersheds method. See also [[:Category:749 Hydrologic Analysis#749.9 Flood Hydrographs|EPG 749.9 Flood Hydrographs]]. <br />
<br />
Use of these alternate methods should be limited to situations where the methods given above are deemed inappropriate or inadequate.<br />
<br />
==750.3.2.4 Hydraulic Analysis of Bridges==<br />
The Corps of Engineers Hydrologic Engineering Center's River Analysis System (HEC-RAS) shall be used to develop water surface profile models for the hydraulic analysis of bridges. Documentation on the use of HEC-RAS is available in [[#750.3.1.10 List of References|references (6), (7), and (8)]].<br />
<br />
Hydraulic design of bridges requires analysis of both the "natural conditions" and the "proposed conditions" at the site to show that the structure meets [[748.4 Headwater and Backwater|Backwater requirements]] and [[127.9 Floodplain Management and the Regulatory Floodway#127.9.1.1 National Flood Insurance Program Requirements|National Flood Insurance Program Requirements]]. It is also necessary to analyze the "existing conditions", when replacing an existing structure, see [[748.5 Matching Existing Structures|EPG 748.5 Matching Existing Structures]]. <br />
<br />
For these reasons, water surface profile models for bridges shall be developed for three conditions:<br />
<br />
*Natural conditions - Includes natural channel and floodplain, including all modifications made by others, but without MoDOT structures<br />
*Existing conditions - Includes natural conditions and existing MoDOT structure(s)<br />
*Proposed conditions - Includes natural conditions, existing MoDOT structures if they are to remain in place, and proposed MoDOT structure(s)<br />
<br />
[[748.4 Headwater and Backwater#748.4.4 Backwater from Another Stream|Backwater from another stream]] is determined by comparing the water surface elevations upstream of the structure for either existing conditions or proposed conditions to the corresponding water surface elevation for the natural conditions.<br />
<br />
For bridges near a confluence with a larger stream downstream of the site, additional models may be required. The water surface profile and resulting backwater should be evaluated both with and without backwater from the larger stream. The higher backwater resulting from the proposed structure shall be considered to control.<br />
<br />
The hydraulic model in HEC-RAS is based on an assumption of one-dimensional flow. If site conditions impose highly two-dimensional flow characteristics (i.e. a major bend in the stream just upstream or downstream of the bridge, very wide floodplains constricted through a small bridge opening, etc.), the adequacy of these models should be considered. A two-dimensional model may be necessary in extreme situations.<br />
<br />
===750.3.2.4.1 Normal Water Surface Elevation===<br />
The normal water surface elevation is the elevation of the water surface across the floodplain without MoDOT bridges, culverts, or roadway fills in place. This elevation may be obtained using the slope-area method or from a "natural conditions" water surface profile.<br />
<br />
===750.3.2.4.2 Slope-Area Method===<br />
The slope-area method applies Manning's equation to a natural valley cross-section to determine stage for a given discharge. Manning's equation is given as:<br />
<br />
:<math>Q=\frac{1.486}{n}AR^\frac{2}{3}S_o^\frac{1}{2}</math><br />
<br />
:where:<br />
<br />
:Q = Discharge (cfs)<br />
<br />
:n = Manning's roughness coefficient<br />
<br />
:A = Cross-sectional area (ft<sup>2</sup>)<br />
<br />
:R = Hydraulic radius = A/P<br />
<br />
:P = Wetted perimeter (ft)<br />
<br />
:S<sub>o</sub> = Hydraulic gradient (ft/ft)<br />
<br />
In order to apply Manning's equation to a natural cross-section, the cross-section must be divided into sub-sections. The cross-section should be divided at abrupt changes in geometry and at changes in roughness characteristics. <br />
<br />
For a given water surface elevation, the discharge can be determined directly from Manning's equation. Determination of the water surface elevation for a given discharge requires an iterative procedure.<br />
<br />
The slope-area method should not be used with the roadway centerline valley cross-section to determine the normal water surface elevation when the centerline cross-section is not representative of the stream reach, such as when the new alignment follows or is very near the existing alignment. The centerline cross-section should also not be used when the centerline cross-section is not taken perpendicular to the direction of flow, such as when the alignment is skewed to the direction of flow or is on a horizontal curve. In these cases, an upstream or downstream valley cross-section should be used to determine the normal water surface elevation. The water surface elevation for an upstream or downstream valley cross-section can be translated to the roadway centerline by subtracting or adding, respectively, the hydraulic gradient multiplied by the distance along the stream channel from the valley cross-section to the roadway centerline.<br />
<br />
A computer program is available to assist in making the slope-area calculations.<br />
<br />
===750.3.2.4.3 Roughness Coefficients===<br />
Roughness coefficients (Manning's "n") are selected by careful observation of the stream and floodplain characteristics. Proper selection of roughness coefficients is very significant to the accuracy of computed water surface profiles. The roughness coefficient depends on a number of factors including surface roughness, vegetation, channel irregularity, and depth of flow. It should be noted that the discharge in Manning's equation is inversely proportional to the roughness coefficient (e.g., a 10% decrease in roughness coefficient will result in a 10% increase in the discharge for a given water surface elevation). <br />
<br />
It is extremely important that roughness coefficients in overbank areas be carefully selected to represent the effective flow in those areas. There is a general tendency to overestimate the amount of flow occurring in overbank areas, particularly in broad, flat floodplains. Increasing the roughness coefficients on overbanks will increase the proportion of flow in the channel, with a corresponding decrease in the proportion of flow on the overbanks.<br />
<br />
[[#750.3.1.10 List of References|References (9), (10), and (11)]] provide guidance on the selection of roughness coefficients.<br />
<br />
===750.3.2.4.4 Hydraulic Gradient (Streambed Slope)===<br />
The hydraulic gradient (So) is the slope of the water surface in the vicinity of the structure. It is generally assumed equal to the slope of the streambed in the vicinity of the structure. Note that the hydraulic gradient is typically much smaller than the valley slope used in the USGS regression equations. Hydraulic gradient is a localized slope, while valley slope is the average slope of the entire drainage basin.<br />
<br />
Hydraulic gradient is determined by one of two methods, depending on drainage area:<br />
<br />
*For drainage areas less than 10 mi<sup>2</sup>, the gradient is determined by fitting a slope to the streambed profile given on the bridge survey. <br />
<br />
*For drainage areas greater than 10 mi<sup>2</sup>, the gradient is determined from USGS 7.5 minute topographic maps by measuring the distance along the stream between the nearest upstream and downstream contour crossings of the stream. The hydraulic gradient is then given by the vertical distance between contours divided by the distance along the stream between contours. <br />
<br />
===750.3.2.4.5 Overtopping Discharge and Frequency===<br />
The [[748.2 Roadway Overtopping#748.2.2 Overtopping Flood|overtopping flood]] frequency of the stream crossing system - roadway and bridge - shall be determined if the overtopping frequency is less than 500-years. An approximate method of determining the overtopping discharge uses the slope-area method given above and setting the stage to the elevation of the lowest point in the roadway. A more accurate method involves using a trial-and-error procedure, adjusting the discharge in the HEC-RAS proposed conditions model until flow just begins to overtop the roadway. The overtopping frequency can then be estimated by linear interpolation from previously developed discharge-frequency data. <br />
<br />
===750.3.2.4.6 Waterway Enlargement===<br />
There are situations where roadway and structural constraints dictate the vertical positioning of a bridge and result in small vertical clearances between the low chord and the ground. In these cases, significant increases in span length provide small increases in effective waterway opening. It is possible to improve the effective waterway area by excavating a flood channel through the reach affecting the hydraulic performance of the bridge. This is accomplished by excavating material from the overbanks as shown in the figure below; enlargement of the channel itself is avoided where possible as excavation below ordinary high water is subject to [[127.4 Wetlands and Streams#127.4.1.2 Laws and Regulations|404 permit requirements]].<br />
<br />
A similar action may be taken to compensate for increases in water surface elevations caused by bridge piers in a floodway.<br />
<br />
There are, however, several factors that must be accommodated when this action is taken.<br />
<br />
*The flow line of the flood channel must be set above the ordinary high water elevation.<br />
*The flood channel must extend far enough upstream and downstream of the bridge to establish the desired flow regime through the affected reach.<br />
*Stabilization of the flood channel to prevent erosion and scour should be considered.<br />
<br />
[[Image:750.3 Typical Excavation for a Flood Channel.gif|center]]<br />
<br />
==750.3.2.5 Scour Analysis==<br />
Current methods of analyzing scour depths are based mainly on laboratory experiment rather than on practical field data. The results should be carefully reviewed and engineering judgment used to determine their applicability to actual field conditions. <br />
<br />
HEC-RAS includes the ability to calculate scour depths. The methods used to calculate those depths are based on the [[#750.3.1.10 List of References|FHWA HEC-18 publication]]. Additional methods for abutment scour, scour in cohesive soils, scour in rock, and for scour in coarse bed streams not found in HEC-RAS are available in HEC-18. Rock scour information in HEC-18 is based on [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=750.3_Bridges#750.3.1.10_List_of_References NCHRP Report 717].<br />
<br />
===750.3.2.5.1 Long Term Profile Changes - Aggradation and Degradation===<br />
Long term profile changes result from aggradation or degradation in the stream reach over time. Aggradation involves the deposition of sediment eroded from the channel and banks upstream of the site. Degradation involves the lowering or scouring of a streambed as material is removed from the streambed and is due to a deficit in sediment supply upstream. Aggradation and degradation are generally the result of changes in the energy gradient of the stream. <br />
<br />
Aggradation and degradation over the life of a structure are difficult to predict. These long term profile changes are typically the result of human activities within the watershed including dams and reservoirs, changes in land use, gravel mining and other operations. [[#750.3.1.10 List of References|HEC-18 and HEC-20]] provide more information on predicting long term profile changes. Comparison of channel bottom elevations shown on plans for existing bridges to current survey data may be informative.<br />
<br />
===750.3.2.5.2 Contraction Scour===<br />
Contraction scour is generally caused by a reduction in flow area, such as encroachment on the floodplain by highway approaches at a bridge. Increased velocities and increased shear stress in the contracted reach result in transport of bed material. Contraction scour typically occurs during the rising stage of a flood event; as the flood recedes, bed material may be deposited back into the scour hole, leaving no evidence of the ultimate scour depth. <br />
<br />
Contraction scour may be one of two types: live-bed contraction scour or clear water contraction scour. Live-bed scour occurs when the stream is transporting bed material into the contracted section from the reach just upstream of the contraction. Clear-water scour occurs when the stream is not transporting bed material into the contracted section. The type of contraction scour is determined by comparing the average velocity of flow in the channel or overbank area upstream of the bridge opening to the critical velocity for beginning of motion of bed material.<br />
<br />
'''Live-Bed Contraction Scour''' - Live-bed contraction scour depths can be determined using the equations in [[#750.3.1.10 List of References|FHWA HEC-18]].<br />
<br />
'''Clear Water Contraction Scour''' - Clear-water contraction scour depths can be determined using the equations in [[#750.3.1.10 List of References|FHWA HEC-18]].<br />
<br />
===750.3.2.5.3 Local Scour===<br />
Local scour involves removal of material from around piers, abutments and embankments and is caused by increased velocities and vortices induced by the obstruction to flow. As with contraction scour, bed material may be deposited back into the scour holes as floodwaters recede.<br />
<br />
Pier scour and abutment scour are considered two distinct types of local scour. <br />
<br />
'''Pier Scour''' - Pier scour depths can be determined using the equation found in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=750.3_Bridges#750.3.1.10_List_of_References FHWA HEC-18]. <br />
<br />
The HEC-18 Pier Scour Equation is based on the Colorado State University (CSU) equation. The equation is best suited for non-cohesive soils, but has been used for cohesive soils. Additional equations are provided in HEC-18 for cohesive soils, coarse bed materials and erodible rock.<br />
<br />
The pier scour depth is limited to a maximum of 2.4 times the pier width for Froude numbers less than or equal to 0.8, and a maximum of 3.0 times the pier width for Froude numbers greater than 0.8.<br />
<br />
The pier width used in the equations is that projected normal to the direction of flow. Piers should be skewed to minimize this width. The effect of debris should be considered in evaluating pier scour by considering the width of accumulated debris in determining the pier width used in the above equations.<br />
<br />
For multiple columns with a spacing of 5 diameters or more, the total pier scour is limited to a maximum of 1.2 times the scour depth calculated for a single column. For multiple columns spaced less than 5 diameters apart, a "composite" pier width that is the total projected width normal to the angle of attack of flow should be used. For example, for three 6 ft. diameter columns spaced at 25 ft. apart, the pier width is somewhere between 6 ft. and 18 ft. (three times six feet), depending on the angle of attack.<br />
<br />
Top width of pier scour holes, measured from the pier to the outer edge of the scour hole, can be estimated as 2.0 x the scour hole depth, y<sub>s</sub>.<br />
<br />
'''Abutment Scour''' - Abutment scour depths can be determined using the equations found in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=750.3_Bridges#750.3.1.10_List_of_References FHWA HEC-18]. <br />
<br />
The first equation, is the Froelich Abutment Scour Equation. <br />
<br />
The HIRE Abutment Scour Equation, is recommended when the ratio of projected abutment length, L', to flow depth, y<sub>a</sub>, is greater than 25. <br />
<br />
HEC-18 also provides another approach to calculating abutment scour which is based on [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=750.3_Bridges#750.3.1.10_List_of_References NCHRP Report 24-20].<br />
<br />
===750.3.2.5.4 Rock Scour===<br />
Since scour in rock is mainly an issue for spread footings, and the number of spread footings used in or near streambeds is limited, use the following procedure to request rock scour parameters to prevent unnecessary geotechnical sampling and testing.<br />
<br />
:a) Spread footings should be specified on the request for soil properties form when [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=751.1_Preliminary_Design#751.1.2.18_Soundings_.28Borings.29 soundings (borings)] are requested. By default for spread footings and retaining walls, rock erodibility is automatically checked for investigation of rock parameters for scour by the Geotechnical Section. <br />
<br />
:b) The foundation investigation geotechnical report should provide erodibility index numbers and indicate if scour numbers will be provided for further recommended evaluation. Alternatively, if rock scour is determined to not be a concern it should be noted on the report. <br />
<br />
:c) If spread footing option requires further evaluation, Bridge Division should follow-up with the Geotechnical Section and request scour numbers when they are scheduled to be available. The testing used to determine scour numbers may require 2 weeks.<br />
<br />
===750.3.2.5.5 Total Scour===<br />
All the above types of scour are considered in determining proper depth of bridge foundations. The total scour is obtained by adding the individual scour components. <br />
<br />
Provide justification if scour analysis is not performed (slope protection can eliminate the need for abutment scour calculations, etc.)<br />
<br />
=750.3.3 Documentation of Hydraulic Design=<br />
Documentation is viewed as the record of reasonable and prudent design analysis based on the best available technology. Documentation should be an on-going process throughout the design and life of the structure.<br />
<br />
Proper documentation achieves the following:<br />
<br />
*Protects MoDOT and the designer by proving that reasonable and prudent practices were used (be careful to state uncertainties in less than specific terms)<br />
*Identifies site conditions at time of design<br />
*Documents that practices used were commensurate with the perceived site importance and flood hazard<br />
*Provides continuous site history to facilitate future construction<br />
<br />
At a minimum, the following documentation of the hydraulic design is to be archived:<br />
<br />
*Bridge Survey Report form, associated plan and profile sheets<br />
*Bridge Hydraulics and Scour Report or Culvert Hydraulics Report<br />
*Any computation sheets used in the hydrologic and hydraulic analyses<br />
*Program input/output files from water surface profile model(s), HY-8, HEC-RAS or other computer programs. <br />
*Input and output data. Computer program input files must be reproducible from the data provided.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Category:750 Hydraulic Analysis]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=751.17_Concrete_Slab_Bridges&diff=51643751.17 Concrete Slab Bridges2022-06-22T14:12:05Z<p>Smithk: /* 751.17.2.1 Limit States and Load Factors */ minor correction</p>
<hr />
<div>==751.17.1 General==<br />
<br />
This article illustrates the general design procedure for Continuous Concrete Slab Bridge using AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
===751.17.1.1 Material Properties===<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" align="center" style="textalign:left"<br />
<br />
!colspan="3" align="left"|Concrete:<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Unit weight of reinforced concrete,<br />
|align="right"|<math>\, \boldsymbol{\gamma}_c = 0.150 kcf</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="3"|Continuous Cast-In-Place Solid/Voided Concrete Slab<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;<br />
|Class B-2<br />
|align="right"|<math>\, f'_c = 4.0 ksi</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|&nbsp;<br />
|align="right"|<math>\, n=8</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="3"|Precast Prestressed Multicell Voided Concrete Girders<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;<br />
|Class A-1<br />
|align="right"|<math> f'_c = 6.0 ksi</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|&nbsp;<br />
|align="right"|<math> f'_{ci} = 4.5 ksi</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|&nbsp;<br />
|align="right"|<math>n=8</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="3"|Intermediate bent columns, end bents (below construction joint at bottom of slab)<br/><br />
in continuous concrete slab bridges<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;<br />
|Class B-1<br />
|align="right"|<math> f'_c = 4.0 ksi</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|&nbsp;<br />
|align="right"|<math> n=8</math><br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;<br />
|Class B, Open bent, footing<br />
|align="right"|<math> f'_c = 3.0 ksi</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|&nbsp;<br />
|align="right"|<math> n=10</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Modulus of elasticity,<br />
<math>E_c = 33,000\ K_1 \ (w_c^{1.5}) \sqrt{f^'_c}</math> <br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;<br />
|Where:<br />
| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;<br />
|colspan="2"|f'<sub>c</sub> in ksi<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;<br />
|colspan="2"|w<sub>c</sub> = unit weight of nonreinforced concrete = 0.145 kcf<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;<br />
|colspan="2"|K<sub>1</sub> = correction factor for source of aggregate<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp; &nbsp;<br />
|colspan="2"| <span style="color:#FFFFFF">----</span> = 1.0 unless determined by physical testing<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="3"|Modulus of rupture,<br />
<math>f_r</math> = 0.24 <math>\sqrt{f^'_c}</math>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;LRFD 5.4.2.6<br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;<br />
|Where:<br />
| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;<br />
|f'<sub>c</sub> in ksi<br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="3"|Reinforcing steel:<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;<br />
|Minimum yield strength,<br />
|align="right"|<math>\, f_y = 60.0 ksi</math><br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;<br />
|Steel modulus of elasticity<br />
|align="right"|<math>\, E_s = 29000 ksi</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Unit weight of future wearing surface,<br />
|align="right"|<math>\, \boldsymbol{\gamma}_{fws} = 140 lb./ft^3</math><br />
|}<br />
<br />
==751.17.2 Design==<br />
===751.17.2.1 Limit States and Load Factors===<br />
<br />
In general, each component shall satisfy the following equation:<br />
<br />
<math> Q = \textstyle \sum \eta_i \gamma_i Q_i \le \phi R_n = R_r</math><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Where:<br />
{|<br />
|<math> Q</math>||= Total factored force effect<br />
|-<br />
|<math> Q_i</math>||= Force effect<br />
|-<br />
|<math> \eta_i</math>||= Load modifier<br />
|-<br />
|<math> \gamma_i</math>||= Load factor<br />
|-<br />
|<math> \phi</math>||= Resistance factor<br />
|-<br />
|<math> R_n</math>||= Nominal resistance<br />
|-<br />
|<math> R_r</math>||= Factored resistance<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Limit States'''<br />
<br />
The following limit states shall be considered for slab and edge beam design:<br />
<br />
:STRENGTH - I<br />
:SERVICE - I<br />
:FATIGUE<br />
:EXTREME EVENT - II<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Resistance factors'''<br />
<br />
For STRENGTH limit state,<br />
:Flexure and tension of reinforced concrete, <math>\phi</math> = 0.90<br />
:Shear and torsion, <math> \phi</math> = 0.90<br />
For all other limit states, <math> \phi</math> = 1.00<br />
<br />
<br />
'''[[751.2_Loads#Load Modifiers|Load Modifiers]]'''<br />
<br />
===751.17.2.2 Loads===<br />
<br />
'''Permanent (Dead) Loads'''<br />
<br />
Permanent loads include the following:<br />
<br />
:'''Slab weight'''<br />
<br />
:'''Future Wearing Surface'''<br />
:A 3” thick future wearing surface (35psf) shall be considered on the roadway.<br />
<br />
:'''Barrier/Railing '''<br />
:For slab overhang design, assume the weight of the barrier or railing acts at the centroid of the barrier or railing.<br />
<br />
[[Image:751.20.2.2 2020.jpg|center|750px]]<br />
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"<br />
|-<br />
|'''*''' 2'-0" Min.<br />
|-<br />
|'''**''' 12" For deck overhang design (LRFD 3.6.1.3.1), 2’-0" for design of all other components<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<center>'''Application of Live Load to Slab'''</center><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Gravity Live Loads'''<br />
<br />
Gravity live loads include vehicular, dynamic load allowance, and pedestrian loads.<br />
<br />
<br />
:'''Vehicular'''<br />
<br />
:The design vehicular live load HL-93 shall be used. It consists of either the design truck or a combination of design truck and design lane load.<br />
<br />
:For slab design, where the primary strips are longitudinal, the force effects shall be determined on the following basis:<br />
<br />
:* The longitudinal strips shall be designed for all loads specified in AASHTO Article 3.6.1.3.3 includuing lane load.<br />
<br />
:* For the purpose of slab design, the lane load consists of a load equal to 0.640 klf uniformly distributed over 10 feet in the transverse direction.<br />
<br />
For precast prestressed multicell girders, live load shall be distributed according to AASHTO LRFD Tables 4.6.2.2.2b-1, 4.6.2.2.2d-1, 4.6.2.2.3a-1 and 4.6.2.2.3b-1 for both moment and shear.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Dynamic Load Allowance'''<br />
<br />
The dynamic load allowance replaces the effect of impact used in AASHTO Standard Specifications. It accounts for wheel load impact from moving vehicles. For slabs, the static effect of the vehicle live load shall be increased by the percentage specified in Table below.<br />
<br />
{|border="1" cellpadding="5" align="center" <br />
|+'''Dynamic Load Allowance, <math>\, IM</math>''' <br />
!Slab Component||<math>\, IM</math><br />
|-<br />
|Deck Joints – All Limit States||75%<br />
|-<br />
|All Other Limit States||33% <br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
The factor to be applied to the static load shall be taken as:<br />
<br />
<br />
<math>\, (1 + IM)</math><br />
<br />
<br />
The dynamic load allowance is not to be applied to pedestrian or design lane loads.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Multiple Presence Factor, <math>\, m</math>:'''<br />
<br />
The multiple presence factor accounts for the probability for multiple trucks passing over a multilane bridge simultaneously.<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="5" <br />
<br />
|<math>\, m</math> =<br />
|1.20 for 1 Loaded Lane<br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;||1.00 for 2 Loaded Lanes<br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;||0.85 for 3 Loaded Lanes<br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;||0.65 for more than 3 Loaded Lanes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Pedestrian'''<br />
<br />
Pedestrian live load on sidewalks greater than 2 ft wide shall be:<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="5" <br />
<br />
|<math>\, PL</math> =<br />
|0.075 ksf<br />
|}<br />
<br />
This does not include bridges designed exclusively for pedestrians or bicycles.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''For Additional Design Information, see LRFD 5.14.4.2'''<br />
<br />
==751.17.3 Details==<br />
===751.17.3.1 Solid Slabs===<br />
<br />
'''SLAB LONGITUDINAL SECTIONS - SOLID SLABS'''<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.20.3.1 end span.jpg|620px]]</center><br />
<br />
<center>'''END SPANS'''</center><br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.20 cont conc slab longitudinal sections solid slab intermediate span.gif]]</center><br />
<br />
<center>'''INTERMEDIATE SPANS'''</center><br />
<br />
<br />
:::::::::Note:<br/><br />
:::::::::All longitudinal dimensions shown are horizontal.<br />
<br />
===751.17.3.2 C.I.P. Voided Slabs===<br />
<br />
<br />
'''SLAB LONGITUDINAL SECTIONS - CAST-IN-PLACE VOIDED SLAB'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.20 cont conc slab longitudinal sections cip voided slab end span.gif]]</center><br />
<center>'''END SPANS'''</center><br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.20 cont conc slab longitudinal sections cip voided slab intermediate span.gif]]</center><br />
<center>'''INTERMEDIATE SPANS'''</center><br />
<br />
:::::::(*) 3'-0" or greater than or equal to 5% of span length.<br/><br />
:::::::(**) By Design (6" increments measured normal to the centerline of bent) (The minimum is<br/><br />
:::::::equal to the column diameter + 2'6")<br />
<br />
<br />
:::::::'''Note:'''<br />
:::::::All longitudinal dimensions shown are horizontal (Bridges on grades and vertical curves, included).<br />
:::::::For sections A-A and B-B, see below.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''SLAB CROSS SECTION'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.20 cont conc slab cip voided slab cross section.gif]]</center><br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="5" align="center" textalign="center"<br />
<br />
|colspan="1" width="300" align="center"|'''HALF SECTION A-A'''<br/> '''CENTER OF SPAN'''<br />
|colspan="1" width="300" align="center"|'''HALF SECTION B-B'''<br/> '''NEAR INTERMEDIATE BENT'''<br />
|}<br />
<br />
&nbsp;<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="5" align="center"<br />
|-valign="top"<br />
|colspan="1" width="300" align="left"|Sonovoids are produced in half<br/>sizes 2" to 18". D = 4" to 36"<br/> &nbsp;<br/>T=19" (Min. preferred. Consult<br/>Structural Project Manager prior<br/> to the use of a thinner slab.)<br />
|colspan="1" width="300" align="center"|<center>[[Image:751.20 cont conc slab cip voided slab part section & detail c.gif]]</center><br />
|}<br />
<br />
Notes:<br/><br />
(*) &nbsp; Increase the Dimension "T" by 1/2" for #14 bars placed in the top or bottom of the slab.<br/><br />
:Increase the Dimension "T" by 1" for #14 bars placed in the top and bottom of the slab.<br/><br />
:("T" and "D" are based on 3" clearance which includes the integral wearing surface to the top of the longitudinal bar.)<br />
<br />
(**) &nbsp;For Roadway with slab drains, use 10" minimum. For Roadways that require additional reinforcement for resisting moment of the edge beam 20" minimum. Check for adequate space for development of barrier or railing reinforcement.<br />
<br />
[[Category:751 LRFD Bridge Design Guidelines]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:725_Metal_Pipe_and_Pipe-Arch_Culverts&diff=51642Category:725 Metal Pipe and Pipe-Arch Culverts2022-06-22T14:08:42Z<p>Smithk: /* 725.1 Construction Inspection for Sec 725 */ updated link</p>
<hr />
<div>[[Image:725 Maintenance Crew.jpg|365 px|thumb|<center>'''A maintenance crew from Eolia are shown installing a 48" x 50' pipe on Route H between Eolia and Paynesville.'''</center>]]<br />
==725.1 Construction Inspection for [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=11 Sec 725]==<br />
{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:15px; border:1px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#ffddcc" width="210px" align="right" <br />
|-<br />
|'''Metal and Concrete Pipe'''<br />
|-<br />
|[https://spexternal.modot.mo.gov/sites/cm/CORDT/or08014.pdf Report 2008]<br />
|-<br />
|'''See also:''' [https://www.modot.org/research-publications Research Publications]<br />
|}<br />
===725.1.1 Shop Elongation===<br />
Strutting or shop elongation is used to provide slight vertical distortion of metal pipe. This improves resistance to vertical loads imposed by embankment. If field strutting is employed, inspection personnel should be very cautions and stay well clear during installation and removal of vertical struts. Loading is heavy and operations are dangerous. For this reason most pipe is now ordered shop elongated.<br />
<br />
===725.1.2 Handling===<br />
Pipe shall not be dragged over gravel or rock and shall be prevented from striking rock or other hard objects during placement on bedding. Pipe with protective coatings shall be handled with special care to avoid damage. Pipes on which such coatings have been damaged shall, unless repaired to the satisfaction of the engineer, be rejected. During backfilling, keep stones or broken concrete well away from the pipe. It is important that backfill be kept near the same elevation on both sides of the pipe to prevent distortion or displacement. This becomes more critical as pipe diameters increase and is particularly critical on pipes which have been vertically elongated.<br />
<br />
===725.1.3 Measurement===<br />
Final measurements are not required except for authorized changes which will be added to or deducted from plan quantity. The inspector should note in the diary when the culverts were built and note that they were built according to plan or approved changes.<br />
<br />
===725.1.4 Inspection===<br />
An inspection of all new installed pipe should be made. It should be tested for the criteria set forth in the Inspection heading in the spec. book for the applicable pipe. The inspector should make sure the pipe is from an approved source and is properly marked. The inspector should not accept any pipe that does not have a MoDOT pipe identification number listed on the bill of lading. Please note, each type, size, class, etc. of pipe on the bill of lading should have a unique MoDOT identification number. Concrete and metal pipe are inspected at the plant by District Construction and Materials. Plastic pipe is sampled at the project. District Construction and Materials should be contacted when the material arrives on site. Care should be made so that sampling does not leave the contractor short of certain sizes and length of pipe. Both concrete and plastic pipe should have an industry quality control stamp ie. ACPA or PPI. There will not be a MoDOT OK stamp. Tape measures or other devices can be used for a preliminary measurements for diameter deflection. If the results are in question the mandrel test will serve as the definitive test for deflection. Always make sure that when testing the right measurement unit is used. Pipe can be produced in either English or Metric units. Make sure the measurements are taken in the same units as the pipe was produced. The Qualified List for each type of pipe will indicate the manufacturer's identification mark and the units (English or metric) that was used to fabricate the pipe.<br />
<br />
==725.2 Material Inspection and Laboratory Testing for Sec 725==<br />
See [[:Category:1020 Corrugated Metallic-Coated Steel Culvert Pipe, Pipe-Arches and End Sections|Corrugated Metallic-Coated Steel Culvert Pipe, Pipe-Arches and End Sections]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:772_Bridge_Inspections&diff=51641Category:772 Bridge Inspections2022-06-22T13:58:23Z<p>Smithk: updated link</p>
<hr />
<div>{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:15px; border:1px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#ffddcc" width="210px" align="right" <br />
|-<br />
|'''Bridge Deck Condition, Ground Penetrating Radar'''<br />
|-<br />
|[http://library.modot.mo.gov/RDT/reports/Ri98001/RDT01012.pdf Report 2001]<br />
|-<br />
|'''Thermographic Inspection'''<br />
|-<br />
|[http://library.modot.mo.gov/RDT/reports/Ri06038/or10007.pdf Development of Hand-held Thermographic Inspection Technologies]<br />
|-<br />
|'''See also:''' [https://www.modot.org/research-publications Research Publications]<br />
|}<br />
All span type and culvert type bridges over 20 feet in length shall be inspected every two years. The following bridges will be inspected annually:<br />
<br />
1. Span-type bridges with the deck, superstructure or substructure rated in poor or worse condition (condition 4 rating or less).<br />
<br />
2. Culvert-type bridges rated in poor or worse condition (condition 4 rating or less).<br />
<br />
3. Structures with timber structural members (sub-structural, super-structural, or decks) that are not included in the other criteria.<br />
<br />
The bridge inspection frequency for a particular structure can be set at time intervals ranging from monthly to every six months if the bridge inspection staff feel that additional monitoring of the structure is required to ensure the safety of the traveling public.<br />
<br />
These inspections will primarily be performed by a team comprised of the District Bridge Engineer over the region and a Central Office bridge maintenance inspector. In some cases, either one of these may conduct inspections with the assistance of district personnel knowledgeable in maintenance and bridges. Bridge-like structures less than 20 ft. - 00 in. shall be the responsibility of the district to inspect and maintain. Maintenance charges for these structures shall be charged to the roadway.<br />
<br />
Bridges jointly maintained with neighboring states shall be inspected in accordance with the "Maintenance Agreements" in effect. The inspection will be done by representatives from Missouri (from both the district and Central Office bridge maintenance) and representatives from the neighboring state.<br />
<br />
The district will inspect any affected structures following any unusual occurrence such as fire, flood, overloading, collision, or damage of any type. Any damage occurring to a bridge superstructure or substructure shall immediately be reported to the Maintenance Division. On evenings, weekends and holidays the State Bridge Maintenance Engineer shall be contacted when a bridge emergency occurs.<br />
<br />
The guidelines set forth in the [[:Category:753 Bridge Inspection Rating|Bridge Inspection Rating]] shall be used when assigning rating and appraisal values to the corresponding items for bridges and culverts. The inspections shall address the items on the "Bridge Inspection Reports" and "Culverts Inspection Reports", generated by [[:Category:145 Transportation Management Systems (TMS)|TMS]]. All inspections shall be thorough and complete so that all needed maintenance and repair work may be identified. The individual in charge of the inspection shall meet the qualifications spelled out in the National Bridge Inspection Standards.<br />
<br />
Fracture critical, in-depth, underwater, and other special inspections shall be identified and noted on the "Bridge Inspection Reports." Central Office bridge maintenance inspection crews shall be responsible for performing these inspections within the specified time interval.<br />
Central Office bridge maintenance personnel will perform quality assurance inspections on an annual basis.</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=751.17_Concrete_Slab_Bridges&diff=51640751.17 Concrete Slab Bridges2022-06-22T13:40:48Z<p>Smithk: /* 751.17.1.1 Material Properties */ minor corrections</p>
<hr />
<div>==751.17.1 General==<br />
<br />
This article illustrates the general design procedure for Continuous Concrete Slab Bridge using AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
===751.17.1.1 Material Properties===<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" align="center" style="textalign:left"<br />
<br />
!colspan="3" align="left"|Concrete:<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Unit weight of reinforced concrete,<br />
|align="right"|<math>\, \boldsymbol{\gamma}_c = 0.150 kcf</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="3"|Continuous Cast-In-Place Solid/Voided Concrete Slab<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;<br />
|Class B-2<br />
|align="right"|<math>\, f'_c = 4.0 ksi</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|&nbsp;<br />
|align="right"|<math>\, n=8</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="3"|Precast Prestressed Multicell Voided Concrete Girders<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;<br />
|Class A-1<br />
|align="right"|<math> f'_c = 6.0 ksi</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|&nbsp;<br />
|align="right"|<math> f'_{ci} = 4.5 ksi</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|&nbsp;<br />
|align="right"|<math>n=8</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="3"|Intermediate bent columns, end bents (below construction joint at bottom of slab)<br/><br />
in continuous concrete slab bridges<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;<br />
|Class B-1<br />
|align="right"|<math> f'_c = 4.0 ksi</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|&nbsp;<br />
|align="right"|<math> n=8</math><br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;<br />
|Class B, Open bent, footing<br />
|align="right"|<math> f'_c = 3.0 ksi</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|&nbsp;<br />
|align="right"|<math> n=10</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Modulus of elasticity,<br />
<math>E_c = 33,000\ K_1 \ (w_c^{1.5}) \sqrt{f^'_c}</math> <br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;<br />
|Where:<br />
| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;<br />
|colspan="2"|f'<sub>c</sub> in ksi<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;<br />
|colspan="2"|w<sub>c</sub> = unit weight of nonreinforced concrete = 0.145 kcf<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;<br />
|colspan="2"|K<sub>1</sub> = correction factor for source of aggregate<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp; &nbsp;<br />
|colspan="2"| <span style="color:#FFFFFF">----</span> = 1.0 unless determined by physical testing<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="3"|Modulus of rupture,<br />
<math>f_r</math> = 0.24 <math>\sqrt{f^'_c}</math>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;LRFD 5.4.2.6<br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;<br />
|Where:<br />
| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;<br />
|f'<sub>c</sub> in ksi<br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="3"|Reinforcing steel:<br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;<br />
|Minimum yield strength,<br />
|align="right"|<math>\, f_y = 60.0 ksi</math><br />
|-<br />
|&nbsp;<br />
|Steel modulus of elasticity<br />
|align="right"|<math>\, E_s = 29000 ksi</math><br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Unit weight of future wearing surface,<br />
|align="right"|<math>\, \boldsymbol{\gamma}_{fws} = 140 lb./ft^3</math><br />
|}<br />
<br />
==751.17.2 Design==<br />
===751.17.2.1 Limit States and Load Factors===<br />
<br />
In general, each component shall satisfy the following equation:<br />
<br />
<math>\, Q = \textstyle \sum \eta_i \gamma_i Q_i \le \phi R_n = R_r</math><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Where:<br />
{|<br />
|<math>\, Q</math>||= Total factored force effect<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, Q_i</math>||= Force effect<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, \eta_i</math>||= Load modifier<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, \gamma_i</math>||= Load factor<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, \phi</math>||= Resistance factor<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, R_n</math>||= Nominal resistance<br />
|-<br />
|<math>\, R_r</math>||= Factored resistance<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Limit States'''<br />
<br />
The following limit states shall be considered for slab and edge beam design:<br />
<br />
:STRENGTH - I<br />
:SERVICE - I<br />
:FATIGUE<br />
:EXTREME EVENT - II<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Resistance factors'''<br />
<br />
For STRENGTH limit state,<br />
:Flexure and tension of reinforced concrete, <math>\phi</math> = 0.90<br />
:Shear and torsion, <math>\, \phi</math> = 0.90<br />
For all other limit states, <math>\, \phi</math> = 1.00<br />
<br />
<br />
'''[[751.2_Loads#Load Modifiers|Load Modifiers]]'''<br />
<br />
===751.17.2.2 Loads===<br />
<br />
'''Permanent (Dead) Loads'''<br />
<br />
Permanent loads include the following:<br />
<br />
:'''Slab weight'''<br />
<br />
:'''Future Wearing Surface'''<br />
:A 3” thick future wearing surface (35psf) shall be considered on the roadway.<br />
<br />
:'''Barrier/Railing '''<br />
:For slab overhang design, assume the weight of the barrier or railing acts at the centroid of the barrier or railing.<br />
<br />
[[Image:751.20.2.2 2020.jpg|center|750px]]<br />
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"<br />
|-<br />
|'''*''' 2'-0" Min.<br />
|-<br />
|'''**''' 12" For deck overhang design (LRFD 3.6.1.3.1), 2’-0" for design of all other components<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<center>'''Application of Live Load to Slab'''</center><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Gravity Live Loads'''<br />
<br />
Gravity live loads include vehicular, dynamic load allowance, and pedestrian loads.<br />
<br />
<br />
:'''Vehicular'''<br />
<br />
:The design vehicular live load HL-93 shall be used. It consists of either the design truck or a combination of design truck and design lane load.<br />
<br />
:For slab design, where the primary strips are longitudinal, the force effects shall be determined on the following basis:<br />
<br />
:* The longitudinal strips shall be designed for all loads specified in AASHTO Article 3.6.1.3.3 includuing lane load.<br />
<br />
:* For the purpose of slab design, the lane load consists of a load equal to 0.640 klf uniformly distributed over 10 feet in the transverse direction.<br />
<br />
For precast prestressed multicell girders, live load shall be distributed according to AASHTO LRFD Tables 4.6.2.2.2b-1, 4.6.2.2.2d-1, 4.6.2.2.3a-1 and 4.6.2.2.3b-1 for both moment and shear.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Dynamic Load Allowance'''<br />
<br />
The dynamic load allowance replaces the effect of impact used in AASHTO Standard Specifications. It accounts for wheel load impact from moving vehicles. For slabs, the static effect of the vehicle live load shall be increased by the percentage specified in Table below.<br />
<br />
{|border="1" cellpadding="5" align="center" <br />
|+'''Dynamic Load Allowance, <math>\, IM</math>''' <br />
!Slab Component||<math>\, IM</math><br />
|-<br />
|Deck Joints – All Limit States||75%<br />
|-<br />
|All Other Limit States||33% <br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
The factor to be applied to the static load shall be taken as:<br />
<br />
<br />
<math>\, (1 + IM)</math><br />
<br />
<br />
The dynamic load allowance is not to be applied to pedestrian or design lane loads.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Multiple Presence Factor, <math>\, m</math>:'''<br />
<br />
The multiple presence factor accounts for the probability for multiple trucks passing over a multilane bridge simultaneously.<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="5" <br />
<br />
|<math>\, m</math> =<br />
|1.20 for 1 Loaded Lane<br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;||1.00 for 2 Loaded Lanes<br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;||0.85 for 3 Loaded Lanes<br />
|-<br />
| &nbsp;||0.65 for more than 3 Loaded Lanes<br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Pedestrian'''<br />
<br />
Pedestrian live load on sidewalks greater than 2 ft wide shall be:<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="5" <br />
<br />
|<math>\, PL</math> =<br />
|0.075 ksf<br />
|}<br />
<br />
This does not include bridges designed exclusively for pedestrians or bicycles.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''For Additional Design Information, see LRFD 5.14.4.2'''<br />
<br />
==751.17.3 Details==<br />
===751.17.3.1 Solid Slabs===<br />
<br />
'''SLAB LONGITUDINAL SECTIONS - SOLID SLABS'''<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.20.3.1 end span.jpg|620px]]</center><br />
<br />
<center>'''END SPANS'''</center><br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.20 cont conc slab longitudinal sections solid slab intermediate span.gif]]</center><br />
<br />
<center>'''INTERMEDIATE SPANS'''</center><br />
<br />
<br />
:::::::::Note:<br/><br />
:::::::::All longitudinal dimensions shown are horizontal.<br />
<br />
===751.17.3.2 C.I.P. Voided Slabs===<br />
<br />
<br />
'''SLAB LONGITUDINAL SECTIONS - CAST-IN-PLACE VOIDED SLAB'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.20 cont conc slab longitudinal sections cip voided slab end span.gif]]</center><br />
<center>'''END SPANS'''</center><br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.20 cont conc slab longitudinal sections cip voided slab intermediate span.gif]]</center><br />
<center>'''INTERMEDIATE SPANS'''</center><br />
<br />
:::::::(*) 3'-0" or greater than or equal to 5% of span length.<br/><br />
:::::::(**) By Design (6" increments measured normal to the centerline of bent) (The minimum is<br/><br />
:::::::equal to the column diameter + 2'6")<br />
<br />
<br />
:::::::'''Note:'''<br />
:::::::All longitudinal dimensions shown are horizontal (Bridges on grades and vertical curves, included).<br />
:::::::For sections A-A and B-B, see below.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''SLAB CROSS SECTION'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<center>[[Image:751.20 cont conc slab cip voided slab cross section.gif]]</center><br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="5" align="center" textalign="center"<br />
<br />
|colspan="1" width="300" align="center"|'''HALF SECTION A-A'''<br/> '''CENTER OF SPAN'''<br />
|colspan="1" width="300" align="center"|'''HALF SECTION B-B'''<br/> '''NEAR INTERMEDIATE BENT'''<br />
|}<br />
<br />
&nbsp;<br />
<br />
<br />
{|border="0" cellpadding="5" align="center"<br />
|-valign="top"<br />
|colspan="1" width="300" align="left"|Sonovoids are produced in half<br/>sizes 2" to 18". D = 4" to 36"<br/> &nbsp;<br/>T=19" (Min. preferred. Consult<br/>Structural Project Manager prior<br/> to the use of a thinner slab.)<br />
|colspan="1" width="300" align="center"|<center>[[Image:751.20 cont conc slab cip voided slab part section & detail c.gif]]</center><br />
|}<br />
<br />
Notes:<br/><br />
(*) &nbsp; Increase the Dimension "T" by 1/2" for #14 bars placed in the top or bottom of the slab.<br/><br />
:Increase the Dimension "T" by 1" for #14 bars placed in the top and bottom of the slab.<br/><br />
:("T" and "D" are based on 3" clearance which includes the integral wearing surface to the top of the longitudinal bar.)<br />
<br />
(**) &nbsp;For Roadway with slab drains, use 10" minimum. For Roadways that require additional reinforcement for resisting moment of the edge beam 20" minimum. Check for adequate space for development of barrier or railing reinforcement.<br />
<br />
[[Category:751 LRFD Bridge Design Guidelines]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=771.14_Spot_Painting_of_Bearings_and_Piling&diff=51639771.14 Spot Painting of Bearings and Piling2022-06-22T13:25:52Z<p>Smithk: /* Safety */ deleted archaic link</p>
<hr />
<div>{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:15px; border:1px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="160px" align="right" <br />
|- <br />
|'''Code:''' R327<br />
|}<br />
<br />
Spot painting of bearings and piling is done to protect the bearings and piling from rusting.<br />
The work is scheduled April to November weather permitting with temperatures above 40 degrees and dry conditions.<br />
<br />
==Materials==<br />
*Calcium sulfonate primer or penetrating sealer<br />
*Gray or green calcium sulfonate topcoat<br />
*Blasting sand or abrasive<br />
*Paint products available in aerosol cans<br />
<br />
==Procedure==<br />
1. Remove all paint scale, pack rust, and other surface rust by sandblasting, scraping, grinding, or wire brushing.<br />
<br />
2. Prime exposed steel with rust resistant primer using paint sprayer or brush immediately following prep work.<br />
<br />
3. When primer has dried, apply topcoat with paint sprayer or brush.<br />
<br />
==Safety==<br />
Where lead based paint exists take proper precautions to collect and properly dispose debris.<br />
<br />
==Instructional Photographs==<br />
{|<br />
|colspan="2"|'''The steel piling and bearings exposed to the environment are very susceptible to corrosion. Corrosion on the members may reduce their load carrying capacity or their structural function. Painting these elements will lengthen the life of the structure.'''<br />
|-<br />
|align="center" colspan="2"|[[Image:771.14 Spot Painting of Bearings and Pilings1.jpg]]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center" colspan="2"|'''Rust on the bearings restricts the movement of the bearings and increases the stresses in the beams and the substructure.'''<br />
|-<br />
|[[Image:771.14 Spot Painting of Bearings and Pilings2.jpg|400px]] || [[Image:771.14 Spot Painting of Bearings and Pilings3.jpg|400px]]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center" colspan="2"|'''As channels erode or deepen steel piling may become exposed. The steel may not have any protective coating and the corrosion may result in a reduced load carrying capacity.'''<br />
|-<br />
|[[Image:771.14 Spot Painting of Bearings and Pilings4.jpg|400px]] || [[Image:771.14 Spot Painting of Bearings and Pilings5.jpg|400px]]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center" colspan="2"|'''These are examples of very clean abutment caps and freshly cleaned and primed bearings.'''<br />
|-<br />
|[[Image:771.14 Spot Painting of Bearings and Pilings6.jpg|400px]] || [[Image:771.14 Spot Painting of Bearings and Pilings7.jpg|400px]] <br />
|}<br />
<br />
[[Category:771 Bridge Preventive Maintenance Guidelines|771.14]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:751_LRFD_Bridge_Design_Guidelines&diff=51638Category:751 LRFD Bridge Design Guidelines2022-06-22T13:09:24Z<p>Smithk: deleted archaic info</p>
<hr />
<div>[[image:751.jpg|right|195px]]<br />
<br />
<br />
Bridge Design Guidelines assist MoDOT’s internal staff and outside consultants in performing design work for the department. It is intended to disseminate information regarding practices and policies to be applied to the design of Missouri structures on the state maintained system.<br />
<br />
It is the users responsibility to verify the design information presented is applicable to their particular project or situation. <br />
<br />
These guidelines are not intended to limit the designer or consultant from applying innovations which will lead to a more cost effective and technically sound solution as appropriate for the situation at hand. The evaluation of alternate solutions include such innovations is both expected and encouraged. However, any variations to EPG 751 or Standard Plan Sheets should be discussed in advance with the appropriate Structural Liaison Engineer or Structural Project Manager.<br />
<br />
It should be noted that the Federal Highway Administration has mandated for state owned structures:<br />
*All new bridges on which states initiate preliminary engineering after October 1, 2007, shall be designed by the LRFD Specifications.<br />
*All new [[751.8 LRFD Concrete Box Culverts|culverts]] and other standard structures on which states initiate preliminary engineering after October 1, 2010, shall be designed by LRFD (Load and Resistance Factor Design) Specifications, with the assumption that the specifications and software for these structures are "mature" at this time.<br />
*All new [[751.24 LFD Retaining Walls|retaining walls]] shall be designed using 2002 AASHTO LFD (17<sup>th</sup> Edition) standard specifications.<br />
*For modifications to existing structures, states would have the option of using LRFD Specifications or the specifications which were used for the original design.<br />
<br />
The following notation is used throughout these guidelines:<br />
:“LRFD XXX” refers to AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications.<br />
:“Sec” refers to Missouri Standard Specifications for Highway Construction.</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Recent_Policy_Changes_in_the_EPG&diff=51637Recent Policy Changes in the EPG2022-06-21T19:19:41Z<p>Smithk: updated link</p>
<hr />
<div><div style="padding-bottom: .3em; margin: 0 .5em .5em"></div><br />
{| cellspacing="3" <br />
|valign="top" cellspacinepgg="0" cellpadding="5" style="border: 1px solid #74BAAC; background:#DCEDEA"|<br />
'''Pushbutton Locations'''<br />
<br />
6/21/22: In [[902.6 Pedestrian Control Features (MUTCD Chapter 4E)#902.6.8 Pedestrian Detectors (MUTCD Section 4E.08)|EPG 902.6.8 Pedestrian Detectors]] and in the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.pdf ADA Checklist], guidance has been updated to reflect the minimum distance of pushbuttons from the curb line has been returned to 30 inches.<br />
<br />
'''[[236.5 Property Management#236.5.25.5 Risk Assessment|EPG 236.5.25.5 Risk Assessment]]'''<br />
<br />
6/3/22: Sovereign immunity limits increased in January 2022 and MoDOT's per occurrence coverage increased from $3.0 M to $3.5 M.<br />
<br />
'''Concrete Diaphragms on Bridges'''<br />
<br />
6/1/22: In [[751.11 Bearings#751.11.3.6 Girder/Beam Chairs|EPG 751.11.3.6 Girder/Beam Chairs]], [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.3.5 Strands at Girder Ends|EPG 751.22.3.5 Strands at Girder Ends]] and [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.3.7 Closed Concrete Intermediate Diaphragms|EPG 751.22.3.7 Closed Concrete Intermediate Diaphragms through EPG 751.22.3.11 Steel Intermediate Diaphragms]], guidance was revised to decrease the footprint of girder/beam chairs, clarify and expand concrete diaphragm details to incorporate larger girders, and remove web coil ties in bulb-tees and NU girders to reflect the recent change to standard drawings.<br />
<br />
'''[[907.8 Speed Trailers Deployed by Others|EPG 907.8 Speed Trailers Deployed by Others]]'''<br />
<br />
5/20/22: This new article provides guidance for speed trailer deployment to aid local law enforcement in the proper use of these devices. <br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:941 Permits and Access Requests#941.10 Automated License Plate Readers and Pan-Tilt-Zoom Cameras|EPG 941.10 Automated License Plate Readers and Pan-Tilt-Zoom Cameras]]'''<br />
<br />
5/20/22: Guidance for the License Plate Reader (LPR) was clarified and expanded for proper LPR installations as identified through processing initial requests.<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:747 Bridge Reports and Layouts#747.2.2.4 HEC-RAS GEO Files for Stream Crossings|EPG 747.2.2.4 HEC-RAS GEO Files for Stream Crossings]]'''<br />
<br />
5/19/22: This subarticle was retitled and its guidance updated to reflect the current use of the "HEC-RAS Convertor for Open Roads Designer" spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
'''Contract Leveling Course and Seal Coat Guidelines and Book Job Guidelines'''<br />
<br />
5/16/22: The guidelines, book job guidelines, JSP packages, book job JSP packages and contractor pdf files were updated in [[:Category:402 Bituminous Surface Leveling|EPG 402 Bituminous Surface Leveling]] and [[:Category:409 Seal Coat|EPG 409 Seal Coat]].<br />
<br />
'''[[751.9 LFD Seismic#751.9.3.1.1 Anchor Bolts|EPG 751.9.3.1.1 Anchor Bolts through EPG 751.9.3.1.4 Concrete Shear Blocks]], [[751.11 Bearings#Anchor Bolts|EPG 751.11.2.1 Elastomeric Bearings]], [[751.11 Bearings#751.11.3.5 Anchor Bolts|EPG 751.11.3.5 Anchor Bolts]], [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.2.7 Dowel Bars|EPG 751.22.2.7 Dowel Bars]] and [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.3.14 Concrete Shear Blocks|EPG 751.22.3.14 Concrete Shear Blocks]]'''<br />
<br />
5/11/22: Guidance for the design of bearing anchor bolt, dowel bar and shear block has been expanded and clarified.<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:105 Control of Work#105.15 Project Acceptance|EPG 105.15 Project Acceptance]]'''<br />
<br />
4/29/22: Guidance for project acceptance has been clarified and updated to current practice in EPG 105.15, [[:Category:108 Prosecution and Progress#8. Date of Final Inspection|EPG 108.16.1 Informational Dates]] and [[:Category:109 Measurement and Payment#109.8 Final Acceptance and Payment (for Sec 109.8)|EPG 109.8 Final Acceptance and Payment]].<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:712 Structural Steel Construction#712.1.4.1.3 Shear Connector Welding|EPG 712.1.4 Welding]]'''<br />
<br />
4/21/22: Guidance for stud welding has been updated to align with Sec 712.6.3. Also, outdated references to field welder cards has been removed.<br />
<br />
'''Construction Inspection Guidance for Records to be Maintained'''<br />
<br />
4/20/22: [[:Category:137 Construction Inspection Guidance for Records to be Maintained#137.1 Location|EPG 137.1 Location]] and [[:Category:137 Construction Inspection Guidance for Records to be Maintained#137.6 Close Out Procedure for External CM SharePoint Quality Management Documents|EPG 137.6 Close Out Procedure for External CM SharePoint Quality Management Documents]] now present updated information about how CM Division stores electronic contract documents.<br />
<br />
'''[[903.3 Ground-Mounted Sign Supports#903.3.4.3 Perforated Square Steel Tube Posts (PSST)|EPG 903.3.4.3 Perforated Square Steel Tube Posts (PSST)]]'''<br />
<br />
4/20/22: Guidance for PSST anchor installations has been updated and clarified.<br />
<br />
'''Seeding, Mulching and Temporary Seeding'''<br />
<br />
4/20/22: Guidance in [[:Category:802 Mulching|EPG 802 Mulching]], [[:Category:805 Seeding|EPG 805 Seeding]], [[806.1 Erosion Control Measures|EPG 806.1 Erosion Control Measures]] and [[806.8 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)#806.8.6.3.7.1 Temporary Seeding and Mulching (MO Specifications Sec 802 and Sec 805)|EPG 806.8.6.3.7.1 Temporary Seeding and Mulching]] reflects the new standard seed mixes, fertilizer, and lime rates (as shown in the new [https://www.modot.org/media/37677 Standard Plan 805.00 Seeding]) to promote a more effective vegetative establishment, allowing for quicker project finalization. MoDOT is obligated to stabilize disturbed areas with permanent building materials or perennial vegetative cover to minimize erosion and sedimentation of disturbed areas. New guidance for cool season and warm season grasses is available. Mulching will not be required for final seeded areas where temporary seeding is planned for temporary stabilization of areas to receive warm season grasses. A new [[media:Table 805.2.4a.docx|Guide for Grass Species]] is available in [[:Category:805 Seeding#805.2.4 Acceptance (Sec 805.4)|EPG 805.2.4 Acceptance]] to assist with general inspection and acceptance of vegetative covers.<br />
<br />
'''Pre-MASH 2016 Temporary Traffic Control Device Sunset Dates'''<br />
<br />
4/20/22: Guidance in [[:Category:612 Impact Attenuators|EPG 612 Impact Attenuators]], [[616.6 Temporary Traffic Control Zone Devices (MUTCD 6F)#616.6.1 Types of Devices (MUTCD 6F.01)|EPG 616.6 Temporary Traffic Control Zone Devices]], [[616.18 Construction Inspection Guidelines for Sec 616#For Sec. 616.3.2|EPG 616.18 Construction Inspection Guidelines for Sec 616]], [[616.19 Quality Standards for Temporary Traffic Control Devices#https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.84_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Signals_.28MUTCD_6F.84.29|EPG 616.19 Quality Standards for Temporary Traffic Control Devices]], [[616.23 Traffic Control for Field Operations#616.23.2.5 Temporary Traffic Control Devices|EPG 616.23 Traffic Control for Field Operations]], [[617.1 Temporary Traffic Barriers|EPG 617.1 Temporary Traffic Barriers]], [[617.2 Construction Inspection Guidelines for Sec 617|EPG 617.2 Construction Inspection Guidelines for Sec 617]], [[:Category:1063 Temporary Traffic Control Devices#1063.2 Procedure|EPG 1063 Temporary Traffic Control Devices]] and [[:Category:1064 Temporary Concrete Traffic Barrier|EPG 1064 Temporary Concrete Traffic Barrier]] now reflects that all temporary traffic control devices on a project must be NCHRP 350 or MASH 2016 Test Level 3 compliant. The use of two-loop temporary Type F concrete traffic barrier shall not be allowed after January 1, 2023.<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:403 Asphaltic Concrete Pavement#Lots|EPG 403.1.19 Acceptance of Material]]<br />
<br />
4/20/22: The maximum number of contractor QC sublots that can be used for one lot of superpave asphalt pavement is 28. Regardless of lot size, QA testing will always be at a frequency of one per four sublots. Any remaining quantity less than 4000 tons, that cannot be treated as a separate lot, will be combined with the previous full lot and the pay factors will be determined on the combined lot.<br />
<br />
'''Guidance Documents Needed for Property Closings'''<br />
<br />
4/18/22: In [[236.7 Negotiation#236.7.1.13 Pre-Negotiation Preparation|EPG 236.7.1.13 Pre-Negotiation Preparation]] and [[236.7 Negotiation#236.7.4.1 Purpose|EPG 236.7.4.1 Purpose]], additional guidance is available for greater clarity about what is needed from property owners to close on the properties either with MoDOT or a title company.<br />
<br />
'''Prestressed Concrete I Girders'''<br />
<br />
4/11/22: In [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.2.5 Pretensioned Anchorage Zones|EPG 751.22.2.5 Pretensioned Anchorage Zones]], the bursting resistance guidance now allows a larger number of bonded strands for many of these girders, effectively increasing the span limits for the girders. Guidance was expanded in [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.3.2.1 Type 2 Girder|EPG 751.22.3.2.1 through 751.22.3.2.6]] to eliminate or reduce conflict between the lowest middle two strands and the B bars.<br />
<br />
'''[[127.2 Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources#127.2.5 Approximate Timelines for Section 106 Compliance|EPG 127.2.5 Approximate Timelines for Section 106 Compliance]]'''<br />
<br />
4/5/22: Guidance about the timelines for completing the Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act review process has been clarified.<br />
<br />
'''Coil Ties in Prestressed Girder Webs'''<br />
<br />
3/28/22: In several [[751.50 Standard Detailing Notes#(G1.9.1)|EPG 751.50 Standard Detailing Notes]], references to web coil ties in bulb-tee and NU girders have been removed since these are now no longer being used.<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:109 Measurement and Payment#109.11 Compensation for Project Delays (for Sec 109.11)|EPG 109.11 Compensation for Project Delays]]'''<br />
<br />
3/16/22: Guidance has been expanded to produce more uniform administration of delay claims.<br />
<br />
'''[[902.4 Signal Installations and Equipment#902.4.2.1 Controller and Cabinet Replacement Program|EPG 902.4.2.1 Controller and Cabinet Replacement Program]]'''<br />
<br />
2/16/22: The recommended replacement age for signal cabinets was updated to 25 years from 20 years. <br />
<br />
'''Right of Way Mediation'''<br />
<br />
2/15/22: In [[236.7 Negotiation#Prior to offering mediation|EPG 236.7.2.19 Acquisition by Mediation]] and [[236.11 Mediation#Prior to offering mediation|EPG 236.11.1.3 Purpose]], guidance has been updated to reflect current process and procedures, including the MoDOT Impasse Letter.<br />
<br />
'''Bridge Barrier and Railing Guidance'''<br />
<br />
2/14/22: Guidance in [[751.1 Preliminary Design#751.1.3.4 Barrier or Railing Type, Height and Guidelines for Curb Blockouts|EPG 751.1.3.4 Barrier or Railing Type, Height and Guidelines for Curb Blockouts]], [[751.12 Barriers, Railings, Curbs and Fences#751.12.1.3 Type D and H (42ʺ and 32ʺ single sloped railing)|EPG 751.12.1.3 Type D and H (42ʺ and 32ʺ single sloped railing)]] and [[751.12 Barriers, Railings, Curbs and Fences#751.12.2 Two Tube Rail (Top Mounted) TL-4 (NCHRP 350)|EPG 751.12.2 Two Tube Rail (Top Mounted) TL-4 (NCHRP 350)]] has been clarified and coordinated.<br />
<br />
'''[[616.13 Work Zone Capacity, Queue and Travel Delay#616.13.2 Interstate, Freeways and Multi-lane Roadways|EPG 616.13.2 Interstate, Freeways and Multi-lane Roadways]]'''<br />
<br />
2/10/22: The [[media:616.13 WZ Impact 2022.xlsm|MoDOT Work Zone Impact Analysis Spreadsheet]] was updated and smart work zone guidance and training videos were added.<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:242 Optional and Alternate Pavement Designs#242.2 Life Cycle Cost Adjustment (LCCA) Factor|EPG 242.2 Life Cycle Cost Adjustment (LCCA) Factor]]'''<br />
<br />
2/9/22: Guidance was clarified for the calculation of the LCCA.</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=642.8_Sidewalk_Design_Criteria&diff=51636642.8 Sidewalk Design Criteria2022-06-21T19:19:05Z<p>Smithk: updated links</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
<br />
{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:15px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:left; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="260px" align="right" <br />
|-style="background:#f5f5f5" <br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|'''Figures'''<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[[Media:642.1 Figure2 Sidewalk Handrails.pdf|Sidewalk Handrail Detail]]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|'''Typical Urban Roadway Sections'''<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[[media:231 4 Lane Major Urban Roadway.pdf|4 Lane Major Urban Roadway]]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[[media:231 4 Lane Minor Urban Roadway.pdf|4 Lane Minor Urban Roadway]]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[[media:231 2 Lane Minor Urban Roadway.pdf|2 Lane Minor Urban Roadway]]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|'''Additional Resources'''<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards Access Board Guidelines and Standards] <br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[http://www.ada.gov/2010ADAstandards_index.htm Americans with Disabilities Act Access Guidelines (ADAAG), 2010]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.pdf ADA Checklist (PDF) (Rev. June 15, 2022)]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.docx ADA Checklist (MS Word) (Rev. June 15, 2022)]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|FHWA's ''Designing Sidewalks and Trails for Access'': [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/environment/bicycle_pedestrian/publications/sidewalks/ Part I] [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/environment/bicycle_pedestrian/publications/sidewalk2/ Part II]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[http://www.mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ Manual on Uniform traffic Control Devices - signals]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|MoDOT's Internet Website:<br />
|-<br />
| ||[https://www.modot.mo.gov/othertransportation/bike_ped/Bikepedintro.htm MoDOT's Bike/Ped webpage]<br />
|-<br />
| || [https://www.modot.org/bicycle-and-pedestrian-links MoDOT's Bike/Ped Useful links]<br />
|-<br />
| ||[https://www.modot.org/media/16671 MoDOT's Concrete Curb Ramp Special Sheet]<br />
|-<br />
| ||[https://www.modot.org/media/16874 Standard Plan 608.10]<br />
|-<br />
| ||[https://www.modot.org/media/16880 Standard Plan 609.00]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[https://www.access-board.gov/prowag/ Public Right of Way Access Guidelines, PROWAG (Best Practices)]:<br />
|-<br />
|width="30"| ||[http://www.dot.state.mn.us/trafficeng/workzone/ADA/DRAFT-TPARGuidelines.pdf TPAR Information]<br />
|-<br />
| ||[https://www.access-board.gov/prowag/planning-and-design-for-alterations/ Special Report: Accessible Public Rights of Way Planning and Designing for Alterations, 2007]<br />
|}<br />
A sidewalk is designed to meet a variety of characteristics that have a direct impact on usability, such as grade, cross slope, width, surface type, etc. Even mildly difficult features in combination can make a sidewalk hard to access for someone with a disability. Sidewalk design criteria are based on providing access to all pedestrian users to the maximum extent feasible. This policy is in accordance with federal standards set out by the US Department of Justice, based on recommendations of the US Access Board. Refer to [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/environment/bicycle_pedestrian/guidance/policy_accom.cfm US DOT Policy] for further discussion.<br />
<br />
To better understand some of the challenges faced by disabled users, [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/streets-sidewalks/public-rights-of-way/guidance-and-research/accessible-sidewalks-video-series?highlight=WyJ2aWRlbyJd four U.S. Access Board videos] showing design issues for pedestrians with disabilities. The videos cover:<br />
<br />
:1. Design issues for pedestrians who use wheelchairs (10:00).<br />
<br />
:2. Design issues for pedestrians with ambulatory impairments (7:51).<br />
<br />
:3. Design issues for pedestrians with low vision (11:24).<br />
<br />
:4. Design issues for pedestrians who are blind (11:19).<br />
<br />
When sidewalks are constructed the following basic items will be considered (detailed design information follows later on in this article): <br />
<br />
* [[:Category:231 Typical Section Elements for Roadways|Sidewalks]] or pedestrian paths will be accessible to the maximum extent feasible to all people according to the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA). <br />
<br />
* Barrier curb. Refer to [https://www.modot.org/media/16880 Standard Plan 609.00]. When sidewalks are constructed, a barrier curb is sufficient to separate pedestrians from vehicular traffic on low-speed roadways (posted speed of 45 mph or less). At higher speeds, a vehicle can mount a barrier curb at a relatively flat impact angle. In the event a sidewalk located adjacent to a high-speed roadway is necessary, another type of physical separation between the vehicle and the pedestrian will be considered. Guardrail and concrete traffic barriers are two of the options that may be considered. <br />
<br />
* In rural areas where it is necessary to accommodate pedestrian movements, a paved shoulder at least 6 ft. wide may be used. The cross slope must be 1.0% (minimum) to 2.0%.<br />
<br />
* A sidewalk located at least 2 ft. from a curb should be a minimum of 5 ft. wide. Exceptions may be made for local conditions, but ADA requirements must be met.<br />
<br />
* A sidewalk proposed within 2 ft. of a curb will be placed adjacent to the curb and be a minimum of 6 ft. wide. Exceptions may be made, but ADA requirements must be met.<br />
<br />
* For sidewalk widths less than 5 ft., a 5 ft. by 5 ft. passing space is to be provided at intervals no greater than 200 ft.<br />
<br />
* The cross slope on all accessible routes must be 1.0% minimum to 2.0% maximum. <br />
<br />
* The running slope should be as flat as possible, up to a maximum of 5%. However, sidewalks may follow the slope of the adjacent roadway if less than 5% is technically infeasible.<br />
<br />
* Sidewalks across private and commercial approaches will be the same thickness as the paved approach and will maintain less than 2.0% cross slope. Accessible routes across side streets and alleys will be less than 2.0% on new construction and reconstruction projects. Less than 2.0% cross slope will be maintained across streets and alleys where feasible on all alteration projects.<br />
<br />
* A clear airspace of 80 in. above the sidewalk will be maintained free of tree limbs, signs, fountains, poles or planters. Protrusions into the area of the sidewalk must not exceed 4 in. Where the curb is separated from the parallel sidewalk by a parkway (border), all house walks will be extended across the parkway (see [https://www.modot.org/media/16874 Standard Plan 608.10]). Housewalks will be 4 in. thick and at least 3 ft. wide. <br />
<br />
* Steps to a house will be at least 3 ft. wide. Steps and housewalks will match the width of the existing housewalk. Steps other than house steps will be of sufficient width to fit a particular situation. Stairs located on MHTC right of way will be replaced with ADA-compliant curb ramps, where technically feasible, or an alternate route may be provided.<br />
<br />
* Additional guidance regarding sidewalk design can be found in the AASHTO publication ''Guide for the Planning, Design, and Operation of Pedestrian Facilities'', the FHWA publication ''Designing Sidewalks and Trails for Access'': [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/environment/bicycle_pedestrian/publications/sidewalks/ Part I] and [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/environment/bicycle_pedestrian/publications/sidewalk2/ Part II], or Access Board's [https://www.access-board.gov/prowag/planning-and-design-for-alterations/ ''Accessible Public Rights-of-Way Planning and Designing for Alterations''].<br />
<br />
==642.8.1 Sidewalk Location and Width==<br />
<br />
In developed areas on low-speed roadways (posted speed of 45 mph or less), sidewalks are to be separated from the travelway by a barrier curb (see [https://www.modot.org/media/16880 Standard Plan 609.00]). At higher speeds, a vehicle can mount a barrier curb at a relatively flat impact angle. <br />
[[image:642.1.2.1.jpg|right|350px|thumb|<center>'''"...stable, firm and slip resistant..." "...minimize surface discontinuities..."'''</center>]] <br />
In the event a sidewalk is located adjacent to a high-speed roadway, another type of physical separation between the vehicle and the pedestrian such as a guardrail or concrete traffic barrier will be considered. <br />
<br />
Sidewalks are not to be designated on paved shoulders located behind a mountable curb; nor shall paved shoulders be designated or striped as a pedestrian pathway, however if pedestrian use is anticipated, efforts should be made to meet ADA standards wherever possible, such as a 2% cross slope. <br />
<br />
Sidewalks are to be at least 5 ft. wide. However, if necessary due to geometric constraints, the width of the sidewalk may be reduced to 4 ft. minimum width, as required in PROWAG, by completing the Design Exception process. A 2 ft. grass strip or planting area should separate the sidewalk from the curb. A sidewalk proposed within 2 ft. of a curb will be placed adjacent to the curb and be at least 6 ft. wide. There are exceptions: sidewalk width may be reduced to meet site constraints; however, ADA requires a minimum width of 4 ft. to be provided in all cases (PROWAG R301.3.1).<br />
<br />
When a project alters the right of way space, the existing ADA elements within the limits of the project shall be made to comply with the applicable requirements for new construction to the maximum extent feasible (per PROWAG R202.3). This will include repairs and upgrades to existing sidewalks so the facilities provide a continuous minimum width of 4 ft. with a maximum cross slope of 2.00% (per PROWAG R301). <br />
<br />
For sidewalks narrower than 5 ft., 5 ft. x 5 ft. passing spaces need to be provided at intervals that are no greater than 200 feet. Such features as driveways, building entrances, parking lots and sidewalk intersections are considered acceptable passing spaces if they are 5 ft. x 5 ft. and meet the 2 per cent maximum cross slope requirements. <br />
[[image:642.1.2.jpg|right|720px|thumb|<center>'''Figure 642.8.2 Clearances and obstructions for pedestrian access routes'''</center>]]<br />
<br />
==642.8.2 Clearances and Obstructions==<br />
<br />
The width of the accessible sidewalk route should meet the requirements above. Obstructions are objects within the pedestrian access route that reduce the clearance width, protrude into the circulation route, or limit the vertical passage space or of a sidewalk. These guidelines apply to permanent and temporary objects.<br />
<br />
The full width of the circulation path should be free of protruding objects, if possible. Permanent, stationary objects are not to project into the pedestrian access route more than 4 in. from 27 in. to 80 in. above the ground. <br />
<br />
Freestanding objects mounted on posts, pylons, etc., may overhang a maximum of 12 in. from 27 in. and 80 in. above the ground, although this situation should be avoided whenever possible. Figure 642.8.2 illustrates this protected zone.<br />
<br />
[[image:642.1.2.2.jpg|right|300px]]<br />
Obstacles below 27 in. are not to reduce the sidewalk width to less than 3 ft. Obstacles reducing the sidewalk circulation path (width) below 5 ft., but not less than 3 ft., should be corrected, but if not, documented why the sidewalk width was reduced and the obstacle was not moved or corrected at that location<br />
<br />
==642.8.3 Sidewalk Surfaces==<br />
[[image:642.1.3 changes in level.jpg|left|175px]]<br />
Surfaces of sidewalks and all parts of the pedestrian network must be stable, firm and slip-resistant. Care must be taken to provide an even and level surface. Highly textured surfaces such as cobblestones may cause discomfort for a disabled person with a spinal injury.<br />
<br />
Changes in levels up to ¼ in. may be vertical and without edge treatment. Changes in levels between ¼ in. and ½ in. will be beveled with a slope no greater than 1V:2H (2:1). Level differences greater than ½ in. need to be removed or ramped. <br />
<br />
Over time, sidewalks may settle, become worn, or fall victim to people or nature. Maintaining a safe surface for everyone is very important. When the sidewalk is not owned or maintained by MoDOT, but may be adjacent to one that is, it is important to notify the proper authority that [[171.4 Shoulders and Approaches#S&A(A2) Sidewalks|maintenance]] is needed. <br />
<br />
Some examples of sidewalks distresses/deficiencies requiring correction are:<br />
<br />
* '''Step separation.''' A vertical displacement of ½ in. or greater at any point on the walkway that could cause pedestrians to trip or prevent the wheels of a wheelchair or stroller from rolling smoothly.<br />
<br />
* '''Badly cracked concrete.''' Holes and rough spots ranging from hairline cracks to indentations wider than ½ in.<br />
<br />
* '''Spalled areas.''' Fragments of concrete or other building material detached from larger structures.<br />
<br />
* '''Settled areas that trap water.''' Sidewalk segments with depressions, reverse cross slopes, or other indentations that make the sidewalk path lower than the curb. These depressions trap silt and water on the sidewalk and reduce the slip resistant nature of the surface.<br />
<br />
* '''Tree root damage.''' Roots from trees growing in adjacent landscaping that cause the walkway surface to buckle and crack. <br />
<br />
* '''Vegetation overgrowth.''' Groundcover, trees, or shrubs on properties or setbacks adjacent to the path that have not been pruned can encroach onto the path and create obstacles.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"<br />
|-<br />
|[[image:642.1 Cracked Concrete.jpg|375px|thumb|<center>'''Cracked concrete'''</center>]]||[[image:642.1 Step Separation.jpg|375px|thumb|<center>'''Step separation'''</center>]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[image:642.1 Drainage Vegetation.jpg|375px|thumb|<center>'''Drainage/vegetation'''</center>]]||[[image:642.1 Protruding Branches.jpg|375px|thumb|<center>'''Protruding Branches'''</center>]]<br />
|}<br />
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" align=right<br />
|-<br />
|[[image:642.1 manholes.jpg|right|200px]]||[[image:642.1 drainage.jpg|right|220px]]<br />
|}<br />
Utility covers, such as for manholes, drainage or water meters, need to have a slip resistant top, as much as possible, and meet changes in level criteria. Lifting holes on covers need to be less than ½ inch in diameter or be satisfactorily plugged so a cane cannot get lodged in the hole. If grates are located in the sidewalk or other walkways paths, the grates will have spacing no greater than ½ in. wide in one direction. If grates have elongated openings, then the grates will be placed so that the long dimension is perpendicular to the dominant direction of travel. Refer to Figure 642.8.3. <br />
<br />
[[image:Figure 642.1.3 grates.jpg|center|700px|thumb|<center>'''Figure 642.8.3'''</center>]]<br />
<br />
==642.8.4 Running Slope, or Grade==<br />
<br />
The running slope, or grade is defined as the slope parallel to the direction of travel, with the running grade defined as the average grade along a continuous grade. The grade of a sidewalk should be as level as possible allowing easy use by travelers. For pedestrian facilities on public access routes, the running grade of sidewalks will be a maximum of 5%. If this is technically infeasible, the sidewalk may be consistent with the running grade of the adjacent roadway. If the sidewalk cannot be kept at the same grade as the adjacent roadway and the grade is greater than 5%, the sidewalk may be considered a ramp and designed in accordance with [[642.2 Sidewalk Ramp and Curb Ramp Design Criteria|EPG 642.2 Sidewalk Ramp and Curb Ramp Design Criteria]]. <br />
<br />
The rate of change in grade, the algebraic difference, measured over 2 ft. intervals, is not to exceed 13%. An example of a 13% change in grade is shown in Figure 642.8.4.1. Figure 642.8.4.2 illustrate how excessive slopes impact wheelchairs.<br />
<br />
[[image:Figure 642.1.4.1.jpg|center|650px|thumb|<center>'''Figure 642.8.4.1. The gutter slopes counter to the slope of the curb ramp to promote drainage.'''</center>]]<br />
<br />
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"<br />
|-<br />
|[[image:Figure 642.1.4.2.1.jpg|350px|thumb|<center>'''Excessive slope differences between a gutter and a ramp can cause wheelchairs to flip over backward'''</center>]]||[[image:Figure 642.1.4.2.2.jpg|300px|thumb|<center>'''Excessive slope differences between gutter and ramp can cause wheelchairs to tip forward'''</center>]]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|<center>'''Figure 642.8.4.2'''</center><br />
|}<br />
<br />
==642.8.5 Cross Slopes==<br />
<br />
Cross slope is defined as the slope measured perpendicular to the direction of travel. A minimum slope of 1% should be provided to allow proper drainage. When necessary the maximum 2% cross slope allowed by ADA standards may be used. Cross slopes of less than 2% are desirable to provide easier passage and to allow for some construction tolerance and settlement. Sidewalks with a cross slope greater than 2% are noncompliant and must be made compliant by whatever means necessary and including replacement.<br />
<br />
Cross slopes are very difficult for some people with mobility impairments to negotiate because it is harder to travel across sloped surfaces than horizontal surfaces. People with mobility impairments who are ambulatory or use manual wheelchairs must exert significantly more energy than other pedestrians to traverse sloped surfaces. Both powered and manual wheelchairs can become unstable and/or difficult to control on sloped surfaces. Whenever possible, slopes are minimized to improve access for people with mobility impairments.<br />
<br />
==642.8.6 Landings==<br />
<br />
Landings are level areas built to provide pedestrians with a place to rest or make turning maneuvers, or where it is necessary to have a level, stable area to allow access to another feature such as a pedestrian pushbutton. The slope of a landing should allow for drainage and be designed and built with a minimum 1% slope and may not exceed a slope of 2.0% in any direction.<br />
<br />
For more information on the use of landings in ramp design refer to [[642.2 Sidewalk Ramp and Curb Ramp Design Criteria#642.2.1 Slope and Rise of Sidewalk Ramps|EPG 642.2.1 Slope and Rise of Sidewalk Ramps]]. For more information on the use of landings with regard to curb ramps, refer to [[642.2 Sidewalk Ramp and Curb Ramp Design Criteria#642.2.2 Curb Ramps|EPG 642.2.2 Curb Ramps]].<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[category:642 Pedestrian Facilities|642.08]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=LPA:136.13_LPA_Policy_Changes&diff=51635LPA:136.13 LPA Policy Changes2022-06-21T19:18:06Z<p>Smithk: updated links</p>
<hr />
<div>6/21/22: In [[LPA:136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.2.10 ADA Checklist|EPG 136.9.2.10 ADA Checklist]], [[LPA:136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.4 Preconstruction Conference|EPG 136.11.4 Preconstruction Conference]] and [[LPA:136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.13.5 American’s with Disabilities Act (ADA) Check List|EPG 136.11.13.5 American’s with Disabilities Act (ADA) Check List]] the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.pdf ADA Checklist (Fig. 136.9.4)] was updated to reflect the minimum distance of pushbuttons from the curb line has been returned to 30 inches.<br />
<br />
6/16/22: Guidance for LPA ROW Staff negotiators was clarified in [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.1.2 State Responsibility|EPG 136.8.1.2 State Responsibility]] and [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.11.5.2 Approval of Contract|EPG 136.8.11.5.2 Approval of Contract]].<br />
<br />
6/2/22: In numerous locations in [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]] (such as [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.6.1 Definition of Appraisal and Waiver Valuation|EPG 136.8.6.1 Definition of Appraisal and Waiver Valuation]] and [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.6.3.2 Value Finding Appraisal Format|EPG 136.8.6.3.2 Value Finding Appraisal Format]]), the appraisal value limit for LPA projects was increased to $25,000 (from $10,000) because of the 2021 FHWA approval.<br />
<br />
5/17/22: Guidance has been clarified in [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.1.2 State Responsibility|EPG 136.8.1.2 State Responsibility]], [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.11.5.2 Approval of Contract|EPG 136.8.11.5.2 Approval of Contract]], [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.11.6.1 General Requirements|EPG 136.8.11.6.1 General Requirements]] and [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.11.6.2 Approval of Contract|EPG 136.8.11.6.2 Approval of Contract]] to show that LPA negotiators (fee and not fee) must be on the approved roster and/or complete the LPA Basic Training. <br />
<br />
3/16/22: The second paragraph of EPG 136.9.4.1.1.5 was updated to reflect that the DBE Submittal Forms, Fig. 136.9.9, must be completed and submitted with the bid proposal or delivered by all bidders within three working days after the bid opening date.<br />
<br />
3/11/22: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php/LPA:136.9_Plans,_Specs_and_Estimates_(PSE)#136.9.4.1.1.16_On_the_Job_Training_.28OJT.29_.2823_CFR_Section_230.29 EPG 136.9.4.1.1.16 On the Job Training], the training provision link was updated to the current training provision.<br />
<br />
3/9/22: In [[LPA:136.1 Introduction#136.1.2.1.1 Requirements|EPG 136.1.2.1.1 Requirements]] and [[LPA:136.2 Certification and Training|EPG 136.2 Certification and Training, LPA Basic Training]], guidance has been updated to reflect current LPA training requirements.<br />
<br />
3/8/22: In [[LPA:136.3 Federal Aid Basics#The MoDOT district representative|EPG 136.3.13 Agreements]], the outdated requirement to submit 7 copies of the program agreement was removed.<br />
<br />
9/24/21: The latest [[media:127.14.3.1 2021.pdf|programmatic agreement]] between MoDOT and FHWA is available in the second paragraph of [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.3 Categorical Exclusion (CE)|EPG 136.6.3 Categorical Exclusion (CE)]].<br />
<br />
9/16/21: [[media:136.9.6.docx|Fig. 136.9.6 Utility Status Letter]] now requires an LPA letterhead and a signature from an LPA Person in Responsible Charge.<br />
<br />
8/31/21: Updated [[media:136.6.4 instructions 2021.pdf|Fig. 136.6.4, How to Complete the Request for Environmental Review]] to align with the new web-based system.<br />
<br />
7/13/21: The [[media:Fig.136.3.24 2021.docx|Fig. 136.3.24, TEAP Program Application]] in [[LPA:136.3 Federal Aid Basics|EPG 136.3 Federal Aid Basics]] has been updated by increasing the federal fund limit to $12K per project and adding clarification about "person in responsible charge".<br />
<br />
6/11/21: Updated [[media:136.6.6 2021.pdf|Fig. 136.6.6, Generalized flowchart of the Section 106 Process for Local Public Agencies]] to bring it into compliance with existing guidance in [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements|EPG 136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements]].<br />
<br />
5/14/21: At the end of the [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#In making a de minimis|last paragraph of EPG 136.6.4.2.3 De Minimis Determination]], guidance was clarified that the public must be able to review the effects of the project on the Sec 4f property.<br />
<br />
5/11/21: New guidance is now available at [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.7.5 Administrative Settlements|EPG 136.8.7.5 Administrative Settlements]] for making administrative settlements, preparing a letter of justification and other considerations.<br />
<br />
5/10/21: The [[media:146 CUF After Mar 2021.pdf|Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Determination Form]], discussed in [[LPA:136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.9 Commercially Useful Function (CUF)|EPG 136.11.9 Commercially Useful Function (CUF)]], has been revised with more open ended questions that assist in determining whether a DBE is performing a Commercially Useful Function. The form now includes a field observation section for inspectors to note what they saw in the field. <br />
<br />
4/27/21: The former EPG 136.7.3.1.2.1.11 Buy America Requirements was deleted since the Buy America JSP is now in the spec book. The new guidance in [[LPA:136.7 Design#136.7.3.1.3 Supplemental Revisions Job Special Provision (JSP)|EPG 136.7.3.1.3 Supplemental Revisions Job Special Provision (JSP)]] presents the requirement for the use of the Supplemental Revisions JSP.<br />
<br />
4/20/21: [[media:136.6.4 instructions 2018.doc|Fig. 136.6.4, How to Complete the Request for Environmental Review]], has been updated to current practice.<br />
<br />
2/19/21: [[media:136.9.4 Mar 2021.docx|Fig. 136.9.4, ADA Checklist]] was updated. On Page 15 of the checklist, the force to activate Accessible Pedestrian Signal pushbuttons was revised as was their minimum distance from the curb line and their height from the ground. On both Page 15 and 16, guidance was more closely tied to compliance with the EPG.<br />
<br />
2/18/21: Contact information has been updated in [[media:Fig.136.3.20 2021.docx|Fig. 136.3.20, BEAP Project Tracking Form]]. <br />
<br />
1/15/21: At the bottom of [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.1 Introduction|Key Environmental/Cultural Resources Compliance Milestones]] table, added Public Involvement information. Also, clarified that public involvement is needed with the RER in a new paragraph at bottom of [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.12 Community Impact Assessment (Social/Economic/Environmental Justice)|EPG 136.6.4.12 Community Impact Assessment (Social/Economic/Environmental Justice)]]. <br />
<br />
11/23/20: Guidance was expanded in [[LPA:136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.13 Documentation Requirements|EPG 136.11.13 Documentation Requirements]] through [[LPA:136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.13.2 Payment Diaries|EPG 136.11.13.2 Payment Diaries]]. MoDOT will no longer be approving specific software for use; the LPA must ensure the software chosen meets the outlined criteria. Guidance about what should be documented in the construction diaries was clarified in [[LPA:136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.13.1 Project Diaries|EPG 136.11.13.1 Project Diaries]]. <br />
<br />
9/30/20: Guidance for the A-date process in [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#Square 14|EPG 136.8.1.6 Local Public Agency - Right of Way and Easement Acquisition, "Square 14"]] and the first and third paragraphs of [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.2.2 Acquisition Authority|EPG 136.8.2.2 Acquisition Authority]] has been clarified and updated to reflect current policy and processes.<br />
<br />
9/2/20: Clarified [[media:136.4.7 2020.docx|Fig. 136.4.7, Sample Solicitation & Sample Scope of Services]], by adding "Remove note before posting" to instructions just below the table on the second page.<br />
<br />
8/13/20: The seventh paragraph of [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.6 Base Floodplain and Regulatory Floodway|EPG 136.6.4.6 Base Floodplain and Regulatory Floodway]] was revised to make CFR requirements more apparent.<br />
<br />
7/14/20: Minor updates were made to Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate.<br />
<br />
7/9/20: The last sentence of the second paragraph of [[LPA:136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.4.1.1.15 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) (49 CFR Part 26)|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.15 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) (49 CFR Part 26)]] is new guidance about how to fill out Fig. 136.9.9, DBE Submittal Forms. Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate and Fig. 136.9.9, DBE Submittal Forms were also updated.<br />
<br />
7/1/20: In the second paragraph of [[LPA:136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.3.2 Supplemental Agreements|EPG 136.4.3.2 Supplemental Agreements]], guidance was clarified, now including submitting a copy of the supplemental to the ECR email group.<br />
<br />
6/23/20: The second sentence in the first paragraph of [[LPA:136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.6 Step 5 - Selection of Consultant|EPG 136.4.2.6 Step 5 - Selection of Consultant]] was added to clarify guidance about an LPA disqualifying a consultant.<br />
<br />
6/18/20: Guidance in [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.3 Categorical Exclusion (CE)|EPG 136.6.3 Categorical Exclusion (CE)]] was updated with the FHWA agreement requirements.<br />
<br />
6/17/20: The process in [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.1.1 Step 1, Determine Need for Cultural Resource Investigations|EPG 136.6.4.1.1 Step 1, Determine Need for Cultural Resource Investigations]] has dramatically changed. MoDOT has hired a consultant to provide oversight the Local Public Agency’s Section 106 compliance. The EPG directed the LPA to send a Project Information form to the SHPO to start the Section 106 process. That is no longer required. The new approach is for the LPA to submit a Request for Environmental Review to MoDOT. <br />
<br />
5/1/20: In [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.2.2 Acquisition Authority|EPG 136.8.2.2 Acquisition Authority]], [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.2.7 Inspection of Documents|EPG 136.8.2.7 Inspection of Documents]], [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.2.8 Federal Project Number|EPG 136.8.2.8 Federal Project Number]], [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.4 Retention and Access to Records|EPG 136.8.4 Retention and Access to Records]] and [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.10.1 General|EPG 136.8.10.1 General]], guidance has been added about the documentation MoDOT RW staff is to enter into the LPA State Management System Application (SMS). Also, In EPG 136.8.2.2 Acquisition Authority, the LPA may now request an A-date by submitting only one set (instead of two sets) of completed right of way plans.<br />
<br />
12/16/19: In [[LPA:136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#A consulting engineering firm|EPG 136.4.1.6 Conflict of Interest]], clarified guidance by adding information pertaining to when a consultant acts as a city engineer. <br />
<br />
9/18/19: Numerous minor revisions were made in [[LPA:136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.4 Bridge Engineering Assistance Program (BEAP)|EPG 136.3.8.4 Bridge Engineering Assistance Program (BEAP)]] as the new BEAP contract goes into effect. Two BEAP documents (Figs. 136.3.19 and 136.3.20) were updated while two BEAP figures (Fig. 136.3.22 Estimate of Cost and Fig. 136.3.23 General Scope of Services) were deleted. <br />
<br />
9/6/19: In [[LPA:136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#Change Order Level 1|EPG 136.11.15.2 Change Order Approval]], the LPA change order approval process was updated to current practice. The MoDOT signature is needed for Level 1 change orders and an FHWA review is only required on Change Order Level 2 PODI projects.<br />
<br />
8/21/19: The link to the TSP was updated in the second paragraph of [[LPA:136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.4.1.1.16 On the Job Training (OJT) (23 CFR Section 230)|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.16 On the Job Training (OJT)]].<br />
<br />
7/22/19: In [[media:136.9.1 2019.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1, Final PS&E Submittal Checklist]], checklist guidance related to wage rates was updated.<br />
<br />
7/22/19: As a convenience, guidance for LPAs to access federal emergency relief has been expanded in [[LPA:136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.17 Emergency Relief|EPG 136.3.17 Emergency Relief]].<br />
<br />
7/22/19: In [[LPA:136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8 Programs|EPG 136.3.8 Programs]], guidance for LPA programs that are no longer in use was deleted. Also, guidance was updated to accommodate revisions in the FAST Act.<br />
<br />
5/20/19: In [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.5 Threatened and Endangered Species and Migratory Birds|EPG 136.6.4.5 Threatened and Endangered Species and Migratory Birds]], guidance for the Threatened and Endangerd process was clarified throughout. New (and currently used) guidance, [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.5.3 Migratory Birds|EPG 136.6.4.5.3 Migratory Birds]] was also added. [[media:Fig. 136.6.18.pdf|Fig. 136.6.18, Threatened and Endangered Species Federal Aid Transportation Submittal Checklist]] replaced the old Fig. 136.6.18 LPA Environmental RER T&E Guidance, and [[media:Fig. 136.6.19.pdf|Fig. 136.6.19, August 2018 MoDOT USFWS Threatened and Endangered Species Habitats]] was added.<br />
<br />
5/14/19: In [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#On linear transportation projects|EPG 136.6.4.3 Section 404 Permits for Wetlands and Streams]], guidance was clarified to attach to RER for documentation purposes.<br />
<br />
1/16/19: [[media:136.6.3 Jan 18 2019.docx|Fig. 136.6.3, Environmental/Cultural Resources Compliance Checklist]], was updated.<br />
<br />
1/15/19: In [[LPA:136.2 Certification and Training|EPG 136.2 Certification and Training]], the listing of the web-based NHI courses was updated.<br />
<br />
1/11/19: A sentence was added to the end of the first paragraph of [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.8 Stormwater and Erosion Control|EPG 136.6.4.8 Stormwater and Erosion Control]] to clarify NEPA information. This info referencing documentation involved when more than one acre is planned to be disturbed was added at the request of the FHWA.<br />
<br />
11/30/18: [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.13 Noise Standards and Noise Abatement|EPG 136.6.4.13 Noise Standards and Noise Abatement]] was significantly simplified to reflect that LPAs must use MoDOT’s FHWA-approved noise policy.<br />
<br />
11/20/18: [[media:136.8.8.docx|Clearance Certification Statement (Form 136.8.8)]] was slightly modified by replacing "free deed" with "donation".<br />
<br />
11/14/18: In [[LPA:136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.13 Agreements|EPG 136.3.13 Agreements]] and [[LPA:136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links#136.12.1 Figures|EPG 136.12.1 Figures]], archaic contract links and listings were removed. Also, in EPG 136.3.13 Agreements, a reference to the CCO site was replaced with a link to EPG 153 Agreements and Contracts.<br />
<br />
10/26/18: Updated the documentation processes to current practices and updated the requirements of new laws and regulations. Much of [http://ghepglp01/index.php/LPA:136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.3_Section_404_Permits_for_Wetlands_and_Streams EPG 136.6.4.3] was revised as was "Permits for Land Disturbance" in [http://ghepglp01/index.php/LPA:136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.8_Stormwater_and_Erosion_Control EPG 136.6.4.8], the last paragraph of [http://ghepglp01/index.php/LPA:136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.10_Hazardous_Waste EPG 136.6.4.10], the third paragraph of [http://ghepglp01/index.php/LPA:136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.10.2_Painting_Bridges_and_Demolition_of_Painted_Structures EPG 136.6.4.10.2], and [http://ghepglp01/index.php/LPA:136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.14_Air_Quality_Requirements EPG 136.6.4.14]. Fig. 136.6.1, Project Review Process flowchart, Fig. 136.6.2, Key Environmental/Cultural Resources Compliance Milestones, Fig. 136.6.3, Environmental/Cultural Resources Compliance Checklist and Fig. 136.6.14, Procedures for Environmental Clearance of Borrow Sites and Other Disturbed Areas Outside Right of Way were also updated. Fig. 136.6.16 was re-labeled as "LPA Project Checklist for Adverse Effects".<br />
<br />
4/10/2018: In the second paragraph of [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.4.1.1.10.1 Federal Wage Rates (23 USC 113 and 29 CFR 5)|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.10.1 Federal Wage Rates (23 USC 113 and 29 CFR 5)]], guidance was added about including the correct wage rate order from the Dept. of Labor on LPA projects. If an updated wage rate order has been issued within 10 days of the project letting, the updated version has typically not been included in the project documents. This is allowed, however the requirement states that if the agency finds that sufficient time is not afforded to include the updated wage order, then this finding and reasoning must be included in the individual project records. <br />
<br />
3/29/18: Procedures in Section 106 (Cultural Resource) Compliance were clarified at the bottom of the second paragraph of [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.1.1 Step 1, Determine Need for Cultural Resource Investigations|EPG 136.6.4.1.1 Step 1, Determine Need for Cultural Resource Investigations]] and in the first sentence of [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.1.3 Step 3, Preparation of the Memorandum of Agreement|EPG 136.6.4.1.3 Step 3, Preparation of the Memorandum of Agreement]].<br />
<br />
3/29/18: Removed second sentence of the second paragraph ("In figuring the percentage of the contract work performed, all prices for sublet work shall be at contract unit bid prices.") from [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.5 Subcontracts |EPG 136.11.5 Subcontracts]]. The sentence was outdated. <br />
<br />
3/26/18: [[media:136.6.4 instructions 2018.doc|Fig. 136.6.4 How to Complete the Request for Environmental Review]] was updated.<br />
<br />
1/24/18: In [[136.2 Certification and Training|EPG 136.2 Certification and Training]], the contact information for the Technician Certification Program was updated.<br />
<br />
12/26/17: [[media:Fig.136.3.24 2017.docx|Fig. 136.3.24, TEAP Program Application]] was updated. Also, in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.11.1 Introduction|EPG 136 136.3.8.11.1 Introduction]] and [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.11.4 TEAP Process and Timeline|EPG 136.3.8.11.4 TEAP Process and Timeline]], guidance was slightly expanded to accommodate the changes in the TEAP Program Application.<br />
<br />
12/14/17: [[media:Fig.136.3.20 2019.docx|Fig. 136.3.20, BEAP Project Tracking Form]] was updated. Also, Gabe Wolken was added as a contact for BEAP information in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.10 Bridge Engineering Assistance Program (BEAP)|EPG 136.3.8.10 Bridge Engineering Assistance Program (BEAP)]].<br />
<br />
11/30/17: In [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.15.2 Audit and Final Reimbursement|EPG 136.3.15.2 Audit and Final Reimbursement]], the sentence stating the LPAs must supply a copy of the final audit report to the MPOs was removed.<br />
<br />
11/13/17: Guidance in [[136.1 Introduction#136.1.2.2 Project Sponsor Eligibility|EPG 136.1.2.2 Project Sponsor Eligibility]] was expanded since the FAST Act has extended eligibility for some programs. Eligibility to nonprofits in the large MPOs (Kansas City, St. Louis and Springfield) is now allowed. <br />
<br />
11/1/17: A link was updated in [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]].<br />
<br />
10/31/17: [[media:136.6.7 2017.docx|Fig. 136.6.7, Memorandum of Agreement for Mitigation of Adverse Effects]] was updated with new “Whereas” clauses to address issues brought up by FHWA and the Advisory Council over the last few years.<br />
<br />
9/20/17: The Subcontractor Disclosure in [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]] was updated to reflect the current section of the Missouri Standard Specification for Highway Construction.<br />
<br />
9/18/17: In [[media:136.3.1 Sept 2017.doc|Fig. 136.3.1, Programming Data Form]], the funding description and FFATA requirement were further clarified. <br />
<br />
9/1/17: At the bottom of the first paragraph of [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.5.2 Title Information|EPG 136.8.5.2 Title Information]], a sentence was added with a link to a checklist of items to determine property ownership for ADA projects. <br />
<br />
6/29/17: A new PowerPoint, [[media:136.4.1.ppt|Consultant Inspection]], in [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.1.3.3 Construction Engineering/Construction Inspection (CE)|EPG 136.4.1.3.3 Construction Engineering/Construction Inspection (CE)]] provides guidance on how to solicit and procure a consultant for construction. Its guidance is primarily aimed at MoDOT Construction employees but may also be of assistance to others.<br />
<br />
6/23/17: [[media:136.3.1 Sept 2017.doc|Fig. 136.3.1, Programming Data Form]] was updated to show the ''LPA Internal Procedures Manual'' requires LPAs submit the FFATA form with the programming data form. <br />
<br />
6/9/17: Guidance for how to obtain additional help for environmental clearance of borrow sites and other land disturbance activities outside right of way was clarified in the fifth sentence of the first paragraph in [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.9 Borrow Sites and Other Land Disturbance Activities Outside Right of Way|EPG 136.6.4.9 Borrow Sites and Other Land Disturbance Activities Outside Right of Way]].<br />
<br />
5/24/17: Updated Fig. 136.3.20, BEAP Project Tracking Form with new contact information.<br />
<br />
4/27/17: In the second paragraph of [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.5 Subcontracts|EPG 136.11.5 Subcontracts]], an archaic sentence was deleted that had required MoDOT to approve subcontracts.<br />
<br />
3/28/17: [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]], was revised to reflect changes made in the EPG on Wage Rates. State Only Prevailing wage option in section 9 was deleted.<br />
<br />
1/5/17: In requirement #2 of [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification|EPG 136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification]], it was clarified that a firm is not required to submit a certificate of authority to become prequalified when it does work outside the jurisdiction of the MO Board for APEPLSPLA.<br />
<br />
1/4/17: In [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.8 Stormwater and Erosion Control|EPG 136.6.4.8 Stormwater and Erosion Control]], minor clarifications based on the new stormwater permit have been made. This includes new guidance, "Individual State Operating Permit for TS4". <br />
<br />
12/27/16: Updated [[media:136.3.1 2016.doc|Fig. 136.3.1, Programming Data Form]], with additional information.<br />
<br />
11/17/16: [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]], was updated to reflect the current versions of the MoDOT specs and standard plans.<br />
<br />
10/20/16: In [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.2 National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Classification|EPG 136.6.2 National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Classification]], a clarifying sentence was added in the first paragraph to help LPAs find info in [[media:136.6.4 instructions 2016.doc|Fig. 136.6.4, How to Complete the Request for Environmental Review]].<br />
<br />
10/6/16: Fig. 136.6.4 LPA Request for Environmental Review (RER) was eliminated and replaced with a [https://www6.modot.mo.gov/RERProject/Pages/Login.aspx?ReturnUrl=%2fRERProject%2f link to the new RER]. Also, in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.4.1.1.10.1_Federal_Wage_Rates_.2823_USC_113_and_29_CFR_5.29 EPG 136.9.4.1.1.10.1 Federal Wage Rates], federal wage rate language was removed to make guidance stay current with federal regulations.<br />
<br />
9/6/16: The former prorata tax form (7-22.2C) was updated so as to be only for the LPAs. It was also relabeled as [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/LPA%20Prorata.docx Local Public Agency Prorata Real Estate Tax Claim (Form 136.8.7.1.11)].<br />
<br />
9/2/16: In [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award#136.10.8 Award|EPG 136.10.8 Award]], the need for a performance/contract bond in the executed construction contract for LPA projects was clarified. <br />
<br />
7/22/16: A minor revision to [[media:136.10.2 2016.doc|Fig. 136.10.2, Bid Concurrence Checklist]] was made so that asterisks are no longer to be shown by items that DBE will perform.<br />
<br />
7/5/16: In [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.4.1.1.5 Suspension and Debarment Certification (23 CFR 635.112)|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.5 Suspension and Debarment Certification]], the $25,000 contract threshold was removed from the certification requirements for suspension and debarment to make guidance consistent with consultant contract language.<br />
<br />
6/23/16: In the second paragraph of [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.5 Subcontracts|EPG 136.11.5 Subcontracts]], guidance was added to clearly indicate that subcontracts require FHWA Form 1273.<br />
<br />
6/15/16: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.13.4 Erosion Control|EPG 136.11.13.4 Erosion Control]], the outdated link to the "Erosion Control Inspection Record" was replaced with a link to "Land Disturbance Inspection Record".<br />
<br />
6/2/16: [[media:136.6.4 instructions 2016.doc|Fig. 136.6.4, How to Complete the Request for Environmental Review]], was clarified.<br />
<br />
5/27/16: Guidance in [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.5 Threatened and Endangered Species|EPG 136.6.4.5 Threatened and Endangered Species]] was expanded and clarified. The new [[media:136.6.18.docx|Fig. 136.6.18, LPA Environmental RER T&E Guidance]] was also added. Also, in Articles XVI and XVII of [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 May 2016.docx|Fig. 136.4.1, Engineering Services Contract]], references were added to Title VI and ADA requirements.<br />
<br />
5/19/16: In [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements|EPG 136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements]], the previous Fig. 136.6.4 was replaced with a new link, [https://www6.modot.mo.gov/RERProject/ LPA Request for Environmental Review]. The new [[media:136.6.4 instructions 2016.doc|Fig. 136.6.4, How to Complete the Request for Environmental Review]] presents updated instructions.<br />
<br />
5/13/16: Updated the [[media:Form C-239 2016.pdf|Final Acceptance Report (Form C-239)]] and [[media:136.11.23 2016.pdf|Fig. 136.11.23, LPA Semi-Final Inspection Checklist (Form C-236)]] in EPG 136.11. [[media:136.11.3 2016.pdf|Fig. 136.11.3, Progress Report]] was made a fillable form. <br />
<br />
4/29/16: In the last sentence of [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.13.1 Project Diaries|EPG 136.11.13.1 Project Diaries]], "free" was removed from the description of NHI training courses, since not all of them are now free.<br />
<br />
4/27/16: Deleted Fig. 136.11.17 Semi-Final Inspection Letter since it was redundant to Fig. 136.11.23 LPA Semi-Final Inspection Checklist (Form C-236). [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications|EPG 136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications]] was revised to reflect this change.<br />
<br />
4/1/16: There were numerous updates in [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]] to reflect current practices. In the first paragraph of [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.4 Retention and Access to Records|EPG 136.8.4 Retention and Access to Records]], the use of the Parcel File Checklist was deleted. In the second paragraph, the record retention period of 3 years was revised to begin when the project closure action is submitted to the FHWA. In [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.6.3.1.20D.9 Manufactured Homes|EPG 136.8.6.3.1.20D.9 Manufactured Homes]], the determination of whether a mobile home is personalty was clarified. In the second paragraph of [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.7.1.2 Negotiator's Report|EPG 136.8.7.1.2 Negotiator's Report]], the Parcel File Checklist, the Negotiator's Report form and the Negotiator's Narrative no longer should be attached to the cover of each parcel file. In [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.8.3 Use of a Fee Attorney or Special Counsel|EPG 136.8.8.3 Use of a Fee Attorney or Special Counsel]], the permissible use of a Fee Attorney was introduced and defined. In the second paragraph of [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.9 Relocation Assistance|EPG 136.8.9 Relocation Assistance]], the quotation defining a displaced person was slightly modified. Finally, the term "taking" was replaced with "acquisition" in several locations within EPG 136.8.<br />
<br />
3/24/16: Updated Fig. 136.3.20, BEAP Project Tracking Form.<br />
<br />
3/4/16: Updated [[media:110.2 checklist 2016.pdf|Fig. 136.11.13, Job Bulletin Board Checklist]].<br />
<br />
3/3/16: [[media:136.6.7 201.docx|Fig. 136.6.7, Memorandum of Agreement for Mitigation of Adverse Effects]], was updated to reflect the recodified National Historic Preservation Act.<br />
<br />
3/1/16: In [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.8 Proprietary Items |EPG 136.7.2.8 Proprietary Items]], a link to the Proprietary Item Library was inserted.<br />
<br />
2/24/16: Guidance in [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.13.3 Invoices|EPG 136.11.13.3 Invoices]] was clarified by adding a reference to [[media:136.3.18 2014.xls|Fig. 136.3.18, Construction Reimbursement Form]]. Also, [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.4.3.2 LPA Consideration of DBE for On-Call Contracts|EPG 136.4.2.4.3.2 LPA Consideration of DBE for On-Call Contracts]] was clarified by additional guidance and by renumbering the subarticles. <br />
<br />
2/22/16: A link to [[media:136.11.23.pdf|Fig. 136.11.23, LPA Semi-Final Inspection Checklist (Form C-236)]] was added and the guidance for it was clarified.<br />
<br />
2/18/16: The former "Final Acceptance Checklist" was relabeled as the new [[media:136.11.22.docx|Fig. 136.11.22, LPA Final Acceptance Checklist]].<br />
<br />
1/27/16: In [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 2016.docx|Fig. 136.4.1, Engineering Services Contract]], revised Article VII D.2, D.3 and E to indicate the overhead rate (OHR) established at the execution of the original contract shall be utilized throughout the life of the contract. This reduces potential errors caused by having to change the OHR on billing invoices every year based on audited OHR. Revision allows consultants to utilize one OHR throughout the life of the contract<br />
<br />
1/26/16: Three archaic figures in EPG 136.3 Federal Aid Basics were removed: Fig. 136.3.5 HS 4, Safe Routes to School Program Agreement; Fig. 136.3.7 FS 12, Transportation Enhancement Funds Program Agreement and Fig. 136.3.8 FS 12 SUP, Transportation Enhancement Funds Supplemental Agreement. New link to Fig. 136.3.5, FS25, Transportation Alternatives Program added.<br />
<br />
1/22/16: Four LPA agreements were updated: [http://sharepoint/support/CC/CCO%20Contracts/FS_-_Financial_Services/FS11_STP_Urban_Program_Agreement.docx Fig. 136.3.6, FS 11, STP Urban Program Agreement], [http://sharepoint/support/CC/CCO%20Contracts/FS_-_Financial_Services/FS13_Off_System_Bridge_Replacement.doc Fig. 136.3.9, FS 13, Off-System Bridge Replacement and Rehabilitation Program Agreement], [http://sharepoint/support/CC/CCO%20Contracts/FS_-_Financial_Services/FS14_On_System_Bridge_Replacement.docx Fig. 136.3.10, FS 14, On-System Bridge Replacement and Rehabilitation Program Agreement] and [http://sharepoint/support/CC/CCO%20Contracts/FS_-_Financial_Services/FS15_CMAQ_Program.docx Fig. 136.3.11, FS 15, Congestion Mitigation and Air Quality Agreement].<br />
<br />
1/15/16: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.19 Final Acceptance|EPG 136.11.19 Final Acceptance]], the differences between corrections and exceptions were clarified. Also, a minor clarification updated [[media:136.11.9 2016.docx|Fig. 136.11.9, Contractor DBE Certification]].<br />
<br />
1/14/16: [[media:136.4.11 2016.doc|Fig. 136.4.11, Consultant Selection & ESC Submittal Checklist]], was updated to reflect that Audits and Investigations Division no longer conducts pre-audits.<br />
<br />
1/5/16: [[#136.7.3.1.2.1.10 Safety Apparel Requirements|EPG 136.7.3.1.2.1.10 Safety Apparel Requirements]] was revised to reflect current MoDOT requirements in Sec 107.4. Since the Safety Requirement JSP is no longer a JSP (it has been moved to Sec 107.4), reference to it was removed from the EPG text as well as from [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]].<br />
<br />
1/4/16: In [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.1 Section 106 (Cultural Resource) Compliance |EPG 136.6.4.1 Section 106 (Cultural Resource) Compliance]], the revision 1) addressed LPA questions and comments and 2) implemented change by the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation from hardcopy submittals to electronic submittals. The revision helps LPAs more easily comply with Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act and Section 4(f) of the Department of Transportation Act. Also, added [[media:136.6.15.docx|Fig. 136.6.15, Example e106 Form]], [[media:136.6.16.pdf|LPA Project Checklist]] and [[media:136.6.17.docx|Fig. 136.6.17, Sample LPA Transmittal of MOA Letter]] and the How-to tutorial, [[media:136.6 How to Document a Historic Bridge for Mitigation.pdf|How to Document a Historic Bridge for Mitigation]]. These changes will help LPA partners more easily comply with Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act and Section 4(f) of the Department of Transportation Act.<br />
<br />
12/30/15: A couple of typos were corrected in [[media:136.4.10 Dec 30 2015.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.10, LPA Consultant Services Invoice]].<br />
<br />
12/24/15: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications|EPG 136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications]], new [[media:136.11.18.docx|Fig. 136.11.18, LPA Final Inspection Letter]], [[media:136.11.19.docx|Fig. 136.11.19, LPA Final List of Acceptance Testers]], [[media:136.11.20.docx|Fig. 136.11.20, LPA DBE Certification Letter]] and [[media:136.11.21.docx|Fig. 136.11.21, LPA Vendor Lien Waiver]] provide templates for consistent submittals by LPAs. <br />
<br />
12/23/15: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.5 Subcontracts|EPG 136.11.5 Subcontracts]], guidance was clarified to state that the LPA is responsible for assuring the subcontractors are qualified. Elsewhere in [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction|EPG 136.11 Local Public Agency Construction]], Fig. 136.11.6 was replaced with [[media:136.11.6 Dec 2015.pdf|Fig. 136.11.6, Subcontractor Certification Regarding Affirmative Action]]. [[media:136.11.4 2015.doc|Fig. 136.11.4, Request for Approval of Subcontract]], was updated with various clarifications. In [[media:136.11.5 Dec 2015.xls|Fig. 136.11.5, DBE Subcontract Worksheet]], the Percent Sublet this Request equation was updated. Also, from EPG 136.4, various fields were updated in [[media:136.4.10 Dec 2015.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.10, LPA Consultant Services Invoice]], to eliminate calculation errors. Further, [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]], was updated by removing JSP J. Final Payment Documents JSP. (This JSP was prematurely added to the boilerplate. Removal will eliminate confusion for LPA partners.) The new [[media:136.11.17.docx|Fig. 136.11.17, LPA Semi-Final Inspection Letter]], provides a template for consistent submittals by the LPAs.<br />
<br />
11/24/15: In [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.15.3 OMB Audit|EPG 136.3.15.3 OMB Audit]], to stay current with 2 CFR part 200, the federal expenditure amount was increased from $500K to $750K before an independent audit is required.<br />
<br />
11/6/15: [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.4.3.2 LPA Consideration of DBE for On-Call Contracts|EPG 136.4.2.4.3.2 LPA Consideration of DBE for On-Call Contracts]] was revised so that DBE Goals will now be established on LPA On-Call Consultant Contracts. This replaces the statewide programmatic goal and provides a level playing field for all on-call consultants in the utilization of DBEs. [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 Nov 2015.docx|Fig. 136.4.1's Attachment E Section 7]] modified to reflect that on-call consultant contracts now set DBE goals.<br />
<br />
10/27/15: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.11 CE Funding Obligation|EPG 136.4.2.11 CE Funding Obligation]], verbiage in the first paragraph was deleted to align guidance to what is in [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 June 2015.docx|Fig. 136.4.1, Engineering Services Contract]] (Article VII, A).<br />
<br />
10/21/15: [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.19 Final Acceptance|EPG 136.11.19 Final Acceptance]] was clarified, particularly guidance about "corrections" vs. "exceptions", for LPAs performing Final Acceptance of an LPA project.<br />
<br />
10/20/15: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.18 Final Plans| EPG 136.11.18 Final Plans]], a reference to EPG 136.11.19 was added and a reference to Engineer on Record (EOR) removed to clarify the bridge plan Final Plans requirements. <br />
<br />
10/20/15: For convenience, the [[media:146 CUF July 27 2015.pdf|Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Determination Form]] was added to the figure box at the top of [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction|EPG 136.11 Local Public Agency Construction]].<br />
<br />
10/16/15: [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3 Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]] was updated to include the DBE JSP for Liquid Asphalt.<br />
<br />
10/13/15: In [[136.7 Design#136.7.5.3 Incentive/Disincentive Provisions|EPG 136.7.5.3 Incentive/Disincentive Provisions]], renamed and updated the old FHWA Contract Administration Core Curriculum's link to a link to FHWA's Technical Advisory for Incentive/Disincentive for Early Completion. <br />
<br />
10/1/15: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.7_Design#136.7.2.5_Railroads EPG 136.7.2.5 Railroads] and the first paragraph of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.2.4_Railroads EPG 136.9.2.4 Railroads], guidance about railroad coordination (even if no railroads are impacted) was clarified to comply with the FHWA statement required for all fed-aid projects. FHWA policy now requires a specific "railroad status statement" from the LPA even when no railroads are affected by the project. Line 11 of [[media:136.9.1 Oct 2015.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1, Final PS&E Submittal Checklist]] now requires supporting documentation for railroad impacts. <br />
<br />
9/22/15: Guidance was updated to conform with new BEAP contract. In the fourth paragraph of [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#Upon completion of the consultant's evaluation|EPG 136.3.8.10.3 Administration]], guidance was updated about where the report is sent. IRS mileage rates are specified in the third paragraph of [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.10.4 Funding and Authorized Costs|EPG 136.3.8.10.4 Funding and Authorized Costs]]. In the third paragraph of EPG 136.3.8.10.4 Funding and Authorized Costs, it is now specified that the BEAP Project Tracking Form include a total cost for the project, including personnel costs as well as direct costs. In the first paragraph of [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.10.5 General Process for a BEAP Study|EPG 136.3.8.10.5 General Process for a BEAP Study]], the process to submit the draft copy of a BEAP Study has been revised. In [[#136.3.8.10.6 Local Public Agency Responsibilities|EPG 136.3.8.10.6 Local Public Agency Responsibilities]], the LPA will now provide pictures of a structure that is not of the Nat'l Bridge Inventory. Also, in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#Whenever load rating calculations are done|EPG 136.3.8.10.7 Consultant Responsibilities]], the consultant is to provide inventory and operating ratings for the HS20 design vehicle and provide a load posting recommendation when load rating calculations are part of the BEAP Study. Finally, all of the BEAP documents (Figs. 136.3.19-136.3.23) were updated.<br />
<br />
9/17/15: In the second paragraph of [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.18 Final Plans|EPG 136.11.18 Final Plans]], guidance was clarified to show that MoDOT only needs "as built" plans when there have been significant structural or material changes to the original design plans (that is, changes that would require approval of the Engineer on Record, EOR).<br />
<br />
9/17/15: In the first paragraph of [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award#136.10.7.3 Bid Evaluation Considerations|EPG 136.10.7.3 Bid Evaluation Considerations]], the minimum standard for the number of bid evaluations has been set at three. When three bids are not available, the LPA is asked to explain. <br />
<br />
9/10/15: Links to the latest version of SEMA's Floodplain Development Permit Application and No-Rise Certificate have been provided.<br />
<br />
8/21/15: In the third paragraph of [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#Each individual shall rate the firms|EPG 136.4.2.6 Step 5 - Selection of Consultant]], guidance was clarified by eliminating vagueness about the necessity for local public agencies to submit review forms and comments about rating firms.<br />
<br />
8/20/15: In [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics|EPG 136.3 Federal Aid Basics]], three contracts were updated ([[media:136.3.5 2015.pdf|Fig. 136.3.5, HS 4, Safe Routes to School Program Agreement]], [[media:136.3.9 Aug 2015.docx|Fig. 136.3.9, FS 13, Off-System Bridge Replacement and Rehabilitation Program Agreement]] and [[media:136.3.21 2015.pdf|Fig. 136.3.21, BR11, BEAP Hourly Rate Contract]].)<br />
<br />
8/19/15: The final bullet (about listing the parcel numbers and names of owners of all parcels acquired) in [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.10.3.3 Required data to be submitted with clearance certification|EPG 136.8.10.3.3 Required data to be submitted with clearance certification]] was deleted to reflect the changes already done in Form 136.8.8, Clearance Certification Statement.<br />
<br />
7/27/15: In [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.4.1.1.5 Suspension and Debarment Certification (23 CFR 635.112)|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.5 Suspension and Debarment Certification]], the outdated ''A Listing of Parties Excluded from Federal Procurement and Non-procurement Programs'' link was replaced with a new, useful link to [https://www.sam.gov/portal/SAM/#1 System for Award Management].<br />
<br />
7/24/15: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.9_Commercially_Useful_Function_.28CUF.29 EPG 136.11.9 Commercially Useful Function (CUF)], the latest version of the [[media:146 CUF July 27 2015.pdf|CUF Determination form]] has been provided.<br />
<br />
7/16/15: In the big, gray "Additional Information for MoDOT Employees" box in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.13 Agreements|EPG 136.3.13 Agreements]], an old link to CCO's intranet was updated to their new SharePoint site. LPAs will not be able to access the SharePoint site (just like they were not able to access the intranet site). Two EPG article links were also added. [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]] was updated with a new link to the Affidavit of Compliance in Section 10. <br />
<br />
6/30/15: [[media:136.6.7 201.docx|Fig. 136.6.7, Memorandum of Agreement for Mitigation of Adverse Effects]], was updated to correct a technical issue and to reference recently developed bridge documentation standards.<br />
<br />
6/22/15: [[media:110.2 checklist Jan 2015.pdf|Fig. 136.11.13, Job Bulletin Board Checklist]] was updated.<br />
<br />
6/19/15: In [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics|EPG 136.3 Federal Aid Basics]], links to numerous contracts were updated. A new link to contract [[media:136.3.28 2015.docx|FS 13-SUP BRO Supplemental Agreement (Fig. 136.3.28) ]] was also made available.<br />
<br />
6/16/15: To eliminate confusion, a reference in [https://epg.modot.mo.gov/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.17.1_Material_Acceptance EPG 136.11.17.1 Material Acceptance] to one of the types of sampling and testing (a combination of certification documentation, delivery tickets and visual inspection) was deleted. <br />
<br />
6/12/15: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.17.1 Material Acceptance|EPG 136.11.17.1 Material Acceptance]], the Small Material Quantity Acceptance Table was removed. Current info is available at [[Off-Systems Guide Schedule for Federal-Aid Acceptance Sampling and Testing (FAST)|EPG Off-Systems Guide Schedule for Federal-Aid Acceptance Sampling and Testing (FAST)]].<br />
<br />
6/12/15: Both guidance in [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.4.3.2 LPA Consideration of DBE for On-Call Contracts|EPG 136.4.2.4.3.2 LPA Consideration of DBE for On-Call Contracts]] and [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 June 2015.docx|Fig. 136.4.1, Engineering Services Contract ]] were updated to show that the engineer is required to submit Good Faith Efforts documentation for all agreements greater than $50,000. The engineer must also document Good Faith Efforts made to achieve that DBE goal if the agreed percentage specified is less than the percentage stated. <br />
<br />
6/9/15: A very minor change (adding "LPA" to the title) was made to [[media:136.6.11 2015.doc|Fig. 136.6.11, LPA Floodplain Development Permit]] so that this form will not be confused with MoDOT's other Floodplain Development Permit/Application form.<br />
<br />
6/8/15: In [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.2.5 Bridge (Structure) Submittals|EPG 136.9.2.5 Bridge (Structure) Submittals]], a third paragraph was added (per Sec 202.40.1.1) to provide guidance that a notification of demolition 10 days prior to start is required; also renovation or demolition requires hazardous waste reports and must be in the bid proposal. [[media:136.9.1 2015.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1, Final PS&E Submittal Checklist]], was also updated to reflect these revisions.<br />
<br />
5/29/15: A new file, [[media:Fig. 136.11.16.docx|Fig. 136.11.16, Approved Contract Administration Software]], is now available in the second paragraph of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.13.1_Project_Diaries EPG 136.11.13.1 Project Diaries]. The file was introduced to identify systems that secure diaries.<br />
<br />
5/22/15: [[media:136.3.1 2015.doc|Fig. 136.3.1, Programming Data Form]], was revised by adding questions about the need for right of way. Also, Fig. 136.3.3 Utilities Scoping Checklist was renumbered as [[media:136.7.8.doc|Fig. 136.7.8, Utilities Scoping Checklist]], and moved to [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.6.1 Utility Relocations|EPG 136.7.2.6.1 Utility Relocations]].<br />
<br />
5/15/15: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.9_Commercially_Useful_Function_.28CUF.29 EPG 136.11.9 Commercially Useful Function (CUF)], the latest version of the [[media:146 CUF May 2015.pdf|CUF Determination form]] has been provided.<br />
<br />
5/12/15: Several links in [[136.7 Design#136.7.3.1.2 Job Special Provisions|EPG 136.7.3.1.2 Job Special Provisions]] were updated to the [https://spexternal.modot.mo.gov/sites/de/JSP/Forms/Alt%20LPA.aspx new SharePoint link for JSPs]. Once you are in the new site, just scroll down a little and you will see all the LPA JSPs. <br />
<br />
5/4/15: In [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 May 2015.docx|Fig 136.4.1, Engineering Services Contract]], the good faith effort requirements of #7 under Attachment E (on pg. 19) was modified. The Engineer is now required to submit the Good Faith Efforts documentation illustrating reasonable efforts to obtain DBE Participation.<br />
<br />
4/23/15: [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.7.4 Prompt Payment Policy|EPG 136.3.7.4 Prompt Payment Policy]] was added, in accordance with Missouri law. The existing EPG 136.3.7.4 Policy Enforcement was renumbered as EPG 136.3.7.5.<br />
<br />
4/22/15: The [[media:136.9.4 2015.doc|ADA checklist]] was updated with relatively minor updates in [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)|EPG 136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)]].<br />
<br />
4/22/15: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.3 Step 2 - Creating an RFQ Document|EPG 136.4.2.3 Step 2 - Creating an RFQ Document]], the reference to E-Verify was removed from the first bulleted item.<br />
<br />
4/20/15: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.9 Commercially Useful Function (CUF)|EPG 136.11.9 Commercially Useful Function (CUF)]], the DBE Truckers Interview Form was removed from use in the CUF interview.<br />
<br />
4/20/15: In the first paragraph of [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.2.2 Acquisition Authority|EPG 136.8.2.2 Acquisition Authority]], the guidance was clarified to state that the LPA may talk to the property owners about the project prior to the issuance of an A-Date. They can’t do appraisals, make offers, etc., until the A-Date is issued. Some LPAs were under the impression that they were not allowed to tell property owners anything about a project until they had an A-Date.<br />
<br />
4/9/15: The [[media:136.12.3.3.1 Obligation Request Form Apr 2015.docx|Obligation Request Form]], which is available in [https://epg.modot.mo.gov/index.php?title=136.12_Figures%2C_Glossary_and_Other_Useful_Links#136.12.3.2.1_Commonly_Used_Forms EPG 136.12.3.2.1 Commonly Used Forms], was further updated.<br />
<br />
4/2/15: The [[media:136.12.3.3.1 Obligation Request Form Apr 2015.docx|Obligation Request Form]], which is available in [https://epg.modot.mo.gov/index.php?title=136.12_Figures%2C_Glossary_and_Other_Useful_Links#136.12.3.2.1_Commonly_Used_Forms EPG 136.12.3.2.1 Commonly Used Forms], was updated to include some additional FHWA requirements. New items on the form:<br />
:* If the project has a State Number correlated with it, list it on the Obligation Form after the Federal Aid Number<br />
:* Estimated Award Date – Enter the date the Construction Contract Award Date is anticipated.<br />
:* Travel way ID: Route, Beginning Log Point & Ending Log Point <br />
:* Railroad Impacts – Is the project going to have Railroad Impacts? (Drop Down) Yes or No<br />
:* Utility Clearance – Is the project going to have Utilities Impacts? (Drop Down) No Impacts, Conditional Clearance, or Entire Clearance<br />
:* Construction Completion Date - Enter the date the construction will be complete is anticipated. <br />
:* To Auto Calculate, highlight the $0.00 on Total Estimate or Bid Amount and Press F9. <br />
<br />
3/25/15: [[media:136.4.11 2015.doc|Fig. 136.4.11, Consultant Selection & ESC Submittal Checklist]], was udpated with the new link to MoDOT's Approved Consultant Prequalification List.<br />
<br />
3/20/15: The new subarticle, [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.6.4 Buy America for Utilities|EPG 136.7.2.6.4 Buy America for Utilities]], provides clarification on Buy America requirements for utility relocation.<br />
<br />
3/19/15: [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 2015.docx|Fig. 136.4.1 Engineering Services Contract]] was revised by removing the Attachment C-Overhead Rate Breakdown from the contract. <br />
<br />
3/17/15: A new sentence was added to the first paragraph of [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.7.3 Dedications|EPG 136.8.7.3 Dedications]] to further clarify the documentation needed when property or property rights are dedicated to an LPA. <br />
<br />
3/6/15: [[media:136.11.5 2015.xls|Fig. 136.11.5, DBE Subcontract Worksheet]] and [[media:136.11.6 2015.doc|Fig. 136.11.6, Contractor’s Instructions for Filling out Request to Subcontract Work]] were updated to correct DBE allowance language.<br />
<br />
2/26/15: In [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.2.2 Acquisition Authority|EPG 136.8.2.2 Acquisition Authority]] and the second paragraph of [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.8.1 General|EPG 136.8.8.1 General]], guidance has been expanded for the streamlined documentation process for the acquisitions of LPA projects. Two new forms, [[media:136.8.2.2.docx|Right of Way Acquisition Schedule (Form 136.8.2.2)]] and [[media:136.8.2.2.A.docx|Right of Way Acquisition Schedule Instructions (Form 136.8.2.2.A)]] were added and [[media:136.8.1 2015.doc|Acquisition Authority Request (Form 136.8.1)]] was updated.<br />
<br />
2/23/15: A typo in [[media:136.8.20 2015.docx|Form 136.8.20 LPA Project Acquisition Monitoring Checklist]] was corrected.<br />
<br />
2/20/15: In the first paragraph of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.17.1_Material_Acceptance EPG 136.11.17.1's] item #1, MoDOT's QC/QA Off-Systems Guide Schedule for FAST table is now to be used as a minimum for material acceptance. In item #1's second paragraph, certification card must now be on hand during sampling and testing. In item #2, independent assurance samples and test will be required of the LPA or the LPA's consultant. Also, in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.20_Project_Closeout_Certifications EPG 136.11.20's] item #3, a final list of acceptance testers used on the project must now be provided by the LPA.<br />
<br />
2/6/15: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.9_Commercially_Useful_Function_.28CUF.29 EPG 136.11.9 Commercially Useful Function (CUF)], the latest version of the [[media:146 CUF Jan 2015.pdf|CUF Determination form]] has been provided.<br />
<br />
1/28/15: A minor correction was made to the title of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.8_Local_Public_Agency_Land_Acquisition#136.8.6.3.4_Uniform_Residential_Appraisal_Report_.28URAR.29_and_Addendum EPG 136.8.6.3.4 Uniform Residential Appraisal Report (URAR) and Addendum] by replacing "Approval" with "Appraisal".<br />
<br />
1/8/15: [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]], was updated with the new link to the ADA checklist.<br />
<br />
12/31/14: In [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)|EPG 136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)]], [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3 Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]] was updated to add reference to two JSPs: LDs Specified for Winter Months and Safety Requirements. Further, [[136.7 Design#136.7.3.1.2.1.10 Safety Apparel Requirements|EPG 136.7.3.1.2.1.10 Safety Apparel Requirements]] was added because the new [[media:136.7.7.docx|Safety Requirements JSP]] is now required when a project is on MoDOT’s right of way.<br />
<br />
11/26/14: In [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 2014.docx|Fig. 136.4.1 Engineering Services Contract]], the title of Attachment E was changed on pg.9 to reflect the actual title of the Attachment on pg. 17. [[media:136.9.1 2014.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1 Final PS&E Submittal Checklist]] was revised to reflect that all plan sheets are signed and sealed by the engineer of record.<br />
<br />
11/20/14: In EPG 136.3.12 Federal-aid Participation for Local Work, more specifically in both the fourth paragraph of [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.12.3.4 Procedures|EPG 136.3.12.3.4 Procedures]] and the fifth paragraph of [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.12.4.5 Procedures|EPG 136.3.12.4.5 Procedures]], guidance was revised to clarify change orders and supplements. Guidance now emphasizes that scope and estimates are to be complete and accurate.<br />
<br />
11/17/14: In [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]], two forms were updated: [[media:136.8.8 Nov 2014.doc|Fig. 136.8.8 Clearance Certification Statement]] and [[media:136.8.20 2014.docx|Fig. 136.8.20 Project Acquisition Monitor Checklist]].<br />
<br />
10/16/14: In the third paragraph of [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.11.5.2 Approval of Contract|EPG 136.8.11.5.2 Approval of Contract]], a sentence was removed that had stated that a current real estate agent is required in Missouri.<br />
<br />
9/26/14: In the first paragraphs of [[:Category:136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy|EPG 136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy]], references to Safe Routes to School were removed and references to MAP-21 were added.<br />
<br />
9/25/14: Three forms were updated in [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]]: [[media:136.8.25 Sept 2014.doc|Form 136.8.25 Sample Donation Letter and Waiver of Appraisal]], [[media:136.8.26 2014.doc|Form 136.8.26 Sample Letter Offer (Payment Estimate)]] and [[media:136.8.27 2014.doc|Form 136.8.27 Sample Letter Offer (Value Finding or Standard Format Appraisal)]]. <br />
<br />
9/23/14: The consultant contract limit of the $100,000 total for on-call contracts was clarified in a recent video conference. The second paragraph of [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.4.3 Using the LPA On-Call Consultant List|EPG 136.4.2.4.3 Using the LPA On-Call Consultant List]] was clarified to indicate the total on-call cannot exceed $100,000 for the project. <br />
<br />
9/12/14: Guidance in the first paragraph of [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.11.4 TEAP Process and Timeline|EPG 136.3.8.11.4 TEAP Process and Timeline]] and the second to the last paragraph in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.11.5 Funding|EPG 136.3.8.11.5 Funding]] was updated to reflect that Traffic Division is no longer involved in the TEAP process for LPA project solicitation<br />
<br />
8/28/14: [[media:136.6.7 201.docx|Fig. 136.6.7 Memorandum of Agreement for Migration of Adverse Effects]] was further corrected as a reference to a previous law, STURAA, was replaced with the new law MAP-21.<br />
<br />
8/27/14: The two State Wage Rates links from the MO Dept of Labor were updated in [[136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links#136.12.3.3 Links to Other Resources|EPG 136.12.3.3 Links to Other Resources]]. Also, in [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements|EPG 136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements]], [[media:136.6.7.doc|Fig. 136.6.7, Memorandum of Agreement for Migration of Adverse Effects]] was corrected by moving the location of a statement about stipulations.<br />
<br />
8/22/14: [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3 Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]] was revised by adding a drafter's note to provide guidance for highlighted sections. Language to define the contracting authority was also added.<br />
<br />
8/8/14: [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications|EPG 136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications]] now reflects that project closeout certifications are to be electronically received 60 days of the Final Inspection date.<br />
<br />
8/8/14: In [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.4.1.1.3 Bid Guaranty (49 CFR 18.36)|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.3 Bid Guaranty]], the guidance about the bid guarantee amount was clarified so as to not burden the contractor with high bid bonds. Dollar amounts for bid bond requirements are not to be used.<br />
<br />
8/7/14: Updated the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%207_Negotiation/Roster%20of%20Approved%20Contract%20Negotiators.pdf Roster of Approved Contract Negotiators].<br />
<br />
8/6/14: A new version of the [[media:136.7.2.9 sample letter.docx|Request for a Finding in the Public’s Interest sample letter]] was provided in EPG 136.7.2.9.<br />
<br />
7/29/14: [[media:Fig.136.3.19 2019.pdf|Fig. 136.3.19 Current BEAP Consultant List]] was updated again.<br />
<br />
7/17/14: In Item #1 under the seventh parapraph of [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.10.8 Use of Bridge Soft Match Credit|EPG 136.3.10.8 Use of Bridge Soft Match Credit]], the new [[media:Fig.136.3.27.xls|Fig. 136.3.27 Example of a Soft Match Credit Transfer Request]] has been referenced in a brief sentence. Also, in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.10 Bridge Engineering Assistance Program (BEAP)|EPG 136.3.8.10 Bridge Engineering Assistance Program (BEAP)]], both [[media:Fig.136.3.19 2019.pdf|Fig. 136.3.19 Current BEAP Consultant List]] and Fig. 136.3.20 BEAP Project Tracking Form were updated.<br />
<br />
6/23/14: Updated [[media:136.8.8 2014.doc|Clearance Certification Statement (Form 136.8.8)]].<br />
<br />
6/13/14: Updated the [[media:236.7 Roster of Approved Contract Negotiators June 2014.pdf|Roster of Approved Contract Negotiators]].<br />
<br />
6/11/14: In [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#4. Check to see whether the bridge has been excluded|EPG 136.6.4.1.1 Step 1, Determine Need for Cultural Resource Investigations]], the promised FHWA "Bridge Program Comment Excepted Bridges List"<br />
website is now available.<br />
<br />
5/29/14: Updated the [[media:136.8.25 2014.doc|Sample Donation Letter and Waiver of Appraisal, Form 136.8.25]].<br />
<br />
5/22/14: Updated the [[media:236.7 Roster of Approved Contract Negotiators May 2014.pdf|Roster of Approved Contract Negotiators]].<br />
<br />
5/14/14: The first two paragraphs of [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.4 Retention and Access to Records|EPG 136.8.4 Retention and Access to Records]] were revised to show that the [[media:136.8.17 2014.doc|Parcel File Checklist (Form 136.8.17)]] is now optional.<br />
<br />
5/13/14: [[media:136.3.18 2014.xls|Fig. 136.3.18 Construction Reimbursement Form]] was updated. Also, [[media:136.8.20.docx|Fig. 136.8.20 Project Acquisition Monitor Checklist]] verbiage was tweaked to include more uniform act check items.<br />
<br />
5/12/14: A very minor correction in EPG 136.11 Local Public Agency Construction's [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#Small Material Quantity Acceptance Table|Small Material Quantity Acceptance Table]]. Now, the AC is shown to be measured in tons and PCC measured in cubic yards.<br />
<br />
5/7/14: In [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]], [[media:136.8.18.docx|Form 136.8.18, RW Plan Review Checklist]] was updated.<br />
<br />
4/30/14: [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.4.3.3 Consultant Evaluations for On-Call Services|EPG 136.4.2.4.3.3 Consultant Evaluations for On-Call Services]] was clarified to show who signs the LPA On-Call Consultant Evaluation and what happens to this document afterwards. <br />
<br />
4/28/14: [[media:136.4.6.docx|Fig. 136.4.6 List of Unallowable Costs]] was updated in EPG 136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management.<br />
<br />
4/21/14: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.13.3 Invoices|EPG 136.11.13.3 Invoices]], and the first paragraphs of both [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.7.3 Progress Invoices|EPG 136.3.7.3 Progress Invoices]] and [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.3.1 Payments/Invoicing|EPG 136.4.3.1 Payments/Invoicing]], the $10,000 requirement for invoicing was removed. It had been replaced with the requirement to invoice at least one time per month but not more often than every 2 weeks. Also, in [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.3.3 Consultant Performance Appraisals|EPG 136.4.3.3 Consultant Performance Appraisals]], a requirement was implemented for the LPA to evaluate the consultant upon completion of work if they were hired by a standard solicitation. Thus, a "should" was replaced with a "must" in the first sentence.<br />
<br />
4/15/14: At the bottom of [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications|EPG 136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications]],"MoDOT will certify the dates on which any on-site inspections were made" was deleted.<br />
<br />
4/1/14: In the second paragraph of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.4.1.1.10.1_Federal_Wage_Rates_.2823_USC_113_and_29_CFR_5.29 EPG 136.9.4.1.1.10.1 Federal Wage Rates], the Dept. of Labor's link and associated information was updated.<br />
<br />
3/31/14: In [[media:136.9.4 Apr 2014.doc|Fig. 136.9.4 ADA Checklist]], two items were clarified, two more items were removed to better align with Access Board’s PROWAG info. PROWAG references were also added to assist users in finding further information on the US Access Bd. website.<br />
<br />
3/19/14: Near the top of [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.1.1 Step 1, Determine Need for Cultural Resource Investigations|EPG 136.6.4.1.1 Step 1, Determine Need for Cultural Resource Investigations]], guidance was added that defined LPA jobs with "No Potential to Cause Adverse Effects" and that do not need a Sec 106 submittal to the SHPO.<br />
<br />
3/18/14: In the second paragraph of [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.4.3 Using the LPA On-Call Consultant List|EPG 136.4.2.4.3 Using the LPA On-Call Consultant List]], a sentence was added to tell the LPA to write a scope for the consultant and produce an estimate to determine whether the project is eligible for the on-call list.<br />
<br />
3/11/14: A minor clarification of titles was made at the bottom of Fig. 136.9.4 ADA Checklist. "Resident Engineer" and "Area Engineer" were replaced with "Engineer of Record".<br />
<br />
3/10/14: In [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award#136.10.8 Award|EPG 136.10.8 Award]], it was clarified that the copies of the contact and associated files to be submitted to the District Contact must be electronic copies.<br />
<br />
3/7/14: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.4.3.1 Selecting a Consultant from the LPA On-Call Consultant List|EPG 136.4.2.4.3.1 Selecting a Consultant from the LPA On-Call Consultant List]], it was clarified that it is not mandatory for LPAs to consider at least 3 firms for each project when reviewing the LPA On-Call Consultant List.<br />
<br />
3/6/14: A link was inserted for the [http://www.modot.org/business/lpa/OnCallListing.htm LPA On-Call Consultant List] in three locations in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.3_Federal_Aid_Basics#136.3.8.11_Traffic_Engineering_Assistance_Program_.28TEAP.29 EPG 136.3.8.11 Traffic Engineering Assistance Program (TEAP)].<br />
<br />
3/5/14: EPG 136.3.18 TAP was moved to [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.7 Transportation Alternatives Program (TAP)|EPG 136.3.8.7 TAP]] and the subsequent EPG 136.3.8 subarticles were renumbered accordingly. The eligible project sponsor information at the bottom of the newly renumbered [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.7.2 Project Eligibility and Selection|EPG 136.3.8.7.2 Project Eligibility and Selection]] was deleted and replaced with a link to [[136.1 Introduction#136.1.2.2 Project Sponsor Eligibility|EPG 136.1.2.2 Project Sponsor Eligibility]] to ensure consistency in the definition of eligible sponsors. <br />
<br />
2/24/14: New guidance is now available for the LPA On-Call Consultant List at [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.4.3 Using the LPA On-Call Consultant List|EPG 136.4.2.4.3 Using the LPA On-Call Consultant List]]. Additional revisions were made in [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.2 Step 1 – Scope of Services|EPG 136.4.2.2 Step 1 – Scope of Services]], [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.3 Step 2 - Creating an RFQ Document|EPG 136.4.2.3 Step 2 - Creating an RFQ Document]] and [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.4 Step 3 - Advertising the RFQ Solicitation|EPG 136.4.2.4 Step 3 - Advertising the RFQ Solicitation]] for this new list. A new form, [[media:136.4.19.docx|Fig. 136.4.19 LPA On-Call Consultant Evaluation]], has also been introduced.<br />
<br />
2/18/14: [[media:136.8.1 2014.doc|Fig. 136.8.1, Acquisition Authority Request]] was updated.<br />
<br />
2/5/14: The contacts were updated in the [[media:136.12.3.3.1 Obligation Request Form 2014.docx|Obligation Request Form]], which is available in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.12_Figures%2C_Glossary_and_Other_Useful_Links#136.12.3.2.1_Commonly_Used_Forms EPG 136.12.3.2.1 Commonly Used Forms].<br />
<br />
2/4/14: [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3 Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]] was updated by removing the requirement for using our template bid bond. Also, "lien waver" was added to the list of documentation examples in #4b of [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications|EPG 136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications]].<br />
<br />
1/31/14: In [[media:136.4.15 2014.doc|Fig. 136.4.15]], a misspelled word was corrected.<br />
<br />
1/30/14: The definition of County Aid Road Trust (CART) Funding was added to [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.12_Figures%2C_Glossary_and_Other_Useful_Links#136.12.2_Glossary EPG 136.12.2 Glassary].<br />
<br />
1/29/14: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.12_Figures%2C_Glossary_and_Other_Useful_Links#136.12.3.3_Links_to_Other_Resources EPG 136.12.3.3 Links to Other Resources], the ADAAG links were updated.<br />
<br />
1/28/14: In [[136.7 Design#Deviations from MoDOT and Federal Requirements|EPG 136.7.2.7 Design Exceptions]], a minor clarification was made to the guidance for the engineer of record submitting the approved design exception to the MoDOT District Contact. It was made clear that the approved design is to be submitted only for projects on MoDOT's system.<br />
<br />
1/10/14: [[media:Fig.136.3.19 2019.pdf|Fig. 136.3.19, Current BEAP Consultant List]] was updated.<br />
<br />
1/9/14: New guidance, [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.7 Transportation Alternatives Program (TAP)|EPG 136.3.8.7 Transportation Alternatives Program (TAP)]] is now available. TAP includes the pre-MAP-21 programs of Transportation Enhancements, Recreational Trails, Safe Routes to School and Scenic Byways. A brief listing of links, [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.17 Emergency Relief|EPG 136.3.17 Emergency Relief]] is also new. Other minor revisions (such as the definitions of MAP-21 and TAP) arising from MAP-21 were made in [[136.1 Introduction#136.1.1 Background and Purpose|EPG 136.1.1 Background and Purpose]] and [[136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links#136.12.2 Glossary|EPG 136.12.2 Glossary]].<br />
<br />
12/18/13: Additional environmental documentation of FHWA approval is now required under Section One of the [[media:136.8.1 2013.doc|Acquisition Authority Request (Form 136.8.1)]].<br />
<br />
11/4/13: [[media:136.11.1 Nov 2013.doc|Fig. 136.11.1, General Guidelines for LPA Preconstruction Conference]], was updated to include "land disturbance permit" as part of the pre-construction conference topics.<br />
<br />
10/18/13: Guidance in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.7_Design#136.7.2.10_Value_Engineering EPG 136.7.2.10 Value Engineering] was updated to comply with MAP-21, the federal surface transportation law. Now, National Highway System (NHS) projects costing at least $50,000,000 and NHS bridge projects costing at least $40,000,000 require a Value Engineering (VE) study. (Previously, VE studies were required for NHS projects costing $25M and NHS bridge projects costing $20M.) Design/Build projects are exempt from this VE study requirement.<br />
<br />
10/11/13: EPG 136.3.15.1 Progress Invoice was moved to [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.3_Federal_Aid_Basics#136.3.7.3_Progress_Invoices EPG 136.3.7.3] to reflect the federal definition of Reasonable Progress. There was no change in policy.<br />
<br />
10/1/13: EPG 906 TEAP has been moved to [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.11 Traffic Engineering Assistance Program (TEAP)|EPG 136.3.8.11 Traffic Engineering Assistance Program (TEAP)]]. The modified EPG language reflects Design Division timelines and processes. One of the main process changes is that the TEAP studies will be provided through on-call consultants. (Local agencies will select a consultant from an approved list of on-call consultants to complete a TEAP study for them.) The TEAP application has also been completely revised to resemble other DE or LPA standard applications. In FY 2014, the Traffic & Highway Safety Division and the Local Programs group will partner to administer TEAP. The TEAP processes and timelines will remain the same. In FY 2015, the administration of TEAP will be through the Local Programs group.<br />
<br />
9/27/13: In [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.6.1 Utility Relocations|EPG 136.7.2.6.1 Utility Relocations]], new guidance has been provided for the Utility Status Letter to be prepared by the LPA. <br />
<br />
9/24/13: The format, not the content, of [[media:136.4.7 Sept 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.7, Sample Solicitation & Sample Scope of Services]] was updated.<br />
<br />
9/23/13: In [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award#136.10.8 Award|EPG 136.10.8 Award]], guidance including three new files was added to provide sufficient documentation so LPA can produce an actual contract. Also, [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate ]] was updated to include sample contract forms.<br />
<br />
9/20/13: In the EPG 136.6 sidebar, at the top of the article, a link to the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation's [http://www.achp.gov/apptoolkit.html Section 106 Applicant Toolkit] was added under "Other Figures and Information for EPG 136.6". It applies to all federally funded or permitted projects, and gives a good background on the Section 106 process.<br />
<br />
9/18/13: A typo was corrected in [[media:136.9.5 2013.doc|Fig. 136.9.5, LPA Certification of PS&E]].<br />
<br />
9/12/13: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification|EPG 136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification]], the link to the ''Uniform Audit & Accounting Guide'' was updated to the 2012 edition of this publication. <br />
<br />
9/11/13: Very minor editorial revisions were made to Figs. [[media:136.4.9 Sept 2013.doc|136.4.9 (Local Sponsor ESC Sample Cover Letter)]], [[media:136.8.25 Sept 2013.doc|136.8.25 (Sample Donation Letter & Waiver of Appraisal)]], [[media:136.8.26 Sept 2013.doc|136.8.26 (Sample Letter Offer – Pay Estimate)]] and [[media:136.8.27 Sept 2013.doc|136.8.27 (Sample Letter Offer – Value Finding)]].<br />
<br />
9/9/13: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification|EPG 136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification]], a note was added to Point #2 to clarify whether the Certificate of Authority is required.<br />
<br />
9/6/13: In [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]], several forms ([[media:136.8.25 2013.doc|Form 136.8.25 Sample Donation Letter & Waiver of Appraisal]], [[media:136.8.26 2013.doc|Form 136.8.26 Sample Letter Offer – Pay Estimate]] and [[media:136.8.27 2013.doc|Form 136.8.27 Sample Letter Offer – Value Finding]]) were updated due to a request from FHWA.<br />
<br />
9/5/13: A minor clarification was made in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.4_Consultant_Selection_and_Consultant_Contract_Management#136.4.1.5_Consultant_Qualification EPG 136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification]. Point #2 was expanded to show that the consultant will be required to have a Certificate of Good Standing and hold a certification of authority from the MO Board for Architects, Professional Engineers, Professional Land Surveyors and Landscape Architects.<br />
<br />
8/21/13: At the bottom of [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.8 Stormwater and Erosion Control|EPG 136.6.4.8 Stormwater and Erosion Control]], a minor reference to EPG 806.8 SWPPP was added for greater convenience.<br />
<br />
8/20/13: The [http://moltap.org/ Missouri Local Technical Assistance Program] link was updated in EPG 136.12.3.3.<br />
<br />
8/19/13: The link to newest 7/2012 [http://www.modot.org/business/contractor_resources/documents/RequesttoSubcontract_C-220.pdf Request to Subcontract Work Form] was updated in EPG 136.11.8.<br />
<br />
8/12/13: For greater convenience, links to [http://www.modot.org/newsandinfo/functionalclassificationmaps/index.htm "functional classification"] have been added to [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics|EPG 136.3 Federal Aid Basics]]. <br />
<br />
8/6/13: Subconsultant requirements were updated in [[media:Fig. 136.4.14 Aug 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.14, Checklist for reviewing Consultant Contracts]]. <br />
<br />
7/12/13: The [[media:Fig.136.3.19 2019.pdf|BEAP Consultant List]] was updated.<br />
<br />
7/11/13: Revisions made to [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.7.3.1 Subconsultant cost exceeding $25,000|EPG 136.4.2.7.3.1 Subconsultant cost exceeding $25,000]] and [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.9 MoDOT Review of Consultant Contract|EPG 136.4.2.9 MoDOT Review of Consultant Contract]] result from MoDOT's Audits and Investigation Division ceasing the pre-negotiations reviews and shifting the reviews to project managers and/or contract administrators. Also updated the checklist in [[media:Fig. 136.4.14 July 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.14, Checklist for reviewing Consultant Contracts]] to be more helpful.<br />
<br />
7/8/13: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.7.3 Subconsultants|EPG 136.4.2.7.3 Subconsultants]], the MRC form was replaced with the new Consultant Certification of Indirect Cost form.<br />
<br />
7/5/13: Fig. 136.3.20, BEAP Project Tracking Form, was updated.<br />
<br />
6/26/13: Some minor formatting issues were addressed in [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 June 26, 2013.docx|Fig. 136.4.1, Engineering Services Contract ]].<br />
<br />
6/25/13: EPG 754 BEAP info was slightly modified and moved to [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.10 Bridge Engineering Assistance Program (BEAP)|EPG 136.3.8.10 Bridge Engineering Assistance Program (BEAP)]].<br />
<br />
6/25/13: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.1.1 Federal Law|EPG 136.4.1.1 Federal Law]], a minor clarification of the italicized text from "federally funded projects" to "projects that utilize Federal Aid Highway Program funds for engineering". Also, in [[media:136.4.10 2013.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.10, LPA Consultant Services Invoice]], more spaces were added for direct salaries in the invoice.<br />
<br />
6/18/13: Three links (to BRO and Soft Match Balances, DBE Submittal Forms and Disadvantaged Business Enterprises) were removed from EPG 136.12.3.2. Also, EPG 136.12 Figures and Glossary was retitled to [[136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links|EPG 136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links]].<br />
<br />
6/17/3: In [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]], the acceptance for provision for asphalt cement price index, seal coat price index, underseal price index and UBAWS membrane price index was updated.<br />
<br />
6/13/13: In [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#Program Comment for Post-1945 Common Bridge Types.|EPG 136.6.4.1.1 Step 1, Determine Need for Cultural Resource Investigations]], Post-1945 Bridge information was added to allow the exemption of some bridges from the Sec 106 review. <br />
<br />
6/11/13: Incorrect references to "consultant" were replaced with "engineer" in [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 June 2013.docx|Fig. 136.4.1, Engineering Services Contract]].<br />
<br />
6/10/13: An updated table of approved Missouri Scenic Byways was added to [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.8.2 Project Eligibility and Selection|EPG 136.3.8.8.2 Project Eligibility and Selection]]. Also, in both [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award#136.10.7.1.1 Responsive Bid|EPG 136.10.7.1.1 Responsive Bid]] and [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award#136.10.7.3.3 DBE Submittal Form Review|EPG 136.10.7.3.3 DBE Submittal Form Review]], the DBE requirements at bid opening were clarified.<br />
<br />
6/6/13: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.5 Step 4 - Response to the RFQ|EPG 136.4.2.5 Step 4 - Response to the RFQ]], the requirement to send the e-verify with each letter of interest was removed. MoDOT now requires firms to be prequalified and part of prequalification is the e-verification of documents. Also, a minor correction was made to the revision date of [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]].<br />
<br />
6/5/13: The [http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/documents/StandardConsultantPrequalificationProcess.pdf How-To Tutorial for MoDOT's Consultant Standard Prequalification Process] is now available. Also now available are links to the [http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/standard_prequalification_process.htm Standard Prequalification Process] and [http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/documents/SAFEHARBORELIGIBILITYREQUIREMENTS_004.pdf Safe Harbor Indirect Cost Rate (SHR) Prequalification Process].<br />
<br />
6/4/13: A minor correction was made to [[media:136.6.8 2013.doc|Fig. 136.6.8, LPA Section 4(f) Compliance Worksheet for Public Lands]]. (In the figure, Item 13 was changed to Item 15 under Question 5.) Also, the link to the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%206_Appraisal%20and%20Appraisal%20Review/Roster%20of%20Approved%20Contract%20Appraisers.pdf Roster of Approved Contract Appraisers] was updated in [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]].<br />
<br />
5/31/13: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.7.3.2 Subconsultant cost NOT exceeding $25,000|EPG 136.4.2.7.3.2 Subconsultant cost NOT exceeding $25,000]], new guidance clarified that a subconsultant charging less than $25K must also submit the Management Representation and Certification Form.<br />
<br />
5/30/13: Information was added to [[media:136.4.7 May 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.7, Sample Solicitation & Sample Scope of Services]] and [[media:Fig. 136.4.14 May 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.14, Checklist for reviewing Consultant Contracts]] ensuring hazardous waste inspections and reports were being done. Also, [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.4 Construction Engineering (CE) and Construction Administration|EPG 136.4.4 Construction Engineering (CE) and Construction Administration]] having links to EPG 136.11 was added. The former EPG 136.4.4 was renumbered as EPG 136.4.5 Key Submittals/Requirements. Finally, a minor revision was made to [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]].<br />
<br />
5/21/13: In [[136.7 Design#136.7.6 Public Hearings|EPG 136.7.6 Public Hearings]], it was clarified that the approved preliminary plan is to be available for public viewing/display during the 21-day advertisement period.<br />
<br />
5/17/13: Minor clarification was added to [[media:136.9.1 May 17, 2013.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1, Final PS&E Submittal Checklist]], and [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]].<br />
<br />
5/16/13: New guidance about contract execution timeframe has been provided in [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.7.5 Contract Execution|EPG 136.4.2.7.5 Contract Execution]].<br />
<br />
5/16/13: [[media:110.2 checklist 2013.pdf|Fig. 136.11.13, Job Bulletin Board Checklist]], was updated. Also, guidance for selecting and scoring consultants was added to the bottom of [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.6 Step 5 - Selection of Consultant|EPG 136.4.2.6 Step 5 - Selection of Consultant]].<br />
<br />
5/15/13: Fig 136.4.8, District Representative ESC Cover Letter, was removed since this form is no longer required.<br />
<br />
5/14/13: The name of a figure was updated in [[media:136.9.1 May 2013.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1, Final PS&E Submittal Checklist]].<br />
<br />
5/10/13: At the bottom of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.3_Federal_Aid_Basics#136.3.8.2.2_Project_Eligibility_and_Selection EPG 136.3.8.2.2], [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.3_Federal_Aid_Basics#136.3.8.3.2_Project_Eligibility_and_Selection EPG 136.3.8.3.2] and [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.3_Federal_Aid_Basics#136.3.8.5.2_Project_Eligibility_and_Selection EPG 136.3.8.5.2], convenient links for additional guidance for STP and CMAQ funds were added to guidance having to do with project eligibility and selection.<br />
<br />
5/9/13: In [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]], the checkbox for "all e-verify information" on the bidders checklist was removed since the e-verify information is only a requirement prior to award and is not required to be submitted with the bids.<br />
<br />
5/3/13: In [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award#136.10.8 Award|EPG 136.10.8 Award]], expanded and clarified guidance for what the LPA should submit to the district after the LPA executes the contract. Also, a minor clarification was made to the title of [[media:136.11.1 2013.doc|Fig. 136.11.1]], General Guideline for LPA Preconstruction Conference.<br />
<br />
5/2/13: A very minor update was made to [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 May 2013.docx|Fig. 136.4.1 ESC]]. Also, in [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]], updated the links to both the Roster of Approved Contract Appraisers and Roster of Approved Contract Negotiators.<br />
<br />
4/30/13: [[media:136.4.7 Apr 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.7, Sample Solicitation & Sample Scope of Services]], was updated with a minor revision.<br />
<br />
4/22/13: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.9_Commercially_Useful_Function_.28CUF.29 EPG 136.11.9 Commercially Useful Function (CUF)], the latest version of the [[media:146 CUF 2015.pdf|CUF Determination form]] has been provided by MoDOT's External Civil Rights Division.<br />
<br />
4/15/13: A convenient link to CUF red flags was added in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.9_Commercially_Useful_Function_.28CUF.29 EPG 136.11.9 CUF]. Also, guidance was added in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.20_Project_Closeout_Certifications EPG 136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications, 4b] for the LPA to provide documentation that each DBA was paid in full. This type of DBE documentation may include a letter, e-mail or copies of reimbursement checks.<br />
<br />
4/15/13: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.12_Figures_and_Glossary#136.12.3.2.1_Commonly_Used_Forms EPG 136.12.3.2.1 Commonly Used Forms], the [[media:136.12.3.3.1 Obligation Request Form 2013.docx|Obligation Request Form]] was updated with a very minor revision.<br />
<br />
4/4/13: Some references within the checklist of [[media:Fig. 136.4.14 Apr 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.14, Checklist for reviewing Consultant Contracts]], were updated.<br />
<br />
4/2/13: A very minor update (a new logo) was made to [[media:Fig. 136.4.8 Apr 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.8, District Representative ESC Cover Letter]].<br />
<br />
3/27/13: A very minor update was made to [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 Mar 2013.docx|Fig. 136.4.1 ESC]].<br />
<br />
3/20/13: [[media:Fig. 136.4.14 Mar 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.14, Checklist for Reviewing Consultant Contracts]], was revised with updated document references.<br />
<br />
3/12/13: Information regarding the page limits for the letter of interest was updated in [[media:136.4.7 Mar 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.7]].<br />
<br />
2/28/13: In [[media:136.4.9 Feb 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.9]], a sentence was added regarding a city not being staffed to do engineering work and the need to hire a consultant.<br />
<br />
2/26/13: [[media:136.4.7 Feb 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.7, Sample Solicitation & Sample Scope of Services]] was updated to include "right of way plans" in the sample scope of services.<br />
<br />
2/25/13: [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.12 Construction Administration|EPG 136.11.12 Construction Administration]] was re-titled (from "EPG 136.11.12 Consultant Construction Engineering Services") and expanded to give more guidance on construction administration expectations. <br />
<br />
2/21/13: [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.2.10 ADA Checklist|EPG 136.9.2.10]] was retitled "ADA Checklist" (from "ADA Certification and Checklist"), a minor change.<br />
<br />
2/8/13: [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3]] was updated with minor corrections.<br />
<br />
2/4/13: In [[media:136.4.11 Feb 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.11]], the conflict of interest line item was added.<br />
<br />
2/4/13: In [[136.1 Introduction#136.1.2.2 Project Sponsor Eligibility|EPG 136.1.2.2 Project Sponsor Eligibility]], the definition of an eligible sponsor for federal aid transportation projects was clarified. This change allows MoDOT to focus our limited resources on public agencies that have public accountability and typically have the internal structure and knowledge to deliver a federal aid project. Project sponsors must be a city, county or transportation related government agency to be eligible to administer a federal aid transportation project. All other entities including, but not limited to, school districts and not-for-profit agencies must partner with a city or county to apply for and/or administer a federal aid transportation project.<br />
<br />
2/1/13: [[media:136.9.1 2013.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1]] updated to remove the requirement for ADA certification. Also, Fig. 136.9.12 (ADA Certification) deleted and incorporated into [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 2013.docx|Fig. 136.4.1 Engineering Services Contract]].<br />
<br />
2/1/13: In several locations in EPG 136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management, clarification of the criteria for prequalifying a consultant for MoDOT and LPA work. Info that was added back on 11/1/12 was removed, among other updates to [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification|EPG 136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification]], [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.1.6 Conflict of Interest|EPG 136.4.1.6 Conflict of Interest]], [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.5 Step 4 - Response to the RFQ|EPG 136.4.2.5 Step 4 - Response to the RFQ]] and [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.6 Step 5 - Selection of Consultant|EPG 136.4.2.6 Step 5 - Selection of Consultant]]. Also, Figs. [[media:136.4.7 2013.doc|136.4.7]], [[media:Fig. 136.4.8 2013.doc|136.4.8]], [[media:136.4.9 2013.doc|136.4.9]], [[media:136.4.11 2013.doc|136.4.11]] and [[media:Fig. 136.4.14 2013.doc|136.4.14]] were updated to reflect the new consultant prequalification requirements. The ''How to Evaluate'' PowerPoint tutorial was updated. Finally, [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 2013.docx|Fig. 136.4.1 Engineering Services Contract]] was updated to include the following sections:<br />
:* Added prompt payment language<br />
:* Added suspension and termination language<br />
:* Added lobbying certification language<br />
:* Added OPTIONAL insurance language<br />
:* Added the Conflict of Interest Form as Attachment G<br />
:* Added ADA certification language (no longer have to use a separate ADA certification form, which was Fig. 136.9.12).<br />
<br />
1/29/13: In EPG 136.7.2.4.2, the old Fig. 136.9.4 was updated to the correct, current figure.<br />
<br />
1/28/13: In Item "b" of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.1.2_Step_2.2C_Cultural_Resource_Investigations Step 2a. The Cultural Resource Survey] in 136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements, guidance has been added to conveniently provide SHPO architectural survey info.<br />
<br />
1/22/13: A very minor clarification to [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.3_Federal_Aid_Basics#136.3.12.4.4_Submittal_Requirements EPG 136.3.12.4.4] (a reference to Fig. 136.3.17 was added).<br />
<br />
1/17/13: [[media:136.9.11.pdf|Fig. 136.9.11, Example Estimate]], has been added. This estimate is broken down into the required categories for payment.<br />
<br />
1/16/13: Some of the verbiage in the second paragraph of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.4_Consultant_Selection_and_Consultant_Contract_Management#136.4.2.11_CE_Funding_Obligation EPG 136.4.2.11 CE Funding Obligation] was clarified.<br />
<br />
1/15/13: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.15.1 Change Order Documentation|EPG 136.11.15.1 Change Order Documentation]], guidance about whether re-designs are eligible for federal participation was clarified. A similar, smaller clarification was also made in #7 of [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.15 Reimbursement and Auditing|EPG 136.3.15 Reimbursement and Auditing]].<br />
<br />
12/27/12: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction|EPG 136.11 Local Public Agency Construction]], updated references to Fig. 136.11.9 from "Contractor Certification" to "Contractor DBE Certification".<br />
<br />
12/21/12: A note was added to [[media:136.4.17 Dec 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.17]] about PE ceiling or CE ceiling amounts.<br />
<br />
12/10/12: [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.4.1.1.11_E-Verify_Affidavit_.26_MOU_.28RsMO_285.530.29 EPG 136.9.4.1.1.11 E-Verify Affidavit & MOU] was updated. (The bid proposal must now state that the E-verify affidavit and MOU must be submitted prior to award of the contract.) Also [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]] was clarified on the use of bid bond forms and when worker eligibility documents must be submitted.<br />
<br />
12/5/12: Item 78 in [[media:136.9.1 Dec 5, 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1]] was updated with a minor revision to match the Obligation Request Form categories.<br />
<br />
11/27/12: [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.7_Design#136.7.3.1.2.1.4_Lump_Sum_Items EPG 136.7.3.1.2.1.4 Lump Sum Items] was clarified by stating that spec lump sum items do not require a JSP. <br />
<br />
11/26/12: Several minor clarifications were made to [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management|EPG 136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management]]. The most notable clarifications were made to [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.1.3.2 Preliminary Engineering Activities by Local Forces|EPG 136.4.1.3.2 Preliminary Engineering Activities by Local Forces]] (about when the LPA is not requesting reimbursement for the in-house design services), [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.6 Step 5 - Selection of Consultant|EPG 136.4.2.6 Step 5 - Selection of Consultant]] (about rating as many firms as necessary), [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.7.3 Subconsultants|EPG 136.4.2.7.3 Subconsultants]] (about encouraging subconsultants to be prequalified), [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.3.1 Payments/Invoicing|EPG 136.4.3.1 Payments/Invoicing]] (adding that each invoice must show the total DBE payments for the particular invoice) and [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.3.2 Supplemental Agreements|EPG 136.4.3.2 Supplemental Agreements]] (about LPA responsibility to fund the work).<br />
<br />
11/21/12: Minor updates were made to Figs. [[media:136.4.11 2012.doc|136.4.11]] and [[media:Fig. 136.4.14 Nov 2012.doc|136.4.14]].<br />
<br />
11/19/12: In EPG 136.11.2 Work by LPA Forces, the [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/1273/1273.pdf link to FHWA Fom 1273] was updated.<br />
<br />
11/15/12: [[media:136.4.10 Nov 15, 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.10, LPA Consultant Services Invoice]], was updated to expand the DBE information.<br />
<br />
11/2/12: LPAs' website advertisement opportunities were expanded in the first paragraph of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.10_Advertisement_for_Bid_and_Project_Award#136.10.3_Bid_Opening_Advertisement EPG 136.10.3 Bid Opening Advertisement ].<br />
<br />
11/1/12: Guidance was added to [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#6. Bridge Consultants Only:|EPG 136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification, #6 Bridge Consultants Only]] that the Bridge Experience Profile and Personal Bridge Experience Record forms must be updated every 3 years. <br />
<br />
10/25/12: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.4_Consultant_Selection_and_Consultant_Contract_Management#136.4.2.7.2_Basis_of_Payment EPG 136.4.2.7.2 Basis of Payment], changed the mileage reimbursable rates from the IRS rate to GSA's current POV Mileage Reimbursable Rate. Also updated [[media:Fig. 136.4.14 2012.doc|Fig. 136.4.14]] to reflect this change.<br />
<br />
10/23/12: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.12_Figures_and_Glossary#136.12.3.2.1_Commonly_Used_Forms EPG 136.12.3.2.1 Commonly Used Forms], removed Fig. 136.12, Sample Form for Submitting Invoices from the gray "Forms and Information" box. This form was out-of-date and has been relabeled elsewhere.<br />
<br />
10/22/12: [[media:136.9.12 Oct 2012.doc|Fig. 136.9.12's]] cross slope compliance guidance was slightly modified.<br />
<br />
10/12/12: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.3.3 Consultant Performance Appraisals|EPG 136.4.3.3 Consultant Performance Appraisals]], guidance was clarified on how to document consultant evaluations.<br />
<br />
10/11/12: A minor typo update was made to [[media:136.8.8 2012.doc|Form 136.8.8]]. <br />
<br />
10/10/12: A minor change was made to [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]], clarifying that the E-verify information must be submitted with each bid.<br />
<br />
10/5/12: [[media:136.4.10 Oct 5, 2012.xlsx|Figs. 136.4.10]] and [[media:136.4.17 Oct 5, 2012.xlsx|136.4.17]] were updated. In Fig. 136.4.10, more cells were locked and Cell C68 was updated, while in Fig. 136.4.17, commentary was added on how to fill out Section 2 of the invoice. Also, in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics|EPG 136.3 Federal Aid Basics]] the "How To" PowerPoint, [[media:136.4.2.3 How to Develop a Winning Project Application.ppt|How to Develop a Winning Project Application]], was added.<br />
<br />
10/1/12: In [[media:136.4.10 Oct 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.10]], changed cells to have 2 decimal points instead of none. In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.10_Hazardous_Waste EPG 136.6.4.10], minor clarifications were made about including inspection reports in the bid proposal. In [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)|EPG 136.9]], minor clarifications were made to [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.2.1_Environmental.2C_Historical_and_Cultural_Requirements EPG 136.9.2.1] and [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.4.1.1.4_Certifications_Regarding_Affirmative_Action_and_Equal_Opportunity 136.9.4.1.1.4] about including all hazardous waste reports and changing the timeline for submitting subcontractor affirmative action certification prior to the notice to proceed for construction, respectively. In [[media:136.9.1 Sept 28, 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1]], a line item was added for Asbestos and Lead Paint Inspection Reports that need to be a part of the bid book. In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction|EPG 136.11]], a requirement for Hazardous Waste Notifications was added to [[media:136.11.1 Sept 2012.doc|Fig. 136.11.1]]. <br />
<br />
9/25/12: [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3]] was revised by adding a revision date and a statement on project award.<br />
<br />
9/24/12: A minor clarification was made to [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.4.1.1.15_Disadvantaged_Business_Enterprise_.28DBE.29_.2849_CFR_Part_26.29 EPG 136.9.4.1.1.15] about the DBE goal applying to the entire federally-funded project. Also, a very minor update was made to [[media:136.9.1 Sept 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1]].<br />
<br />
9/5/12: Three figures, [[media:136.4.10 Sept 5, 2012.xlsx|136.4.10]], [[media:136.4.17 Sept 2012.xlsx|136.4.17]] and [[media:136.4.18 Sept 5, 2012.docx|136.4.18]], were updated with minor revisions.<br />
<br />
9/4/12: The ADA Checklist, Fig. 136.9.4, was updated, replacing the old "ADA Post-Construction" and "Post-Inspection" Checklist. The new ADA Checklist presents expanded information to comply with the US Access Board's PROWAG 2005 and 2010 ADA/ABA standards. Also, [[media:136.4.10 Sept 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.10]] was updated with a minor revision.<br />
<br />
8/30/12: Under "Federal-Aid Essential Videos" in the gray box at the top of [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management|EPG 136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management]], the "Federal-Aid Program Overview" video was replaced with three other videos.<br />
<br />
8/29/12: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.4_Consultant_Selection_and_Consultant_Contract_Management#136.4.1.5_Consultant_Qualification EPG 136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification], guidance was clarified for consultant qualification.<br />
<br />
8/29/12: DBE requirement guidance was clarified in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.4_Consultant_Selection_and_Consultant_Contract_Management#136.4.3.2_Supplemental_Agreements EPG 136.4.3.2 Supplemental Agreements]. <br />
<br />
8/27/12: Links to various FHWA videos were added to the gray boxes at the top of several articles (including [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics|EPG 136.3 Federal Aid Basics]], [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management|EPG 136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management]], [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements|EPG 136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements]], [[136.7 Design|EPG 136.7 Design]], [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 LPA Land Acquisition]], [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)|EPG 136.9 PSE]], [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award|EPG 136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award]] and [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction|EPG 136.11 LPA Construction]]).<br />
<br />
8/22/12: The invoice template guidance was clarified and slightly expanded in the "Invoice Detail" portion of [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.3.1 Payments/Invoicing|EPG 136.4.3.1 Payments/Invoicing]].<br />
<br />
8/20/12: Fig. 136.9.1 was revised with a minor update.<br />
<br />
8/9/12: [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3]] (Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate) was updated.<br />
<br />
7/31/12: Revised [[media:136.4.10 July 31, 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.10]] and [[media:136.4.18 July 2012.docx|Fig. 136.4.18]] with minor updates.<br />
<br />
7/30/12: In [[136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links#136.12.3.2.1 Commonly Used Forms|EPG 136.12.3.2.1]], the link to FHWA Form 1273 was updated. The new link is the same as the current link to this form in EPG 136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE).<br />
<br />
7/23/12: [[media:136.4.10 July 23, 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.10, LPA Consultant Services Invoice]], was updated with a minor revision.<br />
<br />
7/23/12: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.4_Consultant_Selection_and_Consultant_Contract_Management#136.4.2.4.1_Advertising_on_MoDOT.E2.80.99s_Site EPG 136.4.2.4.1 Advertising on MoDOT’s Site], guidance was clarified by adding "When advertising on MoDOT's website, the LPA can choose to also advertise in a newspaper but it is not required."<br />
<br />
7/18/12: Several links were updated and references to form attachments were updated in [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management|EPG 136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management]]. Also, [[media:Fig. 136.4.1.docx|Fig. 136.4.1]] had minor clarifications and [[media:136.4.17 July 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.17]] had one minor update.<br />
<br />
7/17/12: [[media:136.4.10 July 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.10]] was updated with minor changes.<br />
<br />
7/17/12: A clarification in the second paragraph of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.2.3_Utility_Status EPG 136.9.2.3 Utility Status]: "bid opening" was replaced with "construction obligation".<br />
<br />
7/12/12: Figs. 136.4.18 and 136.9.1 were updated with minor corrections.<br />
<br />
7/6/12: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management|EPG 136.4]], Figs. 136.4.10 and 136.4.17 were updated as xlsx files.<br />
<br />
7/2/12: [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/1273/1273.pdf Fig. 136.9.7, Required Contract Provision], was updated.<br />
<br />
6/25/12: Fig. 136.5.4, Non-Infrastructure Obligation Request Form, was made available in [[136.5 Non-Infrastructure|EPG 136.5 Non-Infrastructure]].<br />
<br />
6/19/20: In EPG 136.4, the "How To" tutorial [[media:136.4 How to Evaluate.ppt|How to Evaluate Consultant Proposals, Complete Rating Sheets and Make a Selection]] was added. Also, minor updates were done to [[media:136.4.10 June 20, 2012.doc|Fig. 136.4.10, LPA Consultant Services Invoice]].<br />
<br />
6/14/12: In [[136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links#136.12.1 Figures|EPG 136.12.1 Figures]] and [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 LPA Land Acquisition]], the Roster of Approved Contract Appraisers was updated so that LPAs can access it. Also, the Roster of Approved Contract Negotiators was added.<br />
<br />
6/12/12: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.10.2_Painting_Bridges_and_Demolition_of_Painted_Structures EPG 136.6.4.10.2 Painting Bridges and Demolition of Painted Surfaces], a process change has been required by MoDOT's signing an MOU with DHSS. For any lead testing activity, the contractor must be licensed as a lead abatement contractor and the contractor must provide the proper notification(s) to DHSS. <br />
<br />
6/11/12: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.10.1_Renovation_and_Demolition_of_Structures EPG 136.6.4.10.1 Renovation and Demolition of Structures], the use of an Asbestos Building Inspector was specified rather than "a certified asbestos inspector". Also, in [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management|EPG 136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management]], Figs. 136.4.10 and 136.4.18 were updated.<br />
<br />
6/6/12: Fig. 136.11.6 was clarified so that which form is being filled out and which of the other two figures comprising each half when the contractor fills it out are now clearly indicated. <br />
<br />
6/4/12: A small clarification was made in Fig. 136.9.12.<br />
<br />
5/25/12: Fig. 136.9.1 was updated with minor clarifications. Also, [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.2.11_PS.26E_Certification EPG 136.9.2.11] was added to further clarify the PS&E certification.<br />
<br />
5/21/12: Several minor corrections of references to Federal Bid Proposal Boilerplate sections in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.4.1.1.4_Certifications_Regarding_Affirmative_Action_and_Equal_Opportunity EPG 136.9.4.1.1.4] through [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.4.1.1.7_Lobbying_Certification_.2849_CFR_part_20.29 EPG 136.9.4.1.1.7].<br />
<br />
5/17/12: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.2_National_Environmental_Policy_Act_.28NEPA.29_Classification EPG 136.6.2 NEPA Classification], the info about the three-year shelf life of the NEPA was clarified. In [[136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links#136.12.3.2.1 Commonly Used Forms|EPG 136.12.3.2.1 Commonly Used Forms]], the Obligation Request Form was updated. Also, Fig. 136.3.17 Work by Local Forces Proposal was updated.<br />
<br />
5/11/12: A useful PowerPoint tutorial, "How to Complete the RFQ and Get it Advertised", is now available in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.4_Consultant_Selection_and_Consultant_Contract_Management#136.4.2.3_Step_2_-_Creating_an_RFQ_Document EPG 136.4.2.3]. <br />
<br />
5/10/12: Fig. 136.9.1 was updated with minor clarifications. Also, there were minor corrections to [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.10_Advertisement_for_Bid_and_Project_Award#136.10.6.1_Certification_Regarding_Anti-collusion EPG 136.10.6.1], [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.10_Advertisement_for_Bid_and_Project_Award#136.10.6.2_Certification_Regarding_Use_of_Contract_Funds_for_Lobbying EPG 136.10.6.2], [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.10_Advertisement_for_Bid_and_Project_Award#136.10.6.3_Certification_Regarding_Debarment_and_Suspension EPG 136.10.6.3] and [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.10_Advertisement_for_Bid_and_Project_Award#136.10.6.4_Certifications_Regarding_Affirmative_Action_and_Equal_Opportunity EPG 136.10.6.4].<br />
<br />
5/3/12: Updated [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]].<br />
<br />
4/30/12: [[media:136.9.1.xls|Fig. 136.9.1]] updated as an Excel file.<br />
<br />
4/30/12: Two new figures (Figs. 136.11.14 and 136.11.15) and associated guidance were added to [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.3_Federal_Aid_Basics#136.3.7.3_Progress_Invoices EPG 136.3.7.3 Progress Invoices] and [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.13.3_Invoices EPG 136.11.13.3 Invoices].<br />
<br />
4/30/12: Because the info required by Fig. 136.3.1 Programming Data was split between it and Fig. 136.6.4 LPA Request for Env'l Review, the guidance for programming projects was revised. Note changes in the table in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.7.1 Procedures|EPG 136.3.7.1]], new guidance in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8 Programs|EPG 136.3.8 Programs]] and shortened guidance in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.1.3 Project Programming|EPG 136.3.8.1.3]], [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.2.3 Project Programming|EPG 136.3.8.2.3]], [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.3.3 Project Programming|EPG 136.3.8.3.3]], [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.5.3.1 Roadway Type Projects|EPG 136.8.5.3.1]] and [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.5.3.2 Non-Infrastructure Projects|EPG 136.3.8.5.3.2]].<br />
<br />
4/27/12: The guidance on the need for an erosion control plan was clarified in the first paragraph of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.8_Stormwater_and_Erosion_Control EPG 136.6.4.8 Stormwater and Erosion Control]. In the third paragraph of EPG 136.6.4.8, it was further clarified that the SWPPP does not need to be site-specific, but the erosion control plan does need to be site-specific.<br />
<br />
4/24/12: Comments from the Corps of Engineers have clarified guidance in both [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.3_Section_404_Permits_for_Wetlands_and_Streams EPG 136.6.4.3 Section 404 Permits for Wetlands and Streams] and [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.4_Channel_Modification EPG 136.6.4.4 Channel Modification].<br />
<br />
4/24/12: Several "How To" PowerPoint tutorials were added to EPG 136 LPA Policy articles. View these new tutorials at the bottom of the large, gray "Figure" boxes at the top of [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#PowerPoint Tutorials|EPG 136.6]], [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#PowerPoint Tutorials|EPG 136.8]] and [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#PowerPoint Tutorials|EPG 136.11]].<br />
<br />
4/23/12: EPG 136 was generally re-written following thorough research. Please check the entire contents of any EPG 136 article you may be consulting so as not to miss any policy changes.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Category:136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy|136.13]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=LPA:136.12_Figures,_Glossary_and_Other_Useful_Links&diff=51634LPA:136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links2022-06-21T19:17:28Z<p>Smithk: updated links</p>
<hr />
<div>==136.12.1 Figures==<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|-<br />
! Colspan="2" style="background:#BEBEBE"|[[136.1 Introduction|EPG 136.1 Introduction]]<br />
|-<br />
! style="background:#F5F5F7"|New Figure No.!! style="background:#F5F5F7"|Figure Title<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:Fig. 136.1.10 Project Flowchart for Local Federal-Aid Projects.pdf|136.1]] || align="left" |Project Flowchart for Local Federal-Aid Projects<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.1.10.1 LPA Planning Process Chart.pdf|136.1.1]] ||align="left" | LPA Planning Process Chart<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.1.10.2 MoDOT Programming Process Chart.pdf|136.1.2]] ||align="left" | MoDOT Programming Process Chart<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.1.10.3 Right of Way Process Chart.pdf|136.1.3]] ||align="left" | Right of Way Process<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.1.10.4 Preliminary Plan Process Chart.pdf|136.1.4]] ||align="left" | Preliminary Plans Process<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.1.10.5 Plans Specifications and Estimate Process Chart.pdf|136.1.5]] ||align="left" | Final Plans Specifications & Estimate Process<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.1.10.6 Letting Plans and Contract Proposal Process Chart.pdf|136.1.6]] ||align="left" | Letting Plans & Contract Proposal Process<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.1.10.7 Construction Bidding and Contract Process Chart.pdf|136.1.7]] ||align="left" | Construction Process<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.1.10.8 LPA MoDOT Agreement Process Chart.pdf|136.1.8]] ||align="left" | LPA MoDOT Agreement Process Chart<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.1.10.9 Engineering Services Contract Process Chart.pdf|136.1.9]] ||align="left" | Engineering Services Contract Process Chart<br />
|-<br />
! Colspan="2" style="background:#BEBEBE"|[[136.3 Federal Aid Basics|EPG 136.3 Federal Aid Basics]]<br />
|-<br />
! style="background:#F5F5F7"|New Figure No.!! style="background:#F5F5F7"|Figure Title<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.3.1 Sept 2017.doc|136.3.1]] ||align="left" |Programming Data Form<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.3.4.pdf|136.3.4]] ||align="left" |Non-State Bridge Soft Match Credit Program Documentation Checklist<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.3.16.doc|136.3.16]] ||align="left" |Sample Ordinance<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.3.17 May 2012.doc|136.3.17]] ||align="left" |Work by Local Forces Proposal<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.3.18 2014.xls|136.3.18]] ||align="left" |<div id="Construction Reimbursement Form<br />
"></div>Construction Reimbursement Form<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig.136.3.19 Sept 2019.pdf|136.3.19]]||align="left" | Current BEAP Consultant List<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig.136.3.20 2021.docx|136.3.20]]||align="left" | BEAP Project Tracking Form<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig.136.3.24 2021.docx|136.3.24||align="left" | TEAP Program Application]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig.136.3.25.xls|136.3.25||align="left" | TEAP Consultant MOU]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig.136.3.26.xls|136.3.26||align="left" | TEAP Project Invoice Form]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig.136.3.27.pdf|136.3.27||align="left" | Example of a Soft Match Credit Transfer Request]]<br />
|-<br />
! Colspan="2" style="background:#BEBEBE"|[[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management|EPG 136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management]]<br />
|-<br />
! style="background:#F5F5F7"|New Figure No.!! style="background:#F5F5F7"|Figure Title<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 May 2016.docx|136.4.1]] ||align="left" |Engineering Services Contract <br />
|-<br />
| [[media:Fig. 136.4.2.doc|136.4.2]] ||align="left" |Consultant Selection Criteria<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:134.3.2 2021.pdf|136.4.3/134.3.2]]|| align="left" |Allowable Profit Curve as a % of Direct Salary Costs<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig. 136.4.4.doc|136.4.4]]|| align="left" |Supplemental Agreement to Engineering Services contract<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.4.5.doc|136.4.5]] ||align="left" |Consultant Performance Appraisal Form<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.4.6.docx|136.4.6]] ||align="left" |Common Unallowable Costs<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.4.7 2019.docx|136.4.7]] ||align="left" |Sample Solicitation & Sample Scope of Services<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.4.9 Sept 2013.doc|136.4.9]] ||align="left" |Local Sponsor ESC Sample Cover Letter<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.4.10_2022_LPA_Invoice.xlsx|136.4.10]] ||align="left" |LPA Consultant Services Invoice<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.4.11 2019.docx|136.4.11]] ||align="left" |Consultant Selection & ESC Submittal Checklist<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig. 136.4.12.pdf|136.4.12]] ||align="left" |QBS Process Flowchart<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.4.13.doc|136.4.13]] ||align="left" |Consultant Services Q&A<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig. 136.4.14 Aug 2013.doc|136.4.14]] ||align="left" |Checklist for reviewing Consultant Contracts<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.4.15 2014.doc|136.4.15]] ||align="left" |Conflict of Interest Disclosure Form<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.4.16.pdf|136.4.16]] ||align="left" |Overhead Schedule Example<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.4.17 Dec 2012.xlsx|136.4.17]] ||align="left" |Engineering Services Invoice EXAMPLE<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.4.18 Sept 5, 2012.docx|136.4.18]] ||align="left" |Checklist for Engineering Services Invoice<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.4.19.docx|136.4.19]] ||align="left" |LPA On-Call Consultant Evaluation<br />
|-<br />
! Colspan="2" style="background:#BEBEBE"|[[136.5 Non-Infrastructure|EPG 136.5 Non-Infrastructure]]<br />
|-<br />
! style="background:#F5F5F7"|New Figure No.!! style="background:#F5F5F7"|Figure Title<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.5.1.xls|136.5.1]]|| align="left" |Services Provided Worksheet<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.5.2.xls|136.5.2]]|| align="left" |Materials Worksheet<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.5.3.xls|136.5.3]]|| align="left" |Equipment Usage Worksheet<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.5.4 2013.doc|136.5.4]] || align="left" |Non-Infrastructure Obligation Request Form<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.5.5.doc|136.5.5]]||align="left" |LPA Request for Environmental Services - Non-Infrastructure<br />
|-<br />
! Colspan="2" style="background:#BEBEBE"|[[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements|EPG 136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements]]<br />
|-<br />
! style="background:#F5F5F7"|New Figure No.!! style="background:#F5F5F7"|Figure Title<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.6.1.docx|136.6.1]] ||align="left" |Project Review Process flowchart<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.6.2.docx|136.6.2]]|| align="left" |Key Environmental/Cultural Resources Compliance Milestones<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.6.3 Jan 18 2019.docx|136.6.3]]|| align="left" |Environmental/Cultural Resources Compliance Checklist<br />
|-<br />
| - || align="left"| [https://www6.modot.mo.gov/RERProject/Pages/Login.aspx?ReturnUrl=%2fRERProject%2f LPA Request for Environmental Review]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.6.4 instructions 2021.pdf|136.6.4]] ||align="left" | How to Complete the Request for Environmental Review<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.6.5.pdf|136.6.5]]||align="left" | Instructions for Preparing Categorical Exclusion Determination<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.6.6 2021.pdf|136.6.6]]|| align="left" |Generalized flowchart of the Section 106 Process for Local Public Agencies<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.6.7 2017.docx|136.6.7]] ||align="left" |Memorandum of Agreement for Migration of Adverse Effects<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.6.8 2013.doc|136.6.8]]||align="left" | LPA Section 4(f) Compliance Worksheet for Public Lands<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.6.9.doc|136.6.9]]|| align="left" |Content of a Section 4(f) Evaluation<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.6.10.doc|136.6.10]] ||align="left" |Diagram of Typical Floodplain<br />
|-<br />
| [http://sema.dps.mo.gov/programs/floodplain/documents/floodplain-develoment-permit.pdf 136.6.11]|| align="left" |LPA Floodplain Development Permit<br />
|-<br />
| [http://sema.dps.mo.gov/programs/floodplain/documents/no-rise-certification.pdf 136.6.12]|| align="left" |Engineering “No-Rise” Certificate<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.6.13.doc|136.6.13]] ||align="left" |Procedures for “No-Rise” Certification for Proposed Development<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.6.14.docx|136.6.14]] ||align="left" width=500px|Procedures for Environmental Clearance of Borrow Sites and Other Disturbed Areas Outside Right of Way<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.6.15.docx|136.6.15]] ||align="left" width=500px| Example e106 Form<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.6.16 2018.pdf|136.6.16]] ||align="left" width=500px|LPA Project Environmental Checklist<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.6.17.docx|136.6.17]] ||align="left" width=500px|Sample LPA Transmittal of MOA Letter <br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig. 136.6.18.pdf|136.6.18]] ||align="left" width=500px|Threatened and Endangered Species Federal Aid Transportation Submittal Checklist<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig. 136.6.19.pdf|136.6.19]]||align="left" width=500px| August 2018 MoDOT USFWS Threatened and Endangered Species Habitats<br />
|-<br />
! colspan="2" style="background:#F5F5F7"|Other Figures and Information for EPG 136.6<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|[http://www.achp.gov/archguide.html Advisory Council “Model MOA”]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE-Env&Cultural/Categorial%20Exclusion%20Form.dot Categorical Exclusion Determination]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|[http://dnr.mo.gov/forms/780-1718_inst.pdf Instructions for Completing the SHPO 106 Survey Memo]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|[[Media:127.11 Form AD 1006.DOC|Farmland Conversion Impact Rating]]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|[http://www.usace.army.mil/CECW/Documents/cecwo/reg/nwp/nwp2007_gen_conditions_def.pdf Nationwide 404 Permit for Minor Road Crossings (NWP 14 Linear Transportation Projects)]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|[http://www.dnr.mo.gov/forms/780-1718.pdf State Historic Preservation Office’s Section 106 Survey Form]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|[http://www.dnr.mo.gov/forms/780-1027-f.pdf State Historic Preservation Office’s Section 106 Project Information Form]<br />
|-<br />
! Colspan="2" style="background:#BEBEBE"|[[136.7 Design|EPG 136.7 Design]]<br />
|-<br />
! style="background:#F5F5F7"|New Figure No.!! style="background:#F5F5F7"|Figure Title<br />
|-<br />
| 136.7.1|| align="left" |Dimensional Accuracy<br />
|-<br />
| 136.7.2||align="left" | Utility Depth and Encasement Requirements<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.7.3.xls|136.7.3]]|| align="left" |Blank Structure Inventory and Appraisal Sheet<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.7.4.xls|136.7.4]]|| align="left" |LFD Load Rating Summary Sheet<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.7.5.xls|136.7.5]]|| align="left" |LRFR Load Rating Summary Sheet<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.7.6.doc|136.7.6]]||align="left" | Example Notice of Public Hearing<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.7.7.docx|136.7.7]]||align="left" | Safety Requirements JSP<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.7.8.doc|136.7.8]] ||align="left" |Utilities Scoping Checklist<br />
|-<br />
! Colspan="2" style="background:#BEBEBE"|[[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]]<br />
|-<br />
! style="background:#F5F5F7"|New Figure No.!! style="background:#F5F5F7"|Figure Title<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Request%20for%20RW%20Acquisition%20Authority%20136.8.1.docx 136.8.1]||align="left" | Acquisition Authority Request<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Adj%20of%20Value%20or%20Just%20Compensation%20Form%20136.8.2.docx 136.8.2]||align="left" | Adjustment of Value or Just Compensation<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Administrative%20Settlement%20Justification%20Form%20136.8.3.docx 136.8.3]||align="left" | Administrative Settlement Justification<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Appraisal%20Monitor%20Checklist%20Form%20136.8.4.docx 136.8.4]||align="left" | Appraisal Monitor Checklist<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Appraisal%20Review%20Form%20136.8.5.docx 136.8.5]||align="left" | Appraisal Review<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Assumptions%20and%20Limiting%20Conditions%20Form%20136.8.6.docx 136.8.6]||align="left" | Assumptions and Limiting Conditions<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Certificate%20of%20Appraiser%20Form%20136.8.7.docx 136.8.7]||align="left" | Certificate of Appraiser<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Clearance%20Certification%20Statement%20Form%20136.8.8.docx 136.8.8]||align="left" | Clearance Certification Statement<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.8.8a.docx|136.8.8a]]||align="left" |Right of Way Required - Personal Property Moved - Occupied Improvements Acquired<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Comparable%20Lease%20Form%20136.8.9.docx 136.8.9]||align="left" | Comparable Lease<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Donation%20in%20Exchange%20for%20Construction%20Features%20Letter%20Form%20136.8.10.docx 136.8.10]||align="left" | Donation in Exchange for Construction Features Letter<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Final%20Vacancy%20Notice%20for%20Relocation%20Form%20136.8.11.docx 136.8.11]||align="left" | Final Vacancy Notice for Relocation<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Legal%20Justification%20for%20Settlement%20Form%20136.8.12.docx 136.8.12]||align="left" | Legal Justification for Settlement<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Legal%20Trial%20Report%20136.8.13.docx 136.8.13]||align="left" | Legal Trial Report<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/LPA%20Negotiator%20Services%20Agreement%20Form%20136.8.14.docx 136.8.14]||align="left" | LPA Negotiator Services Agreement<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/LPA%20Prorata.docx 136.8.7.1.11] ||align="left"| Local Public Agency Prorata Real Estate Tax Claim<br />
|-<br />
| - ||align="left" |[[media:236 RW Leaflet.doc|LPA Right of Way Acquisition Brochure]]<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Negotiator's%20Report%20Form%20136.8.15.docx 136.8.15]||align="left" | Negotiator’s Report<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Nonresidential%20Sale%20Form%20136.8.16.docx 136.8.16] ||align="left" |Nonresidential Sale<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Parcel%20File%20Checklist%20Form%20136.8.17.docx 136.8.17]||align="left" | Parcel File Checklist<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Plan%20Review%20Checklist%20Form%20136.8.18.docx 136.8.18]||align="left" | Plan Review Checklist<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Privately%20Donated%20Land%20as%20Credit%20to%20Matching%20Share%20of%20Project%20Costs%20Form%20136.8.19.docx 136.8.19]||align="left" | Privately Donated Land as Credit for Match<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Project%20Acquisition%20Monitor%20Checklist%20Form%20136.8.20.docx 136.8.20]||align="left" | Project Acquisition Monitor Checklist<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Proposal%20for%20Appraisal%20Work%20Form%20136.8.21.docx 136.8.21]||align="left" | Proposal for Appraisal Work<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Relocation%20Monitor%20Checklist%20Form%20136.8.22.docx 136.8.22]||align="left" | Relocation Monitor Checklist<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Residential%20Sale%20Form%20136.8.23.docx 136.8.23]||align="left" | Residential Sale<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Review%20Appraiser%20Contract%20Form%20136.8.24.docx 136.8.24]||align="left" | Review Appraiser Contract<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Right%20of%20Way%20Acquisition%20Schedule%20Form%20136.8.2.2.docx 136.8.2.2]||align="left"| Right of Way Acquisition Schedule<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Right%20of%20Way%20Acquisition%20Scehdule%20Instructions%20Form%20136.8.2.2.A.docx 136.8.2.2.A]||align="left"| Right of Way Acquisition Schedule Instructions <br />
|-<br />
| - ||align="left" |[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%206_Appraisal%20and%20Appraisal%20Review/Roster%20of%20Approved%20Contract%20Appraisers.pdf Roster of Approved Contract Appraisers]<br />
|-<br />
| - ||align="left" |[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%207_Negotiation/Roster%20of%20Approved%20Contract%20Negotiators.pdf Roster of Approved Contract Negotiators]<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Sample%20Donation%20Letter%20and%20Waiver%20of%20Appraisal%20Form%20136.8.25.docx 136.8.25]||align="left" | Sample Donation Letter & Waiver of Appraisal<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Sample%20Letter%20Offer%20Pyment%20Estimate%20Form%20136.8.26.docx 136.8.26]||align="left" | Sample Letter Offer – Pay Estimate<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Sample%20Letter%20Offer%20Value%20Finding%20or%20Standard%20Formt%20Appraisal%20Form%20136.8.27.docx 136.8.27]||align="left" | Sample Letter Offer – Value Finding<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Scope%20of%20Assignment%20Form%20136.8.28.docx 136.8.28]||align="left" | Scope of Assignment<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Standard%20Appraisal%20Format%20Form%20136.8.29.docx 136.8.29]||align="left" | Standard Appraisal Format<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Summary%20of%20HB%201944%20Form%20136.8.30.docx 136.8.30]||align="left" | Summary of HB 1944<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Summary%20Value%20of%20Tenant%20Interests%20Form%20136.8.31.docx 136.8.31] ||align="left" |Summary Value of Tenant Interests<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Uniform%20Residential%20Appraisal%20Report%20Form%20136.8.32.docx 136.8.32]||align="left" | Uniform Residential Appraisal Report<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Value%20Finding%20Appraisal%20Format%20Form%20136.8.33.docx 136.8.33]||align="left" | Value Finding Appraisal Format<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Waiver%20Valuation%20Payment%20Estimate%20Form%20136.8.34.docx 136.8.34] ||align="left" |Waiver Valuation<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/60%20Day%20Notice%20of%20Owners%20Rights%20Form%20136.8.35.docx 136.8.35]||align="left" | 60-Day Notice of Owners Rights<br />
|- <br />
! Colspan="2" style="background:#BEBEBE"|[[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)|EPG 136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)]]<br />
|-<br />
! style="background:#F5F5F7"|New Figure No.!! style="background:#F5F5F7"|Figure Title<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.9.1 2019.xlsx|136.9.1]]|| align="left" |Final PS&E Submittal Checklist<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.9.2.doc|136.9.2]]|| align="left" |Subcontractor Certification Regarding Affirmative Action<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:Fig. 136.9.3 Jan 2021.docx|136.9.3]]|| align="left" |Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate <br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.pdf 136.9.4]|| align="left" |ADA Checklist (PDF version) (Rev. June 15, 2022)<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.docx 136.9.4]|| align="left"|ADA Checklist (MS Word version) (Rev. June 15, 2022)<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.9.5 2020.docx|136.9.5]]|| align="left" |LPA Certification of PS&E<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.9.6.docx|136.9.6]]|| align="left" |Utility Status Letter<br />
|-<br />
| [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/1273/1273.pdf 136.9.7]|| align="left" |FHWA 1273<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.9.8 2022.docx|136.9.8]]|| align="left" |DBE Provisions<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:Fig. 136.9.9 2020.docx|136.9.9]]|| align="left" |DBE Submittal Forms<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.9.10.pdf|136.9.10]]|| align="left" |Example Itemized Bid Form<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.9.11.pdf|136.9.11]] ||align="left" |Example Estimate (with categories)<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.9.12 Oct 2012.doc|136.9.12]] ||align="left" |ADA Certification<br />
|-<br />
! Colspan="2" style="background:#BEBEBE"|[[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award|EPG 136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award]]<br />
|-<br />
! style="background:#F5F5F7"|New Figure No.!! style="background:#F5F5F7"|Figure Title<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.10.1 2020.docx|136.10.1]] ||align="left" |Sample Advertisement<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.10.2_2022.docx|136.10.2]]|| align="left" |Bid Concurrence Checklist<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.10.3.docx|136.10.3]] || align="left" |Sample Contract Agreement<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.10.4.doc|136.10.4]] || align="left" |Sample Contract Bond<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.10.5.pdf|136.10.5]] || align="left" | Sample Contractor's Acknowledgement<br />
|-<br />
! Colspan="2" style="background:#BEBEBE"|[[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction|EPG 136.11 Local Public Agency Construction]]<br />
|-<br />
! style="background:#F5F5F7"|New Figure No.!! style="background:#F5F5F7"|Figure Title<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.11.1 Nov 2013.doc|136.11.1]]|| align="left" |General Guideline for LPA Preconstruction Conference<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.11.2.xlsx|136.11.2]] ||align="left" |Change Order Form<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.11.3 2016.pdf|136.11.3]] ||align="left" |Progress Report<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.11.4 2015.doc|136.11.4]]|| align="left" |Request for Approval of Subcontract<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.11.5 Dec 2015.xls|136.11.5]]|| align="left" |DBE Subcontract Worksheet<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.11.6 Dec 2015.pdf|136.11.6]]|| align="left" |Subcontractor Certification Regarding Affirmative Action<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.11.7.doc|136.11.7]] ||align="left" |Wage Rate Interview (Labor Compliance/EEO)<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.11.8.doc|136.11.8]] ||align="left" |Form FHWA-1391<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.11.9 2016.docx|136.11.9]]|| align="left" |Contractor DBE Certification<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.11.10.doc|136.11.10]]|| align="left" |Contractor’s Affidavit Regarding Settlement of Claims<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.11.11.doc|136.11.11]]|| align="left" |Affidavit (Compliance with Prevailing Wage Law)<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.12.doc|136.11.12]]||align="left" | Site Visit Checklist<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/27_Job_Site_Bulletin_Board_Checklist_fillable.pdf 136.11.13]||align="left" | Job Bulletin Board Checklist<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig. 136.11.14 secure.pdf|136.11.14]]||align="left" |Construction Invoice Example 1<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig. 136.11.15.pdf|136.11.15]]||align="left" |Construction Invoice Example 2<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig. 136.11.16.docx|136.11.16]]||align="left"|Approved Contract Administration Software<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.18.docx|136.11.18]]||align="left"| LPA Final Inspection Letter<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.19.docx|136.11.19]]||align="left"| LPA Final List of Acceptance Testers<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.20.docx|136.11.20]]||align="left"| LPA DBE Certification Letter<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.21.docx|136.11.21]]||align="left"| LPA Vendor Lien Waiver<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.22.docx|136.11.22]]||align="left"| LPA Final Acceptance Checklist<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.23 2016.pdf|136.11.23]]||align="left"|LPA Semi-Final Inspection Checklist (Form C-236)<br />
|-<br />
| - ||align="left"|[[media:Form C-239 2016.pdf|Final Acceptance Report (Form C-239)]]<br />
|-<br />
| - ||align="left"|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CUF_Determination_Form_Contracts_Let_After_03_2021.pdf Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Determination Form]<br />
|-<br />
| EPG Article ||align="left" | [[Off-Systems Guide Schedule for Federal-Aid Acceptance Sampling and Testing (FAST)|Off-Systems Guide Schedule for Federal-Aid Acceptance Sampling & Testing (FAST)]]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
==136.12.2 Glossary==<br />
<br />
'''AASHTO:''' American Association of State Hwy & Transportation Officials<br />
<br />
'''AADT:''' Annual Average Daily Traffic. (ADT, Average Daily Traffic, is also commonly used.)<br />
<br />
'''ACHP:''' Advisory Council on Historic Preservation<br />
<br />
'''Agreement:''' The legal document between agencies necessary to administer projects.<br />
<br />
'''AISC:''' American Institute of Steel Construction<br />
<br />
'''Allocation:''' The reservation of federal funds to the local agencies each year. <br />
<br />
'''APE:''' Area of Potential Effects<br />
<br />
'''AREMA:''' American Railway Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way Association. <br />
<br />
'''Authorization:''' Approval by FHWA to incur future costs relative to a project. <br />
<br />
'''BMP:''' Best Management Practive<br />
<br />
'''BRM:''' On-System Bridge Replacement and Rehabilitation Program. <br />
<br />
'''BRO:''' Off-System Bridge Replacement and Rehabilitation Program. <br />
<br />
'''Brooks Act:''' Consultant contracts for engineering and design related services financed with Federal-Aid highway funds must result from negotiations which utilize [[:Category:134 Engineering Professional Services#134.1 Introduction|qualifications-based selection procedures]]. Qualifications based procedures do not allow for price to be used as a factor in the selection process. <br />
<br />
'''Categorical Exclusion (CE):''' Projects that are minor enough in nature that they will not require preparation of a formal environmental statement.<br />
<br />
'''CE:''' Construction Engineering<br />
<br />
'''CE2:''' Categorical Exclusion II<br />
<br />
'''CERCLIS:''' Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System<br />
<br />
'''CFR:''' Code of Federal Regulations<br />
<br />
'''Change Order:''' A supplement to the contract that provides authority to pay for revisions in quantities or authorize changes to design features or specifications.<br />
<br />
'''CMAQ:''' Congestion Mitigation and Air Quality <br />
<br />
'''COE:''' U.S. Army Corps of Engineers <br />
<br />
'''Commission:''' Missouri Highway and Transportation Commission. <br />
<br />
'''Competitive Bidding:''' Construction projects are required to be advertised and awarded to the lowest responsible and responsive bidder through open competitive bidding, unless use of an eligible force account is more cost effective. <br />
<br />
'''Construction Engineering (CE):''' Construction inspection engineering <br />
<br />
'''Council:''' Advisory Council on Historic Preservation<br />
<br />
'''County Aid Road Trust (CART) Funding:''' CART Funds are apportioned to counties on the basis of two factors : 1) one-half of the funds are credited to the county based on the ratio that its road mileage bears to the total county road mileage in the unincorporated areas of the state, and 2) one-half is credited to the county based on the ratio that its rural land valuation bears to the rural land valuation of the entire state.<br />
<br />
'''Credit Bridge:''' Bridge constructed to BRO standards with local funds, 80% of the cost may be applied to a normal federally funded bridge project in lieu of the 20% local match. <br />
<br />
'''Cultural Resources:''' A cultural resource is any archaeological site, building, structure (e.g., bridge), district, or object. A historically significant cultural resource is one that meets certain criteria and is included in, or eligible for inclusion on, the National Register of Historic Places (NRHP) and is termed a historic property or historic resource. Not all cultural resources are historically significant, but potential project impacts to all must be considered.<br />
<br />
'''DBA:''' Decibel Adjusted<br />
<br />
'''DBE:''' Disadvantage (or Disadvantaged) Business Enterprise<br />
<br />
'''Debarred:''' Suspended from entering into a contract with the Government<br />
<br />
'''Deficient Structure:''' A bridge which is either structurally deficient or functionally obsolete. <br />
<br />
'''DEIS:''' Draft Environmental Impact Statement<br />
<br />
'''Design Standards:''' Projects on the National Highway System (NHS) must be designed with AASHTO and/or FHWA approved standards. It is recommended that all projects follow AASHTO guidelines for design and construction. <br />
<br />
'''DNR:''' Missouri Department of Natural Resources <br />
<br />
'''DOI:''' U.S. Department of Interior <br />
<br />
'''Donations:''' “Donations” and “Contributions” are costs incurred for eligible non-federal share project activities that are necessary for the implementation of a project and are provided by a third party to an LPA without charge. <br />
<br />
'''EA:''' Environmental Assessment<br />
<br />
'''EEO:''' Equal Employment Opportunity <br />
<br />
'''EIS:''' Environmental Impact Statement<br />
<br />
'''EO:''' Executive Order<br />
<br />
'''EPA:''' Environmental Protection Agency<br />
<br />
'''EPG:''' [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Main_Page Engineering Policy Guide]<br />
<br />
'''FEIS:''' Final Environmental Impact Statement<br />
<br />
'''FEMA:''' Federal Emergency Management Agency<br />
<br />
'''FHWA:''' Federal Highway Administration<br />
<br />
'''FONSI:''' Finding of No Significant Impact <br />
<br />
'''Force Account Work:''' Work that arises unexpectedly during the construction of a project. The work can be performed by a contractor, a subcontractor or the local agency's forces and the cost is determined by keeping track of the labor forces, equipment, material and associated costs used to complete the unexpected work. <br />
<br />
'''FPPA:''' Farmland Protection Policy Act<br />
<br />
'''Functionally Obsolete:''' A bridge is generally considered functionally obsolete if it is unable to properly accommodate traffic due to poor roadway alignment, waterway, insufficient width, waterway, low structural evaluation, or inadequate clearances. For a more detailed description of the specific criteria used to determine this item, refer to [[:Category:753 Bridge Inspection Rating|EPG 753 Bridge Inspection Rating]] or the appropriate FHWA publication. <br />
<br />
'''FWS:''' U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service <br />
<br />
'''HABS:''' Historic American Building Survey <br />
<br />
'''HAER:''' Historic American Engineering Record <br />
<br />
'''Hazardous Waste:''' [[127.8 Hazardous and Solid Waste|Hazardous waste]] is a material that could cause harm to people or the environment; it can include solid materials, liquids, and gases. Some examples could be gas station releases, drums or containers of known or unknown material, tanks, old dumps, and e-waste. Any container with unknown contents should be considered hazardous until identified by a qualified person. If there is a question about what might be hazardous, contact the Missouri Department of Natural Resources Environmental Emergency Response Unit at 573-634-2436 for assistance with identification. <br />
<br />
'''HBP:''' Highway Bridge Program. <br />
<br />
'''Historic Property:''' A historic property is a cultural resource that meets at least one of the following criteria: a) it is associated with events that have made a significant contribution to our history; b) it is associated with significant persons in our past; c) it has high artistic value, is the work of a master craftsman, or embodies distinctive characteristics of a type, period, or method of construction; or d) it can answer specific research questions and topics or can contribute to our current state of knowledge. Historic properties typically must be at least 50 years of age or older but exceptionally important properties can be less than 50 years old. <br />
<br />
'''Historic Resource:''' A historic resource is a cultural resource that meets at least one of the following criteria: a) it is associated with events that have made a significant contribution to our history; b) it is associated with significant persons in our past; c) it has high artistic value, is the work of a master craftsman, or embodies distinctive characteristics of a type, period, or method of construction; or d) it can answer specific research questions and topics or can contribute to our current state of knowledge. Historic resources typically must be at least 50 years of age or older but exceptionally important resources can be less than 50 years old. <br />
<br />
'''HMGP:''' Hazard Mitigation Grant Program<br />
<br />
'''HUD:''' U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development <br />
<br />
'''Independent Assurance Test:''' A test performed independently of a job control test and according to the [[:Category:123 Federal-Aid Highway Program#123.3.1 Independent Assurance Samples and Tests (IAS) System Based|guide schedule]]. <br />
<br />
'''In Kind Services:''' Donated labor, equipment or material. <br />
<br />
'''ISTEA:''' Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act. Six year Highway Act from October 1, 1991 to September 30, 1997. <br />
<br />
'''Job Control Test:''' Routine test performed on the site by the local agency or its representative to assure that the project is constructed in compliance with the applicable specifications.<br />
<br />
'''Keeper:''' Keeper of the National Register of Historic Places<br />
<br />
'''LFD:''' Load Factor Design<br />
<br />
'''Low Water Bridge:''' A bridge having a waterway capacity design less than the 10 year frequency discharge. <br />
<br />
'''Low Water Crossing:''' Waterway crossing other than a bridge where construction improvements have been made to produce a firm surface for vehicles to travel. <br />
<br />
'''LPA:''' Local Public Agency<br />
<br />
'''LRFD:''' Load and Resistance Factor Design<br />
<br />
'''LRFR:''' Load and Resistance Factor Rating<br />
<br />
'''LUST:''' Leaking petroleum underground storage tank<br />
<br />
'''LWCF:''' Land and Water Conservation Fund<br />
<br />
'''LWCFA:''' Land and Water Conservation Fund Act<br />
<br />
'''MAP-21:''' Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21<sup>st</sup> Century. Two-year Highway Act from October 1, 2012 to September 30, 2014. <br />
<br />
'''MDC:''' Missouri Department of Conservation<br />
<br />
'''MHTC:''' Missouri Highway and Transportation Commission <br />
<br />
'''MoDOT:''' Missouri Department of Transportation<br />
<br />
'''MOA:''' Memorandum of Agreement <br />
<br />
'''Materials Certification:''' Statements provided by the contractor, fabricator, or manufacturer that certain materials comply with the requirements of the contract. <br />
<br />
'''[http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/standards_and_specs/standardplans.htm Missouri Standard Plans]:''' Construction detail plans available from MoDOT which meet AASHTO design requirements. <br />
<br />
'''[http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/standards_and_specs/highwayspecs.htm Missouri Standard Specifications for Highway Construction, 2004 Edition]:''' The directions, provisions and requirements for the performance of the work for the quantity, quality and proportion of materials. <br />
<br />
'''MPO:''' Metropolitan Planning Organizations carry out the transportation planning process for communities with a population greater than 50,000. <br />
<br />
'''MUTCD:''' ''Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices ''<br />
<br />
'''National Register:''' National Register of Historic Places<br />
<br />
'''NBI:''' National Bridge Inventory <br />
<br />
'''NEPA:''' National Environmental Policy Act <br />
<br />
'''NFIB:''' Nation Flood Insurance Program<br />
<br />
'''NFIP:''' National Flood Insurance Program<br />
<br />
'''NHPA:''' National Historic Preservation Act <br />
<br />
'''NOA:''' Notice of Availability<br />
<br />
'''NPDES:''' National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System<br />
<br />
'''NRCS:''' Natural Resources Conservation Service<br />
<br />
'''NRHP:''' National Register of Historic Places<br />
<br />
'''NWP:''' Nationwide Section 404 Permit<br />
<br />
'''Obligation Limitation:''' Limits the amount of federal funds that may be obligated during a certain time period (also called Obligation Authority and Contract Control). <br />
<br />
'''Obligation of Funds:''' The formal commitment by FHWA to participate in a share of the project costs. <br />
<br />
'''Off-System Routes:''' Routes that have a functional classification of rural local, local road or street, or a rural minor collector. <br />
<br />
'''On-System Routes:''' Routes that have a functional classification of urban collector, rural major collector, rural or urban arterial, or an expressway. <br />
<br />
'''PA:''' Programmatic Agreement<br />
<br />
'''PDEIS:''' Preliminary Draft Environmental Impact Statement<br />
<br />
'''PE:''' Preliminary Engineering. All engineering work performed by the local agency or their consultant prior to award of contract. <br />
<br />
'''PEA:''' Preliminary Environmental Assessment<br />
<br />
'''PFEIS:''' Preliminary Final Environmental Impact Statement<br />
<br />
'''PS&E:''' Construction plans, specifications, and quantity estimates. <br />
<br />
'''Posting:''' Establishment of a maximum weight limit for vehicles using the bridge. <br />
<br />
'''Pro Rata Share:''' The legal federal share for a project established at the time of project approval. Pro rata share is typically expressed as a percentage of the total participating costs of the project. <br />
<br />
'''Public Interest Finding:''' Cost effective justification that must be provided to MoDOT by a local agency that is seeking to do a federally funded project with its own forces. <br />
<br />
'''QBS:''' Qualifications Based Selection<br />
<br />
'''RCG:''' Recording and Coding Guide for the structure inventory and appraisal of the nations bridges<br />
<br />
'''Rehabilitation:''' Work required to eliminate the items that cause a bridge to be identified as deficient. <br />
<br />
'''Reimbursement:''' Payment of federal funds to a local agency.<br />
<br />
'''RER:''' Request for Environmental Review <br />
<br />
'''Responsible Person in Charge:'''<br />
<br />
'''RFP:''' Request for Proposal <br />
<br />
'''RFQ:''' Request for Qualifications<br />
<br />
'''ROD:''' Record of Decision<br />
<br />
'''RSMO:''' Revised Missouri State Statue<br />
<br />
'''SAFETEA-LU:''' Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users. Five-year Highway Act from October 1, 2004 to September 30, 2009 with two one-year extensions to September 30, 2012. <br />
<br />
'''Section 106:''' Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 - the primary legislation that requires cultural resource investigations. Any project using federal funds or needing federal permits must comply with the Section 106 requirements. The Section 106 process consists of three primary stages, with the outcome of each stage determining whether the activities of the next stage are necessary (36 CFR Part 800)<br />
<br />
'''Section 401:''' Water Quality Certification<br />
<br />
'''Section 404/Wetlands:''' A project may involve activities in an area that contains wetland or waters of the United States and may require a Section 404 permit from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. It is a violation of federal law to place fill in waters of the U.S. or wetlands without the necessary permits. <br />
<br />
'''Section 4(f):''' Section 4(f) of the Department of Transportation Act of 1966 – provides protection for public parks and recreation areas, wildlife and waterfowl refuges and significant historic sites on publicly owned land. It requires demonstrating that there is no feasible and prudent alternative to the use of the property and that all is possible planning has been done to minimize harm to the property. <br />
<br />
'''Section 6(f) of the Land and Water Conservation Fund:''' A project that has potential involvement with parks or other public lands which may have been purchased or improved using funds from the Land and Water Conservation Fund (LWCF).<br />
<br />
'''S.E.M.A.:''' The State Emergency Management Agency has responsibility for coordinating state agencies' response to disasters. <br />
<br />
'''SHPO:''' State Historic Preservation Officer <br />
<br />
'''SI&A:''' Structure Inventory and Appraisal Sheet<br />
<br />
'''SIP:''' State Implementation Plan<br />
<br />
'''Soft Match:''' Credit earned by counties who replace their deficient bridges with local funding. It can be used in lieu of the 20% local match on bridge projects.<br />
<br />
'''SOQ:''' Statement of Qualifications<br />
<br />
'''Sponsor:''' The local government or public agency responsible for providing matching funds for the proposed project. <br />
<br />
'''SRTS:''' Safe Routes to Schools <br />
<br />
'''STIP:''' Statewide Transportation Improvement Program <br />
<br />
'''STP:''' Surface Transportation Program <br />
<br />
'''Structurally Deficient:''' A bridge is generally considered to be structurally deficient if it is in relatively poor condition, or has insufficient load carrying capacity for modern design loadings. The insufficient load capacity may be the result of the loads used in the original design or degradation of structural properties due to deterioration. For a more detailed description of the specific criteria used to determine this item, [[:Category:753 Bridge Inspection Rating|EPG 753 Bridge Inspection Rating]] or appropriate FHWA publications should be consulted. <br />
<br />
'''Sufficiency Rating:''' A numerical rating of a bridge based on its structural adequacy, safety, serviceability, functional obsolescence and essentially for public use. <br />
<br />
'''TAP:''' Transportation Alternatives Program<br />
<br />
'''TEA21:''' Transportation Equity Act for the 21st Century. Six-year Highway Act from October 1, 1997 to September 30, 2003 with a one-year extension to September 30, 2004. <br />
<br />
'''TIFF:''' Tagged Image File Format<br />
<br />
'''TIP:''' Transportation Improvement Program <br />
<br />
'''Title 23 U.S.C.:''' Title 23 of the United States Code contains most of the laws governing the Federal-Aid Highway Program. <br />
<br />
'''TNM:''' Traffic Noise Model<br />
<br />
'''UPARR:''' Urban Park and Recreation Recovery<br />
<br />
'''USC:''' United States Code<br />
<br />
'''USDA:''' United States Department of Agriculture<br />
<br />
'''USGS:''' United States Geological Survey <br />
<br />
'''UST:''' Petroleum Underground storage tank site<br />
<br />
'''WBE:''' Women Business Enterprise. Term not in current usage. Definition of Disadvantaged Business Enterprise includes WBEs. <br />
<br />
'''Work by Local Forces:''' Construction performed by the local agency's work force. If the local agency elects to perform work with its own forces, and/or use their own materials and equipment, MoDOT and FHWA must approve all work being done. The work by local forces must be in the public interest and shown to be cost effective. See [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.12 Federal-aid Participation for Local Work|EPG 136.3.12 Federal-aid Participation for Local Work]] for more details.<br />
<br />
'''23 CFR:''' Title 23 of the Code of Federal Regulations is a collection (updated annually) of the general and permanent rules and regulations required to implement the provisions of federal law relating to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Federal Highway Administration.<br />
<br />
==136.12.3 Helpful Information and Links==<br />
<br />
Please use the [http://www3.modot.mo.gov/FEDAID.nsf/LPA?OpenForm LPA Manual Change Request Form] to request manual changes throughout the year or the [http://www3.modot.mo.gov/FEDAID.nsf/Comments?OpenForm Revisions Comments Form] to make comments on proposed revisions. <br />
<br />
===136.12.3.1 MoDOT District and Central Office Information===<br />
{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-right:5px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="470px" align="center" <br />
|-<br />
!align="center"|[http://www.modot.mo.gov/northwest/ NW District] !!align="center"|[http://www.modot.mo.gov/northeast/ NE District]!!align="center"|[http://www.modot.mo.gov/kansascity/ Kansas City District] !!align="center"|[http://www.modot.mo.gov/central/ Central District]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|St. Joseph ||align="center"| Hannibal ||align="center"|Lee's Summit ||align="center"| Jefferson City <br />
|-<br />
!align="center"|[http://www.modot.mo.gov/stlouis/ St. Louis District] !!align="center"|[http://www.modot.mo.gov/southwest/ SW District]!!align="center"|[http://www.modot.mo.gov/southeast/ SE District] !!align="center"|<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|Chesterfield|| align="center"|Springfield||align="center"|Sikeston ||align="center"|<br />
|-<br />
!align="center" colspan="4"|Central Office<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|MoDOT – Financial Services (FS)||colspan="2" align="center"|MoDOT - Design (DE)<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|P.O. Box 270||colspan="2" align="center"|P.O. Box 270<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|Jefferson City, MO 65102||colspan="2" align="center"|Jefferson City, MO 65102<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|(573) 526-8106; Fax: (573) 526-2819||colspan="2" align="center"|(573) 751-2876; Fax: (573) 526-3261<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="4" align="center"|<sup>__________________</sup><br />
|-<br />
!colspan="4" align="center"|[http://www.modot.mo.gov/plansandprojects/long-range_plan/ListofMissouriMPOs.htm METROPOLITAN PLANNING ORGANIZATIONS]<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="4" align="center"|<sup>__________________</sup><br />
|-<br />
!colspan="4" align="center"|OTHER REGULATORY AGENCIES<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2" align="center"|State Historic Preservation Office!!colspan="2" align="center"|Charles Scott<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"| MO Dept. of Natural Resources||colspan="2" | Field Supervisor<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" |P.O. Box 176 ||colspan="2"| Columbia Field Office<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" |Jefferson City, MO 65102 ||colspan="2"| U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" |Phone (573) 751-2479 ||colspan="2" |101 Park DeVille Drive, Suite A<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"| ||colspan="2"|Columbia, MO 65203-0007<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"| ||colspan="2"|Phone (573) 234-2132<br />
|-<br />
!align="center" colspan="2"|Policy and Coordination Division!!align="center" colspan="2"|Kevin Ward<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|MO Dept. of Conservation ||colspan="2"|Federal Highway Administration<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|P.O. Box 180 ||colspan="2"|3220 W. Edgewood, Suite H<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Jefferson City, MO 65102-0180||colspan="2"| Jefferson City, MO 65109<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Phone (573) 751-4115||colspan="2"| Phone (573) 636-7104<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="4" align="center"|<sup>__________________</sup><br />
|-<br />
!align="center" colspan="4"|CORPS OF ENGINEER'S OFFICE<br />
|-<br />
|align="center" colspan="4"|(Contact MoDOT district office if clarification is needed for which Corp Office has jurisdiction)<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|Commanding Officer !!colspan="2"|Commanding Officer<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Department of the Army ||colspan="2"|U.S. Army Corps of Engineers<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Little Rock Dist., Corps of Engineers ||colspan="2"|Kansas City District<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|P.O. Box 867 ||colspan="2"|700 Federal Office Building<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Little Rock, AR 72203-0867 ||colspan="2"|601 East 12th Street<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Phone (501) 324-5531|| colspan="2"|Kansas City, MO 64106<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"| ||colspan="2"|Phone (816) 426-5241<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|Commanding Officer !!colspan="2"|Commanding Officer<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Department of the Army ||colspan="2"|Department of the Army<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Rock Island Dist., Corps of Engineers||colspan="2"| Memphis Dist., Corps of Engineers<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|P.O. Box 2004 ||colspan="2"|167 North Main Street, Room B202<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Rock Island, IL 61204-2004 ||colspan="2"|Memphis, TN 38103-1894<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Phone (309) 788-6361 ||colspan="2"|Phone (901) 544-3005<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|Commanding Officer!!colspan="2"|<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|U.S. Army Corps of Engineers||colspan="2"|<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|St. Louis District||colspan="2"|<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|1222 Spruce Street||colspan="2"|<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|St. Louis, MO 63103-2833||colspan="2"|<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Phone (314) 331-8000||colspan="2"|<br />
|}<br />
<br />
===136.12.3.2 Other Helpful Information===<br />
<br />
* [http://www.modot.mo.gov/safety/SafeRoutestoSchool.htm Safe Routes To School (SRTS)]<br />
<br />
* [http://www.modot.mo.gov/scenicbyways/index.htm Scenic Byways]<br />
<br />
* [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT District Contacts for LPA]<br />
<br />
* [http://www.modot.mo.gov/safety/trafficvolumemaps.htm AADT on MoDOT Routes]<br />
<br />
* [http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/contractor_resources/External_Civil_Rights/DBE_program.htm DBE Directory] <br />
<br />
====136.12.3.2.1 Commonly Used Forms====<br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.1 Bridge Inventory Survey Form.xls|Bridge Inventory Survey Form]]<br />
<br />
[http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/manuals/FFATA.htm Form 1590, Federal Funding Accountability and Transparency Act (FFATA)]<br />
<br />
[http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/contractor_resources/External_Civil_Rights/jobtraining.htm On the Job Training Manual and Submittal Forms]<br />
<br />
[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/1273/1273.pdf FHWA Form 1273 Required Contract Provisions] <br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.1 Utility Agreement Actual Cost 2016.doc|Utility Agreement - Actual Cost]] <br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.1 Utility Agreement Lump Sum 2016.doc|Utility Agreement - Lump Sum]] <br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.1 Notice to Proceed.doc|Notice to Proceed]] <br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.1 Force Account Record Equipment and Material.doc|Daily Force Account Record-Equipment Rental Account/Materials Account]] <br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.1 Force Account Record Labor.doc|Daily Force Account Record-Labor Account]] <br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.1 Force Account Record Cost Summary.doc|Force Account Record - Cost Summary]] <br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.1 Sample Timesheet.xls|Sample Timesheet]]<br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.1 Construction Safety Program.pdf|Construction Contract Calls for Bid]]<br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.1 Awarded Construction Contracts.pdf|Awarded Construction Contracts]]<br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.1 Local Project Checklist.pdf|Local Project Checklist]]<br />
<br />
[[media:136.12.3.3.1 Obligation Request Form Apr 2015.docx|Obligation Request Form]]<br />
<br />
====136.12.3.2.2 Examples of Completed Forms====<br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.2 Form CE2.doc|Form CE-2 Example]] <br />
<br />
[[media:643.2 Lump Sum Estimate.doc|Utility Lump Sum Estimate Example]] <br />
<br />
[[media:643.2 Actual Cost Estimate.doc|Utility Actual Cost Estimate Example]]<br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.2 Utilites Status Letter.pdf|Sample Utilities Status Letter]] <br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.2 Sample JSP for Utilities.pdf|Sample Job Special Provisions for Utilities]] <br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.2 Bridge Slab Pour Checklist.pdf|Bridge Slab Pour Checklist & Pre-Pour Meeting Topics]]<br />
<br />
===136.12.3.3 Links to Other Resources===<br />
<br />
* [[:Category:242 Optional and Alternate Pavement Designs|EPG 242 Optional and Alternate Pavement Designs]]<br />
<br />
* Equal Employment Opportunity Requirements ([http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=3275bea9e2d87163209535159a10234d&rgn=div5&view=text&node=41:1.2.3.1.1&idno=41 41 CFR 60.1] and [http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=3275bea9e2d87163209535159a10234d&rgn=div5&view=text&node=41:1.2.3.1.2&idno=41 41 CFR 60.2]) <br />
<br />
* [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/ Federal Highway Administration]<br />
<br />
* [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/legsregs/directives/cfr23toc.htm Code of Federal Regulations 23 Highways]<br />
<br />
* [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/reports/utilguid/ Program Guide - Utility Adjustments and Accommodations on Federal-Aid Highway Projects]<br />
<br />
* [http://www.usace.army.mil/Pages/Default.aspx US Army Corps of Engineers]<br />
<br />
* Americans with Disabilities Act Access Guidelines (ADAAG):<br />
<br />
:: [http://www.access-board.gov/ The United States Access Board]<br />
<br />
:: [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards Access Board’s Guidelines and Standards]<br />
<br />
:: [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/buildings-and-sites/about-the-ada-standards/ada-standards Access Board’s ADA standards page]<br />
<br />
:: [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/streets-sidewalks Access Board’s Streets and Sidewalks]<br />
<br />
:: [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/streets-sidewalks/public-rights-of-way/background Access Board’s Background on the Public Rights-of-Way Rulemaking]<br />
<br />
:: [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/streets-sidewalks/public-rights-of-way Access Board’s Public Rights-of-Way]<br />
<br />
:: [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/streets-sidewalks/public-rights-of-way/proposed-rights-of-way-guidelines Access Board’s Proposed Guidelines (2011)]<br />
<br />
:: [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/streets-sidewalks/public-rights-of-way/background/revised-draft-guidelines Access Board’s PROWAG (2005)]<br />
<br />
:: [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/streets-sidewalks/public-rights-of-way/guidance-and-research Access Board’s Guidance and Research]<br />
<br />
:: [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/streets-sidewalks/public-rights-of-way/other-prow-resources Access Board’s Public Righs-of-Way Resources]<br />
<br />
::[http://www.mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ Manual on Uniform traffic Control Devices - signals]<br />
<br />
::[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/environment/sidewalks/index.htm FHWA – Designing Sidewalks and Trails for Access, Part I]<br />
<br />
::[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/environment/sidewalk2/index.htm Part II]<br />
<br />
::[http://www.modot.org/othertransportation/bike_ped/Bikepedintro.htm MoDOT Bike/Ped webpage] <br />
<br />
::[http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/standards_and_specs/documents/60810.pdf MoDOT Standard Plan 608.10] <br />
<br />
::[http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/Online%20Standard%20Plans/60850.pdf MoDOT Standard Plan 608.50]<br />
<br />
::[http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/standards_and_specs/documents/ConcreteSidewkCurbRamps1.pdf MoDOT Special Sheet, Concrete Curb Ramps]<br />
<br />
*[http://www.wdol.gov/dba.aspx#0 Federal Wage Rates]<br />
<br />
*[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/index.cfm FHWA's Construction webpage]<br />
<br />
*[http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/standards_and_specs/highwayspecs.htm Missouri Standard Specifications for Highway Construction]<br />
<br />
*[https://labor.mo.gov/prevailing-wage State Wage Rates for Local Agency Projects]<br />
<br />
*[http://labor.mo.gov/DLS/PrevailingWage/gwo State Wage Rates for MoDOT Projects]<br />
<br />
*[http://www.enhancements.org/ National Transportation Enhancement Clearinghouse]<br />
<br />
*[http://moltap.org/ Missouri LTAP, Local Technical Assistance Program]<br />
<br />
*[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/federalaid/projects.cfm Guide to Federal-Aid Programs and Projects]<br />
<br />
*[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/reports/financingfederalaid/ Financing Federal-Aid Highways]<br />
<br />
===136.12.3.4 Recent Changes to LPA Policy===<br />
<br />
This information has been moved to [[136.13 LPA Policy Changes|EPG 136.13 LPA Policy Changes]].<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Category:136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy|136.12]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=LPA:136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction&diff=51633LPA:136.11 Local Public Agency Construction2022-06-21T19:16:45Z<p>Smithk: updated links</p>
<hr />
<div>This article is intended as a guide to Local Public Agencys (LPAs) to ensure federal-aid project requirements are met while administering the construction of and corresponding documentation required of a typical LPA project. No work is to be initiated on any part of the project until federal funding has been approved (obligated) by [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/ FHWA] and the local agency has been notified by MoDOT to proceed. <br />
{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:7px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:left; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="400px" align="right" <br />
|-<br />
|<center>'''Figures'''</center><br />
|-<br />
|[[LPA:136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links#Construction Reimbursement Form|Fig. 136.3.18, Construction Reimbursement Form]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.1 Nov 2013.doc|Fig. 136.11.1, General Guidelines for LPA Preconstruction Conference]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.2.xlsx|Fig. 136.11.2, Change Order Form]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.3 2016.pdf|Fig. 136.11.3, Progress Report]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.4 2015.doc|Fig. 136.11.4, Request for Approval of Subcontract]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.5 Dec 2015.xls|Fig. 136.11.5, DBE Subcontract Worksheet]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.6 Dec 2015.pdf|Fig. 136.11.6, Subcontractor Certification Regarding Affirmative Action]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.7.doc|Fig. 136.11.7, Wage Rate Interview (Labor Compliance/EEO)]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.8.doc|Fig. 136.11.8, Form FHWA-1391]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.9 2016.docx|Fig. 136.11.9, Contractor DBE Certification]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.10.doc|Fig. 136.11.10, Contractor’s Affidavit Regarding Settlement of Claims]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.11.doc|Fig. 136.11.11, Affidavit (Compliance with Prevailing Wage Law)]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.12.doc|Fig. 136.11.12, Site Visit Checklist]]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Job_Site_Bulletin_Board_Checklist_fillable.pdf Fig. 136.11.13, Job Bulletin Board Checklist]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig. 136.11.14 secure.pdf|Fig. 136.11.14, Construction Invoice Example 1]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig. 136.11.15.pdf|Fig. 136.11.15, Construction Invoice Example 2]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.18.docx|Fig. 136.11.18, LPA Final Inspection Letter]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.19.docx|Fig. 136.11.19, LPA Final List of Acceptance Testers]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.20.docx|Fig. 136.11.20, LPA DBE Certification Letter]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.21.docx|Fig. 136.11.21, LPA Vendor Lien Waiver]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.22.docx|Fig. 136.11.22, LPA Final Acceptance Checklist]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.23 2016.pdf|Fig. 136.11.23, LPA Semi-Final Inspection Checklist (Form C-236 LPA)]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Form C-239 2016.pdf|Fig. 136.11.24, LPA Final Acceptance Report (Form C-239 LPA)]]<br />
|- <br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CUF_Determination_Form_Contracts_Let_After_03_2021.pdf Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Determination Form]<br />
|-<br />
| [[Off-Systems Guide Schedule for Federal-Aid Acceptance Sampling and Testing (FAST)|Off-Systems Guide Schedule for Federal-Aid Acceptance Sampling & Testing (FAST)]]<br />
|-<br />
|<div id="PowerPoint Tutorials"></div><br />
|-<br />
! <center>'''"How To" PowerPoint Tutorials'''</center><br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11 How to Develop.ppt|How to Develop and Use the Daily Diary and Payment Diary for LPA Inspectors]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11 How to Coomplete.ppt|How to Complete a Change Order and Get it Approved]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11 How to Close.ppt|How to Close Out a Federal Aid Construction Project]]<br />
|-<br />
|<center>'''Federal-Aid Essential Videos'''</center><br />
|-<br />
|[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/federal-aidessentials/catmod.cfm?category=construc Project Construction and Contract Administration]<br />
|-<br />
|[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/federal-aidessentials/catmod.cfm?category=civilrig Civil Rights]<br />
|-<br />
|<center>'''Brochure'''</center><br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11 Buy America Brochure.pdf|Buy America Requirements for the Federal-Aid Construction Program]]<br />
|}<br />
==136.11.1 Project Oversight==<br />
<br />
The LPA shall have a '''person in "responsible charge"''' (RC) of the administration of the project including construction inspection. This person must be an employee or a paid elected official of the local agency who is accountable for the project. If a consultant is hired to oversee the project the RC should be available at all times to respond to any issues on the project. The RC or designated consultant should have the necessary experience, training and knowledge to ensure that project construction and administration follows all requirements as described in the project documents and standard practice. The RC will be the primary contact for MoDOT regarding any contract administration issues.<br />
<br />
All items of work on the project shall be inspected. Major items of work such as bridge deck pouring, paving or other high cost or critical items may require more attention than other minor items of work. MoDOT’s Engineering Policy Guide or [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT district representatives] are good sources for tools to adequately administer the project.<br />
<br />
==136.11.2 Work by LPA Forces==<br />
<br />
The LPA may elect, with MoDOT and FHWA approval, to perform work with its own forces (see [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.12 Federal-aid Participation for Local Work|EPG 136.3.12 Federal-aid Participation for Local Work]] for more information), if done so they will not need to comply with the labor records, postings, payroll checking, interviews, and Davis-Bacon minimum prevailing wages requirements. However, it will be necessary for the LPA to comply with the provisions of [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/1273/1273.pdf Form PR-1273], Required Federal-Aid Provisions - All Federal-Aid Construction Contracts, Section II - Equal Opportunity, and Section III - Non-segregated Facilities. These two sections essentially require that the local agency be an “Equal Opportunity Employer.” See [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.15 Reimbursement and Auditing|EPG 136.3.15 Reimbursement and Auditing]] for required records to support reimbursement for work performed by LPA forces.<br />
<br />
==136.11.3 Notice to Proceed==<br />
<br />
Following the concurrence of award of the contract from MoDOT, the LPA must submit executed copies of the contract to MoDOT. The district representative will review the contract for compliance and will inform the LPA that they can issue "notice to proceed" (NTP) and proceed with construction.<br />
<br />
'''No work is to be initiated on any part of the project until FHWA approves (obligates) federal funding and MoDOT notifies the LPA to proceed.'''<br />
<br />
A pre-construction conference must be scheduled and attended by the LPA, the contractor and MoDOT before any work begins on the project.<br />
<br />
==136.11.4 Preconstruction Conference==<br />
<br />
A preconstruction conference shall be conducted by the LPA, prior to the start of work, to ensure that all parties involved are aware of their responsibilities. Those invited to attend shall include but not be limited to representatives from the consultant (if applicable), contractor, subcontractors, utilities (if involved), local police, fire, postal, other emergency services (if necessary), any school agencies (if traffic is to be severely restricted or road closed), and MoDOT. Arrangements for and notice given of the meeting shall be completed at least one week prior to the meeting date. [[media:136.11.1 Nov 2013.doc|Fig. 136.11.1 General Guidelines for LPA Preconstruction Conference]] outlines this conference. Note that the initial data pertaining to the project is required within two working days after the start of work.<br />
<br />
For projects that have specified contractor furnished borrow or require disposal of waste material off the LPA right of way, the contractor should be reminded of the requirement that the affected areas must be reviewed by DNR for environmental clearances that will include, but not be limited to the Clean Water Act, the Endangered Species Act, the National Historic Preservation Act, the Farmland Protection Act, Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act and RSMo Chapter 194, Section 194.400 Unmarked Human Burial Sites. A copy of the correspondence from these agencies should be filed with the [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT district representative]. More information on contractor furnished borrow and waste sites can be found in [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements|EPG 136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements]]. Failure to comply with this requirement can cause loss of federal funding.<br />
<br />
If ADA improvements are included within the project, then the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.pdf ADA Checklist, (PDF version of Fig. 136.9.4) (Rev. June 15, 2022)] (or the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.docx MS Word version of the ADA Checklist, Fig. 136.9.4 (Rev. June 15, 2022)]) should be included in the discussion. <br />
<br />
'''Initial Data from LPA'''<br />
<br />
Within two working days after the start of work, the LPA shall furnish a letter to MoDOT containing the following information: <br />
<br />
:'''1.''' Project identification; <br />
:'''2.''' Contractor’s name and address; <br />
:'''3.''' Construction Inspector’s name, address, and phone number; <br />
:'''4.''' Name of full-time employee of agency to be in "responsible charge" of project, including projects with consultant services ([https://www.law.cornell.edu/cfr/text/23/635.105 23 CFR 635.105]). "Responsible charge" means: <br />
<br />
::a. Aware of day-to-day operations on the project <br />
::b. Aware of and involved in decisions about changed conditions that require change orders <br />
::c. Aware of qualifications, assignments, performance of consultant staff at all stages of the project <br />
::d. Visiting the project on a frequency that is commensurate with the magnitude & complexity of the project <br />
<br />
:'''5.''' Name, address, and telephone number of local agency’s consultant, if applicable; <br />
:'''6.''' Date of construction engineering contract approval; <br />
:'''7.''' Date of notice to proceed; <br />
:'''8.''' Completion date or working days; <br />
:'''9.''' Amount of contract; <br />
:'''10.''' Location and description of work; <br />
:'''11.''' Date of letting; <br />
:'''12.''' Date of award; <br />
:'''13.''' Date of preconstruction conference; <br />
:'''14.''' Date on which work actually started; and <br />
:'''15.''' Summary of Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) intent.<br />
<br />
==136.11.5 Subcontracts ==<br />
<br />
Federal-aid contracts require that no less than 30% of the contract work shall be performed by the prime contractor’s own forces and equipment. All contracts shall further hold to the right of approval of any subcontracts prior to performance of subcontract work. The local agency is responsible for assuring the proposed subcontractors are both qualified to perform the proposed items of work and legally bound to comply with all the requirements of the contract as they would apply to the prime contractor, for example, wage rates, equal employment opportunity regulations, submittal of payrolls, etc. No subcontractors may further subcontract any of their work. <br />
<br />
The LPA shall furnish the MoDOT representative the name and address of each subcontractor, the percentage of work sublet to that particular subcontractor, the percentages awarded to DBEs, and the total percentage of work sublet to date. DBEs must be on the MoDOT-approved listing at the time of letting. Subcontract approval forms ([[media:136.11.4 2015.doc|Fig. 136.11.4]], [[media:136.11.5 Dec 2015.xls|Fig. 136.11.5]] and [[media:136.11.6 Dec 2015.pdf|Fig. 136.11.6]]) must be used for submitting subcontractor information. [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/1273/1273.pdf FHWA 1273, Required Federal Contract Provisions], is included in all federal aid contracts, and it is the prime contractor’s responsibility to ensure that all subcontract agreements also include a copy of FHWA 1273. The reviewer should perform a random check on the submitted subcontract agreements to help ensure the prime is meeting this requirement.<br />
<br />
==136.11.6 Information Posters==<br />
<br />
The contracts for highway construction projects require certain information to be conspicuously displayed on the project where employees regularly congregate in preparation for the day’s work. The RC or a delegated representative is to conduct inspections of the bulletin boards. The first inspection should occur when employees begin work on the project. After the initial review, inspections should be conducted every other month until the project is completed to ensure the bulletin board is in good condition and still displays the required posters. The list of required information to be posted both on the project and in the project office is located in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:110_State_and_Federal_Wage_Rates_and_Other_Requirements#110.2_Federal-Aid_Projects_.28Guidance_for_Sec_110.2.29 EPG 110.2]. Many of the posters can be downloaded from MoDOT’s internet contractor resources website. A [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Job_Site_Bulletin_Board_Checklist_fillable.pdf checklist of the job bulletin board posters] is also available. All posters shall be completed as required, showing names and telephone numbers where indicated. For more information on the Federal Davis-Bacon prevailing wage rates see [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PS & E)#136.9.4.1.1.10.1 Federal Wage Rates (23 USC 113 and 29 CFR 5)|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.10.1 Federal Wage Rates]].<br />
<br />
==136.11.7 Equal Employment Opportunity Requirements==<br />
<br />
The [http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=3275bea9e2d87163209535159a10234d&rgn=div5&view=text&node=41:1.2.3.1.1&idno=41 EEO requirements (41 CFR 60.1)] and [http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=3275bea9e2d87163209535159a10234d&rgn=div5&view=text&node=41:1.2.3.1.2&idno=41 (41 CFR 60.2)] are contained in the contract. The local agency should be familiar with and enforce those requirements. <br />
<br />
The LPA shall furnish the name of the contractor or subcontractor whose contract or subcontract is $10,000.00 or more and must submit Federal-Aid Highway Construction Contractors Annual EEO Report, [[media:136.11.8.doc|Fig. 136.11.8, Form FHWA-1391]], to the MoDOT External Civil Rights Division. Employment data should total correctly on this report. <br />
<br />
If a contractor or subcontractor has been active on a project but no work was performed during the above payroll report period, a “No Work Was Performed” report is to be submitted. If a project has not started, no report is required. <br />
<br />
==136.11.8 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE)==<br />
<br />
Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) requirements are also covered in [[:Category:146 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE)|EPG 146 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE)]]. DBE compliance consists of ensuring that the prime contractors utilize DBEs as indicated in their good faith effort. These vendors will be a combination of subcontractors working on the project, suppliers, brokers, and trucking companies. DBE vendors must be on the MoDOT-approved [https://www6.modot.mo.gov/MRCC/Home/PublicSearch MRCC] listing at the bid opening. After the contract is awarded, the contractors should provide a [https://www.modot.org/media/12323 Request to Subcontract Work form] for each subcontractor noting the DBE/non-DBE classification. If a subcontractor is added to the project, they need to be pre-approved by MoDOT prior to performing any work. The LPA should track the DBE progress throughout the project to ensure the goal is met. In calculating the percentage of the contract work performed, all prices for sublet work shall be at contract unit bid prices. Sample forms ([[media:136.11.4 2015.doc|Fig. 136.11.4]] and [[media:136.11.5 Dec 2015.xls|Fig. 136.11.5]]) may be used for submitting subcontractor information and instructions for completing the form ([[media:136.11.6 Dec 2015.pdf|Fig. 136.11.6]]) are available. If there is a concern during the project, [https://www.modot.org/contact-us-0 contact the External Civil Rights Division]. The prime contractor and LPA should ensure that the DBE vendors used to achieve the goal are performing a Commercially Useful Function (CUF).<br />
<br />
==136.11.9 Commercially Useful Function (CUF)==<br />
<br />
Commercially Useful Function (CUF) basically consists of checking that the DBE vendor performs the work, supplies the material, has its own labor, and controls its work. The RC or delegated representative shall conduct at least one CUF interview using the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CUF_Determination_Form_Contracts_Let_After_03_2021.pdf CUF Determination form] for each DBE vendor on the project. Additional interviews shall occur if the inspector notices a change in the DBE vendor or prime contractors operations. The verification for CUF varies depending on the capacity the DBE vendor is being used. See [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:146_Disadvantaged_Business_Enterprise_%28DBE%29#146.3_Commercially_Useful_Function_Verifications EPG 146.3] for a detailed description of what constitutes a check for CUF for various DBE uses. Please review the common [http://contribute.modot.mo.gov/business/lpa/documents/COMMERCIALUSEFULFUNCTIONSREDFLAGS.pdf red flags] found on CUF reviews.<br />
<br />
==136.11.10 On-the-job Training (OJT)==<br />
<br />
On-the-job Training (OJT) requirements are also covered in [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PS & E)#136.9.4.1.1.16 On the Job Training (OJT) (23 CFR Section 230)|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.16 On the Job Training]]. All training goals are established by the MoDOT External Civil Rights (ECR) Division prior to letting. <br />
<br />
Prior to the notice to proceed, the contractor shall submit the [https://www.modot.org/sites/default/files/documents/OJT_1_Trainee_Notification.pdf Trainee Notification form] to the RC or delegated representative. They will then forward the notification to MoDOT ECR Division for approval of the proposed trainee(s). This process will be repeated if a trainee is added anytime during the project. <br />
<br />
In addition to the trainee notification form, the contractor must submit [https://www.modot.org/sites/default/files/documents/OJT_2_Contractor_Monthly_Trainee_Report.pdf monthly trainee reports] throughout the course of the training and the [https://www.modot.org/sites/default/files/documents/OJT_3_Training_Completion.pdf trainee completion form]. The final trainee summary shall be completed at the end of the project or when the trainee goal on the project has been achieved. These forms shall also be submitted to the RC or delegated representative. The LPA will then forward the notification to MoDOT ECR Division for approval. The monthly trainee reports will be verified by the RC or delegated representative against the certified payroll for accuracy and then forwarded to MoDOT ECR Division. <br />
<br />
For further information and guidance about the OJT program and the submittal forms, you may access [https://www.modot.org/job-trainingcontract-compliance the ECR website] or call (573) 751-2978.<br />
<br />
==136.11.11 Value Engineering Change Proposals==<br />
<br />
Value engineering change proposals (VECP) are meant to provide a product of equal or improved quality that will reduce the project cost, improve safety or decrease the time required to complete the project. See [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=4 Sec 104.6] and [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:130_Value_Engineering#130.2_Contractor_initiated_VECPs EPG 130.2] for guidelines on contractor proposals for value engineering. A VECP must be approved by the contractor, consultant engineer (if applicable), LPA, MoDOT and FHWA (if applicable). <br />
<br />
==136.11.12 Construction Administration==<br />
<br />
===136.11.12.1 Consultant Conflict of Interest===<br />
Under [https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=004674eb2f1f808c87da0c3713c3662e&mc=true&node=se23.1.1_133&rgn=div8 23 CFR 1.33], neither a consulting engineering firm, nor any of its employees, that is providing engineering and inspection services for the contracting agency shall be allowed to perform work that is the construction contractor's responsibility. <br />
<br />
It is unacceptable for a consultant to provide both project engineering services for the LPA and engineering services for the project construction contractor. Operating under this arrangement gives the appearance of a possible conflict of interest and is not allowed for federal-aid work, although, surveying will be permitted.<br />
<br />
===136.11.12.2 Construction Engineering Expectations===<br />
The local agency is the main contact for the contractor and is responsible for overseeing the construction activities, which include the day-to-day review and inspection of the project construction activities and the record keeping necessary for documentation. The local agency shall also have a qualified inspector on the project site. The inspector must verify that work performed and materials incorporated are as specified in the contract documents and that the project is built in accordance with approved plans and specifications and that quantities are documented sufficiently to make payments for completed work. At a minimum, the inspector must be present on the job site during critical construction operations including, but not limited to:<br />
<br />
:* structure layout<br />
:* excavation and backfilling<br />
:* driving pile<br />
:* checking of reinforcing steel prior to concrete placement<br />
:* concrete batching and pouring<br />
:* placement of girders <br />
:* placement of surfacing materials<br />
<br />
ALL material incorporated into a project MUST be inspected and documented or the federal funds on the project will be jeopardized.<br />
<br />
==136.11.13 Documentation Requirements==<br />
All costs incurred by the local agency for which federal reimbursement is sought must be supported by original source documents or documentation that provides adequate assurance the quantities of completed work were determined accurately and on a uniform basis. The primary source of administration information is found in two basic sources, the project inspector’s diary and payment diary. These diaries are the primary documents used to verify construction progress and payment and may become a crucial element if any disputes or issues arise on the project. <br />
<br />
Diaries are essential to provide a description of day-to-day activities that occurred on the project, valuable quality control information and historical information of how the project was constructed. As such, the diary is a document focusing on critical project information and used as a communication tool to assist in explaining what the contractor did that day and what took place on the job site. By completing a diary, this provides assurances to MoDOT, taxpayers and FHWA there was compliance and quality control on the project. The diary serves as the primary source of information to ensure pay quantities were measured and paid for accordingly. It should also summarize the labor, material, equipment, work accomplished and other events that affect or explain the contractors progress. The diary then becomes a factual, historical document used to review project compliance, contractor claims or dispute resolution, and serves as the project documentation during an audit.<br />
<br />
Diaries are written such that they are:<br />
:1. Clear; including handwriting and meaning. Refrain from words such as they, he, she. Instead use specific names of individuals.<br />
:2. Concise; use minimum number of words and be factual<br />
:3. Correct; numerous corrected errors give impression of quality of work<br />
:4. Complete; include all information needed to be clear. Document as if describing to someone unfamiliar with the project. Include items such as activities and testing that took place, the result of those activities and tests and any action taken from those results.<br />
:5. Concurrent; document as the events happen, not after. Waiting too long to document makes it easy to forget the specifics.<br />
<br />
Samples of documentation may be obtained from the district MoDOT representative.<br />
<br />
===136.11.13.1 Project Diaries===<br />
Diaries and field books can be handwritten, bound documents or electronic and part of electronic construction management software systems. Diaries must be accurate, well-documented and completed in a timely manner, whether that be as the day progresses, at the end of the day or no later than the next day.<br />
<br />
Handwritten diaries shall be completed in ink in securely bound, high-grade field books. Any corrections shall be made by lining out the entry, initialing and dating. Do not use erasures or correction fluids to make changes.<br />
<br />
If electronic systems are used, a secure back up shall be maintained. Any electronically generated diaries must be kept in a software system which meets the following criteria:<br />
:1. Contract administrator(s) shall not have the capability of deleting any diary information<br />
:2. Any changes to diary entries shall be documented with<br />
::a. Previous entry<br />
::b. Corrected entry<br />
::c. Name or initials of person making the correction<br />
::d. Date of correction<br />
::e. Reason for correction.<br />
<br />
It is the LPA’s responsibility to ensure electronic diary system meets these requirements. MoDOT / FHWA may review electronic diaries during any project review or site visit. If it is determined changes to diary entries were deleted or in any other way compromised, the LPA will be at risk of losing ''all'' federal funding for the project.<br />
<br />
The project diary is completed daily, even if no work occurs, and includes the following: <br />
:* Facts only, no opinions<br />
:* Date<br />
:* Weather including statements related to whether conditions are suitable for construction progress and any delays due to weather. If not working due to weather, make such notation for the day.<br />
:* Progress of work as a percentage; suggested as a bar chart in a suitable scale to indicate the percentage of work completed to date <br />
:* Pay item documentation including work by local forces<br />
:* Instructions to contractor<br />
:* Unusual occurrences effecting project activities <br />
:* Determination of physical condition of work performed, i.e. temporary traffic control items, erosion control items<br />
:* Documentation of tests performed and test results<br />
:* Contractor work hours<br />
:* Completion of check lists<br />
:* Objective remarks of end product<br />
:* Visitors and communication on the project site<br />
:* Labor, equipment and material on site including usage, delays, breakdowns, idle time, inefficiencies, work accomplished and other events that affect or explain contractor progress. If not working due to materials shortages, equipment breakdowns, rejected material, etc., make note of such.<br />
:* Number of employees in each trade and each employee matched with their item of work and equipment including any specific to DBE<br />
:* Signature of inspector completing the diary<br />
:* If a working day contract, the running total of contract time charged and reasons for days credited.<br />
:* Examples of noted events for the day are recommended to include:<br />
::• Status of project Traffic Control Operations including any changes made to the traffic control plan<br />
::• Status of project’s erosion control including any changes made to the erosion control plan<br />
::• Work or materials rejected and reasons why<br />
::• Length and cause of any delay<br />
::• Unusual conditions and effect on job; including any crashes that occurred in the work zone<br />
::• Visitors to the project site<br />
::• Other inspector action, e.g. note wage interviews, DBE compliance checks, major material status, etc.<br />
<br />
For more information on federal requirements and guidelines, see the [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/ FHWA – Construction Contract Administration webpage] or scroll down on [http://www.modot.org/business/lpa/NHITraining.htm MoDOT's LPA website] to locate an online NHI training course on Daily Diaries.<br />
<br />
===136.11.13.2 Payment Diaries===<br />
'''The following information shall be recorded neatly and clearly in the payment diary:'''<br />
<br />
:* Date<br />
:* Inspectors signature or initials<br />
:* Location of the installed work indicated by stations, log miles or location-based reference. Pictures are also a good documentation source. <br />
:* Quantity of work installed on that day.<br />
:* Running total of that item of work.<br />
:* Any pertinent calculations or measurements including charge orders, extra work or work by local forces. <br />
:* Material received and approved (or rejected and reasoning). <br />
:* Receipt of materials certification.<br />
:* Notes related to how total compares to plan quantity.<br />
:* If material allowances are used, they must not exceed the estimated quantities required by the job nor the test reports or certifications. Care must also be taken to reduce the material allowance, as the material is paid-in-place. The invoice must be marked paid by the supplier. Being marked paid by the contractor is not allowed. <br />
:* For lump sum items and excavations, an estimated percentage of completed work shall be placed in the summary. Documentation for payment shall be shown in the project diary entries as the work is being accomplished. <br />
<br />
===136.11.13.3 Invoices===<br />
The LPA must submit invoices to MoDOT for reimbursement of costs contained in the agreements and contracts as they are incurred. The invoices may not be submitted more than once every two weeks. Progress invoices must be submitted monthly. The final invoice must be submitted within 30 days of final acceptance. See [[LPA:136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links#Construction Reimbursement Form|Figure 136.3.18 for Construction Invoice]] templates. For detailed information on the procedures to be followed, see [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.15 Reimbursement and Auditing|EPG 136.3.15 Reimbursement and Auditing]]. In addition, [[media:Fig. 136.11.14 secure.pdf|Fig. 136.11.14]] and [[media:Fig. 136.11.15.pdf|Fig 136.11.15]] are completed construction invoices that can be used as examples when preparing a construction invoice for reimbursement.<br />
<br />
===136.11.13.4 Erosion Control===<br />
The LPA shall ensure the land disturbance site is inspected on a regular schedule and within a reasonable time period (not to exceed 48 hours) following a runoff event. Regularly scheduled inspections (recommend using MoDOT's [http://www.modot.org/business/contractor_resources/Quality_Management/Land%20Disturbance%20Inspection%20Record.docx Land Disturbance Inspection Record]) shall be conducted at a minimum of once every seven days. For disturbed areas where permanent ground cover has not been established, all installed BMPs and other pollution control measures shall be inspected for proper installation, operation and maintenance. <br />
<br />
Locations where storm water leaves the site shall be inspected for evidence of erosion or sediment deposition. Any deficiencies noted during a weekly inspection shall be corrected within seven calendar days of that inspection. The results of the weekly inspections in a given month shall be recorded in that month’s report. The inspector shall promptly notify the site contractors responsible for operation and maintenance of BMPs of the deficiencies. See [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:806_Pollution%2C_Erosion_and_Sediment_Control#806.7_Construction_Inspection_Guidance_for_Sec._806 EPG 806.7 Construction Inspection Guidance for Sec. 806] and [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:203_Roadway_and_Drainage_Excavation%2C_Embankment_and_Compaction#Borrow_.28Sec_203.3.29 EPG 203.1 Borrow] for more information regarding storm water and erosion control requirements.<br />
<br />
A log of each inspection shall be kept. The inspection report is to include the following minimum information: inspector’s name, date of inspection, observations relative to the effectiveness of the BMPs, actions taken or necessary to correct deficiencies, and listing of areas where land disturbance operations have permanently or temporarily stopped. The inspection report shall be signed by the inspector. <br />
<br />
The LPA shall at all times ensure that all pollution control measures and systems are in good order to achieve compliance with the terms of the general permit. <br />
<br />
===136.11.13.5 American’s with Disabilities Act (ADA) Check List===<br />
Pedestrian facilities must be accessible to all people to the maximum extent feasible in accordance with Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA). For detailed information and criteria see [[:Category:642 Pedestrian Facilities|EPG 642 Pedestrian Facilities]]. <br />
<br />
Prior to or during the final inspection, the [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT district representative] will utilize the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.pdf ADA Checklist, (PDF version of Fig. 136.9.4) (Rev. June 15, 2022)] (or the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.docx MS Word version of the ADA Checklist, Fig. 136.9.4 (Rev. June 15, 2022)]), to verify the project has been constructed to meet the current ADA requirements. Providing the checklist to the contractor at the preconstruction conference is considered a best practice.<br />
<br />
===136.11.13.6 Progress Reports===<br />
The LPA shall submit a copy of a monthly report to the [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT district representative] stating the progress of the work. [[media:136.11.3 2016.pdf|Fig. 136.11.3]] provides the Progress Report format. The LPA may elect to summarize construction activities for the project on a weekly basis and consolidate them into the monthly report.<br />
<br />
===136.11.13.7 Document Retention===<br />
The MoDOT district or FHWA representative may review daily diaries and payment diaries on the project site at any time. The LPA shall maintain all books, documents, papers, accounting records and other evidence pertaining to the costs incurred. Such materials shall be available at the LPA’s office for inspection by MoDOT, [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/ FHWA] or their authorized representatives at all reasonable times during the contract period and for (3) three years after the date on which the local agency receives reimbursement of its final invoice from MoDOT, and copies thereof shall be furnished if requested.<br />
<br />
==136.11.14 Labor==<br />
<br />
Missouri and federal law requires minimum wage rates (pay) for the various skilled trades. These wage rates are specified in the contract at the time of bidding and are enforced by MoDOT, the LPA, and the [http://www.labor.mo.gov/ MO Department of Labor] during the construction of the project. For more information on the Federal Davis-Bacon prevailing wage rates see [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PS & E)#136.9.4.1.1.10.1 Federal Wage Rates (23 USC 113 and 29 CFR 5)|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.10.1 Federal Wage Rates]].<br />
<br />
===136.11.14.1 Labor Records===<br />
The LPA shall obtain payrolls and forms related to [https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title41/41cfr60-1_main_02.tpl Equal Employment Opportunity (41 CFR 60.1)] and [https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=532eba60f86eea33a5dbf5930bf29b41&mc=true&node=pt41.1.60_62&rgn=div5 (41 CFR 60.2)]. They shall also ascertain that necessary posters (see [[#136.11.13 Documentation Requirements|EPG 136.11.13 Documentation Requirements]]) are in place on the project. <br />
<br />
A certified copy of each weekly payroll must be submitted by the prime contractor within 7 days of the payment date of the payroll. The certification may be attached to the payroll or may be on the payroll itself. The prime contractor will be responsible for the submittal of payrolls and certifications for all subcontractors on the project. In the event that work is temporarily suspended, the last payroll shall be marked appropriately to note that it will be the last payroll until work is resumed. <br />
<br />
Payrolls to be submitted shall be checked for compliance with the contract requirements. The local agency shall retain all payrolls for a period of three years after the date on which the local agency receives reimbursement of its final invoice from MoDOT, during which time they shall be open to inspection by MoDOT and/or FHWA. <br />
<br />
The LPA shall check payrolls, with the following checks being made to ensure proper labor compliance: <br />
<br />
:1. The employee’s full name, identifying number (such as last four digits of Social Security Number) and complete address, including zip code, must appear on each payroll. For projects that are only state-funded projects, addresses will be required to be placed on certified payrolls. For federal-aid projects, placing addresses on the payrolls will be optional. The contractor is no longer allowed to include complete Social Security numbers on certified payrolls for projects let after January 18, 2009. In lieu of the Social Security number, the contractor must assign the employee an identification number and place that identification number on the certified payroll. This identification number can be the last four digits of the employee's Social Security number. For those projects that were let prior to January 18, 2009 the contractor must still provide Social Security numbers and addresses on certified payrolls. <br />
<br />
:2. Check the payroll for correct employee classification. <br />
<br />
::a. Check to assure each employee has a classification. <br />
::b. Make sure classifications are correct as related to the type of work the company has subcontracted. <br />
::c. Employees enrolled in the MoDOT training program must be shown on the payroll in the classification they are enrolled in as trainee. (i.e. Crane Operator Trainee, Carpenter, Laborer, etc.) <br />
::d. When possible, confirm that employees are classified correctly as to what type work they are performing by using the interview process, jobsite visits, and communication with the inspectors, and by reviewing the Inspector’s Daily Report of Construction. <br />
::e. Foremen or supervisors who perform 20% or less of the day with the tools of the trade are exempt from the Davis Bacon Act. They must appear on the payroll as "foreman" or "supervisor" with a breakdown of hours per day and total hours and, since hourly wage rates are not required, they can be listed under Salary Agreement. <br />
::f. Foremen or supervisors who work with tools of the trade more than 20% of the day are not entitled to an exemption under the Davis Bacon Act. Thus, if the hourly wage rate is the same for both classifications the employee will be listed on the payroll to show both classifications in which they performed (i.e. Foreman/Carpenter), hours per day listed along with an hourly wage rate, gross amount earned, deductions and net wages paid. But, if the hourly wage rate is not the same for both classifications then multiple listings for the employee shall be included on the payroll to show each classification of work performed in each day along with all the appropriate information.<br />
<br />
:3. Check the payroll for correct hourly wage and, where applicable, the correct overtime hourly rate. <br />
::a. Check employee’s rate of pay against the state and federal wage rates, where applicable, to make sure the employee is receiving at least the minimum for the individual's classification as per the prevailing wage schedule in the contract. For federally funded projects the rate of pay is the highest of either the federal or state wage rates. <br />
::b. Make sure fringe benefit amount plus base pay amount matches or exceeds the designated fringe benefit amount plus designated base pay amount from the applicable wage order. For example, the base pay amount could be less than that designated as the prevailing wage, if the fringe benefit amount is more than that designated, and the two together meet or exceed the designated gross prevailing wage. The contractor should be encouraged to list the exact fringe paid for each employee on the payroll. If the contractor chooses to certify that the fringe benefits are being paid to approved plans, funds, or programs, the contractor shall provide documentation that the correct payment amount is being paid to the fund for the individual employees. <br />
::Check the daily and weekly hours worked in each classification including actual overtime hours worked (not adjusted hours). <br />
:4. All deductions shall be listed and the net wage shown. The Form WH-347 is to be used where fringe benefits are paid into established programs. However, if fringe benefits are paid in cash to the employee, the amount shall be indicated on the payroll and noted on the statement of compliance. <br />
::a. All deductions must be identified. If a deduction of “other” is listed on the payroll it must be explained on the statement of compliance. <br />
::b. Some typical deductions include <br />
:::1) State or federal taxes <br />
:::2) Voluntary insurance, pension, and/or retirement plans <br />
:::3) Child support and other payments ordered by a court (but not payments to the employer) <br />
:::4) Prepaid wages <br />
:::5) Payments to charitable organizations <br />
:::6) Union dues when agreed to by the union (fines are not allowable) <br />
::c. All deductions must be an approved deduction. (If not on the approved list above, documentation giving employee’s permission for the deduction must be on file.) <br />
::d. Non-standard deductions can be approved by the Division of Labor on a yearly basis. The contractor must provide documentation along with the payroll when any approved non-standard deductions are in use.<br />
:5. To assure that the payrolls are arithmetically correct, approximately 10% of the extensions on the first three payrolls shall be checked. The contractor is to be advised of any violations noted on the labor payroll. All the errors are to be corrected by means of a supplementary payroll. <br />
:6. All checking by the local agency shall be initialed by the checker. <br />
:7. Final payrolls shall be marked “Final” or “Last Payroll.” <br />
:8. The local agency is to maintain a secure record of all payrolls.<br />
<br />
The prime contractor and each subcontractor are required to submit a weekly statement of compliance within seven days of the payment date of each payroll period. This statement must be signed by the contractor, subcontractor, or their agent who pays or supervises the payment of persons employed under the contract and shall certify that the payroll for the pay period contains the information required and that such information is correct and complete, [http://www.dol.gov/whd/programs/dbra/wh347.htm Form WH-347], is to be submitted in the prescribed form as set out in the “Required Contract Provisions” included in the contract. The local agency is to maintain a secure record of all statements. This Form WH-347 is available to contractors from the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402.<br />
<br />
===136.11.14.2 Labor Interviews===<br />
LPA personnel are to conduct one wage rate interview on each project every two weeks. Labor interviews are not required on railroad and other utility adjustments. The interviewer shall determine the employee’s name, the classification of the employee, the actual wage paid, and the posted wage rate. Interviews shall be documented as shown on form, [[media:136.11.7.doc|Fig. 136.11.5 Wage Rate Interview (Labor Compliance/EEO)]]. <br />
<br />
The LPA shall submit a semi-annual report to the [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT district representative] containing the following information: <br />
<br />
:1. Number of contractors or subcontractors against whom complaints were received <br />
:2. Number of investigations completed (if complaints were received) <br />
:3. Number of contractors or subcontractors found in violation <br />
:4. Amount of restitution due under: <br />
::a. Davis-Bacon and Related Acts <br />
::b. Work Hours Act of 1962 <br />
::(The Davis-Bacon Act encompasses prevailing wage rate violations, whereas the Contract Work Hours Act encompasses daily and weekly overtime violations.) <br />
:5. Number of employees due wage restitution under Davis-Bacon and related Acts and/or Work Hours Act of 1962 <br />
:6. Amount of liquidated damages assessed under Work Hours Act of 1962<br />
<br />
The above report is due not later than April 4 for the period from October 1 to March 31 and not later than October 5 for the period from April 1 to September 30. This report shall include all information gathered on all projects.<br />
<br />
==136.11.15 Change Orders==<br />
<br />
A change order is a supplement to the contract. It is prepared to provide authority to pay for revisions in quantities and to authorize changes in scope of work, schedule, design concept or specifications. Changes in scope should be limited to the original intent, purpose and limits (length and width) of the job. <br />
<br />
===136.11.15.1 Change Order Documentation===<br />
Change orders should be documented on the MoDOT change order report form ([[media:136.11.2.xlsx|Fig. 136.11.2]]) and be identified by the Federal-aid project number, if applicable. The LPA representative writing the change order should use brief, accurate and complete reasons for the contract changes. The reasons should include construction facts; such as utility locations, incorrect shrinkage factors, plan sheet errors, excessive erosion, etc.; rather than general statements that merely state quantities vary. Change order items should be listed in the same order as they appear in the contract. No combination of items will be permitted. Controlling specifications should be checked carefully to establish the LPA’s responsibility for payment. Change orders are to be numbered consecutively per contract.<br />
<br />
If the change order includes a contingent item for which the method of payment is not established by the contract specifications, a detail of all work covered by that item and the supplemental specification covering construction of that item must be shown including description, materials, construction requirements, method of measurement and basis of payment. References to the contract specifications may be used when applicable.<br />
<br />
:* If a contingent item price can be agreed upon between the LPA and the contractor then the substantiating data shall be attached to show how the price was determined including an independent estimate of cost by the LPA. <br />
<br />
:* If a contingent item price cannot be agreed upon between the LPA and the contractor and the work has to be performed under force account, then the unit price will consist of the actual local agency or contractor material, labor and equipment costs in accordance with [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.15 Reimbursement and Auditing|EPG 136.3.15 Reimbursement and Auditing]]. The unit price should be shown as 1.00 and the units to be constructed would be the estimated cost. <br />
<br />
Supplemental information necessary to document the change order should be attached to the change order. The attachments should include the contract number and change order number. A clear description or drawing can expedite processing the change order.<br />
<br />
Additional engineering and/or resulting construction costs due to design errors and omissions, resulting in a re-design, are not eligible for federal participation. Participation in added project costs resulting from re-design or plan changes can only be considered in cases where it can definitely be established that the changes were the result of unforeseen site conditions or other causes that would not reasonably be under the control of the LPA or its engineer. <br />
<br />
Contract time extensions granted by the local agency which affect project costs or liquidated damages must be fully justified and adequately documented. The local agency will be liable for any liquidated damages for time extensions granted by them and not approved by MoDOT. Under these conditions, the money value of the damages will be deducted from money due the LPA.<br />
<br />
The final change order is used to convert quantities to final status as determined at completion of the project. The final change order should be completed within 45 days of Final Inspection. If no final change order is necessary due to all quantities being updated to final status by previous change order, a statement to that effect should be included in the final plans submittal letter.<br />
<br />
===136.11.15.2 Change Order Approval===<br />
Change orders must have approval from the LPA, consultant (if applicable), MoDOT and the FHWA (if applicable) before the work is started. Exceptions are granted for routine or minor changes, or emergency revisions for which verbal approval has been granted. In rare cases it may be necessary to proceed with emergency measures without prior approval. In such cases verbal approval should be sought from the authorizing parties as soon as practicable. Indicate in the diary or letter of transmittal the name of the individual who provided that verbal approval. <br />
<br />
The contractor's signature should also be requested on change orders. If the contractor refuses to sign the change order, it should be documented and this documentation included with the change order when submitted to the authorizing parties. <br />
<br />
Change orders must be submitted as soon as practicable if they involve contingent items or changes in design features so that approval or rejection will be made before plans to perform the work materialize. Change orders covering overruns or underruns should be submitted promptly since they affect the contractor's monthly payment estimate. <br />
<br />
Any electronic copy with digital signatures is considered official however the primary copy should be immediately saved to a protected location with at least one back up. When the contractor’s digitally signed copy is returned it should be saved over the primary copy and further digital signatures, if necessary, should be encoded to that primary copy. <br />
<br />
If paper is used, regardless of the approval level, the local agency will produce a total of two copies of change order. The LPA will forward both copies of change order to the contractor for signature. The contractor will sign and return one, and keep the other. The original signed change order will be retained by the LPA for 3 years after final settlement.<br />
<br />
There are three levels of change order approval:<br />
<div id="Change Order Level 1"></div><br />
'''Change Order Level 1''' is approved in documentation, by the contractor, consulting engineer (if applicable), the LPA and by the [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT district representative]. Level 1 conditions include: <br />
<br />
:1. Any no-cost change orders (used when the direct substitution of a particular line item with a contingent item does not generate an additional cost or cost reduction). <br />
:2. Any change in a contract or contingency item less than $5,000. <br />
:Examples of a Level 1 change order are available.<br />
<br />
'''Change Order Level 2''' is approved, in documentation, by all listed in Change Order Level 1 and the FHWA on projects designated for federal involvement for change orders on the PODI Matrix. Level 2 conditions include: <br />
<br />
:1. Final change orders <br />
:2. Any change in a contract item or contingency item from $5,000 to $50,000. <br />
:3. Any new contingency item from $5,000 to $50,000.<br />
:4. Any specification change. <br />
:5. Any revision in a contract unit price. <br />
:6. Any change in a major line item greater than 25% from the original contract amount for that line item (in dollars). <br />
:7. Any change of the contract amount greater than 25% of the original contract bid amount (also in dollars). <br />
:8. Any change in design concept. <br />
:9. Any change order not approved by the contractor. <br />
:10. Any change order for adjustments due to differing site conditions or significant changes in the character of the work. <br />
:11. All value engineering change orders regardless of cost. <br />
:12. Any change order granting a time extension. <br />
<br />
'''Change Order Level 3''' is approved in documentation, by all listed in Change Order Level 2 and MoDOT’s State Construction and Materials Engineer. Level 3 conditions include:<br />
<br />
:1. Any change in a contract or contingency item greater than $50,000. <br />
:2. Any new contingency item greater than $50,000. <br />
:3. Additions greater than 50% of the original contract amount <br />
:4. Additions greater than $50,000.<br />
<br />
==136.11.16 Dispute and Claim Resolution==<br />
<br />
Occasional Escalation of an Issue – Conflicts are inevitable in any human endeavor. Key players should be encouraged to escalate to the next level of management any issues they are unable to resolve themselves. Escalation saves time and money and may prevent the stakeholders from taking a rigid position and thus keep a relatively minor issue from becoming a claim. Most importantly, escalation of an issue may preserve the working relationship of the key players.<br />
<br />
Development of an Issue Resolution Process – The key players should design their own systems for resolving issues on the project. Specific teams composed of personnel from the various stakeholders, who are knowledgeable about their particular technical portions of the contract, discuss potential problems and the way they would like to see them handled. They decide how issues that are not resolved at their level will be escalated to the next level in a timely fashion so that the decision-making process becomes more efficient and costly delays are avoided.<br />
<br />
The [http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/materials/Project%20Conflict%20Resolution%20Flowchart.pdf MoDOT Conflict Resolution Flowchart] is available.<br />
<br />
Contractor Claims – In the event of a claim, contact your MoDOT representative. If federal-aid participation is desired in a contract claim payment, early and often coordination is necessary between FHWA, MoDOT and the LPA.<br />
<br />
==136.11.17 Materials ==<br />
<br />
Testing and certification are necessary for all material incorporated into an LPA project. The testing and certification documentation must show the quantity of material being reported and whether it meets the specifications. . All materials in a Federal-aid LPA project must comply with [[106.9 Buy America Requirement|Buy America]] requirements.<br />
<br />
===136.11.17.1 Material Acceptance===<br />
Material acceptance is based on the following two types of sampling and testing: <br />
<br />
:1. Job control samples are taken and tests are conducted as work progresses to assure the project is constructed in compliance with the applicable specifications. All project sampling and testing of materials shall be performed by the LPA or by a consultant employed by the LPA. The guidelines in the [[Off-Systems Guide Schedule for Federal-Aid Acceptance Sampling and Testing (FAST)|Off-Systems Guide Schedule for Federal-Aid Acceptance Sampling and Testing (FAST) table]] should be followed as a minimum. <br />
<br />
:All technicians who perform, or are required by the FHWA to witness, such sampling and testing shall be deemed as qualified by virtue of successfully completing the requirements of [[106.18 Technician Certification Program|EPG 106.18 Technician Certification Program]], for that specific technical area. They will be identified by a certification card issued by the certifying authority. The card will note the expiration date and each certification level and must be on hand during sample and testing. Any individual who has not been qualified is not eligible to perform these functions on federal-aid projects. <br />
<br />
:Test reports or certifications are necessary for all material incorporated into the work. The test report or certification must show the quantity of material being reported and whether it meets the specifications. <br />
<br />
:Submission of job control test results to MoDOT is not required unless requested by MoDOT or the FHWA. These test results must be retained as outlined in this article. <br />
<br />
:2. Independent assurance samples and tests will be performed by MoDOT personnel in accordance with the procedures and at the frequency set forth in [[106.22 Material Inspection Revisions|EPG 106.22 Material Inspection Revisions]].<br />
<br />
===136.11.17.2 Material Documentation===<br />
The following material documentation shall be kept for 3 years following project acceptance.<br />
<br />
:* The name and work area being tested for any personnel conducting materials tests for acceptance.<br />
<br />
:* Material receipts must be retained and shall show proper reference to the job and indicate proper weight and measurements and moisture deductions when applicable. Each material ticket must be validated by both the scale inspector and the inspector at the job site. Certain small quantities are exempted from weight requirements. It is suggested that tickets be bound according to type of material and date. Each bundle would then support the entries in the field book. <br />
<br />
:* Testing and certification reports must be retained. It is also necessary that they be received by the LPA prior to their payment to the contractor for the material represented. Certain small quantities are exempted from testing requirements. Certification and test reports shall be labeled with the number of the bid item represented and shall be kept in numerical order.<br />
<br />
==136.11.18 Final Plans==<br />
<br />
If any project involves work on state right of way or if MoDOT will be maintaining any portion of the completed improvement, the local agency shall furnish to the [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT district representative] two complete sets of final “as built” plans. Final plans shall be submitted within 60 days of final acceptance (as defined in [[#136.11.19 Final Acceptance|EPG 136.11.19 Final Acceptance]]) of the project. <br />
<br />
For all bridge plans, if there are any design changes, final “as built” bridge plans shall be submitted to the MoDOT district representative.<br />
<br />
==136.11.19 Final Acceptance==<br />
<br />
''Final acceptance'' of a project by an LPA occurs by verifying successful project completion through one or more inspections. <br />
<br />
When the LPA and the prime contractor presume that project construction is complete, an inspection is scheduled by the LPA. The inspection party includes representatives from the LPA, MoDOT, prime contractor, and in some cases, the FHWA and subcontractor(s). <br />
<br />
The scheduled inspection becomes the ''final inspection'' if it is determined by the inspection party that all contract items have been completed in their entirety and are of satisfactory quality. By merit of the final inspection, the project also receives ''final acceptance''.<br />
<br />
The scheduled inspection becomes a ''semi-final inspection'', if it is determined by the inspection party that corrections or exceptions must be made before ''final acceptance''.<br />
<br />
:* <u>Corrections</u> are work items that affect the performance and serviceability of the project and impact road users until they are completed.<br />
<br />
:* <u>Exceptions</u> are time-dependent work items that do not directly impact road users. They generally fall into one of the three following categories:<br />
<br />
::1. Establishment of soil stabilization through seeding/sodding/planting and maintenance of associated temporary erosion control measures,<br />
::2. Traffic signal test periods,<br />
::3. Lighting system test periods.<br />
<br />
After the corrections have been successfully completed the LPA may deem the project ''substantially complete'' and halt the working/calendar day count. <br />
<br />
After corrections <u>and</u> exceptions have been successfully completed, the LPA inspection party shall perform a ''final inspection'' and grant ''final acceptance''. The LPA takes over maintenance responsibility for the project from the contractor.<br />
<br />
''Final acceptance'' by MoDOT occurs after the LPA has submitted all the applicable [[media:136.11.22.docx| final documents]] (certifications) listed in EPG 136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications. These documents are to be received within 60 days of the final inspection date. After review and acceptance of the documentation, MoDOT will issue a [[media:Form C-239 2016.pdf|final acceptance report (Form C-239 LPA)]] and process final reimbursement to the LPA.<br />
<br />
==136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications==<br />
<br />
Full payment of the final invoice will not be considered until the local agency has electronically furnished the following documents: <br />
<br />
:1. The [[media:136.11.23 2016.pdf|LPA Semi-Final Inspection Checklist (Form C-236 LPA)]], that includes the listing of those who were present at the semi-final inspection. This is required for both contractor and local agency work, where applicable. <br />
<br />
:2. The LPA’s [[media:136.11.18.docx|final acceptance letter]] showing the number of working days or calendar days charged, completion date and the amount of liquidated damages, if any. <br />
<br />
:3. A [[media:136.11.19.docx|final list of acceptance testers]] used on the project and a certification stating <br />
<br />
::a. “The results of the tests or acceptance samples indicate that material incorporated in the construction work and the construction operations controlled by sampling and testing were in reasonably close conformity with the approved plans and specifications, and such results compare favorably with the results of independent assurance sampling and testing.” Any deviations from the specifications must be explained along with the reason for acceptance. <br />
<br />
::b. “All field tests were performed in conformity with the governing specifications and the results were in reasonably close conformity with the specifications.” Explain any deviations and why the work was accepted. <br />
<br />
::c. “The project was constructed substantially in conformity with the plans and specifications for the project.” <br />
<br />
:4. Contractor certification and local agency recommendation <br />
<br />
::a. The [[media:136.11.9 2016.docx|Fig. 136.11.9 Contractor DBE Certification]] showing the final DBE participation on the project including the DBEs used, the type of work performed, and the dollar amount paid to each DBE. <br />
<br />
::b. The local agency’s recommendation regarding the contractor’s fulfillment of the DBE requirements. The local agency shall also provide written documentation from each DBE that they were paid in full for the work identified in the Contractor DBE Certification. Examples of documentation from DBEs may include a [[media:136.11.20.docx|letter]], e-mail, [[media:136.11.21.docx|lien waiver]] or copies of reimbursement checks. If DBE goals were not met, include documentation as to why. <br />
<br />
:5. Final Invoice <br />
<br />
:6. Final Detailed Estimate of Quantities <br />
<br />
:7. [[media:136.11.10.doc|Fig. 136.11.10 Contractor's Affidavit Regarding Settlement of Claims]] <br />
<br />
:8. [[media:136.11.2.xlsx|Final Change Order]] (if needed) <br />
<br />
:9. [[media:136.11.11.doc|Fig. 136.11.11 Affidavit (Compliance with Prevailing Wage Law)]] from the prime and subcontractors<br />
<br />
These documents are to be received within 60 days of the Final Inspection date. Final Reimbursement will be processed once all close out documentation has been reviewed and accepted.<br />
<br />
==136.11.21 Guidance for MoDOT Oversight==<br />
<br />
The [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT district representative] shall periodically review the local project to verify that project administration procedures are adequate. A [[media:136.11.12.doc|LPA Site Visit Checklist]] has been formulated to be used as a guide when visiting a LPA Site. The checklist covers a wide range of details related to project administration and should be used as a guide by the LPA. The MoDOT review shall cover as many of the areas as possible and notations made regarding the project visits. A diary entry shall be made by the MoDOT reviewer to document the project visit. Observations from the project and noted items from the LPA Site Visit Checklist should be included in the diary entry. Any actual documents used or obtained during a site visit shall also be retained by the MoDOT district representative for three (3) years past the final reimbursement for the project by FHWA.<br />
<br />
The frequency of the site visits will be at the discretion of the MoDOT district representative and the adequacy of the LPA’s administration. At least one visit and review at the beginning of the project and near the end of the project shall be conducted. If any deficiencies are sited or further assistance is required by the LPA more visits are warranted. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Category:136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy|136.11]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=LPA:136.9_Plans,_Specs_and_Estimates_(PSE)&diff=51632LPA:136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)2022-06-21T19:15:14Z<p>Smithk: updated links</p>
<hr />
<div>{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:7px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:left; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="360px" align="right" <br />
|-<br />
|<center>'''Figures'''</center><br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.9.1 2019.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1, Final PS&E Submittal Checklist]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.9.2.doc|Fig. 136.9.2, Subcontractor Certification Regarding Affirmative Action]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig. 136.9.3 Jan 2021.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate ]]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.pdf ADA Checklist (PDF) (Rev. June 15, 2022)]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.docx ADA Checklist (MS Word) (Rev. June 15, 2022)]<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.9.5 2020.docx|Fig. 136.9.5, LPA Certification of PS&E]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.9.6.docx|Fig. 136.9.6, Utility Status Letter]]<br />
|-<br />
|[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/1273/1273.pdf Fig. 136.9.7, FHWA 1273]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.9.8 2022.docx|Fig. 136.9.8, DBE Provisions]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig. 136.9.9 2020.docx|Fig. 136.9.9, DBE Submittal Forms]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.9.10.pdf|Fig. 136.9.10, Example Itemized Bid Form]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.9.11.pdf|Fig. 136.9.11, Example Estimate (with categories)]]<br />
|-<br />
|<center>'''Federal-Aid Essential Videos'''</center><br />
|-<br />
|[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/federal-aidessentials/catmod.cfm?category=develop Project Development]<br />
|-<br />
|[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/federal-aidessentials/catmod.cfm?category=civilrig Civil Rights]<br />
|}<br />
=136.9.1 Introduction=<br />
<br />
The preparation of the PS&E for local federally funded projects is the responsibility of the local public agency (LPA). The LPA can either prepare the PS&E, or if they are not adequately staffed to do so, they can hire a consultant to prepare the PS&E. In either case, if using federal funds, the LPA must ensure that Preliminary Engineering (PE) funds are obligated prior to beginning any work. The LPA shall ensure that the PS&E complies with all applicable Federal and State Laws and they must certify that that each project complies by signing and submitting the LPA Certification of PS&E ([[media:136.9.5 2020.docx|Fig. 136.9.5]]). The PS&E Submittal Checklist ([[media:136.9.1 2019.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1]]) references the Federal and State Laws that pertain to the PS&E submittal package. Most Federal Laws pertaining to the PS&E submittal package can be found in, but not limited to, [http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title23/23cfr635_main_02.tpl 23 CFR 635] (Code of Federal Regulations). <br />
<br />
The PS&E package must be submitted to MoDOT for review and approval. Any changes that need to be made to the PS&E package will be made by the LPA. After all changes are incorporated, MoDOT will request construction funding obligation from the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA). After FHWA approves the obligation of federal funds for construction, MoDOT will notify the LPA of the authority to advertise for bids. This notification by MoDOT is officially the construction authorization. No project shall be advertised for bids until construction authorization has been issued (23 CFR 635.112). <br />
<br />
Competitive bidding will be required except where work by local forces by the LPA (refer to [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.12 Federal-aid Participation for Local Work|EPG 136.3.12]]) or work by utility companies has been authorized. A minimum of 12 weeks is the typical timeframe from PS&E submittal to award of the construction contract.<br />
<br />
=136.9.2 Required Submittals =<br />
<br />
In order for the LPA to get Construction Authorization which allows advertisement for bids, the PS&E documents must be approved by MoDOT. There are multiple items that should be considered and documented during the preparation of the PS&E. Some of these items are applicable to all projects, while others may or may not be pertinent to a project depending upon the project characteristics. The LPA must fill out the PS&E Submittal Checklist ([[media:136.9.1 2019.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1]]) by initialing each item in the checklist and identifying a location of each document the submittal.<br />
<br />
==136.9.2.1 Environmental, Historical and Cultural Requirements==<br />
<br />
There are multiple clearances, certifications and a classification that must be considered and/or obtained '''prior to bid advertisement.''' [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements|EPG 136.6]] provides details regarding the environmental, historical and cultural requirements that must be met in conjunction with the development of the project. The LPA should ensure all environmental mitigation commitments pertaining to the project are included in the contract provisions. Failure to meet mitigation commitments may render the project ineligible for federal reimbursement. The LPA is also responsible for communicating permit conditions and restrictions in the final design. All environmental permits applicable to the construction of the project should be included in the proposal. A copy of the Corps of Engineers 404 Permit, Farmland Conversion Impact Statement, SHPO Section 106 concurrence, FEMA Floodplain Development Permit and <U>ALL</u> hazardous waste reports (lead paint and asbestos inspection reports) must be included in the bid proposal. LPA’s should work closely with the permitting agency to ensure accurate interpretation and proper transfer of permit conditions and restrictions (as appropriate) into final design. <br />
<br />
==136.9.2.2 Right of Way Clearance ==<br />
<br />
In accordance with [http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/CFR-2010-title23-vol1/pdf/CFR-2010-title23-vol1-sec635-309.pdf 23CFR635.309], authorization to advertise for bids cannot be given until a statement is submitted indicating that all right-of-way clearances have been obtained or all necessary arrangements have been made for proper coordination with the physical construction schedule. The right-of-way clearance statement may be made separately or in conjunction with the utility status and railroad statement. Details regarding right-of-way acquisition and clearance can be found in [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8]]. <br />
<br />
==136.9.2.3 Utility Status==<br />
<br />
In accordance with [http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/CFR-2010-title23-vol1/pdf/CFR-2010-title23-vol1-sec635-309.pdf 23CFR635.309], authorization to advertise for bids cannot be given until a statement regarding utility clearance is submitted. Prior to authorization to advertise for bids, utility work must be completed or necessary arrangements must have been made for completion of the work for proper coordination with the contract construction schedules. The utility status statement may be made separately or in conjunction with the right of way clearance and railroad statements. Details regarding utilities are found in [[136.7 Design|EPG 136.7]].<br />
<br />
The LPA shall prepare a Utility Status Letter ([[media:136.9.6.docx|Fig. 136.9.6]]) and provide it to MoDOT with the final plans submittal. Projects must be cleared prior to construction obligation and the MoDOT district contact must receive the status letter prior to the bid opening date. Utilities “status” is defined as: <br />
<br />
:1. All utilities are physically adjusted on the projects, or<br />
<br />
:2. Utility construction work is active and has been completed to such a point that no impact would be expected to the road contractor. The status of the work is given in the utility job special provisions, or<br />
<br />
:3. Utilities are not expected to be adjusted by the notice to proceed date for the road project, but the utility work will have no impact on the progress of the road contractor’s work, or<br />
<br />
:4. Utilities must be adjusted after the contractor completes stage construction. This information must be outlined in a job special provision, or<br />
<br />
:5. Utility adjustments, plans and specifications, are included in the bid documents for the road project.<br />
Authorization will not be granted until any necessary utility agreements are executed.<br />
<br />
==136.9.2.4 Railroads==<br />
<br />
In accordance with [http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/CFR-2010-title23-vol1/pdf/CFR-2010-title23-vol1-sec635-309.pdf 23CFR635.309], authorization to advertise cannot be given until a statement regarding any railroad involvement is submitted even when no railroads are affected by the project. Projects on railroad right of way or crossing railroad right of way require the railway company’s written approval of the final plans prior to construction authorization. This statement may be made separately or in conjunction with the right of way clearance and utility status statements. Details regarding Railroads are found in [[136.7 Design|EPG 136.7]] and [[643.4 Railroads|EPG 643.4 Railroads]].<br />
<br />
Where construction of a federally funded project requires use of railroad properties or adjustments to railroad facilities, there shall be an agreement in writing between the LPA and the railroad company. <br />
<br />
FHWA approval of railroad agreements is required for federal full oversight projects. A copy of the written agreement shall be transmitted to the [http://www.modot.org/business/manuals/LPAContacts.htm MoDOT district contact] for FHWA review.<br />
<br />
Authorization will not be granted until any necessary railroad agreements are executed.<br />
<br />
==136.9.2.5 Bridge (Structure) Submittals==<br />
<br />
The LPA is required to submit various deliverables on federally funded projects which include structures as defined in [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.2.2 General Types of Structures|EPG 136.7.2.2.2 General Types of Structures]]. The requirement for PS&E submittal deliverables is mandatory for structures that meet the definition for highway bridges and culverts as found in [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.2.1 Funding/Programs|EPG 136.7.2.2.1 Highway Bridges and Culverts]]. For structures that fit the definitions given in [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.2.2.2 Non-NBI Length Bridges and Culverts|EPG 136.7.2.2.2.2 Non-NBI Length Bridges and Culverts]], [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.2.2.3 Pedestrian Structures|EPG 136.7.2.2.2.3 Pedestrian Structures]], [[136.7 Design#137.7.2.2.2.4 Retaining Walls|EPG 136.7.2.2.2.4 Retaining Walls]] and [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.2.2.5 Structures on MoDOT Right of Way|EPG 136.7.2.2.2.5 Structures on MoDOT Right of Way]], the engineer of record shall review these sections to determine the appropriate PS&E deliverables that are required and to determine the required input from MoDOT Bridge Division. <br />
<br />
To aid in the determination of the various deliverables and the responsibilities for these deliverables, the tables in [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.2.7 Structure Submittal Requirements|EPG 136.7.2.2.7 Structure Submittal]] shall be reviewed by the engineer of record. For structures that will be NBI length, [[media:136.9.1 2019.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1]] may also be used for guidance on the deliverables required.<br />
<br />
Renovation or demolition of structures requires hazardous waste reports (lead paint and asbestos inspection reports) and must be in the bid proposal. Additionally, a notification of demolition 10 days prior to the start of structure work is required per [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=5 Sec 202.40.1.1]. For more guidance, refer to [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.10.1 Renovation and Demolition of Structures|EPG 136.6.4.10.1 Renovation and Demolition of Structures]].<br />
<br />
==136.9.2.6 Proprietary Items==<br />
<br />
The use of proprietary items on federally funded projects is discouraged. However, circumstances may exist that require specific products to meet the project need. In these instances, in order for the proprietary item to be eligible for federal funds, three separate, competing products must be identified in the contract documents and an alternative product approval process must be indicated for each proprietary item included. If certain conditions exist that cause this requirement to be unachievable a Public Interest Finding must be obtained. Any proprietary item that does not meet one of the two previously described conditions, must be noted as non-participating on the estimate. Prior to submitting the PS&E, the LPA should obtain a public interest finding for any proprietary items included in the project. The proprietary item and the date the public interest finding was issued should be noted on the PS&E Submittal Checklist that accompanies the PS&E submittal. See [[136.7 Design|EPG 136.7]] for details regarding proprietary items and public interest findings.<br />
<br />
==136.9.2.7 Design Exceptions/Variances==<br />
<br />
A registered Professional Engineer in the State of Missouri must sign the approval for design exceptions. In addition, the LPA representative with approval authority shall sign approvals for design exceptions. Additional procedures concerning documentation requirements can be found in [[136.7 Design|EPG 136.7]].<br />
<br />
==136.9.2.8 Work By Local Forces==<br />
<br />
When an LPA desires to use their own forces to construct a project financed with federal funds, a request must be submitted to MoDOT for approval. See [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.12 Federal-aid Participation for Local Work|EPG 136.3.12]] for details on work by local forces.<br />
<br />
==136.9.2.9 Non-Infrastructure Projects==<br />
<br />
Submittals for non-infrastructure projects will vary. See [[136.5 Non-Infrastructure|EPG 136.5 Non-Infrastructure]] for details concerning various types of non-infrastructure projects and the required submittals.<br />
<br />
==136.9.2.10 ADA Checklist==<br />
<br />
The [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.pdf ADA Checklist (PDF version of Fig. 136.9.4) (Rev. June 15, 2022)] (or the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.docx MS Word version of the ADA Checklist, Fig. 136.9.4 (Rev. June 15, 2022)]), must also be submitted as supporting documentation to the PS&E.<br />
<br />
==136.9.2.11 PS&E Certification==<br />
<br />
The LPA certification of PS&E (Fig. 136.9.5) must be submitted with the PS&E when the LPA decides to use standard specifications other than ''Missouri Standard Specifications for Highway Construction''. The LPA must certify that the specifications meet all state and federal laws and regulations.<br />
<br />
=136.9.3 Plans =<br />
<br />
The LPA must submit plans as a part of the PS&E submittal package. For requirements on the content of the plans see [[136.7 Design|EPG 136.7]]. Before submitting plans, the LPA should ensure that all plan sheets are signed and sealed by the engineer of record and that the title sheet is signed by the LPA.<br />
<br />
=136.9.4 Bid Documents=<br />
<br />
Bid documents include the [[#136.9.4.1 Bid Proposal|bid proposal]], [[#136.9.4.2 Specifications|specifications]] and [[#136.9.4.3 Standard Plans|standard plans]].<br />
<br />
EPG 136.9.4 includes a breakdown of required provisions and restrictions. Many are included in the boilerplate ([[media:Fig. 136.9.3 Jan 2021.docx|Fig. 136.9.3]]) and FHWA 1273 ([http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/1273/1273.pdf Fig. 136.9.7]). Others should to be included in the specifications and job special provisions, as necessary.<br />
<br />
==136.9.4.1 Bid Proposal ==<br />
<br />
The LPA is required to use the Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate ([[media:Fig. 136.9.3 Jan 2021.docx|Fig. 136.9.3]]) or an approved modified version of the boilerplate. For approval of a modified version of the boilerplate, the LPA must submit a proposed version to their [http://www.modot.org/business/manuals/LPAContacts.htm MoDOT district contact].The approval of the modified version must occur prior to submitting a project for review and approval.<br />
<br />
The bid proposal must contain <u>The Notice to Contractors</u>. This notice is located in the front of the bid proposal and provides prospective bidders with the bid opening date, time and location where bids will be received and opened; a brief description of the project; and the time and location of any pre-bid meetings. <br />
<br />
The bid proposal must also contain a List of items required in order for the bids to be considered responsive: Federal regulations state that any requirements the bidder must comply with to be considered responsive should be clearly identified in the bidding documents. (Refer to [http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=ad83a0198b1b37c4c10512d1b769e803&rgn=div8&view=text&node=23:1.0.1.7.23.1.1.12&idno=23 Title 23 CFR, Sections 635.112]). <br />
<br />
The [[media:136.9.1 2019.xlsx|Final PS&E Submittal Checklist Fig. 136.9.1]] includes a list of required federal provisions.<br />
<br />
===136.9.4.1.1 Bid Proposal – Required Provisions===<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.1 Contract Time====<br />
Contract Time must be specified in the bid proposal and must be monitored by the LPA. Contract time is defined as the maximum time allowed in the contract for completion of all work contained in the contract documents. This time can be established in the specifications by either a specific completion date or a fixed number of calendar days or working days. The definition of calendar days and workings days must be included in the bid proposal if the LPA is not using MoDOT specifications. Contract time often becomes an issue when the traveling public is inconvenienced without any apparent reason. While there may be several reasons for a project to appear dormant, frequently the cause can be traced to excessive contract time or poor contractor scheduling. <br />
<br />
Insufficient contract time can result in higher bid prices, increased time overruns and claims, inefficiencies and safety problems. On the other hand, excess contract time can result in increased inefficiencies, unnecessary delays and inconvenience to the public.<br />
<br />
There are several different techniques used to determine contract time. See [[237.8 Contract Time|EPG 237.8]] for more information.<br />
<br />
The LPA should strive for the shortest practical duration of traffic interruptions during highway construction. Innovative contracting methods including incentive/disincentive (I/D), lane rental, A+B contracts or other contract provisions for early completion are available to minimize traffic inconvenience and delay. The FHWA Technical Advisory 5080.10, Incentive/Disincentive for Early Completion, describes this technique in detail, and is available in the appendix of FHWA's [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/coretoc.cfm ''Contract Administration Core Curriculum''].<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.2 Liquidated Damages ([http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=d55e4f29583a8177baf0aa23e2919235&mc=true&node=se23.1.635_1127&rgn=div8 23 CFR 635.127])====<br />
<br />
A provision for liquidated damages must be included in the bid proposal and must be administered by the LPA. The term liquidated damages means the daily amount set forth in the contract to be deducted from the contract price to cover additional costs incurred by the LPA because of the contractor’s failure to complete the contract work within the number of calendar days or work days specified.<br />
<br />
The actual liquidated damage rate must be specified in the bid proposal. The amount of project costs that will be eligible for federal participation will be reduced by the amount of any liquidated damages assessed against the contractor. In determining the amount eligible for participation, the amount of liquidated damages will first be deducted from the amount of construction engineering claimed and then from construction costs if the amount of liquidated damages exceeds the amount of construction engineering. The liquidated damages should be, at a minimum, the amount shown in the following table corresponding to the original contract amount to minimize the risk of losing full federal participation. <br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
!style="background:#BEBEBE" colspan="3"|Schedule of Deductions for Each Day of Overrun in Contract Time, <br> Original Contract Amount (or the Engineer's Estimate of the Total Construction Cost)<br />
|-<br />
! style="background:#BEBEBE" |From ($)!!style="background:#BEBEBE" | To, and including ($)!! style="background:#BEBEBE" |Assessment, per Day ($) <br />
|-<br />
| 0|| 25,000|| 475 <br />
|-<br />
|25,001|| 50,000|| 475 <br />
|-<br />
|50,001|| 100,000|| 500 <br />
|-<br />
|100,001|| 500,000|| 700 <br />
|-<br />
|500,001|| 1,000,000|| 950 <br />
|-<br />
|1,000,001|| 2,000,000|| 1,100 <br />
|-<br />
|2,000,001|| 3,000,000|| 1,225 <br />
|-<br />
|3,000,001|| 4,000,000|| 1,625 <br />
|-<br />
|4,000,001|| 5,000,000|| 2,025 <br />
|-<br />
|5,000,001|| 6,000,000|| 2,425 <br />
|-<br />
|6,000,001|| 7,000,000|| 2,825 <br />
|-<br />
|7,000,001|| 8,000,000|| 3,225 <br />
|-<br />
|8,000,001|| 9,000,000|| 3,625 <br />
|-<br />
|9,000,001|| 10,000,000|| 4,025 <br />
|-<br />
|10,000,001|| 70,000,000|| 4,300 <br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.3 Bid Guaranty ([http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&rgn=div8&view=text&node=49:1.0.1.1.12.3.5.14&idno=49 49 CFR 18.36])====<br />
The bid proposal must include criteria requiring a bid guarantee of at least 5% of the bid amount. The bid proposal may include bid bond requirements over 5%, although the LPA should consider excessive burdens put on the contractor where higher percentage bid bonds are required on large projects. Bid bond requirements expressed as a dollar amount are not allowed. The bid guaranty can be in the form of a cashier’s check, certified check or bid bond. Bid bonds must be guaranteed by a surety company authorized by the director of the department of insurance, financial institutions and professional registration to conduct surety business in the state of Missouri. More detail regarding bid guaranty can be found in [https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=227.100 RSMO 227.100] and [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=4 Sec 102.9]. MoDOT has included an example bid bond in the Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate [[media:Fig. 136.9.3 Jan 2021.docx|Fig. 136.9.3]].<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.4 Certifications Regarding Affirmative Action and Equal Opportunity ====<br />
The LPA shall include requirements for certification pursuant to 41 CFR Parts 60-2, 60.1, 60.1.4 and Executive Order No. 11246 regarding affirmative action and equal opportunity in the bidding documents. [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=4 Sec 102.18.1] details the compliance requirements. The Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate ([[media:Fig. 136.9.3 Jan 2021.docx|Fig. 136.9.3]]) addresses this in (6) <u>CERTIFICATIONS FOR FEDERAL JOBS</u> for the prime contractor. . If the bid proposal boilerplate is modified, Section 102.18.1 of the Missouri Standard Specification for Highway Construction cannot be waived. A certification regarding affirmative action and equal opportunity for the subcontractor ([[media:136.9.2.doc|Fig. 136.9.2]]) must be submitted for all subcontractors prior to the notice to proceed for construction.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.5 Suspension and Debarment Certification ([http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=d55e4f29583a8177baf0aa23e2919235&mc=true&node=se23.1.635_1112&rgn=div8 23 CFR 635.112])====<br />
On all federal-aid construction contracts and all related subcontracts, the contractor and lower tier participants must certify they are in compliance with this provision. This includes subcontractors, material suppliers and vendors.<br />
<br />
Each participant in the contract must certify “that it is not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any federal agency and they have not been convicted or had civil judgment rendered within the past 3 years for certain types of offenses”. It is the LPA’s responsibility to assure that the contractor is not suspended or debarred from federal contracts. The [https://www.sam.gov/portal/SAM/#1 System for Award Management] website is helpful. <br />
<br />
The LPA shall include the lobbying certification requirement 49 CFR Part 29 regarding suspension and debarment certification in the bidding documents. The Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate, covers this requirement in Section (6) <u>CERTIFICATIONS FOR FEDERAL JOBS</u>. If the bid proposal boilerplate is modified, [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=4 Sec 102.18.1] cannot be waived.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.6 Anti-collusion Provision ([http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=d55e4f29583a8177baf0aa23e2919235&mc=true&node=se23.1.635_1112&rgn=div8 23 CFR 635.112])====<br />
The bidding documents shall include a non-collusion provision to the following effect: Each bidder shall file a statement executed by, or on behalf of the person, firm, association, or corporation submitting the bid certifying that such person, firm, association, or corporation has not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action, in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with the submitted bid. <br />
<br />
The Federal Bid Proposal Boilerplate ([[media:Fig. 136.9.3 Jan 2021.docx|Figure 136.9.3]]), includes the anti-collusion certification requirements in Section (6) <u>CERTIFICATIONS FOR FEDERAL JOBS</u> and Section (14) <u>SIGNATURE AND IDENTITY OF BIDDER</u>. If the bid proposal boilerplate is modified, [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=4 Sec 102.18.3] cannot be waived. <br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.7 Lobbying Certification ([http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/hep/49cfr20.htm 49 CFR part 20])====<br />
On all federally funded construction contracts and all related subcontracts of $100,000 or more, federal funds may not be used to provide financial gain to a member of congress or a federal agency. Awarding a federal-aid contract to a constituent would be an example of financial gain. This applies to contractors as well as subcontractors. A certification by the contractor indicating they have not and will not use federal funds to make any payments for lobbying must be included in the contract proposal.<br />
<br />
The LPA shall include the lobbying certification requirement pursuant to 49 CFR part 20 in the bidding documents. The Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate ([[media:Fig. 136.9.3 Jan 2021.docx|Figure 136.9.3]]) includes the lobbying certification requirements in Section (6) <u>CERTIFICATIONS FOR FEDERAL JOBS</u>. If the bid proposal boilerplate is modified, [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=4 Sec 102.18.4] cannot be waived.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.8 Title VI Civil Rights Assurances ([http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=d55e4f29583a8177baf0aa23e2919235&mc=true&node=se23.1.635_1112&rgn=div8 23 CFR 635.112(d)])====<br />
The following Title VI Civil Rights Assurances notification must be included in the invitation to bidders in the front of all bid proposals and in any bid advertisements and invitations for bids:<br />
<br />
:“The County/City/Organization of _______________________ hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively ensure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, businesses owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, religion, creed, sex, age, ancestry, or national origin in consideration for an award.”<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.9 Inspection by MoDOT and FHWA ([http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=4 Sec 105.10])====<br />
The project Bid Proposal shall stipulate that MoDOT and FHWA may make inspections of the work at any time and that the contractor shall grant them access to all parts of the work.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.10 Wage Rates ([https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=290.263 RsMO 290.263])====<br />
A statement is required in the Bid Proposal indicating that when state and federal wage rates are both required the higher of the two for each job classification should be used.<br />
<br />
=====136.9.4.1.1.10.1 Federal Wage Rates ([http://us-code.vlex.com/vid/sec-prevailing-rate-wage-19205135 23 USC 113] and [http://www.rurdev.usda.gov/mi/cp/Davis%20Bacon%20Labor%20Standards%20Contract%20Document.pdf 29 CFR 5])=====<br />
The payment of predetermined minimum wages on federal-aid contracts is derived from the Davis-Bacon Act of 1931 and is prescribed by 23 USC 113. These wage rates must be physically inserted in the Bid Proposal on all federal-aid highway construction projects exceeding $2,000 and to all related subcontracts.<br />
<br />
The federal minimum wage rates are available directly from the [http://www.wdol.gov/ Department of Labor's Home Page]. Click on “Selecting DBA WDs” then, under "By Selection criteria beginning with:" select “Missouri”, select the appropriate county in which the work is taking place. For LPAs in Missouri to be in conformance with the federal “10-day rule”, LPAs are to access the “Federal Wage Rates” ten days prior to bid opening to see if updated federal wage rates have been posted. The applicable wage rates will be posted 10 days prior to the bid opening. When the wage rates change within the 10-day window, the LPA will not update the wage rates since doing so will not provide contractors with sufficient time to accommodate the revised wage order. If the updated wage rates have been posted, LPAs are required to issue an addendum to insert the updated wage rates in their final contract package. <br />
<br />
Federal wage rates are not required to be physically included in the contract advertising package provided they are referenced to an Internet web site address where they can be found or they can be posted at a referenced location that is readily accessible by all bidders. The final contract package signed by the LPA and the contractor must physically contain the federal wage rates, including updates if applicable.<br />
<br />
=====136.9.4.1.1.10.2 State Wage Rates ([http://www.sos.mo.gov/adrules/csr/current/8csr/8c30-3.pdf 8 CSR 30-3])=====<br />
The LPA must request an Annual State Wage Determination for each contract from the Industrial Commission, Missouri Department of Labor and Industrial Relations (DOLIR), Box 449, Jefferson City, Missouri 65102 or by calling (573) 751-3403. The LPA will receive a password from the Missouri DOLIR which is required to access the official Annual Wage Order and incremental increases on the [http://labor.mo.gov/ Missouri DOLIR webpage]. Contracts must be awarded within one year of the issuance of the official Annual Wage Order or the LPA will be required to request a new Annual Wage Order determination. '''The Annual Wage Order must be included in the proposal and must be part of the contract.'''<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.11 E-Verify Affidavit & MOU ([https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=285.530 RsMO 285.530])====<br />
The bid proposal must state that requirements regarding the Federal Work Authorization Program and list the Federal website for E-Verify. The bid proposal must state that the E-verify affidavit and MOU must be submitted prior to award of the contract.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.12 OSHA 10-Hour Training ([https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=292.675 RsMO 292.675])====<br />
The bid proposal must state that the bidders must adhere to the OSHA 10-Hour Training requirements.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.13 Buy America ([http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=d55e4f29583a8177baf0aa23e2919235&mc=true&node=se23.1.635_1410&rgn=div8 CFR 635.410])====<br />
On all federal-aid construction projects, 23 CFR 635.410 requires that steel and iron used be made in the United States. The “Buy America” provision is applicable to all steel and iron materials, except as noted below, regardless of the percentage of steel in the manufactured product. All manufacturing processes involved in steel or iron products must occur within the United States. These processes include rolling, extruding, machining, bending, grinding, drilling, coating, welding and smelting. Domestically produced steel billets or iron ingots shipped overseas for any process and returned to the United States do not conform to this requirement.<br />
Buy America provisions do not apply to:<br />
<br />
:* Minimal use of all foreign material in which the total delivery cost to the project site is less than $2500 or 0.1 percent of the contract amount, whichever is greater. <br />
<br />
:* Raw materials; scrap temporary steel items such as sheet pilings, bridges, steel scaffolding and false work. <br />
<br />
:* Materials that remain in place at the contractor’s convenience such as sheet pilings and forms. <br />
<br />
:* Pig iron manufactured outside the United States. <br />
<br />
An LPA shall not list an ineligible iron or steel product as “nonparticipating” in order to circumvent the Buy America requirements.<br />
<br />
A waiver of the Buy America requirements by the FHWA Division Administrator is permitted for specific projects, specific products, specific geographical areas or combinations if:<br />
<br />
:* Buy America is inconsistent with the public interest, or<br />
<br />
:* There is not a sufficient supply of domestic materials of satisfactory quality. <br />
<br />
Failure to comply with the Buy America Policy can result in loss of federal funding, not just for the item, but for the entire project. Approval for waiver of Buy America requirements must be obtained from FHWA.<br />
<br />
'''Buy America should not be confused with Buy American.'''<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.14 Contractor Requirements====<br />
<br />
=====136.9.4.1.1.14.1 Work completed by the Prime Contractor ([http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=d55e4f29583a8177baf0aa23e2919235&mc=true&node=se23.1.635_1116&rgn=div8 23 CFR 635.116])=====<br />
The bid proposal shall stipulate that the prime contractor on a project must perform, with its own staff, contract work amounting to not less than 30% of the total original contract price.<br />
<br />
The bid proposal shall also stipulate that second-tier subcontracting will not be permitted on the project. The bid proposal must state that it will be the responsibility of the contractor to ensure that subcontractors do not subcontract any portion of the work.<br />
<br />
=====136.9.4.1.1.14.2 Pre-qualification of Prime Contractors=====<br />
Prequalification of contractors may be required as a condition of submission of a bid or award of contract only if the period between the date of issuing a request for bids and the date of opening of bids affords sufficient time to enable a bidder to obtain the required prequalification rating or approval. All prequalification criteria must be submitted to MoDOT for approval in advance of the date of issuing a request for bids. The intent of the pre-qualification of contractors is not to intentionally disqualify contractor but to qualify contractors based on a set criteria.<br />
<br />
Depending upon the project type and the LPA’s preference, one of the following scenarios will apply to a project: <br />
<br />
:* LPA shall require MoDOT Pre-Qualification<br />
<br />
:* LPA shall waive MoDOT Pre-Qualification and use no pre-qualification requirement<br />
<br />
:* LPA shall waive MoDOT Pre-Qualification and use their own pre-qualification process i.e. LPA pre-qualification<br />
<br />
'''136.9.4.1.1.14.2.1 Required MoDOT Pre-qualification '''<br />
<br />
In accordance with Section 102.2 of the Missouri Standard Specifications for Highway Construction, a prime contractor must have a fully responsive contractor questionnaire on file with the Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission (MHTC) at least seven (7) days prior to the bid opening date if this project involves roadway or bridge work. To get on the approved contractor listing prior to letting, click here. A statement regarding this pre-qualification of a prime contractor must be included in the bid proposal. For projects involving a roadway or bridge construction, the MoDOT pre-qualification process is required unless the LPA has their own pre-qualification process that had been approved by MoDOT in advance of the project being advertised for bids. For LPA pre-qualification see EPG 136.9.4.1.1.14.2.3.<br />
<br />
'''136.9.4.1.1.14.2.2 Waiving MoDOT Pre-qualification '''<br />
<br />
If the LPA elects to waive MoDOT’s prequalification process, the following sentence must be inserted into the bid proposal in order to allow contractors not on the listing to submit a bid for the project. “Sec 102.2 of the Missouri Standard Specifications for Highway Construction will be waived for this project.” This statement may only be used on proposed improvements that do not contain roadway or bridge construction (i.e., landscaping, sidewalks, bicycle path, etc.). <br />
<br />
'''136.9.4.1.1.14.2.3 LPA Pre-qualification'''<br />
<br />
An LPA may wish to use a pre-qualification other than MoDOT’s for proposed improvements. A statement regarding the pre-qualification of a prime contractor must be included in the bid advertisement. The statement should include information for how the contractor can become pre-qualified or indicate where the information can be found. The LPA pre-qualification process must be approved by MoDOT prior to the advertisement for bids for the project. Requests for approval of qualification criteria must be submitted to MoDOT at least 60 calendar days in advance of the advertisement for bids. <br />
<br />
While developing qualification criteria, the LPA should keep in mind that any requirements for the pre-qualification must be based upon a full and appropriate evaluation of the contractor’s capability to perform the work. For further discussion on prequalification of bidders see AASHTO’s [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/ashtobid.cfm ''Suggested Guidelines for Strengthening Bidding and Contract Procedures'']. This publication contains useful information for consideration when developing pre-qualification criteria.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.15 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) ([http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/hep/49cfr26.htm 49 CFR Part 26])====<br />
All federal-aid projects are subject to the legislative and regulatory DBE requirements in order to ensure that DBE firms have an opportunity to participate in federally funded projects.<br />
<br />
The Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Contract Provisions are found in [[media:136.9.8 2022.docx|Fig. 136.9.8]]. All bidding documents must refer to 49 CFR Part 26. For each project, the LPA shall submit a request to the MoDOT district representative to establish a DBE goal. Since federal funds are used, the DBE goal will apply to the entire project (to include line items which may be funded by other sources). The bid proposal shall require that upon letting the project, the ([[media:Fig. 136.9.9 2020.docx|DBE Submittal Forms, Fig. 136.9.9]]) must be completed and submitted with the bid proposal or delivered by all bidders within three working days after the bid opening date. DBE Identification Submittal Form (Page 2 of the DBE Submittal Forms, Fig. 136.9.9) must be submitted for each DBE to be utilized on the project. DBE requirements are also covered in [[:Category:146 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE)|EPG 146 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE)]].<br />
<br />
Any provision setting a DBE/MBE/WBE goal cannot be allowed unless that program meets the requirements of 49 CFR Part 26. Specifically, Part 26 does not permit separate goals for minorities and females without a specific authorization and waiver. Therefore, no project funded by federal money, whether administered by MoDOT or any other entity receiving federal funds, can contain an MBE or WBE goal, even if mandated by city ordinance. Any project submitted with such a goal will not be approved for federal funds.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.16 On the Job Training (OJT) ([http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title23/23cfr230_main_02.tpl 23 CFR Section 230])====<br />
The intent of the OJT program, based on 23 CFR Section 230, is to recruit entry-level individuals and provide them with meaningful training with the intent of leading to journey-level employment. It is the policy of the program to require full use of all available training and skill-improvement opportunities to assure the increased participation of minority groups, disadvantaged persons and women in all phases of the highway construction industry. A request to establish an OJT goal must be submitted to the [http://www.modot.org/business/manuals/LPAContacts.htm MoDOT district contact] for all projects.<br />
<br />
When a project receives a goal, the [[media:136.9.4.1.1.16_Training.docx|Training Provision]] (contract version) shall be included in the bid proposal. <br />
<br />
For further information and guidance about the OJT program and the submittal forms, you may access the [http://contribute.modot.mo.gov/ecr/index.htm ECR website] or call (573) 751-1216.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.17 Acknowledgement of Addenda ([http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=d55e4f29583a8177baf0aa23e2919235&mc=true&node=se23.1.635_1112&rgn=div8 23 CFR 635.112])====<br />
The bid proposal shall require the acknowledgement and the incorporation of all addenda issued for the project. Failure of the contractor to do so shall make the bid nonresponsive and not eligible for award consideration. Verification that bidders received and incorporated any/all addenda issued for the project must be evident in the submitted bidding documents.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.18 Other submittals required by the LPA====<br />
Federal regulations state that any requirement the bidder must comply with to be considered responsive shall be clearly identified in the bidding documents (Title 23 CFR, Sections 635.112). Should the LPA choose to require any additional documentation as a condition of responsiveness, the requirement should be pre-approved by MoDOT and then noted in the bidding documents. Per Title 23 & 29 CFR federal-aid contracts cannot include any provisions that do not meet federal law.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.19 Award Language ([http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=d55e4f29583a8177baf0aa23e2919235&mc=true&node=se23.1.635_1114&rgn=div8 23 CFR 635.114(a)])====<br />
Federal-aid contracts must be awarded based on the lowest responsible and responsive bid. Responsible is determined <u>prior to award</u> and therefore is referred to as pre-qualified. Responsive means that a bidder has submitted all required documents as outlined in the bid proposal. See [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award|EPG 136.10]] for more information on awarding a contract. If using innovative contracting such as add alternates, the bid proposal must have award language stating how the alternates will be considered and how the job will be awarded. See [[136.7 Design#136.7.5 Innovative Contracting|EPG 136.7.5]] for more information on innovative contracting.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.20 Itemized Bid Form====<br />
The bid proposal must include an itemized listing of all pay items included in the project, quantities of each individual pay item and blanks for the contractor to submit a unit price (and extension) for each pay item. Additionally, the itemized bid form should include pay item categories for roadway, bridge, signing/striping/signal, landscaping/streetscaping, utilities (if completed by contractor), and bicycle/pedestrian facilities so that the bid tabulations can be easily categorized as required in [[media:136.10.2.doc|Fig. 136.10.2]]. [[media:136.9.10.pdf|Fig. 136.9.10]] is an example of a completed itemized bid form.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.21 Form FHWA 1273 - Required Federal Contract Provisions ([http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title23/23cfr633_main_02.tpl 23 CFR 633])====<br />
Form FHWA 1273 ([http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/1273/1273.pdf Fig. 136.9.7]) is a package of federally required contract provisions that must be physically included as special provisions for all federal-aid projects. These provisions may not be incorporated by reference. <br />
<br />
The provisions apply to all work performed on the contract including work performed by subcontract. ''The Form FHWA 1273 is required to be physically incorporated into each contract and subcontract.'' Failure of the LPA to incorporate the Form FHWA 1273 in the contract shall make the construction phase of the project ineligible for federal reimbursement.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.22 Changed Condition Clauses====<br />
Standardized changed condition clauses are required to be included in all contracts. The Missouri Standard Specifications and the ''Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction'' (Green Book) contain standard changed condition clauses. If a LPA choses not to use MoDOT's standard specifications, the LPA must still comply with the federal regulations. (Refer to [http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=d55e4f29583a8177baf0aa23e2919235&mc=true&node=se23.1.635_1109&rgn=div8 CFR 635.109].)<br />
<br />
This regulation requires the use of three different clauses:<br />
<br />
=====136.9.4.1.1.22.1 Differing Site Conditions Clause=====<br />
This clause provides for the adjustment of the contract terms if the contractor encounters:<br />
<br />
:* Subsurface or latent physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the contract, or<br />
:* Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature that differ materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent to the work. <br />
<br />
=====136.9.4.1.1.22.2 Suspensions of Work Ordered by the Engineer=====<br />
This clause provides for the adjustment of the contract terms if the performance of all or a portion of the work is suspended or delayed by the engineer of record for the LPA, in writing, for an unreasonable period of time (not originally anticipated, customary, or inherent to the construction industry). The contractor is required to submit a request for adjustment, in writing, to the engineer of record for the LPA within 7 calendar days of receipt of the notice to resume work. Recovery of profit on costs resulting from suspensions of work is not allowed.<br />
<br />
This clause does not preclude the recognition of construction suspensions or delays resulting from the contracting agency’s actions, without written notification. The LPAs may address constructive delays and suspensions, as they chose, in their standard specifications and contract administration procedures.<br />
<br />
Suspensions must be for unreasonable periods and do not include brief, customary suspensions for reasons inherent to highway construction (i.e., material sampling and testing; approval of shop drawings, material sources, etc.; and other reasonable and customary suspensions necessary for the supervision of construction by the contracting agency). In addition, an adjustment under this clause is not allowed if the work is suspended for other reasons or if an adjustment is provided for, or excluded, under other terms or conditions of the contract.<br />
<br />
=====136.9.4.1.1.22.3 Material Changes in the Scope of the Work=====<br />
This clause provides for the adjustment of the contract terms if the engineer of record for the LPA orders, in writing, an alteration in the work or in the quantities that significantly change the character of work. The term “significant change” shall apply only to the following circumstances:<br />
<br />
:* The altered character of the work differs materially from that of the original contract, or <br />
:* A major item of work, as defined in the contract, is increased or decreased by more than 25 percent of the original contract quantity (adjustments shall apply only to that portion in excess of 125 percent of original contract quantity, or in case of a decrease, to the actual quantity performed).<br />
<br />
This clause provides for adjustments resulting from formal change orders by the engineer of record for the LPA, in writing, to the extent that the impacted work is part of the contract. Either party may initiate an adjustment and both must be in agreement before the work is performed. As with the suspension of work provision, this clause does not preclude the recognition of construction suspensions or delays.<br />
<br />
===136.9.4.1.2 Bid Proposal – Restricted Provisions ===<br />
<br />
In accordance with [http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=5eef70b643d18bbd1698859321364bcb&rgn=div8&view=text&node=23:1.0.1.7.23.1.1.12&idno=23 Title 23 CFR, Section 635.112], nondiscriminatory bidding procedures shall be afforded to all qualified bidders regardless of National, State or local boundaries and without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age, or handicap. If any provisions of State laws, specifications, regulations, or policies may operate in any manner contrary to Federal requirements, including Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, to prevent submission of a bid, or prohibit consideration of a bid submitted by any responsible bidder appropriately qualified in accordance with §635.110, such provisions shall not be applicable to Federal-aid projects.<br />
<br />
Care should be taken to ensure that the Bid Proposal do not contain any of the restricted provisions listed below. <br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.2.1 Retainage ([https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=34.057 RsMO 34.057])====<br />
Retainage of contractor payment is not allowed to be automatically applied to projects as a matter of course and shall not be included in the bid proposal. However, the PS&E can state that in accordance with the Missouri Prompt Pay Act (34.057 RSMo), the owner may withhold payment for any of the following reasons, or as determined by the engineer.<br />
<br />
:* liquidated damages<br />
:* unsatisfactory job progress<br />
:* defective construction work or material not remedied<br />
:* disputed work<br />
:* failure to comply with any material provision of the contract<br />
:* third party claims filed or reasonable evidence that a claim will be filed<br />
:* failure to make timely payments for labor, equipment or materials<br />
:* damage to a contractor, subcontractor or material supplier<br />
:* reasonable evidence that a subcontractor or material supplier cannot be fully compensated under its contract with the contractor for the unpaid balance of the contract sum<br />
:* citation by the enforcing authority for acts of the contractor or subcontractor which do not comply with any material provision of the contract and which result in a violation of any federal, state or local law, regulation or ordinance applicable to that project causing additional costs or damages to the owner.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.2.2 Warranties ([http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=d55e4f29583a8177baf0aa23e2919235&mc=true&node=se23.1.635_1413&rgn=div8 23 CFR 635.413])====<br />
The LPA may include warranty provisions in construction contracts in accordance with the following:<br />
<br />
:1. Warranty provisions shall be for a specific construction product or feature. Items of maintenance not eligible for federal participation shall not be covered.<br />
<br />
:2. All warranty requirements and subsequent revisions shall be submitted to MoDOT for advance approval.<br />
<br />
:3. No warranty requirement shall be approved which in the judgment of MoDOT, may place an undue obligation on the contractor for items over which the contractor has no control.<br />
<br />
Routine warranties or guarantees provided by a manufacturer are valid. Contractors’ warranties or guarantees providing for satisfactory in-service operation of mechanical and electrical equipment and related components for a period not to exceed 6 months following project acceptance are permissible. <br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.2.3 Professional Licensure, Certification, Business Licensure and Work Permits====<br />
Any permitting or licensing criteria for contractors, subcontractors, and suppliers must be submitted to MoDOT for advanced approval. MoDOT must review all submissions for approval. Permitting and licensing criteria that unduly restrict or limit any firm’s ability to bid on and receive award of federal-aid projects will not be approved. If modifications are made to an approved permitting and licensing criteria, the revised criteria must be resubmitted for approval prior to use.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.2.4 Bidder Qualification Language====<br />
All qualifying or other criteria to determine the responsibility of contractors, subcontractors, and suppliers must be submitted to MoDOT for advanced approval. Therefore, the notice to bidders (i.e. the bid advertisement) should contain the pre-qualification requirements, not the bid proposal itself. The bidder qualification language can reside in the bid proposal as long as the bidders are informed PRIOR to bid opening in the notice to contractors. In short, the pre-qualification language can be in both the notice/advertisement and the bid proposal but the language is required to be in the notice and is optional for the bid proposal. See [[#136.9.4.1.1.14.2 Pre-qualification of Prime Contractors|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.14.2]] for pre-qualification information.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.2.5 Project Labor Agreements ====<br />
A Project Labor Agreement (PLA), also called a union agreement, is a contract between labor unions, contractors and governmental agencies. Presidential Executive Order 13202 (signed February 17, 2001) was issued to limit executive branch agencies from using PLAs. Essentially, executive agencies may not require or prohibit contractors to enter into PLAs. Agencies also may not discriminate against contractors based on PLAs. In addition, despite the limits on executive agencies, contractors are not barred from freely agreeing to PLAs.<br />
<br />
Executive Order 13202 was amended to settle concerns about existing PLAs on projects with multiple contracts. Amendments in Executive Order 13208 allow an agency to request an exemption to the use of PLAs, only if the PLA was in effect before February 17, 2001.<br />
<br />
Requests for exemption must be written and must include the PLA, specific bid information, and the reason why the agency believes the exemption should be granted. PLAs are allowed only if the FHWA Administrator exempts a project. Requests for exemption should be referred to [http://www.modot.org/business/manuals/LPAContacts.htm MoDOT’s district contact].<br />
<br />
[http://www.whitehouse.gov/news/releases/2001/02/20010221.html Executive Orders 13202] and [http://www.whitehouse.gov/news/releases/2001/04/20010406-1.html 13208] are available online.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.2.6 LPA Preferences ([http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=d55e4f29583a8177baf0aa23e2919235&mc=true&node=se23.1.635_1411&rgn=div8 23 CFR 635.411])====<br />
On all federally funded construction projects, materials produced within the state or local area shall not be favored over comparable materials produced outside of the state or local area. Also, in-state material sources cannot be given preference over foreign materials or actions taken against materials of foreign origin unless permitted by federal law. State or local preference provisions are not allowed on federally funded project contracts.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.2.7 Contract Documents Involving Proprietary Products or System ([http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=d55e4f29583a8177baf0aa23e2919235&mc=true&node=se23.1.635_1411&rgn=div8 23 CFR 635.411])====<br />
Generally, on federal aid projects, the use of trade names in plans and specifications is not allowed except as outlined in [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.8 Proprietary Items|EPG 136.7.2.8]]. The practice of specifying proprietary products or systems is only acceptable if it can be assured that three or more companies can provide an acceptable product. See EPG 136.7.2.8 and [[#136.9.2.6 Proprietary Items|EPG 136.9.2.6]] for more information.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.2.8 Signing Restriction ====<br />
The FHWA Division Administrator has determined that the PS&E provide for the erection of only those information signs and traffic control devices that conform to the standards developed by the Secretary of Transportation or mandates of Federal law and shall not include promotional or other informational signs regarding such matters as identification of public officials, contractors, organizational affiliations, and related logos and symbols.<br />
<br />
The FHWA Division Administrator has determined that, where applicable, provisions shall be included in the PS&E that require the erection of funding source signs, for the life of the construction project, in accordance with section 154 of the Surface Transportation and Uniform Relocation Assistance Act of 1987.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.2.9 Employ Missouri ([https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=290.570 RsMO 290.570])====<br />
A provision stating that when employment is greater than 5% then the entity must employ Missouri citizens can only be used on State Funded projects.<br />
<br />
==136.9.4.2 Specifications==<br />
<br />
For information on specification requirements, see [[136.7 Design#136.7.3 Specifications and Standards|EPG 136.7.3 Specifications and Standards]]. The Bid Proposal '''must''' contain all specifications requirements and job special provisions.<br />
<br />
===136.9.4.2.1 Standard Specifications ===<br />
The bid proposal must clearly indicate the standard specifications which are in effect. In addition, If more than one is referenced, the order of precedence must be stipulated. For more information on what Standard Specifications are acceptable on a federally funded project, see [[136.7 Design#136.7.3 Specifications and Standards|EPG 136.7.3 Specifications and Standards]].<br />
<br />
===136.9.4.2.2 Job Special Provisions===<br />
All Job Special Provisions (JSPs) must be included in the Bid Proposal. For more information on required JSPs, see [[136.7 Design#136.7.3 Specifications and Standards|EPG 136.7.3 Specifications and Standards]].<br />
<br />
==136.9.4.3 Standard Plans==<br />
<br />
The bid proposal must clearly indicate that standard plans which are in effect. In addition, if more than one is referenced, the order of precedence must be stipulated. For more information on what standard plans are acceptable on a federally funded project, see [[136.7 Design#136.7.3 Specifications and Standards|EPG 136.7.3 Specifications and Standards]].<br />
<br />
=136.9.5 Estimate =<br />
<br />
An engineer's estimate, showing estimated pay item quantities, unit prices and extended totals shall be submitted to MoDOT with the detailed plans prior to bid advertisement. The engineer's estimate should be treated as a confidential document. Any knowledge of the estimate may cause unbalanced bids or provide a contractor who has knowledge of the engineer's estimate an advantage. For more information on Engineer’s Estimate, see [[136.7 Design#136.7.4 Engineer’s Estimate|EPG 136.7.4 Engineer’s Estimate]].<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Category:136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy|136.09]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:101_Standard_Forms&diff=51631Category:101 Standard Forms2022-06-21T19:13:13Z<p>Smithk: /* Construction and Materials */ updated links</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:2px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="520px" align="right" <br />
|-<br />
|EPG articles are <u>not</u> referenced as "sections" but as EPG XXX.X (example: EPG 401.3) to avoid confusion with MoDOT specs (which are contractually binding).<br />
|}<br />
== ==<br />
Standard forms organized by functional unit are accessible from this page. '''The files accessible by the links below are identical to those accessed through Word, Excel or other software application by MoDOT employees.''' Many of these file links are also contained in Engineering Policy Guide articles that refer to the forms.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Bridge==<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/BR/Bridge%20Division%20Memo.dot Bridge Division Memo]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Bridge_Hydraulics_Report_Feb_2022.dotx|Bridge Hydraulics Report]]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/BR/Change%20Order.dot Change Order]<br />
<div id="Constructability Questionnaire"></div><br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/BR/Constructability%20Questionnaire.dot Constructability Questionnaire]<br />
<br />
*[https://modotgov.sharepoint.com/:w:/r/sites/br/Hydraulics/Shared%20Docs/Hydraulics_Report_Forms/Culvert%20Hydraulics%20Report/Culvert_Hydraulics_Report.docx?d=w0b58cefc4aac4f36a2b08ede9373beb4&csf=1&web=1&e=DZof11 Culvert Hydraulics Report]<br />
[[image:101 Bridge.jpg|right|150px]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:131.1 Design Exception 2020.docx|Design Exception Information]]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/BR/Design%20Except%20to%20District.dot Design Except to District]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101 Design Layout Box 2014.docx|Design Layout (Box)]]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/BR/Design%20Layout%20(Grade).dot Design Layout (Grade)]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101 Design Layout Stream 2014.docx|Design Layout (Stream)]]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/BR/Design%20Layout%20(Wall).dot Design Layout (Wall)]<br />
<div id="Floodplain Development Permit/Application"></div><br />
<br />
*[[media:101 Floodplain Development Permit Application 2019.pdf|Floodplain Development Permit/Application]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101 Floodplain Development Permit To District Cover Letter.docx|Floodplain Development Permit To District Cover Letter]]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/BR/Layout%20to%20FHWA.dotx Layout to FHWA]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/BR/Layout%20to%20Railroad.dot Layout to Railroad]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/BR/Missouri-Illinois%20Border%20Bridge%20Clearinghouse%20Form.dot Missouri-Illinois Border Bridge Clearinghouse Form]<br />
<div id="No-Rise Certificate"></div><br />
*[[media:101 No Rise Certificate 2020.pdf|No-Rise Certificate]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:751.1.2.20 Request Apr 2021.xlsx|Request for Final Soundings for Structures Form]]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/BR/Telefax.dot Telefax]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/BR/Transmittal%20Letter.dot Transmittal Letter]<br />
<br />
*[[media:131.1 Vertical Clearance Coord Form Jul 2018.pdf|Vertical Clearance Design Exception Coordination with SDDCTEA]]<br />
<br />
==Construction and Materials==<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/30_Day_Reminder_Final_Invoice_Letter.pdf 30 Day Reminder Final Invoice Letter]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/60_Day_Final_Acceptance_Letter.pdf 60 Day Final Acceptance Letter]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AC_Index_Price_Adjustment_Hot_Mix_Asphalt_SY.xlsx AC Index Price Adjustment – Hot mix asphalt (per SY)]<br />
[[image:101CM.jpg|right|150px]]<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AC_Index_Price_Adjustment_Hot_Mix_Asphalt_Ton.xlsx AC Index Price Adjustment – Hot mix asphalt (per Ton)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AC_Index_Price_Adjustment_Seal_Coat.xlsx AC Index Price Adjustment – Sealcoat]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AC_Index_Price_Adjustment_UBAWS_Hot_Mix_and_Membrane.xlsx AC Index Price Adjustment – UBAWS Hot Mix and Membrane]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AC_Index_Price_Adjustment_Undersealing.xlsx AC Index Price Adjustment – Undersealing]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.pdf ADA Checklist (PDF) (Rev. June 15, 2022)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.docx ADA Checklist (MS Word) (Rev. June 15, 2022)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Aggregate_Base_Random_Locations.xlsm Aggregate Base Random Locations]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/As_Built_Final_Plans_Checklist_SL_District.pdf As Built Plans Checklist - SL District]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asbestos_Bulk_Sample_Bridge_CL_EL_5.pdf Asbestos Bulk Sample Bridge CL EL 5]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asbestos_Bulk_Sample_Parcel_CL_EL_5.pdf Asbestos Bulk Sample Parcel CL EL 5]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asbestos_Survey_Report_T746_T747_T748_C760.pdf Asbestos Survey Report - All Suspect ACM (Form T746), Nonfriable ACM (Form T747) and All Materials (Form T748)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asphalt_Core_Spreadsheet.xlsx Asphalt Core Spreadsheet]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asphalt_Mix_Design.xlsm Asphalt Mix Design]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asphalt_Random_Locations.xlsm Asphalt Random Locations]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asphalt_Roadway_Report.xlsm Asphalt Roadway Report]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Bridge_Bearings.xlsx Bridge Bearings]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Bridge_Clearance_Report_C239A.pdf Bridge Clearance Report (C-239A)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CO/Bridge%20Fabrication%20Report.dot Bridge Fabrication Report]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Change%20Order.XLS Change Order]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Job_Site_Bulletin_Board_Checklist_fillable.pdf Checklist of the jobsite posters]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CUF_Determination_Form.pdf Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Determination Form]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CUF_Determination_Form_Contracts_Let_After_03_2021.pdf Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Determination Form (for contracts let after March 2021)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Compressive%20Strength%20for%20Forney.xls Compressive Strength for Forney]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Concrete%20Daily%20Inspection%20Report%20C-681.xls Concrete Daily Inspection Report, C-681]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Concrete_Cylinder_Sample_Sent_to_Central_Lab.doc Concrete Cylinder Sample Sent to Central Lab]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CIW_Mainline_Paving.xls Concrete Inspection Worksheet – Mainline QC/QA Paving]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Concrete_Roadway_Report.pdf Concrete Roadway Report]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Contingent_Item_Price_Check.pdf Contingent Item Price Check]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Contractor_Performance_Evaluation_Letter.pdf Contractor Performance Evaluation Letter]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Contractor_Performance_Evaluation_Signature_Page.pdf Contractor Performance Evaluation Signature Page]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/C9_Daily_Utility_Report.pdf Daily Utility Report (C-9)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Dimensions%20To%20Tons%20Converter.xlsx Dimensions To Tons Converter]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Documentation_Record.pdf Documentation Record]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/EEO_Checklist.pdf EEO Checklist]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Fence_Removal_Notice.pdf Fence Removal Notice]<br />
<br />
*[http://ghdcogwp001/c10.2.2/cgi-bin/cognosisapi.dll?b_action=cognosViewer&ui.action=run&ui.object=%2fcontent%2ffolder%5b%40name%3d%27AASHTOWARE%27%5d%2ffolder%5b%40name%3d%27Headquarters%27%5d%2ffolder%5b%40name%3d%27Contract%20-%20Administration%27%5d%2freport%5b%40name%3d%27C239_Final_Acceptance_Report_AWP%27%5d&ui.name=C239_Final_Acceptance_Report_AWP&run.outputFormat=PDF&run.prompt=true Final Acceptance Report (C-239), Cognos Report]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Final_Acceptance_C_239.pdf Final Acceptance Report (C-239), pdf version]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Final_Plans_Certification.pdf Final Plans Certification]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Final_Plans_Checklist.pdf Final Plans Checklist]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/KC_Final_Plans_Memo.pdf Final Plans Memo]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/C13_Final_Utility_Report.pdf Final Utility Report (C-13)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Force_Account_Spreadsheet.xlsx Force Account Spreadsheet]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Form%20M-45%20Bitumin%20Distributor%20Calibration.doc Form M-45 Bitumin Distributor Calibration]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Fuel_Adjustment_Calculation.xlsx Fuel Adjustment Calculation]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Inspectors_Pay_Qty_Report_IPQR.pdf Inspectors Pay Qty Report (IPQR)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Internal_MoDOT_Product_Form.pdf Internal MoDOT Product Form]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/IRI_Inertial_Profiler_Report_with_Bonus.xlsm IRI Inertial Profiler Report with Bonus]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2020_Asphalt_Pavement_Repair.xlsm JOC 2020 Asphalt Pavement Repair]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2021_Asphalt_Pavement_Repair.xlsm JOC 2021 Asphalt Pavement Repair]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2022_Asphalt_Pavement_Repair.xlsm JOC 2022 Asphalt Pavement Repair]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2021_Bridge_Repair_Spreadsheet.xlsm JOC 2021 Bridge Repair Spreadsheet]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2022_Bridge_Repair_Spreadsheet.xlsm JOC 2022 Bridge Repair Spreadsheet]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2021_Concrete_Pavement_Repair.xlsm JOC 2021 Concrete Pavement Repair]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2022_Concrete_Pavement_Repair.xlsm JOC 2022 Concrete Pavement Repair]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2022_Fence_Repair_Spreadsheet.xlsm JOC 2022 Fence Repair Spreadsheet]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2020_Rail_Cable_Fence_Spreadsheet.xlsm JOC 2020 Rail Cable Fence Spreadsheet]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2021_Rail_Cable_Fence_Spreadsheet.xlsm JOC 2021 Rail Cable Fence Spreadsheet]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2022_Rail_Cable_Repair_Spreadsheet.xlsm JOC 2022 Rail Cable Fence Spreadsheet]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_Lighting_Repair.xlsx JOC Lighting Repair]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_Microsurfacing_Spreadsheet.xlsx JOC Microsurfacing Spreadsheet]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_Signal_and_Lighting_Repair.xlsm JOC Signal and Lighting Repair]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/KC_Milestone_Memo.pdf Milestone Memo]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Milestone_Worksheet.pdf Milestone Worksheet]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Mobile_Mixer_Calibration.xlsx Mobile Mixer Calibration]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101 Mobile Mixer Verification.pdf|Mobile Mixer Verification Sheet]]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/NCR_Non_Conformance_Report.pdf Nonconformance Report (NCR)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Nuclear_Density_C709ND.pdf Nuclear Density (C-709ND)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Nuclear_Density_of_Plastic_Portland_Cement_Concrete_C_710ND.pdf Nuclear Density of Plastic Portland Cement Concrete (C-710ND)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Order_Record.pdf Order Record (C-259)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Outlier%20Analysis.xls Outlier Analysis]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Pavement_Type_Selection_Submittal.pdf Pavement Type Selection Submittal Information (PTS Submittal Form)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Payroll_Log.xltx Payroll Log Form]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Pile%20Driving%20Chart2.xls Pile Driving Chart]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Pile_Driving_Data.pdf Pile Driving Data]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Pile_Driving_Data_PDA.pdf Pile Driving Data PDA]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/PODI_Bridge_Deck_Pour_Checklist.pdf PODI Bridge Deck Pour Checklist]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Pore_Pressure_Report_Type_A.pdf Pore Pressure Report - Type A]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Pore_Pressure_Report_Type_B.pdf Pore Pressure Report - Type B]<br />
<br />
<div id="PreCon Letter - Federal No Trainees"></div><br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/PreCon_Letter_Federal.pdf PreCon Letter - Federal]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/PreCon_Letter_State.pdf PreCon Letter - State]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Prestress_Deficiency_Report.pdf Prestress Deficiency Report (1029-01)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Price_Verification.xlsx Price Verification]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Railroad_Crossing_Inspection.pdf Railroad Crossing Inspection]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RE_Letterhead.pdf RE Letterhead]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RE_Letterhead.docx RE Letterhead – Word Format]<br />
<br />
* [http://epg.modot.mo.gov/forms/CM/Job_Site_Bulletin_Board_Checklist_fillable.pdf Report of On-Site Bulletin Board Inspection (Job Site Bulletin Board Checklist)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Retroreflectivity_Payment_Adjustment.xlsm Retroreflectivity Payment Adjustment]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Retroreflectometer_Request.xlsm Retroreflectometer Request]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Aggregate_Scale_Calibration_200.dotx RM Aggregate Scale Calibration - 200]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Aggregate_Scale_Calibration_300.dotx RM Aggregate Scale Calibration - 300]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Aggregate_Scale_Calibration_350.dotx RM Aggregate Scale Calibration - 350]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Air_Dispenser_Calibration.dotx RM Air Dispenser Calibration]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Cement_Scale_Calibration_150.dotx RM Cement Scale Calibration - 150]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Cement_Scale_Calibration_175.dotx RM Cement Scale Calibration - 175]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Cement_Scale_Calibration_200.dotx RM Cement Scale Calibration - 200]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Concrete_Systems_Form.dotx RM Concrete Systems Form]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Equipment_Calibrated_and_Verified_Form.dotx RM Equipment Calibrated and Verified Form]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Truck_Mixer_Information_Form.dotx RM Truck Mixer Information Form]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Water_Calibration.dotx RM Water Calibration]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RoCap_Test_Form_Long_Bolts.pdf RoCap Test Form - Long Bolts]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RoCap_Test_Form_Short_Bolts.pdf RoCap Test Form - Short Bolts]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Semi_Annual_Labor_Compliance_Report.dotx Semi-annual Labor Compliance Report]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Semi_Final_Inspection_C_236.pdf Semi-Final Inspection (C-236)]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101 Contractor Payment Schedule 2022.pdf|Contractor Payment Schedule]]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Standard%20Compaction%20Test%20Blank.xls Standard Compaction Test Blank]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Survey%20Calculator.xlsx Survey Calculator]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Tank%20Capacity%202.0.xls Tank Capacity]<br />
<div id="Wage Interview"></div><br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CR1_Wage_Rate_Interview.pdf Wage Interview (Form CR-1)]<br />
<br />
*[http://sharepoint/systemdelivery/TR/mo/travinfoitsworkzonemanagment/workzones/Shared%20Documents/Inspections/WorkZone_Inspection-form%202014.pdf Work Zone Inspection Form]<br />
<br />
===Forms for Contractor Use ===<br />
====Construction and Contractor Related====<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Blank_2AA_Sheet.pdf 2AA Sheet – Blank]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Example_2AA_Sheet.pdf 2AA Sheet – Example]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Affidavit_for_Compliance_with_Prevailing_Wage.pdf Affidavit for Compliance with Prevailing Wage Law]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Contractors_Affidavit_C-242.pdf Contractor's Affidavit Regarding Settlement of Claims (C-242)]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Contractors_Affidavit_C-242_With_Exceptions.pdf Contractor's Affidavit Regarding Settlement of Claims (C-242) with Exceptions]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Contractor_Questionnaire.pdf Contractor Questionnaire] (to bid contracts less than $2,000,000)<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/DBE_Contractor_Project_Trucker_Equipment_List_Form.pdf DBE Contractor Project Trucker Equipment List Form]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/DBE_Contractor_Subcontractor_Project_Trucker_Form_Instructions.pdf DBE Contractor Subcontractor Project Trucker Form Instructions]<br />
<br />
:* [[media:101 DBE Identification Submittal Form.pdf|DBE Identification Submittal Form]]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/DBE_Substitution_Form.pdf DBE Substitution Form]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Digital_Signature_for_Adobe_Reader_DC_or_Pro_DC.docx Digital Signatures Adobe DC Reader/Pro QRG]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Lead_Abatement_MODOT_Contractor_Informational_Packet.pdf Lead Abatement MoDOT Contractor Informational Packet]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Lead_Abatement_MODOT_FA_Project_Notification.pdf Lead Abatement MoDOT FA Project Notification]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Lead_Abatement_MODOT_Project_Notification.pdf Lead Abatement MoDOT Project Notification]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Lead_Abatement_MODOT_Project_Re_Notification.pdf Lead Abatement MoDOT Project Re-Notification]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Lead_Abatement_Program_Contact_Info.pdf Lead Abatement Program Contact Info] <br />
<br />
:* [http://eprojects/Templates/MODOT_Workforce_JSP_Cummulative_Workforce_Hours_Report.xlsx MoDOT Workforce JSP Cumulative Workforce Hours Report]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/MoDOT_Workforce_Pre_Construction_Diversity_Plan_Report.xlsx MoDOT Workforce Pre-Construction Diversity Plan Report]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/OJT_1_Trainee_Notification.pdf OJT-1, Trainee Notification]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/OJT_2_Contractor_Monthly_Trainee_Report.pdf OJT-2, Contractor Monthly Trainee Report]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/OJT_3_Training_Completion.pdf OJT-3, Training Completion]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/OJT_4_Trainee_Contact.pdf OJT-4, Trainee Contact]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/OJT_5_Discrimination_Complaint.pdf OJT-5, Discrimination Complaint]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/OJT_6_Final_Trainee_Summary.pdf OJT-6, Training Summary] <br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Prequalification_Questionnaire.pdf Prequalification Contractor Questionnaire] (to bid a contract of any size)<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Request_to_Subcontract_C_220.pdf Request to Subcontract Work (C-220)]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Request_to_Subcontract_C_220_Excel.xlsm Request to Subcontract Work (C-220), Excel]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Subcontractor_Certification_Regarding_Affirmative_Action.pdf Subcontractor Certification Regarding Affirmative Action]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Tension_Log_Form.xlsx Tension Log Form] <br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Value_Engineering_Proposal_C_104.pdf Value Engineering Change Proposal (C-104)]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Wage_Flow_Chart_for_Federal_Jobs.pdf Wage Flowchart for Federal Jobs – Precon]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Wage_Flow_Chart_for_State_Jobs.pdf Wage Flowchart for State Jobs – Precon]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Waste_Disposal_Agreement.pdf Waste Disposal Agreement]<br />
<br />
====Materials Related====<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AsphPlantInspCumulative.xls Asphalt Inspection Worksheet Cumulative Gradation]<br />
<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AsphPlantInspNonCumulative.xls Asphalt Inspection Worksheet Non-Cumulative Gradation]<br />
<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/PipeShippingReportForm2.pdf CMP, RCP, Precast Drainage Units and Precast Box Culvert Shipping Report Form]<br />
<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Concrete%20Mix%20Design%20Submittal%20Form.xls Concrete Mix Design Submittal Form]<br />
<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Missouri%20CoreLok%20Aggregate%20Workbook.xls CoreLok Aggregate Workbook]<br />
<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/GS013F2.pdf Fabricator’s PAL Receival Form]<br />
<br />
:*[https://www.modot.org/traffic New Product Evaluation Form]<br />
<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/GS013F4.pdf PAL Program Inclusion Certifications and Guarantee Statement]<br />
<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Producer_Supplier_List.pdf Producer/Supplier List]<br />
<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/PipeShippingReportForm_Thermoplastic.pdf PVC & HDPE Pipe Shipping Report Form]<br />
<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Request_to_Transfer_Inspected_Matl.pdf Request for Transfer of Inspected Materials]<br />
<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/GS013F3.pdf Shipper’s PAL Transmittal Form]<br />
<br />
====Posters, Federal Aid====<br />
<br />
Please refer to [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:110_State_and_Federal_Wage_Rates_and_Other_Requirements#Required_Notices_and_Posters EPG 110.2 Federal-Aid Projects, Required Notices and Posters].<br />
<br />
====Posters, State Aid====<br />
<br />
Please refer to [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:110_State_and_Federal_Wage_Rates_and_Other_Requirements#Required_Notices_and_Posters EPG 110.2 Federal-Aid Projects, Required Notices and Posters].<br />
<br />
====Utility or Right of Way Related==== <br />
<br />
:*[http://www.modot.mo.gov/asp/intentToWork.shtml Notice of Intent to Perform Work Process]<br />
<br />
:*[https://www6.modot.mo.gov/ElectronicPermitting/ElectronicPermitting.html# Permit for Work on Right of Way]<br />
<br />
===Quick Reference Guides (QRGs)===<br />
====AASHTOWare Project Quick Reference Guides (QRGs)==== <br />
<br />
:'''[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_QRG_Revision_Dates.xlsx AWP QRG Revision Dates]'''<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CM_AASHTOWARE_Project_Terminology.docx AWP CM AASHTOWARE Project Terminology]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CM_Certified_Testers.doc AWP CM Certified Testers]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CM_Filters.doc AWP CM Filters]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CM_Test_Equipment.doc AWP CM Test Equipment]<br />
<div id="Change Order Overview"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_1ChangeOrderOverview.doc AWP CO 1 Change Order Overview]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_2ChangeOrderAddingNewItemorOverrunUnderrunExisting.doc AWP CO 2 Change Order Adding New Item or Overrun/Underrun of Existing Items]<br />
<div id="AWP CO 3"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_3ChangeOrderTimeExtension.doc AWP CO 3 Change Order Time Extension]<br />
<div id="AWP CO 4"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_4ChangeOrderValueEngineering.doc AWP CO 4 Change Order Value Engineering]<br />
<div id="AWP CO 5"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_5ChangeOrderNoCostContractModification.doc AWP CO 5 Change Order, No Cost Contract Modification]<br />
<div id="AWP CO 6"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_6ChangeOrderMobilizationAndContractBond.doc AWP CO 6 Change Order, Mobilization and Contract Bond]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_7ChangeOrderApproval.doc AWP CO 7 Change Order Approval]<br />
<div id="Change Order Codes"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Change_Order_Codes.doc AWP CO Change Order Codes]<br />
<div id="Change Order Reports"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Change_Order_Reports.doc AWP CO Change Order Reports]<br />
<div id="CO Commercially Useful"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_CUF_Entry.doc AWP CO Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Review Date Entry]<br />
<br />
:*[[media:146 CUF After Mar 2021.pdf|Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Determination Form (for contracts awarded after March 2021)]]<br />
<div id="CO Construction Stockpiles"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Construction_Stockpiles.doc AWP CO Construction Stockpiles]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Contract_Payment_Estimate_Exception_Override.doc AWP CO Contract Payment Estimate Exception Override]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_ContractVendorAssets.doc AWP CO Contract Vendor Assets]<br />
<div id="CO Contract Adjustments"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Contract_Adjustments.doc AWP CO Contract Adjustments]<br />
<div id="CO Contract Times"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Contract_Times.doc AWP CO Contract Times]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_DailyDiary.doc AWP CO Daily Diary]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_DailyDiaryAdjustments.doc AWP CO Daily Diary Adjustments]<br />
<div id="Daily Work Report"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_DailyWorkReport.doc AWP CO Daily Work Report]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_DailyWorkReport_Deleting_Postings_and_Acceptance_Records.doc AWP CO Daily Work Report, Deleting DWR Postings and Acceptance Records]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Disposition_Remarks_PAL_Material.doc AWP CO Disposition Remarks for PAL Material]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Documentation_Records.docx AWP CO Documentation Records]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_EmergencyContacts.doc AWP CO Emergency Contacts]<br />
<div id="AWP CO Estimate"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Estimate.doc AWP CO Estimate]<br />
<div id="AWP CO Estimate Final"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Estimate_Final.doc AWP CO Estimate Final]<br />
<div id="AWP CO Item Adjustments"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Item_Adjustments.doc AWP CO Item Adjustments]<br />
<div id="CO Milestones"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Milestones.doc AWP CO Milestones]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Signal_Maintenance.doc AWP CO Signal Maintenance]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Change_Order_Reason_Codes_for_SL_Time_Extension_Change_Orders.doc AWP CO SL District Reason Codes for Time Extension Change Orders]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Subcontract.doc AWP CO Subcontract]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Adding_Contract_Lines_For_Acceptance_Actions.doc AWP MA Adding Contract Lines For Acceptance Actions]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Adding_Concrete_Mix_Design.doc AWP MA Adding New Concrete Mix Design]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Associating_Material_To_Source.docx AWP MA Associating Material to Source]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Checking_For_UnAuthorized_Sample_Records.doc AWP MA Checking For Unauthorized Sample Records]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_DEC_Sample_Record.docx AWP MA DEC Sample Record]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_EditingContractAcceptanceActionsAndActionRelationships.doc AWP MA Editing Contract Acceptance Actions and Action Relationships]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Generating_Contract_SampleChecklist.doc AWP MA Generating Contract Sample Checklist]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_IAS_Lab_Audit.doc AWP MA I.A.S. Lab Audit]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_PAL_Plant_Inspection_Record.doc AWP MA PAL Plant Inspection Record]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_ReGenerating_Contract_Lines_For_Original_Materials_And_Acceptance_Actions.doc AWP MA Regenerating Contract Lines for Original Materials and Acceptance Actions]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Sample_Record_Acceptance_By_Certification.docx AWP MA Sample Record Acceptance By Certification]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Sample_Record_Changing_Material_Code_Source_or_SampleType.docx AWP MA Sample Record Changing Material Code Source or Sample Type]<br />
<div id="Sample Record, General"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Sample_Record_General.docx AWP MA Sample Record, General]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Sample_Record_General_IAS_Audit_Record.docx AWP MA Sample Record, General IAS Audit Record]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Sampling_and_Testing_Status_Report.docx AWP MA Sampling and Testing Status Report]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_UsingFindSample.docx AWP MA Using the Find Sample Function]<br />
<br />
====Storm Water Database Quick Reference Guides (QRGs)====<br />
<br />
:* [[media:101 How to Fill Out Land Disturbance Inspection Record.pdf|How to Fill Out Land Disturbance Inspection Record]]<br />
<br />
:* [[media:101 Land Disturbance Deficiencies QRG 2019.pdf|Land Disturbance Deficiencies]]<br />
<br />
:* [[media:101 Land Disturbance Storm Water Database Closeout Procedure QRG 2020.pdf|Land Disturbance Storm Water Database Closeout Procedure]]<br />
<br />
:* [[media:101 Land Disturbance Storm Water Database Initial Setup for Construction Projects 2020.pdf|Land Disturbance Storm Water Database Initial Setup for Construction Projects]]<br />
<br />
:* [[media:101 Land Disturbance Storm Water Database Initial Setup for Maintenance Projects QRG 2020.pdf|Land Disturbance Storm Water Database Initial Setup for Maintenance Projects]]<br />
<br />
:* [[media:101 Land Disturbance Storm Water Database 7 Day Reviews QRG.pdf|Land Disturbance Storm Water Database 7-Day Reviews]]<br />
<br />
:* [[media:101 Storm Water Land Disturbance Erosion Reporting QRG Dec 2020.pdf|Storm Water Land Disturbance Erosion Reporting]]<br />
<br />
==Design==<br />
{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:15px; border:1px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="160px" align="right" <br />
|- <br />
|'''[http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/d-sheets.htm Microstation D-Sheets]'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''Signing'''<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE%202017%20Forms/DELiaison/D-28.doc D-28], D-29 through D-34<br />
|-<br />
|'''Signals'''<br />
|-<br />
|D-37A through D-37d, D-38 through D-38e<br />
|-<br />
|'''Typical Sections'''<br />
|-<br />
|D-49 through D-70 <br />
|-<br />
|'''Miscellaneous'''<br />
|-<br />
|D-71<br />
|}<br />
===Bridge===<br />
*[[media:101 404 Permit.dotx|404 Permits]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:747 Bridge Survey Checklist.xlsx|Bridge Survey Checklist]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:747 Bridge Survey Location Request Dec 2019.docx|Bridge Survey Location Request]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:747 Bridge Survey Report.docx| Bridge Survey Report Form]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:751.1.3.2_Structural_Rehabilitation_Checklist.xlsm|Structural Rehabilitation Checklist (Excel)]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:131.1 Vertical Clearance Coord Form Jul 2018.pdf|Vertical Clearance Design Exception Coordination with SDDCTEA]]<br />
<br />
===Checklist===<br />
*[[media:124.2.4 Design Progress Check list.docx|Design Progress Check List]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:D-12_May_2022.pdf|District Final Design Checklist - D-12]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:124.2.4 Check List for Preliminary Plans.docx|Preliminary Plans Check List]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:124.2.4 Project Reviewing Checklist.docx|Project Reviewing Checklist]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:124.2.4 Check List for RW Plans.docx|Right of Way Check List]]<br />
<br />
===Contracts===<br />
*[[media:District_Award.dotx|District Award]]<br />
<br />
*[http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/documents/ComputerDeliverableContractPlans.pdf Computer Deliverable Contract Plans 2005]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE%202017%20Forms/BiddingContract/DE11_Municipal_Agreement.doc DE11]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Sample_Scope_of_Services_-_Location_and_Environment.dotx|Sample Scope of Services - Location and Environment]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Sample_Scope_of_Services_Design.dotx|Sample Scope of Services Design]]<br />
<br />
===Design Forms===<br />
*[[media:3R_Conceptual_Study_Report.dotx|3R Conceptual Study Report]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:4R_Conceptual_Study_Report.dotx|4R Pavement Rehabilitation Analysis Data and Conceptual Study Report]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Commission_Backup_Form_Blank.dotx|Commission Backup Form Blank]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Commission_Backup_Form_Instructions.dotx|Commission Backup Form Instructions]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Conceptual Study Report.dotx|Conceptual Study Report]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:134.2.2.5.1 May 2017.doc|Consultant Rating Form]]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE%202017%20Forms/DELiaison/D-28.doc D-28 Sign Design Order Form]<br />
<br />
*[[media:131.1 Design Exception 2020.docx|Design Exception Information]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Equipment_and_Materials_List.dotx|Equipment and Materials List]]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/SWPPP_Project_Specific_Form_806.8.2.pdf Form 806.8.2, Project-Specific SWPPP Information]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Form D21 2018.pdf|Highway Lighting Warrants D21]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Location Study Report.dotx|Location Study Report]]<br />
<br />
* [[media:M-40 2013.docx|M-40 Request for Drilling Services]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Pavement_Distress_Log_Form_-_Asphalt_-_11x17.dotx|Pavement Distress Log Form - Asphalt - 11x17]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Pavement_Distress_Log_Form_-_Concrete_11x17.dotx|Pavement Distress Log Form - Concrete 11x17]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Pavement_Repair_Log.dotx|Pavement Repair Log]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Preliminary_Plans_Proposal_Review.dotx|Preliminary Plans Proposal Review]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Project_Data_for_BAMS.dotx|Project Data for BAMS]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Project Initialization Estimate Form.dotx|Project Initialization Estimate Form]]<br />
<br />
*[https://spexternal.modot.mo.gov/sites/de/_layouts/15/WopiFrame.aspx?sourcedoc=%7bC825A659-7DD3-4CF3-8F3D-284E3BFF6E39%7d&file=JSP-Formatting-Guide.doc&action=default Roadway Job Special Provision Formatting Guide]<br />
<br />
*[https://spexternal.modot.mo.gov/sites/de/_layouts/15/WopiFrame.aspx?sourcedoc=%7b01675DEF-ADDD-465C-AF8F-868B9CF5DBE2%7d&file=Roadway%20JSP%20Instructions.docx&action=default Roadway Job Special Provision Instructions]<br />
<br />
*[https://spexternal.modot.mo.gov/sites/de/_layouts/15/WopiFrame.aspx?sourcedoc={5D551D7A-2FA3-4777-BB7E-829D7D83CA92}&file=Roadway_JSP_Template.doc&action=default Roadway Job Special Provision Template]<br />
<br />
*[[media:134.2.2.2 2019.docx|Submittal to Professional Services Committee]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Suggested_Revision_to_a_CADD_Standard.dotx|Suggested Revision to a CADD Standard]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Test-Cultural_Resource_Assessment_Letter.dotx|Test-Cultural Resource Assessment Letter]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Traffic_Signal_Warrants,_Form_D22.dotx|Traffic Signal Warrants, Form D22]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Utility_Print_Submittal_Letter.dotx|Utility Print Submittal Letter]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Utility_Print_Submittal_Letter_Revised_Plans.dotx|Utility Print Submittal Letter, Revised Plans]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:124_Work_Day_Study_a.dotx|Work Day Study]]<br />
<br />
===[https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:134_Engineering_Professional_Services#134.1.3_Consultant_Qualification Engineering Professional Services]===<br />
<br />
===Environmental and Cultural===<br />
*[[media:127.14 Categorical Exclusion Determination 2021.docx|Categorical Exclusion Form]]<br />
<br />
*[[media: 127.11 Farmland Conversion Impact Rating Corridor.pdf|Farmland Conversion Impact Rating (Corridor)]]<br />
<br />
*[[media: 127.11 Farmland Conversion Impact Rating Site.pdf| Farmland Conversion Impact Rating (Site)]]<br />
<br />
*[https://www6.modot.mo.gov/EnvironmentalRequest/Pages/Login.aspx Request for Environmental Services (RES) Form]<br />
<br />
*[[media:127.1 Instructions 2021.pdf|Instructions for the RES Form]]<br />
<br />
===Materials===<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Request_for_Asphalt_Cement_%_Grade.dotx|Request for Asphalt Cement % Grade]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Soil_Info_Request.dotx|Soil Info Request]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Soil_Survey_Request.dotx|Soil Survey Request]]<br />
<br />
===Planning===<br />
*[[media:101_ARAN_Report_Request.dotx|ARAN Report Request]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Conceptual_Study_Traffic_Count_Request.dotx|Conceptual Study Traffic Count Request]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Fis_Formc.dotx|Fis Formc]]<br />
<br />
*[http://sp/sites/tp/sysanlysis/Traffic/Shared%20Documents/ExecutiveFiles/Road%20User%20Costs%20Request%20Form.pdf Road User Costs Request Form]<br />
<br />
*[http://sp/sites/tp/sysanlysis/Traffic/Shared%20Documents/ExecutiveFiles/Traffic%20Forecast%20Request%20Form.pdf Traffic Forecast Request Form]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Turning_Movement_Traffic_Count_Request.dotx|Turning Movement Traffic Count Request]]<br />
<br />
===Public Involvement===<br />
*[[media:101_Public_Hearing_Statement_Form.dotx|Public Hearing Statement Form]]<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/Sample%20Letter%20Advertising%20a%20Public%20Hearing.docx Sample Letter Advertising a Public Hearing]<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/Sample%20Notice%204f.docx Sample Notice 4F]<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/Sample%20Notice%20of%20Public%20Hearing.docx Sample Notice of Public Hearing]<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/Sample_Opportunity_for_Public_Hearing.doc Sample Opportunity for a Public Hearing/Meeting Notice]<br />
*[[media:129 Sample Public Involvement or Communication Plan.docx|Sample Public Involvement Plan or Communication Plan]] <br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/SampleRequestforApprovelofLocationorDesigntoStateDesignEngineer.docx Sample Request for Approval of Location and/or Design of Highways to State Design Engineer]<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/SampleRequestforApprovelofLocationorDesigntotheCommission.docx Sample Request for Approval of Location to the Commission]<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/SampleTranscript.pdf Sample Transcript]<br />
<br />
===Right of Way===<br />
*[http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Certification%20of%20Commission%20Form%20236.13.15.docx Certification Document]<br />
<br />
*[http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Letter%20of%20Certification%20RW%20Plans%20Approval%20Form%20236.13.docx Letter of Certification for Right of Way Plans Approval]<br />
<br />
*[http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/RW%20Cost%20Estimate%20Form%203.3.3B.docx Right of Way Cost Estimate] <br />
<br />
*[http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Right%20Way%20Plans%20Checklist%20Form%20236.13.7.docx Right of Way Plans Checklist]<br />
<br />
*[http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Sample%20Letter%20for%20Condemnation%20Amended%20Plans.docx Sample Letter for Condemnation (Amended Plans)]<br />
<br />
===Scoping===<br />
*[[media:101_Bridge_Checklist.dotx|Bridge Checklist]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Construction_and_Materials_Checklist.dotx|Construction and Materials Checklist]]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE%202017%20Forms/DELiaison/104.6_Design_Checklist_Apr_26,_2012.doc Design Checklist]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE%202017%20Forms/DELiaison/104.6_Design_Liaison_Checklist.doc Design Liaison Checklist]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_FHWA_Checklist.dotx|FHWA Checklist]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Maintenance_Checklist.dotx|Maintenance Checklist]]<br />
[[image:101 survey.jpg|right|150px]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Planning_Checklist.dotx|Planning Checklist]]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE%202017%20Forms/DELiaison/104.6_Project_Scoping_Checklist_Apr_26,_2012.doc Project Scoping Checklist]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Public_Information_and_Outreach_Checklist.dotx|Public Information and Outreach Checklist]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Railroad_Checklist.dotx|Railroad Checklist]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Right_of_Way_Checklist.dotx|Right of Way Checklist]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Traffic_Checklist.dotx|Traffic Checklist]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Utilities_Checklist.dotx|Utilities Checklist]]<br />
<br />
===Survey===<br />
*[[media:747 Bridge Survey Location Request Dec 2019.docx|Bridge Survey Location Request]]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE%202017%20Forms/CADD/238.2.18.2_Plat_Review_Checklist.pdf Form 238.2.18.2 Plat Review Checklist]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE%202017%20Forms/CADD/238.2.17_Professional_Land_Surveyor_2013.doc Professional Land Surveyor Description Review Form]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE%202017%20Forms/DELiaison/238.2_Sample_Letter_Notifying_Property_Owner_of_Survey.doc Sample Letter Notifying Property Owner of Survey]<br />
<br />
==External Civil Rights==<br />
<br />
===DBE===<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CUF_Determination_Form.pdf Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Determination Form]<br />
<br />
:*[https://www.modot.org/media/26953 DBE and Non-DBE Subcontractor Report Form]<br />
<br />
:*[https://www.modot.org/media/245 DBE Contractor/Subcontractor Project Trucker and Equipment List]<br />
<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/files/5/57/101_DBE_Identification_Submittal_Form.pdf DBE Identification Submittal Form]<br />
<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/DBE_Substitution_Form.pdf DBE Substitution Form]<br />
<br />
===OJT===<br />
:*[https://www.modot.org/media/14124 OJT-1, Trainee Notification]<br />
<br />
:*[https://www.modot.org/media/331 OJT-2, Contractor Monthly Trainee Report]<br />
<br />
:*[https://www.modot.org/media/14125 OJT-3, Trainee Completion Report] <br />
<br />
:*[https://www.modot.org/media/14126 OJT-4, Trainee Contact]<br />
<br />
:*[https://www.modot.org/media/332 OJT-5, Trainee Discrimination Complaint]<br />
<br />
:*[https://www.modot.org/media/12141 OJT-6, Training Summary]<br />
<br />
===Workforce Diversity JSP===<br />
:*[[media:101 Contractor's Monthly New Employee Report.pdf|Contractor's Monthly New Employee Report]]<br />
<br />
:*[https://www.modot.org/media/12336 MoDOT Cumulative Workforce Hours Report (Workforce Monthly Report)]<br />
<br />
:*[https://www.modot.org/sites/default/files/documents/WF-1_New_Hire_Notification.pdf New Hire Notification]<br />
<br />
:*[[media:101 Sample Company Workforce Diversity Job Special Provision Action Plan.docx|Sample Company Workforce/Diversity Job Special Provision Action Plan]]<br />
<br />
:*[https://www.modot.org/media/12337 Workforce Pre-Construction Diversity Plan Report]<br />
<br />
==Financial Services==<br />
*[[media:235 Agreements Checklist.doc|Agreements Checklist]]<br />
<br />
==Highway Safety/Traffic==<br />
*[[media:902.5.8.3.1 checklist.xlsx|Statewide Signal/Lighting/Flasher Preventive Maintenance Checklist]]<br />
<br />
==Maintenance==<br />
*[[media:127.29.9 FRCP.pdf|Facility Runoff Control Plans (FRCP)]]<br />
<br />
*[http://sharepoint/systemdelivery/TR/mo/travinfoitsworkzonemanagment/workzones/Shared%20Documents/Inspections/WorkZone_Inspection-form%202014.pdf Work Zone Inspection Form]<br />
<br />
===Chip Seal Forms===<br />
*[http://wwwi/maintenance/Forms/App%20Adjust%20Form.pdf Application Adjustment Factor Form]<br />
*[http://wwwi/maintenance/Forms/Traffic%20Eval%20Factor.pdf Traffic Evaluation Factor (TEF) for Asphalt Application Adjustment]<br />
<br />
===Bridge Maintenance===<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - blankinspreport.pdf|Blank Inspection Report]]<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - bridgemaintenancerepairreport.xls|Bridge Maintenance Repair Report (Excel)]]<br />
*[http://ghepg01/forms/BR/774_Cathodic_System_Evaluation.dotx Cathodic System Evaluation]<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - CIF - Written form.dot|CIF (Critical Inspection Finding)]]<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - Follow-up Action Required-Written form.doc|FAR (Follow-Up Action Required)]]<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - maintmatlusage.xls|Maintenance Material Usage (Excel)]]<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - Maintenance Recommendation Report.pdf|Maintenance Recommendation Report]]<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - paintdatareportformblank.xls|Paint Data Report (Excel)]]<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - Photo Log.xls|Photo Log Sheet (Excel)]]<br />
<br />
===Snow & Ice Control===<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - Snow and Ice Control Equipment Inventory.xls|Snow and Ice Control Equipment Inventory (Excel)]]<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - Chemical Requirements.xls|Chemical Requirements (Excel)]]<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - Salt Storage.xls|Salt Storage (Excel)]]<br />
<br />
===Rest Areas===<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - Rest Area Truck Parking.xls|Rest Area Truck Parking (Excel)]]<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - REST AREA inspection_2005.doc|Rest Area Inspection]]<br />
<br />
===Commuter Lots===<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - Commuter Lot Inspection Form.xls|Commuter Lot Inspection (Excel)]]<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - Commuter Lot Survey.pdf|Commuter Lot Survey]]<br />
<br />
===Disasters===<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - DDIR.xls|Detailed Damage Inspection Report (Excel)]]<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - Non Federal Aid Route DDIR.xls|FEMA Detailed Damage Inspection Report (Excel)]]<br />
<br />
===Performance Indicators===<br />
<br />
===Pavement Management===<br />
<br />
==Motor Carrier Services==<br />
*[https://www.modot.org/HazWaste Hazardous Waste Transport Forms]<br />
<br />
*[https://www.modot.org/HHGoods Household Goods Transport Forms, Tariff Information, ''Moving in Missouri'' brochure]<br />
<br />
*[https://www.modot.org/IFTA International Fuel Tax Agreement Forms]<br />
<br />
*[https://www.modot.org/IRP International Registration Plan Forms]<br />
<br />
*[https://www.modot.org/MOPA Missouri Operating Authority Forms]<br />
<br />
*[https://www.modot.org/OSOW Oversize Overweight Permitting Forms]<br />
<br />
*[https://www.modot.org/SC Missouri Intrastate Skill Performance Evaluation for Medical Exemption Forms]<br />
<br />
*[https://www.modot.org/WasteTire Waste Tire Transporter Forms]<br />
<br />
==Planning==<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/MCS/MCS%20MoDOT%20Letterhead.dot MTFC Letterhead]<br />
<br />
==Right of Way==<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/RW%20Mortgage%20Analyzer.xlt RW Mortgage Analyzer (Excel)]<br />
===General Information===<br />
===Right of Way Organization and Personnel===<br />
===Administration===<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/RW%20Cost%20Estimate%20Form%203.3.3B.docx Acquisition Complete Cost Estimate Worksheet_(Form 3-3_3B)]<br />
<br />
*[http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/Categorical%20Exclusion%20Review_Form%203-1_2.docx Categorical Exclusion Review_(Form 3-1_2)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/RW%20Cost%20Estimate%20Worksheet%20Form%203.3.3A.docx Right of Way Cost Estimate Worksheet_(Form 3-3_3A)]<br />
<br />
===Description Writing and Titles===<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%204_Description%20Writing%20&%20Titles/Affidavit%20of%20Scriveners%20Error%20Form%204_6_4a.docx Affidavit of Scrivener's Error (Form 4-6.4a)]<br />
<br />
===Property Management===<br />
<br />
*[http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Real%20Estate%20Risk%20Assessment%20Form.pdf Real Estate Risk Assessment Form]<br />
<br />
*[http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Realty%20Asset%20Sale%20Legal%20Opinion%20Memo.docx Realty Asset Sale Legal Opinion Memo]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Request%20for%20Excess%20Parcel%20Survey%20Form%20236.5.19a.docx Request for Excess Parcel Survey (Form 236.5.19a)]<br />
<br />
===Appraisal and Appraisal Review===<br />
===Negotiation===<br />
===Relocation Assistance Program===<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%208_Relocation/Advance%20Increased%20Interest%20Payment%20Agreement%20Form%20236.8.11.4.D.2.docx Advance Increased Interest Payment Agreement (Form 236.8.11.4(d)(2))]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%208_Relocation/Advance%20Replacement%20Housing%20and%20Increased%20Interest%20Pmt%20Agreement%20Form%20236.8.11.4.D.1.docx Advance Replacement Housing and Increased Interest Payment Agreement (Form 236.8.11.4(d)(1))]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%208_Relocation/Condemnation%20Agreement%20Residential%20Property%20Form%20236.8.9.3.E.1.docx Condemnation Agreement Residential Property (Form 236.8.9.3(e)(1))]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%208_Relocation/Relocation%20Report%20Form%20236.8.6.4.docx Relocation Report (Form 236.8.6.4)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%208_Relocation/Relocatee%20Needs%20Questionnaire%20Form%20236.8.5.2.docx Relocatee Needs Questionnaire]<br />
<br />
===Asbestos Abatement-Removal of Building Improvement===<br />
===Right Of Way Condemnation===<br />
===Mediation===<br />
===Quality Assurance Reviews===<br />
===Designing Right of Way Plans===<br />
===Change in Route Status Report===<br />
===Requests from Cities for Annexations===<br />
===[[236.16 Outdoor Advertising#Failure to provide|Outdoor Advertising]]===<br />
<br />
===Junkyards===<br />
<br />
* [[media:236.17 Application for License to Maintain a Junkyard.docx|Application for License to Maintain a Junkyard]]<br />
<br />
===Local Public Agency Land Acquisition===<br />
<br />
[[image:101 bottom.jpg|center|1025px]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:150_Quality_Management&diff=51630Category:150 Quality Management2022-06-21T19:12:25Z<p>Smithk: updated links</p>
<hr />
<div>{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:10px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="425px" align="right" <br />
|-<br />
|<center>'''[https://www.modot.org/media/17175 MoDOT Sharepoint - Partner Sign In]'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''___'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''Quality Management Information '''<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/17173 Digital Signature for Adobe Pro 10 (Contractors)]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/17175 QM Training for Contractors]<br />
|-<br />
|'''Quality Management Documents '''<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13219 MoDOT ITP Plan]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13220 Sample Quality Management Plan]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13221 Sample Weekly Schedule] <br />
|-<br />
|'''Checklists '''<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.pdf ADA Checklist (PDF) (Rev. June 15, 2022)]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/ADA_Checklist.docx ADA Checklist (MS Word) (Rev. June 15, 2022)]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/978 ITS Checklist]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/980 Lane Closure Checklist]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/979 Hold Points]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/section-200-checklists Section 200 Checklist]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/section-300-checklists Section 300 Checklist]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/section-400-checklists Section 400 Checklist]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/section-500-checklists Section 500 Checklist]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/section-600-checklists Section 600 Checklist]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/section-700-checklists Section 700 Checklist]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/section-800-checklists Section 800 Checklist]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/section-900-checklists Section 900 Checklist]<br />
|-<br />
|'''Forms '''<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13253 Absorption Worksheet] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13255 Concrete Pour Card] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13256 Concrete Placement Test Record] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13258 Consensus Tests]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/981 Corrective Action Request]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13259 Daily Inspection Report]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13265 DCP Test] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/982 Ditch Liner] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13266 Embankment Monitoring] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13267 Embankment Protection] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13275 Gradation Worksheet] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/983 Land Disturbance Inspection Record] (MoDOT performs this inspection) <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13306 Low Slump Concrete] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13277 Materials Receiving Inspection Report]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13278 Materials Request for Transfer] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13281 Nonconformance Report (NCR)]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13282 Plasticity Index Worksheet] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/984 Profilograph Report]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13283 Rock Base Density and Thickness] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/985 Sample Labels]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13285 Standard Proctor Test] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13286 Subgrade Density] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/986 Temporary Erosion Control] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13287 Traffic Control Devices]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13288 Traffic Control Inspection Report] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13289 Uniformity of Concrete Worksheet]<br />
|-<br />
|'''Contractor Reporting E2O'''<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/987 Aggregates]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/988 Asphalt Surfaces]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/989 Culvert Performance]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/990 Earthwork]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13313 Miscellaneous Concrete]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/992 Non-Superpave Asphalt]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/993 Superpave Asphalt]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/994 TSRs]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
Quality Management (QM) is a pro-active and efficient method of incorporating quality into the planning and scheduling of all project activities. The contractor works together with the engineer to develop a quality management plan that ensures the quality of materials and workmanship meets or exceeds the contract requirements. This comprehensive plan is dynamic and is specific to the project.<br />
[[image:Main Page 2 June 6, 2014.jpg|left|350px]]<br />
The contractor assumes the primary role of managing quality and performs the quality control inspection and testing. This role includes documenting all inspection and testing, as well as material receiving. The engineer provides quality assurance to verify the contractor is providing adequate quality management per the contract requirements.<br />
<br />
Pre-activity meetings are held before the start of each new activity to discuss the work plan for that activity, including any required inspection and testing. Hold points are established at specific stages for the engineer to review the inspection and testing for compliance before the work can proceed. The contractor provides a schedule each week that identifies the activities planned for the next two weeks, including anticipated hold points. <br />
<br />
Good quality management saves time and money. The inclusion of quality in the contractor’s planning process reduces the likelihood for re-work. Giving the contractor the primary role for inspection and testing eliminates duplication of quality control and opens up more opportunities for efficiencies.<br />
<div id="Basic steps in the QM process"></div><br />
<br />
Basic steps in the QM process:<br />
<br />
:* A base [http://www.modot.org/quality Inspection and Test plan (ITP)] is provided by MoDOT. The base ITP, which includes a complete list of work items, is reduced by the contractor to only include the work items needed for the project. Additions to the ITP may be necessary for any unique items or Job Special Provisions requirements.<br />
<br />
:* Contractor prepares and submits a draft Quality Management Plan (QMP) to the Resident Engineer at least two weeks prior to the pre-construction conference. A [https://www.modot.org/media/13220 sample plan] is available.<br />
<br />
:* Resident Engineer reviews the draft QMP provides feedback to the contractor on any additions or changes. A meeting may be necessary to review details.<br />
<br />
:* The approved QMP is used to guide the contractor QC staff in their Quality Management duties.<br />
<br />
:* To store project QC documents, the contractor utilizes a MoDOT-provided SharePoint site.<br />
<br />
:* The contractor provides all Quality Control, in accordance with the Quality Management Job Special Provision and the QMP. MoDOT conducts Quality Assurance to verify the performance and accuracy of QC.<br />
<br />
:* All necessary QC documentation must be uploaded to the file sharing site for the work performed each pay period in order for the engineer to process payment.<br />
<br />
:* Modifications to the Quality Management Plan may be necessary as the work progresses.<br />
<br />
:* A review is necessary at project closeout to verify that all required documentation is present.<br />
<br />
==150.1 Project Documentation==<br />
<br />
This article provides details on the Document Control Procedure requirements for producing and uploading Quality Management documents to a MoDOT-provided storage site. MoDOT utilizes Microsoft SharePoint® for management of these documents; however, contractors do not need to purchase this software to upload documents. Users who are not familiar with Microsoft SharePoint® might find it beneficial to acquire some basic training to better understand some of the many features of this software. MoDOT does not provide training, but there are several online venders who do. Contractors are required to use Microsoft Excel® and Microsoft Word® with some documents. To set up an account in MoDOT’s SharePoint site, send a request to CMQMSupport@modot.mo.gov.<br />
<br />
===150.1.1 Folder Structure ===<br />
<br />
MoDOT will set up each project folder with the standard file structure for organizing the contractor Quality Management documents. The folders and subfolders should not be altered or renamed, however, additional folders/subfolders may be added as deemed necessary with approval by the resident engineer or inspector, provided the addition does not exceed the maximum URL amount of 255 characters. This standard folder structure is necessary to facilitate file searches and develop consistency.<br />
<br />
===150.1.2 File Naming Convention===<br />
<br />
This article describes the required file naming convention for all contractor Quality Management documents uploaded to the MoDOT SharePoint site. Each file shall begin with the following: '''ContractNo_JobNo_Date''', unless otherwise specified. For example: 140221-B01_J3P0001C_YYYYMMDD. This consistent file naming practice facilitates file searches and prevents overwriting of existing files if the user has inadvertently navigated to the wrong folder. The date format (YYYYMMDD ) ensures the files remain in chronological order. When multiple reports of the same file type are created in the same day, add a two digit number to the end of the file name to differentiate (_01, _02, etc.) For example: 140221-B01_J3P0001C_20140608_Traffic_Control_Inspection_Report_01. All file name lengths are limited to 75 characters maximum. <br />
<br />
Use an underscore ("_") in place of a space between words if file names have more than one word. Capitalize each word of the file name. For example: My_File_Name.docx. The use of hyphens or dashes to separate words should be avoided.<br />
[[image:150.1.2.jpg|right|350px]]<br />
Any documentation not listed in this article should follow the established naming convention, with the addition of file descriptions. For example: 140221-B01_J3P0001C_20140328_glassbeadcert.pdf. The file description should be long enough to identify the content, yet remain within the 75 character limit.<br />
<br />
Following is additional detail on how to organize the QM documents in each of the folders:<br />
<br />
'''Checklists: '''<br />
<br />
The “Checklists” folder is the required storage location for all inspection checklists. The standard inspection checklist forms, shown in the side bar, are pre-named with the correct file description. The [https://www.modot.org/media/17176 Required Naming Convention for Checklists], a list of the correct file name for each checklist, is available. Use the standard format described above for the naming convention.<br />
<br />
'''Corrective Action Requests:'''<br />
<br />
A [https://www.modot.org/media/981 CAR form] is available for initiating and tracking Corrective Action Requests.<br />
<br />
'''Daily Inspection Report (DIR): '''<br />
<br />
The “DIR” folder is the required storage location for all [http://www.modot.org/business/contractor_resources/Quality_Management/Daily%20Inspection%20Report.pdf Daily Inspection Reports]. Following is the file naming convention for the DIR:<br />
<br />
[[image:105.23.1.3 DIR.jpg|center|310px]] <br />
<br />
'''Electronic Payrolls: '''<br />
<br />
Refer to [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:110_State_and_Federal_Wage_Rates_and_Other_Requirements#110.3_Prevailing_Wages_and_Records_.28Guidance_for_Sec_110.3.29 EPG 110.3 Prevailing Wages and Records] for guidance on electronic payrolls. This folder is optional and only used if the contractor prefers to submit digitally signed electronic payrolls rather than mailing ink-signed originals. All payrolls in this folder must be digitally signed.<br />
<br />
'''Land Disturbance Inspection (MoDOT):'''<br />
<br />
This folder is optional, but can be used to distribute the project Land Disturbance Inspection Records to the contractor. The MoDOT inspector is responsible for performing the land disturbance inspection, recording the information on the form, and distributing the form to the contractor. The contractor is responsible for reviewing the form and taking the necessary actions, if required. Following is the file naming convention for this record and the summary: <br />
<br />
[[image:105.23.1.3 Land.jpg|400px|center]]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Materials Inspection:'''<br />
<br />
The “MaterialsInspection” folder is the prime folder for the following four subfolders: <br />
<br />
:<u>Certifications:</u><br />
<br />
:The “Certifications” folder is the required storage location for all material certifications. Below is the naming convention for a certification report: <br />
<br />
[[image:105.23.1.3 cert.jpg|center|430px]]<br />
<br />
:<u>Material Receiving Inspection Reports:</u><br />
<br />
:The “MaterialReceivalReports” folder is the required storage location for all [https://www.modot.org/media/13277 Material Receiving Inspection Reports]. Following is the naming convention for a receiving report:<br />
<br />
[[image:105.23.1.3 material.jpg|center|400px]]<br />
<br />
:<u>QC Testing Results:</u><br />
<br />
:The “QCTestingResults” folder is the required storage location for all test reports. Links to the standard test report forms are shown in the side bar. The [https://www.modot.org/media/17177 Required Naming Conventions for Forms], the naming convention for these reports, is available.<br />
<br />
:<u>Requests for Transfer:</u><br />
<br />
:The “RequestsforTransfer” folder is the storage location for all [https://www.modot.org/media/13278 requests to transfer inspected material] from other projects. Below is the file naming convention for this report:<br />
<br />
[[image:105.23.1.3 request.jpg|center|520px]]<br />
<br />
:<u>NCRs:</u><br />
<br />
:The “NCRs” folder has two subfolders to store “pending” and “resolved” Non-conformance Reports. Following is the file naming convention for NCRs: <br />
<br />
[[image:105.23.1.3 resolved.jpg|center|440px]]<br />
<br />
:<u>Photos and Videos:</u><br />
<br />
:The “PhotosVideos” folder is an optional folder for MoDOT and the contractor to share project photos and videos. Following is the file naming convention for photos and videos:<br />
<br />
[[image:105.23.1.3 photos.jpg|center|500px]]<br />
<br />
:<u>QMP:</u><br />
<br />
:The “QMP” folder is the required storage location for the project Quality Management Plan (QMP) and any revised plans. A [https://www.modot.org/media/13220 sample QMP] is available. Following is the file naming convention for the original QMP:<br />
<br />
[[image:105.23.1.3 qmp.jpg|center|340px]]<br />
<br />
:Below is the file naming convention for revised QMPs:<br />
<br />
[[image:105.23.1.3 qmp2.jpg|center|360px]]<br />
<br />
:<u>Safety Plan:</u><br />
<br />
:The “SafetyPlan” folder is the required storage location for the project Safety Plan and any revised plans. Following is the file naming convention for the Safety Plan (for revised plans, add _R1, _R2, etc.):<br />
<br />
[[image:105.23.1.3 safety.jpg|center|385px]]<br />
<br />
:<u>Traffic Control Reports:</u><br />
<br />
:The “TrafficControlReports” folder is the required storage location for all [http://www.modot.org/business/contractor_resources/Quality_Management/Traffic%20Control%20Inspection%20Report.pdf Traffic Control Inspection Reports] and the [https://www.modot.org/media/980 MOT Lane Closure Checklists]. Following is the file naming convention for each report:<br />
<br />
[[image:105.23.1.3 traffic.jpg|center|500px]]<br />
<br />
:<u>Work Plan:</u><br />
<br />
:The “WorkPlan” folder is the required storage location for the Work Plan on each work activity. Use the standard format described above for the naming convention.<br />
<br />
:<u>Work Schedules:</u><br />
<br />
:The “WorkSchedules” folder contains two subfolders, one for the Project Schedule and one for the Weekly Schedule. A [https://www.modot.org/media/13221 sample Weekly Schedule] is available. Use the standard format described above for the naming convention.<br />
<br />
==150.2 Quality Management AASHTOWARE Project Reporting – MoDOT Staff Only==<br />
<br />
An AASHTOWARE Project (AWP) sample record shall be created for all QC, QA and QC/QA retained samples. Test data shall be reported on the appropriate templates under the Tests tab on the AWP record. The representative quantity shall be reported under the Contract tab on the AWP record for the QC samples. The quantity under the Contract tab on the record for the QA independent and QC/QA retained samples shall be “0”. The representative quantity for the test sample will be reported on the Basic Sample Data Tab. When available, the Excel2Oracle spreadsheets should be used by both MoDOT staff and contractors.</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Recent_Policy_Changes_in_the_EPG&diff=51629Recent Policy Changes in the EPG2022-06-21T18:43:58Z<p>Smithk: </p>
<hr />
<div><div style="padding-bottom: .3em; margin: 0 .5em .5em"></div><br />
{| cellspacing="3" <br />
|valign="top" cellspacinepgg="0" cellpadding="5" style="border: 1px solid #74BAAC; background:#DCEDEA"|<br />
'''Pushbutton Locations'''<br />
<br />
6/21/22: In [[902.6 Pedestrian Control Features (MUTCD Chapter 4E)#902.6.8 Pedestrian Detectors (MUTCD Section 4E.08)|EPG 902.6.8 Pedestrian Detectors]] and in the [[media:ADA_Checklist_061522.pdf|ADA Checklist]], guidance has been updated to reflect the minimum distance of pushbuttons from the curb line has been returned to 30 inches.<br />
<br />
'''[[236.5 Property Management#236.5.25.5 Risk Assessment|EPG 236.5.25.5 Risk Assessment]]'''<br />
<br />
6/3/22: Sovereign immunity limits increased in January 2022 and MoDOT's per occurrence coverage increased from $3.0 M to $3.5 M.<br />
<br />
'''Concrete Diaphragms on Bridges'''<br />
<br />
6/1/22: In [[751.11 Bearings#751.11.3.6 Girder/Beam Chairs|EPG 751.11.3.6 Girder/Beam Chairs]], [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.3.5 Strands at Girder Ends|EPG 751.22.3.5 Strands at Girder Ends]] and [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.3.7 Closed Concrete Intermediate Diaphragms|EPG 751.22.3.7 Closed Concrete Intermediate Diaphragms through EPG 751.22.3.11 Steel Intermediate Diaphragms]], guidance was revised to decrease the footprint of girder/beam chairs, clarify and expand concrete diaphragm details to incorporate larger girders, and remove web coil ties in bulb-tees and NU girders to reflect the recent change to standard drawings.<br />
<br />
'''[[907.8 Speed Trailers Deployed by Others|EPG 907.8 Speed Trailers Deployed by Others]]'''<br />
<br />
5/20/22: This new article provides guidance for speed trailer deployment to aid local law enforcement in the proper use of these devices. <br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:941 Permits and Access Requests#941.10 Automated License Plate Readers and Pan-Tilt-Zoom Cameras|EPG 941.10 Automated License Plate Readers and Pan-Tilt-Zoom Cameras]]'''<br />
<br />
5/20/22: Guidance for the License Plate Reader (LPR) was clarified and expanded for proper LPR installations as identified through processing initial requests.<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:747 Bridge Reports and Layouts#747.2.2.4 HEC-RAS GEO Files for Stream Crossings|EPG 747.2.2.4 HEC-RAS GEO Files for Stream Crossings]]'''<br />
<br />
5/19/22: This subarticle was retitled and its guidance updated to reflect the current use of the "HEC-RAS Convertor for Open Roads Designer" spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
'''Contract Leveling Course and Seal Coat Guidelines and Book Job Guidelines'''<br />
<br />
5/16/22: The guidelines, book job guidelines, JSP packages, book job JSP packages and contractor pdf files were updated in [[:Category:402 Bituminous Surface Leveling|EPG 402 Bituminous Surface Leveling]] and [[:Category:409 Seal Coat|EPG 409 Seal Coat]].<br />
<br />
'''[[751.9 LFD Seismic#751.9.3.1.1 Anchor Bolts|EPG 751.9.3.1.1 Anchor Bolts through EPG 751.9.3.1.4 Concrete Shear Blocks]], [[751.11 Bearings#Anchor Bolts|EPG 751.11.2.1 Elastomeric Bearings]], [[751.11 Bearings#751.11.3.5 Anchor Bolts|EPG 751.11.3.5 Anchor Bolts]], [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.2.7 Dowel Bars|EPG 751.22.2.7 Dowel Bars]] and [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.3.14 Concrete Shear Blocks|EPG 751.22.3.14 Concrete Shear Blocks]]'''<br />
<br />
5/11/22: Guidance for the design of bearing anchor bolt, dowel bar and shear block has been expanded and clarified.<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:105 Control of Work#105.15 Project Acceptance|EPG 105.15 Project Acceptance]]'''<br />
<br />
4/29/22: Guidance for project acceptance has been clarified and updated to current practice in EPG 105.15, [[:Category:108 Prosecution and Progress#8. Date of Final Inspection|EPG 108.16.1 Informational Dates]] and [[:Category:109 Measurement and Payment#109.8 Final Acceptance and Payment (for Sec 109.8)|EPG 109.8 Final Acceptance and Payment]].<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:712 Structural Steel Construction#712.1.4.1.3 Shear Connector Welding|EPG 712.1.4 Welding]]'''<br />
<br />
4/21/22: Guidance for stud welding has been updated to align with Sec 712.6.3. Also, outdated references to field welder cards has been removed.<br />
<br />
'''Construction Inspection Guidance for Records to be Maintained'''<br />
<br />
4/20/22: [[:Category:137 Construction Inspection Guidance for Records to be Maintained#137.1 Location|EPG 137.1 Location]] and [[:Category:137 Construction Inspection Guidance for Records to be Maintained#137.6 Close Out Procedure for External CM SharePoint Quality Management Documents|EPG 137.6 Close Out Procedure for External CM SharePoint Quality Management Documents]] now present updated information about how CM Division stores electronic contract documents.<br />
<br />
'''[[903.3 Ground-Mounted Sign Supports#903.3.4.3 Perforated Square Steel Tube Posts (PSST)|EPG 903.3.4.3 Perforated Square Steel Tube Posts (PSST)]]'''<br />
<br />
4/20/22: Guidance for PSST anchor installations has been updated and clarified.<br />
<br />
'''Seeding, Mulching and Temporary Seeding'''<br />
<br />
4/20/22: Guidance in [[:Category:802 Mulching|EPG 802 Mulching]], [[:Category:805 Seeding|EPG 805 Seeding]], [[806.1 Erosion Control Measures|EPG 806.1 Erosion Control Measures]] and [[806.8 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)#806.8.6.3.7.1 Temporary Seeding and Mulching (MO Specifications Sec 802 and Sec 805)|EPG 806.8.6.3.7.1 Temporary Seeding and Mulching]] reflects the new standard seed mixes, fertilizer, and lime rates (as shown in the new [https://www.modot.org/media/37677 Standard Plan 805.00 Seeding]) to promote a more effective vegetative establishment, allowing for quicker project finalization. MoDOT is obligated to stabilize disturbed areas with permanent building materials or perennial vegetative cover to minimize erosion and sedimentation of disturbed areas. New guidance for cool season and warm season grasses is available. Mulching will not be required for final seeded areas where temporary seeding is planned for temporary stabilization of areas to receive warm season grasses. A new [[media:Table 805.2.4a.docx|Guide for Grass Species]] is available in [[:Category:805 Seeding#805.2.4 Acceptance (Sec 805.4)|EPG 805.2.4 Acceptance]] to assist with general inspection and acceptance of vegetative covers.<br />
<br />
'''Pre-MASH 2016 Temporary Traffic Control Device Sunset Dates'''<br />
<br />
4/20/22: Guidance in [[:Category:612 Impact Attenuators|EPG 612 Impact Attenuators]], [[616.6 Temporary Traffic Control Zone Devices (MUTCD 6F)#616.6.1 Types of Devices (MUTCD 6F.01)|EPG 616.6 Temporary Traffic Control Zone Devices]], [[616.18 Construction Inspection Guidelines for Sec 616#For Sec. 616.3.2|EPG 616.18 Construction Inspection Guidelines for Sec 616]], [[616.19 Quality Standards for Temporary Traffic Control Devices#https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.84_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Signals_.28MUTCD_6F.84.29|EPG 616.19 Quality Standards for Temporary Traffic Control Devices]], [[616.23 Traffic Control for Field Operations#616.23.2.5 Temporary Traffic Control Devices|EPG 616.23 Traffic Control for Field Operations]], [[617.1 Temporary Traffic Barriers|EPG 617.1 Temporary Traffic Barriers]], [[617.2 Construction Inspection Guidelines for Sec 617|EPG 617.2 Construction Inspection Guidelines for Sec 617]], [[:Category:1063 Temporary Traffic Control Devices#1063.2 Procedure|EPG 1063 Temporary Traffic Control Devices]] and [[:Category:1064 Temporary Concrete Traffic Barrier|EPG 1064 Temporary Concrete Traffic Barrier]] now reflects that all temporary traffic control devices on a project must be NCHRP 350 or MASH 2016 Test Level 3 compliant. The use of two-loop temporary Type F concrete traffic barrier shall not be allowed after January 1, 2023.<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:403 Asphaltic Concrete Pavement#Lots|EPG 403.1.19 Acceptance of Material]]<br />
<br />
4/20/22: The maximum number of contractor QC sublots that can be used for one lot of superpave asphalt pavement is 28. Regardless of lot size, QA testing will always be at a frequency of one per four sublots. Any remaining quantity less than 4000 tons, that cannot be treated as a separate lot, will be combined with the previous full lot and the pay factors will be determined on the combined lot.<br />
<br />
'''Guidance Documents Needed for Property Closings'''<br />
<br />
4/18/22: In [[236.7 Negotiation#236.7.1.13 Pre-Negotiation Preparation|EPG 236.7.1.13 Pre-Negotiation Preparation]] and [[236.7 Negotiation#236.7.4.1 Purpose|EPG 236.7.4.1 Purpose]], additional guidance is available for greater clarity about what is needed from property owners to close on the properties either with MoDOT or a title company.<br />
<br />
'''Prestressed Concrete I Girders'''<br />
<br />
4/11/22: In [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.2.5 Pretensioned Anchorage Zones|EPG 751.22.2.5 Pretensioned Anchorage Zones]], the bursting resistance guidance now allows a larger number of bonded strands for many of these girders, effectively increasing the span limits for the girders. Guidance was expanded in [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.3.2.1 Type 2 Girder|EPG 751.22.3.2.1 through 751.22.3.2.6]] to eliminate or reduce conflict between the lowest middle two strands and the B bars.<br />
<br />
'''[[127.2 Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources#127.2.5 Approximate Timelines for Section 106 Compliance|EPG 127.2.5 Approximate Timelines for Section 106 Compliance]]'''<br />
<br />
4/5/22: Guidance about the timelines for completing the Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act review process has been clarified.<br />
<br />
'''Coil Ties in Prestressed Girder Webs'''<br />
<br />
3/28/22: In several [[751.50 Standard Detailing Notes#(G1.9.1)|EPG 751.50 Standard Detailing Notes]], references to web coil ties in bulb-tee and NU girders have been removed since these are now no longer being used.<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:109 Measurement and Payment#109.11 Compensation for Project Delays (for Sec 109.11)|EPG 109.11 Compensation for Project Delays]]'''<br />
<br />
3/16/22: Guidance has been expanded to produce more uniform administration of delay claims.<br />
<br />
'''[[902.4 Signal Installations and Equipment#902.4.2.1 Controller and Cabinet Replacement Program|EPG 902.4.2.1 Controller and Cabinet Replacement Program]]'''<br />
<br />
2/16/22: The recommended replacement age for signal cabinets was updated to 25 years from 20 years. <br />
<br />
'''Right of Way Mediation'''<br />
<br />
2/15/22: In [[236.7 Negotiation#Prior to offering mediation|EPG 236.7.2.19 Acquisition by Mediation]] and [[236.11 Mediation#Prior to offering mediation|EPG 236.11.1.3 Purpose]], guidance has been updated to reflect current process and procedures, including the MoDOT Impasse Letter.<br />
<br />
'''Bridge Barrier and Railing Guidance'''<br />
<br />
2/14/22: Guidance in [[751.1 Preliminary Design#751.1.3.4 Barrier or Railing Type, Height and Guidelines for Curb Blockouts|EPG 751.1.3.4 Barrier or Railing Type, Height and Guidelines for Curb Blockouts]], [[751.12 Barriers, Railings, Curbs and Fences#751.12.1.3 Type D and H (42ʺ and 32ʺ single sloped railing)|EPG 751.12.1.3 Type D and H (42ʺ and 32ʺ single sloped railing)]] and [[751.12 Barriers, Railings, Curbs and Fences#751.12.2 Two Tube Rail (Top Mounted) TL-4 (NCHRP 350)|EPG 751.12.2 Two Tube Rail (Top Mounted) TL-4 (NCHRP 350)]] has been clarified and coordinated.<br />
<br />
'''[[616.13 Work Zone Capacity, Queue and Travel Delay#616.13.2 Interstate, Freeways and Multi-lane Roadways|EPG 616.13.2 Interstate, Freeways and Multi-lane Roadways]]'''<br />
<br />
2/10/22: The [[media:616.13 WZ Impact 2022.xlsm|MoDOT Work Zone Impact Analysis Spreadsheet]] was updated and smart work zone guidance and training videos were added.<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:242 Optional and Alternate Pavement Designs#242.2 Life Cycle Cost Adjustment (LCCA) Factor|EPG 242.2 Life Cycle Cost Adjustment (LCCA) Factor]]'''<br />
<br />
2/9/22: Guidance was clarified for the calculation of the LCCA.</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=LPA:136.13_LPA_Policy_Changes&diff=51628LPA:136.13 LPA Policy Changes2022-06-21T18:43:42Z<p>Smithk: </p>
<hr />
<div>6/21/22: In [[LPA:136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.2.10 ADA Checklist|EPG 136.9.2.10 ADA Checklist]], [[LPA:136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.4 Preconstruction Conference|EPG 136.11.4 Preconstruction Conference]] and [[LPA:136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.13.5 American’s with Disabilities Act (ADA) Check List|EPG 136.11.13.5 American’s with Disabilities Act (ADA) Check List]] the [[media:ADA_Checklist_061522.pdf|ADA Checklist (Fig. 136.9.4)]] was updated to reflect the minimum distance of pushbuttons from the curb line has been returned to 30 inches.<br />
<br />
6/16/22: Guidance for LPA ROW Staff negotiators was clarified in [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.1.2 State Responsibility|EPG 136.8.1.2 State Responsibility]] and [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.11.5.2 Approval of Contract|EPG 136.8.11.5.2 Approval of Contract]].<br />
<br />
6/2/22: In numerous locations in [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]] (such as [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.6.1 Definition of Appraisal and Waiver Valuation|EPG 136.8.6.1 Definition of Appraisal and Waiver Valuation]] and [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.6.3.2 Value Finding Appraisal Format|EPG 136.8.6.3.2 Value Finding Appraisal Format]]), the appraisal value limit for LPA projects was increased to $25,000 (from $10,000) because of the 2021 FHWA approval.<br />
<br />
5/17/22: Guidance has been clarified in [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.1.2 State Responsibility|EPG 136.8.1.2 State Responsibility]], [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.11.5.2 Approval of Contract|EPG 136.8.11.5.2 Approval of Contract]], [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.11.6.1 General Requirements|EPG 136.8.11.6.1 General Requirements]] and [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.11.6.2 Approval of Contract|EPG 136.8.11.6.2 Approval of Contract]] to show that LPA negotiators (fee and not fee) must be on the approved roster and/or complete the LPA Basic Training. <br />
<br />
3/16/22: The second paragraph of EPG 136.9.4.1.1.5 was updated to reflect that the DBE Submittal Forms, Fig. 136.9.9, must be completed and submitted with the bid proposal or delivered by all bidders within three working days after the bid opening date.<br />
<br />
3/11/22: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php/LPA:136.9_Plans,_Specs_and_Estimates_(PSE)#136.9.4.1.1.16_On_the_Job_Training_.28OJT.29_.2823_CFR_Section_230.29 EPG 136.9.4.1.1.16 On the Job Training], the training provision link was updated to the current training provision.<br />
<br />
3/9/22: In [[LPA:136.1 Introduction#136.1.2.1.1 Requirements|EPG 136.1.2.1.1 Requirements]] and [[LPA:136.2 Certification and Training|EPG 136.2 Certification and Training, LPA Basic Training]], guidance has been updated to reflect current LPA training requirements.<br />
<br />
3/8/22: In [[LPA:136.3 Federal Aid Basics#The MoDOT district representative|EPG 136.3.13 Agreements]], the outdated requirement to submit 7 copies of the program agreement was removed.<br />
<br />
9/24/21: The latest [[media:127.14.3.1 2021.pdf|programmatic agreement]] between MoDOT and FHWA is available in the second paragraph of [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.3 Categorical Exclusion (CE)|EPG 136.6.3 Categorical Exclusion (CE)]].<br />
<br />
9/16/21: [[media:136.9.6.docx|Fig. 136.9.6 Utility Status Letter]] now requires an LPA letterhead and a signature from an LPA Person in Responsible Charge.<br />
<br />
8/31/21: Updated [[media:136.6.4 instructions 2021.pdf|Fig. 136.6.4, How to Complete the Request for Environmental Review]] to align with the new web-based system.<br />
<br />
7/13/21: The [[media:Fig.136.3.24 2021.docx|Fig. 136.3.24, TEAP Program Application]] in [[LPA:136.3 Federal Aid Basics|EPG 136.3 Federal Aid Basics]] has been updated by increasing the federal fund limit to $12K per project and adding clarification about "person in responsible charge".<br />
<br />
6/11/21: Updated [[media:136.6.6 2021.pdf|Fig. 136.6.6, Generalized flowchart of the Section 106 Process for Local Public Agencies]] to bring it into compliance with existing guidance in [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements|EPG 136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements]].<br />
<br />
5/14/21: At the end of the [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#In making a de minimis|last paragraph of EPG 136.6.4.2.3 De Minimis Determination]], guidance was clarified that the public must be able to review the effects of the project on the Sec 4f property.<br />
<br />
5/11/21: New guidance is now available at [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.7.5 Administrative Settlements|EPG 136.8.7.5 Administrative Settlements]] for making administrative settlements, preparing a letter of justification and other considerations.<br />
<br />
5/10/21: The [[media:146 CUF After Mar 2021.pdf|Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Determination Form]], discussed in [[LPA:136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.9 Commercially Useful Function (CUF)|EPG 136.11.9 Commercially Useful Function (CUF)]], has been revised with more open ended questions that assist in determining whether a DBE is performing a Commercially Useful Function. The form now includes a field observation section for inspectors to note what they saw in the field. <br />
<br />
4/27/21: The former EPG 136.7.3.1.2.1.11 Buy America Requirements was deleted since the Buy America JSP is now in the spec book. The new guidance in [[LPA:136.7 Design#136.7.3.1.3 Supplemental Revisions Job Special Provision (JSP)|EPG 136.7.3.1.3 Supplemental Revisions Job Special Provision (JSP)]] presents the requirement for the use of the Supplemental Revisions JSP.<br />
<br />
4/20/21: [[media:136.6.4 instructions 2018.doc|Fig. 136.6.4, How to Complete the Request for Environmental Review]], has been updated to current practice.<br />
<br />
2/19/21: [[media:136.9.4 Mar 2021.docx|Fig. 136.9.4, ADA Checklist]] was updated. On Page 15 of the checklist, the force to activate Accessible Pedestrian Signal pushbuttons was revised as was their minimum distance from the curb line and their height from the ground. On both Page 15 and 16, guidance was more closely tied to compliance with the EPG.<br />
<br />
2/18/21: Contact information has been updated in [[media:Fig.136.3.20 2021.docx|Fig. 136.3.20, BEAP Project Tracking Form]]. <br />
<br />
1/15/21: At the bottom of [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.1 Introduction|Key Environmental/Cultural Resources Compliance Milestones]] table, added Public Involvement information. Also, clarified that public involvement is needed with the RER in a new paragraph at bottom of [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.12 Community Impact Assessment (Social/Economic/Environmental Justice)|EPG 136.6.4.12 Community Impact Assessment (Social/Economic/Environmental Justice)]]. <br />
<br />
11/23/20: Guidance was expanded in [[LPA:136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.13 Documentation Requirements|EPG 136.11.13 Documentation Requirements]] through [[LPA:136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.13.2 Payment Diaries|EPG 136.11.13.2 Payment Diaries]]. MoDOT will no longer be approving specific software for use; the LPA must ensure the software chosen meets the outlined criteria. Guidance about what should be documented in the construction diaries was clarified in [[LPA:136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.13.1 Project Diaries|EPG 136.11.13.1 Project Diaries]]. <br />
<br />
9/30/20: Guidance for the A-date process in [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#Square 14|EPG 136.8.1.6 Local Public Agency - Right of Way and Easement Acquisition, "Square 14"]] and the first and third paragraphs of [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.2.2 Acquisition Authority|EPG 136.8.2.2 Acquisition Authority]] has been clarified and updated to reflect current policy and processes.<br />
<br />
9/2/20: Clarified [[media:136.4.7 2020.docx|Fig. 136.4.7, Sample Solicitation & Sample Scope of Services]], by adding "Remove note before posting" to instructions just below the table on the second page.<br />
<br />
8/13/20: The seventh paragraph of [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.6 Base Floodplain and Regulatory Floodway|EPG 136.6.4.6 Base Floodplain and Regulatory Floodway]] was revised to make CFR requirements more apparent.<br />
<br />
7/14/20: Minor updates were made to Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate.<br />
<br />
7/9/20: The last sentence of the second paragraph of [[LPA:136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.4.1.1.15 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) (49 CFR Part 26)|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.15 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) (49 CFR Part 26)]] is new guidance about how to fill out Fig. 136.9.9, DBE Submittal Forms. Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate and Fig. 136.9.9, DBE Submittal Forms were also updated.<br />
<br />
7/1/20: In the second paragraph of [[LPA:136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.3.2 Supplemental Agreements|EPG 136.4.3.2 Supplemental Agreements]], guidance was clarified, now including submitting a copy of the supplemental to the ECR email group.<br />
<br />
6/23/20: The second sentence in the first paragraph of [[LPA:136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.6 Step 5 - Selection of Consultant|EPG 136.4.2.6 Step 5 - Selection of Consultant]] was added to clarify guidance about an LPA disqualifying a consultant.<br />
<br />
6/18/20: Guidance in [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.3 Categorical Exclusion (CE)|EPG 136.6.3 Categorical Exclusion (CE)]] was updated with the FHWA agreement requirements.<br />
<br />
6/17/20: The process in [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.1.1 Step 1, Determine Need for Cultural Resource Investigations|EPG 136.6.4.1.1 Step 1, Determine Need for Cultural Resource Investigations]] has dramatically changed. MoDOT has hired a consultant to provide oversight the Local Public Agency’s Section 106 compliance. The EPG directed the LPA to send a Project Information form to the SHPO to start the Section 106 process. That is no longer required. The new approach is for the LPA to submit a Request for Environmental Review to MoDOT. <br />
<br />
5/1/20: In [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.2.2 Acquisition Authority|EPG 136.8.2.2 Acquisition Authority]], [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.2.7 Inspection of Documents|EPG 136.8.2.7 Inspection of Documents]], [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.2.8 Federal Project Number|EPG 136.8.2.8 Federal Project Number]], [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.4 Retention and Access to Records|EPG 136.8.4 Retention and Access to Records]] and [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.10.1 General|EPG 136.8.10.1 General]], guidance has been added about the documentation MoDOT RW staff is to enter into the LPA State Management System Application (SMS). Also, In EPG 136.8.2.2 Acquisition Authority, the LPA may now request an A-date by submitting only one set (instead of two sets) of completed right of way plans.<br />
<br />
12/16/19: In [[LPA:136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#A consulting engineering firm|EPG 136.4.1.6 Conflict of Interest]], clarified guidance by adding information pertaining to when a consultant acts as a city engineer. <br />
<br />
9/18/19: Numerous minor revisions were made in [[LPA:136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.4 Bridge Engineering Assistance Program (BEAP)|EPG 136.3.8.4 Bridge Engineering Assistance Program (BEAP)]] as the new BEAP contract goes into effect. Two BEAP documents (Figs. 136.3.19 and 136.3.20) were updated while two BEAP figures (Fig. 136.3.22 Estimate of Cost and Fig. 136.3.23 General Scope of Services) were deleted. <br />
<br />
9/6/19: In [[LPA:136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#Change Order Level 1|EPG 136.11.15.2 Change Order Approval]], the LPA change order approval process was updated to current practice. The MoDOT signature is needed for Level 1 change orders and an FHWA review is only required on Change Order Level 2 PODI projects.<br />
<br />
8/21/19: The link to the TSP was updated in the second paragraph of [[LPA:136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.4.1.1.16 On the Job Training (OJT) (23 CFR Section 230)|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.16 On the Job Training (OJT)]].<br />
<br />
7/22/19: In [[media:136.9.1 2019.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1, Final PS&E Submittal Checklist]], checklist guidance related to wage rates was updated.<br />
<br />
7/22/19: As a convenience, guidance for LPAs to access federal emergency relief has been expanded in [[LPA:136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.17 Emergency Relief|EPG 136.3.17 Emergency Relief]].<br />
<br />
7/22/19: In [[LPA:136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8 Programs|EPG 136.3.8 Programs]], guidance for LPA programs that are no longer in use was deleted. Also, guidance was updated to accommodate revisions in the FAST Act.<br />
<br />
5/20/19: In [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.5 Threatened and Endangered Species and Migratory Birds|EPG 136.6.4.5 Threatened and Endangered Species and Migratory Birds]], guidance for the Threatened and Endangerd process was clarified throughout. New (and currently used) guidance, [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.5.3 Migratory Birds|EPG 136.6.4.5.3 Migratory Birds]] was also added. [[media:Fig. 136.6.18.pdf|Fig. 136.6.18, Threatened and Endangered Species Federal Aid Transportation Submittal Checklist]] replaced the old Fig. 136.6.18 LPA Environmental RER T&E Guidance, and [[media:Fig. 136.6.19.pdf|Fig. 136.6.19, August 2018 MoDOT USFWS Threatened and Endangered Species Habitats]] was added.<br />
<br />
5/14/19: In [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#On linear transportation projects|EPG 136.6.4.3 Section 404 Permits for Wetlands and Streams]], guidance was clarified to attach to RER for documentation purposes.<br />
<br />
1/16/19: [[media:136.6.3 Jan 18 2019.docx|Fig. 136.6.3, Environmental/Cultural Resources Compliance Checklist]], was updated.<br />
<br />
1/15/19: In [[LPA:136.2 Certification and Training|EPG 136.2 Certification and Training]], the listing of the web-based NHI courses was updated.<br />
<br />
1/11/19: A sentence was added to the end of the first paragraph of [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.8 Stormwater and Erosion Control|EPG 136.6.4.8 Stormwater and Erosion Control]] to clarify NEPA information. This info referencing documentation involved when more than one acre is planned to be disturbed was added at the request of the FHWA.<br />
<br />
11/30/18: [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.13 Noise Standards and Noise Abatement|EPG 136.6.4.13 Noise Standards and Noise Abatement]] was significantly simplified to reflect that LPAs must use MoDOT’s FHWA-approved noise policy.<br />
<br />
11/20/18: [[media:136.8.8.docx|Clearance Certification Statement (Form 136.8.8)]] was slightly modified by replacing "free deed" with "donation".<br />
<br />
11/14/18: In [[LPA:136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.13 Agreements|EPG 136.3.13 Agreements]] and [[LPA:136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links#136.12.1 Figures|EPG 136.12.1 Figures]], archaic contract links and listings were removed. Also, in EPG 136.3.13 Agreements, a reference to the CCO site was replaced with a link to EPG 153 Agreements and Contracts.<br />
<br />
10/26/18: Updated the documentation processes to current practices and updated the requirements of new laws and regulations. Much of [http://ghepglp01/index.php/LPA:136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.3_Section_404_Permits_for_Wetlands_and_Streams EPG 136.6.4.3] was revised as was "Permits for Land Disturbance" in [http://ghepglp01/index.php/LPA:136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.8_Stormwater_and_Erosion_Control EPG 136.6.4.8], the last paragraph of [http://ghepglp01/index.php/LPA:136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.10_Hazardous_Waste EPG 136.6.4.10], the third paragraph of [http://ghepglp01/index.php/LPA:136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.10.2_Painting_Bridges_and_Demolition_of_Painted_Structures EPG 136.6.4.10.2], and [http://ghepglp01/index.php/LPA:136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.14_Air_Quality_Requirements EPG 136.6.4.14]. Fig. 136.6.1, Project Review Process flowchart, Fig. 136.6.2, Key Environmental/Cultural Resources Compliance Milestones, Fig. 136.6.3, Environmental/Cultural Resources Compliance Checklist and Fig. 136.6.14, Procedures for Environmental Clearance of Borrow Sites and Other Disturbed Areas Outside Right of Way were also updated. Fig. 136.6.16 was re-labeled as "LPA Project Checklist for Adverse Effects".<br />
<br />
4/10/2018: In the second paragraph of [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.4.1.1.10.1 Federal Wage Rates (23 USC 113 and 29 CFR 5)|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.10.1 Federal Wage Rates (23 USC 113 and 29 CFR 5)]], guidance was added about including the correct wage rate order from the Dept. of Labor on LPA projects. If an updated wage rate order has been issued within 10 days of the project letting, the updated version has typically not been included in the project documents. This is allowed, however the requirement states that if the agency finds that sufficient time is not afforded to include the updated wage order, then this finding and reasoning must be included in the individual project records. <br />
<br />
3/29/18: Procedures in Section 106 (Cultural Resource) Compliance were clarified at the bottom of the second paragraph of [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.1.1 Step 1, Determine Need for Cultural Resource Investigations|EPG 136.6.4.1.1 Step 1, Determine Need for Cultural Resource Investigations]] and in the first sentence of [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.1.3 Step 3, Preparation of the Memorandum of Agreement|EPG 136.6.4.1.3 Step 3, Preparation of the Memorandum of Agreement]].<br />
<br />
3/29/18: Removed second sentence of the second paragraph ("In figuring the percentage of the contract work performed, all prices for sublet work shall be at contract unit bid prices.") from [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.5 Subcontracts |EPG 136.11.5 Subcontracts]]. The sentence was outdated. <br />
<br />
3/26/18: [[media:136.6.4 instructions 2018.doc|Fig. 136.6.4 How to Complete the Request for Environmental Review]] was updated.<br />
<br />
1/24/18: In [[136.2 Certification and Training|EPG 136.2 Certification and Training]], the contact information for the Technician Certification Program was updated.<br />
<br />
12/26/17: [[media:Fig.136.3.24 2017.docx|Fig. 136.3.24, TEAP Program Application]] was updated. Also, in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.11.1 Introduction|EPG 136 136.3.8.11.1 Introduction]] and [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.11.4 TEAP Process and Timeline|EPG 136.3.8.11.4 TEAP Process and Timeline]], guidance was slightly expanded to accommodate the changes in the TEAP Program Application.<br />
<br />
12/14/17: [[media:Fig.136.3.20 2019.docx|Fig. 136.3.20, BEAP Project Tracking Form]] was updated. Also, Gabe Wolken was added as a contact for BEAP information in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.10 Bridge Engineering Assistance Program (BEAP)|EPG 136.3.8.10 Bridge Engineering Assistance Program (BEAP)]].<br />
<br />
11/30/17: In [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.15.2 Audit and Final Reimbursement|EPG 136.3.15.2 Audit and Final Reimbursement]], the sentence stating the LPAs must supply a copy of the final audit report to the MPOs was removed.<br />
<br />
11/13/17: Guidance in [[136.1 Introduction#136.1.2.2 Project Sponsor Eligibility|EPG 136.1.2.2 Project Sponsor Eligibility]] was expanded since the FAST Act has extended eligibility for some programs. Eligibility to nonprofits in the large MPOs (Kansas City, St. Louis and Springfield) is now allowed. <br />
<br />
11/1/17: A link was updated in [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]].<br />
<br />
10/31/17: [[media:136.6.7 2017.docx|Fig. 136.6.7, Memorandum of Agreement for Mitigation of Adverse Effects]] was updated with new “Whereas” clauses to address issues brought up by FHWA and the Advisory Council over the last few years.<br />
<br />
9/20/17: The Subcontractor Disclosure in [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]] was updated to reflect the current section of the Missouri Standard Specification for Highway Construction.<br />
<br />
9/18/17: In [[media:136.3.1 Sept 2017.doc|Fig. 136.3.1, Programming Data Form]], the funding description and FFATA requirement were further clarified. <br />
<br />
9/1/17: At the bottom of the first paragraph of [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.5.2 Title Information|EPG 136.8.5.2 Title Information]], a sentence was added with a link to a checklist of items to determine property ownership for ADA projects. <br />
<br />
6/29/17: A new PowerPoint, [[media:136.4.1.ppt|Consultant Inspection]], in [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.1.3.3 Construction Engineering/Construction Inspection (CE)|EPG 136.4.1.3.3 Construction Engineering/Construction Inspection (CE)]] provides guidance on how to solicit and procure a consultant for construction. Its guidance is primarily aimed at MoDOT Construction employees but may also be of assistance to others.<br />
<br />
6/23/17: [[media:136.3.1 Sept 2017.doc|Fig. 136.3.1, Programming Data Form]] was updated to show the ''LPA Internal Procedures Manual'' requires LPAs submit the FFATA form with the programming data form. <br />
<br />
6/9/17: Guidance for how to obtain additional help for environmental clearance of borrow sites and other land disturbance activities outside right of way was clarified in the fifth sentence of the first paragraph in [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.9 Borrow Sites and Other Land Disturbance Activities Outside Right of Way|EPG 136.6.4.9 Borrow Sites and Other Land Disturbance Activities Outside Right of Way]].<br />
<br />
5/24/17: Updated Fig. 136.3.20, BEAP Project Tracking Form with new contact information.<br />
<br />
4/27/17: In the second paragraph of [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.5 Subcontracts|EPG 136.11.5 Subcontracts]], an archaic sentence was deleted that had required MoDOT to approve subcontracts.<br />
<br />
3/28/17: [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]], was revised to reflect changes made in the EPG on Wage Rates. State Only Prevailing wage option in section 9 was deleted.<br />
<br />
1/5/17: In requirement #2 of [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification|EPG 136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification]], it was clarified that a firm is not required to submit a certificate of authority to become prequalified when it does work outside the jurisdiction of the MO Board for APEPLSPLA.<br />
<br />
1/4/17: In [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.8 Stormwater and Erosion Control|EPG 136.6.4.8 Stormwater and Erosion Control]], minor clarifications based on the new stormwater permit have been made. This includes new guidance, "Individual State Operating Permit for TS4". <br />
<br />
12/27/16: Updated [[media:136.3.1 2016.doc|Fig. 136.3.1, Programming Data Form]], with additional information.<br />
<br />
11/17/16: [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]], was updated to reflect the current versions of the MoDOT specs and standard plans.<br />
<br />
10/20/16: In [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.2 National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Classification|EPG 136.6.2 National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Classification]], a clarifying sentence was added in the first paragraph to help LPAs find info in [[media:136.6.4 instructions 2016.doc|Fig. 136.6.4, How to Complete the Request for Environmental Review]].<br />
<br />
10/6/16: Fig. 136.6.4 LPA Request for Environmental Review (RER) was eliminated and replaced with a [https://www6.modot.mo.gov/RERProject/Pages/Login.aspx?ReturnUrl=%2fRERProject%2f link to the new RER]. Also, in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.4.1.1.10.1_Federal_Wage_Rates_.2823_USC_113_and_29_CFR_5.29 EPG 136.9.4.1.1.10.1 Federal Wage Rates], federal wage rate language was removed to make guidance stay current with federal regulations.<br />
<br />
9/6/16: The former prorata tax form (7-22.2C) was updated so as to be only for the LPAs. It was also relabeled as [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/LPA%20Prorata.docx Local Public Agency Prorata Real Estate Tax Claim (Form 136.8.7.1.11)].<br />
<br />
9/2/16: In [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award#136.10.8 Award|EPG 136.10.8 Award]], the need for a performance/contract bond in the executed construction contract for LPA projects was clarified. <br />
<br />
7/22/16: A minor revision to [[media:136.10.2 2016.doc|Fig. 136.10.2, Bid Concurrence Checklist]] was made so that asterisks are no longer to be shown by items that DBE will perform.<br />
<br />
7/5/16: In [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.4.1.1.5 Suspension and Debarment Certification (23 CFR 635.112)|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.5 Suspension and Debarment Certification]], the $25,000 contract threshold was removed from the certification requirements for suspension and debarment to make guidance consistent with consultant contract language.<br />
<br />
6/23/16: In the second paragraph of [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.5 Subcontracts|EPG 136.11.5 Subcontracts]], guidance was added to clearly indicate that subcontracts require FHWA Form 1273.<br />
<br />
6/15/16: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.13.4 Erosion Control|EPG 136.11.13.4 Erosion Control]], the outdated link to the "Erosion Control Inspection Record" was replaced with a link to "Land Disturbance Inspection Record".<br />
<br />
6/2/16: [[media:136.6.4 instructions 2016.doc|Fig. 136.6.4, How to Complete the Request for Environmental Review]], was clarified.<br />
<br />
5/27/16: Guidance in [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.5 Threatened and Endangered Species|EPG 136.6.4.5 Threatened and Endangered Species]] was expanded and clarified. The new [[media:136.6.18.docx|Fig. 136.6.18, LPA Environmental RER T&E Guidance]] was also added. Also, in Articles XVI and XVII of [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 May 2016.docx|Fig. 136.4.1, Engineering Services Contract]], references were added to Title VI and ADA requirements.<br />
<br />
5/19/16: In [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements|EPG 136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements]], the previous Fig. 136.6.4 was replaced with a new link, [https://www6.modot.mo.gov/RERProject/ LPA Request for Environmental Review]. The new [[media:136.6.4 instructions 2016.doc|Fig. 136.6.4, How to Complete the Request for Environmental Review]] presents updated instructions.<br />
<br />
5/13/16: Updated the [[media:Form C-239 2016.pdf|Final Acceptance Report (Form C-239)]] and [[media:136.11.23 2016.pdf|Fig. 136.11.23, LPA Semi-Final Inspection Checklist (Form C-236)]] in EPG 136.11. [[media:136.11.3 2016.pdf|Fig. 136.11.3, Progress Report]] was made a fillable form. <br />
<br />
4/29/16: In the last sentence of [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.13.1 Project Diaries|EPG 136.11.13.1 Project Diaries]], "free" was removed from the description of NHI training courses, since not all of them are now free.<br />
<br />
4/27/16: Deleted Fig. 136.11.17 Semi-Final Inspection Letter since it was redundant to Fig. 136.11.23 LPA Semi-Final Inspection Checklist (Form C-236). [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications|EPG 136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications]] was revised to reflect this change.<br />
<br />
4/1/16: There were numerous updates in [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]] to reflect current practices. In the first paragraph of [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.4 Retention and Access to Records|EPG 136.8.4 Retention and Access to Records]], the use of the Parcel File Checklist was deleted. In the second paragraph, the record retention period of 3 years was revised to begin when the project closure action is submitted to the FHWA. In [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.6.3.1.20D.9 Manufactured Homes|EPG 136.8.6.3.1.20D.9 Manufactured Homes]], the determination of whether a mobile home is personalty was clarified. In the second paragraph of [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.7.1.2 Negotiator's Report|EPG 136.8.7.1.2 Negotiator's Report]], the Parcel File Checklist, the Negotiator's Report form and the Negotiator's Narrative no longer should be attached to the cover of each parcel file. In [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.8.3 Use of a Fee Attorney or Special Counsel|EPG 136.8.8.3 Use of a Fee Attorney or Special Counsel]], the permissible use of a Fee Attorney was introduced and defined. In the second paragraph of [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.9 Relocation Assistance|EPG 136.8.9 Relocation Assistance]], the quotation defining a displaced person was slightly modified. Finally, the term "taking" was replaced with "acquisition" in several locations within EPG 136.8.<br />
<br />
3/24/16: Updated Fig. 136.3.20, BEAP Project Tracking Form.<br />
<br />
3/4/16: Updated [[media:110.2 checklist 2016.pdf|Fig. 136.11.13, Job Bulletin Board Checklist]].<br />
<br />
3/3/16: [[media:136.6.7 201.docx|Fig. 136.6.7, Memorandum of Agreement for Mitigation of Adverse Effects]], was updated to reflect the recodified National Historic Preservation Act.<br />
<br />
3/1/16: In [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.8 Proprietary Items |EPG 136.7.2.8 Proprietary Items]], a link to the Proprietary Item Library was inserted.<br />
<br />
2/24/16: Guidance in [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.13.3 Invoices|EPG 136.11.13.3 Invoices]] was clarified by adding a reference to [[media:136.3.18 2014.xls|Fig. 136.3.18, Construction Reimbursement Form]]. Also, [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.4.3.2 LPA Consideration of DBE for On-Call Contracts|EPG 136.4.2.4.3.2 LPA Consideration of DBE for On-Call Contracts]] was clarified by additional guidance and by renumbering the subarticles. <br />
<br />
2/22/16: A link to [[media:136.11.23.pdf|Fig. 136.11.23, LPA Semi-Final Inspection Checklist (Form C-236)]] was added and the guidance for it was clarified.<br />
<br />
2/18/16: The former "Final Acceptance Checklist" was relabeled as the new [[media:136.11.22.docx|Fig. 136.11.22, LPA Final Acceptance Checklist]].<br />
<br />
1/27/16: In [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 2016.docx|Fig. 136.4.1, Engineering Services Contract]], revised Article VII D.2, D.3 and E to indicate the overhead rate (OHR) established at the execution of the original contract shall be utilized throughout the life of the contract. This reduces potential errors caused by having to change the OHR on billing invoices every year based on audited OHR. Revision allows consultants to utilize one OHR throughout the life of the contract<br />
<br />
1/26/16: Three archaic figures in EPG 136.3 Federal Aid Basics were removed: Fig. 136.3.5 HS 4, Safe Routes to School Program Agreement; Fig. 136.3.7 FS 12, Transportation Enhancement Funds Program Agreement and Fig. 136.3.8 FS 12 SUP, Transportation Enhancement Funds Supplemental Agreement. New link to Fig. 136.3.5, FS25, Transportation Alternatives Program added.<br />
<br />
1/22/16: Four LPA agreements were updated: [http://sharepoint/support/CC/CCO%20Contracts/FS_-_Financial_Services/FS11_STP_Urban_Program_Agreement.docx Fig. 136.3.6, FS 11, STP Urban Program Agreement], [http://sharepoint/support/CC/CCO%20Contracts/FS_-_Financial_Services/FS13_Off_System_Bridge_Replacement.doc Fig. 136.3.9, FS 13, Off-System Bridge Replacement and Rehabilitation Program Agreement], [http://sharepoint/support/CC/CCO%20Contracts/FS_-_Financial_Services/FS14_On_System_Bridge_Replacement.docx Fig. 136.3.10, FS 14, On-System Bridge Replacement and Rehabilitation Program Agreement] and [http://sharepoint/support/CC/CCO%20Contracts/FS_-_Financial_Services/FS15_CMAQ_Program.docx Fig. 136.3.11, FS 15, Congestion Mitigation and Air Quality Agreement].<br />
<br />
1/15/16: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.19 Final Acceptance|EPG 136.11.19 Final Acceptance]], the differences between corrections and exceptions were clarified. Also, a minor clarification updated [[media:136.11.9 2016.docx|Fig. 136.11.9, Contractor DBE Certification]].<br />
<br />
1/14/16: [[media:136.4.11 2016.doc|Fig. 136.4.11, Consultant Selection & ESC Submittal Checklist]], was updated to reflect that Audits and Investigations Division no longer conducts pre-audits.<br />
<br />
1/5/16: [[#136.7.3.1.2.1.10 Safety Apparel Requirements|EPG 136.7.3.1.2.1.10 Safety Apparel Requirements]] was revised to reflect current MoDOT requirements in Sec 107.4. Since the Safety Requirement JSP is no longer a JSP (it has been moved to Sec 107.4), reference to it was removed from the EPG text as well as from [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]].<br />
<br />
1/4/16: In [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.1 Section 106 (Cultural Resource) Compliance |EPG 136.6.4.1 Section 106 (Cultural Resource) Compliance]], the revision 1) addressed LPA questions and comments and 2) implemented change by the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation from hardcopy submittals to electronic submittals. The revision helps LPAs more easily comply with Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act and Section 4(f) of the Department of Transportation Act. Also, added [[media:136.6.15.docx|Fig. 136.6.15, Example e106 Form]], [[media:136.6.16.pdf|LPA Project Checklist]] and [[media:136.6.17.docx|Fig. 136.6.17, Sample LPA Transmittal of MOA Letter]] and the How-to tutorial, [[media:136.6 How to Document a Historic Bridge for Mitigation.pdf|How to Document a Historic Bridge for Mitigation]]. These changes will help LPA partners more easily comply with Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act and Section 4(f) of the Department of Transportation Act.<br />
<br />
12/30/15: A couple of typos were corrected in [[media:136.4.10 Dec 30 2015.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.10, LPA Consultant Services Invoice]].<br />
<br />
12/24/15: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications|EPG 136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications]], new [[media:136.11.18.docx|Fig. 136.11.18, LPA Final Inspection Letter]], [[media:136.11.19.docx|Fig. 136.11.19, LPA Final List of Acceptance Testers]], [[media:136.11.20.docx|Fig. 136.11.20, LPA DBE Certification Letter]] and [[media:136.11.21.docx|Fig. 136.11.21, LPA Vendor Lien Waiver]] provide templates for consistent submittals by LPAs. <br />
<br />
12/23/15: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.5 Subcontracts|EPG 136.11.5 Subcontracts]], guidance was clarified to state that the LPA is responsible for assuring the subcontractors are qualified. Elsewhere in [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction|EPG 136.11 Local Public Agency Construction]], Fig. 136.11.6 was replaced with [[media:136.11.6 Dec 2015.pdf|Fig. 136.11.6, Subcontractor Certification Regarding Affirmative Action]]. [[media:136.11.4 2015.doc|Fig. 136.11.4, Request for Approval of Subcontract]], was updated with various clarifications. In [[media:136.11.5 Dec 2015.xls|Fig. 136.11.5, DBE Subcontract Worksheet]], the Percent Sublet this Request equation was updated. Also, from EPG 136.4, various fields were updated in [[media:136.4.10 Dec 2015.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.10, LPA Consultant Services Invoice]], to eliminate calculation errors. Further, [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]], was updated by removing JSP J. Final Payment Documents JSP. (This JSP was prematurely added to the boilerplate. Removal will eliminate confusion for LPA partners.) The new [[media:136.11.17.docx|Fig. 136.11.17, LPA Semi-Final Inspection Letter]], provides a template for consistent submittals by the LPAs.<br />
<br />
11/24/15: In [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.15.3 OMB Audit|EPG 136.3.15.3 OMB Audit]], to stay current with 2 CFR part 200, the federal expenditure amount was increased from $500K to $750K before an independent audit is required.<br />
<br />
11/6/15: [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.4.3.2 LPA Consideration of DBE for On-Call Contracts|EPG 136.4.2.4.3.2 LPA Consideration of DBE for On-Call Contracts]] was revised so that DBE Goals will now be established on LPA On-Call Consultant Contracts. This replaces the statewide programmatic goal and provides a level playing field for all on-call consultants in the utilization of DBEs. [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 Nov 2015.docx|Fig. 136.4.1's Attachment E Section 7]] modified to reflect that on-call consultant contracts now set DBE goals.<br />
<br />
10/27/15: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.11 CE Funding Obligation|EPG 136.4.2.11 CE Funding Obligation]], verbiage in the first paragraph was deleted to align guidance to what is in [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 June 2015.docx|Fig. 136.4.1, Engineering Services Contract]] (Article VII, A).<br />
<br />
10/21/15: [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.19 Final Acceptance|EPG 136.11.19 Final Acceptance]] was clarified, particularly guidance about "corrections" vs. "exceptions", for LPAs performing Final Acceptance of an LPA project.<br />
<br />
10/20/15: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.18 Final Plans| EPG 136.11.18 Final Plans]], a reference to EPG 136.11.19 was added and a reference to Engineer on Record (EOR) removed to clarify the bridge plan Final Plans requirements. <br />
<br />
10/20/15: For convenience, the [[media:146 CUF July 27 2015.pdf|Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Determination Form]] was added to the figure box at the top of [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction|EPG 136.11 Local Public Agency Construction]].<br />
<br />
10/16/15: [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3 Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]] was updated to include the DBE JSP for Liquid Asphalt.<br />
<br />
10/13/15: In [[136.7 Design#136.7.5.3 Incentive/Disincentive Provisions|EPG 136.7.5.3 Incentive/Disincentive Provisions]], renamed and updated the old FHWA Contract Administration Core Curriculum's link to a link to FHWA's Technical Advisory for Incentive/Disincentive for Early Completion. <br />
<br />
10/1/15: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.7_Design#136.7.2.5_Railroads EPG 136.7.2.5 Railroads] and the first paragraph of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.2.4_Railroads EPG 136.9.2.4 Railroads], guidance about railroad coordination (even if no railroads are impacted) was clarified to comply with the FHWA statement required for all fed-aid projects. FHWA policy now requires a specific "railroad status statement" from the LPA even when no railroads are affected by the project. Line 11 of [[media:136.9.1 Oct 2015.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1, Final PS&E Submittal Checklist]] now requires supporting documentation for railroad impacts. <br />
<br />
9/22/15: Guidance was updated to conform with new BEAP contract. In the fourth paragraph of [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#Upon completion of the consultant's evaluation|EPG 136.3.8.10.3 Administration]], guidance was updated about where the report is sent. IRS mileage rates are specified in the third paragraph of [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.10.4 Funding and Authorized Costs|EPG 136.3.8.10.4 Funding and Authorized Costs]]. In the third paragraph of EPG 136.3.8.10.4 Funding and Authorized Costs, it is now specified that the BEAP Project Tracking Form include a total cost for the project, including personnel costs as well as direct costs. In the first paragraph of [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.10.5 General Process for a BEAP Study|EPG 136.3.8.10.5 General Process for a BEAP Study]], the process to submit the draft copy of a BEAP Study has been revised. In [[#136.3.8.10.6 Local Public Agency Responsibilities|EPG 136.3.8.10.6 Local Public Agency Responsibilities]], the LPA will now provide pictures of a structure that is not of the Nat'l Bridge Inventory. Also, in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#Whenever load rating calculations are done|EPG 136.3.8.10.7 Consultant Responsibilities]], the consultant is to provide inventory and operating ratings for the HS20 design vehicle and provide a load posting recommendation when load rating calculations are part of the BEAP Study. Finally, all of the BEAP documents (Figs. 136.3.19-136.3.23) were updated.<br />
<br />
9/17/15: In the second paragraph of [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.18 Final Plans|EPG 136.11.18 Final Plans]], guidance was clarified to show that MoDOT only needs "as built" plans when there have been significant structural or material changes to the original design plans (that is, changes that would require approval of the Engineer on Record, EOR).<br />
<br />
9/17/15: In the first paragraph of [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award#136.10.7.3 Bid Evaluation Considerations|EPG 136.10.7.3 Bid Evaluation Considerations]], the minimum standard for the number of bid evaluations has been set at three. When three bids are not available, the LPA is asked to explain. <br />
<br />
9/10/15: Links to the latest version of SEMA's Floodplain Development Permit Application and No-Rise Certificate have been provided.<br />
<br />
8/21/15: In the third paragraph of [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#Each individual shall rate the firms|EPG 136.4.2.6 Step 5 - Selection of Consultant]], guidance was clarified by eliminating vagueness about the necessity for local public agencies to submit review forms and comments about rating firms.<br />
<br />
8/20/15: In [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics|EPG 136.3 Federal Aid Basics]], three contracts were updated ([[media:136.3.5 2015.pdf|Fig. 136.3.5, HS 4, Safe Routes to School Program Agreement]], [[media:136.3.9 Aug 2015.docx|Fig. 136.3.9, FS 13, Off-System Bridge Replacement and Rehabilitation Program Agreement]] and [[media:136.3.21 2015.pdf|Fig. 136.3.21, BR11, BEAP Hourly Rate Contract]].)<br />
<br />
8/19/15: The final bullet (about listing the parcel numbers and names of owners of all parcels acquired) in [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.10.3.3 Required data to be submitted with clearance certification|EPG 136.8.10.3.3 Required data to be submitted with clearance certification]] was deleted to reflect the changes already done in Form 136.8.8, Clearance Certification Statement.<br />
<br />
7/27/15: In [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.4.1.1.5 Suspension and Debarment Certification (23 CFR 635.112)|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.5 Suspension and Debarment Certification]], the outdated ''A Listing of Parties Excluded from Federal Procurement and Non-procurement Programs'' link was replaced with a new, useful link to [https://www.sam.gov/portal/SAM/#1 System for Award Management].<br />
<br />
7/24/15: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.9_Commercially_Useful_Function_.28CUF.29 EPG 136.11.9 Commercially Useful Function (CUF)], the latest version of the [[media:146 CUF July 27 2015.pdf|CUF Determination form]] has been provided.<br />
<br />
7/16/15: In the big, gray "Additional Information for MoDOT Employees" box in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.13 Agreements|EPG 136.3.13 Agreements]], an old link to CCO's intranet was updated to their new SharePoint site. LPAs will not be able to access the SharePoint site (just like they were not able to access the intranet site). Two EPG article links were also added. [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]] was updated with a new link to the Affidavit of Compliance in Section 10. <br />
<br />
6/30/15: [[media:136.6.7 201.docx|Fig. 136.6.7, Memorandum of Agreement for Mitigation of Adverse Effects]], was updated to correct a technical issue and to reference recently developed bridge documentation standards.<br />
<br />
6/22/15: [[media:110.2 checklist Jan 2015.pdf|Fig. 136.11.13, Job Bulletin Board Checklist]] was updated.<br />
<br />
6/19/15: In [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics|EPG 136.3 Federal Aid Basics]], links to numerous contracts were updated. A new link to contract [[media:136.3.28 2015.docx|FS 13-SUP BRO Supplemental Agreement (Fig. 136.3.28) ]] was also made available.<br />
<br />
6/16/15: To eliminate confusion, a reference in [https://epg.modot.mo.gov/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.17.1_Material_Acceptance EPG 136.11.17.1 Material Acceptance] to one of the types of sampling and testing (a combination of certification documentation, delivery tickets and visual inspection) was deleted. <br />
<br />
6/12/15: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.17.1 Material Acceptance|EPG 136.11.17.1 Material Acceptance]], the Small Material Quantity Acceptance Table was removed. Current info is available at [[Off-Systems Guide Schedule for Federal-Aid Acceptance Sampling and Testing (FAST)|EPG Off-Systems Guide Schedule for Federal-Aid Acceptance Sampling and Testing (FAST)]].<br />
<br />
6/12/15: Both guidance in [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.4.3.2 LPA Consideration of DBE for On-Call Contracts|EPG 136.4.2.4.3.2 LPA Consideration of DBE for On-Call Contracts]] and [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 June 2015.docx|Fig. 136.4.1, Engineering Services Contract ]] were updated to show that the engineer is required to submit Good Faith Efforts documentation for all agreements greater than $50,000. The engineer must also document Good Faith Efforts made to achieve that DBE goal if the agreed percentage specified is less than the percentage stated. <br />
<br />
6/9/15: A very minor change (adding "LPA" to the title) was made to [[media:136.6.11 2015.doc|Fig. 136.6.11, LPA Floodplain Development Permit]] so that this form will not be confused with MoDOT's other Floodplain Development Permit/Application form.<br />
<br />
6/8/15: In [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.2.5 Bridge (Structure) Submittals|EPG 136.9.2.5 Bridge (Structure) Submittals]], a third paragraph was added (per Sec 202.40.1.1) to provide guidance that a notification of demolition 10 days prior to start is required; also renovation or demolition requires hazardous waste reports and must be in the bid proposal. [[media:136.9.1 2015.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1, Final PS&E Submittal Checklist]], was also updated to reflect these revisions.<br />
<br />
5/29/15: A new file, [[media:Fig. 136.11.16.docx|Fig. 136.11.16, Approved Contract Administration Software]], is now available in the second paragraph of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.13.1_Project_Diaries EPG 136.11.13.1 Project Diaries]. The file was introduced to identify systems that secure diaries.<br />
<br />
5/22/15: [[media:136.3.1 2015.doc|Fig. 136.3.1, Programming Data Form]], was revised by adding questions about the need for right of way. Also, Fig. 136.3.3 Utilities Scoping Checklist was renumbered as [[media:136.7.8.doc|Fig. 136.7.8, Utilities Scoping Checklist]], and moved to [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.6.1 Utility Relocations|EPG 136.7.2.6.1 Utility Relocations]].<br />
<br />
5/15/15: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.9_Commercially_Useful_Function_.28CUF.29 EPG 136.11.9 Commercially Useful Function (CUF)], the latest version of the [[media:146 CUF May 2015.pdf|CUF Determination form]] has been provided.<br />
<br />
5/12/15: Several links in [[136.7 Design#136.7.3.1.2 Job Special Provisions|EPG 136.7.3.1.2 Job Special Provisions]] were updated to the [https://spexternal.modot.mo.gov/sites/de/JSP/Forms/Alt%20LPA.aspx new SharePoint link for JSPs]. Once you are in the new site, just scroll down a little and you will see all the LPA JSPs. <br />
<br />
5/4/15: In [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 May 2015.docx|Fig 136.4.1, Engineering Services Contract]], the good faith effort requirements of #7 under Attachment E (on pg. 19) was modified. The Engineer is now required to submit the Good Faith Efforts documentation illustrating reasonable efforts to obtain DBE Participation.<br />
<br />
4/23/15: [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.7.4 Prompt Payment Policy|EPG 136.3.7.4 Prompt Payment Policy]] was added, in accordance with Missouri law. The existing EPG 136.3.7.4 Policy Enforcement was renumbered as EPG 136.3.7.5.<br />
<br />
4/22/15: The [[media:136.9.4 2015.doc|ADA checklist]] was updated with relatively minor updates in [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)|EPG 136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)]].<br />
<br />
4/22/15: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.3 Step 2 - Creating an RFQ Document|EPG 136.4.2.3 Step 2 - Creating an RFQ Document]], the reference to E-Verify was removed from the first bulleted item.<br />
<br />
4/20/15: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.9 Commercially Useful Function (CUF)|EPG 136.11.9 Commercially Useful Function (CUF)]], the DBE Truckers Interview Form was removed from use in the CUF interview.<br />
<br />
4/20/15: In the first paragraph of [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.2.2 Acquisition Authority|EPG 136.8.2.2 Acquisition Authority]], the guidance was clarified to state that the LPA may talk to the property owners about the project prior to the issuance of an A-Date. They can’t do appraisals, make offers, etc., until the A-Date is issued. Some LPAs were under the impression that they were not allowed to tell property owners anything about a project until they had an A-Date.<br />
<br />
4/9/15: The [[media:136.12.3.3.1 Obligation Request Form Apr 2015.docx|Obligation Request Form]], which is available in [https://epg.modot.mo.gov/index.php?title=136.12_Figures%2C_Glossary_and_Other_Useful_Links#136.12.3.2.1_Commonly_Used_Forms EPG 136.12.3.2.1 Commonly Used Forms], was further updated.<br />
<br />
4/2/15: The [[media:136.12.3.3.1 Obligation Request Form Apr 2015.docx|Obligation Request Form]], which is available in [https://epg.modot.mo.gov/index.php?title=136.12_Figures%2C_Glossary_and_Other_Useful_Links#136.12.3.2.1_Commonly_Used_Forms EPG 136.12.3.2.1 Commonly Used Forms], was updated to include some additional FHWA requirements. New items on the form:<br />
:* If the project has a State Number correlated with it, list it on the Obligation Form after the Federal Aid Number<br />
:* Estimated Award Date – Enter the date the Construction Contract Award Date is anticipated.<br />
:* Travel way ID: Route, Beginning Log Point & Ending Log Point <br />
:* Railroad Impacts – Is the project going to have Railroad Impacts? (Drop Down) Yes or No<br />
:* Utility Clearance – Is the project going to have Utilities Impacts? (Drop Down) No Impacts, Conditional Clearance, or Entire Clearance<br />
:* Construction Completion Date - Enter the date the construction will be complete is anticipated. <br />
:* To Auto Calculate, highlight the $0.00 on Total Estimate or Bid Amount and Press F9. <br />
<br />
3/25/15: [[media:136.4.11 2015.doc|Fig. 136.4.11, Consultant Selection & ESC Submittal Checklist]], was udpated with the new link to MoDOT's Approved Consultant Prequalification List.<br />
<br />
3/20/15: The new subarticle, [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.6.4 Buy America for Utilities|EPG 136.7.2.6.4 Buy America for Utilities]], provides clarification on Buy America requirements for utility relocation.<br />
<br />
3/19/15: [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 2015.docx|Fig. 136.4.1 Engineering Services Contract]] was revised by removing the Attachment C-Overhead Rate Breakdown from the contract. <br />
<br />
3/17/15: A new sentence was added to the first paragraph of [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.7.3 Dedications|EPG 136.8.7.3 Dedications]] to further clarify the documentation needed when property or property rights are dedicated to an LPA. <br />
<br />
3/6/15: [[media:136.11.5 2015.xls|Fig. 136.11.5, DBE Subcontract Worksheet]] and [[media:136.11.6 2015.doc|Fig. 136.11.6, Contractor’s Instructions for Filling out Request to Subcontract Work]] were updated to correct DBE allowance language.<br />
<br />
2/26/15: In [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.2.2 Acquisition Authority|EPG 136.8.2.2 Acquisition Authority]] and the second paragraph of [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.8.1 General|EPG 136.8.8.1 General]], guidance has been expanded for the streamlined documentation process for the acquisitions of LPA projects. Two new forms, [[media:136.8.2.2.docx|Right of Way Acquisition Schedule (Form 136.8.2.2)]] and [[media:136.8.2.2.A.docx|Right of Way Acquisition Schedule Instructions (Form 136.8.2.2.A)]] were added and [[media:136.8.1 2015.doc|Acquisition Authority Request (Form 136.8.1)]] was updated.<br />
<br />
2/23/15: A typo in [[media:136.8.20 2015.docx|Form 136.8.20 LPA Project Acquisition Monitoring Checklist]] was corrected.<br />
<br />
2/20/15: In the first paragraph of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.17.1_Material_Acceptance EPG 136.11.17.1's] item #1, MoDOT's QC/QA Off-Systems Guide Schedule for FAST table is now to be used as a minimum for material acceptance. In item #1's second paragraph, certification card must now be on hand during sampling and testing. In item #2, independent assurance samples and test will be required of the LPA or the LPA's consultant. Also, in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.20_Project_Closeout_Certifications EPG 136.11.20's] item #3, a final list of acceptance testers used on the project must now be provided by the LPA.<br />
<br />
2/6/15: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.9_Commercially_Useful_Function_.28CUF.29 EPG 136.11.9 Commercially Useful Function (CUF)], the latest version of the [[media:146 CUF Jan 2015.pdf|CUF Determination form]] has been provided.<br />
<br />
1/28/15: A minor correction was made to the title of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.8_Local_Public_Agency_Land_Acquisition#136.8.6.3.4_Uniform_Residential_Appraisal_Report_.28URAR.29_and_Addendum EPG 136.8.6.3.4 Uniform Residential Appraisal Report (URAR) and Addendum] by replacing "Approval" with "Appraisal".<br />
<br />
1/8/15: [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]], was updated with the new link to the ADA checklist.<br />
<br />
12/31/14: In [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)|EPG 136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)]], [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3 Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]] was updated to add reference to two JSPs: LDs Specified for Winter Months and Safety Requirements. Further, [[136.7 Design#136.7.3.1.2.1.10 Safety Apparel Requirements|EPG 136.7.3.1.2.1.10 Safety Apparel Requirements]] was added because the new [[media:136.7.7.docx|Safety Requirements JSP]] is now required when a project is on MoDOT’s right of way.<br />
<br />
11/26/14: In [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 2014.docx|Fig. 136.4.1 Engineering Services Contract]], the title of Attachment E was changed on pg.9 to reflect the actual title of the Attachment on pg. 17. [[media:136.9.1 2014.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1 Final PS&E Submittal Checklist]] was revised to reflect that all plan sheets are signed and sealed by the engineer of record.<br />
<br />
11/20/14: In EPG 136.3.12 Federal-aid Participation for Local Work, more specifically in both the fourth paragraph of [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.12.3.4 Procedures|EPG 136.3.12.3.4 Procedures]] and the fifth paragraph of [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.12.4.5 Procedures|EPG 136.3.12.4.5 Procedures]], guidance was revised to clarify change orders and supplements. Guidance now emphasizes that scope and estimates are to be complete and accurate.<br />
<br />
11/17/14: In [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]], two forms were updated: [[media:136.8.8 Nov 2014.doc|Fig. 136.8.8 Clearance Certification Statement]] and [[media:136.8.20 2014.docx|Fig. 136.8.20 Project Acquisition Monitor Checklist]].<br />
<br />
10/16/14: In the third paragraph of [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.11.5.2 Approval of Contract|EPG 136.8.11.5.2 Approval of Contract]], a sentence was removed that had stated that a current real estate agent is required in Missouri.<br />
<br />
9/26/14: In the first paragraphs of [[:Category:136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy|EPG 136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy]], references to Safe Routes to School were removed and references to MAP-21 were added.<br />
<br />
9/25/14: Three forms were updated in [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]]: [[media:136.8.25 Sept 2014.doc|Form 136.8.25 Sample Donation Letter and Waiver of Appraisal]], [[media:136.8.26 2014.doc|Form 136.8.26 Sample Letter Offer (Payment Estimate)]] and [[media:136.8.27 2014.doc|Form 136.8.27 Sample Letter Offer (Value Finding or Standard Format Appraisal)]]. <br />
<br />
9/23/14: The consultant contract limit of the $100,000 total for on-call contracts was clarified in a recent video conference. The second paragraph of [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.4.3 Using the LPA On-Call Consultant List|EPG 136.4.2.4.3 Using the LPA On-Call Consultant List]] was clarified to indicate the total on-call cannot exceed $100,000 for the project. <br />
<br />
9/12/14: Guidance in the first paragraph of [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.11.4 TEAP Process and Timeline|EPG 136.3.8.11.4 TEAP Process and Timeline]] and the second to the last paragraph in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.11.5 Funding|EPG 136.3.8.11.5 Funding]] was updated to reflect that Traffic Division is no longer involved in the TEAP process for LPA project solicitation<br />
<br />
8/28/14: [[media:136.6.7 201.docx|Fig. 136.6.7 Memorandum of Agreement for Migration of Adverse Effects]] was further corrected as a reference to a previous law, STURAA, was replaced with the new law MAP-21.<br />
<br />
8/27/14: The two State Wage Rates links from the MO Dept of Labor were updated in [[136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links#136.12.3.3 Links to Other Resources|EPG 136.12.3.3 Links to Other Resources]]. Also, in [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements|EPG 136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements]], [[media:136.6.7.doc|Fig. 136.6.7, Memorandum of Agreement for Migration of Adverse Effects]] was corrected by moving the location of a statement about stipulations.<br />
<br />
8/22/14: [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3 Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]] was revised by adding a drafter's note to provide guidance for highlighted sections. Language to define the contracting authority was also added.<br />
<br />
8/8/14: [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications|EPG 136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications]] now reflects that project closeout certifications are to be electronically received 60 days of the Final Inspection date.<br />
<br />
8/8/14: In [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.4.1.1.3 Bid Guaranty (49 CFR 18.36)|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.3 Bid Guaranty]], the guidance about the bid guarantee amount was clarified so as to not burden the contractor with high bid bonds. Dollar amounts for bid bond requirements are not to be used.<br />
<br />
8/7/14: Updated the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%207_Negotiation/Roster%20of%20Approved%20Contract%20Negotiators.pdf Roster of Approved Contract Negotiators].<br />
<br />
8/6/14: A new version of the [[media:136.7.2.9 sample letter.docx|Request for a Finding in the Public’s Interest sample letter]] was provided in EPG 136.7.2.9.<br />
<br />
7/29/14: [[media:Fig.136.3.19 2019.pdf|Fig. 136.3.19 Current BEAP Consultant List]] was updated again.<br />
<br />
7/17/14: In Item #1 under the seventh parapraph of [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.10.8 Use of Bridge Soft Match Credit|EPG 136.3.10.8 Use of Bridge Soft Match Credit]], the new [[media:Fig.136.3.27.xls|Fig. 136.3.27 Example of a Soft Match Credit Transfer Request]] has been referenced in a brief sentence. Also, in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.10 Bridge Engineering Assistance Program (BEAP)|EPG 136.3.8.10 Bridge Engineering Assistance Program (BEAP)]], both [[media:Fig.136.3.19 2019.pdf|Fig. 136.3.19 Current BEAP Consultant List]] and Fig. 136.3.20 BEAP Project Tracking Form were updated.<br />
<br />
6/23/14: Updated [[media:136.8.8 2014.doc|Clearance Certification Statement (Form 136.8.8)]].<br />
<br />
6/13/14: Updated the [[media:236.7 Roster of Approved Contract Negotiators June 2014.pdf|Roster of Approved Contract Negotiators]].<br />
<br />
6/11/14: In [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#4. Check to see whether the bridge has been excluded|EPG 136.6.4.1.1 Step 1, Determine Need for Cultural Resource Investigations]], the promised FHWA "Bridge Program Comment Excepted Bridges List"<br />
website is now available.<br />
<br />
5/29/14: Updated the [[media:136.8.25 2014.doc|Sample Donation Letter and Waiver of Appraisal, Form 136.8.25]].<br />
<br />
5/22/14: Updated the [[media:236.7 Roster of Approved Contract Negotiators May 2014.pdf|Roster of Approved Contract Negotiators]].<br />
<br />
5/14/14: The first two paragraphs of [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.4 Retention and Access to Records|EPG 136.8.4 Retention and Access to Records]] were revised to show that the [[media:136.8.17 2014.doc|Parcel File Checklist (Form 136.8.17)]] is now optional.<br />
<br />
5/13/14: [[media:136.3.18 2014.xls|Fig. 136.3.18 Construction Reimbursement Form]] was updated. Also, [[media:136.8.20.docx|Fig. 136.8.20 Project Acquisition Monitor Checklist]] verbiage was tweaked to include more uniform act check items.<br />
<br />
5/12/14: A very minor correction in EPG 136.11 Local Public Agency Construction's [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#Small Material Quantity Acceptance Table|Small Material Quantity Acceptance Table]]. Now, the AC is shown to be measured in tons and PCC measured in cubic yards.<br />
<br />
5/7/14: In [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]], [[media:136.8.18.docx|Form 136.8.18, RW Plan Review Checklist]] was updated.<br />
<br />
4/30/14: [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.4.3.3 Consultant Evaluations for On-Call Services|EPG 136.4.2.4.3.3 Consultant Evaluations for On-Call Services]] was clarified to show who signs the LPA On-Call Consultant Evaluation and what happens to this document afterwards. <br />
<br />
4/28/14: [[media:136.4.6.docx|Fig. 136.4.6 List of Unallowable Costs]] was updated in EPG 136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management.<br />
<br />
4/21/14: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.13.3 Invoices|EPG 136.11.13.3 Invoices]], and the first paragraphs of both [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.7.3 Progress Invoices|EPG 136.3.7.3 Progress Invoices]] and [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.3.1 Payments/Invoicing|EPG 136.4.3.1 Payments/Invoicing]], the $10,000 requirement for invoicing was removed. It had been replaced with the requirement to invoice at least one time per month but not more often than every 2 weeks. Also, in [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.3.3 Consultant Performance Appraisals|EPG 136.4.3.3 Consultant Performance Appraisals]], a requirement was implemented for the LPA to evaluate the consultant upon completion of work if they were hired by a standard solicitation. Thus, a "should" was replaced with a "must" in the first sentence.<br />
<br />
4/15/14: At the bottom of [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications|EPG 136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications]],"MoDOT will certify the dates on which any on-site inspections were made" was deleted.<br />
<br />
4/1/14: In the second paragraph of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.4.1.1.10.1_Federal_Wage_Rates_.2823_USC_113_and_29_CFR_5.29 EPG 136.9.4.1.1.10.1 Federal Wage Rates], the Dept. of Labor's link and associated information was updated.<br />
<br />
3/31/14: In [[media:136.9.4 Apr 2014.doc|Fig. 136.9.4 ADA Checklist]], two items were clarified, two more items were removed to better align with Access Board’s PROWAG info. PROWAG references were also added to assist users in finding further information on the US Access Bd. website.<br />
<br />
3/19/14: Near the top of [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.1.1 Step 1, Determine Need for Cultural Resource Investigations|EPG 136.6.4.1.1 Step 1, Determine Need for Cultural Resource Investigations]], guidance was added that defined LPA jobs with "No Potential to Cause Adverse Effects" and that do not need a Sec 106 submittal to the SHPO.<br />
<br />
3/18/14: In the second paragraph of [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.4.3 Using the LPA On-Call Consultant List|EPG 136.4.2.4.3 Using the LPA On-Call Consultant List]], a sentence was added to tell the LPA to write a scope for the consultant and produce an estimate to determine whether the project is eligible for the on-call list.<br />
<br />
3/11/14: A minor clarification of titles was made at the bottom of Fig. 136.9.4 ADA Checklist. "Resident Engineer" and "Area Engineer" were replaced with "Engineer of Record".<br />
<br />
3/10/14: In [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award#136.10.8 Award|EPG 136.10.8 Award]], it was clarified that the copies of the contact and associated files to be submitted to the District Contact must be electronic copies.<br />
<br />
3/7/14: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.4.3.1 Selecting a Consultant from the LPA On-Call Consultant List|EPG 136.4.2.4.3.1 Selecting a Consultant from the LPA On-Call Consultant List]], it was clarified that it is not mandatory for LPAs to consider at least 3 firms for each project when reviewing the LPA On-Call Consultant List.<br />
<br />
3/6/14: A link was inserted for the [http://www.modot.org/business/lpa/OnCallListing.htm LPA On-Call Consultant List] in three locations in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.3_Federal_Aid_Basics#136.3.8.11_Traffic_Engineering_Assistance_Program_.28TEAP.29 EPG 136.3.8.11 Traffic Engineering Assistance Program (TEAP)].<br />
<br />
3/5/14: EPG 136.3.18 TAP was moved to [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.7 Transportation Alternatives Program (TAP)|EPG 136.3.8.7 TAP]] and the subsequent EPG 136.3.8 subarticles were renumbered accordingly. The eligible project sponsor information at the bottom of the newly renumbered [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.7.2 Project Eligibility and Selection|EPG 136.3.8.7.2 Project Eligibility and Selection]] was deleted and replaced with a link to [[136.1 Introduction#136.1.2.2 Project Sponsor Eligibility|EPG 136.1.2.2 Project Sponsor Eligibility]] to ensure consistency in the definition of eligible sponsors. <br />
<br />
2/24/14: New guidance is now available for the LPA On-Call Consultant List at [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.4.3 Using the LPA On-Call Consultant List|EPG 136.4.2.4.3 Using the LPA On-Call Consultant List]]. Additional revisions were made in [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.2 Step 1 – Scope of Services|EPG 136.4.2.2 Step 1 – Scope of Services]], [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.3 Step 2 - Creating an RFQ Document|EPG 136.4.2.3 Step 2 - Creating an RFQ Document]] and [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.4 Step 3 - Advertising the RFQ Solicitation|EPG 136.4.2.4 Step 3 - Advertising the RFQ Solicitation]] for this new list. A new form, [[media:136.4.19.docx|Fig. 136.4.19 LPA On-Call Consultant Evaluation]], has also been introduced.<br />
<br />
2/18/14: [[media:136.8.1 2014.doc|Fig. 136.8.1, Acquisition Authority Request]] was updated.<br />
<br />
2/5/14: The contacts were updated in the [[media:136.12.3.3.1 Obligation Request Form 2014.docx|Obligation Request Form]], which is available in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.12_Figures%2C_Glossary_and_Other_Useful_Links#136.12.3.2.1_Commonly_Used_Forms EPG 136.12.3.2.1 Commonly Used Forms].<br />
<br />
2/4/14: [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3 Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]] was updated by removing the requirement for using our template bid bond. Also, "lien waver" was added to the list of documentation examples in #4b of [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications|EPG 136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications]].<br />
<br />
1/31/14: In [[media:136.4.15 2014.doc|Fig. 136.4.15]], a misspelled word was corrected.<br />
<br />
1/30/14: The definition of County Aid Road Trust (CART) Funding was added to [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.12_Figures%2C_Glossary_and_Other_Useful_Links#136.12.2_Glossary EPG 136.12.2 Glassary].<br />
<br />
1/29/14: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.12_Figures%2C_Glossary_and_Other_Useful_Links#136.12.3.3_Links_to_Other_Resources EPG 136.12.3.3 Links to Other Resources], the ADAAG links were updated.<br />
<br />
1/28/14: In [[136.7 Design#Deviations from MoDOT and Federal Requirements|EPG 136.7.2.7 Design Exceptions]], a minor clarification was made to the guidance for the engineer of record submitting the approved design exception to the MoDOT District Contact. It was made clear that the approved design is to be submitted only for projects on MoDOT's system.<br />
<br />
1/10/14: [[media:Fig.136.3.19 2019.pdf|Fig. 136.3.19, Current BEAP Consultant List]] was updated.<br />
<br />
1/9/14: New guidance, [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.7 Transportation Alternatives Program (TAP)|EPG 136.3.8.7 Transportation Alternatives Program (TAP)]] is now available. TAP includes the pre-MAP-21 programs of Transportation Enhancements, Recreational Trails, Safe Routes to School and Scenic Byways. A brief listing of links, [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.17 Emergency Relief|EPG 136.3.17 Emergency Relief]] is also new. Other minor revisions (such as the definitions of MAP-21 and TAP) arising from MAP-21 were made in [[136.1 Introduction#136.1.1 Background and Purpose|EPG 136.1.1 Background and Purpose]] and [[136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links#136.12.2 Glossary|EPG 136.12.2 Glossary]].<br />
<br />
12/18/13: Additional environmental documentation of FHWA approval is now required under Section One of the [[media:136.8.1 2013.doc|Acquisition Authority Request (Form 136.8.1)]].<br />
<br />
11/4/13: [[media:136.11.1 Nov 2013.doc|Fig. 136.11.1, General Guidelines for LPA Preconstruction Conference]], was updated to include "land disturbance permit" as part of the pre-construction conference topics.<br />
<br />
10/18/13: Guidance in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.7_Design#136.7.2.10_Value_Engineering EPG 136.7.2.10 Value Engineering] was updated to comply with MAP-21, the federal surface transportation law. Now, National Highway System (NHS) projects costing at least $50,000,000 and NHS bridge projects costing at least $40,000,000 require a Value Engineering (VE) study. (Previously, VE studies were required for NHS projects costing $25M and NHS bridge projects costing $20M.) Design/Build projects are exempt from this VE study requirement.<br />
<br />
10/11/13: EPG 136.3.15.1 Progress Invoice was moved to [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.3_Federal_Aid_Basics#136.3.7.3_Progress_Invoices EPG 136.3.7.3] to reflect the federal definition of Reasonable Progress. There was no change in policy.<br />
<br />
10/1/13: EPG 906 TEAP has been moved to [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.11 Traffic Engineering Assistance Program (TEAP)|EPG 136.3.8.11 Traffic Engineering Assistance Program (TEAP)]]. The modified EPG language reflects Design Division timelines and processes. One of the main process changes is that the TEAP studies will be provided through on-call consultants. (Local agencies will select a consultant from an approved list of on-call consultants to complete a TEAP study for them.) The TEAP application has also been completely revised to resemble other DE or LPA standard applications. In FY 2014, the Traffic & Highway Safety Division and the Local Programs group will partner to administer TEAP. The TEAP processes and timelines will remain the same. In FY 2015, the administration of TEAP will be through the Local Programs group.<br />
<br />
9/27/13: In [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.6.1 Utility Relocations|EPG 136.7.2.6.1 Utility Relocations]], new guidance has been provided for the Utility Status Letter to be prepared by the LPA. <br />
<br />
9/24/13: The format, not the content, of [[media:136.4.7 Sept 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.7, Sample Solicitation & Sample Scope of Services]] was updated.<br />
<br />
9/23/13: In [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award#136.10.8 Award|EPG 136.10.8 Award]], guidance including three new files was added to provide sufficient documentation so LPA can produce an actual contract. Also, [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate ]] was updated to include sample contract forms.<br />
<br />
9/20/13: In the EPG 136.6 sidebar, at the top of the article, a link to the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation's [http://www.achp.gov/apptoolkit.html Section 106 Applicant Toolkit] was added under "Other Figures and Information for EPG 136.6". It applies to all federally funded or permitted projects, and gives a good background on the Section 106 process.<br />
<br />
9/18/13: A typo was corrected in [[media:136.9.5 2013.doc|Fig. 136.9.5, LPA Certification of PS&E]].<br />
<br />
9/12/13: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification|EPG 136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification]], the link to the ''Uniform Audit & Accounting Guide'' was updated to the 2012 edition of this publication. <br />
<br />
9/11/13: Very minor editorial revisions were made to Figs. [[media:136.4.9 Sept 2013.doc|136.4.9 (Local Sponsor ESC Sample Cover Letter)]], [[media:136.8.25 Sept 2013.doc|136.8.25 (Sample Donation Letter & Waiver of Appraisal)]], [[media:136.8.26 Sept 2013.doc|136.8.26 (Sample Letter Offer – Pay Estimate)]] and [[media:136.8.27 Sept 2013.doc|136.8.27 (Sample Letter Offer – Value Finding)]].<br />
<br />
9/9/13: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification|EPG 136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification]], a note was added to Point #2 to clarify whether the Certificate of Authority is required.<br />
<br />
9/6/13: In [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]], several forms ([[media:136.8.25 2013.doc|Form 136.8.25 Sample Donation Letter & Waiver of Appraisal]], [[media:136.8.26 2013.doc|Form 136.8.26 Sample Letter Offer – Pay Estimate]] and [[media:136.8.27 2013.doc|Form 136.8.27 Sample Letter Offer – Value Finding]]) were updated due to a request from FHWA.<br />
<br />
9/5/13: A minor clarification was made in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.4_Consultant_Selection_and_Consultant_Contract_Management#136.4.1.5_Consultant_Qualification EPG 136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification]. Point #2 was expanded to show that the consultant will be required to have a Certificate of Good Standing and hold a certification of authority from the MO Board for Architects, Professional Engineers, Professional Land Surveyors and Landscape Architects.<br />
<br />
8/21/13: At the bottom of [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.8 Stormwater and Erosion Control|EPG 136.6.4.8 Stormwater and Erosion Control]], a minor reference to EPG 806.8 SWPPP was added for greater convenience.<br />
<br />
8/20/13: The [http://moltap.org/ Missouri Local Technical Assistance Program] link was updated in EPG 136.12.3.3.<br />
<br />
8/19/13: The link to newest 7/2012 [http://www.modot.org/business/contractor_resources/documents/RequesttoSubcontract_C-220.pdf Request to Subcontract Work Form] was updated in EPG 136.11.8.<br />
<br />
8/12/13: For greater convenience, links to [http://www.modot.org/newsandinfo/functionalclassificationmaps/index.htm "functional classification"] have been added to [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics|EPG 136.3 Federal Aid Basics]]. <br />
<br />
8/6/13: Subconsultant requirements were updated in [[media:Fig. 136.4.14 Aug 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.14, Checklist for reviewing Consultant Contracts]]. <br />
<br />
7/12/13: The [[media:Fig.136.3.19 2019.pdf|BEAP Consultant List]] was updated.<br />
<br />
7/11/13: Revisions made to [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.7.3.1 Subconsultant cost exceeding $25,000|EPG 136.4.2.7.3.1 Subconsultant cost exceeding $25,000]] and [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.9 MoDOT Review of Consultant Contract|EPG 136.4.2.9 MoDOT Review of Consultant Contract]] result from MoDOT's Audits and Investigation Division ceasing the pre-negotiations reviews and shifting the reviews to project managers and/or contract administrators. Also updated the checklist in [[media:Fig. 136.4.14 July 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.14, Checklist for reviewing Consultant Contracts]] to be more helpful.<br />
<br />
7/8/13: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.7.3 Subconsultants|EPG 136.4.2.7.3 Subconsultants]], the MRC form was replaced with the new Consultant Certification of Indirect Cost form.<br />
<br />
7/5/13: Fig. 136.3.20, BEAP Project Tracking Form, was updated.<br />
<br />
6/26/13: Some minor formatting issues were addressed in [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 June 26, 2013.docx|Fig. 136.4.1, Engineering Services Contract ]].<br />
<br />
6/25/13: EPG 754 BEAP info was slightly modified and moved to [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.10 Bridge Engineering Assistance Program (BEAP)|EPG 136.3.8.10 Bridge Engineering Assistance Program (BEAP)]].<br />
<br />
6/25/13: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.1.1 Federal Law|EPG 136.4.1.1 Federal Law]], a minor clarification of the italicized text from "federally funded projects" to "projects that utilize Federal Aid Highway Program funds for engineering". Also, in [[media:136.4.10 2013.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.10, LPA Consultant Services Invoice]], more spaces were added for direct salaries in the invoice.<br />
<br />
6/18/13: Three links (to BRO and Soft Match Balances, DBE Submittal Forms and Disadvantaged Business Enterprises) were removed from EPG 136.12.3.2. Also, EPG 136.12 Figures and Glossary was retitled to [[136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links|EPG 136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links]].<br />
<br />
6/17/3: In [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]], the acceptance for provision for asphalt cement price index, seal coat price index, underseal price index and UBAWS membrane price index was updated.<br />
<br />
6/13/13: In [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#Program Comment for Post-1945 Common Bridge Types.|EPG 136.6.4.1.1 Step 1, Determine Need for Cultural Resource Investigations]], Post-1945 Bridge information was added to allow the exemption of some bridges from the Sec 106 review. <br />
<br />
6/11/13: Incorrect references to "consultant" were replaced with "engineer" in [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 June 2013.docx|Fig. 136.4.1, Engineering Services Contract]].<br />
<br />
6/10/13: An updated table of approved Missouri Scenic Byways was added to [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.8.2 Project Eligibility and Selection|EPG 136.3.8.8.2 Project Eligibility and Selection]]. Also, in both [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award#136.10.7.1.1 Responsive Bid|EPG 136.10.7.1.1 Responsive Bid]] and [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award#136.10.7.3.3 DBE Submittal Form Review|EPG 136.10.7.3.3 DBE Submittal Form Review]], the DBE requirements at bid opening were clarified.<br />
<br />
6/6/13: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.5 Step 4 - Response to the RFQ|EPG 136.4.2.5 Step 4 - Response to the RFQ]], the requirement to send the e-verify with each letter of interest was removed. MoDOT now requires firms to be prequalified and part of prequalification is the e-verification of documents. Also, a minor correction was made to the revision date of [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]].<br />
<br />
6/5/13: The [http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/documents/StandardConsultantPrequalificationProcess.pdf How-To Tutorial for MoDOT's Consultant Standard Prequalification Process] is now available. Also now available are links to the [http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/standard_prequalification_process.htm Standard Prequalification Process] and [http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/documents/SAFEHARBORELIGIBILITYREQUIREMENTS_004.pdf Safe Harbor Indirect Cost Rate (SHR) Prequalification Process].<br />
<br />
6/4/13: A minor correction was made to [[media:136.6.8 2013.doc|Fig. 136.6.8, LPA Section 4(f) Compliance Worksheet for Public Lands]]. (In the figure, Item 13 was changed to Item 15 under Question 5.) Also, the link to the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%206_Appraisal%20and%20Appraisal%20Review/Roster%20of%20Approved%20Contract%20Appraisers.pdf Roster of Approved Contract Appraisers] was updated in [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]].<br />
<br />
5/31/13: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.7.3.2 Subconsultant cost NOT exceeding $25,000|EPG 136.4.2.7.3.2 Subconsultant cost NOT exceeding $25,000]], new guidance clarified that a subconsultant charging less than $25K must also submit the Management Representation and Certification Form.<br />
<br />
5/30/13: Information was added to [[media:136.4.7 May 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.7, Sample Solicitation & Sample Scope of Services]] and [[media:Fig. 136.4.14 May 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.14, Checklist for reviewing Consultant Contracts]] ensuring hazardous waste inspections and reports were being done. Also, [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.4 Construction Engineering (CE) and Construction Administration|EPG 136.4.4 Construction Engineering (CE) and Construction Administration]] having links to EPG 136.11 was added. The former EPG 136.4.4 was renumbered as EPG 136.4.5 Key Submittals/Requirements. Finally, a minor revision was made to [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]].<br />
<br />
5/21/13: In [[136.7 Design#136.7.6 Public Hearings|EPG 136.7.6 Public Hearings]], it was clarified that the approved preliminary plan is to be available for public viewing/display during the 21-day advertisement period.<br />
<br />
5/17/13: Minor clarification was added to [[media:136.9.1 May 17, 2013.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1, Final PS&E Submittal Checklist]], and [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]].<br />
<br />
5/16/13: New guidance about contract execution timeframe has been provided in [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.7.5 Contract Execution|EPG 136.4.2.7.5 Contract Execution]].<br />
<br />
5/16/13: [[media:110.2 checklist 2013.pdf|Fig. 136.11.13, Job Bulletin Board Checklist]], was updated. Also, guidance for selecting and scoring consultants was added to the bottom of [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.6 Step 5 - Selection of Consultant|EPG 136.4.2.6 Step 5 - Selection of Consultant]].<br />
<br />
5/15/13: Fig 136.4.8, District Representative ESC Cover Letter, was removed since this form is no longer required.<br />
<br />
5/14/13: The name of a figure was updated in [[media:136.9.1 May 2013.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1, Final PS&E Submittal Checklist]].<br />
<br />
5/10/13: At the bottom of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.3_Federal_Aid_Basics#136.3.8.2.2_Project_Eligibility_and_Selection EPG 136.3.8.2.2], [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.3_Federal_Aid_Basics#136.3.8.3.2_Project_Eligibility_and_Selection EPG 136.3.8.3.2] and [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.3_Federal_Aid_Basics#136.3.8.5.2_Project_Eligibility_and_Selection EPG 136.3.8.5.2], convenient links for additional guidance for STP and CMAQ funds were added to guidance having to do with project eligibility and selection.<br />
<br />
5/9/13: In [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]], the checkbox for "all e-verify information" on the bidders checklist was removed since the e-verify information is only a requirement prior to award and is not required to be submitted with the bids.<br />
<br />
5/3/13: In [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award#136.10.8 Award|EPG 136.10.8 Award]], expanded and clarified guidance for what the LPA should submit to the district after the LPA executes the contract. Also, a minor clarification was made to the title of [[media:136.11.1 2013.doc|Fig. 136.11.1]], General Guideline for LPA Preconstruction Conference.<br />
<br />
5/2/13: A very minor update was made to [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 May 2013.docx|Fig. 136.4.1 ESC]]. Also, in [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]], updated the links to both the Roster of Approved Contract Appraisers and Roster of Approved Contract Negotiators.<br />
<br />
4/30/13: [[media:136.4.7 Apr 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.7, Sample Solicitation & Sample Scope of Services]], was updated with a minor revision.<br />
<br />
4/22/13: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.9_Commercially_Useful_Function_.28CUF.29 EPG 136.11.9 Commercially Useful Function (CUF)], the latest version of the [[media:146 CUF 2015.pdf|CUF Determination form]] has been provided by MoDOT's External Civil Rights Division.<br />
<br />
4/15/13: A convenient link to CUF red flags was added in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.9_Commercially_Useful_Function_.28CUF.29 EPG 136.11.9 CUF]. Also, guidance was added in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.20_Project_Closeout_Certifications EPG 136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications, 4b] for the LPA to provide documentation that each DBA was paid in full. This type of DBE documentation may include a letter, e-mail or copies of reimbursement checks.<br />
<br />
4/15/13: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.12_Figures_and_Glossary#136.12.3.2.1_Commonly_Used_Forms EPG 136.12.3.2.1 Commonly Used Forms], the [[media:136.12.3.3.1 Obligation Request Form 2013.docx|Obligation Request Form]] was updated with a very minor revision.<br />
<br />
4/4/13: Some references within the checklist of [[media:Fig. 136.4.14 Apr 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.14, Checklist for reviewing Consultant Contracts]], were updated.<br />
<br />
4/2/13: A very minor update (a new logo) was made to [[media:Fig. 136.4.8 Apr 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.8, District Representative ESC Cover Letter]].<br />
<br />
3/27/13: A very minor update was made to [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 Mar 2013.docx|Fig. 136.4.1 ESC]].<br />
<br />
3/20/13: [[media:Fig. 136.4.14 Mar 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.14, Checklist for Reviewing Consultant Contracts]], was revised with updated document references.<br />
<br />
3/12/13: Information regarding the page limits for the letter of interest was updated in [[media:136.4.7 Mar 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.7]].<br />
<br />
2/28/13: In [[media:136.4.9 Feb 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.9]], a sentence was added regarding a city not being staffed to do engineering work and the need to hire a consultant.<br />
<br />
2/26/13: [[media:136.4.7 Feb 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.7, Sample Solicitation & Sample Scope of Services]] was updated to include "right of way plans" in the sample scope of services.<br />
<br />
2/25/13: [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.12 Construction Administration|EPG 136.11.12 Construction Administration]] was re-titled (from "EPG 136.11.12 Consultant Construction Engineering Services") and expanded to give more guidance on construction administration expectations. <br />
<br />
2/21/13: [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.2.10 ADA Checklist|EPG 136.9.2.10]] was retitled "ADA Checklist" (from "ADA Certification and Checklist"), a minor change.<br />
<br />
2/8/13: [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3]] was updated with minor corrections.<br />
<br />
2/4/13: In [[media:136.4.11 Feb 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.11]], the conflict of interest line item was added.<br />
<br />
2/4/13: In [[136.1 Introduction#136.1.2.2 Project Sponsor Eligibility|EPG 136.1.2.2 Project Sponsor Eligibility]], the definition of an eligible sponsor for federal aid transportation projects was clarified. This change allows MoDOT to focus our limited resources on public agencies that have public accountability and typically have the internal structure and knowledge to deliver a federal aid project. Project sponsors must be a city, county or transportation related government agency to be eligible to administer a federal aid transportation project. All other entities including, but not limited to, school districts and not-for-profit agencies must partner with a city or county to apply for and/or administer a federal aid transportation project.<br />
<br />
2/1/13: [[media:136.9.1 2013.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1]] updated to remove the requirement for ADA certification. Also, Fig. 136.9.12 (ADA Certification) deleted and incorporated into [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 2013.docx|Fig. 136.4.1 Engineering Services Contract]].<br />
<br />
2/1/13: In several locations in EPG 136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management, clarification of the criteria for prequalifying a consultant for MoDOT and LPA work. Info that was added back on 11/1/12 was removed, among other updates to [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification|EPG 136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification]], [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.1.6 Conflict of Interest|EPG 136.4.1.6 Conflict of Interest]], [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.5 Step 4 - Response to the RFQ|EPG 136.4.2.5 Step 4 - Response to the RFQ]] and [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.6 Step 5 - Selection of Consultant|EPG 136.4.2.6 Step 5 - Selection of Consultant]]. Also, Figs. [[media:136.4.7 2013.doc|136.4.7]], [[media:Fig. 136.4.8 2013.doc|136.4.8]], [[media:136.4.9 2013.doc|136.4.9]], [[media:136.4.11 2013.doc|136.4.11]] and [[media:Fig. 136.4.14 2013.doc|136.4.14]] were updated to reflect the new consultant prequalification requirements. The ''How to Evaluate'' PowerPoint tutorial was updated. Finally, [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 2013.docx|Fig. 136.4.1 Engineering Services Contract]] was updated to include the following sections:<br />
:* Added prompt payment language<br />
:* Added suspension and termination language<br />
:* Added lobbying certification language<br />
:* Added OPTIONAL insurance language<br />
:* Added the Conflict of Interest Form as Attachment G<br />
:* Added ADA certification language (no longer have to use a separate ADA certification form, which was Fig. 136.9.12).<br />
<br />
1/29/13: In EPG 136.7.2.4.2, the old Fig. 136.9.4 was updated to the correct, current figure.<br />
<br />
1/28/13: In Item "b" of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.1.2_Step_2.2C_Cultural_Resource_Investigations Step 2a. The Cultural Resource Survey] in 136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements, guidance has been added to conveniently provide SHPO architectural survey info.<br />
<br />
1/22/13: A very minor clarification to [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.3_Federal_Aid_Basics#136.3.12.4.4_Submittal_Requirements EPG 136.3.12.4.4] (a reference to Fig. 136.3.17 was added).<br />
<br />
1/17/13: [[media:136.9.11.pdf|Fig. 136.9.11, Example Estimate]], has been added. This estimate is broken down into the required categories for payment.<br />
<br />
1/16/13: Some of the verbiage in the second paragraph of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.4_Consultant_Selection_and_Consultant_Contract_Management#136.4.2.11_CE_Funding_Obligation EPG 136.4.2.11 CE Funding Obligation] was clarified.<br />
<br />
1/15/13: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.15.1 Change Order Documentation|EPG 136.11.15.1 Change Order Documentation]], guidance about whether re-designs are eligible for federal participation was clarified. A similar, smaller clarification was also made in #7 of [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.15 Reimbursement and Auditing|EPG 136.3.15 Reimbursement and Auditing]].<br />
<br />
12/27/12: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction|EPG 136.11 Local Public Agency Construction]], updated references to Fig. 136.11.9 from "Contractor Certification" to "Contractor DBE Certification".<br />
<br />
12/21/12: A note was added to [[media:136.4.17 Dec 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.17]] about PE ceiling or CE ceiling amounts.<br />
<br />
12/10/12: [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.4.1.1.11_E-Verify_Affidavit_.26_MOU_.28RsMO_285.530.29 EPG 136.9.4.1.1.11 E-Verify Affidavit & MOU] was updated. (The bid proposal must now state that the E-verify affidavit and MOU must be submitted prior to award of the contract.) Also [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]] was clarified on the use of bid bond forms and when worker eligibility documents must be submitted.<br />
<br />
12/5/12: Item 78 in [[media:136.9.1 Dec 5, 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1]] was updated with a minor revision to match the Obligation Request Form categories.<br />
<br />
11/27/12: [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.7_Design#136.7.3.1.2.1.4_Lump_Sum_Items EPG 136.7.3.1.2.1.4 Lump Sum Items] was clarified by stating that spec lump sum items do not require a JSP. <br />
<br />
11/26/12: Several minor clarifications were made to [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management|EPG 136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management]]. The most notable clarifications were made to [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.1.3.2 Preliminary Engineering Activities by Local Forces|EPG 136.4.1.3.2 Preliminary Engineering Activities by Local Forces]] (about when the LPA is not requesting reimbursement for the in-house design services), [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.6 Step 5 - Selection of Consultant|EPG 136.4.2.6 Step 5 - Selection of Consultant]] (about rating as many firms as necessary), [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.7.3 Subconsultants|EPG 136.4.2.7.3 Subconsultants]] (about encouraging subconsultants to be prequalified), [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.3.1 Payments/Invoicing|EPG 136.4.3.1 Payments/Invoicing]] (adding that each invoice must show the total DBE payments for the particular invoice) and [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.3.2 Supplemental Agreements|EPG 136.4.3.2 Supplemental Agreements]] (about LPA responsibility to fund the work).<br />
<br />
11/21/12: Minor updates were made to Figs. [[media:136.4.11 2012.doc|136.4.11]] and [[media:Fig. 136.4.14 Nov 2012.doc|136.4.14]].<br />
<br />
11/19/12: In EPG 136.11.2 Work by LPA Forces, the [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/1273/1273.pdf link to FHWA Fom 1273] was updated.<br />
<br />
11/15/12: [[media:136.4.10 Nov 15, 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.10, LPA Consultant Services Invoice]], was updated to expand the DBE information.<br />
<br />
11/2/12: LPAs' website advertisement opportunities were expanded in the first paragraph of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.10_Advertisement_for_Bid_and_Project_Award#136.10.3_Bid_Opening_Advertisement EPG 136.10.3 Bid Opening Advertisement ].<br />
<br />
11/1/12: Guidance was added to [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#6. Bridge Consultants Only:|EPG 136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification, #6 Bridge Consultants Only]] that the Bridge Experience Profile and Personal Bridge Experience Record forms must be updated every 3 years. <br />
<br />
10/25/12: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.4_Consultant_Selection_and_Consultant_Contract_Management#136.4.2.7.2_Basis_of_Payment EPG 136.4.2.7.2 Basis of Payment], changed the mileage reimbursable rates from the IRS rate to GSA's current POV Mileage Reimbursable Rate. Also updated [[media:Fig. 136.4.14 2012.doc|Fig. 136.4.14]] to reflect this change.<br />
<br />
10/23/12: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.12_Figures_and_Glossary#136.12.3.2.1_Commonly_Used_Forms EPG 136.12.3.2.1 Commonly Used Forms], removed Fig. 136.12, Sample Form for Submitting Invoices from the gray "Forms and Information" box. This form was out-of-date and has been relabeled elsewhere.<br />
<br />
10/22/12: [[media:136.9.12 Oct 2012.doc|Fig. 136.9.12's]] cross slope compliance guidance was slightly modified.<br />
<br />
10/12/12: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.3.3 Consultant Performance Appraisals|EPG 136.4.3.3 Consultant Performance Appraisals]], guidance was clarified on how to document consultant evaluations.<br />
<br />
10/11/12: A minor typo update was made to [[media:136.8.8 2012.doc|Form 136.8.8]]. <br />
<br />
10/10/12: A minor change was made to [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]], clarifying that the E-verify information must be submitted with each bid.<br />
<br />
10/5/12: [[media:136.4.10 Oct 5, 2012.xlsx|Figs. 136.4.10]] and [[media:136.4.17 Oct 5, 2012.xlsx|136.4.17]] were updated. In Fig. 136.4.10, more cells were locked and Cell C68 was updated, while in Fig. 136.4.17, commentary was added on how to fill out Section 2 of the invoice. Also, in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics|EPG 136.3 Federal Aid Basics]] the "How To" PowerPoint, [[media:136.4.2.3 How to Develop a Winning Project Application.ppt|How to Develop a Winning Project Application]], was added.<br />
<br />
10/1/12: In [[media:136.4.10 Oct 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.10]], changed cells to have 2 decimal points instead of none. In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.10_Hazardous_Waste EPG 136.6.4.10], minor clarifications were made about including inspection reports in the bid proposal. In [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)|EPG 136.9]], minor clarifications were made to [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.2.1_Environmental.2C_Historical_and_Cultural_Requirements EPG 136.9.2.1] and [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.4.1.1.4_Certifications_Regarding_Affirmative_Action_and_Equal_Opportunity 136.9.4.1.1.4] about including all hazardous waste reports and changing the timeline for submitting subcontractor affirmative action certification prior to the notice to proceed for construction, respectively. In [[media:136.9.1 Sept 28, 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1]], a line item was added for Asbestos and Lead Paint Inspection Reports that need to be a part of the bid book. In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction|EPG 136.11]], a requirement for Hazardous Waste Notifications was added to [[media:136.11.1 Sept 2012.doc|Fig. 136.11.1]]. <br />
<br />
9/25/12: [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3]] was revised by adding a revision date and a statement on project award.<br />
<br />
9/24/12: A minor clarification was made to [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.4.1.1.15_Disadvantaged_Business_Enterprise_.28DBE.29_.2849_CFR_Part_26.29 EPG 136.9.4.1.1.15] about the DBE goal applying to the entire federally-funded project. Also, a very minor update was made to [[media:136.9.1 Sept 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1]].<br />
<br />
9/5/12: Three figures, [[media:136.4.10 Sept 5, 2012.xlsx|136.4.10]], [[media:136.4.17 Sept 2012.xlsx|136.4.17]] and [[media:136.4.18 Sept 5, 2012.docx|136.4.18]], were updated with minor revisions.<br />
<br />
9/4/12: The ADA Checklist, Fig. 136.9.4, was updated, replacing the old "ADA Post-Construction" and "Post-Inspection" Checklist. The new ADA Checklist presents expanded information to comply with the US Access Board's PROWAG 2005 and 2010 ADA/ABA standards. Also, [[media:136.4.10 Sept 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.10]] was updated with a minor revision.<br />
<br />
8/30/12: Under "Federal-Aid Essential Videos" in the gray box at the top of [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management|EPG 136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management]], the "Federal-Aid Program Overview" video was replaced with three other videos.<br />
<br />
8/29/12: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.4_Consultant_Selection_and_Consultant_Contract_Management#136.4.1.5_Consultant_Qualification EPG 136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification], guidance was clarified for consultant qualification.<br />
<br />
8/29/12: DBE requirement guidance was clarified in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.4_Consultant_Selection_and_Consultant_Contract_Management#136.4.3.2_Supplemental_Agreements EPG 136.4.3.2 Supplemental Agreements]. <br />
<br />
8/27/12: Links to various FHWA videos were added to the gray boxes at the top of several articles (including [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics|EPG 136.3 Federal Aid Basics]], [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management|EPG 136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management]], [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements|EPG 136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements]], [[136.7 Design|EPG 136.7 Design]], [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 LPA Land Acquisition]], [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)|EPG 136.9 PSE]], [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award|EPG 136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award]] and [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction|EPG 136.11 LPA Construction]]).<br />
<br />
8/22/12: The invoice template guidance was clarified and slightly expanded in the "Invoice Detail" portion of [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.3.1 Payments/Invoicing|EPG 136.4.3.1 Payments/Invoicing]].<br />
<br />
8/20/12: Fig. 136.9.1 was revised with a minor update.<br />
<br />
8/9/12: [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3]] (Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate) was updated.<br />
<br />
7/31/12: Revised [[media:136.4.10 July 31, 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.10]] and [[media:136.4.18 July 2012.docx|Fig. 136.4.18]] with minor updates.<br />
<br />
7/30/12: In [[136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links#136.12.3.2.1 Commonly Used Forms|EPG 136.12.3.2.1]], the link to FHWA Form 1273 was updated. The new link is the same as the current link to this form in EPG 136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE).<br />
<br />
7/23/12: [[media:136.4.10 July 23, 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.10, LPA Consultant Services Invoice]], was updated with a minor revision.<br />
<br />
7/23/12: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.4_Consultant_Selection_and_Consultant_Contract_Management#136.4.2.4.1_Advertising_on_MoDOT.E2.80.99s_Site EPG 136.4.2.4.1 Advertising on MoDOT’s Site], guidance was clarified by adding "When advertising on MoDOT's website, the LPA can choose to also advertise in a newspaper but it is not required."<br />
<br />
7/18/12: Several links were updated and references to form attachments were updated in [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management|EPG 136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management]]. Also, [[media:Fig. 136.4.1.docx|Fig. 136.4.1]] had minor clarifications and [[media:136.4.17 July 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.17]] had one minor update.<br />
<br />
7/17/12: [[media:136.4.10 July 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.10]] was updated with minor changes.<br />
<br />
7/17/12: A clarification in the second paragraph of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.2.3_Utility_Status EPG 136.9.2.3 Utility Status]: "bid opening" was replaced with "construction obligation".<br />
<br />
7/12/12: Figs. 136.4.18 and 136.9.1 were updated with minor corrections.<br />
<br />
7/6/12: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management|EPG 136.4]], Figs. 136.4.10 and 136.4.17 were updated as xlsx files.<br />
<br />
7/2/12: [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/1273/1273.pdf Fig. 136.9.7, Required Contract Provision], was updated.<br />
<br />
6/25/12: Fig. 136.5.4, Non-Infrastructure Obligation Request Form, was made available in [[136.5 Non-Infrastructure|EPG 136.5 Non-Infrastructure]].<br />
<br />
6/19/20: In EPG 136.4, the "How To" tutorial [[media:136.4 How to Evaluate.ppt|How to Evaluate Consultant Proposals, Complete Rating Sheets and Make a Selection]] was added. Also, minor updates were done to [[media:136.4.10 June 20, 2012.doc|Fig. 136.4.10, LPA Consultant Services Invoice]].<br />
<br />
6/14/12: In [[136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links#136.12.1 Figures|EPG 136.12.1 Figures]] and [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 LPA Land Acquisition]], the Roster of Approved Contract Appraisers was updated so that LPAs can access it. Also, the Roster of Approved Contract Negotiators was added.<br />
<br />
6/12/12: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.10.2_Painting_Bridges_and_Demolition_of_Painted_Structures EPG 136.6.4.10.2 Painting Bridges and Demolition of Painted Surfaces], a process change has been required by MoDOT's signing an MOU with DHSS. For any lead testing activity, the contractor must be licensed as a lead abatement contractor and the contractor must provide the proper notification(s) to DHSS. <br />
<br />
6/11/12: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.10.1_Renovation_and_Demolition_of_Structures EPG 136.6.4.10.1 Renovation and Demolition of Structures], the use of an Asbestos Building Inspector was specified rather than "a certified asbestos inspector". Also, in [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management|EPG 136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management]], Figs. 136.4.10 and 136.4.18 were updated.<br />
<br />
6/6/12: Fig. 136.11.6 was clarified so that which form is being filled out and which of the other two figures comprising each half when the contractor fills it out are now clearly indicated. <br />
<br />
6/4/12: A small clarification was made in Fig. 136.9.12.<br />
<br />
5/25/12: Fig. 136.9.1 was updated with minor clarifications. Also, [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.2.11_PS.26E_Certification EPG 136.9.2.11] was added to further clarify the PS&E certification.<br />
<br />
5/21/12: Several minor corrections of references to Federal Bid Proposal Boilerplate sections in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.4.1.1.4_Certifications_Regarding_Affirmative_Action_and_Equal_Opportunity EPG 136.9.4.1.1.4] through [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.4.1.1.7_Lobbying_Certification_.2849_CFR_part_20.29 EPG 136.9.4.1.1.7].<br />
<br />
5/17/12: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.2_National_Environmental_Policy_Act_.28NEPA.29_Classification EPG 136.6.2 NEPA Classification], the info about the three-year shelf life of the NEPA was clarified. In [[136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links#136.12.3.2.1 Commonly Used Forms|EPG 136.12.3.2.1 Commonly Used Forms]], the Obligation Request Form was updated. Also, Fig. 136.3.17 Work by Local Forces Proposal was updated.<br />
<br />
5/11/12: A useful PowerPoint tutorial, "How to Complete the RFQ and Get it Advertised", is now available in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.4_Consultant_Selection_and_Consultant_Contract_Management#136.4.2.3_Step_2_-_Creating_an_RFQ_Document EPG 136.4.2.3]. <br />
<br />
5/10/12: Fig. 136.9.1 was updated with minor clarifications. Also, there were minor corrections to [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.10_Advertisement_for_Bid_and_Project_Award#136.10.6.1_Certification_Regarding_Anti-collusion EPG 136.10.6.1], [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.10_Advertisement_for_Bid_and_Project_Award#136.10.6.2_Certification_Regarding_Use_of_Contract_Funds_for_Lobbying EPG 136.10.6.2], [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.10_Advertisement_for_Bid_and_Project_Award#136.10.6.3_Certification_Regarding_Debarment_and_Suspension EPG 136.10.6.3] and [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.10_Advertisement_for_Bid_and_Project_Award#136.10.6.4_Certifications_Regarding_Affirmative_Action_and_Equal_Opportunity EPG 136.10.6.4].<br />
<br />
5/3/12: Updated [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]].<br />
<br />
4/30/12: [[media:136.9.1.xls|Fig. 136.9.1]] updated as an Excel file.<br />
<br />
4/30/12: Two new figures (Figs. 136.11.14 and 136.11.15) and associated guidance were added to [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.3_Federal_Aid_Basics#136.3.7.3_Progress_Invoices EPG 136.3.7.3 Progress Invoices] and [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.13.3_Invoices EPG 136.11.13.3 Invoices].<br />
<br />
4/30/12: Because the info required by Fig. 136.3.1 Programming Data was split between it and Fig. 136.6.4 LPA Request for Env'l Review, the guidance for programming projects was revised. Note changes in the table in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.7.1 Procedures|EPG 136.3.7.1]], new guidance in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8 Programs|EPG 136.3.8 Programs]] and shortened guidance in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.1.3 Project Programming|EPG 136.3.8.1.3]], [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.2.3 Project Programming|EPG 136.3.8.2.3]], [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.3.3 Project Programming|EPG 136.3.8.3.3]], [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.5.3.1 Roadway Type Projects|EPG 136.8.5.3.1]] and [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.5.3.2 Non-Infrastructure Projects|EPG 136.3.8.5.3.2]].<br />
<br />
4/27/12: The guidance on the need for an erosion control plan was clarified in the first paragraph of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.8_Stormwater_and_Erosion_Control EPG 136.6.4.8 Stormwater and Erosion Control]. In the third paragraph of EPG 136.6.4.8, it was further clarified that the SWPPP does not need to be site-specific, but the erosion control plan does need to be site-specific.<br />
<br />
4/24/12: Comments from the Corps of Engineers have clarified guidance in both [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.3_Section_404_Permits_for_Wetlands_and_Streams EPG 136.6.4.3 Section 404 Permits for Wetlands and Streams] and [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.4_Channel_Modification EPG 136.6.4.4 Channel Modification].<br />
<br />
4/24/12: Several "How To" PowerPoint tutorials were added to EPG 136 LPA Policy articles. View these new tutorials at the bottom of the large, gray "Figure" boxes at the top of [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#PowerPoint Tutorials|EPG 136.6]], [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#PowerPoint Tutorials|EPG 136.8]] and [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#PowerPoint Tutorials|EPG 136.11]].<br />
<br />
4/23/12: EPG 136 was generally re-written following thorough research. Please check the entire contents of any EPG 136 article you may be consulting so as not to miss any policy changes.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Category:136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy|136.13]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Recent_Policy_Changes_in_the_EPG&diff=51627Recent Policy Changes in the EPG2022-06-21T18:36:28Z<p>Smithk: EPG 902.6 and ADA Checklist</p>
<hr />
<div><div style="padding-bottom: .3em; margin: 0 .5em .5em"></div><br />
{| cellspacing="3" <br />
|valign="top" cellspacinepgg="0" cellpadding="5" style="border: 1px solid #74BAAC; background:#DCEDEA"|<br />
'''Pushbutton Locations'''<br />
<br />
6/15/22: In [[902.6 Pedestrian Control Features (MUTCD Chapter 4E)#902.6.8 Pedestrian Detectors (MUTCD Section 4E.08)|EPG 902.6.8 Pedestrian Detectors]] and in the [[media:ADA_Checklist_061522.pdf|ADA Checklist]], guidance has been updated to reflect the minimum distance of pushbuttons from the curb line has been returned to 30 inches.<br />
<br />
'''[[236.5 Property Management#236.5.25.5 Risk Assessment|EPG 236.5.25.5 Risk Assessment]]'''<br />
<br />
6/3/22: Sovereign immunity limits increased in January 2022 and MoDOT's per occurrence coverage increased from $3.0 M to $3.5 M.<br />
<br />
'''Concrete Diaphragms on Bridges'''<br />
<br />
6/1/22: In [[751.11 Bearings#751.11.3.6 Girder/Beam Chairs|EPG 751.11.3.6 Girder/Beam Chairs]], [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.3.5 Strands at Girder Ends|EPG 751.22.3.5 Strands at Girder Ends]] and [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.3.7 Closed Concrete Intermediate Diaphragms|EPG 751.22.3.7 Closed Concrete Intermediate Diaphragms through EPG 751.22.3.11 Steel Intermediate Diaphragms]], guidance was revised to decrease the footprint of girder/beam chairs, clarify and expand concrete diaphragm details to incorporate larger girders, and remove web coil ties in bulb-tees and NU girders to reflect the recent change to standard drawings.<br />
<br />
'''[[907.8 Speed Trailers Deployed by Others|EPG 907.8 Speed Trailers Deployed by Others]]'''<br />
<br />
5/20/22: This new article provides guidance for speed trailer deployment to aid local law enforcement in the proper use of these devices. <br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:941 Permits and Access Requests#941.10 Automated License Plate Readers and Pan-Tilt-Zoom Cameras|EPG 941.10 Automated License Plate Readers and Pan-Tilt-Zoom Cameras]]'''<br />
<br />
5/20/22: Guidance for the License Plate Reader (LPR) was clarified and expanded for proper LPR installations as identified through processing initial requests.<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:747 Bridge Reports and Layouts#747.2.2.4 HEC-RAS GEO Files for Stream Crossings|EPG 747.2.2.4 HEC-RAS GEO Files for Stream Crossings]]'''<br />
<br />
5/19/22: This subarticle was retitled and its guidance updated to reflect the current use of the "HEC-RAS Convertor for Open Roads Designer" spreadsheet.<br />
<br />
'''Contract Leveling Course and Seal Coat Guidelines and Book Job Guidelines'''<br />
<br />
5/16/22: The guidelines, book job guidelines, JSP packages, book job JSP packages and contractor pdf files were updated in [[:Category:402 Bituminous Surface Leveling|EPG 402 Bituminous Surface Leveling]] and [[:Category:409 Seal Coat|EPG 409 Seal Coat]].<br />
<br />
'''[[751.9 LFD Seismic#751.9.3.1.1 Anchor Bolts|EPG 751.9.3.1.1 Anchor Bolts through EPG 751.9.3.1.4 Concrete Shear Blocks]], [[751.11 Bearings#Anchor Bolts|EPG 751.11.2.1 Elastomeric Bearings]], [[751.11 Bearings#751.11.3.5 Anchor Bolts|EPG 751.11.3.5 Anchor Bolts]], [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.2.7 Dowel Bars|EPG 751.22.2.7 Dowel Bars]] and [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.3.14 Concrete Shear Blocks|EPG 751.22.3.14 Concrete Shear Blocks]]'''<br />
<br />
5/11/22: Guidance for the design of bearing anchor bolt, dowel bar and shear block has been expanded and clarified.<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:105 Control of Work#105.15 Project Acceptance|EPG 105.15 Project Acceptance]]'''<br />
<br />
4/29/22: Guidance for project acceptance has been clarified and updated to current practice in EPG 105.15, [[:Category:108 Prosecution and Progress#8. Date of Final Inspection|EPG 108.16.1 Informational Dates]] and [[:Category:109 Measurement and Payment#109.8 Final Acceptance and Payment (for Sec 109.8)|EPG 109.8 Final Acceptance and Payment]].<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:712 Structural Steel Construction#712.1.4.1.3 Shear Connector Welding|EPG 712.1.4 Welding]]'''<br />
<br />
4/21/22: Guidance for stud welding has been updated to align with Sec 712.6.3. Also, outdated references to field welder cards has been removed.<br />
<br />
'''Construction Inspection Guidance for Records to be Maintained'''<br />
<br />
4/20/22: [[:Category:137 Construction Inspection Guidance for Records to be Maintained#137.1 Location|EPG 137.1 Location]] and [[:Category:137 Construction Inspection Guidance for Records to be Maintained#137.6 Close Out Procedure for External CM SharePoint Quality Management Documents|EPG 137.6 Close Out Procedure for External CM SharePoint Quality Management Documents]] now present updated information about how CM Division stores electronic contract documents.<br />
<br />
'''[[903.3 Ground-Mounted Sign Supports#903.3.4.3 Perforated Square Steel Tube Posts (PSST)|EPG 903.3.4.3 Perforated Square Steel Tube Posts (PSST)]]'''<br />
<br />
4/20/22: Guidance for PSST anchor installations has been updated and clarified.<br />
<br />
'''Seeding, Mulching and Temporary Seeding'''<br />
<br />
4/20/22: Guidance in [[:Category:802 Mulching|EPG 802 Mulching]], [[:Category:805 Seeding|EPG 805 Seeding]], [[806.1 Erosion Control Measures|EPG 806.1 Erosion Control Measures]] and [[806.8 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)#806.8.6.3.7.1 Temporary Seeding and Mulching (MO Specifications Sec 802 and Sec 805)|EPG 806.8.6.3.7.1 Temporary Seeding and Mulching]] reflects the new standard seed mixes, fertilizer, and lime rates (as shown in the new [https://www.modot.org/media/37677 Standard Plan 805.00 Seeding]) to promote a more effective vegetative establishment, allowing for quicker project finalization. MoDOT is obligated to stabilize disturbed areas with permanent building materials or perennial vegetative cover to minimize erosion and sedimentation of disturbed areas. New guidance for cool season and warm season grasses is available. Mulching will not be required for final seeded areas where temporary seeding is planned for temporary stabilization of areas to receive warm season grasses. A new [[media:Table 805.2.4a.docx|Guide for Grass Species]] is available in [[:Category:805 Seeding#805.2.4 Acceptance (Sec 805.4)|EPG 805.2.4 Acceptance]] to assist with general inspection and acceptance of vegetative covers.<br />
<br />
'''Pre-MASH 2016 Temporary Traffic Control Device Sunset Dates'''<br />
<br />
4/20/22: Guidance in [[:Category:612 Impact Attenuators|EPG 612 Impact Attenuators]], [[616.6 Temporary Traffic Control Zone Devices (MUTCD 6F)#616.6.1 Types of Devices (MUTCD 6F.01)|EPG 616.6 Temporary Traffic Control Zone Devices]], [[616.18 Construction Inspection Guidelines for Sec 616#For Sec. 616.3.2|EPG 616.18 Construction Inspection Guidelines for Sec 616]], [[616.19 Quality Standards for Temporary Traffic Control Devices#https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=616.6_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Zone_Devices_%28MUTCD_6F%29#616.6.84_Temporary_Traffic_Control_Signals_.28MUTCD_6F.84.29|EPG 616.19 Quality Standards for Temporary Traffic Control Devices]], [[616.23 Traffic Control for Field Operations#616.23.2.5 Temporary Traffic Control Devices|EPG 616.23 Traffic Control for Field Operations]], [[617.1 Temporary Traffic Barriers|EPG 617.1 Temporary Traffic Barriers]], [[617.2 Construction Inspection Guidelines for Sec 617|EPG 617.2 Construction Inspection Guidelines for Sec 617]], [[:Category:1063 Temporary Traffic Control Devices#1063.2 Procedure|EPG 1063 Temporary Traffic Control Devices]] and [[:Category:1064 Temporary Concrete Traffic Barrier|EPG 1064 Temporary Concrete Traffic Barrier]] now reflects that all temporary traffic control devices on a project must be NCHRP 350 or MASH 2016 Test Level 3 compliant. The use of two-loop temporary Type F concrete traffic barrier shall not be allowed after January 1, 2023.<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:403 Asphaltic Concrete Pavement#Lots|EPG 403.1.19 Acceptance of Material]]<br />
<br />
4/20/22: The maximum number of contractor QC sublots that can be used for one lot of superpave asphalt pavement is 28. Regardless of lot size, QA testing will always be at a frequency of one per four sublots. Any remaining quantity less than 4000 tons, that cannot be treated as a separate lot, will be combined with the previous full lot and the pay factors will be determined on the combined lot.<br />
<br />
'''Guidance Documents Needed for Property Closings'''<br />
<br />
4/18/22: In [[236.7 Negotiation#236.7.1.13 Pre-Negotiation Preparation|EPG 236.7.1.13 Pre-Negotiation Preparation]] and [[236.7 Negotiation#236.7.4.1 Purpose|EPG 236.7.4.1 Purpose]], additional guidance is available for greater clarity about what is needed from property owners to close on the properties either with MoDOT or a title company.<br />
<br />
'''Prestressed Concrete I Girders'''<br />
<br />
4/11/22: In [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.2.5 Pretensioned Anchorage Zones|EPG 751.22.2.5 Pretensioned Anchorage Zones]], the bursting resistance guidance now allows a larger number of bonded strands for many of these girders, effectively increasing the span limits for the girders. Guidance was expanded in [[751.22 Prestressed Concrete I Girders#751.22.3.2.1 Type 2 Girder|EPG 751.22.3.2.1 through 751.22.3.2.6]] to eliminate or reduce conflict between the lowest middle two strands and the B bars.<br />
<br />
'''[[127.2 Historic Preservation and Cultural Resources#127.2.5 Approximate Timelines for Section 106 Compliance|EPG 127.2.5 Approximate Timelines for Section 106 Compliance]]'''<br />
<br />
4/5/22: Guidance about the timelines for completing the Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act review process has been clarified.<br />
<br />
'''Coil Ties in Prestressed Girder Webs'''<br />
<br />
3/28/22: In several [[751.50 Standard Detailing Notes#(G1.9.1)|EPG 751.50 Standard Detailing Notes]], references to web coil ties in bulb-tee and NU girders have been removed since these are now no longer being used.<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:109 Measurement and Payment#109.11 Compensation for Project Delays (for Sec 109.11)|EPG 109.11 Compensation for Project Delays]]'''<br />
<br />
3/16/22: Guidance has been expanded to produce more uniform administration of delay claims.<br />
<br />
'''[[902.4 Signal Installations and Equipment#902.4.2.1 Controller and Cabinet Replacement Program|EPG 902.4.2.1 Controller and Cabinet Replacement Program]]'''<br />
<br />
2/16/22: The recommended replacement age for signal cabinets was updated to 25 years from 20 years. <br />
<br />
'''Right of Way Mediation'''<br />
<br />
2/15/22: In [[236.7 Negotiation#Prior to offering mediation|EPG 236.7.2.19 Acquisition by Mediation]] and [[236.11 Mediation#Prior to offering mediation|EPG 236.11.1.3 Purpose]], guidance has been updated to reflect current process and procedures, including the MoDOT Impasse Letter.<br />
<br />
'''Bridge Barrier and Railing Guidance'''<br />
<br />
2/14/22: Guidance in [[751.1 Preliminary Design#751.1.3.4 Barrier or Railing Type, Height and Guidelines for Curb Blockouts|EPG 751.1.3.4 Barrier or Railing Type, Height and Guidelines for Curb Blockouts]], [[751.12 Barriers, Railings, Curbs and Fences#751.12.1.3 Type D and H (42ʺ and 32ʺ single sloped railing)|EPG 751.12.1.3 Type D and H (42ʺ and 32ʺ single sloped railing)]] and [[751.12 Barriers, Railings, Curbs and Fences#751.12.2 Two Tube Rail (Top Mounted) TL-4 (NCHRP 350)|EPG 751.12.2 Two Tube Rail (Top Mounted) TL-4 (NCHRP 350)]] has been clarified and coordinated.<br />
<br />
'''[[616.13 Work Zone Capacity, Queue and Travel Delay#616.13.2 Interstate, Freeways and Multi-lane Roadways|EPG 616.13.2 Interstate, Freeways and Multi-lane Roadways]]'''<br />
<br />
2/10/22: The [[media:616.13 WZ Impact 2022.xlsm|MoDOT Work Zone Impact Analysis Spreadsheet]] was updated and smart work zone guidance and training videos were added.<br />
<br />
'''[[:Category:242 Optional and Alternate Pavement Designs#242.2 Life Cycle Cost Adjustment (LCCA) Factor|EPG 242.2 Life Cycle Cost Adjustment (LCCA) Factor]]'''<br />
<br />
2/9/22: Guidance was clarified for the calculation of the LCCA.</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=LPA:136.13_LPA_Policy_Changes&diff=51626LPA:136.13 LPA Policy Changes2022-06-21T18:28:47Z<p>Smithk: EPG 136.9, EPG 136.11</p>
<hr />
<div>6/15/22: In [[LPA:136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.2.10 ADA Checklist|EPG 136.9.2.10 ADA Checklist]], [[LPA:136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.4 Preconstruction Conference|EPG 136.11.4 Preconstruction Conference]] and [[LPA:136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.13.5 American’s with Disabilities Act (ADA) Check List|EPG 136.11.13.5 American’s with Disabilities Act (ADA) Check List]] the [[media:ADA_Checklist_061522.pdf|ADA Checklist (Fig. 136.9.4)]] was updated to reflect the minimum distance of pushbuttons from the curb line has been returned to 30 inches.<br />
<br />
6/16/22: Guidance for LPA ROW Staff negotiators was clarified in [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.1.2 State Responsibility|EPG 136.8.1.2 State Responsibility]] and [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.11.5.2 Approval of Contract|EPG 136.8.11.5.2 Approval of Contract]].<br />
<br />
6/2/22: In numerous locations in [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]] (such as [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.6.1 Definition of Appraisal and Waiver Valuation|EPG 136.8.6.1 Definition of Appraisal and Waiver Valuation]] and [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.6.3.2 Value Finding Appraisal Format|EPG 136.8.6.3.2 Value Finding Appraisal Format]]), the appraisal value limit for LPA projects was increased to $25,000 (from $10,000) because of the 2021 FHWA approval.<br />
<br />
5/17/22: Guidance has been clarified in [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.1.2 State Responsibility|EPG 136.8.1.2 State Responsibility]], [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.11.5.2 Approval of Contract|EPG 136.8.11.5.2 Approval of Contract]], [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.11.6.1 General Requirements|EPG 136.8.11.6.1 General Requirements]] and [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.11.6.2 Approval of Contract|EPG 136.8.11.6.2 Approval of Contract]] to show that LPA negotiators (fee and not fee) must be on the approved roster and/or complete the LPA Basic Training. <br />
<br />
3/16/22: The second paragraph of EPG 136.9.4.1.1.5 was updated to reflect that the DBE Submittal Forms, Fig. 136.9.9, must be completed and submitted with the bid proposal or delivered by all bidders within three working days after the bid opening date.<br />
<br />
3/11/22: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php/LPA:136.9_Plans,_Specs_and_Estimates_(PSE)#136.9.4.1.1.16_On_the_Job_Training_.28OJT.29_.2823_CFR_Section_230.29 EPG 136.9.4.1.1.16 On the Job Training], the training provision link was updated to the current training provision.<br />
<br />
3/9/22: In [[LPA:136.1 Introduction#136.1.2.1.1 Requirements|EPG 136.1.2.1.1 Requirements]] and [[LPA:136.2 Certification and Training|EPG 136.2 Certification and Training, LPA Basic Training]], guidance has been updated to reflect current LPA training requirements.<br />
<br />
3/8/22: In [[LPA:136.3 Federal Aid Basics#The MoDOT district representative|EPG 136.3.13 Agreements]], the outdated requirement to submit 7 copies of the program agreement was removed.<br />
<br />
9/24/21: The latest [[media:127.14.3.1 2021.pdf|programmatic agreement]] between MoDOT and FHWA is available in the second paragraph of [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.3 Categorical Exclusion (CE)|EPG 136.6.3 Categorical Exclusion (CE)]].<br />
<br />
9/16/21: [[media:136.9.6.docx|Fig. 136.9.6 Utility Status Letter]] now requires an LPA letterhead and a signature from an LPA Person in Responsible Charge.<br />
<br />
8/31/21: Updated [[media:136.6.4 instructions 2021.pdf|Fig. 136.6.4, How to Complete the Request for Environmental Review]] to align with the new web-based system.<br />
<br />
7/13/21: The [[media:Fig.136.3.24 2021.docx|Fig. 136.3.24, TEAP Program Application]] in [[LPA:136.3 Federal Aid Basics|EPG 136.3 Federal Aid Basics]] has been updated by increasing the federal fund limit to $12K per project and adding clarification about "person in responsible charge".<br />
<br />
6/11/21: Updated [[media:136.6.6 2021.pdf|Fig. 136.6.6, Generalized flowchart of the Section 106 Process for Local Public Agencies]] to bring it into compliance with existing guidance in [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements|EPG 136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements]].<br />
<br />
5/14/21: At the end of the [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#In making a de minimis|last paragraph of EPG 136.6.4.2.3 De Minimis Determination]], guidance was clarified that the public must be able to review the effects of the project on the Sec 4f property.<br />
<br />
5/11/21: New guidance is now available at [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.7.5 Administrative Settlements|EPG 136.8.7.5 Administrative Settlements]] for making administrative settlements, preparing a letter of justification and other considerations.<br />
<br />
5/10/21: The [[media:146 CUF After Mar 2021.pdf|Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Determination Form]], discussed in [[LPA:136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.9 Commercially Useful Function (CUF)|EPG 136.11.9 Commercially Useful Function (CUF)]], has been revised with more open ended questions that assist in determining whether a DBE is performing a Commercially Useful Function. The form now includes a field observation section for inspectors to note what they saw in the field. <br />
<br />
4/27/21: The former EPG 136.7.3.1.2.1.11 Buy America Requirements was deleted since the Buy America JSP is now in the spec book. The new guidance in [[LPA:136.7 Design#136.7.3.1.3 Supplemental Revisions Job Special Provision (JSP)|EPG 136.7.3.1.3 Supplemental Revisions Job Special Provision (JSP)]] presents the requirement for the use of the Supplemental Revisions JSP.<br />
<br />
4/20/21: [[media:136.6.4 instructions 2018.doc|Fig. 136.6.4, How to Complete the Request for Environmental Review]], has been updated to current practice.<br />
<br />
2/19/21: [[media:136.9.4 Mar 2021.docx|Fig. 136.9.4, ADA Checklist]] was updated. On Page 15 of the checklist, the force to activate Accessible Pedestrian Signal pushbuttons was revised as was their minimum distance from the curb line and their height from the ground. On both Page 15 and 16, guidance was more closely tied to compliance with the EPG.<br />
<br />
2/18/21: Contact information has been updated in [[media:Fig.136.3.20 2021.docx|Fig. 136.3.20, BEAP Project Tracking Form]]. <br />
<br />
1/15/21: At the bottom of [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.1 Introduction|Key Environmental/Cultural Resources Compliance Milestones]] table, added Public Involvement information. Also, clarified that public involvement is needed with the RER in a new paragraph at bottom of [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.12 Community Impact Assessment (Social/Economic/Environmental Justice)|EPG 136.6.4.12 Community Impact Assessment (Social/Economic/Environmental Justice)]]. <br />
<br />
11/23/20: Guidance was expanded in [[LPA:136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.13 Documentation Requirements|EPG 136.11.13 Documentation Requirements]] through [[LPA:136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.13.2 Payment Diaries|EPG 136.11.13.2 Payment Diaries]]. MoDOT will no longer be approving specific software for use; the LPA must ensure the software chosen meets the outlined criteria. Guidance about what should be documented in the construction diaries was clarified in [[LPA:136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.13.1 Project Diaries|EPG 136.11.13.1 Project Diaries]]. <br />
<br />
9/30/20: Guidance for the A-date process in [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#Square 14|EPG 136.8.1.6 Local Public Agency - Right of Way and Easement Acquisition, "Square 14"]] and the first and third paragraphs of [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.2.2 Acquisition Authority|EPG 136.8.2.2 Acquisition Authority]] has been clarified and updated to reflect current policy and processes.<br />
<br />
9/2/20: Clarified [[media:136.4.7 2020.docx|Fig. 136.4.7, Sample Solicitation & Sample Scope of Services]], by adding "Remove note before posting" to instructions just below the table on the second page.<br />
<br />
8/13/20: The seventh paragraph of [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.6 Base Floodplain and Regulatory Floodway|EPG 136.6.4.6 Base Floodplain and Regulatory Floodway]] was revised to make CFR requirements more apparent.<br />
<br />
7/14/20: Minor updates were made to Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate.<br />
<br />
7/9/20: The last sentence of the second paragraph of [[LPA:136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.4.1.1.15 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) (49 CFR Part 26)|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.15 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) (49 CFR Part 26)]] is new guidance about how to fill out Fig. 136.9.9, DBE Submittal Forms. Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate and Fig. 136.9.9, DBE Submittal Forms were also updated.<br />
<br />
7/1/20: In the second paragraph of [[LPA:136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.3.2 Supplemental Agreements|EPG 136.4.3.2 Supplemental Agreements]], guidance was clarified, now including submitting a copy of the supplemental to the ECR email group.<br />
<br />
6/23/20: The second sentence in the first paragraph of [[LPA:136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.6 Step 5 - Selection of Consultant|EPG 136.4.2.6 Step 5 - Selection of Consultant]] was added to clarify guidance about an LPA disqualifying a consultant.<br />
<br />
6/18/20: Guidance in [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.3 Categorical Exclusion (CE)|EPG 136.6.3 Categorical Exclusion (CE)]] was updated with the FHWA agreement requirements.<br />
<br />
6/17/20: The process in [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.1.1 Step 1, Determine Need for Cultural Resource Investigations|EPG 136.6.4.1.1 Step 1, Determine Need for Cultural Resource Investigations]] has dramatically changed. MoDOT has hired a consultant to provide oversight the Local Public Agency’s Section 106 compliance. The EPG directed the LPA to send a Project Information form to the SHPO to start the Section 106 process. That is no longer required. The new approach is for the LPA to submit a Request for Environmental Review to MoDOT. <br />
<br />
5/1/20: In [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.2.2 Acquisition Authority|EPG 136.8.2.2 Acquisition Authority]], [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.2.7 Inspection of Documents|EPG 136.8.2.7 Inspection of Documents]], [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.2.8 Federal Project Number|EPG 136.8.2.8 Federal Project Number]], [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.4 Retention and Access to Records|EPG 136.8.4 Retention and Access to Records]] and [[LPA:136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.10.1 General|EPG 136.8.10.1 General]], guidance has been added about the documentation MoDOT RW staff is to enter into the LPA State Management System Application (SMS). Also, In EPG 136.8.2.2 Acquisition Authority, the LPA may now request an A-date by submitting only one set (instead of two sets) of completed right of way plans.<br />
<br />
12/16/19: In [[LPA:136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#A consulting engineering firm|EPG 136.4.1.6 Conflict of Interest]], clarified guidance by adding information pertaining to when a consultant acts as a city engineer. <br />
<br />
9/18/19: Numerous minor revisions were made in [[LPA:136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.4 Bridge Engineering Assistance Program (BEAP)|EPG 136.3.8.4 Bridge Engineering Assistance Program (BEAP)]] as the new BEAP contract goes into effect. Two BEAP documents (Figs. 136.3.19 and 136.3.20) were updated while two BEAP figures (Fig. 136.3.22 Estimate of Cost and Fig. 136.3.23 General Scope of Services) were deleted. <br />
<br />
9/6/19: In [[LPA:136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#Change Order Level 1|EPG 136.11.15.2 Change Order Approval]], the LPA change order approval process was updated to current practice. The MoDOT signature is needed for Level 1 change orders and an FHWA review is only required on Change Order Level 2 PODI projects.<br />
<br />
8/21/19: The link to the TSP was updated in the second paragraph of [[LPA:136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.4.1.1.16 On the Job Training (OJT) (23 CFR Section 230)|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.16 On the Job Training (OJT)]].<br />
<br />
7/22/19: In [[media:136.9.1 2019.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1, Final PS&E Submittal Checklist]], checklist guidance related to wage rates was updated.<br />
<br />
7/22/19: As a convenience, guidance for LPAs to access federal emergency relief has been expanded in [[LPA:136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.17 Emergency Relief|EPG 136.3.17 Emergency Relief]].<br />
<br />
7/22/19: In [[LPA:136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8 Programs|EPG 136.3.8 Programs]], guidance for LPA programs that are no longer in use was deleted. Also, guidance was updated to accommodate revisions in the FAST Act.<br />
<br />
5/20/19: In [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.5 Threatened and Endangered Species and Migratory Birds|EPG 136.6.4.5 Threatened and Endangered Species and Migratory Birds]], guidance for the Threatened and Endangerd process was clarified throughout. New (and currently used) guidance, [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.5.3 Migratory Birds|EPG 136.6.4.5.3 Migratory Birds]] was also added. [[media:Fig. 136.6.18.pdf|Fig. 136.6.18, Threatened and Endangered Species Federal Aid Transportation Submittal Checklist]] replaced the old Fig. 136.6.18 LPA Environmental RER T&E Guidance, and [[media:Fig. 136.6.19.pdf|Fig. 136.6.19, August 2018 MoDOT USFWS Threatened and Endangered Species Habitats]] was added.<br />
<br />
5/14/19: In [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#On linear transportation projects|EPG 136.6.4.3 Section 404 Permits for Wetlands and Streams]], guidance was clarified to attach to RER for documentation purposes.<br />
<br />
1/16/19: [[media:136.6.3 Jan 18 2019.docx|Fig. 136.6.3, Environmental/Cultural Resources Compliance Checklist]], was updated.<br />
<br />
1/15/19: In [[LPA:136.2 Certification and Training|EPG 136.2 Certification and Training]], the listing of the web-based NHI courses was updated.<br />
<br />
1/11/19: A sentence was added to the end of the first paragraph of [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.8 Stormwater and Erosion Control|EPG 136.6.4.8 Stormwater and Erosion Control]] to clarify NEPA information. This info referencing documentation involved when more than one acre is planned to be disturbed was added at the request of the FHWA.<br />
<br />
11/30/18: [[LPA:136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.13 Noise Standards and Noise Abatement|EPG 136.6.4.13 Noise Standards and Noise Abatement]] was significantly simplified to reflect that LPAs must use MoDOT’s FHWA-approved noise policy.<br />
<br />
11/20/18: [[media:136.8.8.docx|Clearance Certification Statement (Form 136.8.8)]] was slightly modified by replacing "free deed" with "donation".<br />
<br />
11/14/18: In [[LPA:136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.13 Agreements|EPG 136.3.13 Agreements]] and [[LPA:136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links#136.12.1 Figures|EPG 136.12.1 Figures]], archaic contract links and listings were removed. Also, in EPG 136.3.13 Agreements, a reference to the CCO site was replaced with a link to EPG 153 Agreements and Contracts.<br />
<br />
10/26/18: Updated the documentation processes to current practices and updated the requirements of new laws and regulations. Much of [http://ghepglp01/index.php/LPA:136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.3_Section_404_Permits_for_Wetlands_and_Streams EPG 136.6.4.3] was revised as was "Permits for Land Disturbance" in [http://ghepglp01/index.php/LPA:136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.8_Stormwater_and_Erosion_Control EPG 136.6.4.8], the last paragraph of [http://ghepglp01/index.php/LPA:136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.10_Hazardous_Waste EPG 136.6.4.10], the third paragraph of [http://ghepglp01/index.php/LPA:136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.10.2_Painting_Bridges_and_Demolition_of_Painted_Structures EPG 136.6.4.10.2], and [http://ghepglp01/index.php/LPA:136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.14_Air_Quality_Requirements EPG 136.6.4.14]. Fig. 136.6.1, Project Review Process flowchart, Fig. 136.6.2, Key Environmental/Cultural Resources Compliance Milestones, Fig. 136.6.3, Environmental/Cultural Resources Compliance Checklist and Fig. 136.6.14, Procedures for Environmental Clearance of Borrow Sites and Other Disturbed Areas Outside Right of Way were also updated. Fig. 136.6.16 was re-labeled as "LPA Project Checklist for Adverse Effects".<br />
<br />
4/10/2018: In the second paragraph of [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.4.1.1.10.1 Federal Wage Rates (23 USC 113 and 29 CFR 5)|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.10.1 Federal Wage Rates (23 USC 113 and 29 CFR 5)]], guidance was added about including the correct wage rate order from the Dept. of Labor on LPA projects. If an updated wage rate order has been issued within 10 days of the project letting, the updated version has typically not been included in the project documents. This is allowed, however the requirement states that if the agency finds that sufficient time is not afforded to include the updated wage order, then this finding and reasoning must be included in the individual project records. <br />
<br />
3/29/18: Procedures in Section 106 (Cultural Resource) Compliance were clarified at the bottom of the second paragraph of [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.1.1 Step 1, Determine Need for Cultural Resource Investigations|EPG 136.6.4.1.1 Step 1, Determine Need for Cultural Resource Investigations]] and in the first sentence of [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.1.3 Step 3, Preparation of the Memorandum of Agreement|EPG 136.6.4.1.3 Step 3, Preparation of the Memorandum of Agreement]].<br />
<br />
3/29/18: Removed second sentence of the second paragraph ("In figuring the percentage of the contract work performed, all prices for sublet work shall be at contract unit bid prices.") from [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.5 Subcontracts |EPG 136.11.5 Subcontracts]]. The sentence was outdated. <br />
<br />
3/26/18: [[media:136.6.4 instructions 2018.doc|Fig. 136.6.4 How to Complete the Request for Environmental Review]] was updated.<br />
<br />
1/24/18: In [[136.2 Certification and Training|EPG 136.2 Certification and Training]], the contact information for the Technician Certification Program was updated.<br />
<br />
12/26/17: [[media:Fig.136.3.24 2017.docx|Fig. 136.3.24, TEAP Program Application]] was updated. Also, in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.11.1 Introduction|EPG 136 136.3.8.11.1 Introduction]] and [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.11.4 TEAP Process and Timeline|EPG 136.3.8.11.4 TEAP Process and Timeline]], guidance was slightly expanded to accommodate the changes in the TEAP Program Application.<br />
<br />
12/14/17: [[media:Fig.136.3.20 2019.docx|Fig. 136.3.20, BEAP Project Tracking Form]] was updated. Also, Gabe Wolken was added as a contact for BEAP information in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.10 Bridge Engineering Assistance Program (BEAP)|EPG 136.3.8.10 Bridge Engineering Assistance Program (BEAP)]].<br />
<br />
11/30/17: In [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.15.2 Audit and Final Reimbursement|EPG 136.3.15.2 Audit and Final Reimbursement]], the sentence stating the LPAs must supply a copy of the final audit report to the MPOs was removed.<br />
<br />
11/13/17: Guidance in [[136.1 Introduction#136.1.2.2 Project Sponsor Eligibility|EPG 136.1.2.2 Project Sponsor Eligibility]] was expanded since the FAST Act has extended eligibility for some programs. Eligibility to nonprofits in the large MPOs (Kansas City, St. Louis and Springfield) is now allowed. <br />
<br />
11/1/17: A link was updated in [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]].<br />
<br />
10/31/17: [[media:136.6.7 2017.docx|Fig. 136.6.7, Memorandum of Agreement for Mitigation of Adverse Effects]] was updated with new “Whereas” clauses to address issues brought up by FHWA and the Advisory Council over the last few years.<br />
<br />
9/20/17: The Subcontractor Disclosure in [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]] was updated to reflect the current section of the Missouri Standard Specification for Highway Construction.<br />
<br />
9/18/17: In [[media:136.3.1 Sept 2017.doc|Fig. 136.3.1, Programming Data Form]], the funding description and FFATA requirement were further clarified. <br />
<br />
9/1/17: At the bottom of the first paragraph of [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.5.2 Title Information|EPG 136.8.5.2 Title Information]], a sentence was added with a link to a checklist of items to determine property ownership for ADA projects. <br />
<br />
6/29/17: A new PowerPoint, [[media:136.4.1.ppt|Consultant Inspection]], in [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.1.3.3 Construction Engineering/Construction Inspection (CE)|EPG 136.4.1.3.3 Construction Engineering/Construction Inspection (CE)]] provides guidance on how to solicit and procure a consultant for construction. Its guidance is primarily aimed at MoDOT Construction employees but may also be of assistance to others.<br />
<br />
6/23/17: [[media:136.3.1 Sept 2017.doc|Fig. 136.3.1, Programming Data Form]] was updated to show the ''LPA Internal Procedures Manual'' requires LPAs submit the FFATA form with the programming data form. <br />
<br />
6/9/17: Guidance for how to obtain additional help for environmental clearance of borrow sites and other land disturbance activities outside right of way was clarified in the fifth sentence of the first paragraph in [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.9 Borrow Sites and Other Land Disturbance Activities Outside Right of Way|EPG 136.6.4.9 Borrow Sites and Other Land Disturbance Activities Outside Right of Way]].<br />
<br />
5/24/17: Updated Fig. 136.3.20, BEAP Project Tracking Form with new contact information.<br />
<br />
4/27/17: In the second paragraph of [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.5 Subcontracts|EPG 136.11.5 Subcontracts]], an archaic sentence was deleted that had required MoDOT to approve subcontracts.<br />
<br />
3/28/17: [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]], was revised to reflect changes made in the EPG on Wage Rates. State Only Prevailing wage option in section 9 was deleted.<br />
<br />
1/5/17: In requirement #2 of [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification|EPG 136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification]], it was clarified that a firm is not required to submit a certificate of authority to become prequalified when it does work outside the jurisdiction of the MO Board for APEPLSPLA.<br />
<br />
1/4/17: In [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.8 Stormwater and Erosion Control|EPG 136.6.4.8 Stormwater and Erosion Control]], minor clarifications based on the new stormwater permit have been made. This includes new guidance, "Individual State Operating Permit for TS4". <br />
<br />
12/27/16: Updated [[media:136.3.1 2016.doc|Fig. 136.3.1, Programming Data Form]], with additional information.<br />
<br />
11/17/16: [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]], was updated to reflect the current versions of the MoDOT specs and standard plans.<br />
<br />
10/20/16: In [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.2 National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Classification|EPG 136.6.2 National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Classification]], a clarifying sentence was added in the first paragraph to help LPAs find info in [[media:136.6.4 instructions 2016.doc|Fig. 136.6.4, How to Complete the Request for Environmental Review]].<br />
<br />
10/6/16: Fig. 136.6.4 LPA Request for Environmental Review (RER) was eliminated and replaced with a [https://www6.modot.mo.gov/RERProject/Pages/Login.aspx?ReturnUrl=%2fRERProject%2f link to the new RER]. Also, in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.4.1.1.10.1_Federal_Wage_Rates_.2823_USC_113_and_29_CFR_5.29 EPG 136.9.4.1.1.10.1 Federal Wage Rates], federal wage rate language was removed to make guidance stay current with federal regulations.<br />
<br />
9/6/16: The former prorata tax form (7-22.2C) was updated so as to be only for the LPAs. It was also relabeled as [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/LPA%20Prorata.docx Local Public Agency Prorata Real Estate Tax Claim (Form 136.8.7.1.11)].<br />
<br />
9/2/16: In [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award#136.10.8 Award|EPG 136.10.8 Award]], the need for a performance/contract bond in the executed construction contract for LPA projects was clarified. <br />
<br />
7/22/16: A minor revision to [[media:136.10.2 2016.doc|Fig. 136.10.2, Bid Concurrence Checklist]] was made so that asterisks are no longer to be shown by items that DBE will perform.<br />
<br />
7/5/16: In [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.4.1.1.5 Suspension and Debarment Certification (23 CFR 635.112)|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.5 Suspension and Debarment Certification]], the $25,000 contract threshold was removed from the certification requirements for suspension and debarment to make guidance consistent with consultant contract language.<br />
<br />
6/23/16: In the second paragraph of [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.5 Subcontracts|EPG 136.11.5 Subcontracts]], guidance was added to clearly indicate that subcontracts require FHWA Form 1273.<br />
<br />
6/15/16: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.13.4 Erosion Control|EPG 136.11.13.4 Erosion Control]], the outdated link to the "Erosion Control Inspection Record" was replaced with a link to "Land Disturbance Inspection Record".<br />
<br />
6/2/16: [[media:136.6.4 instructions 2016.doc|Fig. 136.6.4, How to Complete the Request for Environmental Review]], was clarified.<br />
<br />
5/27/16: Guidance in [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.5 Threatened and Endangered Species|EPG 136.6.4.5 Threatened and Endangered Species]] was expanded and clarified. The new [[media:136.6.18.docx|Fig. 136.6.18, LPA Environmental RER T&E Guidance]] was also added. Also, in Articles XVI and XVII of [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 May 2016.docx|Fig. 136.4.1, Engineering Services Contract]], references were added to Title VI and ADA requirements.<br />
<br />
5/19/16: In [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements|EPG 136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements]], the previous Fig. 136.6.4 was replaced with a new link, [https://www6.modot.mo.gov/RERProject/ LPA Request for Environmental Review]. The new [[media:136.6.4 instructions 2016.doc|Fig. 136.6.4, How to Complete the Request for Environmental Review]] presents updated instructions.<br />
<br />
5/13/16: Updated the [[media:Form C-239 2016.pdf|Final Acceptance Report (Form C-239)]] and [[media:136.11.23 2016.pdf|Fig. 136.11.23, LPA Semi-Final Inspection Checklist (Form C-236)]] in EPG 136.11. [[media:136.11.3 2016.pdf|Fig. 136.11.3, Progress Report]] was made a fillable form. <br />
<br />
4/29/16: In the last sentence of [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.13.1 Project Diaries|EPG 136.11.13.1 Project Diaries]], "free" was removed from the description of NHI training courses, since not all of them are now free.<br />
<br />
4/27/16: Deleted Fig. 136.11.17 Semi-Final Inspection Letter since it was redundant to Fig. 136.11.23 LPA Semi-Final Inspection Checklist (Form C-236). [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications|EPG 136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications]] was revised to reflect this change.<br />
<br />
4/1/16: There were numerous updates in [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]] to reflect current practices. In the first paragraph of [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.4 Retention and Access to Records|EPG 136.8.4 Retention and Access to Records]], the use of the Parcel File Checklist was deleted. In the second paragraph, the record retention period of 3 years was revised to begin when the project closure action is submitted to the FHWA. In [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.6.3.1.20D.9 Manufactured Homes|EPG 136.8.6.3.1.20D.9 Manufactured Homes]], the determination of whether a mobile home is personalty was clarified. In the second paragraph of [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.7.1.2 Negotiator's Report|EPG 136.8.7.1.2 Negotiator's Report]], the Parcel File Checklist, the Negotiator's Report form and the Negotiator's Narrative no longer should be attached to the cover of each parcel file. In [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.8.3 Use of a Fee Attorney or Special Counsel|EPG 136.8.8.3 Use of a Fee Attorney or Special Counsel]], the permissible use of a Fee Attorney was introduced and defined. In the second paragraph of [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.9 Relocation Assistance|EPG 136.8.9 Relocation Assistance]], the quotation defining a displaced person was slightly modified. Finally, the term "taking" was replaced with "acquisition" in several locations within EPG 136.8.<br />
<br />
3/24/16: Updated Fig. 136.3.20, BEAP Project Tracking Form.<br />
<br />
3/4/16: Updated [[media:110.2 checklist 2016.pdf|Fig. 136.11.13, Job Bulletin Board Checklist]].<br />
<br />
3/3/16: [[media:136.6.7 201.docx|Fig. 136.6.7, Memorandum of Agreement for Mitigation of Adverse Effects]], was updated to reflect the recodified National Historic Preservation Act.<br />
<br />
3/1/16: In [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.8 Proprietary Items |EPG 136.7.2.8 Proprietary Items]], a link to the Proprietary Item Library was inserted.<br />
<br />
2/24/16: Guidance in [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.13.3 Invoices|EPG 136.11.13.3 Invoices]] was clarified by adding a reference to [[media:136.3.18 2014.xls|Fig. 136.3.18, Construction Reimbursement Form]]. Also, [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.4.3.2 LPA Consideration of DBE for On-Call Contracts|EPG 136.4.2.4.3.2 LPA Consideration of DBE for On-Call Contracts]] was clarified by additional guidance and by renumbering the subarticles. <br />
<br />
2/22/16: A link to [[media:136.11.23.pdf|Fig. 136.11.23, LPA Semi-Final Inspection Checklist (Form C-236)]] was added and the guidance for it was clarified.<br />
<br />
2/18/16: The former "Final Acceptance Checklist" was relabeled as the new [[media:136.11.22.docx|Fig. 136.11.22, LPA Final Acceptance Checklist]].<br />
<br />
1/27/16: In [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 2016.docx|Fig. 136.4.1, Engineering Services Contract]], revised Article VII D.2, D.3 and E to indicate the overhead rate (OHR) established at the execution of the original contract shall be utilized throughout the life of the contract. This reduces potential errors caused by having to change the OHR on billing invoices every year based on audited OHR. Revision allows consultants to utilize one OHR throughout the life of the contract<br />
<br />
1/26/16: Three archaic figures in EPG 136.3 Federal Aid Basics were removed: Fig. 136.3.5 HS 4, Safe Routes to School Program Agreement; Fig. 136.3.7 FS 12, Transportation Enhancement Funds Program Agreement and Fig. 136.3.8 FS 12 SUP, Transportation Enhancement Funds Supplemental Agreement. New link to Fig. 136.3.5, FS25, Transportation Alternatives Program added.<br />
<br />
1/22/16: Four LPA agreements were updated: [http://sharepoint/support/CC/CCO%20Contracts/FS_-_Financial_Services/FS11_STP_Urban_Program_Agreement.docx Fig. 136.3.6, FS 11, STP Urban Program Agreement], [http://sharepoint/support/CC/CCO%20Contracts/FS_-_Financial_Services/FS13_Off_System_Bridge_Replacement.doc Fig. 136.3.9, FS 13, Off-System Bridge Replacement and Rehabilitation Program Agreement], [http://sharepoint/support/CC/CCO%20Contracts/FS_-_Financial_Services/FS14_On_System_Bridge_Replacement.docx Fig. 136.3.10, FS 14, On-System Bridge Replacement and Rehabilitation Program Agreement] and [http://sharepoint/support/CC/CCO%20Contracts/FS_-_Financial_Services/FS15_CMAQ_Program.docx Fig. 136.3.11, FS 15, Congestion Mitigation and Air Quality Agreement].<br />
<br />
1/15/16: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.19 Final Acceptance|EPG 136.11.19 Final Acceptance]], the differences between corrections and exceptions were clarified. Also, a minor clarification updated [[media:136.11.9 2016.docx|Fig. 136.11.9, Contractor DBE Certification]].<br />
<br />
1/14/16: [[media:136.4.11 2016.doc|Fig. 136.4.11, Consultant Selection & ESC Submittal Checklist]], was updated to reflect that Audits and Investigations Division no longer conducts pre-audits.<br />
<br />
1/5/16: [[#136.7.3.1.2.1.10 Safety Apparel Requirements|EPG 136.7.3.1.2.1.10 Safety Apparel Requirements]] was revised to reflect current MoDOT requirements in Sec 107.4. Since the Safety Requirement JSP is no longer a JSP (it has been moved to Sec 107.4), reference to it was removed from the EPG text as well as from [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]].<br />
<br />
1/4/16: In [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.1 Section 106 (Cultural Resource) Compliance |EPG 136.6.4.1 Section 106 (Cultural Resource) Compliance]], the revision 1) addressed LPA questions and comments and 2) implemented change by the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation from hardcopy submittals to electronic submittals. The revision helps LPAs more easily comply with Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act and Section 4(f) of the Department of Transportation Act. Also, added [[media:136.6.15.docx|Fig. 136.6.15, Example e106 Form]], [[media:136.6.16.pdf|LPA Project Checklist]] and [[media:136.6.17.docx|Fig. 136.6.17, Sample LPA Transmittal of MOA Letter]] and the How-to tutorial, [[media:136.6 How to Document a Historic Bridge for Mitigation.pdf|How to Document a Historic Bridge for Mitigation]]. These changes will help LPA partners more easily comply with Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act and Section 4(f) of the Department of Transportation Act.<br />
<br />
12/30/15: A couple of typos were corrected in [[media:136.4.10 Dec 30 2015.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.10, LPA Consultant Services Invoice]].<br />
<br />
12/24/15: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications|EPG 136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications]], new [[media:136.11.18.docx|Fig. 136.11.18, LPA Final Inspection Letter]], [[media:136.11.19.docx|Fig. 136.11.19, LPA Final List of Acceptance Testers]], [[media:136.11.20.docx|Fig. 136.11.20, LPA DBE Certification Letter]] and [[media:136.11.21.docx|Fig. 136.11.21, LPA Vendor Lien Waiver]] provide templates for consistent submittals by LPAs. <br />
<br />
12/23/15: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.5 Subcontracts|EPG 136.11.5 Subcontracts]], guidance was clarified to state that the LPA is responsible for assuring the subcontractors are qualified. Elsewhere in [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction|EPG 136.11 Local Public Agency Construction]], Fig. 136.11.6 was replaced with [[media:136.11.6 Dec 2015.pdf|Fig. 136.11.6, Subcontractor Certification Regarding Affirmative Action]]. [[media:136.11.4 2015.doc|Fig. 136.11.4, Request for Approval of Subcontract]], was updated with various clarifications. In [[media:136.11.5 Dec 2015.xls|Fig. 136.11.5, DBE Subcontract Worksheet]], the Percent Sublet this Request equation was updated. Also, from EPG 136.4, various fields were updated in [[media:136.4.10 Dec 2015.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.10, LPA Consultant Services Invoice]], to eliminate calculation errors. Further, [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]], was updated by removing JSP J. Final Payment Documents JSP. (This JSP was prematurely added to the boilerplate. Removal will eliminate confusion for LPA partners.) The new [[media:136.11.17.docx|Fig. 136.11.17, LPA Semi-Final Inspection Letter]], provides a template for consistent submittals by the LPAs.<br />
<br />
11/24/15: In [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.15.3 OMB Audit|EPG 136.3.15.3 OMB Audit]], to stay current with 2 CFR part 200, the federal expenditure amount was increased from $500K to $750K before an independent audit is required.<br />
<br />
11/6/15: [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.4.3.2 LPA Consideration of DBE for On-Call Contracts|EPG 136.4.2.4.3.2 LPA Consideration of DBE for On-Call Contracts]] was revised so that DBE Goals will now be established on LPA On-Call Consultant Contracts. This replaces the statewide programmatic goal and provides a level playing field for all on-call consultants in the utilization of DBEs. [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 Nov 2015.docx|Fig. 136.4.1's Attachment E Section 7]] modified to reflect that on-call consultant contracts now set DBE goals.<br />
<br />
10/27/15: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.11 CE Funding Obligation|EPG 136.4.2.11 CE Funding Obligation]], verbiage in the first paragraph was deleted to align guidance to what is in [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 June 2015.docx|Fig. 136.4.1, Engineering Services Contract]] (Article VII, A).<br />
<br />
10/21/15: [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.19 Final Acceptance|EPG 136.11.19 Final Acceptance]] was clarified, particularly guidance about "corrections" vs. "exceptions", for LPAs performing Final Acceptance of an LPA project.<br />
<br />
10/20/15: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.18 Final Plans| EPG 136.11.18 Final Plans]], a reference to EPG 136.11.19 was added and a reference to Engineer on Record (EOR) removed to clarify the bridge plan Final Plans requirements. <br />
<br />
10/20/15: For convenience, the [[media:146 CUF July 27 2015.pdf|Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Determination Form]] was added to the figure box at the top of [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction|EPG 136.11 Local Public Agency Construction]].<br />
<br />
10/16/15: [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3 Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]] was updated to include the DBE JSP for Liquid Asphalt.<br />
<br />
10/13/15: In [[136.7 Design#136.7.5.3 Incentive/Disincentive Provisions|EPG 136.7.5.3 Incentive/Disincentive Provisions]], renamed and updated the old FHWA Contract Administration Core Curriculum's link to a link to FHWA's Technical Advisory for Incentive/Disincentive for Early Completion. <br />
<br />
10/1/15: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.7_Design#136.7.2.5_Railroads EPG 136.7.2.5 Railroads] and the first paragraph of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.2.4_Railroads EPG 136.9.2.4 Railroads], guidance about railroad coordination (even if no railroads are impacted) was clarified to comply with the FHWA statement required for all fed-aid projects. FHWA policy now requires a specific "railroad status statement" from the LPA even when no railroads are affected by the project. Line 11 of [[media:136.9.1 Oct 2015.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1, Final PS&E Submittal Checklist]] now requires supporting documentation for railroad impacts. <br />
<br />
9/22/15: Guidance was updated to conform with new BEAP contract. In the fourth paragraph of [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#Upon completion of the consultant's evaluation|EPG 136.3.8.10.3 Administration]], guidance was updated about where the report is sent. IRS mileage rates are specified in the third paragraph of [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.10.4 Funding and Authorized Costs|EPG 136.3.8.10.4 Funding and Authorized Costs]]. In the third paragraph of EPG 136.3.8.10.4 Funding and Authorized Costs, it is now specified that the BEAP Project Tracking Form include a total cost for the project, including personnel costs as well as direct costs. In the first paragraph of [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.10.5 General Process for a BEAP Study|EPG 136.3.8.10.5 General Process for a BEAP Study]], the process to submit the draft copy of a BEAP Study has been revised. In [[#136.3.8.10.6 Local Public Agency Responsibilities|EPG 136.3.8.10.6 Local Public Agency Responsibilities]], the LPA will now provide pictures of a structure that is not of the Nat'l Bridge Inventory. Also, in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#Whenever load rating calculations are done|EPG 136.3.8.10.7 Consultant Responsibilities]], the consultant is to provide inventory and operating ratings for the HS20 design vehicle and provide a load posting recommendation when load rating calculations are part of the BEAP Study. Finally, all of the BEAP documents (Figs. 136.3.19-136.3.23) were updated.<br />
<br />
9/17/15: In the second paragraph of [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.18 Final Plans|EPG 136.11.18 Final Plans]], guidance was clarified to show that MoDOT only needs "as built" plans when there have been significant structural or material changes to the original design plans (that is, changes that would require approval of the Engineer on Record, EOR).<br />
<br />
9/17/15: In the first paragraph of [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award#136.10.7.3 Bid Evaluation Considerations|EPG 136.10.7.3 Bid Evaluation Considerations]], the minimum standard for the number of bid evaluations has been set at three. When three bids are not available, the LPA is asked to explain. <br />
<br />
9/10/15: Links to the latest version of SEMA's Floodplain Development Permit Application and No-Rise Certificate have been provided.<br />
<br />
8/21/15: In the third paragraph of [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#Each individual shall rate the firms|EPG 136.4.2.6 Step 5 - Selection of Consultant]], guidance was clarified by eliminating vagueness about the necessity for local public agencies to submit review forms and comments about rating firms.<br />
<br />
8/20/15: In [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics|EPG 136.3 Federal Aid Basics]], three contracts were updated ([[media:136.3.5 2015.pdf|Fig. 136.3.5, HS 4, Safe Routes to School Program Agreement]], [[media:136.3.9 Aug 2015.docx|Fig. 136.3.9, FS 13, Off-System Bridge Replacement and Rehabilitation Program Agreement]] and [[media:136.3.21 2015.pdf|Fig. 136.3.21, BR11, BEAP Hourly Rate Contract]].)<br />
<br />
8/19/15: The final bullet (about listing the parcel numbers and names of owners of all parcels acquired) in [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.10.3.3 Required data to be submitted with clearance certification|EPG 136.8.10.3.3 Required data to be submitted with clearance certification]] was deleted to reflect the changes already done in Form 136.8.8, Clearance Certification Statement.<br />
<br />
7/27/15: In [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.4.1.1.5 Suspension and Debarment Certification (23 CFR 635.112)|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.5 Suspension and Debarment Certification]], the outdated ''A Listing of Parties Excluded from Federal Procurement and Non-procurement Programs'' link was replaced with a new, useful link to [https://www.sam.gov/portal/SAM/#1 System for Award Management].<br />
<br />
7/24/15: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.9_Commercially_Useful_Function_.28CUF.29 EPG 136.11.9 Commercially Useful Function (CUF)], the latest version of the [[media:146 CUF July 27 2015.pdf|CUF Determination form]] has been provided.<br />
<br />
7/16/15: In the big, gray "Additional Information for MoDOT Employees" box in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.13 Agreements|EPG 136.3.13 Agreements]], an old link to CCO's intranet was updated to their new SharePoint site. LPAs will not be able to access the SharePoint site (just like they were not able to access the intranet site). Two EPG article links were also added. [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]] was updated with a new link to the Affidavit of Compliance in Section 10. <br />
<br />
6/30/15: [[media:136.6.7 201.docx|Fig. 136.6.7, Memorandum of Agreement for Mitigation of Adverse Effects]], was updated to correct a technical issue and to reference recently developed bridge documentation standards.<br />
<br />
6/22/15: [[media:110.2 checklist Jan 2015.pdf|Fig. 136.11.13, Job Bulletin Board Checklist]] was updated.<br />
<br />
6/19/15: In [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics|EPG 136.3 Federal Aid Basics]], links to numerous contracts were updated. A new link to contract [[media:136.3.28 2015.docx|FS 13-SUP BRO Supplemental Agreement (Fig. 136.3.28) ]] was also made available.<br />
<br />
6/16/15: To eliminate confusion, a reference in [https://epg.modot.mo.gov/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.17.1_Material_Acceptance EPG 136.11.17.1 Material Acceptance] to one of the types of sampling and testing (a combination of certification documentation, delivery tickets and visual inspection) was deleted. <br />
<br />
6/12/15: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.17.1 Material Acceptance|EPG 136.11.17.1 Material Acceptance]], the Small Material Quantity Acceptance Table was removed. Current info is available at [[Off-Systems Guide Schedule for Federal-Aid Acceptance Sampling and Testing (FAST)|EPG Off-Systems Guide Schedule for Federal-Aid Acceptance Sampling and Testing (FAST)]].<br />
<br />
6/12/15: Both guidance in [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.4.3.2 LPA Consideration of DBE for On-Call Contracts|EPG 136.4.2.4.3.2 LPA Consideration of DBE for On-Call Contracts]] and [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 June 2015.docx|Fig. 136.4.1, Engineering Services Contract ]] were updated to show that the engineer is required to submit Good Faith Efforts documentation for all agreements greater than $50,000. The engineer must also document Good Faith Efforts made to achieve that DBE goal if the agreed percentage specified is less than the percentage stated. <br />
<br />
6/9/15: A very minor change (adding "LPA" to the title) was made to [[media:136.6.11 2015.doc|Fig. 136.6.11, LPA Floodplain Development Permit]] so that this form will not be confused with MoDOT's other Floodplain Development Permit/Application form.<br />
<br />
6/8/15: In [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.2.5 Bridge (Structure) Submittals|EPG 136.9.2.5 Bridge (Structure) Submittals]], a third paragraph was added (per Sec 202.40.1.1) to provide guidance that a notification of demolition 10 days prior to start is required; also renovation or demolition requires hazardous waste reports and must be in the bid proposal. [[media:136.9.1 2015.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1, Final PS&E Submittal Checklist]], was also updated to reflect these revisions.<br />
<br />
5/29/15: A new file, [[media:Fig. 136.11.16.docx|Fig. 136.11.16, Approved Contract Administration Software]], is now available in the second paragraph of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.13.1_Project_Diaries EPG 136.11.13.1 Project Diaries]. The file was introduced to identify systems that secure diaries.<br />
<br />
5/22/15: [[media:136.3.1 2015.doc|Fig. 136.3.1, Programming Data Form]], was revised by adding questions about the need for right of way. Also, Fig. 136.3.3 Utilities Scoping Checklist was renumbered as [[media:136.7.8.doc|Fig. 136.7.8, Utilities Scoping Checklist]], and moved to [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.6.1 Utility Relocations|EPG 136.7.2.6.1 Utility Relocations]].<br />
<br />
5/15/15: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.9_Commercially_Useful_Function_.28CUF.29 EPG 136.11.9 Commercially Useful Function (CUF)], the latest version of the [[media:146 CUF May 2015.pdf|CUF Determination form]] has been provided.<br />
<br />
5/12/15: Several links in [[136.7 Design#136.7.3.1.2 Job Special Provisions|EPG 136.7.3.1.2 Job Special Provisions]] were updated to the [https://spexternal.modot.mo.gov/sites/de/JSP/Forms/Alt%20LPA.aspx new SharePoint link for JSPs]. Once you are in the new site, just scroll down a little and you will see all the LPA JSPs. <br />
<br />
5/4/15: In [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 May 2015.docx|Fig 136.4.1, Engineering Services Contract]], the good faith effort requirements of #7 under Attachment E (on pg. 19) was modified. The Engineer is now required to submit the Good Faith Efforts documentation illustrating reasonable efforts to obtain DBE Participation.<br />
<br />
4/23/15: [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.7.4 Prompt Payment Policy|EPG 136.3.7.4 Prompt Payment Policy]] was added, in accordance with Missouri law. The existing EPG 136.3.7.4 Policy Enforcement was renumbered as EPG 136.3.7.5.<br />
<br />
4/22/15: The [[media:136.9.4 2015.doc|ADA checklist]] was updated with relatively minor updates in [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)|EPG 136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)]].<br />
<br />
4/22/15: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.3 Step 2 - Creating an RFQ Document|EPG 136.4.2.3 Step 2 - Creating an RFQ Document]], the reference to E-Verify was removed from the first bulleted item.<br />
<br />
4/20/15: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.9 Commercially Useful Function (CUF)|EPG 136.11.9 Commercially Useful Function (CUF)]], the DBE Truckers Interview Form was removed from use in the CUF interview.<br />
<br />
4/20/15: In the first paragraph of [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.2.2 Acquisition Authority|EPG 136.8.2.2 Acquisition Authority]], the guidance was clarified to state that the LPA may talk to the property owners about the project prior to the issuance of an A-Date. They can’t do appraisals, make offers, etc., until the A-Date is issued. Some LPAs were under the impression that they were not allowed to tell property owners anything about a project until they had an A-Date.<br />
<br />
4/9/15: The [[media:136.12.3.3.1 Obligation Request Form Apr 2015.docx|Obligation Request Form]], which is available in [https://epg.modot.mo.gov/index.php?title=136.12_Figures%2C_Glossary_and_Other_Useful_Links#136.12.3.2.1_Commonly_Used_Forms EPG 136.12.3.2.1 Commonly Used Forms], was further updated.<br />
<br />
4/2/15: The [[media:136.12.3.3.1 Obligation Request Form Apr 2015.docx|Obligation Request Form]], which is available in [https://epg.modot.mo.gov/index.php?title=136.12_Figures%2C_Glossary_and_Other_Useful_Links#136.12.3.2.1_Commonly_Used_Forms EPG 136.12.3.2.1 Commonly Used Forms], was updated to include some additional FHWA requirements. New items on the form:<br />
:* If the project has a State Number correlated with it, list it on the Obligation Form after the Federal Aid Number<br />
:* Estimated Award Date – Enter the date the Construction Contract Award Date is anticipated.<br />
:* Travel way ID: Route, Beginning Log Point & Ending Log Point <br />
:* Railroad Impacts – Is the project going to have Railroad Impacts? (Drop Down) Yes or No<br />
:* Utility Clearance – Is the project going to have Utilities Impacts? (Drop Down) No Impacts, Conditional Clearance, or Entire Clearance<br />
:* Construction Completion Date - Enter the date the construction will be complete is anticipated. <br />
:* To Auto Calculate, highlight the $0.00 on Total Estimate or Bid Amount and Press F9. <br />
<br />
3/25/15: [[media:136.4.11 2015.doc|Fig. 136.4.11, Consultant Selection & ESC Submittal Checklist]], was udpated with the new link to MoDOT's Approved Consultant Prequalification List.<br />
<br />
3/20/15: The new subarticle, [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.6.4 Buy America for Utilities|EPG 136.7.2.6.4 Buy America for Utilities]], provides clarification on Buy America requirements for utility relocation.<br />
<br />
3/19/15: [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 2015.docx|Fig. 136.4.1 Engineering Services Contract]] was revised by removing the Attachment C-Overhead Rate Breakdown from the contract. <br />
<br />
3/17/15: A new sentence was added to the first paragraph of [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.7.3 Dedications|EPG 136.8.7.3 Dedications]] to further clarify the documentation needed when property or property rights are dedicated to an LPA. <br />
<br />
3/6/15: [[media:136.11.5 2015.xls|Fig. 136.11.5, DBE Subcontract Worksheet]] and [[media:136.11.6 2015.doc|Fig. 136.11.6, Contractor’s Instructions for Filling out Request to Subcontract Work]] were updated to correct DBE allowance language.<br />
<br />
2/26/15: In [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.2.2 Acquisition Authority|EPG 136.8.2.2 Acquisition Authority]] and the second paragraph of [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.8.1 General|EPG 136.8.8.1 General]], guidance has been expanded for the streamlined documentation process for the acquisitions of LPA projects. Two new forms, [[media:136.8.2.2.docx|Right of Way Acquisition Schedule (Form 136.8.2.2)]] and [[media:136.8.2.2.A.docx|Right of Way Acquisition Schedule Instructions (Form 136.8.2.2.A)]] were added and [[media:136.8.1 2015.doc|Acquisition Authority Request (Form 136.8.1)]] was updated.<br />
<br />
2/23/15: A typo in [[media:136.8.20 2015.docx|Form 136.8.20 LPA Project Acquisition Monitoring Checklist]] was corrected.<br />
<br />
2/20/15: In the first paragraph of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.17.1_Material_Acceptance EPG 136.11.17.1's] item #1, MoDOT's QC/QA Off-Systems Guide Schedule for FAST table is now to be used as a minimum for material acceptance. In item #1's second paragraph, certification card must now be on hand during sampling and testing. In item #2, independent assurance samples and test will be required of the LPA or the LPA's consultant. Also, in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.20_Project_Closeout_Certifications EPG 136.11.20's] item #3, a final list of acceptance testers used on the project must now be provided by the LPA.<br />
<br />
2/6/15: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.9_Commercially_Useful_Function_.28CUF.29 EPG 136.11.9 Commercially Useful Function (CUF)], the latest version of the [[media:146 CUF Jan 2015.pdf|CUF Determination form]] has been provided.<br />
<br />
1/28/15: A minor correction was made to the title of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.8_Local_Public_Agency_Land_Acquisition#136.8.6.3.4_Uniform_Residential_Appraisal_Report_.28URAR.29_and_Addendum EPG 136.8.6.3.4 Uniform Residential Appraisal Report (URAR) and Addendum] by replacing "Approval" with "Appraisal".<br />
<br />
1/8/15: [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]], was updated with the new link to the ADA checklist.<br />
<br />
12/31/14: In [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)|EPG 136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)]], [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3 Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]] was updated to add reference to two JSPs: LDs Specified for Winter Months and Safety Requirements. Further, [[136.7 Design#136.7.3.1.2.1.10 Safety Apparel Requirements|EPG 136.7.3.1.2.1.10 Safety Apparel Requirements]] was added because the new [[media:136.7.7.docx|Safety Requirements JSP]] is now required when a project is on MoDOT’s right of way.<br />
<br />
11/26/14: In [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 2014.docx|Fig. 136.4.1 Engineering Services Contract]], the title of Attachment E was changed on pg.9 to reflect the actual title of the Attachment on pg. 17. [[media:136.9.1 2014.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1 Final PS&E Submittal Checklist]] was revised to reflect that all plan sheets are signed and sealed by the engineer of record.<br />
<br />
11/20/14: In EPG 136.3.12 Federal-aid Participation for Local Work, more specifically in both the fourth paragraph of [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.12.3.4 Procedures|EPG 136.3.12.3.4 Procedures]] and the fifth paragraph of [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.12.4.5 Procedures|EPG 136.3.12.4.5 Procedures]], guidance was revised to clarify change orders and supplements. Guidance now emphasizes that scope and estimates are to be complete and accurate.<br />
<br />
11/17/14: In [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]], two forms were updated: [[media:136.8.8 Nov 2014.doc|Fig. 136.8.8 Clearance Certification Statement]] and [[media:136.8.20 2014.docx|Fig. 136.8.20 Project Acquisition Monitor Checklist]].<br />
<br />
10/16/14: In the third paragraph of [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.11.5.2 Approval of Contract|EPG 136.8.11.5.2 Approval of Contract]], a sentence was removed that had stated that a current real estate agent is required in Missouri.<br />
<br />
9/26/14: In the first paragraphs of [[:Category:136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy|EPG 136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy]], references to Safe Routes to School were removed and references to MAP-21 were added.<br />
<br />
9/25/14: Three forms were updated in [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]]: [[media:136.8.25 Sept 2014.doc|Form 136.8.25 Sample Donation Letter and Waiver of Appraisal]], [[media:136.8.26 2014.doc|Form 136.8.26 Sample Letter Offer (Payment Estimate)]] and [[media:136.8.27 2014.doc|Form 136.8.27 Sample Letter Offer (Value Finding or Standard Format Appraisal)]]. <br />
<br />
9/23/14: The consultant contract limit of the $100,000 total for on-call contracts was clarified in a recent video conference. The second paragraph of [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.4.3 Using the LPA On-Call Consultant List|EPG 136.4.2.4.3 Using the LPA On-Call Consultant List]] was clarified to indicate the total on-call cannot exceed $100,000 for the project. <br />
<br />
9/12/14: Guidance in the first paragraph of [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.11.4 TEAP Process and Timeline|EPG 136.3.8.11.4 TEAP Process and Timeline]] and the second to the last paragraph in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.11.5 Funding|EPG 136.3.8.11.5 Funding]] was updated to reflect that Traffic Division is no longer involved in the TEAP process for LPA project solicitation<br />
<br />
8/28/14: [[media:136.6.7 201.docx|Fig. 136.6.7 Memorandum of Agreement for Migration of Adverse Effects]] was further corrected as a reference to a previous law, STURAA, was replaced with the new law MAP-21.<br />
<br />
8/27/14: The two State Wage Rates links from the MO Dept of Labor were updated in [[136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links#136.12.3.3 Links to Other Resources|EPG 136.12.3.3 Links to Other Resources]]. Also, in [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements|EPG 136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements]], [[media:136.6.7.doc|Fig. 136.6.7, Memorandum of Agreement for Migration of Adverse Effects]] was corrected by moving the location of a statement about stipulations.<br />
<br />
8/22/14: [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3 Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]] was revised by adding a drafter's note to provide guidance for highlighted sections. Language to define the contracting authority was also added.<br />
<br />
8/8/14: [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications|EPG 136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications]] now reflects that project closeout certifications are to be electronically received 60 days of the Final Inspection date.<br />
<br />
8/8/14: In [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.4.1.1.3 Bid Guaranty (49 CFR 18.36)|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.3 Bid Guaranty]], the guidance about the bid guarantee amount was clarified so as to not burden the contractor with high bid bonds. Dollar amounts for bid bond requirements are not to be used.<br />
<br />
8/7/14: Updated the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%207_Negotiation/Roster%20of%20Approved%20Contract%20Negotiators.pdf Roster of Approved Contract Negotiators].<br />
<br />
8/6/14: A new version of the [[media:136.7.2.9 sample letter.docx|Request for a Finding in the Public’s Interest sample letter]] was provided in EPG 136.7.2.9.<br />
<br />
7/29/14: [[media:Fig.136.3.19 2019.pdf|Fig. 136.3.19 Current BEAP Consultant List]] was updated again.<br />
<br />
7/17/14: In Item #1 under the seventh parapraph of [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.10.8 Use of Bridge Soft Match Credit|EPG 136.3.10.8 Use of Bridge Soft Match Credit]], the new [[media:Fig.136.3.27.xls|Fig. 136.3.27 Example of a Soft Match Credit Transfer Request]] has been referenced in a brief sentence. Also, in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.10 Bridge Engineering Assistance Program (BEAP)|EPG 136.3.8.10 Bridge Engineering Assistance Program (BEAP)]], both [[media:Fig.136.3.19 2019.pdf|Fig. 136.3.19 Current BEAP Consultant List]] and Fig. 136.3.20 BEAP Project Tracking Form were updated.<br />
<br />
6/23/14: Updated [[media:136.8.8 2014.doc|Clearance Certification Statement (Form 136.8.8)]].<br />
<br />
6/13/14: Updated the [[media:236.7 Roster of Approved Contract Negotiators June 2014.pdf|Roster of Approved Contract Negotiators]].<br />
<br />
6/11/14: In [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#4. Check to see whether the bridge has been excluded|EPG 136.6.4.1.1 Step 1, Determine Need for Cultural Resource Investigations]], the promised FHWA "Bridge Program Comment Excepted Bridges List"<br />
website is now available.<br />
<br />
5/29/14: Updated the [[media:136.8.25 2014.doc|Sample Donation Letter and Waiver of Appraisal, Form 136.8.25]].<br />
<br />
5/22/14: Updated the [[media:236.7 Roster of Approved Contract Negotiators May 2014.pdf|Roster of Approved Contract Negotiators]].<br />
<br />
5/14/14: The first two paragraphs of [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#136.8.4 Retention and Access to Records|EPG 136.8.4 Retention and Access to Records]] were revised to show that the [[media:136.8.17 2014.doc|Parcel File Checklist (Form 136.8.17)]] is now optional.<br />
<br />
5/13/14: [[media:136.3.18 2014.xls|Fig. 136.3.18 Construction Reimbursement Form]] was updated. Also, [[media:136.8.20.docx|Fig. 136.8.20 Project Acquisition Monitor Checklist]] verbiage was tweaked to include more uniform act check items.<br />
<br />
5/12/14: A very minor correction in EPG 136.11 Local Public Agency Construction's [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#Small Material Quantity Acceptance Table|Small Material Quantity Acceptance Table]]. Now, the AC is shown to be measured in tons and PCC measured in cubic yards.<br />
<br />
5/7/14: In [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]], [[media:136.8.18.docx|Form 136.8.18, RW Plan Review Checklist]] was updated.<br />
<br />
4/30/14: [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.4.3.3 Consultant Evaluations for On-Call Services|EPG 136.4.2.4.3.3 Consultant Evaluations for On-Call Services]] was clarified to show who signs the LPA On-Call Consultant Evaluation and what happens to this document afterwards. <br />
<br />
4/28/14: [[media:136.4.6.docx|Fig. 136.4.6 List of Unallowable Costs]] was updated in EPG 136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management.<br />
<br />
4/21/14: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.13.3 Invoices|EPG 136.11.13.3 Invoices]], and the first paragraphs of both [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.7.3 Progress Invoices|EPG 136.3.7.3 Progress Invoices]] and [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.3.1 Payments/Invoicing|EPG 136.4.3.1 Payments/Invoicing]], the $10,000 requirement for invoicing was removed. It had been replaced with the requirement to invoice at least one time per month but not more often than every 2 weeks. Also, in [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.3.3 Consultant Performance Appraisals|EPG 136.4.3.3 Consultant Performance Appraisals]], a requirement was implemented for the LPA to evaluate the consultant upon completion of work if they were hired by a standard solicitation. Thus, a "should" was replaced with a "must" in the first sentence.<br />
<br />
4/15/14: At the bottom of [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications|EPG 136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications]],"MoDOT will certify the dates on which any on-site inspections were made" was deleted.<br />
<br />
4/1/14: In the second paragraph of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.4.1.1.10.1_Federal_Wage_Rates_.2823_USC_113_and_29_CFR_5.29 EPG 136.9.4.1.1.10.1 Federal Wage Rates], the Dept. of Labor's link and associated information was updated.<br />
<br />
3/31/14: In [[media:136.9.4 Apr 2014.doc|Fig. 136.9.4 ADA Checklist]], two items were clarified, two more items were removed to better align with Access Board’s PROWAG info. PROWAG references were also added to assist users in finding further information on the US Access Bd. website.<br />
<br />
3/19/14: Near the top of [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.1.1 Step 1, Determine Need for Cultural Resource Investigations|EPG 136.6.4.1.1 Step 1, Determine Need for Cultural Resource Investigations]], guidance was added that defined LPA jobs with "No Potential to Cause Adverse Effects" and that do not need a Sec 106 submittal to the SHPO.<br />
<br />
3/18/14: In the second paragraph of [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.4.3 Using the LPA On-Call Consultant List|EPG 136.4.2.4.3 Using the LPA On-Call Consultant List]], a sentence was added to tell the LPA to write a scope for the consultant and produce an estimate to determine whether the project is eligible for the on-call list.<br />
<br />
3/11/14: A minor clarification of titles was made at the bottom of Fig. 136.9.4 ADA Checklist. "Resident Engineer" and "Area Engineer" were replaced with "Engineer of Record".<br />
<br />
3/10/14: In [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award#136.10.8 Award|EPG 136.10.8 Award]], it was clarified that the copies of the contact and associated files to be submitted to the District Contact must be electronic copies.<br />
<br />
3/7/14: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.4.3.1 Selecting a Consultant from the LPA On-Call Consultant List|EPG 136.4.2.4.3.1 Selecting a Consultant from the LPA On-Call Consultant List]], it was clarified that it is not mandatory for LPAs to consider at least 3 firms for each project when reviewing the LPA On-Call Consultant List.<br />
<br />
3/6/14: A link was inserted for the [http://www.modot.org/business/lpa/OnCallListing.htm LPA On-Call Consultant List] in three locations in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.3_Federal_Aid_Basics#136.3.8.11_Traffic_Engineering_Assistance_Program_.28TEAP.29 EPG 136.3.8.11 Traffic Engineering Assistance Program (TEAP)].<br />
<br />
3/5/14: EPG 136.3.18 TAP was moved to [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.7 Transportation Alternatives Program (TAP)|EPG 136.3.8.7 TAP]] and the subsequent EPG 136.3.8 subarticles were renumbered accordingly. The eligible project sponsor information at the bottom of the newly renumbered [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.7.2 Project Eligibility and Selection|EPG 136.3.8.7.2 Project Eligibility and Selection]] was deleted and replaced with a link to [[136.1 Introduction#136.1.2.2 Project Sponsor Eligibility|EPG 136.1.2.2 Project Sponsor Eligibility]] to ensure consistency in the definition of eligible sponsors. <br />
<br />
2/24/14: New guidance is now available for the LPA On-Call Consultant List at [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.4.3 Using the LPA On-Call Consultant List|EPG 136.4.2.4.3 Using the LPA On-Call Consultant List]]. Additional revisions were made in [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.2 Step 1 – Scope of Services|EPG 136.4.2.2 Step 1 – Scope of Services]], [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.3 Step 2 - Creating an RFQ Document|EPG 136.4.2.3 Step 2 - Creating an RFQ Document]] and [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.4 Step 3 - Advertising the RFQ Solicitation|EPG 136.4.2.4 Step 3 - Advertising the RFQ Solicitation]] for this new list. A new form, [[media:136.4.19.docx|Fig. 136.4.19 LPA On-Call Consultant Evaluation]], has also been introduced.<br />
<br />
2/18/14: [[media:136.8.1 2014.doc|Fig. 136.8.1, Acquisition Authority Request]] was updated.<br />
<br />
2/5/14: The contacts were updated in the [[media:136.12.3.3.1 Obligation Request Form 2014.docx|Obligation Request Form]], which is available in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.12_Figures%2C_Glossary_and_Other_Useful_Links#136.12.3.2.1_Commonly_Used_Forms EPG 136.12.3.2.1 Commonly Used Forms].<br />
<br />
2/4/14: [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3 Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]] was updated by removing the requirement for using our template bid bond. Also, "lien waver" was added to the list of documentation examples in #4b of [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications|EPG 136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications]].<br />
<br />
1/31/14: In [[media:136.4.15 2014.doc|Fig. 136.4.15]], a misspelled word was corrected.<br />
<br />
1/30/14: The definition of County Aid Road Trust (CART) Funding was added to [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.12_Figures%2C_Glossary_and_Other_Useful_Links#136.12.2_Glossary EPG 136.12.2 Glassary].<br />
<br />
1/29/14: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.12_Figures%2C_Glossary_and_Other_Useful_Links#136.12.3.3_Links_to_Other_Resources EPG 136.12.3.3 Links to Other Resources], the ADAAG links were updated.<br />
<br />
1/28/14: In [[136.7 Design#Deviations from MoDOT and Federal Requirements|EPG 136.7.2.7 Design Exceptions]], a minor clarification was made to the guidance for the engineer of record submitting the approved design exception to the MoDOT District Contact. It was made clear that the approved design is to be submitted only for projects on MoDOT's system.<br />
<br />
1/10/14: [[media:Fig.136.3.19 2019.pdf|Fig. 136.3.19, Current BEAP Consultant List]] was updated.<br />
<br />
1/9/14: New guidance, [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.7 Transportation Alternatives Program (TAP)|EPG 136.3.8.7 Transportation Alternatives Program (TAP)]] is now available. TAP includes the pre-MAP-21 programs of Transportation Enhancements, Recreational Trails, Safe Routes to School and Scenic Byways. A brief listing of links, [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.17 Emergency Relief|EPG 136.3.17 Emergency Relief]] is also new. Other minor revisions (such as the definitions of MAP-21 and TAP) arising from MAP-21 were made in [[136.1 Introduction#136.1.1 Background and Purpose|EPG 136.1.1 Background and Purpose]] and [[136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links#136.12.2 Glossary|EPG 136.12.2 Glossary]].<br />
<br />
12/18/13: Additional environmental documentation of FHWA approval is now required under Section One of the [[media:136.8.1 2013.doc|Acquisition Authority Request (Form 136.8.1)]].<br />
<br />
11/4/13: [[media:136.11.1 Nov 2013.doc|Fig. 136.11.1, General Guidelines for LPA Preconstruction Conference]], was updated to include "land disturbance permit" as part of the pre-construction conference topics.<br />
<br />
10/18/13: Guidance in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.7_Design#136.7.2.10_Value_Engineering EPG 136.7.2.10 Value Engineering] was updated to comply with MAP-21, the federal surface transportation law. Now, National Highway System (NHS) projects costing at least $50,000,000 and NHS bridge projects costing at least $40,000,000 require a Value Engineering (VE) study. (Previously, VE studies were required for NHS projects costing $25M and NHS bridge projects costing $20M.) Design/Build projects are exempt from this VE study requirement.<br />
<br />
10/11/13: EPG 136.3.15.1 Progress Invoice was moved to [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.3_Federal_Aid_Basics#136.3.7.3_Progress_Invoices EPG 136.3.7.3] to reflect the federal definition of Reasonable Progress. There was no change in policy.<br />
<br />
10/1/13: EPG 906 TEAP has been moved to [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.11 Traffic Engineering Assistance Program (TEAP)|EPG 136.3.8.11 Traffic Engineering Assistance Program (TEAP)]]. The modified EPG language reflects Design Division timelines and processes. One of the main process changes is that the TEAP studies will be provided through on-call consultants. (Local agencies will select a consultant from an approved list of on-call consultants to complete a TEAP study for them.) The TEAP application has also been completely revised to resemble other DE or LPA standard applications. In FY 2014, the Traffic & Highway Safety Division and the Local Programs group will partner to administer TEAP. The TEAP processes and timelines will remain the same. In FY 2015, the administration of TEAP will be through the Local Programs group.<br />
<br />
9/27/13: In [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.6.1 Utility Relocations|EPG 136.7.2.6.1 Utility Relocations]], new guidance has been provided for the Utility Status Letter to be prepared by the LPA. <br />
<br />
9/24/13: The format, not the content, of [[media:136.4.7 Sept 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.7, Sample Solicitation & Sample Scope of Services]] was updated.<br />
<br />
9/23/13: In [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award#136.10.8 Award|EPG 136.10.8 Award]], guidance including three new files was added to provide sufficient documentation so LPA can produce an actual contract. Also, [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate ]] was updated to include sample contract forms.<br />
<br />
9/20/13: In the EPG 136.6 sidebar, at the top of the article, a link to the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation's [http://www.achp.gov/apptoolkit.html Section 106 Applicant Toolkit] was added under "Other Figures and Information for EPG 136.6". It applies to all federally funded or permitted projects, and gives a good background on the Section 106 process.<br />
<br />
9/18/13: A typo was corrected in [[media:136.9.5 2013.doc|Fig. 136.9.5, LPA Certification of PS&E]].<br />
<br />
9/12/13: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification|EPG 136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification]], the link to the ''Uniform Audit & Accounting Guide'' was updated to the 2012 edition of this publication. <br />
<br />
9/11/13: Very minor editorial revisions were made to Figs. [[media:136.4.9 Sept 2013.doc|136.4.9 (Local Sponsor ESC Sample Cover Letter)]], [[media:136.8.25 Sept 2013.doc|136.8.25 (Sample Donation Letter & Waiver of Appraisal)]], [[media:136.8.26 Sept 2013.doc|136.8.26 (Sample Letter Offer – Pay Estimate)]] and [[media:136.8.27 Sept 2013.doc|136.8.27 (Sample Letter Offer – Value Finding)]].<br />
<br />
9/9/13: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification|EPG 136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification]], a note was added to Point #2 to clarify whether the Certificate of Authority is required.<br />
<br />
9/6/13: In [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]], several forms ([[media:136.8.25 2013.doc|Form 136.8.25 Sample Donation Letter & Waiver of Appraisal]], [[media:136.8.26 2013.doc|Form 136.8.26 Sample Letter Offer – Pay Estimate]] and [[media:136.8.27 2013.doc|Form 136.8.27 Sample Letter Offer – Value Finding]]) were updated due to a request from FHWA.<br />
<br />
9/5/13: A minor clarification was made in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.4_Consultant_Selection_and_Consultant_Contract_Management#136.4.1.5_Consultant_Qualification EPG 136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification]. Point #2 was expanded to show that the consultant will be required to have a Certificate of Good Standing and hold a certification of authority from the MO Board for Architects, Professional Engineers, Professional Land Surveyors and Landscape Architects.<br />
<br />
8/21/13: At the bottom of [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.8 Stormwater and Erosion Control|EPG 136.6.4.8 Stormwater and Erosion Control]], a minor reference to EPG 806.8 SWPPP was added for greater convenience.<br />
<br />
8/20/13: The [http://moltap.org/ Missouri Local Technical Assistance Program] link was updated in EPG 136.12.3.3.<br />
<br />
8/19/13: The link to newest 7/2012 [http://www.modot.org/business/contractor_resources/documents/RequesttoSubcontract_C-220.pdf Request to Subcontract Work Form] was updated in EPG 136.11.8.<br />
<br />
8/12/13: For greater convenience, links to [http://www.modot.org/newsandinfo/functionalclassificationmaps/index.htm "functional classification"] have been added to [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics|EPG 136.3 Federal Aid Basics]]. <br />
<br />
8/6/13: Subconsultant requirements were updated in [[media:Fig. 136.4.14 Aug 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.14, Checklist for reviewing Consultant Contracts]]. <br />
<br />
7/12/13: The [[media:Fig.136.3.19 2019.pdf|BEAP Consultant List]] was updated.<br />
<br />
7/11/13: Revisions made to [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.7.3.1 Subconsultant cost exceeding $25,000|EPG 136.4.2.7.3.1 Subconsultant cost exceeding $25,000]] and [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.9 MoDOT Review of Consultant Contract|EPG 136.4.2.9 MoDOT Review of Consultant Contract]] result from MoDOT's Audits and Investigation Division ceasing the pre-negotiations reviews and shifting the reviews to project managers and/or contract administrators. Also updated the checklist in [[media:Fig. 136.4.14 July 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.14, Checklist for reviewing Consultant Contracts]] to be more helpful.<br />
<br />
7/8/13: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.7.3 Subconsultants|EPG 136.4.2.7.3 Subconsultants]], the MRC form was replaced with the new Consultant Certification of Indirect Cost form.<br />
<br />
7/5/13: Fig. 136.3.20, BEAP Project Tracking Form, was updated.<br />
<br />
6/26/13: Some minor formatting issues were addressed in [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 June 26, 2013.docx|Fig. 136.4.1, Engineering Services Contract ]].<br />
<br />
6/25/13: EPG 754 BEAP info was slightly modified and moved to [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.10 Bridge Engineering Assistance Program (BEAP)|EPG 136.3.8.10 Bridge Engineering Assistance Program (BEAP)]].<br />
<br />
6/25/13: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.1.1 Federal Law|EPG 136.4.1.1 Federal Law]], a minor clarification of the italicized text from "federally funded projects" to "projects that utilize Federal Aid Highway Program funds for engineering". Also, in [[media:136.4.10 2013.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.10, LPA Consultant Services Invoice]], more spaces were added for direct salaries in the invoice.<br />
<br />
6/18/13: Three links (to BRO and Soft Match Balances, DBE Submittal Forms and Disadvantaged Business Enterprises) were removed from EPG 136.12.3.2. Also, EPG 136.12 Figures and Glossary was retitled to [[136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links|EPG 136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links]].<br />
<br />
6/17/3: In [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]], the acceptance for provision for asphalt cement price index, seal coat price index, underseal price index and UBAWS membrane price index was updated.<br />
<br />
6/13/13: In [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#Program Comment for Post-1945 Common Bridge Types.|EPG 136.6.4.1.1 Step 1, Determine Need for Cultural Resource Investigations]], Post-1945 Bridge information was added to allow the exemption of some bridges from the Sec 106 review. <br />
<br />
6/11/13: Incorrect references to "consultant" were replaced with "engineer" in [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 June 2013.docx|Fig. 136.4.1, Engineering Services Contract]].<br />
<br />
6/10/13: An updated table of approved Missouri Scenic Byways was added to [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.8.2 Project Eligibility and Selection|EPG 136.3.8.8.2 Project Eligibility and Selection]]. Also, in both [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award#136.10.7.1.1 Responsive Bid|EPG 136.10.7.1.1 Responsive Bid]] and [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award#136.10.7.3.3 DBE Submittal Form Review|EPG 136.10.7.3.3 DBE Submittal Form Review]], the DBE requirements at bid opening were clarified.<br />
<br />
6/6/13: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.5 Step 4 - Response to the RFQ|EPG 136.4.2.5 Step 4 - Response to the RFQ]], the requirement to send the e-verify with each letter of interest was removed. MoDOT now requires firms to be prequalified and part of prequalification is the e-verification of documents. Also, a minor correction was made to the revision date of [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]].<br />
<br />
6/5/13: The [http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/documents/StandardConsultantPrequalificationProcess.pdf How-To Tutorial for MoDOT's Consultant Standard Prequalification Process] is now available. Also now available are links to the [http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/standard_prequalification_process.htm Standard Prequalification Process] and [http://www.modot.org/business/consultant_resources/documents/SAFEHARBORELIGIBILITYREQUIREMENTS_004.pdf Safe Harbor Indirect Cost Rate (SHR) Prequalification Process].<br />
<br />
6/4/13: A minor correction was made to [[media:136.6.8 2013.doc|Fig. 136.6.8, LPA Section 4(f) Compliance Worksheet for Public Lands]]. (In the figure, Item 13 was changed to Item 15 under Question 5.) Also, the link to the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%206_Appraisal%20and%20Appraisal%20Review/Roster%20of%20Approved%20Contract%20Appraisers.pdf Roster of Approved Contract Appraisers] was updated in [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]].<br />
<br />
5/31/13: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.7.3.2 Subconsultant cost NOT exceeding $25,000|EPG 136.4.2.7.3.2 Subconsultant cost NOT exceeding $25,000]], new guidance clarified that a subconsultant charging less than $25K must also submit the Management Representation and Certification Form.<br />
<br />
5/30/13: Information was added to [[media:136.4.7 May 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.7, Sample Solicitation & Sample Scope of Services]] and [[media:Fig. 136.4.14 May 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.14, Checklist for reviewing Consultant Contracts]] ensuring hazardous waste inspections and reports were being done. Also, [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.4 Construction Engineering (CE) and Construction Administration|EPG 136.4.4 Construction Engineering (CE) and Construction Administration]] having links to EPG 136.11 was added. The former EPG 136.4.4 was renumbered as EPG 136.4.5 Key Submittals/Requirements. Finally, a minor revision was made to [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]].<br />
<br />
5/21/13: In [[136.7 Design#136.7.6 Public Hearings|EPG 136.7.6 Public Hearings]], it was clarified that the approved preliminary plan is to be available for public viewing/display during the 21-day advertisement period.<br />
<br />
5/17/13: Minor clarification was added to [[media:136.9.1 May 17, 2013.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1, Final PS&E Submittal Checklist]], and [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]].<br />
<br />
5/16/13: New guidance about contract execution timeframe has been provided in [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.7.5 Contract Execution|EPG 136.4.2.7.5 Contract Execution]].<br />
<br />
5/16/13: [[media:110.2 checklist 2013.pdf|Fig. 136.11.13, Job Bulletin Board Checklist]], was updated. Also, guidance for selecting and scoring consultants was added to the bottom of [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.6 Step 5 - Selection of Consultant|EPG 136.4.2.6 Step 5 - Selection of Consultant]].<br />
<br />
5/15/13: Fig 136.4.8, District Representative ESC Cover Letter, was removed since this form is no longer required.<br />
<br />
5/14/13: The name of a figure was updated in [[media:136.9.1 May 2013.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1, Final PS&E Submittal Checklist]].<br />
<br />
5/10/13: At the bottom of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.3_Federal_Aid_Basics#136.3.8.2.2_Project_Eligibility_and_Selection EPG 136.3.8.2.2], [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.3_Federal_Aid_Basics#136.3.8.3.2_Project_Eligibility_and_Selection EPG 136.3.8.3.2] and [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.3_Federal_Aid_Basics#136.3.8.5.2_Project_Eligibility_and_Selection EPG 136.3.8.5.2], convenient links for additional guidance for STP and CMAQ funds were added to guidance having to do with project eligibility and selection.<br />
<br />
5/9/13: In [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]], the checkbox for "all e-verify information" on the bidders checklist was removed since the e-verify information is only a requirement prior to award and is not required to be submitted with the bids.<br />
<br />
5/3/13: In [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award#136.10.8 Award|EPG 136.10.8 Award]], expanded and clarified guidance for what the LPA should submit to the district after the LPA executes the contract. Also, a minor clarification was made to the title of [[media:136.11.1 2013.doc|Fig. 136.11.1]], General Guideline for LPA Preconstruction Conference.<br />
<br />
5/2/13: A very minor update was made to [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 May 2013.docx|Fig. 136.4.1 ESC]]. Also, in [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]], updated the links to both the Roster of Approved Contract Appraisers and Roster of Approved Contract Negotiators.<br />
<br />
4/30/13: [[media:136.4.7 Apr 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.7, Sample Solicitation & Sample Scope of Services]], was updated with a minor revision.<br />
<br />
4/22/13: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.9_Commercially_Useful_Function_.28CUF.29 EPG 136.11.9 Commercially Useful Function (CUF)], the latest version of the [[media:146 CUF 2015.pdf|CUF Determination form]] has been provided by MoDOT's External Civil Rights Division.<br />
<br />
4/15/13: A convenient link to CUF red flags was added in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.9_Commercially_Useful_Function_.28CUF.29 EPG 136.11.9 CUF]. Also, guidance was added in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.20_Project_Closeout_Certifications EPG 136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications, 4b] for the LPA to provide documentation that each DBA was paid in full. This type of DBE documentation may include a letter, e-mail or copies of reimbursement checks.<br />
<br />
4/15/13: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.12_Figures_and_Glossary#136.12.3.2.1_Commonly_Used_Forms EPG 136.12.3.2.1 Commonly Used Forms], the [[media:136.12.3.3.1 Obligation Request Form 2013.docx|Obligation Request Form]] was updated with a very minor revision.<br />
<br />
4/4/13: Some references within the checklist of [[media:Fig. 136.4.14 Apr 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.14, Checklist for reviewing Consultant Contracts]], were updated.<br />
<br />
4/2/13: A very minor update (a new logo) was made to [[media:Fig. 136.4.8 Apr 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.8, District Representative ESC Cover Letter]].<br />
<br />
3/27/13: A very minor update was made to [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 Mar 2013.docx|Fig. 136.4.1 ESC]].<br />
<br />
3/20/13: [[media:Fig. 136.4.14 Mar 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.14, Checklist for Reviewing Consultant Contracts]], was revised with updated document references.<br />
<br />
3/12/13: Information regarding the page limits for the letter of interest was updated in [[media:136.4.7 Mar 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.7]].<br />
<br />
2/28/13: In [[media:136.4.9 Feb 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.9]], a sentence was added regarding a city not being staffed to do engineering work and the need to hire a consultant.<br />
<br />
2/26/13: [[media:136.4.7 Feb 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.7, Sample Solicitation & Sample Scope of Services]] was updated to include "right of way plans" in the sample scope of services.<br />
<br />
2/25/13: [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.12 Construction Administration|EPG 136.11.12 Construction Administration]] was re-titled (from "EPG 136.11.12 Consultant Construction Engineering Services") and expanded to give more guidance on construction administration expectations. <br />
<br />
2/21/13: [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)#136.9.2.10 ADA Checklist|EPG 136.9.2.10]] was retitled "ADA Checklist" (from "ADA Certification and Checklist"), a minor change.<br />
<br />
2/8/13: [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3]] was updated with minor corrections.<br />
<br />
2/4/13: In [[media:136.4.11 Feb 2013.doc|Fig. 136.4.11]], the conflict of interest line item was added.<br />
<br />
2/4/13: In [[136.1 Introduction#136.1.2.2 Project Sponsor Eligibility|EPG 136.1.2.2 Project Sponsor Eligibility]], the definition of an eligible sponsor for federal aid transportation projects was clarified. This change allows MoDOT to focus our limited resources on public agencies that have public accountability and typically have the internal structure and knowledge to deliver a federal aid project. Project sponsors must be a city, county or transportation related government agency to be eligible to administer a federal aid transportation project. All other entities including, but not limited to, school districts and not-for-profit agencies must partner with a city or county to apply for and/or administer a federal aid transportation project.<br />
<br />
2/1/13: [[media:136.9.1 2013.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1]] updated to remove the requirement for ADA certification. Also, Fig. 136.9.12 (ADA Certification) deleted and incorporated into [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 2013.docx|Fig. 136.4.1 Engineering Services Contract]].<br />
<br />
2/1/13: In several locations in EPG 136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management, clarification of the criteria for prequalifying a consultant for MoDOT and LPA work. Info that was added back on 11/1/12 was removed, among other updates to [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification|EPG 136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification]], [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.1.6 Conflict of Interest|EPG 136.4.1.6 Conflict of Interest]], [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.5 Step 4 - Response to the RFQ|EPG 136.4.2.5 Step 4 - Response to the RFQ]] and [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.6 Step 5 - Selection of Consultant|EPG 136.4.2.6 Step 5 - Selection of Consultant]]. Also, Figs. [[media:136.4.7 2013.doc|136.4.7]], [[media:Fig. 136.4.8 2013.doc|136.4.8]], [[media:136.4.9 2013.doc|136.4.9]], [[media:136.4.11 2013.doc|136.4.11]] and [[media:Fig. 136.4.14 2013.doc|136.4.14]] were updated to reflect the new consultant prequalification requirements. The ''How to Evaluate'' PowerPoint tutorial was updated. Finally, [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 2013.docx|Fig. 136.4.1 Engineering Services Contract]] was updated to include the following sections:<br />
:* Added prompt payment language<br />
:* Added suspension and termination language<br />
:* Added lobbying certification language<br />
:* Added OPTIONAL insurance language<br />
:* Added the Conflict of Interest Form as Attachment G<br />
:* Added ADA certification language (no longer have to use a separate ADA certification form, which was Fig. 136.9.12).<br />
<br />
1/29/13: In EPG 136.7.2.4.2, the old Fig. 136.9.4 was updated to the correct, current figure.<br />
<br />
1/28/13: In Item "b" of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.1.2_Step_2.2C_Cultural_Resource_Investigations Step 2a. The Cultural Resource Survey] in 136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements, guidance has been added to conveniently provide SHPO architectural survey info.<br />
<br />
1/22/13: A very minor clarification to [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.3_Federal_Aid_Basics#136.3.12.4.4_Submittal_Requirements EPG 136.3.12.4.4] (a reference to Fig. 136.3.17 was added).<br />
<br />
1/17/13: [[media:136.9.11.pdf|Fig. 136.9.11, Example Estimate]], has been added. This estimate is broken down into the required categories for payment.<br />
<br />
1/16/13: Some of the verbiage in the second paragraph of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.4_Consultant_Selection_and_Consultant_Contract_Management#136.4.2.11_CE_Funding_Obligation EPG 136.4.2.11 CE Funding Obligation] was clarified.<br />
<br />
1/15/13: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#136.11.15.1 Change Order Documentation|EPG 136.11.15.1 Change Order Documentation]], guidance about whether re-designs are eligible for federal participation was clarified. A similar, smaller clarification was also made in #7 of [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.15 Reimbursement and Auditing|EPG 136.3.15 Reimbursement and Auditing]].<br />
<br />
12/27/12: In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction|EPG 136.11 Local Public Agency Construction]], updated references to Fig. 136.11.9 from "Contractor Certification" to "Contractor DBE Certification".<br />
<br />
12/21/12: A note was added to [[media:136.4.17 Dec 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.17]] about PE ceiling or CE ceiling amounts.<br />
<br />
12/10/12: [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.4.1.1.11_E-Verify_Affidavit_.26_MOU_.28RsMO_285.530.29 EPG 136.9.4.1.1.11 E-Verify Affidavit & MOU] was updated. (The bid proposal must now state that the E-verify affidavit and MOU must be submitted prior to award of the contract.) Also [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]] was clarified on the use of bid bond forms and when worker eligibility documents must be submitted.<br />
<br />
12/5/12: Item 78 in [[media:136.9.1 Dec 5, 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1]] was updated with a minor revision to match the Obligation Request Form categories.<br />
<br />
11/27/12: [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.7_Design#136.7.3.1.2.1.4_Lump_Sum_Items EPG 136.7.3.1.2.1.4 Lump Sum Items] was clarified by stating that spec lump sum items do not require a JSP. <br />
<br />
11/26/12: Several minor clarifications were made to [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management|EPG 136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management]]. The most notable clarifications were made to [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.1.3.2 Preliminary Engineering Activities by Local Forces|EPG 136.4.1.3.2 Preliminary Engineering Activities by Local Forces]] (about when the LPA is not requesting reimbursement for the in-house design services), [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.6 Step 5 - Selection of Consultant|EPG 136.4.2.6 Step 5 - Selection of Consultant]] (about rating as many firms as necessary), [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.2.7.3 Subconsultants|EPG 136.4.2.7.3 Subconsultants]] (about encouraging subconsultants to be prequalified), [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.3.1 Payments/Invoicing|EPG 136.4.3.1 Payments/Invoicing]] (adding that each invoice must show the total DBE payments for the particular invoice) and [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.3.2 Supplemental Agreements|EPG 136.4.3.2 Supplemental Agreements]] (about LPA responsibility to fund the work).<br />
<br />
11/21/12: Minor updates were made to Figs. [[media:136.4.11 2012.doc|136.4.11]] and [[media:Fig. 136.4.14 Nov 2012.doc|136.4.14]].<br />
<br />
11/19/12: In EPG 136.11.2 Work by LPA Forces, the [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/1273/1273.pdf link to FHWA Fom 1273] was updated.<br />
<br />
11/15/12: [[media:136.4.10 Nov 15, 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.10, LPA Consultant Services Invoice]], was updated to expand the DBE information.<br />
<br />
11/2/12: LPAs' website advertisement opportunities were expanded in the first paragraph of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.10_Advertisement_for_Bid_and_Project_Award#136.10.3_Bid_Opening_Advertisement EPG 136.10.3 Bid Opening Advertisement ].<br />
<br />
11/1/12: Guidance was added to [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#6. Bridge Consultants Only:|EPG 136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification, #6 Bridge Consultants Only]] that the Bridge Experience Profile and Personal Bridge Experience Record forms must be updated every 3 years. <br />
<br />
10/25/12: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.4_Consultant_Selection_and_Consultant_Contract_Management#136.4.2.7.2_Basis_of_Payment EPG 136.4.2.7.2 Basis of Payment], changed the mileage reimbursable rates from the IRS rate to GSA's current POV Mileage Reimbursable Rate. Also updated [[media:Fig. 136.4.14 2012.doc|Fig. 136.4.14]] to reflect this change.<br />
<br />
10/23/12: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.12_Figures_and_Glossary#136.12.3.2.1_Commonly_Used_Forms EPG 136.12.3.2.1 Commonly Used Forms], removed Fig. 136.12, Sample Form for Submitting Invoices from the gray "Forms and Information" box. This form was out-of-date and has been relabeled elsewhere.<br />
<br />
10/22/12: [[media:136.9.12 Oct 2012.doc|Fig. 136.9.12's]] cross slope compliance guidance was slightly modified.<br />
<br />
10/12/12: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.3.3 Consultant Performance Appraisals|EPG 136.4.3.3 Consultant Performance Appraisals]], guidance was clarified on how to document consultant evaluations.<br />
<br />
10/11/12: A minor typo update was made to [[media:136.8.8 2012.doc|Form 136.8.8]]. <br />
<br />
10/10/12: A minor change was made to [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]], clarifying that the E-verify information must be submitted with each bid.<br />
<br />
10/5/12: [[media:136.4.10 Oct 5, 2012.xlsx|Figs. 136.4.10]] and [[media:136.4.17 Oct 5, 2012.xlsx|136.4.17]] were updated. In Fig. 136.4.10, more cells were locked and Cell C68 was updated, while in Fig. 136.4.17, commentary was added on how to fill out Section 2 of the invoice. Also, in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics|EPG 136.3 Federal Aid Basics]] the "How To" PowerPoint, [[media:136.4.2.3 How to Develop a Winning Project Application.ppt|How to Develop a Winning Project Application]], was added.<br />
<br />
10/1/12: In [[media:136.4.10 Oct 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.10]], changed cells to have 2 decimal points instead of none. In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.10_Hazardous_Waste EPG 136.6.4.10], minor clarifications were made about including inspection reports in the bid proposal. In [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)|EPG 136.9]], minor clarifications were made to [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.2.1_Environmental.2C_Historical_and_Cultural_Requirements EPG 136.9.2.1] and [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.4.1.1.4_Certifications_Regarding_Affirmative_Action_and_Equal_Opportunity 136.9.4.1.1.4] about including all hazardous waste reports and changing the timeline for submitting subcontractor affirmative action certification prior to the notice to proceed for construction, respectively. In [[media:136.9.1 Sept 28, 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1]], a line item was added for Asbestos and Lead Paint Inspection Reports that need to be a part of the bid book. In [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction|EPG 136.11]], a requirement for Hazardous Waste Notifications was added to [[media:136.11.1 Sept 2012.doc|Fig. 136.11.1]]. <br />
<br />
9/25/12: [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3]] was revised by adding a revision date and a statement on project award.<br />
<br />
9/24/12: A minor clarification was made to [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.4.1.1.15_Disadvantaged_Business_Enterprise_.28DBE.29_.2849_CFR_Part_26.29 EPG 136.9.4.1.1.15] about the DBE goal applying to the entire federally-funded project. Also, a very minor update was made to [[media:136.9.1 Sept 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1]].<br />
<br />
9/5/12: Three figures, [[media:136.4.10 Sept 5, 2012.xlsx|136.4.10]], [[media:136.4.17 Sept 2012.xlsx|136.4.17]] and [[media:136.4.18 Sept 5, 2012.docx|136.4.18]], were updated with minor revisions.<br />
<br />
9/4/12: The ADA Checklist, Fig. 136.9.4, was updated, replacing the old "ADA Post-Construction" and "Post-Inspection" Checklist. The new ADA Checklist presents expanded information to comply with the US Access Board's PROWAG 2005 and 2010 ADA/ABA standards. Also, [[media:136.4.10 Sept 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.10]] was updated with a minor revision.<br />
<br />
8/30/12: Under "Federal-Aid Essential Videos" in the gray box at the top of [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management|EPG 136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management]], the "Federal-Aid Program Overview" video was replaced with three other videos.<br />
<br />
8/29/12: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.4_Consultant_Selection_and_Consultant_Contract_Management#136.4.1.5_Consultant_Qualification EPG 136.4.1.5 Consultant Qualification], guidance was clarified for consultant qualification.<br />
<br />
8/29/12: DBE requirement guidance was clarified in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.4_Consultant_Selection_and_Consultant_Contract_Management#136.4.3.2_Supplemental_Agreements EPG 136.4.3.2 Supplemental Agreements]. <br />
<br />
8/27/12: Links to various FHWA videos were added to the gray boxes at the top of several articles (including [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics|EPG 136.3 Federal Aid Basics]], [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management|EPG 136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management]], [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements|EPG 136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements]], [[136.7 Design|EPG 136.7 Design]], [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 LPA Land Acquisition]], [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)|EPG 136.9 PSE]], [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award|EPG 136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award]] and [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction|EPG 136.11 LPA Construction]]).<br />
<br />
8/22/12: The invoice template guidance was clarified and slightly expanded in the "Invoice Detail" portion of [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management#136.4.3.1 Payments/Invoicing|EPG 136.4.3.1 Payments/Invoicing]].<br />
<br />
8/20/12: Fig. 136.9.1 was revised with a minor update.<br />
<br />
8/9/12: [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3]] (Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate) was updated.<br />
<br />
7/31/12: Revised [[media:136.4.10 July 31, 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.10]] and [[media:136.4.18 July 2012.docx|Fig. 136.4.18]] with minor updates.<br />
<br />
7/30/12: In [[136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links#136.12.3.2.1 Commonly Used Forms|EPG 136.12.3.2.1]], the link to FHWA Form 1273 was updated. The new link is the same as the current link to this form in EPG 136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE).<br />
<br />
7/23/12: [[media:136.4.10 July 23, 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.10, LPA Consultant Services Invoice]], was updated with a minor revision.<br />
<br />
7/23/12: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.4_Consultant_Selection_and_Consultant_Contract_Management#136.4.2.4.1_Advertising_on_MoDOT.E2.80.99s_Site EPG 136.4.2.4.1 Advertising on MoDOT’s Site], guidance was clarified by adding "When advertising on MoDOT's website, the LPA can choose to also advertise in a newspaper but it is not required."<br />
<br />
7/18/12: Several links were updated and references to form attachments were updated in [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management|EPG 136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management]]. Also, [[media:Fig. 136.4.1.docx|Fig. 136.4.1]] had minor clarifications and [[media:136.4.17 July 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.17]] had one minor update.<br />
<br />
7/17/12: [[media:136.4.10 July 2012.xlsx|Fig. 136.4.10]] was updated with minor changes.<br />
<br />
7/17/12: A clarification in the second paragraph of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.2.3_Utility_Status EPG 136.9.2.3 Utility Status]: "bid opening" was replaced with "construction obligation".<br />
<br />
7/12/12: Figs. 136.4.18 and 136.9.1 were updated with minor corrections.<br />
<br />
7/6/12: In [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management|EPG 136.4]], Figs. 136.4.10 and 136.4.17 were updated as xlsx files.<br />
<br />
7/2/12: [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/1273/1273.pdf Fig. 136.9.7, Required Contract Provision], was updated.<br />
<br />
6/25/12: Fig. 136.5.4, Non-Infrastructure Obligation Request Form, was made available in [[136.5 Non-Infrastructure|EPG 136.5 Non-Infrastructure]].<br />
<br />
6/19/20: In EPG 136.4, the "How To" tutorial [[media:136.4 How to Evaluate.ppt|How to Evaluate Consultant Proposals, Complete Rating Sheets and Make a Selection]] was added. Also, minor updates were done to [[media:136.4.10 June 20, 2012.doc|Fig. 136.4.10, LPA Consultant Services Invoice]].<br />
<br />
6/14/12: In [[136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links#136.12.1 Figures|EPG 136.12.1 Figures]] and [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 LPA Land Acquisition]], the Roster of Approved Contract Appraisers was updated so that LPAs can access it. Also, the Roster of Approved Contract Negotiators was added.<br />
<br />
6/12/12: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.10.2_Painting_Bridges_and_Demolition_of_Painted_Structures EPG 136.6.4.10.2 Painting Bridges and Demolition of Painted Surfaces], a process change has been required by MoDOT's signing an MOU with DHSS. For any lead testing activity, the contractor must be licensed as a lead abatement contractor and the contractor must provide the proper notification(s) to DHSS. <br />
<br />
6/11/12: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.10.1_Renovation_and_Demolition_of_Structures EPG 136.6.4.10.1 Renovation and Demolition of Structures], the use of an Asbestos Building Inspector was specified rather than "a certified asbestos inspector". Also, in [[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management|EPG 136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management]], Figs. 136.4.10 and 136.4.18 were updated.<br />
<br />
6/6/12: Fig. 136.11.6 was clarified so that which form is being filled out and which of the other two figures comprising each half when the contractor fills it out are now clearly indicated. <br />
<br />
6/4/12: A small clarification was made in Fig. 136.9.12.<br />
<br />
5/25/12: Fig. 136.9.1 was updated with minor clarifications. Also, [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.2.11_PS.26E_Certification EPG 136.9.2.11] was added to further clarify the PS&E certification.<br />
<br />
5/21/12: Several minor corrections of references to Federal Bid Proposal Boilerplate sections in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.4.1.1.4_Certifications_Regarding_Affirmative_Action_and_Equal_Opportunity EPG 136.9.4.1.1.4] through [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.9_Plans%2C_Specs_and_Estimates_%28PSE%29#136.9.4.1.1.7_Lobbying_Certification_.2849_CFR_part_20.29 EPG 136.9.4.1.1.7].<br />
<br />
5/17/12: In [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.2_National_Environmental_Policy_Act_.28NEPA.29_Classification EPG 136.6.2 NEPA Classification], the info about the three-year shelf life of the NEPA was clarified. In [[136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links#136.12.3.2.1 Commonly Used Forms|EPG 136.12.3.2.1 Commonly Used Forms]], the Obligation Request Form was updated. Also, Fig. 136.3.17 Work by Local Forces Proposal was updated.<br />
<br />
5/11/12: A useful PowerPoint tutorial, "How to Complete the RFQ and Get it Advertised", is now available in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.4_Consultant_Selection_and_Consultant_Contract_Management#136.4.2.3_Step_2_-_Creating_an_RFQ_Document EPG 136.4.2.3]. <br />
<br />
5/10/12: Fig. 136.9.1 was updated with minor clarifications. Also, there were minor corrections to [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.10_Advertisement_for_Bid_and_Project_Award#136.10.6.1_Certification_Regarding_Anti-collusion EPG 136.10.6.1], [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.10_Advertisement_for_Bid_and_Project_Award#136.10.6.2_Certification_Regarding_Use_of_Contract_Funds_for_Lobbying EPG 136.10.6.2], [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.10_Advertisement_for_Bid_and_Project_Award#136.10.6.3_Certification_Regarding_Debarment_and_Suspension EPG 136.10.6.3] and [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.10_Advertisement_for_Bid_and_Project_Award#136.10.6.4_Certifications_Regarding_Affirmative_Action_and_Equal_Opportunity EPG 136.10.6.4].<br />
<br />
5/3/12: Updated [[media:136.9.3 2018.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate]].<br />
<br />
4/30/12: [[media:136.9.1.xls|Fig. 136.9.1]] updated as an Excel file.<br />
<br />
4/30/12: Two new figures (Figs. 136.11.14 and 136.11.15) and associated guidance were added to [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.3_Federal_Aid_Basics#136.3.7.3_Progress_Invoices EPG 136.3.7.3 Progress Invoices] and [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction#136.11.13.3_Invoices EPG 136.11.13.3 Invoices].<br />
<br />
4/30/12: Because the info required by Fig. 136.3.1 Programming Data was split between it and Fig. 136.6.4 LPA Request for Env'l Review, the guidance for programming projects was revised. Note changes in the table in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.7.1 Procedures|EPG 136.3.7.1]], new guidance in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8 Programs|EPG 136.3.8 Programs]] and shortened guidance in [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.1.3 Project Programming|EPG 136.3.8.1.3]], [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.2.3 Project Programming|EPG 136.3.8.2.3]], [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.3.3 Project Programming|EPG 136.3.8.3.3]], [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.5.3.1 Roadway Type Projects|EPG 136.8.5.3.1]] and [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.8.5.3.2 Non-Infrastructure Projects|EPG 136.3.8.5.3.2]].<br />
<br />
4/27/12: The guidance on the need for an erosion control plan was clarified in the first paragraph of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.8_Stormwater_and_Erosion_Control EPG 136.6.4.8 Stormwater and Erosion Control]. In the third paragraph of EPG 136.6.4.8, it was further clarified that the SWPPP does not need to be site-specific, but the erosion control plan does need to be site-specific.<br />
<br />
4/24/12: Comments from the Corps of Engineers have clarified guidance in both [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.3_Section_404_Permits_for_Wetlands_and_Streams EPG 136.6.4.3 Section 404 Permits for Wetlands and Streams] and [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=136.6_Environmental_and_Cultural_Requirements#136.6.4.4_Channel_Modification EPG 136.6.4.4 Channel Modification].<br />
<br />
4/24/12: Several "How To" PowerPoint tutorials were added to EPG 136 LPA Policy articles. View these new tutorials at the bottom of the large, gray "Figure" boxes at the top of [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#PowerPoint Tutorials|EPG 136.6]], [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition#PowerPoint Tutorials|EPG 136.8]] and [[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction#PowerPoint Tutorials|EPG 136.11]].<br />
<br />
4/23/12: EPG 136 was generally re-written following thorough research. Please check the entire contents of any EPG 136 article you may be consulting so as not to miss any policy changes.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Category:136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy|136.13]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=LPA:136.12_Figures,_Glossary_and_Other_Useful_Links&diff=51625LPA:136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links2022-06-21T18:21:52Z<p>Smithk: /* 136.12.1 Figures */ ADA Checklist (Fig. 136.9.4)</p>
<hr />
<div>==136.12.1 Figures==<br />
<br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|-<br />
! Colspan="2" style="background:#BEBEBE"|[[136.1 Introduction|EPG 136.1 Introduction]]<br />
|-<br />
! style="background:#F5F5F7"|New Figure No.!! style="background:#F5F5F7"|Figure Title<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:Fig. 136.1.10 Project Flowchart for Local Federal-Aid Projects.pdf|136.1]] || align="left" |Project Flowchart for Local Federal-Aid Projects<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.1.10.1 LPA Planning Process Chart.pdf|136.1.1]] ||align="left" | LPA Planning Process Chart<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.1.10.2 MoDOT Programming Process Chart.pdf|136.1.2]] ||align="left" | MoDOT Programming Process Chart<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.1.10.3 Right of Way Process Chart.pdf|136.1.3]] ||align="left" | Right of Way Process<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.1.10.4 Preliminary Plan Process Chart.pdf|136.1.4]] ||align="left" | Preliminary Plans Process<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.1.10.5 Plans Specifications and Estimate Process Chart.pdf|136.1.5]] ||align="left" | Final Plans Specifications & Estimate Process<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.1.10.6 Letting Plans and Contract Proposal Process Chart.pdf|136.1.6]] ||align="left" | Letting Plans & Contract Proposal Process<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.1.10.7 Construction Bidding and Contract Process Chart.pdf|136.1.7]] ||align="left" | Construction Process<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.1.10.8 LPA MoDOT Agreement Process Chart.pdf|136.1.8]] ||align="left" | LPA MoDOT Agreement Process Chart<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.1.10.9 Engineering Services Contract Process Chart.pdf|136.1.9]] ||align="left" | Engineering Services Contract Process Chart<br />
|-<br />
! Colspan="2" style="background:#BEBEBE"|[[136.3 Federal Aid Basics|EPG 136.3 Federal Aid Basics]]<br />
|-<br />
! style="background:#F5F5F7"|New Figure No.!! style="background:#F5F5F7"|Figure Title<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.3.1 Sept 2017.doc|136.3.1]] ||align="left" |Programming Data Form<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.3.4.pdf|136.3.4]] ||align="left" |Non-State Bridge Soft Match Credit Program Documentation Checklist<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.3.16.doc|136.3.16]] ||align="left" |Sample Ordinance<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.3.17 May 2012.doc|136.3.17]] ||align="left" |Work by Local Forces Proposal<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.3.18 2014.xls|136.3.18]] ||align="left" |<div id="Construction Reimbursement Form<br />
"></div>Construction Reimbursement Form<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig.136.3.19 Sept 2019.pdf|136.3.19]]||align="left" | Current BEAP Consultant List<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig.136.3.20 2021.docx|136.3.20]]||align="left" | BEAP Project Tracking Form<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig.136.3.24 2021.docx|136.3.24||align="left" | TEAP Program Application]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig.136.3.25.xls|136.3.25||align="left" | TEAP Consultant MOU]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig.136.3.26.xls|136.3.26||align="left" | TEAP Project Invoice Form]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig.136.3.27.pdf|136.3.27||align="left" | Example of a Soft Match Credit Transfer Request]]<br />
|-<br />
! Colspan="2" style="background:#BEBEBE"|[[136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management|EPG 136.4 Consultant Selection and Consultant Contract Management]]<br />
|-<br />
! style="background:#F5F5F7"|New Figure No.!! style="background:#F5F5F7"|Figure Title<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:Fig. 136.4.1 May 2016.docx|136.4.1]] ||align="left" |Engineering Services Contract <br />
|-<br />
| [[media:Fig. 136.4.2.doc|136.4.2]] ||align="left" |Consultant Selection Criteria<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:134.3.2 2021.pdf|136.4.3/134.3.2]]|| align="left" |Allowable Profit Curve as a % of Direct Salary Costs<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig. 136.4.4.doc|136.4.4]]|| align="left" |Supplemental Agreement to Engineering Services contract<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.4.5.doc|136.4.5]] ||align="left" |Consultant Performance Appraisal Form<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.4.6.docx|136.4.6]] ||align="left" |Common Unallowable Costs<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.4.7 2019.docx|136.4.7]] ||align="left" |Sample Solicitation & Sample Scope of Services<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.4.9 Sept 2013.doc|136.4.9]] ||align="left" |Local Sponsor ESC Sample Cover Letter<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.4.10_2022_LPA_Invoice.xlsx|136.4.10]] ||align="left" |LPA Consultant Services Invoice<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.4.11 2019.docx|136.4.11]] ||align="left" |Consultant Selection & ESC Submittal Checklist<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig. 136.4.12.pdf|136.4.12]] ||align="left" |QBS Process Flowchart<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.4.13.doc|136.4.13]] ||align="left" |Consultant Services Q&A<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig. 136.4.14 Aug 2013.doc|136.4.14]] ||align="left" |Checklist for reviewing Consultant Contracts<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.4.15 2014.doc|136.4.15]] ||align="left" |Conflict of Interest Disclosure Form<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.4.16.pdf|136.4.16]] ||align="left" |Overhead Schedule Example<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.4.17 Dec 2012.xlsx|136.4.17]] ||align="left" |Engineering Services Invoice EXAMPLE<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.4.18 Sept 5, 2012.docx|136.4.18]] ||align="left" |Checklist for Engineering Services Invoice<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.4.19.docx|136.4.19]] ||align="left" |LPA On-Call Consultant Evaluation<br />
|-<br />
! Colspan="2" style="background:#BEBEBE"|[[136.5 Non-Infrastructure|EPG 136.5 Non-Infrastructure]]<br />
|-<br />
! style="background:#F5F5F7"|New Figure No.!! style="background:#F5F5F7"|Figure Title<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.5.1.xls|136.5.1]]|| align="left" |Services Provided Worksheet<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.5.2.xls|136.5.2]]|| align="left" |Materials Worksheet<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.5.3.xls|136.5.3]]|| align="left" |Equipment Usage Worksheet<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.5.4 2013.doc|136.5.4]] || align="left" |Non-Infrastructure Obligation Request Form<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.5.5.doc|136.5.5]]||align="left" |LPA Request for Environmental Services - Non-Infrastructure<br />
|-<br />
! Colspan="2" style="background:#BEBEBE"|[[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements|EPG 136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements]]<br />
|-<br />
! style="background:#F5F5F7"|New Figure No.!! style="background:#F5F5F7"|Figure Title<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.6.1.docx|136.6.1]] ||align="left" |Project Review Process flowchart<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.6.2.docx|136.6.2]]|| align="left" |Key Environmental/Cultural Resources Compliance Milestones<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.6.3 Jan 18 2019.docx|136.6.3]]|| align="left" |Environmental/Cultural Resources Compliance Checklist<br />
|-<br />
| - || align="left"| [https://www6.modot.mo.gov/RERProject/Pages/Login.aspx?ReturnUrl=%2fRERProject%2f LPA Request for Environmental Review]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.6.4 instructions 2021.pdf|136.6.4]] ||align="left" | How to Complete the Request for Environmental Review<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.6.5.pdf|136.6.5]]||align="left" | Instructions for Preparing Categorical Exclusion Determination<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.6.6 2021.pdf|136.6.6]]|| align="left" |Generalized flowchart of the Section 106 Process for Local Public Agencies<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.6.7 2017.docx|136.6.7]] ||align="left" |Memorandum of Agreement for Migration of Adverse Effects<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.6.8 2013.doc|136.6.8]]||align="left" | LPA Section 4(f) Compliance Worksheet for Public Lands<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.6.9.doc|136.6.9]]|| align="left" |Content of a Section 4(f) Evaluation<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.6.10.doc|136.6.10]] ||align="left" |Diagram of Typical Floodplain<br />
|-<br />
| [http://sema.dps.mo.gov/programs/floodplain/documents/floodplain-develoment-permit.pdf 136.6.11]|| align="left" |LPA Floodplain Development Permit<br />
|-<br />
| [http://sema.dps.mo.gov/programs/floodplain/documents/no-rise-certification.pdf 136.6.12]|| align="left" |Engineering “No-Rise” Certificate<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.6.13.doc|136.6.13]] ||align="left" |Procedures for “No-Rise” Certification for Proposed Development<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.6.14.docx|136.6.14]] ||align="left" width=500px|Procedures for Environmental Clearance of Borrow Sites and Other Disturbed Areas Outside Right of Way<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.6.15.docx|136.6.15]] ||align="left" width=500px| Example e106 Form<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.6.16 2018.pdf|136.6.16]] ||align="left" width=500px|LPA Project Environmental Checklist<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.6.17.docx|136.6.17]] ||align="left" width=500px|Sample LPA Transmittal of MOA Letter <br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig. 136.6.18.pdf|136.6.18]] ||align="left" width=500px|Threatened and Endangered Species Federal Aid Transportation Submittal Checklist<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig. 136.6.19.pdf|136.6.19]]||align="left" width=500px| August 2018 MoDOT USFWS Threatened and Endangered Species Habitats<br />
|-<br />
! colspan="2" style="background:#F5F5F7"|Other Figures and Information for EPG 136.6<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|[http://www.achp.gov/archguide.html Advisory Council “Model MOA”]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE-Env&Cultural/Categorial%20Exclusion%20Form.dot Categorical Exclusion Determination]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|[http://dnr.mo.gov/forms/780-1718_inst.pdf Instructions for Completing the SHPO 106 Survey Memo]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|[[Media:127.11 Form AD 1006.DOC|Farmland Conversion Impact Rating]]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|[http://www.usace.army.mil/CECW/Documents/cecwo/reg/nwp/nwp2007_gen_conditions_def.pdf Nationwide 404 Permit for Minor Road Crossings (NWP 14 Linear Transportation Projects)]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|[http://www.dnr.mo.gov/forms/780-1718.pdf State Historic Preservation Office’s Section 106 Survey Form]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|[http://www.dnr.mo.gov/forms/780-1027-f.pdf State Historic Preservation Office’s Section 106 Project Information Form]<br />
|-<br />
! Colspan="2" style="background:#BEBEBE"|[[136.7 Design|EPG 136.7 Design]]<br />
|-<br />
! style="background:#F5F5F7"|New Figure No.!! style="background:#F5F5F7"|Figure Title<br />
|-<br />
| 136.7.1|| align="left" |Dimensional Accuracy<br />
|-<br />
| 136.7.2||align="left" | Utility Depth and Encasement Requirements<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.7.3.xls|136.7.3]]|| align="left" |Blank Structure Inventory and Appraisal Sheet<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.7.4.xls|136.7.4]]|| align="left" |LFD Load Rating Summary Sheet<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.7.5.xls|136.7.5]]|| align="left" |LRFR Load Rating Summary Sheet<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.7.6.doc|136.7.6]]||align="left" | Example Notice of Public Hearing<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.7.7.docx|136.7.7]]||align="left" | Safety Requirements JSP<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.7.8.doc|136.7.8]] ||align="left" |Utilities Scoping Checklist<br />
|-<br />
! Colspan="2" style="background:#BEBEBE"|[[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition]]<br />
|-<br />
! style="background:#F5F5F7"|New Figure No.!! style="background:#F5F5F7"|Figure Title<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Request%20for%20RW%20Acquisition%20Authority%20136.8.1.docx 136.8.1]||align="left" | Acquisition Authority Request<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Adj%20of%20Value%20or%20Just%20Compensation%20Form%20136.8.2.docx 136.8.2]||align="left" | Adjustment of Value or Just Compensation<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Administrative%20Settlement%20Justification%20Form%20136.8.3.docx 136.8.3]||align="left" | Administrative Settlement Justification<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Appraisal%20Monitor%20Checklist%20Form%20136.8.4.docx 136.8.4]||align="left" | Appraisal Monitor Checklist<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Appraisal%20Review%20Form%20136.8.5.docx 136.8.5]||align="left" | Appraisal Review<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Assumptions%20and%20Limiting%20Conditions%20Form%20136.8.6.docx 136.8.6]||align="left" | Assumptions and Limiting Conditions<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Certificate%20of%20Appraiser%20Form%20136.8.7.docx 136.8.7]||align="left" | Certificate of Appraiser<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Clearance%20Certification%20Statement%20Form%20136.8.8.docx 136.8.8]||align="left" | Clearance Certification Statement<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.8.8a.docx|136.8.8a]]||align="left" |Right of Way Required - Personal Property Moved - Occupied Improvements Acquired<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Comparable%20Lease%20Form%20136.8.9.docx 136.8.9]||align="left" | Comparable Lease<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Donation%20in%20Exchange%20for%20Construction%20Features%20Letter%20Form%20136.8.10.docx 136.8.10]||align="left" | Donation in Exchange for Construction Features Letter<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Final%20Vacancy%20Notice%20for%20Relocation%20Form%20136.8.11.docx 136.8.11]||align="left" | Final Vacancy Notice for Relocation<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Legal%20Justification%20for%20Settlement%20Form%20136.8.12.docx 136.8.12]||align="left" | Legal Justification for Settlement<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Legal%20Trial%20Report%20136.8.13.docx 136.8.13]||align="left" | Legal Trial Report<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/LPA%20Negotiator%20Services%20Agreement%20Form%20136.8.14.docx 136.8.14]||align="left" | LPA Negotiator Services Agreement<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/LPA%20Prorata.docx 136.8.7.1.11] ||align="left"| Local Public Agency Prorata Real Estate Tax Claim<br />
|-<br />
| - ||align="left" |[[media:236 RW Leaflet.doc|LPA Right of Way Acquisition Brochure]]<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Negotiator's%20Report%20Form%20136.8.15.docx 136.8.15]||align="left" | Negotiator’s Report<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Nonresidential%20Sale%20Form%20136.8.16.docx 136.8.16] ||align="left" |Nonresidential Sale<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Parcel%20File%20Checklist%20Form%20136.8.17.docx 136.8.17]||align="left" | Parcel File Checklist<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Plan%20Review%20Checklist%20Form%20136.8.18.docx 136.8.18]||align="left" | Plan Review Checklist<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Privately%20Donated%20Land%20as%20Credit%20to%20Matching%20Share%20of%20Project%20Costs%20Form%20136.8.19.docx 136.8.19]||align="left" | Privately Donated Land as Credit for Match<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Project%20Acquisition%20Monitor%20Checklist%20Form%20136.8.20.docx 136.8.20]||align="left" | Project Acquisition Monitor Checklist<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Proposal%20for%20Appraisal%20Work%20Form%20136.8.21.docx 136.8.21]||align="left" | Proposal for Appraisal Work<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Relocation%20Monitor%20Checklist%20Form%20136.8.22.docx 136.8.22]||align="left" | Relocation Monitor Checklist<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Residential%20Sale%20Form%20136.8.23.docx 136.8.23]||align="left" | Residential Sale<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Review%20Appraiser%20Contract%20Form%20136.8.24.docx 136.8.24]||align="left" | Review Appraiser Contract<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Right%20of%20Way%20Acquisition%20Schedule%20Form%20136.8.2.2.docx 136.8.2.2]||align="left"| Right of Way Acquisition Schedule<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Right%20of%20Way%20Acquisition%20Scehdule%20Instructions%20Form%20136.8.2.2.A.docx 136.8.2.2.A]||align="left"| Right of Way Acquisition Schedule Instructions <br />
|-<br />
| - ||align="left" |[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%206_Appraisal%20and%20Appraisal%20Review/Roster%20of%20Approved%20Contract%20Appraisers.pdf Roster of Approved Contract Appraisers]<br />
|-<br />
| - ||align="left" |[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%207_Negotiation/Roster%20of%20Approved%20Contract%20Negotiators.pdf Roster of Approved Contract Negotiators]<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Sample%20Donation%20Letter%20and%20Waiver%20of%20Appraisal%20Form%20136.8.25.docx 136.8.25]||align="left" | Sample Donation Letter & Waiver of Appraisal<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Sample%20Letter%20Offer%20Pyment%20Estimate%20Form%20136.8.26.docx 136.8.26]||align="left" | Sample Letter Offer – Pay Estimate<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Sample%20Letter%20Offer%20Value%20Finding%20or%20Standard%20Formt%20Appraisal%20Form%20136.8.27.docx 136.8.27]||align="left" | Sample Letter Offer – Value Finding<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Scope%20of%20Assignment%20Form%20136.8.28.docx 136.8.28]||align="left" | Scope of Assignment<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Standard%20Appraisal%20Format%20Form%20136.8.29.docx 136.8.29]||align="left" | Standard Appraisal Format<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Summary%20of%20HB%201944%20Form%20136.8.30.docx 136.8.30]||align="left" | Summary of HB 1944<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Summary%20Value%20of%20Tenant%20Interests%20Form%20136.8.31.docx 136.8.31] ||align="left" |Summary Value of Tenant Interests<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Uniform%20Residential%20Appraisal%20Report%20Form%20136.8.32.docx 136.8.32]||align="left" | Uniform Residential Appraisal Report<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Value%20Finding%20Appraisal%20Format%20Form%20136.8.33.docx 136.8.33]||align="left" | Value Finding Appraisal Format<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/Waiver%20Valuation%20Payment%20Estimate%20Form%20136.8.34.docx 136.8.34] ||align="left" |Waiver Valuation<br />
|-<br />
| [https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/LPA%20Links/60%20Day%20Notice%20of%20Owners%20Rights%20Form%20136.8.35.docx 136.8.35]||align="left" | 60-Day Notice of Owners Rights<br />
|- <br />
! Colspan="2" style="background:#BEBEBE"|[[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)|EPG 136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)]]<br />
|-<br />
! style="background:#F5F5F7"|New Figure No.!! style="background:#F5F5F7"|Figure Title<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.9.1 2019.xlsx|136.9.1]]|| align="left" |Final PS&E Submittal Checklist<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.9.2.doc|136.9.2]]|| align="left" |Subcontractor Certification Regarding Affirmative Action<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:Fig. 136.9.3 Jan 2021.docx|136.9.3]]|| align="left" |Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate <br />
|-<br />
| [[media:ADA_Checklist_061522.pdf|136.9.4]]|| align="left" |ADA Checklist (PDF version) (Rev. June 15, 2022)<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:ADA_Checklist_061522.docx|136.9.4]]|| align="left"|ADA Checklist (MS Word version) (Rev. June 15, 2022)<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.9.5 2020.docx|136.9.5]]|| align="left" |LPA Certification of PS&E<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.9.6.docx|136.9.6]]|| align="left" |Utility Status Letter<br />
|-<br />
| [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/1273/1273.pdf 136.9.7]|| align="left" |FHWA 1273<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.9.8 2022.docx|136.9.8]]|| align="left" |DBE Provisions<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:Fig. 136.9.9 2020.docx|136.9.9]]|| align="left" |DBE Submittal Forms<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.9.10.pdf|136.9.10]]|| align="left" |Example Itemized Bid Form<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.9.11.pdf|136.9.11]] ||align="left" |Example Estimate (with categories)<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.9.12 Oct 2012.doc|136.9.12]] ||align="left" |ADA Certification<br />
|-<br />
! Colspan="2" style="background:#BEBEBE"|[[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award|EPG 136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award]]<br />
|-<br />
! style="background:#F5F5F7"|New Figure No.!! style="background:#F5F5F7"|Figure Title<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.10.1 2020.docx|136.10.1]] ||align="left" |Sample Advertisement<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.10.2_2022.docx|136.10.2]]|| align="left" |Bid Concurrence Checklist<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.10.3.docx|136.10.3]] || align="left" |Sample Contract Agreement<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.10.4.doc|136.10.4]] || align="left" |Sample Contract Bond<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.10.5.pdf|136.10.5]] || align="left" | Sample Contractor's Acknowledgement<br />
|-<br />
! Colspan="2" style="background:#BEBEBE"|[[136.11 Local Public Agency Construction|EPG 136.11 Local Public Agency Construction]]<br />
|-<br />
! style="background:#F5F5F7"|New Figure No.!! style="background:#F5F5F7"|Figure Title<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.11.1 Nov 2013.doc|136.11.1]]|| align="left" |General Guideline for LPA Preconstruction Conference<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.11.2.xlsx|136.11.2]] ||align="left" |Change Order Form<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.11.3 2016.pdf|136.11.3]] ||align="left" |Progress Report<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.11.4 2015.doc|136.11.4]]|| align="left" |Request for Approval of Subcontract<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.11.5 Dec 2015.xls|136.11.5]]|| align="left" |DBE Subcontract Worksheet<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.11.6 Dec 2015.pdf|136.11.6]]|| align="left" |Subcontractor Certification Regarding Affirmative Action<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.11.7.doc|136.11.7]] ||align="left" |Wage Rate Interview (Labor Compliance/EEO)<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.11.8.doc|136.11.8]] ||align="left" |Form FHWA-1391<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.11.9 2016.docx|136.11.9]]|| align="left" |Contractor DBE Certification<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.11.10.doc|136.11.10]]|| align="left" |Contractor’s Affidavit Regarding Settlement of Claims<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.11.11.doc|136.11.11]]|| align="left" |Affidavit (Compliance with Prevailing Wage Law)<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.12.doc|136.11.12]]||align="left" | Site Visit Checklist<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/27_Job_Site_Bulletin_Board_Checklist_fillable.pdf 136.11.13]||align="left" | Job Bulletin Board Checklist<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig. 136.11.14 secure.pdf|136.11.14]]||align="left" |Construction Invoice Example 1<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig. 136.11.15.pdf|136.11.15]]||align="left" |Construction Invoice Example 2<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig. 136.11.16.docx|136.11.16]]||align="left"|Approved Contract Administration Software<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.18.docx|136.11.18]]||align="left"| LPA Final Inspection Letter<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.19.docx|136.11.19]]||align="left"| LPA Final List of Acceptance Testers<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.20.docx|136.11.20]]||align="left"| LPA DBE Certification Letter<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.21.docx|136.11.21]]||align="left"| LPA Vendor Lien Waiver<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.22.docx|136.11.22]]||align="left"| LPA Final Acceptance Checklist<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.23 2016.pdf|136.11.23]]||align="left"|LPA Semi-Final Inspection Checklist (Form C-236)<br />
|-<br />
| - ||align="left"|[[media:Form C-239 2016.pdf|Final Acceptance Report (Form C-239)]]<br />
|-<br />
| - ||align="left"|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CUF_Determination_Form_Contracts_Let_After_03_2021.pdf Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Determination Form]<br />
|-<br />
| EPG Article ||align="left" | [[Off-Systems Guide Schedule for Federal-Aid Acceptance Sampling and Testing (FAST)|Off-Systems Guide Schedule for Federal-Aid Acceptance Sampling & Testing (FAST)]]<br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
==136.12.2 Glossary==<br />
<br />
'''AASHTO:''' American Association of State Hwy & Transportation Officials<br />
<br />
'''AADT:''' Annual Average Daily Traffic. (ADT, Average Daily Traffic, is also commonly used.)<br />
<br />
'''ACHP:''' Advisory Council on Historic Preservation<br />
<br />
'''Agreement:''' The legal document between agencies necessary to administer projects.<br />
<br />
'''AISC:''' American Institute of Steel Construction<br />
<br />
'''Allocation:''' The reservation of federal funds to the local agencies each year. <br />
<br />
'''APE:''' Area of Potential Effects<br />
<br />
'''AREMA:''' American Railway Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way Association. <br />
<br />
'''Authorization:''' Approval by FHWA to incur future costs relative to a project. <br />
<br />
'''BMP:''' Best Management Practive<br />
<br />
'''BRM:''' On-System Bridge Replacement and Rehabilitation Program. <br />
<br />
'''BRO:''' Off-System Bridge Replacement and Rehabilitation Program. <br />
<br />
'''Brooks Act:''' Consultant contracts for engineering and design related services financed with Federal-Aid highway funds must result from negotiations which utilize [[:Category:134 Engineering Professional Services#134.1 Introduction|qualifications-based selection procedures]]. Qualifications based procedures do not allow for price to be used as a factor in the selection process. <br />
<br />
'''Categorical Exclusion (CE):''' Projects that are minor enough in nature that they will not require preparation of a formal environmental statement.<br />
<br />
'''CE:''' Construction Engineering<br />
<br />
'''CE2:''' Categorical Exclusion II<br />
<br />
'''CERCLIS:''' Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System<br />
<br />
'''CFR:''' Code of Federal Regulations<br />
<br />
'''Change Order:''' A supplement to the contract that provides authority to pay for revisions in quantities or authorize changes to design features or specifications.<br />
<br />
'''CMAQ:''' Congestion Mitigation and Air Quality <br />
<br />
'''COE:''' U.S. Army Corps of Engineers <br />
<br />
'''Commission:''' Missouri Highway and Transportation Commission. <br />
<br />
'''Competitive Bidding:''' Construction projects are required to be advertised and awarded to the lowest responsible and responsive bidder through open competitive bidding, unless use of an eligible force account is more cost effective. <br />
<br />
'''Construction Engineering (CE):''' Construction inspection engineering <br />
<br />
'''Council:''' Advisory Council on Historic Preservation<br />
<br />
'''County Aid Road Trust (CART) Funding:''' CART Funds are apportioned to counties on the basis of two factors : 1) one-half of the funds are credited to the county based on the ratio that its road mileage bears to the total county road mileage in the unincorporated areas of the state, and 2) one-half is credited to the county based on the ratio that its rural land valuation bears to the rural land valuation of the entire state.<br />
<br />
'''Credit Bridge:''' Bridge constructed to BRO standards with local funds, 80% of the cost may be applied to a normal federally funded bridge project in lieu of the 20% local match. <br />
<br />
'''Cultural Resources:''' A cultural resource is any archaeological site, building, structure (e.g., bridge), district, or object. A historically significant cultural resource is one that meets certain criteria and is included in, or eligible for inclusion on, the National Register of Historic Places (NRHP) and is termed a historic property or historic resource. Not all cultural resources are historically significant, but potential project impacts to all must be considered.<br />
<br />
'''DBA:''' Decibel Adjusted<br />
<br />
'''DBE:''' Disadvantage (or Disadvantaged) Business Enterprise<br />
<br />
'''Debarred:''' Suspended from entering into a contract with the Government<br />
<br />
'''Deficient Structure:''' A bridge which is either structurally deficient or functionally obsolete. <br />
<br />
'''DEIS:''' Draft Environmental Impact Statement<br />
<br />
'''Design Standards:''' Projects on the National Highway System (NHS) must be designed with AASHTO and/or FHWA approved standards. It is recommended that all projects follow AASHTO guidelines for design and construction. <br />
<br />
'''DNR:''' Missouri Department of Natural Resources <br />
<br />
'''DOI:''' U.S. Department of Interior <br />
<br />
'''Donations:''' “Donations” and “Contributions” are costs incurred for eligible non-federal share project activities that are necessary for the implementation of a project and are provided by a third party to an LPA without charge. <br />
<br />
'''EA:''' Environmental Assessment<br />
<br />
'''EEO:''' Equal Employment Opportunity <br />
<br />
'''EIS:''' Environmental Impact Statement<br />
<br />
'''EO:''' Executive Order<br />
<br />
'''EPA:''' Environmental Protection Agency<br />
<br />
'''EPG:''' [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Main_Page Engineering Policy Guide]<br />
<br />
'''FEIS:''' Final Environmental Impact Statement<br />
<br />
'''FEMA:''' Federal Emergency Management Agency<br />
<br />
'''FHWA:''' Federal Highway Administration<br />
<br />
'''FONSI:''' Finding of No Significant Impact <br />
<br />
'''Force Account Work:''' Work that arises unexpectedly during the construction of a project. The work can be performed by a contractor, a subcontractor or the local agency's forces and the cost is determined by keeping track of the labor forces, equipment, material and associated costs used to complete the unexpected work. <br />
<br />
'''FPPA:''' Farmland Protection Policy Act<br />
<br />
'''Functionally Obsolete:''' A bridge is generally considered functionally obsolete if it is unable to properly accommodate traffic due to poor roadway alignment, waterway, insufficient width, waterway, low structural evaluation, or inadequate clearances. For a more detailed description of the specific criteria used to determine this item, refer to [[:Category:753 Bridge Inspection Rating|EPG 753 Bridge Inspection Rating]] or the appropriate FHWA publication. <br />
<br />
'''FWS:''' U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service <br />
<br />
'''HABS:''' Historic American Building Survey <br />
<br />
'''HAER:''' Historic American Engineering Record <br />
<br />
'''Hazardous Waste:''' [[127.8 Hazardous and Solid Waste|Hazardous waste]] is a material that could cause harm to people or the environment; it can include solid materials, liquids, and gases. Some examples could be gas station releases, drums or containers of known or unknown material, tanks, old dumps, and e-waste. Any container with unknown contents should be considered hazardous until identified by a qualified person. If there is a question about what might be hazardous, contact the Missouri Department of Natural Resources Environmental Emergency Response Unit at 573-634-2436 for assistance with identification. <br />
<br />
'''HBP:''' Highway Bridge Program. <br />
<br />
'''Historic Property:''' A historic property is a cultural resource that meets at least one of the following criteria: a) it is associated with events that have made a significant contribution to our history; b) it is associated with significant persons in our past; c) it has high artistic value, is the work of a master craftsman, or embodies distinctive characteristics of a type, period, or method of construction; or d) it can answer specific research questions and topics or can contribute to our current state of knowledge. Historic properties typically must be at least 50 years of age or older but exceptionally important properties can be less than 50 years old. <br />
<br />
'''Historic Resource:''' A historic resource is a cultural resource that meets at least one of the following criteria: a) it is associated with events that have made a significant contribution to our history; b) it is associated with significant persons in our past; c) it has high artistic value, is the work of a master craftsman, or embodies distinctive characteristics of a type, period, or method of construction; or d) it can answer specific research questions and topics or can contribute to our current state of knowledge. Historic resources typically must be at least 50 years of age or older but exceptionally important resources can be less than 50 years old. <br />
<br />
'''HMGP:''' Hazard Mitigation Grant Program<br />
<br />
'''HUD:''' U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development <br />
<br />
'''Independent Assurance Test:''' A test performed independently of a job control test and according to the [[:Category:123 Federal-Aid Highway Program#123.3.1 Independent Assurance Samples and Tests (IAS) System Based|guide schedule]]. <br />
<br />
'''In Kind Services:''' Donated labor, equipment or material. <br />
<br />
'''ISTEA:''' Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act. Six year Highway Act from October 1, 1991 to September 30, 1997. <br />
<br />
'''Job Control Test:''' Routine test performed on the site by the local agency or its representative to assure that the project is constructed in compliance with the applicable specifications.<br />
<br />
'''Keeper:''' Keeper of the National Register of Historic Places<br />
<br />
'''LFD:''' Load Factor Design<br />
<br />
'''Low Water Bridge:''' A bridge having a waterway capacity design less than the 10 year frequency discharge. <br />
<br />
'''Low Water Crossing:''' Waterway crossing other than a bridge where construction improvements have been made to produce a firm surface for vehicles to travel. <br />
<br />
'''LPA:''' Local Public Agency<br />
<br />
'''LRFD:''' Load and Resistance Factor Design<br />
<br />
'''LRFR:''' Load and Resistance Factor Rating<br />
<br />
'''LUST:''' Leaking petroleum underground storage tank<br />
<br />
'''LWCF:''' Land and Water Conservation Fund<br />
<br />
'''LWCFA:''' Land and Water Conservation Fund Act<br />
<br />
'''MAP-21:''' Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21<sup>st</sup> Century. Two-year Highway Act from October 1, 2012 to September 30, 2014. <br />
<br />
'''MDC:''' Missouri Department of Conservation<br />
<br />
'''MHTC:''' Missouri Highway and Transportation Commission <br />
<br />
'''MoDOT:''' Missouri Department of Transportation<br />
<br />
'''MOA:''' Memorandum of Agreement <br />
<br />
'''Materials Certification:''' Statements provided by the contractor, fabricator, or manufacturer that certain materials comply with the requirements of the contract. <br />
<br />
'''[http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/standards_and_specs/standardplans.htm Missouri Standard Plans]:''' Construction detail plans available from MoDOT which meet AASHTO design requirements. <br />
<br />
'''[http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/standards_and_specs/highwayspecs.htm Missouri Standard Specifications for Highway Construction, 2004 Edition]:''' The directions, provisions and requirements for the performance of the work for the quantity, quality and proportion of materials. <br />
<br />
'''MPO:''' Metropolitan Planning Organizations carry out the transportation planning process for communities with a population greater than 50,000. <br />
<br />
'''MUTCD:''' ''Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices ''<br />
<br />
'''National Register:''' National Register of Historic Places<br />
<br />
'''NBI:''' National Bridge Inventory <br />
<br />
'''NEPA:''' National Environmental Policy Act <br />
<br />
'''NFIB:''' Nation Flood Insurance Program<br />
<br />
'''NFIP:''' National Flood Insurance Program<br />
<br />
'''NHPA:''' National Historic Preservation Act <br />
<br />
'''NOA:''' Notice of Availability<br />
<br />
'''NPDES:''' National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System<br />
<br />
'''NRCS:''' Natural Resources Conservation Service<br />
<br />
'''NRHP:''' National Register of Historic Places<br />
<br />
'''NWP:''' Nationwide Section 404 Permit<br />
<br />
'''Obligation Limitation:''' Limits the amount of federal funds that may be obligated during a certain time period (also called Obligation Authority and Contract Control). <br />
<br />
'''Obligation of Funds:''' The formal commitment by FHWA to participate in a share of the project costs. <br />
<br />
'''Off-System Routes:''' Routes that have a functional classification of rural local, local road or street, or a rural minor collector. <br />
<br />
'''On-System Routes:''' Routes that have a functional classification of urban collector, rural major collector, rural or urban arterial, or an expressway. <br />
<br />
'''PA:''' Programmatic Agreement<br />
<br />
'''PDEIS:''' Preliminary Draft Environmental Impact Statement<br />
<br />
'''PE:''' Preliminary Engineering. All engineering work performed by the local agency or their consultant prior to award of contract. <br />
<br />
'''PEA:''' Preliminary Environmental Assessment<br />
<br />
'''PFEIS:''' Preliminary Final Environmental Impact Statement<br />
<br />
'''PS&E:''' Construction plans, specifications, and quantity estimates. <br />
<br />
'''Posting:''' Establishment of a maximum weight limit for vehicles using the bridge. <br />
<br />
'''Pro Rata Share:''' The legal federal share for a project established at the time of project approval. Pro rata share is typically expressed as a percentage of the total participating costs of the project. <br />
<br />
'''Public Interest Finding:''' Cost effective justification that must be provided to MoDOT by a local agency that is seeking to do a federally funded project with its own forces. <br />
<br />
'''QBS:''' Qualifications Based Selection<br />
<br />
'''RCG:''' Recording and Coding Guide for the structure inventory and appraisal of the nations bridges<br />
<br />
'''Rehabilitation:''' Work required to eliminate the items that cause a bridge to be identified as deficient. <br />
<br />
'''Reimbursement:''' Payment of federal funds to a local agency.<br />
<br />
'''RER:''' Request for Environmental Review <br />
<br />
'''Responsible Person in Charge:'''<br />
<br />
'''RFP:''' Request for Proposal <br />
<br />
'''RFQ:''' Request for Qualifications<br />
<br />
'''ROD:''' Record of Decision<br />
<br />
'''RSMO:''' Revised Missouri State Statue<br />
<br />
'''SAFETEA-LU:''' Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users. Five-year Highway Act from October 1, 2004 to September 30, 2009 with two one-year extensions to September 30, 2012. <br />
<br />
'''Section 106:''' Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 - the primary legislation that requires cultural resource investigations. Any project using federal funds or needing federal permits must comply with the Section 106 requirements. The Section 106 process consists of three primary stages, with the outcome of each stage determining whether the activities of the next stage are necessary (36 CFR Part 800)<br />
<br />
'''Section 401:''' Water Quality Certification<br />
<br />
'''Section 404/Wetlands:''' A project may involve activities in an area that contains wetland or waters of the United States and may require a Section 404 permit from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. It is a violation of federal law to place fill in waters of the U.S. or wetlands without the necessary permits. <br />
<br />
'''Section 4(f):''' Section 4(f) of the Department of Transportation Act of 1966 – provides protection for public parks and recreation areas, wildlife and waterfowl refuges and significant historic sites on publicly owned land. It requires demonstrating that there is no feasible and prudent alternative to the use of the property and that all is possible planning has been done to minimize harm to the property. <br />
<br />
'''Section 6(f) of the Land and Water Conservation Fund:''' A project that has potential involvement with parks or other public lands which may have been purchased or improved using funds from the Land and Water Conservation Fund (LWCF).<br />
<br />
'''S.E.M.A.:''' The State Emergency Management Agency has responsibility for coordinating state agencies' response to disasters. <br />
<br />
'''SHPO:''' State Historic Preservation Officer <br />
<br />
'''SI&A:''' Structure Inventory and Appraisal Sheet<br />
<br />
'''SIP:''' State Implementation Plan<br />
<br />
'''Soft Match:''' Credit earned by counties who replace their deficient bridges with local funding. It can be used in lieu of the 20% local match on bridge projects.<br />
<br />
'''SOQ:''' Statement of Qualifications<br />
<br />
'''Sponsor:''' The local government or public agency responsible for providing matching funds for the proposed project. <br />
<br />
'''SRTS:''' Safe Routes to Schools <br />
<br />
'''STIP:''' Statewide Transportation Improvement Program <br />
<br />
'''STP:''' Surface Transportation Program <br />
<br />
'''Structurally Deficient:''' A bridge is generally considered to be structurally deficient if it is in relatively poor condition, or has insufficient load carrying capacity for modern design loadings. The insufficient load capacity may be the result of the loads used in the original design or degradation of structural properties due to deterioration. For a more detailed description of the specific criteria used to determine this item, [[:Category:753 Bridge Inspection Rating|EPG 753 Bridge Inspection Rating]] or appropriate FHWA publications should be consulted. <br />
<br />
'''Sufficiency Rating:''' A numerical rating of a bridge based on its structural adequacy, safety, serviceability, functional obsolescence and essentially for public use. <br />
<br />
'''TAP:''' Transportation Alternatives Program<br />
<br />
'''TEA21:''' Transportation Equity Act for the 21st Century. Six-year Highway Act from October 1, 1997 to September 30, 2003 with a one-year extension to September 30, 2004. <br />
<br />
'''TIFF:''' Tagged Image File Format<br />
<br />
'''TIP:''' Transportation Improvement Program <br />
<br />
'''Title 23 U.S.C.:''' Title 23 of the United States Code contains most of the laws governing the Federal-Aid Highway Program. <br />
<br />
'''TNM:''' Traffic Noise Model<br />
<br />
'''UPARR:''' Urban Park and Recreation Recovery<br />
<br />
'''USC:''' United States Code<br />
<br />
'''USDA:''' United States Department of Agriculture<br />
<br />
'''USGS:''' United States Geological Survey <br />
<br />
'''UST:''' Petroleum Underground storage tank site<br />
<br />
'''WBE:''' Women Business Enterprise. Term not in current usage. Definition of Disadvantaged Business Enterprise includes WBEs. <br />
<br />
'''Work by Local Forces:''' Construction performed by the local agency's work force. If the local agency elects to perform work with its own forces, and/or use their own materials and equipment, MoDOT and FHWA must approve all work being done. The work by local forces must be in the public interest and shown to be cost effective. See [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.12 Federal-aid Participation for Local Work|EPG 136.3.12 Federal-aid Participation for Local Work]] for more details.<br />
<br />
'''23 CFR:''' Title 23 of the Code of Federal Regulations is a collection (updated annually) of the general and permanent rules and regulations required to implement the provisions of federal law relating to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Federal Highway Administration.<br />
<br />
==136.12.3 Helpful Information and Links==<br />
<br />
Please use the [http://www3.modot.mo.gov/FEDAID.nsf/LPA?OpenForm LPA Manual Change Request Form] to request manual changes throughout the year or the [http://www3.modot.mo.gov/FEDAID.nsf/Comments?OpenForm Revisions Comments Form] to make comments on proposed revisions. <br />
<br />
===136.12.3.1 MoDOT District and Central Office Information===<br />
{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-right:5px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="470px" align="center" <br />
|-<br />
!align="center"|[http://www.modot.mo.gov/northwest/ NW District] !!align="center"|[http://www.modot.mo.gov/northeast/ NE District]!!align="center"|[http://www.modot.mo.gov/kansascity/ Kansas City District] !!align="center"|[http://www.modot.mo.gov/central/ Central District]<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|St. Joseph ||align="center"| Hannibal ||align="center"|Lee's Summit ||align="center"| Jefferson City <br />
|-<br />
!align="center"|[http://www.modot.mo.gov/stlouis/ St. Louis District] !!align="center"|[http://www.modot.mo.gov/southwest/ SW District]!!align="center"|[http://www.modot.mo.gov/southeast/ SE District] !!align="center"|<br />
|-<br />
|align="center"|Chesterfield|| align="center"|Springfield||align="center"|Sikeston ||align="center"|<br />
|-<br />
!align="center" colspan="4"|Central Office<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|MoDOT – Financial Services (FS)||colspan="2" align="center"|MoDOT - Design (DE)<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|P.O. Box 270||colspan="2" align="center"|P.O. Box 270<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|Jefferson City, MO 65102||colspan="2" align="center"|Jefferson City, MO 65102<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|(573) 526-8106; Fax: (573) 526-2819||colspan="2" align="center"|(573) 751-2876; Fax: (573) 526-3261<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="4" align="center"|<sup>__________________</sup><br />
|-<br />
!colspan="4" align="center"|[http://www.modot.mo.gov/plansandprojects/long-range_plan/ListofMissouriMPOs.htm METROPOLITAN PLANNING ORGANIZATIONS]<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="4" align="center"|<sup>__________________</sup><br />
|-<br />
!colspan="4" align="center"|OTHER REGULATORY AGENCIES<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2" align="center"|State Historic Preservation Office!!colspan="2" align="center"|Charles Scott<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"| MO Dept. of Natural Resources||colspan="2" | Field Supervisor<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" |P.O. Box 176 ||colspan="2"| Columbia Field Office<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" |Jefferson City, MO 65102 ||colspan="2"| U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" |Phone (573) 751-2479 ||colspan="2" |101 Park DeVille Drive, Suite A<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"| ||colspan="2"|Columbia, MO 65203-0007<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"| ||colspan="2"|Phone (573) 234-2132<br />
|-<br />
!align="center" colspan="2"|Policy and Coordination Division!!align="center" colspan="2"|Kevin Ward<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|MO Dept. of Conservation ||colspan="2"|Federal Highway Administration<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|P.O. Box 180 ||colspan="2"|3220 W. Edgewood, Suite H<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Jefferson City, MO 65102-0180||colspan="2"| Jefferson City, MO 65109<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Phone (573) 751-4115||colspan="2"| Phone (573) 636-7104<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="4" align="center"|<sup>__________________</sup><br />
|-<br />
!align="center" colspan="4"|CORPS OF ENGINEER'S OFFICE<br />
|-<br />
|align="center" colspan="4"|(Contact MoDOT district office if clarification is needed for which Corp Office has jurisdiction)<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|Commanding Officer !!colspan="2"|Commanding Officer<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Department of the Army ||colspan="2"|U.S. Army Corps of Engineers<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Little Rock Dist., Corps of Engineers ||colspan="2"|Kansas City District<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|P.O. Box 867 ||colspan="2"|700 Federal Office Building<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Little Rock, AR 72203-0867 ||colspan="2"|601 East 12th Street<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Phone (501) 324-5531|| colspan="2"|Kansas City, MO 64106<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"| ||colspan="2"|Phone (816) 426-5241<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|Commanding Officer !!colspan="2"|Commanding Officer<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Department of the Army ||colspan="2"|Department of the Army<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Rock Island Dist., Corps of Engineers||colspan="2"| Memphis Dist., Corps of Engineers<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|P.O. Box 2004 ||colspan="2"|167 North Main Street, Room B202<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Rock Island, IL 61204-2004 ||colspan="2"|Memphis, TN 38103-1894<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Phone (309) 788-6361 ||colspan="2"|Phone (901) 544-3005<br />
|-<br />
!colspan="2"|Commanding Officer!!colspan="2"|<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|U.S. Army Corps of Engineers||colspan="2"|<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|St. Louis District||colspan="2"|<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|1222 Spruce Street||colspan="2"|<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|St. Louis, MO 63103-2833||colspan="2"|<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|Phone (314) 331-8000||colspan="2"|<br />
|}<br />
<br />
===136.12.3.2 Other Helpful Information===<br />
<br />
* [http://www.modot.mo.gov/safety/SafeRoutestoSchool.htm Safe Routes To School (SRTS)]<br />
<br />
* [http://www.modot.mo.gov/scenicbyways/index.htm Scenic Byways]<br />
<br />
* [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT District Contacts for LPA]<br />
<br />
* [http://www.modot.mo.gov/safety/trafficvolumemaps.htm AADT on MoDOT Routes]<br />
<br />
* [http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/contractor_resources/External_Civil_Rights/DBE_program.htm DBE Directory] <br />
<br />
====136.12.3.2.1 Commonly Used Forms====<br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.1 Bridge Inventory Survey Form.xls|Bridge Inventory Survey Form]]<br />
<br />
[http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/manuals/FFATA.htm Form 1590, Federal Funding Accountability and Transparency Act (FFATA)]<br />
<br />
[http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/contractor_resources/External_Civil_Rights/jobtraining.htm On the Job Training Manual and Submittal Forms]<br />
<br />
[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/1273/1273.pdf FHWA Form 1273 Required Contract Provisions] <br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.1 Utility Agreement Actual Cost 2016.doc|Utility Agreement - Actual Cost]] <br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.1 Utility Agreement Lump Sum 2016.doc|Utility Agreement - Lump Sum]] <br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.1 Notice to Proceed.doc|Notice to Proceed]] <br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.1 Force Account Record Equipment and Material.doc|Daily Force Account Record-Equipment Rental Account/Materials Account]] <br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.1 Force Account Record Labor.doc|Daily Force Account Record-Labor Account]] <br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.1 Force Account Record Cost Summary.doc|Force Account Record - Cost Summary]] <br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.1 Sample Timesheet.xls|Sample Timesheet]]<br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.1 Construction Safety Program.pdf|Construction Contract Calls for Bid]]<br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.1 Awarded Construction Contracts.pdf|Awarded Construction Contracts]]<br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.1 Local Project Checklist.pdf|Local Project Checklist]]<br />
<br />
[[media:136.12.3.3.1 Obligation Request Form Apr 2015.docx|Obligation Request Form]]<br />
<br />
====136.12.3.2.2 Examples of Completed Forms====<br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.2 Form CE2.doc|Form CE-2 Example]] <br />
<br />
[[media:643.2 Lump Sum Estimate.doc|Utility Lump Sum Estimate Example]] <br />
<br />
[[media:643.2 Actual Cost Estimate.doc|Utility Actual Cost Estimate Example]]<br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.2 Utilites Status Letter.pdf|Sample Utilities Status Letter]] <br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.2 Sample JSP for Utilities.pdf|Sample Job Special Provisions for Utilities]] <br />
<br />
[[media:136.14.2.2 Bridge Slab Pour Checklist.pdf|Bridge Slab Pour Checklist & Pre-Pour Meeting Topics]]<br />
<br />
===136.12.3.3 Links to Other Resources===<br />
<br />
* [[:Category:242 Optional and Alternate Pavement Designs|EPG 242 Optional and Alternate Pavement Designs]]<br />
<br />
* Equal Employment Opportunity Requirements ([http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=3275bea9e2d87163209535159a10234d&rgn=div5&view=text&node=41:1.2.3.1.1&idno=41 41 CFR 60.1] and [http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=3275bea9e2d87163209535159a10234d&rgn=div5&view=text&node=41:1.2.3.1.2&idno=41 41 CFR 60.2]) <br />
<br />
* [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/ Federal Highway Administration]<br />
<br />
* [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/legsregs/directives/cfr23toc.htm Code of Federal Regulations 23 Highways]<br />
<br />
* [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/reports/utilguid/ Program Guide - Utility Adjustments and Accommodations on Federal-Aid Highway Projects]<br />
<br />
* [http://www.usace.army.mil/Pages/Default.aspx US Army Corps of Engineers]<br />
<br />
* Americans with Disabilities Act Access Guidelines (ADAAG):<br />
<br />
:: [http://www.access-board.gov/ The United States Access Board]<br />
<br />
:: [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards Access Board’s Guidelines and Standards]<br />
<br />
:: [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/buildings-and-sites/about-the-ada-standards/ada-standards Access Board’s ADA standards page]<br />
<br />
:: [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/streets-sidewalks Access Board’s Streets and Sidewalks]<br />
<br />
:: [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/streets-sidewalks/public-rights-of-way/background Access Board’s Background on the Public Rights-of-Way Rulemaking]<br />
<br />
:: [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/streets-sidewalks/public-rights-of-way Access Board’s Public Rights-of-Way]<br />
<br />
:: [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/streets-sidewalks/public-rights-of-way/proposed-rights-of-way-guidelines Access Board’s Proposed Guidelines (2011)]<br />
<br />
:: [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/streets-sidewalks/public-rights-of-way/background/revised-draft-guidelines Access Board’s PROWAG (2005)]<br />
<br />
:: [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/streets-sidewalks/public-rights-of-way/guidance-and-research Access Board’s Guidance and Research]<br />
<br />
:: [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/streets-sidewalks/public-rights-of-way/other-prow-resources Access Board’s Public Righs-of-Way Resources]<br />
<br />
::[http://www.mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ Manual on Uniform traffic Control Devices - signals]<br />
<br />
::[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/environment/sidewalks/index.htm FHWA – Designing Sidewalks and Trails for Access, Part I]<br />
<br />
::[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/environment/sidewalk2/index.htm Part II]<br />
<br />
::[http://www.modot.org/othertransportation/bike_ped/Bikepedintro.htm MoDOT Bike/Ped webpage] <br />
<br />
::[http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/standards_and_specs/documents/60810.pdf MoDOT Standard Plan 608.10] <br />
<br />
::[http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/Online%20Standard%20Plans/60850.pdf MoDOT Standard Plan 608.50]<br />
<br />
::[http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/standards_and_specs/documents/ConcreteSidewkCurbRamps1.pdf MoDOT Special Sheet, Concrete Curb Ramps]<br />
<br />
*[http://www.wdol.gov/dba.aspx#0 Federal Wage Rates]<br />
<br />
*[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/index.cfm FHWA's Construction webpage]<br />
<br />
*[http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/standards_and_specs/highwayspecs.htm Missouri Standard Specifications for Highway Construction]<br />
<br />
*[https://labor.mo.gov/prevailing-wage State Wage Rates for Local Agency Projects]<br />
<br />
*[http://labor.mo.gov/DLS/PrevailingWage/gwo State Wage Rates for MoDOT Projects]<br />
<br />
*[http://www.enhancements.org/ National Transportation Enhancement Clearinghouse]<br />
<br />
*[http://moltap.org/ Missouri LTAP, Local Technical Assistance Program]<br />
<br />
*[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/federalaid/projects.cfm Guide to Federal-Aid Programs and Projects]<br />
<br />
*[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/reports/financingfederalaid/ Financing Federal-Aid Highways]<br />
<br />
===136.12.3.4 Recent Changes to LPA Policy===<br />
<br />
This information has been moved to [[136.13 LPA Policy Changes|EPG 136.13 LPA Policy Changes]].<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Category:136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy|136.12]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=LPA:136.11_Local_Public_Agency_Construction&diff=51624LPA:136.11 Local Public Agency Construction2022-06-21T18:18:22Z<p>Smithk: Per EPS, updated ADA Checklist to reflect the minimum distance of pushbuttons from the curb line has been returned to 30 inches.</p>
<hr />
<div>This article is intended as a guide to Local Public Agencys (LPAs) to ensure federal-aid project requirements are met while administering the construction of and corresponding documentation required of a typical LPA project. No work is to be initiated on any part of the project until federal funding has been approved (obligated) by [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/ FHWA] and the local agency has been notified by MoDOT to proceed. <br />
{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:7px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:left; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="400px" align="right" <br />
|-<br />
|<center>'''Figures'''</center><br />
|-<br />
|[[LPA:136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links#Construction Reimbursement Form|Fig. 136.3.18, Construction Reimbursement Form]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.1 Nov 2013.doc|Fig. 136.11.1, General Guidelines for LPA Preconstruction Conference]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.2.xlsx|Fig. 136.11.2, Change Order Form]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.3 2016.pdf|Fig. 136.11.3, Progress Report]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.4 2015.doc|Fig. 136.11.4, Request for Approval of Subcontract]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.5 Dec 2015.xls|Fig. 136.11.5, DBE Subcontract Worksheet]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.6 Dec 2015.pdf|Fig. 136.11.6, Subcontractor Certification Regarding Affirmative Action]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.7.doc|Fig. 136.11.7, Wage Rate Interview (Labor Compliance/EEO)]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.8.doc|Fig. 136.11.8, Form FHWA-1391]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.9 2016.docx|Fig. 136.11.9, Contractor DBE Certification]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.10.doc|Fig. 136.11.10, Contractor’s Affidavit Regarding Settlement of Claims]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.11.doc|Fig. 136.11.11, Affidavit (Compliance with Prevailing Wage Law)]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.12.doc|Fig. 136.11.12, Site Visit Checklist]]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Job_Site_Bulletin_Board_Checklist_fillable.pdf Fig. 136.11.13, Job Bulletin Board Checklist]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig. 136.11.14 secure.pdf|Fig. 136.11.14, Construction Invoice Example 1]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig. 136.11.15.pdf|Fig. 136.11.15, Construction Invoice Example 2]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.18.docx|Fig. 136.11.18, LPA Final Inspection Letter]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.19.docx|Fig. 136.11.19, LPA Final List of Acceptance Testers]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.20.docx|Fig. 136.11.20, LPA DBE Certification Letter]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.21.docx|Fig. 136.11.21, LPA Vendor Lien Waiver]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.22.docx|Fig. 136.11.22, LPA Final Acceptance Checklist]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11.23 2016.pdf|Fig. 136.11.23, LPA Semi-Final Inspection Checklist (Form C-236 LPA)]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Form C-239 2016.pdf|Fig. 136.11.24, LPA Final Acceptance Report (Form C-239 LPA)]]<br />
|- <br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CUF_Determination_Form_Contracts_Let_After_03_2021.pdf Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Determination Form]<br />
|-<br />
| [[Off-Systems Guide Schedule for Federal-Aid Acceptance Sampling and Testing (FAST)|Off-Systems Guide Schedule for Federal-Aid Acceptance Sampling & Testing (FAST)]]<br />
|-<br />
|<div id="PowerPoint Tutorials"></div><br />
|-<br />
! <center>'''"How To" PowerPoint Tutorials'''</center><br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11 How to Develop.ppt|How to Develop and Use the Daily Diary and Payment Diary for LPA Inspectors]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11 How to Coomplete.ppt|How to Complete a Change Order and Get it Approved]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11 How to Close.ppt|How to Close Out a Federal Aid Construction Project]]<br />
|-<br />
|<center>'''Federal-Aid Essential Videos'''</center><br />
|-<br />
|[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/federal-aidessentials/catmod.cfm?category=construc Project Construction and Contract Administration]<br />
|-<br />
|[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/federal-aidessentials/catmod.cfm?category=civilrig Civil Rights]<br />
|-<br />
|<center>'''Brochure'''</center><br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.11 Buy America Brochure.pdf|Buy America Requirements for the Federal-Aid Construction Program]]<br />
|}<br />
==136.11.1 Project Oversight==<br />
<br />
The LPA shall have a '''person in "responsible charge"''' (RC) of the administration of the project including construction inspection. This person must be an employee or a paid elected official of the local agency who is accountable for the project. If a consultant is hired to oversee the project the RC should be available at all times to respond to any issues on the project. The RC or designated consultant should have the necessary experience, training and knowledge to ensure that project construction and administration follows all requirements as described in the project documents and standard practice. The RC will be the primary contact for MoDOT regarding any contract administration issues.<br />
<br />
All items of work on the project shall be inspected. Major items of work such as bridge deck pouring, paving or other high cost or critical items may require more attention than other minor items of work. MoDOT’s Engineering Policy Guide or [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT district representatives] are good sources for tools to adequately administer the project.<br />
<br />
==136.11.2 Work by LPA Forces==<br />
<br />
The LPA may elect, with MoDOT and FHWA approval, to perform work with its own forces (see [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.12 Federal-aid Participation for Local Work|EPG 136.3.12 Federal-aid Participation for Local Work]] for more information), if done so they will not need to comply with the labor records, postings, payroll checking, interviews, and Davis-Bacon minimum prevailing wages requirements. However, it will be necessary for the LPA to comply with the provisions of [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/1273/1273.pdf Form PR-1273], Required Federal-Aid Provisions - All Federal-Aid Construction Contracts, Section II - Equal Opportunity, and Section III - Non-segregated Facilities. These two sections essentially require that the local agency be an “Equal Opportunity Employer.” See [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.15 Reimbursement and Auditing|EPG 136.3.15 Reimbursement and Auditing]] for required records to support reimbursement for work performed by LPA forces.<br />
<br />
==136.11.3 Notice to Proceed==<br />
<br />
Following the concurrence of award of the contract from MoDOT, the LPA must submit executed copies of the contract to MoDOT. The district representative will review the contract for compliance and will inform the LPA that they can issue "notice to proceed" (NTP) and proceed with construction.<br />
<br />
'''No work is to be initiated on any part of the project until FHWA approves (obligates) federal funding and MoDOT notifies the LPA to proceed.'''<br />
<br />
A pre-construction conference must be scheduled and attended by the LPA, the contractor and MoDOT before any work begins on the project.<br />
<br />
==136.11.4 Preconstruction Conference==<br />
<br />
A preconstruction conference shall be conducted by the LPA, prior to the start of work, to ensure that all parties involved are aware of their responsibilities. Those invited to attend shall include but not be limited to representatives from the consultant (if applicable), contractor, subcontractors, utilities (if involved), local police, fire, postal, other emergency services (if necessary), any school agencies (if traffic is to be severely restricted or road closed), and MoDOT. Arrangements for and notice given of the meeting shall be completed at least one week prior to the meeting date. [[media:136.11.1 Nov 2013.doc|Fig. 136.11.1 General Guidelines for LPA Preconstruction Conference]] outlines this conference. Note that the initial data pertaining to the project is required within two working days after the start of work.<br />
<br />
For projects that have specified contractor furnished borrow or require disposal of waste material off the LPA right of way, the contractor should be reminded of the requirement that the affected areas must be reviewed by DNR for environmental clearances that will include, but not be limited to the Clean Water Act, the Endangered Species Act, the National Historic Preservation Act, the Farmland Protection Act, Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act and RSMo Chapter 194, Section 194.400 Unmarked Human Burial Sites. A copy of the correspondence from these agencies should be filed with the [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT district representative]. More information on contractor furnished borrow and waste sites can be found in [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements|EPG 136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements]]. Failure to comply with this requirement can cause loss of federal funding.<br />
<br />
If ADA improvements are included within the project, then the [[media:ADA_Checklist_061522.pdf|ADA Checklist, (PDF version of Fig. 136.9.4) (Rev. June 15, 2022)]] (or the [[media:ADA_Checklist_061522.docx|MS Word version of the ADA Checklist, Fig. 136.9.4 (Rev. June 15, 2022)]]) should be included in the discussion. <br />
<br />
'''Initial Data from LPA'''<br />
<br />
Within two working days after the start of work, the LPA shall furnish a letter to MoDOT containing the following information: <br />
<br />
:'''1.''' Project identification; <br />
:'''2.''' Contractor’s name and address; <br />
:'''3.''' Construction Inspector’s name, address, and phone number; <br />
:'''4.''' Name of full-time employee of agency to be in "responsible charge" of project, including projects with consultant services ([https://www.law.cornell.edu/cfr/text/23/635.105 23 CFR 635.105]). "Responsible charge" means: <br />
<br />
::a. Aware of day-to-day operations on the project <br />
::b. Aware of and involved in decisions about changed conditions that require change orders <br />
::c. Aware of qualifications, assignments, performance of consultant staff at all stages of the project <br />
::d. Visiting the project on a frequency that is commensurate with the magnitude & complexity of the project <br />
<br />
:'''5.''' Name, address, and telephone number of local agency’s consultant, if applicable; <br />
:'''6.''' Date of construction engineering contract approval; <br />
:'''7.''' Date of notice to proceed; <br />
:'''8.''' Completion date or working days; <br />
:'''9.''' Amount of contract; <br />
:'''10.''' Location and description of work; <br />
:'''11.''' Date of letting; <br />
:'''12.''' Date of award; <br />
:'''13.''' Date of preconstruction conference; <br />
:'''14.''' Date on which work actually started; and <br />
:'''15.''' Summary of Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) intent.<br />
<br />
==136.11.5 Subcontracts ==<br />
<br />
Federal-aid contracts require that no less than 30% of the contract work shall be performed by the prime contractor’s own forces and equipment. All contracts shall further hold to the right of approval of any subcontracts prior to performance of subcontract work. The local agency is responsible for assuring the proposed subcontractors are both qualified to perform the proposed items of work and legally bound to comply with all the requirements of the contract as they would apply to the prime contractor, for example, wage rates, equal employment opportunity regulations, submittal of payrolls, etc. No subcontractors may further subcontract any of their work. <br />
<br />
The LPA shall furnish the MoDOT representative the name and address of each subcontractor, the percentage of work sublet to that particular subcontractor, the percentages awarded to DBEs, and the total percentage of work sublet to date. DBEs must be on the MoDOT-approved listing at the time of letting. Subcontract approval forms ([[media:136.11.4 2015.doc|Fig. 136.11.4]], [[media:136.11.5 Dec 2015.xls|Fig. 136.11.5]] and [[media:136.11.6 Dec 2015.pdf|Fig. 136.11.6]]) must be used for submitting subcontractor information. [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/1273/1273.pdf FHWA 1273, Required Federal Contract Provisions], is included in all federal aid contracts, and it is the prime contractor’s responsibility to ensure that all subcontract agreements also include a copy of FHWA 1273. The reviewer should perform a random check on the submitted subcontract agreements to help ensure the prime is meeting this requirement.<br />
<br />
==136.11.6 Information Posters==<br />
<br />
The contracts for highway construction projects require certain information to be conspicuously displayed on the project where employees regularly congregate in preparation for the day’s work. The RC or a delegated representative is to conduct inspections of the bulletin boards. The first inspection should occur when employees begin work on the project. After the initial review, inspections should be conducted every other month until the project is completed to ensure the bulletin board is in good condition and still displays the required posters. The list of required information to be posted both on the project and in the project office is located in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:110_State_and_Federal_Wage_Rates_and_Other_Requirements#110.2_Federal-Aid_Projects_.28Guidance_for_Sec_110.2.29 EPG 110.2]. Many of the posters can be downloaded from MoDOT’s internet contractor resources website. A [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Job_Site_Bulletin_Board_Checklist_fillable.pdf checklist of the job bulletin board posters] is also available. All posters shall be completed as required, showing names and telephone numbers where indicated. For more information on the Federal Davis-Bacon prevailing wage rates see [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PS & E)#136.9.4.1.1.10.1 Federal Wage Rates (23 USC 113 and 29 CFR 5)|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.10.1 Federal Wage Rates]].<br />
<br />
==136.11.7 Equal Employment Opportunity Requirements==<br />
<br />
The [http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=3275bea9e2d87163209535159a10234d&rgn=div5&view=text&node=41:1.2.3.1.1&idno=41 EEO requirements (41 CFR 60.1)] and [http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=3275bea9e2d87163209535159a10234d&rgn=div5&view=text&node=41:1.2.3.1.2&idno=41 (41 CFR 60.2)] are contained in the contract. The local agency should be familiar with and enforce those requirements. <br />
<br />
The LPA shall furnish the name of the contractor or subcontractor whose contract or subcontract is $10,000.00 or more and must submit Federal-Aid Highway Construction Contractors Annual EEO Report, [[media:136.11.8.doc|Fig. 136.11.8, Form FHWA-1391]], to the MoDOT External Civil Rights Division. Employment data should total correctly on this report. <br />
<br />
If a contractor or subcontractor has been active on a project but no work was performed during the above payroll report period, a “No Work Was Performed” report is to be submitted. If a project has not started, no report is required. <br />
<br />
==136.11.8 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE)==<br />
<br />
Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) requirements are also covered in [[:Category:146 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE)|EPG 146 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE)]]. DBE compliance consists of ensuring that the prime contractors utilize DBEs as indicated in their good faith effort. These vendors will be a combination of subcontractors working on the project, suppliers, brokers, and trucking companies. DBE vendors must be on the MoDOT-approved [https://www6.modot.mo.gov/MRCC/Home/PublicSearch MRCC] listing at the bid opening. After the contract is awarded, the contractors should provide a [https://www.modot.org/media/12323 Request to Subcontract Work form] for each subcontractor noting the DBE/non-DBE classification. If a subcontractor is added to the project, they need to be pre-approved by MoDOT prior to performing any work. The LPA should track the DBE progress throughout the project to ensure the goal is met. In calculating the percentage of the contract work performed, all prices for sublet work shall be at contract unit bid prices. Sample forms ([[media:136.11.4 2015.doc|Fig. 136.11.4]] and [[media:136.11.5 Dec 2015.xls|Fig. 136.11.5]]) may be used for submitting subcontractor information and instructions for completing the form ([[media:136.11.6 Dec 2015.pdf|Fig. 136.11.6]]) are available. If there is a concern during the project, [https://www.modot.org/contact-us-0 contact the External Civil Rights Division]. The prime contractor and LPA should ensure that the DBE vendors used to achieve the goal are performing a Commercially Useful Function (CUF).<br />
<br />
==136.11.9 Commercially Useful Function (CUF)==<br />
<br />
Commercially Useful Function (CUF) basically consists of checking that the DBE vendor performs the work, supplies the material, has its own labor, and controls its work. The RC or delegated representative shall conduct at least one CUF interview using the [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CUF_Determination_Form_Contracts_Let_After_03_2021.pdf CUF Determination form] for each DBE vendor on the project. Additional interviews shall occur if the inspector notices a change in the DBE vendor or prime contractors operations. The verification for CUF varies depending on the capacity the DBE vendor is being used. See [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:146_Disadvantaged_Business_Enterprise_%28DBE%29#146.3_Commercially_Useful_Function_Verifications EPG 146.3] for a detailed description of what constitutes a check for CUF for various DBE uses. Please review the common [http://contribute.modot.mo.gov/business/lpa/documents/COMMERCIALUSEFULFUNCTIONSREDFLAGS.pdf red flags] found on CUF reviews.<br />
<br />
==136.11.10 On-the-job Training (OJT)==<br />
<br />
On-the-job Training (OJT) requirements are also covered in [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PS & E)#136.9.4.1.1.16 On the Job Training (OJT) (23 CFR Section 230)|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.16 On the Job Training]]. All training goals are established by the MoDOT External Civil Rights (ECR) Division prior to letting. <br />
<br />
Prior to the notice to proceed, the contractor shall submit the [https://www.modot.org/sites/default/files/documents/OJT_1_Trainee_Notification.pdf Trainee Notification form] to the RC or delegated representative. They will then forward the notification to MoDOT ECR Division for approval of the proposed trainee(s). This process will be repeated if a trainee is added anytime during the project. <br />
<br />
In addition to the trainee notification form, the contractor must submit [https://www.modot.org/sites/default/files/documents/OJT_2_Contractor_Monthly_Trainee_Report.pdf monthly trainee reports] throughout the course of the training and the [https://www.modot.org/sites/default/files/documents/OJT_3_Training_Completion.pdf trainee completion form]. The final trainee summary shall be completed at the end of the project or when the trainee goal on the project has been achieved. These forms shall also be submitted to the RC or delegated representative. The LPA will then forward the notification to MoDOT ECR Division for approval. The monthly trainee reports will be verified by the RC or delegated representative against the certified payroll for accuracy and then forwarded to MoDOT ECR Division. <br />
<br />
For further information and guidance about the OJT program and the submittal forms, you may access [https://www.modot.org/job-trainingcontract-compliance the ECR website] or call (573) 751-2978.<br />
<br />
==136.11.11 Value Engineering Change Proposals==<br />
<br />
Value engineering change proposals (VECP) are meant to provide a product of equal or improved quality that will reduce the project cost, improve safety or decrease the time required to complete the project. See [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=4 Sec 104.6] and [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:130_Value_Engineering#130.2_Contractor_initiated_VECPs EPG 130.2] for guidelines on contractor proposals for value engineering. A VECP must be approved by the contractor, consultant engineer (if applicable), LPA, MoDOT and FHWA (if applicable). <br />
<br />
==136.11.12 Construction Administration==<br />
<br />
===136.11.12.1 Consultant Conflict of Interest===<br />
Under [https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=004674eb2f1f808c87da0c3713c3662e&mc=true&node=se23.1.1_133&rgn=div8 23 CFR 1.33], neither a consulting engineering firm, nor any of its employees, that is providing engineering and inspection services for the contracting agency shall be allowed to perform work that is the construction contractor's responsibility. <br />
<br />
It is unacceptable for a consultant to provide both project engineering services for the LPA and engineering services for the project construction contractor. Operating under this arrangement gives the appearance of a possible conflict of interest and is not allowed for federal-aid work, although, surveying will be permitted.<br />
<br />
===136.11.12.2 Construction Engineering Expectations===<br />
The local agency is the main contact for the contractor and is responsible for overseeing the construction activities, which include the day-to-day review and inspection of the project construction activities and the record keeping necessary for documentation. The local agency shall also have a qualified inspector on the project site. The inspector must verify that work performed and materials incorporated are as specified in the contract documents and that the project is built in accordance with approved plans and specifications and that quantities are documented sufficiently to make payments for completed work. At a minimum, the inspector must be present on the job site during critical construction operations including, but not limited to:<br />
<br />
:* structure layout<br />
:* excavation and backfilling<br />
:* driving pile<br />
:* checking of reinforcing steel prior to concrete placement<br />
:* concrete batching and pouring<br />
:* placement of girders <br />
:* placement of surfacing materials<br />
<br />
ALL material incorporated into a project MUST be inspected and documented or the federal funds on the project will be jeopardized.<br />
<br />
==136.11.13 Documentation Requirements==<br />
All costs incurred by the local agency for which federal reimbursement is sought must be supported by original source documents or documentation that provides adequate assurance the quantities of completed work were determined accurately and on a uniform basis. The primary source of administration information is found in two basic sources, the project inspector’s diary and payment diary. These diaries are the primary documents used to verify construction progress and payment and may become a crucial element if any disputes or issues arise on the project. <br />
<br />
Diaries are essential to provide a description of day-to-day activities that occurred on the project, valuable quality control information and historical information of how the project was constructed. As such, the diary is a document focusing on critical project information and used as a communication tool to assist in explaining what the contractor did that day and what took place on the job site. By completing a diary, this provides assurances to MoDOT, taxpayers and FHWA there was compliance and quality control on the project. The diary serves as the primary source of information to ensure pay quantities were measured and paid for accordingly. It should also summarize the labor, material, equipment, work accomplished and other events that affect or explain the contractors progress. The diary then becomes a factual, historical document used to review project compliance, contractor claims or dispute resolution, and serves as the project documentation during an audit.<br />
<br />
Diaries are written such that they are:<br />
:1. Clear; including handwriting and meaning. Refrain from words such as they, he, she. Instead use specific names of individuals.<br />
:2. Concise; use minimum number of words and be factual<br />
:3. Correct; numerous corrected errors give impression of quality of work<br />
:4. Complete; include all information needed to be clear. Document as if describing to someone unfamiliar with the project. Include items such as activities and testing that took place, the result of those activities and tests and any action taken from those results.<br />
:5. Concurrent; document as the events happen, not after. Waiting too long to document makes it easy to forget the specifics.<br />
<br />
Samples of documentation may be obtained from the district MoDOT representative.<br />
<br />
===136.11.13.1 Project Diaries===<br />
Diaries and field books can be handwritten, bound documents or electronic and part of electronic construction management software systems. Diaries must be accurate, well-documented and completed in a timely manner, whether that be as the day progresses, at the end of the day or no later than the next day.<br />
<br />
Handwritten diaries shall be completed in ink in securely bound, high-grade field books. Any corrections shall be made by lining out the entry, initialing and dating. Do not use erasures or correction fluids to make changes.<br />
<br />
If electronic systems are used, a secure back up shall be maintained. Any electronically generated diaries must be kept in a software system which meets the following criteria:<br />
:1. Contract administrator(s) shall not have the capability of deleting any diary information<br />
:2. Any changes to diary entries shall be documented with<br />
::a. Previous entry<br />
::b. Corrected entry<br />
::c. Name or initials of person making the correction<br />
::d. Date of correction<br />
::e. Reason for correction.<br />
<br />
It is the LPA’s responsibility to ensure electronic diary system meets these requirements. MoDOT / FHWA may review electronic diaries during any project review or site visit. If it is determined changes to diary entries were deleted or in any other way compromised, the LPA will be at risk of losing ''all'' federal funding for the project.<br />
<br />
The project diary is completed daily, even if no work occurs, and includes the following: <br />
:* Facts only, no opinions<br />
:* Date<br />
:* Weather including statements related to whether conditions are suitable for construction progress and any delays due to weather. If not working due to weather, make such notation for the day.<br />
:* Progress of work as a percentage; suggested as a bar chart in a suitable scale to indicate the percentage of work completed to date <br />
:* Pay item documentation including work by local forces<br />
:* Instructions to contractor<br />
:* Unusual occurrences effecting project activities <br />
:* Determination of physical condition of work performed, i.e. temporary traffic control items, erosion control items<br />
:* Documentation of tests performed and test results<br />
:* Contractor work hours<br />
:* Completion of check lists<br />
:* Objective remarks of end product<br />
:* Visitors and communication on the project site<br />
:* Labor, equipment and material on site including usage, delays, breakdowns, idle time, inefficiencies, work accomplished and other events that affect or explain contractor progress. If not working due to materials shortages, equipment breakdowns, rejected material, etc., make note of such.<br />
:* Number of employees in each trade and each employee matched with their item of work and equipment including any specific to DBE<br />
:* Signature of inspector completing the diary<br />
:* If a working day contract, the running total of contract time charged and reasons for days credited.<br />
:* Examples of noted events for the day are recommended to include:<br />
::• Status of project Traffic Control Operations including any changes made to the traffic control plan<br />
::• Status of project’s erosion control including any changes made to the erosion control plan<br />
::• Work or materials rejected and reasons why<br />
::• Length and cause of any delay<br />
::• Unusual conditions and effect on job; including any crashes that occurred in the work zone<br />
::• Visitors to the project site<br />
::• Other inspector action, e.g. note wage interviews, DBE compliance checks, major material status, etc.<br />
<br />
For more information on federal requirements and guidelines, see the [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/ FHWA – Construction Contract Administration webpage] or scroll down on [http://www.modot.org/business/lpa/NHITraining.htm MoDOT's LPA website] to locate an online NHI training course on Daily Diaries.<br />
<br />
===136.11.13.2 Payment Diaries===<br />
'''The following information shall be recorded neatly and clearly in the payment diary:'''<br />
<br />
:* Date<br />
:* Inspectors signature or initials<br />
:* Location of the installed work indicated by stations, log miles or location-based reference. Pictures are also a good documentation source. <br />
:* Quantity of work installed on that day.<br />
:* Running total of that item of work.<br />
:* Any pertinent calculations or measurements including charge orders, extra work or work by local forces. <br />
:* Material received and approved (or rejected and reasoning). <br />
:* Receipt of materials certification.<br />
:* Notes related to how total compares to plan quantity.<br />
:* If material allowances are used, they must not exceed the estimated quantities required by the job nor the test reports or certifications. Care must also be taken to reduce the material allowance, as the material is paid-in-place. The invoice must be marked paid by the supplier. Being marked paid by the contractor is not allowed. <br />
:* For lump sum items and excavations, an estimated percentage of completed work shall be placed in the summary. Documentation for payment shall be shown in the project diary entries as the work is being accomplished. <br />
<br />
===136.11.13.3 Invoices===<br />
The LPA must submit invoices to MoDOT for reimbursement of costs contained in the agreements and contracts as they are incurred. The invoices may not be submitted more than once every two weeks. Progress invoices must be submitted monthly. The final invoice must be submitted within 30 days of final acceptance. See [[LPA:136.12 Figures, Glossary and Other Useful Links#Construction Reimbursement Form|Figure 136.3.18 for Construction Invoice]] templates. For detailed information on the procedures to be followed, see [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.15 Reimbursement and Auditing|EPG 136.3.15 Reimbursement and Auditing]]. In addition, [[media:Fig. 136.11.14 secure.pdf|Fig. 136.11.14]] and [[media:Fig. 136.11.15.pdf|Fig 136.11.15]] are completed construction invoices that can be used as examples when preparing a construction invoice for reimbursement.<br />
<br />
===136.11.13.4 Erosion Control===<br />
The LPA shall ensure the land disturbance site is inspected on a regular schedule and within a reasonable time period (not to exceed 48 hours) following a runoff event. Regularly scheduled inspections (recommend using MoDOT's [http://www.modot.org/business/contractor_resources/Quality_Management/Land%20Disturbance%20Inspection%20Record.docx Land Disturbance Inspection Record]) shall be conducted at a minimum of once every seven days. For disturbed areas where permanent ground cover has not been established, all installed BMPs and other pollution control measures shall be inspected for proper installation, operation and maintenance. <br />
<br />
Locations where storm water leaves the site shall be inspected for evidence of erosion or sediment deposition. Any deficiencies noted during a weekly inspection shall be corrected within seven calendar days of that inspection. The results of the weekly inspections in a given month shall be recorded in that month’s report. The inspector shall promptly notify the site contractors responsible for operation and maintenance of BMPs of the deficiencies. See [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:806_Pollution%2C_Erosion_and_Sediment_Control#806.7_Construction_Inspection_Guidance_for_Sec._806 EPG 806.7 Construction Inspection Guidance for Sec. 806] and [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:203_Roadway_and_Drainage_Excavation%2C_Embankment_and_Compaction#Borrow_.28Sec_203.3.29 EPG 203.1 Borrow] for more information regarding storm water and erosion control requirements.<br />
<br />
A log of each inspection shall be kept. The inspection report is to include the following minimum information: inspector’s name, date of inspection, observations relative to the effectiveness of the BMPs, actions taken or necessary to correct deficiencies, and listing of areas where land disturbance operations have permanently or temporarily stopped. The inspection report shall be signed by the inspector. <br />
<br />
The LPA shall at all times ensure that all pollution control measures and systems are in good order to achieve compliance with the terms of the general permit. <br />
<br />
===136.11.13.5 American’s with Disabilities Act (ADA) Check List===<br />
Pedestrian facilities must be accessible to all people to the maximum extent feasible in accordance with Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA). For detailed information and criteria see [[:Category:642 Pedestrian Facilities|EPG 642 Pedestrian Facilities]]. <br />
<br />
Prior to or during the final inspection, the [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT district representative] will utilize the [[media:ADA_Checklist_061522.pdf|ADA Checklist, (PDF version of Fig. 136.9.4) (Rev. June 15, 2022)]] (or the [[media:ADA_Checklist_061522.docx|MS Word version of the ADA Checklist, Fig. 136.9.4 (Rev. June 15, 2022)]]), to verify the project has been constructed to meet the current ADA requirements. Providing the checklist to the contractor at the preconstruction conference is considered a best practice.<br />
<br />
===136.11.13.6 Progress Reports===<br />
The LPA shall submit a copy of a monthly report to the [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT district representative] stating the progress of the work. [[media:136.11.3 2016.pdf|Fig. 136.11.3]] provides the Progress Report format. The LPA may elect to summarize construction activities for the project on a weekly basis and consolidate them into the monthly report.<br />
<br />
===136.11.13.7 Document Retention===<br />
The MoDOT district or FHWA representative may review daily diaries and payment diaries on the project site at any time. The LPA shall maintain all books, documents, papers, accounting records and other evidence pertaining to the costs incurred. Such materials shall be available at the LPA’s office for inspection by MoDOT, [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/ FHWA] or their authorized representatives at all reasonable times during the contract period and for (3) three years after the date on which the local agency receives reimbursement of its final invoice from MoDOT, and copies thereof shall be furnished if requested.<br />
<br />
==136.11.14 Labor==<br />
<br />
Missouri and federal law requires minimum wage rates (pay) for the various skilled trades. These wage rates are specified in the contract at the time of bidding and are enforced by MoDOT, the LPA, and the [http://www.labor.mo.gov/ MO Department of Labor] during the construction of the project. For more information on the Federal Davis-Bacon prevailing wage rates see [[136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PS & E)#136.9.4.1.1.10.1 Federal Wage Rates (23 USC 113 and 29 CFR 5)|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.10.1 Federal Wage Rates]].<br />
<br />
===136.11.14.1 Labor Records===<br />
The LPA shall obtain payrolls and forms related to [https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title41/41cfr60-1_main_02.tpl Equal Employment Opportunity (41 CFR 60.1)] and [https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=532eba60f86eea33a5dbf5930bf29b41&mc=true&node=pt41.1.60_62&rgn=div5 (41 CFR 60.2)]. They shall also ascertain that necessary posters (see [[#136.11.13 Documentation Requirements|EPG 136.11.13 Documentation Requirements]]) are in place on the project. <br />
<br />
A certified copy of each weekly payroll must be submitted by the prime contractor within 7 days of the payment date of the payroll. The certification may be attached to the payroll or may be on the payroll itself. The prime contractor will be responsible for the submittal of payrolls and certifications for all subcontractors on the project. In the event that work is temporarily suspended, the last payroll shall be marked appropriately to note that it will be the last payroll until work is resumed. <br />
<br />
Payrolls to be submitted shall be checked for compliance with the contract requirements. The local agency shall retain all payrolls for a period of three years after the date on which the local agency receives reimbursement of its final invoice from MoDOT, during which time they shall be open to inspection by MoDOT and/or FHWA. <br />
<br />
The LPA shall check payrolls, with the following checks being made to ensure proper labor compliance: <br />
<br />
:1. The employee’s full name, identifying number (such as last four digits of Social Security Number) and complete address, including zip code, must appear on each payroll. For projects that are only state-funded projects, addresses will be required to be placed on certified payrolls. For federal-aid projects, placing addresses on the payrolls will be optional. The contractor is no longer allowed to include complete Social Security numbers on certified payrolls for projects let after January 18, 2009. In lieu of the Social Security number, the contractor must assign the employee an identification number and place that identification number on the certified payroll. This identification number can be the last four digits of the employee's Social Security number. For those projects that were let prior to January 18, 2009 the contractor must still provide Social Security numbers and addresses on certified payrolls. <br />
<br />
:2. Check the payroll for correct employee classification. <br />
<br />
::a. Check to assure each employee has a classification. <br />
::b. Make sure classifications are correct as related to the type of work the company has subcontracted. <br />
::c. Employees enrolled in the MoDOT training program must be shown on the payroll in the classification they are enrolled in as trainee. (i.e. Crane Operator Trainee, Carpenter, Laborer, etc.) <br />
::d. When possible, confirm that employees are classified correctly as to what type work they are performing by using the interview process, jobsite visits, and communication with the inspectors, and by reviewing the Inspector’s Daily Report of Construction. <br />
::e. Foremen or supervisors who perform 20% or less of the day with the tools of the trade are exempt from the Davis Bacon Act. They must appear on the payroll as "foreman" or "supervisor" with a breakdown of hours per day and total hours and, since hourly wage rates are not required, they can be listed under Salary Agreement. <br />
::f. Foremen or supervisors who work with tools of the trade more than 20% of the day are not entitled to an exemption under the Davis Bacon Act. Thus, if the hourly wage rate is the same for both classifications the employee will be listed on the payroll to show both classifications in which they performed (i.e. Foreman/Carpenter), hours per day listed along with an hourly wage rate, gross amount earned, deductions and net wages paid. But, if the hourly wage rate is not the same for both classifications then multiple listings for the employee shall be included on the payroll to show each classification of work performed in each day along with all the appropriate information.<br />
<br />
:3. Check the payroll for correct hourly wage and, where applicable, the correct overtime hourly rate. <br />
::a. Check employee’s rate of pay against the state and federal wage rates, where applicable, to make sure the employee is receiving at least the minimum for the individual's classification as per the prevailing wage schedule in the contract. For federally funded projects the rate of pay is the highest of either the federal or state wage rates. <br />
::b. Make sure fringe benefit amount plus base pay amount matches or exceeds the designated fringe benefit amount plus designated base pay amount from the applicable wage order. For example, the base pay amount could be less than that designated as the prevailing wage, if the fringe benefit amount is more than that designated, and the two together meet or exceed the designated gross prevailing wage. The contractor should be encouraged to list the exact fringe paid for each employee on the payroll. If the contractor chooses to certify that the fringe benefits are being paid to approved plans, funds, or programs, the contractor shall provide documentation that the correct payment amount is being paid to the fund for the individual employees. <br />
::Check the daily and weekly hours worked in each classification including actual overtime hours worked (not adjusted hours). <br />
:4. All deductions shall be listed and the net wage shown. The Form WH-347 is to be used where fringe benefits are paid into established programs. However, if fringe benefits are paid in cash to the employee, the amount shall be indicated on the payroll and noted on the statement of compliance. <br />
::a. All deductions must be identified. If a deduction of “other” is listed on the payroll it must be explained on the statement of compliance. <br />
::b. Some typical deductions include <br />
:::1) State or federal taxes <br />
:::2) Voluntary insurance, pension, and/or retirement plans <br />
:::3) Child support and other payments ordered by a court (but not payments to the employer) <br />
:::4) Prepaid wages <br />
:::5) Payments to charitable organizations <br />
:::6) Union dues when agreed to by the union (fines are not allowable) <br />
::c. All deductions must be an approved deduction. (If not on the approved list above, documentation giving employee’s permission for the deduction must be on file.) <br />
::d. Non-standard deductions can be approved by the Division of Labor on a yearly basis. The contractor must provide documentation along with the payroll when any approved non-standard deductions are in use.<br />
:5. To assure that the payrolls are arithmetically correct, approximately 10% of the extensions on the first three payrolls shall be checked. The contractor is to be advised of any violations noted on the labor payroll. All the errors are to be corrected by means of a supplementary payroll. <br />
:6. All checking by the local agency shall be initialed by the checker. <br />
:7. Final payrolls shall be marked “Final” or “Last Payroll.” <br />
:8. The local agency is to maintain a secure record of all payrolls.<br />
<br />
The prime contractor and each subcontractor are required to submit a weekly statement of compliance within seven days of the payment date of each payroll period. This statement must be signed by the contractor, subcontractor, or their agent who pays or supervises the payment of persons employed under the contract and shall certify that the payroll for the pay period contains the information required and that such information is correct and complete, [http://www.dol.gov/whd/programs/dbra/wh347.htm Form WH-347], is to be submitted in the prescribed form as set out in the “Required Contract Provisions” included in the contract. The local agency is to maintain a secure record of all statements. This Form WH-347 is available to contractors from the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402.<br />
<br />
===136.11.14.2 Labor Interviews===<br />
LPA personnel are to conduct one wage rate interview on each project every two weeks. Labor interviews are not required on railroad and other utility adjustments. The interviewer shall determine the employee’s name, the classification of the employee, the actual wage paid, and the posted wage rate. Interviews shall be documented as shown on form, [[media:136.11.7.doc|Fig. 136.11.5 Wage Rate Interview (Labor Compliance/EEO)]]. <br />
<br />
The LPA shall submit a semi-annual report to the [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT district representative] containing the following information: <br />
<br />
:1. Number of contractors or subcontractors against whom complaints were received <br />
:2. Number of investigations completed (if complaints were received) <br />
:3. Number of contractors or subcontractors found in violation <br />
:4. Amount of restitution due under: <br />
::a. Davis-Bacon and Related Acts <br />
::b. Work Hours Act of 1962 <br />
::(The Davis-Bacon Act encompasses prevailing wage rate violations, whereas the Contract Work Hours Act encompasses daily and weekly overtime violations.) <br />
:5. Number of employees due wage restitution under Davis-Bacon and related Acts and/or Work Hours Act of 1962 <br />
:6. Amount of liquidated damages assessed under Work Hours Act of 1962<br />
<br />
The above report is due not later than April 4 for the period from October 1 to March 31 and not later than October 5 for the period from April 1 to September 30. This report shall include all information gathered on all projects.<br />
<br />
==136.11.15 Change Orders==<br />
<br />
A change order is a supplement to the contract. It is prepared to provide authority to pay for revisions in quantities and to authorize changes in scope of work, schedule, design concept or specifications. Changes in scope should be limited to the original intent, purpose and limits (length and width) of the job. <br />
<br />
===136.11.15.1 Change Order Documentation===<br />
Change orders should be documented on the MoDOT change order report form ([[media:136.11.2.xlsx|Fig. 136.11.2]]) and be identified by the Federal-aid project number, if applicable. The LPA representative writing the change order should use brief, accurate and complete reasons for the contract changes. The reasons should include construction facts; such as utility locations, incorrect shrinkage factors, plan sheet errors, excessive erosion, etc.; rather than general statements that merely state quantities vary. Change order items should be listed in the same order as they appear in the contract. No combination of items will be permitted. Controlling specifications should be checked carefully to establish the LPA’s responsibility for payment. Change orders are to be numbered consecutively per contract.<br />
<br />
If the change order includes a contingent item for which the method of payment is not established by the contract specifications, a detail of all work covered by that item and the supplemental specification covering construction of that item must be shown including description, materials, construction requirements, method of measurement and basis of payment. References to the contract specifications may be used when applicable.<br />
<br />
:* If a contingent item price can be agreed upon between the LPA and the contractor then the substantiating data shall be attached to show how the price was determined including an independent estimate of cost by the LPA. <br />
<br />
:* If a contingent item price cannot be agreed upon between the LPA and the contractor and the work has to be performed under force account, then the unit price will consist of the actual local agency or contractor material, labor and equipment costs in accordance with [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.15 Reimbursement and Auditing|EPG 136.3.15 Reimbursement and Auditing]]. The unit price should be shown as 1.00 and the units to be constructed would be the estimated cost. <br />
<br />
Supplemental information necessary to document the change order should be attached to the change order. The attachments should include the contract number and change order number. A clear description or drawing can expedite processing the change order.<br />
<br />
Additional engineering and/or resulting construction costs due to design errors and omissions, resulting in a re-design, are not eligible for federal participation. Participation in added project costs resulting from re-design or plan changes can only be considered in cases where it can definitely be established that the changes were the result of unforeseen site conditions or other causes that would not reasonably be under the control of the LPA or its engineer. <br />
<br />
Contract time extensions granted by the local agency which affect project costs or liquidated damages must be fully justified and adequately documented. The local agency will be liable for any liquidated damages for time extensions granted by them and not approved by MoDOT. Under these conditions, the money value of the damages will be deducted from money due the LPA.<br />
<br />
The final change order is used to convert quantities to final status as determined at completion of the project. The final change order should be completed within 45 days of Final Inspection. If no final change order is necessary due to all quantities being updated to final status by previous change order, a statement to that effect should be included in the final plans submittal letter.<br />
<br />
===136.11.15.2 Change Order Approval===<br />
Change orders must have approval from the LPA, consultant (if applicable), MoDOT and the FHWA (if applicable) before the work is started. Exceptions are granted for routine or minor changes, or emergency revisions for which verbal approval has been granted. In rare cases it may be necessary to proceed with emergency measures without prior approval. In such cases verbal approval should be sought from the authorizing parties as soon as practicable. Indicate in the diary or letter of transmittal the name of the individual who provided that verbal approval. <br />
<br />
The contractor's signature should also be requested on change orders. If the contractor refuses to sign the change order, it should be documented and this documentation included with the change order when submitted to the authorizing parties. <br />
<br />
Change orders must be submitted as soon as practicable if they involve contingent items or changes in design features so that approval or rejection will be made before plans to perform the work materialize. Change orders covering overruns or underruns should be submitted promptly since they affect the contractor's monthly payment estimate. <br />
<br />
Any electronic copy with digital signatures is considered official however the primary copy should be immediately saved to a protected location with at least one back up. When the contractor’s digitally signed copy is returned it should be saved over the primary copy and further digital signatures, if necessary, should be encoded to that primary copy. <br />
<br />
If paper is used, regardless of the approval level, the local agency will produce a total of two copies of change order. The LPA will forward both copies of change order to the contractor for signature. The contractor will sign and return one, and keep the other. The original signed change order will be retained by the LPA for 3 years after final settlement.<br />
<br />
There are three levels of change order approval:<br />
<div id="Change Order Level 1"></div><br />
'''Change Order Level 1''' is approved in documentation, by the contractor, consulting engineer (if applicable), the LPA and by the [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT district representative]. Level 1 conditions include: <br />
<br />
:1. Any no-cost change orders (used when the direct substitution of a particular line item with a contingent item does not generate an additional cost or cost reduction). <br />
:2. Any change in a contract or contingency item less than $5,000. <br />
:Examples of a Level 1 change order are available.<br />
<br />
'''Change Order Level 2''' is approved, in documentation, by all listed in Change Order Level 1 and the FHWA on projects designated for federal involvement for change orders on the PODI Matrix. Level 2 conditions include: <br />
<br />
:1. Final change orders <br />
:2. Any change in a contract item or contingency item from $5,000 to $50,000. <br />
:3. Any new contingency item from $5,000 to $50,000.<br />
:4. Any specification change. <br />
:5. Any revision in a contract unit price. <br />
:6. Any change in a major line item greater than 25% from the original contract amount for that line item (in dollars). <br />
:7. Any change of the contract amount greater than 25% of the original contract bid amount (also in dollars). <br />
:8. Any change in design concept. <br />
:9. Any change order not approved by the contractor. <br />
:10. Any change order for adjustments due to differing site conditions or significant changes in the character of the work. <br />
:11. All value engineering change orders regardless of cost. <br />
:12. Any change order granting a time extension. <br />
<br />
'''Change Order Level 3''' is approved in documentation, by all listed in Change Order Level 2 and MoDOT’s State Construction and Materials Engineer. Level 3 conditions include:<br />
<br />
:1. Any change in a contract or contingency item greater than $50,000. <br />
:2. Any new contingency item greater than $50,000. <br />
:3. Additions greater than 50% of the original contract amount <br />
:4. Additions greater than $50,000.<br />
<br />
==136.11.16 Dispute and Claim Resolution==<br />
<br />
Occasional Escalation of an Issue – Conflicts are inevitable in any human endeavor. Key players should be encouraged to escalate to the next level of management any issues they are unable to resolve themselves. Escalation saves time and money and may prevent the stakeholders from taking a rigid position and thus keep a relatively minor issue from becoming a claim. Most importantly, escalation of an issue may preserve the working relationship of the key players.<br />
<br />
Development of an Issue Resolution Process – The key players should design their own systems for resolving issues on the project. Specific teams composed of personnel from the various stakeholders, who are knowledgeable about their particular technical portions of the contract, discuss potential problems and the way they would like to see them handled. They decide how issues that are not resolved at their level will be escalated to the next level in a timely fashion so that the decision-making process becomes more efficient and costly delays are avoided.<br />
<br />
The [http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/materials/Project%20Conflict%20Resolution%20Flowchart.pdf MoDOT Conflict Resolution Flowchart] is available.<br />
<br />
Contractor Claims – In the event of a claim, contact your MoDOT representative. If federal-aid participation is desired in a contract claim payment, early and often coordination is necessary between FHWA, MoDOT and the LPA.<br />
<br />
==136.11.17 Materials ==<br />
<br />
Testing and certification are necessary for all material incorporated into an LPA project. The testing and certification documentation must show the quantity of material being reported and whether it meets the specifications. . All materials in a Federal-aid LPA project must comply with [[106.9 Buy America Requirement|Buy America]] requirements.<br />
<br />
===136.11.17.1 Material Acceptance===<br />
Material acceptance is based on the following two types of sampling and testing: <br />
<br />
:1. Job control samples are taken and tests are conducted as work progresses to assure the project is constructed in compliance with the applicable specifications. All project sampling and testing of materials shall be performed by the LPA or by a consultant employed by the LPA. The guidelines in the [[Off-Systems Guide Schedule for Federal-Aid Acceptance Sampling and Testing (FAST)|Off-Systems Guide Schedule for Federal-Aid Acceptance Sampling and Testing (FAST) table]] should be followed as a minimum. <br />
<br />
:All technicians who perform, or are required by the FHWA to witness, such sampling and testing shall be deemed as qualified by virtue of successfully completing the requirements of [[106.18 Technician Certification Program|EPG 106.18 Technician Certification Program]], for that specific technical area. They will be identified by a certification card issued by the certifying authority. The card will note the expiration date and each certification level and must be on hand during sample and testing. Any individual who has not been qualified is not eligible to perform these functions on federal-aid projects. <br />
<br />
:Test reports or certifications are necessary for all material incorporated into the work. The test report or certification must show the quantity of material being reported and whether it meets the specifications. <br />
<br />
:Submission of job control test results to MoDOT is not required unless requested by MoDOT or the FHWA. These test results must be retained as outlined in this article. <br />
<br />
:2. Independent assurance samples and tests will be performed by MoDOT personnel in accordance with the procedures and at the frequency set forth in [[106.22 Material Inspection Revisions|EPG 106.22 Material Inspection Revisions]].<br />
<br />
===136.11.17.2 Material Documentation===<br />
The following material documentation shall be kept for 3 years following project acceptance.<br />
<br />
:* The name and work area being tested for any personnel conducting materials tests for acceptance.<br />
<br />
:* Material receipts must be retained and shall show proper reference to the job and indicate proper weight and measurements and moisture deductions when applicable. Each material ticket must be validated by both the scale inspector and the inspector at the job site. Certain small quantities are exempted from weight requirements. It is suggested that tickets be bound according to type of material and date. Each bundle would then support the entries in the field book. <br />
<br />
:* Testing and certification reports must be retained. It is also necessary that they be received by the LPA prior to their payment to the contractor for the material represented. Certain small quantities are exempted from testing requirements. Certification and test reports shall be labeled with the number of the bid item represented and shall be kept in numerical order.<br />
<br />
==136.11.18 Final Plans==<br />
<br />
If any project involves work on state right of way or if MoDOT will be maintaining any portion of the completed improvement, the local agency shall furnish to the [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT district representative] two complete sets of final “as built” plans. Final plans shall be submitted within 60 days of final acceptance (as defined in [[#136.11.19 Final Acceptance|EPG 136.11.19 Final Acceptance]]) of the project. <br />
<br />
For all bridge plans, if there are any design changes, final “as built” bridge plans shall be submitted to the MoDOT district representative.<br />
<br />
==136.11.19 Final Acceptance==<br />
<br />
''Final acceptance'' of a project by an LPA occurs by verifying successful project completion through one or more inspections. <br />
<br />
When the LPA and the prime contractor presume that project construction is complete, an inspection is scheduled by the LPA. The inspection party includes representatives from the LPA, MoDOT, prime contractor, and in some cases, the FHWA and subcontractor(s). <br />
<br />
The scheduled inspection becomes the ''final inspection'' if it is determined by the inspection party that all contract items have been completed in their entirety and are of satisfactory quality. By merit of the final inspection, the project also receives ''final acceptance''.<br />
<br />
The scheduled inspection becomes a ''semi-final inspection'', if it is determined by the inspection party that corrections or exceptions must be made before ''final acceptance''.<br />
<br />
:* <u>Corrections</u> are work items that affect the performance and serviceability of the project and impact road users until they are completed.<br />
<br />
:* <u>Exceptions</u> are time-dependent work items that do not directly impact road users. They generally fall into one of the three following categories:<br />
<br />
::1. Establishment of soil stabilization through seeding/sodding/planting and maintenance of associated temporary erosion control measures,<br />
::2. Traffic signal test periods,<br />
::3. Lighting system test periods.<br />
<br />
After the corrections have been successfully completed the LPA may deem the project ''substantially complete'' and halt the working/calendar day count. <br />
<br />
After corrections <u>and</u> exceptions have been successfully completed, the LPA inspection party shall perform a ''final inspection'' and grant ''final acceptance''. The LPA takes over maintenance responsibility for the project from the contractor.<br />
<br />
''Final acceptance'' by MoDOT occurs after the LPA has submitted all the applicable [[media:136.11.22.docx| final documents]] (certifications) listed in EPG 136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications. These documents are to be received within 60 days of the final inspection date. After review and acceptance of the documentation, MoDOT will issue a [[media:Form C-239 2016.pdf|final acceptance report (Form C-239 LPA)]] and process final reimbursement to the LPA.<br />
<br />
==136.11.20 Project Closeout Certifications==<br />
<br />
Full payment of the final invoice will not be considered until the local agency has electronically furnished the following documents: <br />
<br />
:1. The [[media:136.11.23 2016.pdf|LPA Semi-Final Inspection Checklist (Form C-236 LPA)]], that includes the listing of those who were present at the semi-final inspection. This is required for both contractor and local agency work, where applicable. <br />
<br />
:2. The LPA’s [[media:136.11.18.docx|final acceptance letter]] showing the number of working days or calendar days charged, completion date and the amount of liquidated damages, if any. <br />
<br />
:3. A [[media:136.11.19.docx|final list of acceptance testers]] used on the project and a certification stating <br />
<br />
::a. “The results of the tests or acceptance samples indicate that material incorporated in the construction work and the construction operations controlled by sampling and testing were in reasonably close conformity with the approved plans and specifications, and such results compare favorably with the results of independent assurance sampling and testing.” Any deviations from the specifications must be explained along with the reason for acceptance. <br />
<br />
::b. “All field tests were performed in conformity with the governing specifications and the results were in reasonably close conformity with the specifications.” Explain any deviations and why the work was accepted. <br />
<br />
::c. “The project was constructed substantially in conformity with the plans and specifications for the project.” <br />
<br />
:4. Contractor certification and local agency recommendation <br />
<br />
::a. The [[media:136.11.9 2016.docx|Fig. 136.11.9 Contractor DBE Certification]] showing the final DBE participation on the project including the DBEs used, the type of work performed, and the dollar amount paid to each DBE. <br />
<br />
::b. The local agency’s recommendation regarding the contractor’s fulfillment of the DBE requirements. The local agency shall also provide written documentation from each DBE that they were paid in full for the work identified in the Contractor DBE Certification. Examples of documentation from DBEs may include a [[media:136.11.20.docx|letter]], e-mail, [[media:136.11.21.docx|lien waiver]] or copies of reimbursement checks. If DBE goals were not met, include documentation as to why. <br />
<br />
:5. Final Invoice <br />
<br />
:6. Final Detailed Estimate of Quantities <br />
<br />
:7. [[media:136.11.10.doc|Fig. 136.11.10 Contractor's Affidavit Regarding Settlement of Claims]] <br />
<br />
:8. [[media:136.11.2.xlsx|Final Change Order]] (if needed) <br />
<br />
:9. [[media:136.11.11.doc|Fig. 136.11.11 Affidavit (Compliance with Prevailing Wage Law)]] from the prime and subcontractors<br />
<br />
These documents are to be received within 60 days of the Final Inspection date. Final Reimbursement will be processed once all close out documentation has been reviewed and accepted.<br />
<br />
==136.11.21 Guidance for MoDOT Oversight==<br />
<br />
The [https://www.modot.org/about-lpacontact-us MoDOT district representative] shall periodically review the local project to verify that project administration procedures are adequate. A [[media:136.11.12.doc|LPA Site Visit Checklist]] has been formulated to be used as a guide when visiting a LPA Site. The checklist covers a wide range of details related to project administration and should be used as a guide by the LPA. The MoDOT review shall cover as many of the areas as possible and notations made regarding the project visits. A diary entry shall be made by the MoDOT reviewer to document the project visit. Observations from the project and noted items from the LPA Site Visit Checklist should be included in the diary entry. Any actual documents used or obtained during a site visit shall also be retained by the MoDOT district representative for three (3) years past the final reimbursement for the project by FHWA.<br />
<br />
The frequency of the site visits will be at the discretion of the MoDOT district representative and the adequacy of the LPA’s administration. At least one visit and review at the beginning of the project and near the end of the project shall be conducted. If any deficiencies are sited or further assistance is required by the LPA more visits are warranted. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Category:136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy|136.11]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=LPA:136.9_Plans,_Specs_and_Estimates_(PSE)&diff=51623LPA:136.9 Plans, Specs and Estimates (PSE)2022-06-21T18:12:45Z<p>Smithk: Per EPS, updated ADA Checklist to reflect the minimum distance of pushbuttons from the curb line has been returned to 30 inches.</p>
<hr />
<div>{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:7px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:left; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="360px" align="right" <br />
|-<br />
|<center>'''Figures'''</center><br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.9.1 2019.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1, Final PS&E Submittal Checklist]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.9.2.doc|Fig. 136.9.2, Subcontractor Certification Regarding Affirmative Action]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig. 136.9.3 Jan 2021.docx|Fig. 136.9.3, Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate ]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:ADA_Checklist_061522.pdf|ADA Checklist (PDF) (Rev. June 15, 2022)]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:ADA_Checklist_061522.docx|ADA Checklist (MS Word) (Rev. June 15, 2022)]]<br />
|-<br />
| [[media:136.9.5 2020.docx|Fig. 136.9.5, LPA Certification of PS&E]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.9.6.docx|Fig. 136.9.6, Utility Status Letter]]<br />
|-<br />
|[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/1273/1273.pdf Fig. 136.9.7, FHWA 1273]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.9.8 2022.docx|Fig. 136.9.8, DBE Provisions]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:Fig. 136.9.9 2020.docx|Fig. 136.9.9, DBE Submittal Forms]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.9.10.pdf|Fig. 136.9.10, Example Itemized Bid Form]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:136.9.11.pdf|Fig. 136.9.11, Example Estimate (with categories)]]<br />
|-<br />
|<center>'''Federal-Aid Essential Videos'''</center><br />
|-<br />
|[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/federal-aidessentials/catmod.cfm?category=develop Project Development]<br />
|-<br />
|[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/federal-aidessentials/catmod.cfm?category=civilrig Civil Rights]<br />
|}<br />
=136.9.1 Introduction=<br />
<br />
The preparation of the PS&E for local federally funded projects is the responsibility of the local public agency (LPA). The LPA can either prepare the PS&E, or if they are not adequately staffed to do so, they can hire a consultant to prepare the PS&E. In either case, if using federal funds, the LPA must ensure that Preliminary Engineering (PE) funds are obligated prior to beginning any work. The LPA shall ensure that the PS&E complies with all applicable Federal and State Laws and they must certify that that each project complies by signing and submitting the LPA Certification of PS&E ([[media:136.9.5 2020.docx|Fig. 136.9.5]]). The PS&E Submittal Checklist ([[media:136.9.1 2019.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1]]) references the Federal and State Laws that pertain to the PS&E submittal package. Most Federal Laws pertaining to the PS&E submittal package can be found in, but not limited to, [http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title23/23cfr635_main_02.tpl 23 CFR 635] (Code of Federal Regulations). <br />
<br />
The PS&E package must be submitted to MoDOT for review and approval. Any changes that need to be made to the PS&E package will be made by the LPA. After all changes are incorporated, MoDOT will request construction funding obligation from the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA). After FHWA approves the obligation of federal funds for construction, MoDOT will notify the LPA of the authority to advertise for bids. This notification by MoDOT is officially the construction authorization. No project shall be advertised for bids until construction authorization has been issued (23 CFR 635.112). <br />
<br />
Competitive bidding will be required except where work by local forces by the LPA (refer to [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.12 Federal-aid Participation for Local Work|EPG 136.3.12]]) or work by utility companies has been authorized. A minimum of 12 weeks is the typical timeframe from PS&E submittal to award of the construction contract.<br />
<br />
=136.9.2 Required Submittals =<br />
<br />
In order for the LPA to get Construction Authorization which allows advertisement for bids, the PS&E documents must be approved by MoDOT. There are multiple items that should be considered and documented during the preparation of the PS&E. Some of these items are applicable to all projects, while others may or may not be pertinent to a project depending upon the project characteristics. The LPA must fill out the PS&E Submittal Checklist ([[media:136.9.1 2019.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1]]) by initialing each item in the checklist and identifying a location of each document the submittal.<br />
<br />
==136.9.2.1 Environmental, Historical and Cultural Requirements==<br />
<br />
There are multiple clearances, certifications and a classification that must be considered and/or obtained '''prior to bid advertisement.''' [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements|EPG 136.6]] provides details regarding the environmental, historical and cultural requirements that must be met in conjunction with the development of the project. The LPA should ensure all environmental mitigation commitments pertaining to the project are included in the contract provisions. Failure to meet mitigation commitments may render the project ineligible for federal reimbursement. The LPA is also responsible for communicating permit conditions and restrictions in the final design. All environmental permits applicable to the construction of the project should be included in the proposal. A copy of the Corps of Engineers 404 Permit, Farmland Conversion Impact Statement, SHPO Section 106 concurrence, FEMA Floodplain Development Permit and <U>ALL</u> hazardous waste reports (lead paint and asbestos inspection reports) must be included in the bid proposal. LPA’s should work closely with the permitting agency to ensure accurate interpretation and proper transfer of permit conditions and restrictions (as appropriate) into final design. <br />
<br />
==136.9.2.2 Right of Way Clearance ==<br />
<br />
In accordance with [http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/CFR-2010-title23-vol1/pdf/CFR-2010-title23-vol1-sec635-309.pdf 23CFR635.309], authorization to advertise for bids cannot be given until a statement is submitted indicating that all right-of-way clearances have been obtained or all necessary arrangements have been made for proper coordination with the physical construction schedule. The right-of-way clearance statement may be made separately or in conjunction with the utility status and railroad statement. Details regarding right-of-way acquisition and clearance can be found in [[136.8 Local Public Agency Land Acquisition|EPG 136.8]]. <br />
<br />
==136.9.2.3 Utility Status==<br />
<br />
In accordance with [http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/CFR-2010-title23-vol1/pdf/CFR-2010-title23-vol1-sec635-309.pdf 23CFR635.309], authorization to advertise for bids cannot be given until a statement regarding utility clearance is submitted. Prior to authorization to advertise for bids, utility work must be completed or necessary arrangements must have been made for completion of the work for proper coordination with the contract construction schedules. The utility status statement may be made separately or in conjunction with the right of way clearance and railroad statements. Details regarding utilities are found in [[136.7 Design|EPG 136.7]].<br />
<br />
The LPA shall prepare a Utility Status Letter ([[media:136.9.6.docx|Fig. 136.9.6]]) and provide it to MoDOT with the final plans submittal. Projects must be cleared prior to construction obligation and the MoDOT district contact must receive the status letter prior to the bid opening date. Utilities “status” is defined as: <br />
<br />
:1. All utilities are physically adjusted on the projects, or<br />
<br />
:2. Utility construction work is active and has been completed to such a point that no impact would be expected to the road contractor. The status of the work is given in the utility job special provisions, or<br />
<br />
:3. Utilities are not expected to be adjusted by the notice to proceed date for the road project, but the utility work will have no impact on the progress of the road contractor’s work, or<br />
<br />
:4. Utilities must be adjusted after the contractor completes stage construction. This information must be outlined in a job special provision, or<br />
<br />
:5. Utility adjustments, plans and specifications, are included in the bid documents for the road project.<br />
Authorization will not be granted until any necessary utility agreements are executed.<br />
<br />
==136.9.2.4 Railroads==<br />
<br />
In accordance with [http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/CFR-2010-title23-vol1/pdf/CFR-2010-title23-vol1-sec635-309.pdf 23CFR635.309], authorization to advertise cannot be given until a statement regarding any railroad involvement is submitted even when no railroads are affected by the project. Projects on railroad right of way or crossing railroad right of way require the railway company’s written approval of the final plans prior to construction authorization. This statement may be made separately or in conjunction with the right of way clearance and utility status statements. Details regarding Railroads are found in [[136.7 Design|EPG 136.7]] and [[643.4 Railroads|EPG 643.4 Railroads]].<br />
<br />
Where construction of a federally funded project requires use of railroad properties or adjustments to railroad facilities, there shall be an agreement in writing between the LPA and the railroad company. <br />
<br />
FHWA approval of railroad agreements is required for federal full oversight projects. A copy of the written agreement shall be transmitted to the [http://www.modot.org/business/manuals/LPAContacts.htm MoDOT district contact] for FHWA review.<br />
<br />
Authorization will not be granted until any necessary railroad agreements are executed.<br />
<br />
==136.9.2.5 Bridge (Structure) Submittals==<br />
<br />
The LPA is required to submit various deliverables on federally funded projects which include structures as defined in [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.2.2 General Types of Structures|EPG 136.7.2.2.2 General Types of Structures]]. The requirement for PS&E submittal deliverables is mandatory for structures that meet the definition for highway bridges and culverts as found in [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.2.1 Funding/Programs|EPG 136.7.2.2.1 Highway Bridges and Culverts]]. For structures that fit the definitions given in [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.2.2.2 Non-NBI Length Bridges and Culverts|EPG 136.7.2.2.2.2 Non-NBI Length Bridges and Culverts]], [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.2.2.3 Pedestrian Structures|EPG 136.7.2.2.2.3 Pedestrian Structures]], [[136.7 Design#137.7.2.2.2.4 Retaining Walls|EPG 136.7.2.2.2.4 Retaining Walls]] and [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.2.2.5 Structures on MoDOT Right of Way|EPG 136.7.2.2.2.5 Structures on MoDOT Right of Way]], the engineer of record shall review these sections to determine the appropriate PS&E deliverables that are required and to determine the required input from MoDOT Bridge Division. <br />
<br />
To aid in the determination of the various deliverables and the responsibilities for these deliverables, the tables in [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.2.7 Structure Submittal Requirements|EPG 136.7.2.2.7 Structure Submittal]] shall be reviewed by the engineer of record. For structures that will be NBI length, [[media:136.9.1 2019.xlsx|Fig. 136.9.1]] may also be used for guidance on the deliverables required.<br />
<br />
Renovation or demolition of structures requires hazardous waste reports (lead paint and asbestos inspection reports) and must be in the bid proposal. Additionally, a notification of demolition 10 days prior to the start of structure work is required per [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=5 Sec 202.40.1.1]. For more guidance, refer to [[136.6 Environmental and Cultural Requirements#136.6.4.10.1 Renovation and Demolition of Structures|EPG 136.6.4.10.1 Renovation and Demolition of Structures]].<br />
<br />
==136.9.2.6 Proprietary Items==<br />
<br />
The use of proprietary items on federally funded projects is discouraged. However, circumstances may exist that require specific products to meet the project need. In these instances, in order for the proprietary item to be eligible for federal funds, three separate, competing products must be identified in the contract documents and an alternative product approval process must be indicated for each proprietary item included. If certain conditions exist that cause this requirement to be unachievable a Public Interest Finding must be obtained. Any proprietary item that does not meet one of the two previously described conditions, must be noted as non-participating on the estimate. Prior to submitting the PS&E, the LPA should obtain a public interest finding for any proprietary items included in the project. The proprietary item and the date the public interest finding was issued should be noted on the PS&E Submittal Checklist that accompanies the PS&E submittal. See [[136.7 Design|EPG 136.7]] for details regarding proprietary items and public interest findings.<br />
<br />
==136.9.2.7 Design Exceptions/Variances==<br />
<br />
A registered Professional Engineer in the State of Missouri must sign the approval for design exceptions. In addition, the LPA representative with approval authority shall sign approvals for design exceptions. Additional procedures concerning documentation requirements can be found in [[136.7 Design|EPG 136.7]].<br />
<br />
==136.9.2.8 Work By Local Forces==<br />
<br />
When an LPA desires to use their own forces to construct a project financed with federal funds, a request must be submitted to MoDOT for approval. See [[136.3 Federal Aid Basics#136.3.12 Federal-aid Participation for Local Work|EPG 136.3.12]] for details on work by local forces.<br />
<br />
==136.9.2.9 Non-Infrastructure Projects==<br />
<br />
Submittals for non-infrastructure projects will vary. See [[136.5 Non-Infrastructure|EPG 136.5 Non-Infrastructure]] for details concerning various types of non-infrastructure projects and the required submittals.<br />
<br />
==136.9.2.10 ADA Checklist==<br />
<br />
The [[media:ADA_Checklist_061522.pdf|ADA Checklist (PDF version of Fig. 136.9.4) (Rev. June 15, 2022)]] (or the [[media:ADA_Checklist_061522.docx|MS Word version of the ADA Checklist, Fig. 136.9.4 (Rev. June 15, 2022)]]), must also be submitted as supporting documentation to the PS&E.<br />
<br />
==136.9.2.11 PS&E Certification==<br />
<br />
The LPA certification of PS&E (Fig. 136.9.5) must be submitted with the PS&E when the LPA decides to use standard specifications other than ''Missouri Standard Specifications for Highway Construction''. The LPA must certify that the specifications meet all state and federal laws and regulations.<br />
<br />
=136.9.3 Plans =<br />
<br />
The LPA must submit plans as a part of the PS&E submittal package. For requirements on the content of the plans see [[136.7 Design|EPG 136.7]]. Before submitting plans, the LPA should ensure that all plan sheets are signed and sealed by the engineer of record and that the title sheet is signed by the LPA.<br />
<br />
=136.9.4 Bid Documents=<br />
<br />
Bid documents include the [[#136.9.4.1 Bid Proposal|bid proposal]], [[#136.9.4.2 Specifications|specifications]] and [[#136.9.4.3 Standard Plans|standard plans]].<br />
<br />
EPG 136.9.4 includes a breakdown of required provisions and restrictions. Many are included in the boilerplate ([[media:Fig. 136.9.3 Jan 2021.docx|Fig. 136.9.3]]) and FHWA 1273 ([http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/1273/1273.pdf Fig. 136.9.7]). Others should to be included in the specifications and job special provisions, as necessary.<br />
<br />
==136.9.4.1 Bid Proposal ==<br />
<br />
The LPA is required to use the Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate ([[media:Fig. 136.9.3 Jan 2021.docx|Fig. 136.9.3]]) or an approved modified version of the boilerplate. For approval of a modified version of the boilerplate, the LPA must submit a proposed version to their [http://www.modot.org/business/manuals/LPAContacts.htm MoDOT district contact].The approval of the modified version must occur prior to submitting a project for review and approval.<br />
<br />
The bid proposal must contain <u>The Notice to Contractors</u>. This notice is located in the front of the bid proposal and provides prospective bidders with the bid opening date, time and location where bids will be received and opened; a brief description of the project; and the time and location of any pre-bid meetings. <br />
<br />
The bid proposal must also contain a List of items required in order for the bids to be considered responsive: Federal regulations state that any requirements the bidder must comply with to be considered responsive should be clearly identified in the bidding documents. (Refer to [http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=ad83a0198b1b37c4c10512d1b769e803&rgn=div8&view=text&node=23:1.0.1.7.23.1.1.12&idno=23 Title 23 CFR, Sections 635.112]). <br />
<br />
The [[media:136.9.1 2019.xlsx|Final PS&E Submittal Checklist Fig. 136.9.1]] includes a list of required federal provisions.<br />
<br />
===136.9.4.1.1 Bid Proposal – Required Provisions===<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.1 Contract Time====<br />
Contract Time must be specified in the bid proposal and must be monitored by the LPA. Contract time is defined as the maximum time allowed in the contract for completion of all work contained in the contract documents. This time can be established in the specifications by either a specific completion date or a fixed number of calendar days or working days. The definition of calendar days and workings days must be included in the bid proposal if the LPA is not using MoDOT specifications. Contract time often becomes an issue when the traveling public is inconvenienced without any apparent reason. While there may be several reasons for a project to appear dormant, frequently the cause can be traced to excessive contract time or poor contractor scheduling. <br />
<br />
Insufficient contract time can result in higher bid prices, increased time overruns and claims, inefficiencies and safety problems. On the other hand, excess contract time can result in increased inefficiencies, unnecessary delays and inconvenience to the public.<br />
<br />
There are several different techniques used to determine contract time. See [[237.8 Contract Time|EPG 237.8]] for more information.<br />
<br />
The LPA should strive for the shortest practical duration of traffic interruptions during highway construction. Innovative contracting methods including incentive/disincentive (I/D), lane rental, A+B contracts or other contract provisions for early completion are available to minimize traffic inconvenience and delay. The FHWA Technical Advisory 5080.10, Incentive/Disincentive for Early Completion, describes this technique in detail, and is available in the appendix of FHWA's [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/coretoc.cfm ''Contract Administration Core Curriculum''].<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.2 Liquidated Damages ([http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=d55e4f29583a8177baf0aa23e2919235&mc=true&node=se23.1.635_1127&rgn=div8 23 CFR 635.127])====<br />
<br />
A provision for liquidated damages must be included in the bid proposal and must be administered by the LPA. The term liquidated damages means the daily amount set forth in the contract to be deducted from the contract price to cover additional costs incurred by the LPA because of the contractor’s failure to complete the contract work within the number of calendar days or work days specified.<br />
<br />
The actual liquidated damage rate must be specified in the bid proposal. The amount of project costs that will be eligible for federal participation will be reduced by the amount of any liquidated damages assessed against the contractor. In determining the amount eligible for participation, the amount of liquidated damages will first be deducted from the amount of construction engineering claimed and then from construction costs if the amount of liquidated damages exceeds the amount of construction engineering. The liquidated damages should be, at a minimum, the amount shown in the following table corresponding to the original contract amount to minimize the risk of losing full federal participation. <br />
<center><br />
{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"<br />
|+ <br />
!style="background:#BEBEBE" colspan="3"|Schedule of Deductions for Each Day of Overrun in Contract Time, <br> Original Contract Amount (or the Engineer's Estimate of the Total Construction Cost)<br />
|-<br />
! style="background:#BEBEBE" |From ($)!!style="background:#BEBEBE" | To, and including ($)!! style="background:#BEBEBE" |Assessment, per Day ($) <br />
|-<br />
| 0|| 25,000|| 475 <br />
|-<br />
|25,001|| 50,000|| 475 <br />
|-<br />
|50,001|| 100,000|| 500 <br />
|-<br />
|100,001|| 500,000|| 700 <br />
|-<br />
|500,001|| 1,000,000|| 950 <br />
|-<br />
|1,000,001|| 2,000,000|| 1,100 <br />
|-<br />
|2,000,001|| 3,000,000|| 1,225 <br />
|-<br />
|3,000,001|| 4,000,000|| 1,625 <br />
|-<br />
|4,000,001|| 5,000,000|| 2,025 <br />
|-<br />
|5,000,001|| 6,000,000|| 2,425 <br />
|-<br />
|6,000,001|| 7,000,000|| 2,825 <br />
|-<br />
|7,000,001|| 8,000,000|| 3,225 <br />
|-<br />
|8,000,001|| 9,000,000|| 3,625 <br />
|-<br />
|9,000,001|| 10,000,000|| 4,025 <br />
|-<br />
|10,000,001|| 70,000,000|| 4,300 <br />
|}<br />
</center><br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.3 Bid Guaranty ([http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&rgn=div8&view=text&node=49:1.0.1.1.12.3.5.14&idno=49 49 CFR 18.36])====<br />
The bid proposal must include criteria requiring a bid guarantee of at least 5% of the bid amount. The bid proposal may include bid bond requirements over 5%, although the LPA should consider excessive burdens put on the contractor where higher percentage bid bonds are required on large projects. Bid bond requirements expressed as a dollar amount are not allowed. The bid guaranty can be in the form of a cashier’s check, certified check or bid bond. Bid bonds must be guaranteed by a surety company authorized by the director of the department of insurance, financial institutions and professional registration to conduct surety business in the state of Missouri. More detail regarding bid guaranty can be found in [https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=227.100 RSMO 227.100] and [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=4 Sec 102.9]. MoDOT has included an example bid bond in the Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate [[media:Fig. 136.9.3 Jan 2021.docx|Fig. 136.9.3]].<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.4 Certifications Regarding Affirmative Action and Equal Opportunity ====<br />
The LPA shall include requirements for certification pursuant to 41 CFR Parts 60-2, 60.1, 60.1.4 and Executive Order No. 11246 regarding affirmative action and equal opportunity in the bidding documents. [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=4 Sec 102.18.1] details the compliance requirements. The Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate ([[media:Fig. 136.9.3 Jan 2021.docx|Fig. 136.9.3]]) addresses this in (6) <u>CERTIFICATIONS FOR FEDERAL JOBS</u> for the prime contractor. . If the bid proposal boilerplate is modified, Section 102.18.1 of the Missouri Standard Specification for Highway Construction cannot be waived. A certification regarding affirmative action and equal opportunity for the subcontractor ([[media:136.9.2.doc|Fig. 136.9.2]]) must be submitted for all subcontractors prior to the notice to proceed for construction.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.5 Suspension and Debarment Certification ([http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=d55e4f29583a8177baf0aa23e2919235&mc=true&node=se23.1.635_1112&rgn=div8 23 CFR 635.112])====<br />
On all federal-aid construction contracts and all related subcontracts, the contractor and lower tier participants must certify they are in compliance with this provision. This includes subcontractors, material suppliers and vendors.<br />
<br />
Each participant in the contract must certify “that it is not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any federal agency and they have not been convicted or had civil judgment rendered within the past 3 years for certain types of offenses”. It is the LPA’s responsibility to assure that the contractor is not suspended or debarred from federal contracts. The [https://www.sam.gov/portal/SAM/#1 System for Award Management] website is helpful. <br />
<br />
The LPA shall include the lobbying certification requirement 49 CFR Part 29 regarding suspension and debarment certification in the bidding documents. The Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate, covers this requirement in Section (6) <u>CERTIFICATIONS FOR FEDERAL JOBS</u>. If the bid proposal boilerplate is modified, [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=4 Sec 102.18.1] cannot be waived.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.6 Anti-collusion Provision ([http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=d55e4f29583a8177baf0aa23e2919235&mc=true&node=se23.1.635_1112&rgn=div8 23 CFR 635.112])====<br />
The bidding documents shall include a non-collusion provision to the following effect: Each bidder shall file a statement executed by, or on behalf of the person, firm, association, or corporation submitting the bid certifying that such person, firm, association, or corporation has not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action, in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with the submitted bid. <br />
<br />
The Federal Bid Proposal Boilerplate ([[media:Fig. 136.9.3 Jan 2021.docx|Figure 136.9.3]]), includes the anti-collusion certification requirements in Section (6) <u>CERTIFICATIONS FOR FEDERAL JOBS</u> and Section (14) <u>SIGNATURE AND IDENTITY OF BIDDER</u>. If the bid proposal boilerplate is modified, [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=4 Sec 102.18.3] cannot be waived. <br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.7 Lobbying Certification ([http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/hep/49cfr20.htm 49 CFR part 20])====<br />
On all federally funded construction contracts and all related subcontracts of $100,000 or more, federal funds may not be used to provide financial gain to a member of congress or a federal agency. Awarding a federal-aid contract to a constituent would be an example of financial gain. This applies to contractors as well as subcontractors. A certification by the contractor indicating they have not and will not use federal funds to make any payments for lobbying must be included in the contract proposal.<br />
<br />
The LPA shall include the lobbying certification requirement pursuant to 49 CFR part 20 in the bidding documents. The Federal Project Bid Proposal Boilerplate ([[media:Fig. 136.9.3 Jan 2021.docx|Figure 136.9.3]]) includes the lobbying certification requirements in Section (6) <u>CERTIFICATIONS FOR FEDERAL JOBS</u>. If the bid proposal boilerplate is modified, [http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=4 Sec 102.18.4] cannot be waived.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.8 Title VI Civil Rights Assurances ([http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=d55e4f29583a8177baf0aa23e2919235&mc=true&node=se23.1.635_1112&rgn=div8 23 CFR 635.112(d)])====<br />
The following Title VI Civil Rights Assurances notification must be included in the invitation to bidders in the front of all bid proposals and in any bid advertisements and invitations for bids:<br />
<br />
:“The County/City/Organization of _______________________ hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively ensure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, businesses owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, religion, creed, sex, age, ancestry, or national origin in consideration for an award.”<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.9 Inspection by MoDOT and FHWA ([http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/SpecbookEPG.pdf#page=4 Sec 105.10])====<br />
The project Bid Proposal shall stipulate that MoDOT and FHWA may make inspections of the work at any time and that the contractor shall grant them access to all parts of the work.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.10 Wage Rates ([https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=290.263 RsMO 290.263])====<br />
A statement is required in the Bid Proposal indicating that when state and federal wage rates are both required the higher of the two for each job classification should be used.<br />
<br />
=====136.9.4.1.1.10.1 Federal Wage Rates ([http://us-code.vlex.com/vid/sec-prevailing-rate-wage-19205135 23 USC 113] and [http://www.rurdev.usda.gov/mi/cp/Davis%20Bacon%20Labor%20Standards%20Contract%20Document.pdf 29 CFR 5])=====<br />
The payment of predetermined minimum wages on federal-aid contracts is derived from the Davis-Bacon Act of 1931 and is prescribed by 23 USC 113. These wage rates must be physically inserted in the Bid Proposal on all federal-aid highway construction projects exceeding $2,000 and to all related subcontracts.<br />
<br />
The federal minimum wage rates are available directly from the [http://www.wdol.gov/ Department of Labor's Home Page]. Click on “Selecting DBA WDs” then, under "By Selection criteria beginning with:" select “Missouri”, select the appropriate county in which the work is taking place. For LPAs in Missouri to be in conformance with the federal “10-day rule”, LPAs are to access the “Federal Wage Rates” ten days prior to bid opening to see if updated federal wage rates have been posted. The applicable wage rates will be posted 10 days prior to the bid opening. When the wage rates change within the 10-day window, the LPA will not update the wage rates since doing so will not provide contractors with sufficient time to accommodate the revised wage order. If the updated wage rates have been posted, LPAs are required to issue an addendum to insert the updated wage rates in their final contract package. <br />
<br />
Federal wage rates are not required to be physically included in the contract advertising package provided they are referenced to an Internet web site address where they can be found or they can be posted at a referenced location that is readily accessible by all bidders. The final contract package signed by the LPA and the contractor must physically contain the federal wage rates, including updates if applicable.<br />
<br />
=====136.9.4.1.1.10.2 State Wage Rates ([http://www.sos.mo.gov/adrules/csr/current/8csr/8c30-3.pdf 8 CSR 30-3])=====<br />
The LPA must request an Annual State Wage Determination for each contract from the Industrial Commission, Missouri Department of Labor and Industrial Relations (DOLIR), Box 449, Jefferson City, Missouri 65102 or by calling (573) 751-3403. The LPA will receive a password from the Missouri DOLIR which is required to access the official Annual Wage Order and incremental increases on the [http://labor.mo.gov/ Missouri DOLIR webpage]. Contracts must be awarded within one year of the issuance of the official Annual Wage Order or the LPA will be required to request a new Annual Wage Order determination. '''The Annual Wage Order must be included in the proposal and must be part of the contract.'''<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.11 E-Verify Affidavit & MOU ([https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=285.530 RsMO 285.530])====<br />
The bid proposal must state that requirements regarding the Federal Work Authorization Program and list the Federal website for E-Verify. The bid proposal must state that the E-verify affidavit and MOU must be submitted prior to award of the contract.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.12 OSHA 10-Hour Training ([https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=292.675 RsMO 292.675])====<br />
The bid proposal must state that the bidders must adhere to the OSHA 10-Hour Training requirements.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.13 Buy America ([http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=d55e4f29583a8177baf0aa23e2919235&mc=true&node=se23.1.635_1410&rgn=div8 CFR 635.410])====<br />
On all federal-aid construction projects, 23 CFR 635.410 requires that steel and iron used be made in the United States. The “Buy America” provision is applicable to all steel and iron materials, except as noted below, regardless of the percentage of steel in the manufactured product. All manufacturing processes involved in steel or iron products must occur within the United States. These processes include rolling, extruding, machining, bending, grinding, drilling, coating, welding and smelting. Domestically produced steel billets or iron ingots shipped overseas for any process and returned to the United States do not conform to this requirement.<br />
Buy America provisions do not apply to:<br />
<br />
:* Minimal use of all foreign material in which the total delivery cost to the project site is less than $2500 or 0.1 percent of the contract amount, whichever is greater. <br />
<br />
:* Raw materials; scrap temporary steel items such as sheet pilings, bridges, steel scaffolding and false work. <br />
<br />
:* Materials that remain in place at the contractor’s convenience such as sheet pilings and forms. <br />
<br />
:* Pig iron manufactured outside the United States. <br />
<br />
An LPA shall not list an ineligible iron or steel product as “nonparticipating” in order to circumvent the Buy America requirements.<br />
<br />
A waiver of the Buy America requirements by the FHWA Division Administrator is permitted for specific projects, specific products, specific geographical areas or combinations if:<br />
<br />
:* Buy America is inconsistent with the public interest, or<br />
<br />
:* There is not a sufficient supply of domestic materials of satisfactory quality. <br />
<br />
Failure to comply with the Buy America Policy can result in loss of federal funding, not just for the item, but for the entire project. Approval for waiver of Buy America requirements must be obtained from FHWA.<br />
<br />
'''Buy America should not be confused with Buy American.'''<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.14 Contractor Requirements====<br />
<br />
=====136.9.4.1.1.14.1 Work completed by the Prime Contractor ([http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=d55e4f29583a8177baf0aa23e2919235&mc=true&node=se23.1.635_1116&rgn=div8 23 CFR 635.116])=====<br />
The bid proposal shall stipulate that the prime contractor on a project must perform, with its own staff, contract work amounting to not less than 30% of the total original contract price.<br />
<br />
The bid proposal shall also stipulate that second-tier subcontracting will not be permitted on the project. The bid proposal must state that it will be the responsibility of the contractor to ensure that subcontractors do not subcontract any portion of the work.<br />
<br />
=====136.9.4.1.1.14.2 Pre-qualification of Prime Contractors=====<br />
Prequalification of contractors may be required as a condition of submission of a bid or award of contract only if the period between the date of issuing a request for bids and the date of opening of bids affords sufficient time to enable a bidder to obtain the required prequalification rating or approval. All prequalification criteria must be submitted to MoDOT for approval in advance of the date of issuing a request for bids. The intent of the pre-qualification of contractors is not to intentionally disqualify contractor but to qualify contractors based on a set criteria.<br />
<br />
Depending upon the project type and the LPA’s preference, one of the following scenarios will apply to a project: <br />
<br />
:* LPA shall require MoDOT Pre-Qualification<br />
<br />
:* LPA shall waive MoDOT Pre-Qualification and use no pre-qualification requirement<br />
<br />
:* LPA shall waive MoDOT Pre-Qualification and use their own pre-qualification process i.e. LPA pre-qualification<br />
<br />
'''136.9.4.1.1.14.2.1 Required MoDOT Pre-qualification '''<br />
<br />
In accordance with Section 102.2 of the Missouri Standard Specifications for Highway Construction, a prime contractor must have a fully responsive contractor questionnaire on file with the Missouri Highways and Transportation Commission (MHTC) at least seven (7) days prior to the bid opening date if this project involves roadway or bridge work. To get on the approved contractor listing prior to letting, click here. A statement regarding this pre-qualification of a prime contractor must be included in the bid proposal. For projects involving a roadway or bridge construction, the MoDOT pre-qualification process is required unless the LPA has their own pre-qualification process that had been approved by MoDOT in advance of the project being advertised for bids. For LPA pre-qualification see EPG 136.9.4.1.1.14.2.3.<br />
<br />
'''136.9.4.1.1.14.2.2 Waiving MoDOT Pre-qualification '''<br />
<br />
If the LPA elects to waive MoDOT’s prequalification process, the following sentence must be inserted into the bid proposal in order to allow contractors not on the listing to submit a bid for the project. “Sec 102.2 of the Missouri Standard Specifications for Highway Construction will be waived for this project.” This statement may only be used on proposed improvements that do not contain roadway or bridge construction (i.e., landscaping, sidewalks, bicycle path, etc.). <br />
<br />
'''136.9.4.1.1.14.2.3 LPA Pre-qualification'''<br />
<br />
An LPA may wish to use a pre-qualification other than MoDOT’s for proposed improvements. A statement regarding the pre-qualification of a prime contractor must be included in the bid advertisement. The statement should include information for how the contractor can become pre-qualified or indicate where the information can be found. The LPA pre-qualification process must be approved by MoDOT prior to the advertisement for bids for the project. Requests for approval of qualification criteria must be submitted to MoDOT at least 60 calendar days in advance of the advertisement for bids. <br />
<br />
While developing qualification criteria, the LPA should keep in mind that any requirements for the pre-qualification must be based upon a full and appropriate evaluation of the contractor’s capability to perform the work. For further discussion on prequalification of bidders see AASHTO’s [http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/ashtobid.cfm ''Suggested Guidelines for Strengthening Bidding and Contract Procedures'']. This publication contains useful information for consideration when developing pre-qualification criteria.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.15 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) ([http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/hep/49cfr26.htm 49 CFR Part 26])====<br />
All federal-aid projects are subject to the legislative and regulatory DBE requirements in order to ensure that DBE firms have an opportunity to participate in federally funded projects.<br />
<br />
The Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Contract Provisions are found in [[media:136.9.8 2022.docx|Fig. 136.9.8]]. All bidding documents must refer to 49 CFR Part 26. For each project, the LPA shall submit a request to the MoDOT district representative to establish a DBE goal. Since federal funds are used, the DBE goal will apply to the entire project (to include line items which may be funded by other sources). The bid proposal shall require that upon letting the project, the ([[media:Fig. 136.9.9 2020.docx|DBE Submittal Forms, Fig. 136.9.9]]) must be completed and submitted with the bid proposal or delivered by all bidders within three working days after the bid opening date. DBE Identification Submittal Form (Page 2 of the DBE Submittal Forms, Fig. 136.9.9) must be submitted for each DBE to be utilized on the project. DBE requirements are also covered in [[:Category:146 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE)|EPG 146 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE)]].<br />
<br />
Any provision setting a DBE/MBE/WBE goal cannot be allowed unless that program meets the requirements of 49 CFR Part 26. Specifically, Part 26 does not permit separate goals for minorities and females without a specific authorization and waiver. Therefore, no project funded by federal money, whether administered by MoDOT or any other entity receiving federal funds, can contain an MBE or WBE goal, even if mandated by city ordinance. Any project submitted with such a goal will not be approved for federal funds.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.16 On the Job Training (OJT) ([http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title23/23cfr230_main_02.tpl 23 CFR Section 230])====<br />
The intent of the OJT program, based on 23 CFR Section 230, is to recruit entry-level individuals and provide them with meaningful training with the intent of leading to journey-level employment. It is the policy of the program to require full use of all available training and skill-improvement opportunities to assure the increased participation of minority groups, disadvantaged persons and women in all phases of the highway construction industry. A request to establish an OJT goal must be submitted to the [http://www.modot.org/business/manuals/LPAContacts.htm MoDOT district contact] for all projects.<br />
<br />
When a project receives a goal, the [[media:136.9.4.1.1.16_Training.docx|Training Provision]] (contract version) shall be included in the bid proposal. <br />
<br />
For further information and guidance about the OJT program and the submittal forms, you may access the [http://contribute.modot.mo.gov/ecr/index.htm ECR website] or call (573) 751-1216.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.17 Acknowledgement of Addenda ([http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=d55e4f29583a8177baf0aa23e2919235&mc=true&node=se23.1.635_1112&rgn=div8 23 CFR 635.112])====<br />
The bid proposal shall require the acknowledgement and the incorporation of all addenda issued for the project. Failure of the contractor to do so shall make the bid nonresponsive and not eligible for award consideration. Verification that bidders received and incorporated any/all addenda issued for the project must be evident in the submitted bidding documents.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.18 Other submittals required by the LPA====<br />
Federal regulations state that any requirement the bidder must comply with to be considered responsive shall be clearly identified in the bidding documents (Title 23 CFR, Sections 635.112). Should the LPA choose to require any additional documentation as a condition of responsiveness, the requirement should be pre-approved by MoDOT and then noted in the bidding documents. Per Title 23 & 29 CFR federal-aid contracts cannot include any provisions that do not meet federal law.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.19 Award Language ([http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=d55e4f29583a8177baf0aa23e2919235&mc=true&node=se23.1.635_1114&rgn=div8 23 CFR 635.114(a)])====<br />
Federal-aid contracts must be awarded based on the lowest responsible and responsive bid. Responsible is determined <u>prior to award</u> and therefore is referred to as pre-qualified. Responsive means that a bidder has submitted all required documents as outlined in the bid proposal. See [[136.10 Advertisement for Bid and Project Award|EPG 136.10]] for more information on awarding a contract. If using innovative contracting such as add alternates, the bid proposal must have award language stating how the alternates will be considered and how the job will be awarded. See [[136.7 Design#136.7.5 Innovative Contracting|EPG 136.7.5]] for more information on innovative contracting.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.20 Itemized Bid Form====<br />
The bid proposal must include an itemized listing of all pay items included in the project, quantities of each individual pay item and blanks for the contractor to submit a unit price (and extension) for each pay item. Additionally, the itemized bid form should include pay item categories for roadway, bridge, signing/striping/signal, landscaping/streetscaping, utilities (if completed by contractor), and bicycle/pedestrian facilities so that the bid tabulations can be easily categorized as required in [[media:136.10.2.doc|Fig. 136.10.2]]. [[media:136.9.10.pdf|Fig. 136.9.10]] is an example of a completed itemized bid form.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.21 Form FHWA 1273 - Required Federal Contract Provisions ([http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title23/23cfr633_main_02.tpl 23 CFR 633])====<br />
Form FHWA 1273 ([http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/programadmin/contracts/1273/1273.pdf Fig. 136.9.7]) is a package of federally required contract provisions that must be physically included as special provisions for all federal-aid projects. These provisions may not be incorporated by reference. <br />
<br />
The provisions apply to all work performed on the contract including work performed by subcontract. ''The Form FHWA 1273 is required to be physically incorporated into each contract and subcontract.'' Failure of the LPA to incorporate the Form FHWA 1273 in the contract shall make the construction phase of the project ineligible for federal reimbursement.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.1.22 Changed Condition Clauses====<br />
Standardized changed condition clauses are required to be included in all contracts. The Missouri Standard Specifications and the ''Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction'' (Green Book) contain standard changed condition clauses. If a LPA choses not to use MoDOT's standard specifications, the LPA must still comply with the federal regulations. (Refer to [http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=d55e4f29583a8177baf0aa23e2919235&mc=true&node=se23.1.635_1109&rgn=div8 CFR 635.109].)<br />
<br />
This regulation requires the use of three different clauses:<br />
<br />
=====136.9.4.1.1.22.1 Differing Site Conditions Clause=====<br />
This clause provides for the adjustment of the contract terms if the contractor encounters:<br />
<br />
:* Subsurface or latent physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the contract, or<br />
:* Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature that differ materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent to the work. <br />
<br />
=====136.9.4.1.1.22.2 Suspensions of Work Ordered by the Engineer=====<br />
This clause provides for the adjustment of the contract terms if the performance of all or a portion of the work is suspended or delayed by the engineer of record for the LPA, in writing, for an unreasonable period of time (not originally anticipated, customary, or inherent to the construction industry). The contractor is required to submit a request for adjustment, in writing, to the engineer of record for the LPA within 7 calendar days of receipt of the notice to resume work. Recovery of profit on costs resulting from suspensions of work is not allowed.<br />
<br />
This clause does not preclude the recognition of construction suspensions or delays resulting from the contracting agency’s actions, without written notification. The LPAs may address constructive delays and suspensions, as they chose, in their standard specifications and contract administration procedures.<br />
<br />
Suspensions must be for unreasonable periods and do not include brief, customary suspensions for reasons inherent to highway construction (i.e., material sampling and testing; approval of shop drawings, material sources, etc.; and other reasonable and customary suspensions necessary for the supervision of construction by the contracting agency). In addition, an adjustment under this clause is not allowed if the work is suspended for other reasons or if an adjustment is provided for, or excluded, under other terms or conditions of the contract.<br />
<br />
=====136.9.4.1.1.22.3 Material Changes in the Scope of the Work=====<br />
This clause provides for the adjustment of the contract terms if the engineer of record for the LPA orders, in writing, an alteration in the work or in the quantities that significantly change the character of work. The term “significant change” shall apply only to the following circumstances:<br />
<br />
:* The altered character of the work differs materially from that of the original contract, or <br />
:* A major item of work, as defined in the contract, is increased or decreased by more than 25 percent of the original contract quantity (adjustments shall apply only to that portion in excess of 125 percent of original contract quantity, or in case of a decrease, to the actual quantity performed).<br />
<br />
This clause provides for adjustments resulting from formal change orders by the engineer of record for the LPA, in writing, to the extent that the impacted work is part of the contract. Either party may initiate an adjustment and both must be in agreement before the work is performed. As with the suspension of work provision, this clause does not preclude the recognition of construction suspensions or delays.<br />
<br />
===136.9.4.1.2 Bid Proposal – Restricted Provisions ===<br />
<br />
In accordance with [http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/cgi/t/text/text-idx?c=ecfr&sid=5eef70b643d18bbd1698859321364bcb&rgn=div8&view=text&node=23:1.0.1.7.23.1.1.12&idno=23 Title 23 CFR, Section 635.112], nondiscriminatory bidding procedures shall be afforded to all qualified bidders regardless of National, State or local boundaries and without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age, or handicap. If any provisions of State laws, specifications, regulations, or policies may operate in any manner contrary to Federal requirements, including Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, to prevent submission of a bid, or prohibit consideration of a bid submitted by any responsible bidder appropriately qualified in accordance with §635.110, such provisions shall not be applicable to Federal-aid projects.<br />
<br />
Care should be taken to ensure that the Bid Proposal do not contain any of the restricted provisions listed below. <br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.2.1 Retainage ([https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=34.057 RsMO 34.057])====<br />
Retainage of contractor payment is not allowed to be automatically applied to projects as a matter of course and shall not be included in the bid proposal. However, the PS&E can state that in accordance with the Missouri Prompt Pay Act (34.057 RSMo), the owner may withhold payment for any of the following reasons, or as determined by the engineer.<br />
<br />
:* liquidated damages<br />
:* unsatisfactory job progress<br />
:* defective construction work or material not remedied<br />
:* disputed work<br />
:* failure to comply with any material provision of the contract<br />
:* third party claims filed or reasonable evidence that a claim will be filed<br />
:* failure to make timely payments for labor, equipment or materials<br />
:* damage to a contractor, subcontractor or material supplier<br />
:* reasonable evidence that a subcontractor or material supplier cannot be fully compensated under its contract with the contractor for the unpaid balance of the contract sum<br />
:* citation by the enforcing authority for acts of the contractor or subcontractor which do not comply with any material provision of the contract and which result in a violation of any federal, state or local law, regulation or ordinance applicable to that project causing additional costs or damages to the owner.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.2.2 Warranties ([http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=d55e4f29583a8177baf0aa23e2919235&mc=true&node=se23.1.635_1413&rgn=div8 23 CFR 635.413])====<br />
The LPA may include warranty provisions in construction contracts in accordance with the following:<br />
<br />
:1. Warranty provisions shall be for a specific construction product or feature. Items of maintenance not eligible for federal participation shall not be covered.<br />
<br />
:2. All warranty requirements and subsequent revisions shall be submitted to MoDOT for advance approval.<br />
<br />
:3. No warranty requirement shall be approved which in the judgment of MoDOT, may place an undue obligation on the contractor for items over which the contractor has no control.<br />
<br />
Routine warranties or guarantees provided by a manufacturer are valid. Contractors’ warranties or guarantees providing for satisfactory in-service operation of mechanical and electrical equipment and related components for a period not to exceed 6 months following project acceptance are permissible. <br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.2.3 Professional Licensure, Certification, Business Licensure and Work Permits====<br />
Any permitting or licensing criteria for contractors, subcontractors, and suppliers must be submitted to MoDOT for advanced approval. MoDOT must review all submissions for approval. Permitting and licensing criteria that unduly restrict or limit any firm’s ability to bid on and receive award of federal-aid projects will not be approved. If modifications are made to an approved permitting and licensing criteria, the revised criteria must be resubmitted for approval prior to use.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.2.4 Bidder Qualification Language====<br />
All qualifying or other criteria to determine the responsibility of contractors, subcontractors, and suppliers must be submitted to MoDOT for advanced approval. Therefore, the notice to bidders (i.e. the bid advertisement) should contain the pre-qualification requirements, not the bid proposal itself. The bidder qualification language can reside in the bid proposal as long as the bidders are informed PRIOR to bid opening in the notice to contractors. In short, the pre-qualification language can be in both the notice/advertisement and the bid proposal but the language is required to be in the notice and is optional for the bid proposal. See [[#136.9.4.1.1.14.2 Pre-qualification of Prime Contractors|EPG 136.9.4.1.1.14.2]] for pre-qualification information.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.2.5 Project Labor Agreements ====<br />
A Project Labor Agreement (PLA), also called a union agreement, is a contract between labor unions, contractors and governmental agencies. Presidential Executive Order 13202 (signed February 17, 2001) was issued to limit executive branch agencies from using PLAs. Essentially, executive agencies may not require or prohibit contractors to enter into PLAs. Agencies also may not discriminate against contractors based on PLAs. In addition, despite the limits on executive agencies, contractors are not barred from freely agreeing to PLAs.<br />
<br />
Executive Order 13202 was amended to settle concerns about existing PLAs on projects with multiple contracts. Amendments in Executive Order 13208 allow an agency to request an exemption to the use of PLAs, only if the PLA was in effect before February 17, 2001.<br />
<br />
Requests for exemption must be written and must include the PLA, specific bid information, and the reason why the agency believes the exemption should be granted. PLAs are allowed only if the FHWA Administrator exempts a project. Requests for exemption should be referred to [http://www.modot.org/business/manuals/LPAContacts.htm MoDOT’s district contact].<br />
<br />
[http://www.whitehouse.gov/news/releases/2001/02/20010221.html Executive Orders 13202] and [http://www.whitehouse.gov/news/releases/2001/04/20010406-1.html 13208] are available online.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.2.6 LPA Preferences ([http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=d55e4f29583a8177baf0aa23e2919235&mc=true&node=se23.1.635_1411&rgn=div8 23 CFR 635.411])====<br />
On all federally funded construction projects, materials produced within the state or local area shall not be favored over comparable materials produced outside of the state or local area. Also, in-state material sources cannot be given preference over foreign materials or actions taken against materials of foreign origin unless permitted by federal law. State or local preference provisions are not allowed on federally funded project contracts.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.2.7 Contract Documents Involving Proprietary Products or System ([http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=d55e4f29583a8177baf0aa23e2919235&mc=true&node=se23.1.635_1411&rgn=div8 23 CFR 635.411])====<br />
Generally, on federal aid projects, the use of trade names in plans and specifications is not allowed except as outlined in [[136.7 Design#136.7.2.8 Proprietary Items|EPG 136.7.2.8]]. The practice of specifying proprietary products or systems is only acceptable if it can be assured that three or more companies can provide an acceptable product. See EPG 136.7.2.8 and [[#136.9.2.6 Proprietary Items|EPG 136.9.2.6]] for more information.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.2.8 Signing Restriction ====<br />
The FHWA Division Administrator has determined that the PS&E provide for the erection of only those information signs and traffic control devices that conform to the standards developed by the Secretary of Transportation or mandates of Federal law and shall not include promotional or other informational signs regarding such matters as identification of public officials, contractors, organizational affiliations, and related logos and symbols.<br />
<br />
The FHWA Division Administrator has determined that, where applicable, provisions shall be included in the PS&E that require the erection of funding source signs, for the life of the construction project, in accordance with section 154 of the Surface Transportation and Uniform Relocation Assistance Act of 1987.<br />
<br />
====136.9.4.1.2.9 Employ Missouri ([https://revisor.mo.gov/main/OneSection.aspx?section=290.570 RsMO 290.570])====<br />
A provision stating that when employment is greater than 5% then the entity must employ Missouri citizens can only be used on State Funded projects.<br />
<br />
==136.9.4.2 Specifications==<br />
<br />
For information on specification requirements, see [[136.7 Design#136.7.3 Specifications and Standards|EPG 136.7.3 Specifications and Standards]]. The Bid Proposal '''must''' contain all specifications requirements and job special provisions.<br />
<br />
===136.9.4.2.1 Standard Specifications ===<br />
The bid proposal must clearly indicate the standard specifications which are in effect. In addition, If more than one is referenced, the order of precedence must be stipulated. For more information on what Standard Specifications are acceptable on a federally funded project, see [[136.7 Design#136.7.3 Specifications and Standards|EPG 136.7.3 Specifications and Standards]].<br />
<br />
===136.9.4.2.2 Job Special Provisions===<br />
All Job Special Provisions (JSPs) must be included in the Bid Proposal. For more information on required JSPs, see [[136.7 Design#136.7.3 Specifications and Standards|EPG 136.7.3 Specifications and Standards]].<br />
<br />
==136.9.4.3 Standard Plans==<br />
<br />
The bid proposal must clearly indicate that standard plans which are in effect. In addition, if more than one is referenced, the order of precedence must be stipulated. For more information on what standard plans are acceptable on a federally funded project, see [[136.7 Design#136.7.3 Specifications and Standards|EPG 136.7.3 Specifications and Standards]].<br />
<br />
=136.9.5 Estimate =<br />
<br />
An engineer's estimate, showing estimated pay item quantities, unit prices and extended totals shall be submitted to MoDOT with the detailed plans prior to bid advertisement. The engineer's estimate should be treated as a confidential document. Any knowledge of the estimate may cause unbalanced bids or provide a contractor who has knowledge of the engineer's estimate an advantage. For more information on Engineer’s Estimate, see [[136.7 Design#136.7.4 Engineer’s Estimate|EPG 136.7.4 Engineer’s Estimate]].<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Category:136 Local Public Agency (LPA) Policy|136.09]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=642.8_Sidewalk_Design_Criteria&diff=51622642.8 Sidewalk Design Criteria2022-06-21T18:07:57Z<p>Smithk: Per EPS, updated ADA Checklist to reflect the minimum distance of pushbuttons from the curb line has been returned to 30 inches.</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
<br />
{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:15px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:left; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="260px" align="right" <br />
|-style="background:#f5f5f5" <br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|'''Figures'''<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[[Media:642.1 Figure2 Sidewalk Handrails.pdf|Sidewalk Handrail Detail]]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|'''Typical Urban Roadway Sections'''<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[[media:231 4 Lane Major Urban Roadway.pdf|4 Lane Major Urban Roadway]]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[[media:231 4 Lane Minor Urban Roadway.pdf|4 Lane Minor Urban Roadway]]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[[media:231 2 Lane Minor Urban Roadway.pdf|2 Lane Minor Urban Roadway]]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2" align="center"|'''Additional Resources'''<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards Access Board Guidelines and Standards] <br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[http://www.ada.gov/2010ADAstandards_index.htm Americans with Disabilities Act Access Guidelines (ADAAG), 2010]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[[media:ADA_Checklist_061522.pdf|ADA Checklist (PDF) (Rev. June 15, 2022)]]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[[media:ADA_Checklist_061522.docx|ADA Checklist (MS Word) (Rev. June 15, 2022)]]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|FHWA's ''Designing Sidewalks and Trails for Access'': [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/environment/bicycle_pedestrian/publications/sidewalks/ Part I] [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/environment/bicycle_pedestrian/publications/sidewalk2/ Part II]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[http://www.mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ Manual on Uniform traffic Control Devices - signals]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|MoDOT's Internet Website:<br />
|-<br />
| ||[https://www.modot.mo.gov/othertransportation/bike_ped/Bikepedintro.htm MoDOT's Bike/Ped webpage]<br />
|-<br />
| || [https://www.modot.org/bicycle-and-pedestrian-links MoDOT's Bike/Ped Useful links]<br />
|-<br />
| ||[https://www.modot.org/media/16671 MoDOT's Concrete Curb Ramp Special Sheet]<br />
|-<br />
| ||[https://www.modot.org/media/16874 Standard Plan 608.10]<br />
|-<br />
| ||[https://www.modot.org/media/16880 Standard Plan 609.00]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|[https://www.access-board.gov/prowag/ Public Right of Way Access Guidelines, PROWAG (Best Practices)]:<br />
|-<br />
|width="30"| ||[http://www.dot.state.mn.us/trafficeng/workzone/ADA/DRAFT-TPARGuidelines.pdf TPAR Information]<br />
|-<br />
| ||[https://www.access-board.gov/prowag/planning-and-design-for-alterations/ Special Report: Accessible Public Rights of Way Planning and Designing for Alterations, 2007]<br />
|}<br />
A sidewalk is designed to meet a variety of characteristics that have a direct impact on usability, such as grade, cross slope, width, surface type, etc. Even mildly difficult features in combination can make a sidewalk hard to access for someone with a disability. Sidewalk design criteria are based on providing access to all pedestrian users to the maximum extent feasible. This policy is in accordance with federal standards set out by the US Department of Justice, based on recommendations of the US Access Board. Refer to [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/environment/bicycle_pedestrian/guidance/policy_accom.cfm US DOT Policy] for further discussion.<br />
<br />
To better understand some of the challenges faced by disabled users, [http://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/streets-sidewalks/public-rights-of-way/guidance-and-research/accessible-sidewalks-video-series?highlight=WyJ2aWRlbyJd four U.S. Access Board videos] showing design issues for pedestrians with disabilities. The videos cover:<br />
<br />
:1. Design issues for pedestrians who use wheelchairs (10:00).<br />
<br />
:2. Design issues for pedestrians with ambulatory impairments (7:51).<br />
<br />
:3. Design issues for pedestrians with low vision (11:24).<br />
<br />
:4. Design issues for pedestrians who are blind (11:19).<br />
<br />
When sidewalks are constructed the following basic items will be considered (detailed design information follows later on in this article): <br />
<br />
* [[:Category:231 Typical Section Elements for Roadways|Sidewalks]] or pedestrian paths will be accessible to the maximum extent feasible to all people according to the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA). <br />
<br />
* Barrier curb. Refer to [https://www.modot.org/media/16880 Standard Plan 609.00]. When sidewalks are constructed, a barrier curb is sufficient to separate pedestrians from vehicular traffic on low-speed roadways (posted speed of 45 mph or less). At higher speeds, a vehicle can mount a barrier curb at a relatively flat impact angle. In the event a sidewalk located adjacent to a high-speed roadway is necessary, another type of physical separation between the vehicle and the pedestrian will be considered. Guardrail and concrete traffic barriers are two of the options that may be considered. <br />
<br />
* In rural areas where it is necessary to accommodate pedestrian movements, a paved shoulder at least 6 ft. wide may be used. The cross slope must be 1.0% (minimum) to 2.0%.<br />
<br />
* A sidewalk located at least 2 ft. from a curb should be a minimum of 5 ft. wide. Exceptions may be made for local conditions, but ADA requirements must be met.<br />
<br />
* A sidewalk proposed within 2 ft. of a curb will be placed adjacent to the curb and be a minimum of 6 ft. wide. Exceptions may be made, but ADA requirements must be met.<br />
<br />
* For sidewalk widths less than 5 ft., a 5 ft. by 5 ft. passing space is to be provided at intervals no greater than 200 ft.<br />
<br />
* The cross slope on all accessible routes must be 1.0% minimum to 2.0% maximum. <br />
<br />
* The running slope should be as flat as possible, up to a maximum of 5%. However, sidewalks may follow the slope of the adjacent roadway if less than 5% is technically infeasible.<br />
<br />
* Sidewalks across private and commercial approaches will be the same thickness as the paved approach and will maintain less than 2.0% cross slope. Accessible routes across side streets and alleys will be less than 2.0% on new construction and reconstruction projects. Less than 2.0% cross slope will be maintained across streets and alleys where feasible on all alteration projects.<br />
<br />
* A clear airspace of 80 in. above the sidewalk will be maintained free of tree limbs, signs, fountains, poles or planters. Protrusions into the area of the sidewalk must not exceed 4 in. Where the curb is separated from the parallel sidewalk by a parkway (border), all house walks will be extended across the parkway (see [https://www.modot.org/media/16874 Standard Plan 608.10]). Housewalks will be 4 in. thick and at least 3 ft. wide. <br />
<br />
* Steps to a house will be at least 3 ft. wide. Steps and housewalks will match the width of the existing housewalk. Steps other than house steps will be of sufficient width to fit a particular situation. Stairs located on MHTC right of way will be replaced with ADA-compliant curb ramps, where technically feasible, or an alternate route may be provided.<br />
<br />
* Additional guidance regarding sidewalk design can be found in the AASHTO publication ''Guide for the Planning, Design, and Operation of Pedestrian Facilities'', the FHWA publication ''Designing Sidewalks and Trails for Access'': [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/environment/bicycle_pedestrian/publications/sidewalks/ Part I] and [https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/environment/bicycle_pedestrian/publications/sidewalk2/ Part II], or Access Board's [https://www.access-board.gov/prowag/planning-and-design-for-alterations/ ''Accessible Public Rights-of-Way Planning and Designing for Alterations''].<br />
<br />
==642.8.1 Sidewalk Location and Width==<br />
<br />
In developed areas on low-speed roadways (posted speed of 45 mph or less), sidewalks are to be separated from the travelway by a barrier curb (see [https://www.modot.org/media/16880 Standard Plan 609.00]). At higher speeds, a vehicle can mount a barrier curb at a relatively flat impact angle. <br />
[[image:642.1.2.1.jpg|right|350px|thumb|<center>'''"...stable, firm and slip resistant..." "...minimize surface discontinuities..."'''</center>]] <br />
In the event a sidewalk is located adjacent to a high-speed roadway, another type of physical separation between the vehicle and the pedestrian such as a guardrail or concrete traffic barrier will be considered. <br />
<br />
Sidewalks are not to be designated on paved shoulders located behind a mountable curb; nor shall paved shoulders be designated or striped as a pedestrian pathway, however if pedestrian use is anticipated, efforts should be made to meet ADA standards wherever possible, such as a 2% cross slope. <br />
<br />
Sidewalks are to be at least 5 ft. wide. However, if necessary due to geometric constraints, the width of the sidewalk may be reduced to 4 ft. minimum width, as required in PROWAG, by completing the Design Exception process. A 2 ft. grass strip or planting area should separate the sidewalk from the curb. A sidewalk proposed within 2 ft. of a curb will be placed adjacent to the curb and be at least 6 ft. wide. There are exceptions: sidewalk width may be reduced to meet site constraints; however, ADA requires a minimum width of 4 ft. to be provided in all cases (PROWAG R301.3.1).<br />
<br />
When a project alters the right of way space, the existing ADA elements within the limits of the project shall be made to comply with the applicable requirements for new construction to the maximum extent feasible (per PROWAG R202.3). This will include repairs and upgrades to existing sidewalks so the facilities provide a continuous minimum width of 4 ft. with a maximum cross slope of 2.00% (per PROWAG R301). <br />
<br />
For sidewalks narrower than 5 ft., 5 ft. x 5 ft. passing spaces need to be provided at intervals that are no greater than 200 feet. Such features as driveways, building entrances, parking lots and sidewalk intersections are considered acceptable passing spaces if they are 5 ft. x 5 ft. and meet the 2 per cent maximum cross slope requirements. <br />
[[image:642.1.2.jpg|right|720px|thumb|<center>'''Figure 642.8.2 Clearances and obstructions for pedestrian access routes'''</center>]]<br />
<br />
==642.8.2 Clearances and Obstructions==<br />
<br />
The width of the accessible sidewalk route should meet the requirements above. Obstructions are objects within the pedestrian access route that reduce the clearance width, protrude into the circulation route, or limit the vertical passage space or of a sidewalk. These guidelines apply to permanent and temporary objects.<br />
<br />
The full width of the circulation path should be free of protruding objects, if possible. Permanent, stationary objects are not to project into the pedestrian access route more than 4 in. from 27 in. to 80 in. above the ground. <br />
<br />
Freestanding objects mounted on posts, pylons, etc., may overhang a maximum of 12 in. from 27 in. and 80 in. above the ground, although this situation should be avoided whenever possible. Figure 642.8.2 illustrates this protected zone.<br />
<br />
[[image:642.1.2.2.jpg|right|300px]]<br />
Obstacles below 27 in. are not to reduce the sidewalk width to less than 3 ft. Obstacles reducing the sidewalk circulation path (width) below 5 ft., but not less than 3 ft., should be corrected, but if not, documented why the sidewalk width was reduced and the obstacle was not moved or corrected at that location<br />
<br />
==642.8.3 Sidewalk Surfaces==<br />
[[image:642.1.3 changes in level.jpg|left|175px]]<br />
Surfaces of sidewalks and all parts of the pedestrian network must be stable, firm and slip-resistant. Care must be taken to provide an even and level surface. Highly textured surfaces such as cobblestones may cause discomfort for a disabled person with a spinal injury.<br />
<br />
Changes in levels up to ¼ in. may be vertical and without edge treatment. Changes in levels between ¼ in. and ½ in. will be beveled with a slope no greater than 1V:2H (2:1). Level differences greater than ½ in. need to be removed or ramped. <br />
<br />
Over time, sidewalks may settle, become worn, or fall victim to people or nature. Maintaining a safe surface for everyone is very important. When the sidewalk is not owned or maintained by MoDOT, but may be adjacent to one that is, it is important to notify the proper authority that [[171.4 Shoulders and Approaches#S&A(A2) Sidewalks|maintenance]] is needed. <br />
<br />
Some examples of sidewalks distresses/deficiencies requiring correction are:<br />
<br />
* '''Step separation.''' A vertical displacement of ½ in. or greater at any point on the walkway that could cause pedestrians to trip or prevent the wheels of a wheelchair or stroller from rolling smoothly.<br />
<br />
* '''Badly cracked concrete.''' Holes and rough spots ranging from hairline cracks to indentations wider than ½ in.<br />
<br />
* '''Spalled areas.''' Fragments of concrete or other building material detached from larger structures.<br />
<br />
* '''Settled areas that trap water.''' Sidewalk segments with depressions, reverse cross slopes, or other indentations that make the sidewalk path lower than the curb. These depressions trap silt and water on the sidewalk and reduce the slip resistant nature of the surface.<br />
<br />
* '''Tree root damage.''' Roots from trees growing in adjacent landscaping that cause the walkway surface to buckle and crack. <br />
<br />
* '''Vegetation overgrowth.''' Groundcover, trees, or shrubs on properties or setbacks adjacent to the path that have not been pruned can encroach onto the path and create obstacles.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"<br />
|-<br />
|[[image:642.1 Cracked Concrete.jpg|375px|thumb|<center>'''Cracked concrete'''</center>]]||[[image:642.1 Step Separation.jpg|375px|thumb|<center>'''Step separation'''</center>]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[image:642.1 Drainage Vegetation.jpg|375px|thumb|<center>'''Drainage/vegetation'''</center>]]||[[image:642.1 Protruding Branches.jpg|375px|thumb|<center>'''Protruding Branches'''</center>]]<br />
|}<br />
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" align=right<br />
|-<br />
|[[image:642.1 manholes.jpg|right|200px]]||[[image:642.1 drainage.jpg|right|220px]]<br />
|}<br />
Utility covers, such as for manholes, drainage or water meters, need to have a slip resistant top, as much as possible, and meet changes in level criteria. Lifting holes on covers need to be less than ½ inch in diameter or be satisfactorily plugged so a cane cannot get lodged in the hole. If grates are located in the sidewalk or other walkways paths, the grates will have spacing no greater than ½ in. wide in one direction. If grates have elongated openings, then the grates will be placed so that the long dimension is perpendicular to the dominant direction of travel. Refer to Figure 642.8.3. <br />
<br />
[[image:Figure 642.1.3 grates.jpg|center|700px|thumb|<center>'''Figure 642.8.3'''</center>]]<br />
<br />
==642.8.4 Running Slope, or Grade==<br />
<br />
The running slope, or grade is defined as the slope parallel to the direction of travel, with the running grade defined as the average grade along a continuous grade. The grade of a sidewalk should be as level as possible allowing easy use by travelers. For pedestrian facilities on public access routes, the running grade of sidewalks will be a maximum of 5%. If this is technically infeasible, the sidewalk may be consistent with the running grade of the adjacent roadway. If the sidewalk cannot be kept at the same grade as the adjacent roadway and the grade is greater than 5%, the sidewalk may be considered a ramp and designed in accordance with [[642.2 Sidewalk Ramp and Curb Ramp Design Criteria|EPG 642.2 Sidewalk Ramp and Curb Ramp Design Criteria]]. <br />
<br />
The rate of change in grade, the algebraic difference, measured over 2 ft. intervals, is not to exceed 13%. An example of a 13% change in grade is shown in Figure 642.8.4.1. Figure 642.8.4.2 illustrate how excessive slopes impact wheelchairs.<br />
<br />
[[image:Figure 642.1.4.1.jpg|center|650px|thumb|<center>'''Figure 642.8.4.1. The gutter slopes counter to the slope of the curb ramp to promote drainage.'''</center>]]<br />
<br />
{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"<br />
|-<br />
|[[image:Figure 642.1.4.2.1.jpg|350px|thumb|<center>'''Excessive slope differences between a gutter and a ramp can cause wheelchairs to flip over backward'''</center>]]||[[image:Figure 642.1.4.2.2.jpg|300px|thumb|<center>'''Excessive slope differences between gutter and ramp can cause wheelchairs to tip forward'''</center>]]<br />
|-<br />
|colspan="2"|<center>'''Figure 642.8.4.2'''</center><br />
|}<br />
<br />
==642.8.5 Cross Slopes==<br />
<br />
Cross slope is defined as the slope measured perpendicular to the direction of travel. A minimum slope of 1% should be provided to allow proper drainage. When necessary the maximum 2% cross slope allowed by ADA standards may be used. Cross slopes of less than 2% are desirable to provide easier passage and to allow for some construction tolerance and settlement. Sidewalks with a cross slope greater than 2% are noncompliant and must be made compliant by whatever means necessary and including replacement.<br />
<br />
Cross slopes are very difficult for some people with mobility impairments to negotiate because it is harder to travel across sloped surfaces than horizontal surfaces. People with mobility impairments who are ambulatory or use manual wheelchairs must exert significantly more energy than other pedestrians to traverse sloped surfaces. Both powered and manual wheelchairs can become unstable and/or difficult to control on sloped surfaces. Whenever possible, slopes are minimized to improve access for people with mobility impairments.<br />
<br />
==642.8.6 Landings==<br />
<br />
Landings are level areas built to provide pedestrians with a place to rest or make turning maneuvers, or where it is necessary to have a level, stable area to allow access to another feature such as a pedestrian pushbutton. The slope of a landing should allow for drainage and be designed and built with a minimum 1% slope and may not exceed a slope of 2.0% in any direction.<br />
<br />
For more information on the use of landings in ramp design refer to [[642.2 Sidewalk Ramp and Curb Ramp Design Criteria#642.2.1 Slope and Rise of Sidewalk Ramps|EPG 642.2.1 Slope and Rise of Sidewalk Ramps]]. For more information on the use of landings with regard to curb ramps, refer to [[642.2 Sidewalk Ramp and Curb Ramp Design Criteria#642.2.2 Curb Ramps|EPG 642.2.2 Curb Ramps]].<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[category:642 Pedestrian Facilities|642.08]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:150_Quality_Management&diff=51621Category:150 Quality Management2022-06-21T18:05:17Z<p>Smithk: Per EPS, updated ADA Checklist to reflect the minimum distance of pushbuttons from the curb line has been returned to 30 inches.</p>
<hr />
<div>{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:10px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="425px" align="right" <br />
|-<br />
|<center>'''[https://www.modot.org/media/17175 MoDOT Sharepoint - Partner Sign In]'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''___'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''Quality Management Information '''<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/17173 Digital Signature for Adobe Pro 10 (Contractors)]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/17175 QM Training for Contractors]<br />
|-<br />
|'''Quality Management Documents '''<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13219 MoDOT ITP Plan]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13220 Sample Quality Management Plan]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13221 Sample Weekly Schedule] <br />
|-<br />
|'''Checklists '''<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:ADA_Checklist_061522.pdf|ADA Checklist (PDF) (Rev. June 15, 2022)]]<br />
|-<br />
|[[media:ADA_Checklist_061522.docx|ADA Checklist (MS Word) (Rev. June 15, 2022)]]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/978 ITS Checklist]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/980 Lane Closure Checklist]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/979 Hold Points]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/section-200-checklists Section 200 Checklist]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/section-300-checklists Section 300 Checklist]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/section-400-checklists Section 400 Checklist]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/section-500-checklists Section 500 Checklist]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/section-600-checklists Section 600 Checklist]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/section-700-checklists Section 700 Checklist]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/section-800-checklists Section 800 Checklist]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/section-900-checklists Section 900 Checklist]<br />
|-<br />
|'''Forms '''<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13253 Absorption Worksheet] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13255 Concrete Pour Card] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13256 Concrete Placement Test Record] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13258 Consensus Tests]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/981 Corrective Action Request]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13259 Daily Inspection Report]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13265 DCP Test] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/982 Ditch Liner] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13266 Embankment Monitoring] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13267 Embankment Protection] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13275 Gradation Worksheet] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/983 Land Disturbance Inspection Record] (MoDOT performs this inspection) <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13306 Low Slump Concrete] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13277 Materials Receiving Inspection Report]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13278 Materials Request for Transfer] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13281 Nonconformance Report (NCR)]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13282 Plasticity Index Worksheet] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/984 Profilograph Report]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13283 Rock Base Density and Thickness] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/985 Sample Labels]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13285 Standard Proctor Test] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13286 Subgrade Density] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/986 Temporary Erosion Control] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13287 Traffic Control Devices]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13288 Traffic Control Inspection Report] <br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13289 Uniformity of Concrete Worksheet]<br />
|-<br />
|'''Contractor Reporting E2O'''<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/987 Aggregates]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/988 Asphalt Surfaces]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/989 Culvert Performance]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/990 Earthwork]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/13313 Miscellaneous Concrete]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/992 Non-Superpave Asphalt]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/993 Superpave Asphalt]<br />
|-<br />
|[https://www.modot.org/media/994 TSRs]<br />
|}<br />
<br />
Quality Management (QM) is a pro-active and efficient method of incorporating quality into the planning and scheduling of all project activities. The contractor works together with the engineer to develop a quality management plan that ensures the quality of materials and workmanship meets or exceeds the contract requirements. This comprehensive plan is dynamic and is specific to the project.<br />
[[image:Main Page 2 June 6, 2014.jpg|left|350px]]<br />
The contractor assumes the primary role of managing quality and performs the quality control inspection and testing. This role includes documenting all inspection and testing, as well as material receiving. The engineer provides quality assurance to verify the contractor is providing adequate quality management per the contract requirements.<br />
<br />
Pre-activity meetings are held before the start of each new activity to discuss the work plan for that activity, including any required inspection and testing. Hold points are established at specific stages for the engineer to review the inspection and testing for compliance before the work can proceed. The contractor provides a schedule each week that identifies the activities planned for the next two weeks, including anticipated hold points. <br />
<br />
Good quality management saves time and money. The inclusion of quality in the contractor’s planning process reduces the likelihood for re-work. Giving the contractor the primary role for inspection and testing eliminates duplication of quality control and opens up more opportunities for efficiencies.<br />
<div id="Basic steps in the QM process"></div><br />
<br />
Basic steps in the QM process:<br />
<br />
:* A base [http://www.modot.org/quality Inspection and Test plan (ITP)] is provided by MoDOT. The base ITP, which includes a complete list of work items, is reduced by the contractor to only include the work items needed for the project. Additions to the ITP may be necessary for any unique items or Job Special Provisions requirements.<br />
<br />
:* Contractor prepares and submits a draft Quality Management Plan (QMP) to the Resident Engineer at least two weeks prior to the pre-construction conference. A [https://www.modot.org/media/13220 sample plan] is available.<br />
<br />
:* Resident Engineer reviews the draft QMP provides feedback to the contractor on any additions or changes. A meeting may be necessary to review details.<br />
<br />
:* The approved QMP is used to guide the contractor QC staff in their Quality Management duties.<br />
<br />
:* To store project QC documents, the contractor utilizes a MoDOT-provided SharePoint site.<br />
<br />
:* The contractor provides all Quality Control, in accordance with the Quality Management Job Special Provision and the QMP. MoDOT conducts Quality Assurance to verify the performance and accuracy of QC.<br />
<br />
:* All necessary QC documentation must be uploaded to the file sharing site for the work performed each pay period in order for the engineer to process payment.<br />
<br />
:* Modifications to the Quality Management Plan may be necessary as the work progresses.<br />
<br />
:* A review is necessary at project closeout to verify that all required documentation is present.<br />
<br />
==150.1 Project Documentation==<br />
<br />
This article provides details on the Document Control Procedure requirements for producing and uploading Quality Management documents to a MoDOT-provided storage site. MoDOT utilizes Microsoft SharePoint® for management of these documents; however, contractors do not need to purchase this software to upload documents. Users who are not familiar with Microsoft SharePoint® might find it beneficial to acquire some basic training to better understand some of the many features of this software. MoDOT does not provide training, but there are several online venders who do. Contractors are required to use Microsoft Excel® and Microsoft Word® with some documents. To set up an account in MoDOT’s SharePoint site, send a request to CMQMSupport@modot.mo.gov.<br />
<br />
===150.1.1 Folder Structure ===<br />
<br />
MoDOT will set up each project folder with the standard file structure for organizing the contractor Quality Management documents. The folders and subfolders should not be altered or renamed, however, additional folders/subfolders may be added as deemed necessary with approval by the resident engineer or inspector, provided the addition does not exceed the maximum URL amount of 255 characters. This standard folder structure is necessary to facilitate file searches and develop consistency.<br />
<br />
===150.1.2 File Naming Convention===<br />
<br />
This article describes the required file naming convention for all contractor Quality Management documents uploaded to the MoDOT SharePoint site. Each file shall begin with the following: '''ContractNo_JobNo_Date''', unless otherwise specified. For example: 140221-B01_J3P0001C_YYYYMMDD. This consistent file naming practice facilitates file searches and prevents overwriting of existing files if the user has inadvertently navigated to the wrong folder. The date format (YYYYMMDD ) ensures the files remain in chronological order. When multiple reports of the same file type are created in the same day, add a two digit number to the end of the file name to differentiate (_01, _02, etc.) For example: 140221-B01_J3P0001C_20140608_Traffic_Control_Inspection_Report_01. All file name lengths are limited to 75 characters maximum. <br />
<br />
Use an underscore ("_") in place of a space between words if file names have more than one word. Capitalize each word of the file name. For example: My_File_Name.docx. The use of hyphens or dashes to separate words should be avoided.<br />
[[image:150.1.2.jpg|right|350px]]<br />
Any documentation not listed in this article should follow the established naming convention, with the addition of file descriptions. For example: 140221-B01_J3P0001C_20140328_glassbeadcert.pdf. The file description should be long enough to identify the content, yet remain within the 75 character limit.<br />
<br />
Following is additional detail on how to organize the QM documents in each of the folders:<br />
<br />
'''Checklists: '''<br />
<br />
The “Checklists” folder is the required storage location for all inspection checklists. The standard inspection checklist forms, shown in the side bar, are pre-named with the correct file description. The [https://www.modot.org/media/17176 Required Naming Convention for Checklists], a list of the correct file name for each checklist, is available. Use the standard format described above for the naming convention.<br />
<br />
'''Corrective Action Requests:'''<br />
<br />
A [https://www.modot.org/media/981 CAR form] is available for initiating and tracking Corrective Action Requests.<br />
<br />
'''Daily Inspection Report (DIR): '''<br />
<br />
The “DIR” folder is the required storage location for all [http://www.modot.org/business/contractor_resources/Quality_Management/Daily%20Inspection%20Report.pdf Daily Inspection Reports]. Following is the file naming convention for the DIR:<br />
<br />
[[image:105.23.1.3 DIR.jpg|center|310px]] <br />
<br />
'''Electronic Payrolls: '''<br />
<br />
Refer to [http://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:110_State_and_Federal_Wage_Rates_and_Other_Requirements#110.3_Prevailing_Wages_and_Records_.28Guidance_for_Sec_110.3.29 EPG 110.3 Prevailing Wages and Records] for guidance on electronic payrolls. This folder is optional and only used if the contractor prefers to submit digitally signed electronic payrolls rather than mailing ink-signed originals. All payrolls in this folder must be digitally signed.<br />
<br />
'''Land Disturbance Inspection (MoDOT):'''<br />
<br />
This folder is optional, but can be used to distribute the project Land Disturbance Inspection Records to the contractor. The MoDOT inspector is responsible for performing the land disturbance inspection, recording the information on the form, and distributing the form to the contractor. The contractor is responsible for reviewing the form and taking the necessary actions, if required. Following is the file naming convention for this record and the summary: <br />
<br />
[[image:105.23.1.3 Land.jpg|400px|center]]<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Materials Inspection:'''<br />
<br />
The “MaterialsInspection” folder is the prime folder for the following four subfolders: <br />
<br />
:<u>Certifications:</u><br />
<br />
:The “Certifications” folder is the required storage location for all material certifications. Below is the naming convention for a certification report: <br />
<br />
[[image:105.23.1.3 cert.jpg|center|430px]]<br />
<br />
:<u>Material Receiving Inspection Reports:</u><br />
<br />
:The “MaterialReceivalReports” folder is the required storage location for all [https://www.modot.org/media/13277 Material Receiving Inspection Reports]. Following is the naming convention for a receiving report:<br />
<br />
[[image:105.23.1.3 material.jpg|center|400px]]<br />
<br />
:<u>QC Testing Results:</u><br />
<br />
:The “QCTestingResults” folder is the required storage location for all test reports. Links to the standard test report forms are shown in the side bar. The [https://www.modot.org/media/17177 Required Naming Conventions for Forms], the naming convention for these reports, is available.<br />
<br />
:<u>Requests for Transfer:</u><br />
<br />
:The “RequestsforTransfer” folder is the storage location for all [https://www.modot.org/media/13278 requests to transfer inspected material] from other projects. Below is the file naming convention for this report:<br />
<br />
[[image:105.23.1.3 request.jpg|center|520px]]<br />
<br />
:<u>NCRs:</u><br />
<br />
:The “NCRs” folder has two subfolders to store “pending” and “resolved” Non-conformance Reports. Following is the file naming convention for NCRs: <br />
<br />
[[image:105.23.1.3 resolved.jpg|center|440px]]<br />
<br />
:<u>Photos and Videos:</u><br />
<br />
:The “PhotosVideos” folder is an optional folder for MoDOT and the contractor to share project photos and videos. Following is the file naming convention for photos and videos:<br />
<br />
[[image:105.23.1.3 photos.jpg|center|500px]]<br />
<br />
:<u>QMP:</u><br />
<br />
:The “QMP” folder is the required storage location for the project Quality Management Plan (QMP) and any revised plans. A [https://www.modot.org/media/13220 sample QMP] is available. Following is the file naming convention for the original QMP:<br />
<br />
[[image:105.23.1.3 qmp.jpg|center|340px]]<br />
<br />
:Below is the file naming convention for revised QMPs:<br />
<br />
[[image:105.23.1.3 qmp2.jpg|center|360px]]<br />
<br />
:<u>Safety Plan:</u><br />
<br />
:The “SafetyPlan” folder is the required storage location for the project Safety Plan and any revised plans. Following is the file naming convention for the Safety Plan (for revised plans, add _R1, _R2, etc.):<br />
<br />
[[image:105.23.1.3 safety.jpg|center|385px]]<br />
<br />
:<u>Traffic Control Reports:</u><br />
<br />
:The “TrafficControlReports” folder is the required storage location for all [http://www.modot.org/business/contractor_resources/Quality_Management/Traffic%20Control%20Inspection%20Report.pdf Traffic Control Inspection Reports] and the [https://www.modot.org/media/980 MOT Lane Closure Checklists]. Following is the file naming convention for each report:<br />
<br />
[[image:105.23.1.3 traffic.jpg|center|500px]]<br />
<br />
:<u>Work Plan:</u><br />
<br />
:The “WorkPlan” folder is the required storage location for the Work Plan on each work activity. Use the standard format described above for the naming convention.<br />
<br />
:<u>Work Schedules:</u><br />
<br />
:The “WorkSchedules” folder contains two subfolders, one for the Project Schedule and one for the Weekly Schedule. A [https://www.modot.org/media/13221 sample Weekly Schedule] is available. Use the standard format described above for the naming convention.<br />
<br />
==150.2 Quality Management AASHTOWARE Project Reporting – MoDOT Staff Only==<br />
<br />
An AASHTOWARE Project (AWP) sample record shall be created for all QC, QA and QC/QA retained samples. Test data shall be reported on the appropriate templates under the Tests tab on the AWP record. The representative quantity shall be reported under the Contract tab on the AWP record for the QC samples. The quantity under the Contract tab on the record for the QA independent and QC/QA retained samples shall be “0”. The representative quantity for the test sample will be reported on the Basic Sample Data Tab. When available, the Excel2Oracle spreadsheets should be used by both MoDOT staff and contractors.</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=File:ADA_Checklist_061522.docx&diff=51620File:ADA Checklist 061522.docx2022-06-21T18:02:46Z<p>Smithk: </p>
<hr />
<div></div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=File:ADA_Checklist_061522.pdf&diff=51619File:ADA Checklist 061522.pdf2022-06-21T18:02:20Z<p>Smithk: </p>
<hr />
<div></div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:101_Standard_Forms&diff=51618Category:101 Standard Forms2022-06-21T18:02:00Z<p>Smithk: /* Construction and Materials */ Per EPS, updated ADA Checklist to reflect the minimum distance of pushbuttons from the curb line has been returned to 30 inches.</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:2px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="520px" align="right" <br />
|-<br />
|EPG articles are <u>not</u> referenced as "sections" but as EPG XXX.X (example: EPG 401.3) to avoid confusion with MoDOT specs (which are contractually binding).<br />
|}<br />
== ==<br />
Standard forms organized by functional unit are accessible from this page. '''The files accessible by the links below are identical to those accessed through Word, Excel or other software application by MoDOT employees.''' Many of these file links are also contained in Engineering Policy Guide articles that refer to the forms.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Bridge==<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/BR/Bridge%20Division%20Memo.dot Bridge Division Memo]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Bridge_Hydraulics_Report_Feb_2022.dotx|Bridge Hydraulics Report]]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/BR/Change%20Order.dot Change Order]<br />
<div id="Constructability Questionnaire"></div><br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/BR/Constructability%20Questionnaire.dot Constructability Questionnaire]<br />
<br />
*[https://modotgov.sharepoint.com/:w:/r/sites/br/Hydraulics/Shared%20Docs/Hydraulics_Report_Forms/Culvert%20Hydraulics%20Report/Culvert_Hydraulics_Report.docx?d=w0b58cefc4aac4f36a2b08ede9373beb4&csf=1&web=1&e=DZof11 Culvert Hydraulics Report]<br />
[[image:101 Bridge.jpg|right|150px]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:131.1 Design Exception 2020.docx|Design Exception Information]]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/BR/Design%20Except%20to%20District.dot Design Except to District]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101 Design Layout Box 2014.docx|Design Layout (Box)]]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/BR/Design%20Layout%20(Grade).dot Design Layout (Grade)]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101 Design Layout Stream 2014.docx|Design Layout (Stream)]]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/BR/Design%20Layout%20(Wall).dot Design Layout (Wall)]<br />
<div id="Floodplain Development Permit/Application"></div><br />
<br />
*[[media:101 Floodplain Development Permit Application 2019.pdf|Floodplain Development Permit/Application]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101 Floodplain Development Permit To District Cover Letter.docx|Floodplain Development Permit To District Cover Letter]]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/BR/Layout%20to%20FHWA.dotx Layout to FHWA]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/BR/Layout%20to%20Railroad.dot Layout to Railroad]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/BR/Missouri-Illinois%20Border%20Bridge%20Clearinghouse%20Form.dot Missouri-Illinois Border Bridge Clearinghouse Form]<br />
<div id="No-Rise Certificate"></div><br />
*[[media:101 No Rise Certificate 2020.pdf|No-Rise Certificate]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:751.1.2.20 Request Apr 2021.xlsx|Request for Final Soundings for Structures Form]]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/BR/Telefax.dot Telefax]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/BR/Transmittal%20Letter.dot Transmittal Letter]<br />
<br />
*[[media:131.1 Vertical Clearance Coord Form Jul 2018.pdf|Vertical Clearance Design Exception Coordination with SDDCTEA]]<br />
<br />
==Construction and Materials==<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/30_Day_Reminder_Final_Invoice_Letter.pdf 30 Day Reminder Final Invoice Letter]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/60_Day_Final_Acceptance_Letter.pdf 60 Day Final Acceptance Letter]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AC_Index_Price_Adjustment_Hot_Mix_Asphalt_SY.xlsx AC Index Price Adjustment – Hot mix asphalt (per SY)]<br />
[[image:101CM.jpg|right|150px]]<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AC_Index_Price_Adjustment_Hot_Mix_Asphalt_Ton.xlsx AC Index Price Adjustment – Hot mix asphalt (per Ton)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AC_Index_Price_Adjustment_Seal_Coat.xlsx AC Index Price Adjustment – Sealcoat]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AC_Index_Price_Adjustment_UBAWS_Hot_Mix_and_Membrane.xlsx AC Index Price Adjustment – UBAWS Hot Mix and Membrane]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AC_Index_Price_Adjustment_Undersealing.xlsx AC Index Price Adjustment – Undersealing]<br />
<br />
*[[media:ADA_Checklist_061522.pdf|ADA Checklist (PDF) (Rev. June 15, 2022)]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:ADA_Checklist_061522.docx|ADA Checklist (MS Word) (Rev. June 15, 2022)]]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Aggregate_Base_Random_Locations.xlsm Aggregate Base Random Locations]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/As_Built_Final_Plans_Checklist_SL_District.pdf As Built Plans Checklist - SL District]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asbestos_Bulk_Sample_Bridge_CL_EL_5.pdf Asbestos Bulk Sample Bridge CL EL 5]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asbestos_Bulk_Sample_Parcel_CL_EL_5.pdf Asbestos Bulk Sample Parcel CL EL 5]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asbestos_Survey_Report_T746_T747_T748_C760.pdf Asbestos Survey Report - All Suspect ACM (Form T746), Nonfriable ACM (Form T747) and All Materials (Form T748)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asphalt_Core_Spreadsheet.xlsx Asphalt Core Spreadsheet]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asphalt_Mix_Design.xlsm Asphalt Mix Design]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asphalt_Random_Locations.xlsm Asphalt Random Locations]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Asphalt_Roadway_Report.xlsm Asphalt Roadway Report]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Bridge_Bearings.xlsx Bridge Bearings]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Bridge_Clearance_Report_C239A.pdf Bridge Clearance Report (C-239A)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CO/Bridge%20Fabrication%20Report.dot Bridge Fabrication Report]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Change%20Order.XLS Change Order]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Job_Site_Bulletin_Board_Checklist_fillable.pdf Checklist of the jobsite posters]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CUF_Determination_Form.pdf Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Determination Form]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CUF_Determination_Form_Contracts_Let_After_03_2021.pdf Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Determination Form (for contracts let after March 2021)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Compressive%20Strength%20for%20Forney.xls Compressive Strength for Forney]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Concrete%20Daily%20Inspection%20Report%20C-681.xls Concrete Daily Inspection Report, C-681]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Concrete_Cylinder_Sample_Sent_to_Central_Lab.doc Concrete Cylinder Sample Sent to Central Lab]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CIW_Mainline_Paving.xls Concrete Inspection Worksheet – Mainline QC/QA Paving]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Concrete_Roadway_Report.pdf Concrete Roadway Report]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Contingent_Item_Price_Check.pdf Contingent Item Price Check]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Contractor_Performance_Evaluation_Letter.pdf Contractor Performance Evaluation Letter]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Contractor_Performance_Evaluation_Signature_Page.pdf Contractor Performance Evaluation Signature Page]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/C9_Daily_Utility_Report.pdf Daily Utility Report (C-9)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Dimensions%20To%20Tons%20Converter.xlsx Dimensions To Tons Converter]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Documentation_Record.pdf Documentation Record]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/EEO_Checklist.pdf EEO Checklist]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Fence_Removal_Notice.pdf Fence Removal Notice]<br />
<br />
*[http://ghdcogwp001/c10.2.2/cgi-bin/cognosisapi.dll?b_action=cognosViewer&ui.action=run&ui.object=%2fcontent%2ffolder%5b%40name%3d%27AASHTOWARE%27%5d%2ffolder%5b%40name%3d%27Headquarters%27%5d%2ffolder%5b%40name%3d%27Contract%20-%20Administration%27%5d%2freport%5b%40name%3d%27C239_Final_Acceptance_Report_AWP%27%5d&ui.name=C239_Final_Acceptance_Report_AWP&run.outputFormat=PDF&run.prompt=true Final Acceptance Report (C-239), Cognos Report]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Final_Acceptance_C_239.pdf Final Acceptance Report (C-239), pdf version]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Final_Plans_Certification.pdf Final Plans Certification]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Final_Plans_Checklist.pdf Final Plans Checklist]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/KC_Final_Plans_Memo.pdf Final Plans Memo]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/C13_Final_Utility_Report.pdf Final Utility Report (C-13)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Force_Account_Spreadsheet.xlsx Force Account Spreadsheet]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Form%20M-45%20Bitumin%20Distributor%20Calibration.doc Form M-45 Bitumin Distributor Calibration]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Fuel_Adjustment_Calculation.xlsx Fuel Adjustment Calculation]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Inspectors_Pay_Qty_Report_IPQR.pdf Inspectors Pay Qty Report (IPQR)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Internal_MoDOT_Product_Form.pdf Internal MoDOT Product Form]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/IRI_Inertial_Profiler_Report_with_Bonus.xlsm IRI Inertial Profiler Report with Bonus]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2020_Asphalt_Pavement_Repair.xlsm JOC 2020 Asphalt Pavement Repair]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2021_Asphalt_Pavement_Repair.xlsm JOC 2021 Asphalt Pavement Repair]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2022_Asphalt_Pavement_Repair.xlsm JOC 2022 Asphalt Pavement Repair]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2021_Bridge_Repair_Spreadsheet.xlsm JOC 2021 Bridge Repair Spreadsheet]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2022_Bridge_Repair_Spreadsheet.xlsm JOC 2022 Bridge Repair Spreadsheet]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2021_Concrete_Pavement_Repair.xlsm JOC 2021 Concrete Pavement Repair]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2022_Concrete_Pavement_Repair.xlsm JOC 2022 Concrete Pavement Repair]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2022_Fence_Repair_Spreadsheet.xlsm JOC 2022 Fence Repair Spreadsheet]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2020_Rail_Cable_Fence_Spreadsheet.xlsm JOC 2020 Rail Cable Fence Spreadsheet]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2021_Rail_Cable_Fence_Spreadsheet.xlsm JOC 2021 Rail Cable Fence Spreadsheet]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_2022_Rail_Cable_Repair_Spreadsheet.xlsm JOC 2022 Rail Cable Fence Spreadsheet]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_Lighting_Repair.xlsx JOC Lighting Repair]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_Microsurfacing_Spreadsheet.xlsx JOC Microsurfacing Spreadsheet]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/JOC_Signal_and_Lighting_Repair.xlsm JOC Signal and Lighting Repair]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/KC_Milestone_Memo.pdf Milestone Memo]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Milestone_Worksheet.pdf Milestone Worksheet]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Mobile_Mixer_Calibration.xlsx Mobile Mixer Calibration]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101 Mobile Mixer Verification.pdf|Mobile Mixer Verification Sheet]]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/NCR_Non_Conformance_Report.pdf Nonconformance Report (NCR)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Nuclear_Density_C709ND.pdf Nuclear Density (C-709ND)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Nuclear_Density_of_Plastic_Portland_Cement_Concrete_C_710ND.pdf Nuclear Density of Plastic Portland Cement Concrete (C-710ND)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Order_Record.pdf Order Record (C-259)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Outlier%20Analysis.xls Outlier Analysis]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Pavement_Type_Selection_Submittal.pdf Pavement Type Selection Submittal Information (PTS Submittal Form)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Payroll_Log.xltx Payroll Log Form]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Pile%20Driving%20Chart2.xls Pile Driving Chart]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Pile_Driving_Data.pdf Pile Driving Data]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Pile_Driving_Data_PDA.pdf Pile Driving Data PDA]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/PODI_Bridge_Deck_Pour_Checklist.pdf PODI Bridge Deck Pour Checklist]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Pore_Pressure_Report_Type_A.pdf Pore Pressure Report - Type A]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Pore_Pressure_Report_Type_B.pdf Pore Pressure Report - Type B]<br />
<br />
<div id="PreCon Letter - Federal No Trainees"></div><br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/PreCon_Letter_Federal.pdf PreCon Letter - Federal]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/PreCon_Letter_State.pdf PreCon Letter - State]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Prestress_Deficiency_Report.pdf Prestress Deficiency Report (1029-01)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Price_Verification.xlsx Price Verification]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Railroad_Crossing_Inspection.pdf Railroad Crossing Inspection]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RE_Letterhead.pdf RE Letterhead]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RE_Letterhead.docx RE Letterhead – Word Format]<br />
<br />
* [http://epg.modot.mo.gov/forms/CM/Job_Site_Bulletin_Board_Checklist_fillable.pdf Report of On-Site Bulletin Board Inspection (Job Site Bulletin Board Checklist)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Retroreflectivity_Payment_Adjustment.xlsm Retroreflectivity Payment Adjustment]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Retroreflectometer_Request.xlsm Retroreflectometer Request]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Aggregate_Scale_Calibration_200.dotx RM Aggregate Scale Calibration - 200]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Aggregate_Scale_Calibration_300.dotx RM Aggregate Scale Calibration - 300]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Aggregate_Scale_Calibration_350.dotx RM Aggregate Scale Calibration - 350]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Air_Dispenser_Calibration.dotx RM Air Dispenser Calibration]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Cement_Scale_Calibration_150.dotx RM Cement Scale Calibration - 150]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Cement_Scale_Calibration_175.dotx RM Cement Scale Calibration - 175]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Cement_Scale_Calibration_200.dotx RM Cement Scale Calibration - 200]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Concrete_Systems_Form.dotx RM Concrete Systems Form]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Equipment_Calibrated_and_Verified_Form.dotx RM Equipment Calibrated and Verified Form]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Truck_Mixer_Information_Form.dotx RM Truck Mixer Information Form]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RM_Water_Calibration.dotx RM Water Calibration]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RoCap_Test_Form_Long_Bolts.pdf RoCap Test Form - Long Bolts]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/RoCap_Test_Form_Short_Bolts.pdf RoCap Test Form - Short Bolts]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Semi_Annual_Labor_Compliance_Report.dotx Semi-annual Labor Compliance Report]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Semi_Final_Inspection_C_236.pdf Semi-Final Inspection (C-236)]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101 Contractor Payment Schedule 2022.pdf|Contractor Payment Schedule]]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Standard%20Compaction%20Test%20Blank.xls Standard Compaction Test Blank]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Survey%20Calculator.xlsx Survey Calculator]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Tank%20Capacity%202.0.xls Tank Capacity]<br />
<div id="Wage Interview"></div><br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CR1_Wage_Rate_Interview.pdf Wage Interview (Form CR-1)]<br />
<br />
*[http://sharepoint/systemdelivery/TR/mo/travinfoitsworkzonemanagment/workzones/Shared%20Documents/Inspections/WorkZone_Inspection-form%202014.pdf Work Zone Inspection Form]<br />
<br />
===Forms for Contractor Use ===<br />
====Construction and Contractor Related====<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Blank_2AA_Sheet.pdf 2AA Sheet – Blank]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Example_2AA_Sheet.pdf 2AA Sheet – Example]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Affidavit_for_Compliance_with_Prevailing_Wage.pdf Affidavit for Compliance with Prevailing Wage Law]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Contractors_Affidavit_C-242.pdf Contractor's Affidavit Regarding Settlement of Claims (C-242)]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Contractors_Affidavit_C-242_With_Exceptions.pdf Contractor's Affidavit Regarding Settlement of Claims (C-242) with Exceptions]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Contractor_Questionnaire.pdf Contractor Questionnaire] (to bid contracts less than $2,000,000)<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/DBE_Contractor_Project_Trucker_Equipment_List_Form.pdf DBE Contractor Project Trucker Equipment List Form]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/DBE_Contractor_Subcontractor_Project_Trucker_Form_Instructions.pdf DBE Contractor Subcontractor Project Trucker Form Instructions]<br />
<br />
:* [[media:101 DBE Identification Submittal Form.pdf|DBE Identification Submittal Form]]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/DBE_Substitution_Form.pdf DBE Substitution Form]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Digital_Signature_for_Adobe_Reader_DC_or_Pro_DC.docx Digital Signatures Adobe DC Reader/Pro QRG]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Lead_Abatement_MODOT_Contractor_Informational_Packet.pdf Lead Abatement MoDOT Contractor Informational Packet]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Lead_Abatement_MODOT_FA_Project_Notification.pdf Lead Abatement MoDOT FA Project Notification]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Lead_Abatement_MODOT_Project_Notification.pdf Lead Abatement MoDOT Project Notification]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Lead_Abatement_MODOT_Project_Re_Notification.pdf Lead Abatement MoDOT Project Re-Notification]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Lead_Abatement_Program_Contact_Info.pdf Lead Abatement Program Contact Info] <br />
<br />
:* [http://eprojects/Templates/MODOT_Workforce_JSP_Cummulative_Workforce_Hours_Report.xlsx MoDOT Workforce JSP Cumulative Workforce Hours Report]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/MoDOT_Workforce_Pre_Construction_Diversity_Plan_Report.xlsx MoDOT Workforce Pre-Construction Diversity Plan Report]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/OJT_1_Trainee_Notification.pdf OJT-1, Trainee Notification]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/OJT_2_Contractor_Monthly_Trainee_Report.pdf OJT-2, Contractor Monthly Trainee Report]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/OJT_3_Training_Completion.pdf OJT-3, Training Completion]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/OJT_4_Trainee_Contact.pdf OJT-4, Trainee Contact]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/OJT_5_Discrimination_Complaint.pdf OJT-5, Discrimination Complaint]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/OJT_6_Final_Trainee_Summary.pdf OJT-6, Training Summary] <br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Prequalification_Questionnaire.pdf Prequalification Contractor Questionnaire] (to bid a contract of any size)<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Request_to_Subcontract_C_220.pdf Request to Subcontract Work (C-220)]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Request_to_Subcontract_C_220_Excel.xlsm Request to Subcontract Work (C-220), Excel]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Subcontractor_Certification_Regarding_Affirmative_Action.pdf Subcontractor Certification Regarding Affirmative Action]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Tension_Log_Form.xlsx Tension Log Form] <br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Value_Engineering_Proposal_C_104.pdf Value Engineering Change Proposal (C-104)]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Wage_Flow_Chart_for_Federal_Jobs.pdf Wage Flowchart for Federal Jobs – Precon]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Wage_Flow_Chart_for_State_Jobs.pdf Wage Flowchart for State Jobs – Precon]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Waste_Disposal_Agreement.pdf Waste Disposal Agreement]<br />
<br />
====Materials Related====<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AsphPlantInspCumulative.xls Asphalt Inspection Worksheet Cumulative Gradation]<br />
<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AsphPlantInspNonCumulative.xls Asphalt Inspection Worksheet Non-Cumulative Gradation]<br />
<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/PipeShippingReportForm2.pdf CMP, RCP, Precast Drainage Units and Precast Box Culvert Shipping Report Form]<br />
<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Concrete%20Mix%20Design%20Submittal%20Form.xls Concrete Mix Design Submittal Form]<br />
<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Missouri%20CoreLok%20Aggregate%20Workbook.xls CoreLok Aggregate Workbook]<br />
<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/GS013F2.pdf Fabricator’s PAL Receival Form]<br />
<br />
:*[https://www.modot.org/traffic New Product Evaluation Form]<br />
<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/GS013F4.pdf PAL Program Inclusion Certifications and Guarantee Statement]<br />
<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Producer_Supplier_List.pdf Producer/Supplier List]<br />
<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/PipeShippingReportForm_Thermoplastic.pdf PVC & HDPE Pipe Shipping Report Form]<br />
<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/Request_to_Transfer_Inspected_Matl.pdf Request for Transfer of Inspected Materials]<br />
<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/GS013F3.pdf Shipper’s PAL Transmittal Form]<br />
<br />
====Posters, Federal Aid====<br />
<br />
Please refer to [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:110_State_and_Federal_Wage_Rates_and_Other_Requirements#Required_Notices_and_Posters EPG 110.2 Federal-Aid Projects, Required Notices and Posters].<br />
<br />
====Posters, State Aid====<br />
<br />
Please refer to [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:110_State_and_Federal_Wage_Rates_and_Other_Requirements#Required_Notices_and_Posters EPG 110.2 Federal-Aid Projects, Required Notices and Posters].<br />
<br />
====Utility or Right of Way Related==== <br />
<br />
:*[http://www.modot.mo.gov/asp/intentToWork.shtml Notice of Intent to Perform Work Process]<br />
<br />
:*[https://www6.modot.mo.gov/ElectronicPermitting/ElectronicPermitting.html# Permit for Work on Right of Way]<br />
<br />
===Quick Reference Guides (QRGs)===<br />
====AASHTOWare Project Quick Reference Guides (QRGs)==== <br />
<br />
:'''[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_QRG_Revision_Dates.xlsx AWP QRG Revision Dates]'''<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CM_AASHTOWARE_Project_Terminology.docx AWP CM AASHTOWARE Project Terminology]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CM_Certified_Testers.doc AWP CM Certified Testers]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CM_Filters.doc AWP CM Filters]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CM_Test_Equipment.doc AWP CM Test Equipment]<br />
<div id="Change Order Overview"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_1ChangeOrderOverview.doc AWP CO 1 Change Order Overview]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_2ChangeOrderAddingNewItemorOverrunUnderrunExisting.doc AWP CO 2 Change Order Adding New Item or Overrun/Underrun of Existing Items]<br />
<div id="AWP CO 3"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_3ChangeOrderTimeExtension.doc AWP CO 3 Change Order Time Extension]<br />
<div id="AWP CO 4"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_4ChangeOrderValueEngineering.doc AWP CO 4 Change Order Value Engineering]<br />
<div id="AWP CO 5"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_5ChangeOrderNoCostContractModification.doc AWP CO 5 Change Order, No Cost Contract Modification]<br />
<div id="AWP CO 6"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_6ChangeOrderMobilizationAndContractBond.doc AWP CO 6 Change Order, Mobilization and Contract Bond]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_7ChangeOrderApproval.doc AWP CO 7 Change Order Approval]<br />
<div id="Change Order Codes"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Change_Order_Codes.doc AWP CO Change Order Codes]<br />
<div id="Change Order Reports"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Change_Order_Reports.doc AWP CO Change Order Reports]<br />
<div id="CO Commercially Useful"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_CUF_Entry.doc AWP CO Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Review Date Entry]<br />
<br />
:*[[media:146 CUF After Mar 2021.pdf|Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Determination Form (for contracts awarded after March 2021)]]<br />
<div id="CO Construction Stockpiles"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Construction_Stockpiles.doc AWP CO Construction Stockpiles]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Contract_Payment_Estimate_Exception_Override.doc AWP CO Contract Payment Estimate Exception Override]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_ContractVendorAssets.doc AWP CO Contract Vendor Assets]<br />
<div id="CO Contract Adjustments"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Contract_Adjustments.doc AWP CO Contract Adjustments]<br />
<div id="CO Contract Times"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Contract_Times.doc AWP CO Contract Times]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_DailyDiary.doc AWP CO Daily Diary]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_DailyDiaryAdjustments.doc AWP CO Daily Diary Adjustments]<br />
<div id="Daily Work Report"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_DailyWorkReport.doc AWP CO Daily Work Report]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_DailyWorkReport_Deleting_Postings_and_Acceptance_Records.doc AWP CO Daily Work Report, Deleting DWR Postings and Acceptance Records]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Disposition_Remarks_PAL_Material.doc AWP CO Disposition Remarks for PAL Material]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Documentation_Records.docx AWP CO Documentation Records]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_EmergencyContacts.doc AWP CO Emergency Contacts]<br />
<div id="AWP CO Estimate"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Estimate.doc AWP CO Estimate]<br />
<div id="AWP CO Estimate Final"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Estimate_Final.doc AWP CO Estimate Final]<br />
<div id="AWP CO Item Adjustments"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Item_Adjustments.doc AWP CO Item Adjustments]<br />
<div id="CO Milestones"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Milestones.doc AWP CO Milestones]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Signal_Maintenance.doc AWP CO Signal Maintenance]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Change_Order_Reason_Codes_for_SL_Time_Extension_Change_Orders.doc AWP CO SL District Reason Codes for Time Extension Change Orders]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_CO_Subcontract.doc AWP CO Subcontract]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Adding_Contract_Lines_For_Acceptance_Actions.doc AWP MA Adding Contract Lines For Acceptance Actions]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Adding_Concrete_Mix_Design.doc AWP MA Adding New Concrete Mix Design]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Associating_Material_To_Source.docx AWP MA Associating Material to Source]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Checking_For_UnAuthorized_Sample_Records.doc AWP MA Checking For Unauthorized Sample Records]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_DEC_Sample_Record.docx AWP MA DEC Sample Record]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_EditingContractAcceptanceActionsAndActionRelationships.doc AWP MA Editing Contract Acceptance Actions and Action Relationships]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Generating_Contract_SampleChecklist.doc AWP MA Generating Contract Sample Checklist]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_IAS_Lab_Audit.doc AWP MA I.A.S. Lab Audit]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_PAL_Plant_Inspection_Record.doc AWP MA PAL Plant Inspection Record]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_ReGenerating_Contract_Lines_For_Original_Materials_And_Acceptance_Actions.doc AWP MA Regenerating Contract Lines for Original Materials and Acceptance Actions]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Sample_Record_Acceptance_By_Certification.docx AWP MA Sample Record Acceptance By Certification]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Sample_Record_Changing_Material_Code_Source_or_SampleType.docx AWP MA Sample Record Changing Material Code Source or Sample Type]<br />
<div id="Sample Record, General"></div><br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Sample_Record_General.docx AWP MA Sample Record, General]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Sample_Record_General_IAS_Audit_Record.docx AWP MA Sample Record, General IAS Audit Record]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_Sampling_and_Testing_Status_Report.docx AWP MA Sampling and Testing Status Report]<br />
<br />
:* [https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/AWP_MA_UsingFindSample.docx AWP MA Using the Find Sample Function]<br />
<br />
====Storm Water Database Quick Reference Guides (QRGs)====<br />
<br />
:* [[media:101 How to Fill Out Land Disturbance Inspection Record.pdf|How to Fill Out Land Disturbance Inspection Record]]<br />
<br />
:* [[media:101 Land Disturbance Deficiencies QRG 2019.pdf|Land Disturbance Deficiencies]]<br />
<br />
:* [[media:101 Land Disturbance Storm Water Database Closeout Procedure QRG 2020.pdf|Land Disturbance Storm Water Database Closeout Procedure]]<br />
<br />
:* [[media:101 Land Disturbance Storm Water Database Initial Setup for Construction Projects 2020.pdf|Land Disturbance Storm Water Database Initial Setup for Construction Projects]]<br />
<br />
:* [[media:101 Land Disturbance Storm Water Database Initial Setup for Maintenance Projects QRG 2020.pdf|Land Disturbance Storm Water Database Initial Setup for Maintenance Projects]]<br />
<br />
:* [[media:101 Land Disturbance Storm Water Database 7 Day Reviews QRG.pdf|Land Disturbance Storm Water Database 7-Day Reviews]]<br />
<br />
:* [[media:101 Storm Water Land Disturbance Erosion Reporting QRG Dec 2020.pdf|Storm Water Land Disturbance Erosion Reporting]]<br />
<br />
==Design==<br />
{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:15px; border:1px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="160px" align="right" <br />
|- <br />
|'''[http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/d-sheets.htm Microstation D-Sheets]'''<br />
|-<br />
|'''Signing'''<br />
|-<br />
|[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE%202017%20Forms/DELiaison/D-28.doc D-28], D-29 through D-34<br />
|-<br />
|'''Signals'''<br />
|-<br />
|D-37A through D-37d, D-38 through D-38e<br />
|-<br />
|'''Typical Sections'''<br />
|-<br />
|D-49 through D-70 <br />
|-<br />
|'''Miscellaneous'''<br />
|-<br />
|D-71<br />
|}<br />
===Bridge===<br />
*[[media:101 404 Permit.dotx|404 Permits]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:747 Bridge Survey Checklist.xlsx|Bridge Survey Checklist]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:747 Bridge Survey Location Request Dec 2019.docx|Bridge Survey Location Request]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:747 Bridge Survey Report.docx| Bridge Survey Report Form]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:751.1.3.2_Structural_Rehabilitation_Checklist.xlsm|Structural Rehabilitation Checklist (Excel)]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:131.1 Vertical Clearance Coord Form Jul 2018.pdf|Vertical Clearance Design Exception Coordination with SDDCTEA]]<br />
<br />
===Checklist===<br />
*[[media:124.2.4 Design Progress Check list.docx|Design Progress Check List]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:D-12_May_2022.pdf|District Final Design Checklist - D-12]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:124.2.4 Check List for Preliminary Plans.docx|Preliminary Plans Check List]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:124.2.4 Project Reviewing Checklist.docx|Project Reviewing Checklist]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:124.2.4 Check List for RW Plans.docx|Right of Way Check List]]<br />
<br />
===Contracts===<br />
*[[media:District_Award.dotx|District Award]]<br />
<br />
*[http://www.modot.org/business/standards_and_specs/documents/ComputerDeliverableContractPlans.pdf Computer Deliverable Contract Plans 2005]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE%202017%20Forms/BiddingContract/DE11_Municipal_Agreement.doc DE11]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Sample_Scope_of_Services_-_Location_and_Environment.dotx|Sample Scope of Services - Location and Environment]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Sample_Scope_of_Services_Design.dotx|Sample Scope of Services Design]]<br />
<br />
===Design Forms===<br />
*[[media:3R_Conceptual_Study_Report.dotx|3R Conceptual Study Report]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:4R_Conceptual_Study_Report.dotx|4R Pavement Rehabilitation Analysis Data and Conceptual Study Report]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Commission_Backup_Form_Blank.dotx|Commission Backup Form Blank]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Commission_Backup_Form_Instructions.dotx|Commission Backup Form Instructions]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Conceptual Study Report.dotx|Conceptual Study Report]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:134.2.2.5.1 May 2017.doc|Consultant Rating Form]]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE%202017%20Forms/DELiaison/D-28.doc D-28 Sign Design Order Form]<br />
<br />
*[[media:131.1 Design Exception 2020.docx|Design Exception Information]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Equipment_and_Materials_List.dotx|Equipment and Materials List]]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/SWPPP_Project_Specific_Form_806.8.2.pdf Form 806.8.2, Project-Specific SWPPP Information]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Form D21 2018.pdf|Highway Lighting Warrants D21]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Location Study Report.dotx|Location Study Report]]<br />
<br />
* [[media:M-40 2013.docx|M-40 Request for Drilling Services]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Pavement_Distress_Log_Form_-_Asphalt_-_11x17.dotx|Pavement Distress Log Form - Asphalt - 11x17]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Pavement_Distress_Log_Form_-_Concrete_11x17.dotx|Pavement Distress Log Form - Concrete 11x17]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Pavement_Repair_Log.dotx|Pavement Repair Log]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Preliminary_Plans_Proposal_Review.dotx|Preliminary Plans Proposal Review]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Project_Data_for_BAMS.dotx|Project Data for BAMS]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Project Initialization Estimate Form.dotx|Project Initialization Estimate Form]]<br />
<br />
*[https://spexternal.modot.mo.gov/sites/de/_layouts/15/WopiFrame.aspx?sourcedoc=%7bC825A659-7DD3-4CF3-8F3D-284E3BFF6E39%7d&file=JSP-Formatting-Guide.doc&action=default Roadway Job Special Provision Formatting Guide]<br />
<br />
*[https://spexternal.modot.mo.gov/sites/de/_layouts/15/WopiFrame.aspx?sourcedoc=%7b01675DEF-ADDD-465C-AF8F-868B9CF5DBE2%7d&file=Roadway%20JSP%20Instructions.docx&action=default Roadway Job Special Provision Instructions]<br />
<br />
*[https://spexternal.modot.mo.gov/sites/de/_layouts/15/WopiFrame.aspx?sourcedoc={5D551D7A-2FA3-4777-BB7E-829D7D83CA92}&file=Roadway_JSP_Template.doc&action=default Roadway Job Special Provision Template]<br />
<br />
*[[media:134.2.2.2 2019.docx|Submittal to Professional Services Committee]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Suggested_Revision_to_a_CADD_Standard.dotx|Suggested Revision to a CADD Standard]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Test-Cultural_Resource_Assessment_Letter.dotx|Test-Cultural Resource Assessment Letter]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Traffic_Signal_Warrants,_Form_D22.dotx|Traffic Signal Warrants, Form D22]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Utility_Print_Submittal_Letter.dotx|Utility Print Submittal Letter]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:Utility_Print_Submittal_Letter_Revised_Plans.dotx|Utility Print Submittal Letter, Revised Plans]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:124_Work_Day_Study_a.dotx|Work Day Study]]<br />
<br />
===[https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=Category:134_Engineering_Professional_Services#134.1.3_Consultant_Qualification Engineering Professional Services]===<br />
<br />
===Environmental and Cultural===<br />
*[[media:127.14 Categorical Exclusion Determination 2021.docx|Categorical Exclusion Form]]<br />
<br />
*[[media: 127.11 Farmland Conversion Impact Rating Corridor.pdf|Farmland Conversion Impact Rating (Corridor)]]<br />
<br />
*[[media: 127.11 Farmland Conversion Impact Rating Site.pdf| Farmland Conversion Impact Rating (Site)]]<br />
<br />
*[https://www6.modot.mo.gov/EnvironmentalRequest/Pages/Login.aspx Request for Environmental Services (RES) Form]<br />
<br />
*[[media:127.1 Instructions 2021.pdf|Instructions for the RES Form]]<br />
<br />
===Materials===<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Request_for_Asphalt_Cement_%_Grade.dotx|Request for Asphalt Cement % Grade]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Soil_Info_Request.dotx|Soil Info Request]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Soil_Survey_Request.dotx|Soil Survey Request]]<br />
<br />
===Planning===<br />
*[[media:101_ARAN_Report_Request.dotx|ARAN Report Request]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Conceptual_Study_Traffic_Count_Request.dotx|Conceptual Study Traffic Count Request]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Fis_Formc.dotx|Fis Formc]]<br />
<br />
*[http://sp/sites/tp/sysanlysis/Traffic/Shared%20Documents/ExecutiveFiles/Road%20User%20Costs%20Request%20Form.pdf Road User Costs Request Form]<br />
<br />
*[http://sp/sites/tp/sysanlysis/Traffic/Shared%20Documents/ExecutiveFiles/Traffic%20Forecast%20Request%20Form.pdf Traffic Forecast Request Form]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Turning_Movement_Traffic_Count_Request.dotx|Turning Movement Traffic Count Request]]<br />
<br />
===Public Involvement===<br />
*[[media:101_Public_Hearing_Statement_Form.dotx|Public Hearing Statement Form]]<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/Sample%20Letter%20Advertising%20a%20Public%20Hearing.docx Sample Letter Advertising a Public Hearing]<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/Sample%20Notice%204f.docx Sample Notice 4F]<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/Sample%20Notice%20of%20Public%20Hearing.docx Sample Notice of Public Hearing]<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/Sample_Opportunity_for_Public_Hearing.doc Sample Opportunity for a Public Hearing/Meeting Notice]<br />
*[[media:129 Sample Public Involvement or Communication Plan.docx|Sample Public Involvement Plan or Communication Plan]] <br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/SampleRequestforApprovelofLocationorDesigntoStateDesignEngineer.docx Sample Request for Approval of Location and/or Design of Highways to State Design Engineer]<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/SampleRequestforApprovelofLocationorDesigntotheCommission.docx Sample Request for Approval of Location to the Commission]<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE/Public%20Involvement/SampleTranscript.pdf Sample Transcript]<br />
<br />
===Right of Way===<br />
*[http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Certification%20of%20Commission%20Form%20236.13.15.docx Certification Document]<br />
<br />
*[http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Letter%20of%20Certification%20RW%20Plans%20Approval%20Form%20236.13.docx Letter of Certification for Right of Way Plans Approval]<br />
<br />
*[http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/RW%20Cost%20Estimate%20Form%203.3.3B.docx Right of Way Cost Estimate] <br />
<br />
*[http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Right%20Way%20Plans%20Checklist%20Form%20236.13.7.docx Right of Way Plans Checklist]<br />
<br />
*[http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%2013_Designing%20Right%20of%20Way%20Plans/Sample%20Letter%20for%20Condemnation%20Amended%20Plans.docx Sample Letter for Condemnation (Amended Plans)]<br />
<br />
===Scoping===<br />
*[[media:101_Bridge_Checklist.dotx|Bridge Checklist]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Construction_and_Materials_Checklist.dotx|Construction and Materials Checklist]]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE%202017%20Forms/DELiaison/104.6_Design_Checklist_Apr_26,_2012.doc Design Checklist]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE%202017%20Forms/DELiaison/104.6_Design_Liaison_Checklist.doc Design Liaison Checklist]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_FHWA_Checklist.dotx|FHWA Checklist]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Maintenance_Checklist.dotx|Maintenance Checklist]]<br />
[[image:101 survey.jpg|right|150px]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Planning_Checklist.dotx|Planning Checklist]]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE%202017%20Forms/DELiaison/104.6_Project_Scoping_Checklist_Apr_26,_2012.doc Project Scoping Checklist]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Public_Information_and_Outreach_Checklist.dotx|Public Information and Outreach Checklist]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Railroad_Checklist.dotx|Railroad Checklist]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Right_of_Way_Checklist.dotx|Right of Way Checklist]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Traffic_Checklist.dotx|Traffic Checklist]]<br />
<br />
*[[media:101_Utilities_Checklist.dotx|Utilities Checklist]]<br />
<br />
===Survey===<br />
*[[media:747 Bridge Survey Location Request Dec 2019.docx|Bridge Survey Location Request]]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE%202017%20Forms/CADD/238.2.18.2_Plat_Review_Checklist.pdf Form 238.2.18.2 Plat Review Checklist]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE%202017%20Forms/CADD/238.2.17_Professional_Land_Surveyor_2013.doc Professional Land Surveyor Description Review Form]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/DE%202017%20Forms/DELiaison/238.2_Sample_Letter_Notifying_Property_Owner_of_Survey.doc Sample Letter Notifying Property Owner of Survey]<br />
<br />
==External Civil Rights==<br />
<br />
===DBE===<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/CUF_Determination_Form.pdf Commercially Useful Function (CUF) Determination Form]<br />
<br />
:*[https://www.modot.org/media/26953 DBE and Non-DBE Subcontractor Report Form]<br />
<br />
:*[https://www.modot.org/media/245 DBE Contractor/Subcontractor Project Trucker and Equipment List]<br />
<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/files/5/57/101_DBE_Identification_Submittal_Form.pdf DBE Identification Submittal Form]<br />
<br />
:*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/CM/DBE_Substitution_Form.pdf DBE Substitution Form]<br />
<br />
===OJT===<br />
:*[https://www.modot.org/media/14124 OJT-1, Trainee Notification]<br />
<br />
:*[https://www.modot.org/media/331 OJT-2, Contractor Monthly Trainee Report]<br />
<br />
:*[https://www.modot.org/media/14125 OJT-3, Trainee Completion Report] <br />
<br />
:*[https://www.modot.org/media/14126 OJT-4, Trainee Contact]<br />
<br />
:*[https://www.modot.org/media/332 OJT-5, Trainee Discrimination Complaint]<br />
<br />
:*[https://www.modot.org/media/12141 OJT-6, Training Summary]<br />
<br />
===Workforce Diversity JSP===<br />
:*[[media:101 Contractor's Monthly New Employee Report.pdf|Contractor's Monthly New Employee Report]]<br />
<br />
:*[https://www.modot.org/media/12336 MoDOT Cumulative Workforce Hours Report (Workforce Monthly Report)]<br />
<br />
:*[https://www.modot.org/sites/default/files/documents/WF-1_New_Hire_Notification.pdf New Hire Notification]<br />
<br />
:*[[media:101 Sample Company Workforce Diversity Job Special Provision Action Plan.docx|Sample Company Workforce/Diversity Job Special Provision Action Plan]]<br />
<br />
:*[https://www.modot.org/media/12337 Workforce Pre-Construction Diversity Plan Report]<br />
<br />
==Financial Services==<br />
*[[media:235 Agreements Checklist.doc|Agreements Checklist]]<br />
<br />
==Highway Safety/Traffic==<br />
*[[media:902.5.8.3.1 checklist.xlsx|Statewide Signal/Lighting/Flasher Preventive Maintenance Checklist]]<br />
<br />
==Maintenance==<br />
*[[media:127.29.9 FRCP.pdf|Facility Runoff Control Plans (FRCP)]]<br />
<br />
*[http://sharepoint/systemdelivery/TR/mo/travinfoitsworkzonemanagment/workzones/Shared%20Documents/Inspections/WorkZone_Inspection-form%202014.pdf Work Zone Inspection Form]<br />
<br />
===Chip Seal Forms===<br />
*[http://wwwi/maintenance/Forms/App%20Adjust%20Form.pdf Application Adjustment Factor Form]<br />
*[http://wwwi/maintenance/Forms/Traffic%20Eval%20Factor.pdf Traffic Evaluation Factor (TEF) for Asphalt Application Adjustment]<br />
<br />
===Bridge Maintenance===<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - blankinspreport.pdf|Blank Inspection Report]]<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - bridgemaintenancerepairreport.xls|Bridge Maintenance Repair Report (Excel)]]<br />
*[http://ghepg01/forms/BR/774_Cathodic_System_Evaluation.dotx Cathodic System Evaluation]<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - CIF - Written form.dot|CIF (Critical Inspection Finding)]]<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - Follow-up Action Required-Written form.doc|FAR (Follow-Up Action Required)]]<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - maintmatlusage.xls|Maintenance Material Usage (Excel)]]<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - Maintenance Recommendation Report.pdf|Maintenance Recommendation Report]]<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - paintdatareportformblank.xls|Paint Data Report (Excel)]]<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - Photo Log.xls|Photo Log Sheet (Excel)]]<br />
<br />
===Snow & Ice Control===<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - Snow and Ice Control Equipment Inventory.xls|Snow and Ice Control Equipment Inventory (Excel)]]<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - Chemical Requirements.xls|Chemical Requirements (Excel)]]<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - Salt Storage.xls|Salt Storage (Excel)]]<br />
<br />
===Rest Areas===<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - Rest Area Truck Parking.xls|Rest Area Truck Parking (Excel)]]<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - REST AREA inspection_2005.doc|Rest Area Inspection]]<br />
<br />
===Commuter Lots===<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - Commuter Lot Inspection Form.xls|Commuter Lot Inspection (Excel)]]<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - Commuter Lot Survey.pdf|Commuter Lot Survey]]<br />
<br />
===Disasters===<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - DDIR.xls|Detailed Damage Inspection Report (Excel)]]<br />
*[[media:101 Maintenance - Non Federal Aid Route DDIR.xls|FEMA Detailed Damage Inspection Report (Excel)]]<br />
<br />
===Performance Indicators===<br />
<br />
===Pavement Management===<br />
<br />
==Motor Carrier Services==<br />
*[https://www.modot.org/HazWaste Hazardous Waste Transport Forms]<br />
<br />
*[https://www.modot.org/HHGoods Household Goods Transport Forms, Tariff Information, ''Moving in Missouri'' brochure]<br />
<br />
*[https://www.modot.org/IFTA International Fuel Tax Agreement Forms]<br />
<br />
*[https://www.modot.org/IRP International Registration Plan Forms]<br />
<br />
*[https://www.modot.org/MOPA Missouri Operating Authority Forms]<br />
<br />
*[https://www.modot.org/OSOW Oversize Overweight Permitting Forms]<br />
<br />
*[https://www.modot.org/SC Missouri Intrastate Skill Performance Evaluation for Medical Exemption Forms]<br />
<br />
*[https://www.modot.org/WasteTire Waste Tire Transporter Forms]<br />
<br />
==Planning==<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/MCS/MCS%20MoDOT%20Letterhead.dot MTFC Letterhead]<br />
<br />
==Right of Way==<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/RW%20Mortgage%20Analyzer.xlt RW Mortgage Analyzer (Excel)]<br />
===General Information===<br />
===Right of Way Organization and Personnel===<br />
===Administration===<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/RW%20Cost%20Estimate%20Form%203.3.3B.docx Acquisition Complete Cost Estimate Worksheet_(Form 3-3_3B)]<br />
<br />
*[http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/Categorical%20Exclusion%20Review_Form%203-1_2.docx Categorical Exclusion Review_(Form 3-1_2)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%203_Administration/RW%20Cost%20Estimate%20Worksheet%20Form%203.3.3A.docx Right of Way Cost Estimate Worksheet_(Form 3-3_3A)]<br />
<br />
===Description Writing and Titles===<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%204_Description%20Writing%20&%20Titles/Affidavit%20of%20Scriveners%20Error%20Form%204_6_4a.docx Affidavit of Scrivener's Error (Form 4-6.4a)]<br />
<br />
===Property Management===<br />
<br />
*[http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Real%20Estate%20Risk%20Assessment%20Form.pdf Real Estate Risk Assessment Form]<br />
<br />
*[http://eprojects/Templates/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Realty%20Asset%20Sale%20Legal%20Opinion%20Memo.docx Realty Asset Sale Legal Opinion Memo]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%205_Property%20Management/Request%20for%20Excess%20Parcel%20Survey%20Form%20236.5.19a.docx Request for Excess Parcel Survey (Form 236.5.19a)]<br />
<br />
===Appraisal and Appraisal Review===<br />
===Negotiation===<br />
===Relocation Assistance Program===<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%208_Relocation/Advance%20Increased%20Interest%20Payment%20Agreement%20Form%20236.8.11.4.D.2.docx Advance Increased Interest Payment Agreement (Form 236.8.11.4(d)(2))]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%208_Relocation/Advance%20Replacement%20Housing%20and%20Increased%20Interest%20Pmt%20Agreement%20Form%20236.8.11.4.D.1.docx Advance Replacement Housing and Increased Interest Payment Agreement (Form 236.8.11.4(d)(1))]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%208_Relocation/Condemnation%20Agreement%20Residential%20Property%20Form%20236.8.9.3.E.1.docx Condemnation Agreement Residential Property (Form 236.8.9.3(e)(1))]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%208_Relocation/Relocation%20Report%20Form%20236.8.6.4.docx Relocation Report (Form 236.8.6.4)]<br />
<br />
*[https://epg.modot.org/forms/RW/Chapter%208_Relocation/Relocatee%20Needs%20Questionnaire%20Form%20236.8.5.2.docx Relocatee Needs Questionnaire]<br />
<br />
===Asbestos Abatement-Removal of Building Improvement===<br />
===Right Of Way Condemnation===<br />
===Mediation===<br />
===Quality Assurance Reviews===<br />
===Designing Right of Way Plans===<br />
===Change in Route Status Report===<br />
===Requests from Cities for Annexations===<br />
===[[236.16 Outdoor Advertising#Failure to provide|Outdoor Advertising]]===<br />
<br />
===Junkyards===<br />
<br />
* [[media:236.17 Application for License to Maintain a Junkyard.docx|Application for License to Maintain a Junkyard]]<br />
<br />
===Local Public Agency Land Acquisition===<br />
<br />
[[image:101 bottom.jpg|center|1025px]]</div>Smithkhttps://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=File:902.6.8.1_061522.jpg&diff=51617File:902.6.8.1 061522.jpg2022-06-21T17:55:13Z<p>Smithk: </p>
<hr />
<div></div>Smithk